As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 21, 2014

 

Registration No. 333-195109

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

GasLog Partners LP

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Republic of the Marshall Islands   4400   N/A
         

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

Gildo Pastor Center, 7 Rue du Gabian, MC 98000, Monaco , + 377 97 97 51 15

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

 

CT Corporation System

111 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10011

(212) 590-9338

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:

William P. Rogers, Jr.

Andrew J. Pitts

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY

(212) 474-1000

Sean T. Wheeler

Keith Benson

Latham & Watkins LLP

811 Main Street, Suite 3700

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 546-5400

 

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. £

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee
Common units representing limited partner interests   $150,000,000   $19,320 (3)

 

(1) Includes common units issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).
(3) Previously paid.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 21, 2014

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

GasLog Partners LP

Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

$      per common unit

 

 

 

This is the initial public offering of our common units. We are selling         common units. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $      and $      per common unit.

 

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to             additional common units.

 

Certain significant investors in GasLog Ltd., including Peter G. Livanos and      , have indicated that they currently intend to purchase up to an aggregate of $      million, or up to an aggregate of approximately      (based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), of our common units in the offering at the public offering price. In addition, at our request, the underwriters have reserved up to      % of the common units offering hereby for sale in the offering at the public offering price to officers, directors and employees and related persons, as described herein. The number of common units available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent of these sales.

 

We intend to apply to list the common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GLOP”.

 

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company”, and we are eligible for reduced reporting requirements. See “Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company”.

 

Investing in our common units involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21.

 

These risks include the following:

 

· We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and subordinated units.

 

· We will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to maintain and expand our fleet, which will reduce cash available for distribution.

 

· Our ability to acquire additional LNG carriers from GasLog or third parties will depend upon our ability to raise additional equity and debt financing to fund all or a portion of the acquisition costs of these vessels and may be dependent on the consent of existing lenders to GasLog.

 

· Our debt levels may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing, pursuing other business opportunities and paying distributions to unitholders.

 

· We depend on GasLog Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries to assist us in operating and expanding our business and competing in our markets.

 

· Our future performance depends on continued growth in LNG production and an increase in demand for LNG and LNG shipping; LNG trade declined by 1.6% in 2012 and is estimated to have improved marginally by only 0.5% in 2013, and we cannot guarantee that LNG trade will not decline in the future.

 

· Unitholders have limited voting rights, and our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders owning more than 4.9% of our common units.

 

· Our general partner and its affiliates own a      % interest in us and have conflicts of interest and limited fiduciary and contractual duties to us and our common unitholders, which may permit them to favor their own interests to your detriment.

 

· Even if public unitholders are dissatisfied, they cannot initially remove our general partner without GasLog Ltd.’s consent.

 

· You will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $      per common unit.

 

· We will initially derive all of our revenues from a single customer.

 

· Our general partner has a limited call right that may require you to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price.

 

· U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company” under certain circumstances, which would have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. unitholders.
 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

 

Per Common
Unit

 

Total

Public Offering Price $   $
Underwriting Discount (1) $   $
Proceeds, before expenses, to GasLog Partners LP (1)(2) $   $

 

 

 

(1) Excludes an aggregate structuring fee of $      million payable to Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Evercore Group L.L.C. We will also pay up to $25,000 of reasonable fees and expenses of counsel related to the review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. of the terms of sale of the common units offered hereby. See “Underwriting”.
   
(2) Excludes offering expenses payable by us as described in “Expenses Related to This Offering”.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the common units to purchasers on or about                  , 2014 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

    Citigroup    

 

, 2014

 

 

 

 

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus we prepare or authorize. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and we take no responsibility for any other information others may give you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of this prospectus.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY   1
GasLog Partners LP    1
Our Relationship with GasLog Ltd.    3
Business Opportunities    4
Competitive Strengths    5
Business Strategies    6
Risk Factors    7
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company    7
Formation Transactions    7
Simplified Organizational and Ownership Structure After this Offering    9
Our Management    11
Principal Executive Offices and Internet Address; SEC Filing Requirements    11
Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties    11
The Offering    13
Summary Financial and Operating Data    18
RISK FACTORS    21
Risks Inherent in Our Business    21
Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us    43
Tax Risks    53
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS    55
USE OF PROCEEDS    58
CASH AND CAPITALIZATION    59
DILUTION    60
OUR CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS    61
General    61
Forecasted Results of Operations for the Twelve Months Ending March 31, 2015    63
Forecast Assumptions and Considerations    65
Forecasted Cash Available for Distribution    68
HOW WE MAKE CASH DISTRIBUTIONS    70
Distributions of Available Cash    70
Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus    71
Subordination Period    74
Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period    76
Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period    76
General Partner Interest    77

i
Incentive Distribution Rights    77
Percentage Allocations of Available Cash From Operating Surplus    78
GasLog’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels    78
Distributions From Capital Surplus    81
Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels    81
Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation    82
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA    84
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS    87
Overview    87
Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Historical Financial Performance and Assessing Our Future Prospects    90
Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations    91
Principal Components of Revenues and Expenses    92
Results of Operations    94
Customers    95
Seasonality    95
Liquidity and Capital Resources    95
Cash Flows    97
Borrowing Activities    98
Contractual Obligations    99
Capital Expenditures    100
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements    100
Critical Accounting Policies    100
Recent Accounting Pronouncements    103
Quantitative and Qualitative Information About Market Risk    103
THE LNG SHIPPING INDUSTRY    104
Summary    105
Overview of the Natural Gas Market    105
Liquefied Natural Gas    108
LNG Shipping    115
BUSINESS    123
Overview    123
Our Relationship with GasLog Ltd.    125
Business Opportunities    126
Competitive Strengths    127
Business Strategies    128
ii
Our Fleet    129
Customers    130
Ship Time Charters    131
Competition    132
Classification, Inspection and Maintenance    132
Crewing and Employees    133
Risk of Loss, Insurance and Risk Management    134
Permits and Authorizations    135
Environmental and Other Regulation    135
Properties    139
Legal Proceedings    140
Taxation of the Partnership    140
MANAGEMENT    144
Management of GasLog Partners LP    144
Directors and Executive Officers    146
Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner    147
Executive Compensation    147
Compensation of Directors    147
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT    147
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS    148
Distributions and Payments to our General Partner and its Affiliates    148
Formation Stage    148
Operational Stage    149
Liquidation Stage    149
Agreements Governing the Transactions    150
Contribution Agreement    157
Revolving Credit Facility with GasLog Ltd.    157
Other Related Party Transactions    157
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES    158
Conflicts of Interest    158
Fiduciary Duties    162
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS    164
The Units    164
Transfer Agent and Registrar    164
Transfer of Common Units    165
THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT    165
Organization and Duration    166
iii
Purpose    166
Cash Distributions    166
Capital Contributions    166
Voting Rights    166
Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction    168
Limited Liability    168
Issuance of Additional Interests    169
Tax Status    170
Amendment of the Partnership Agreement    170
Merger, Sale, Conversion or Other Disposition of Assets    172
Termination and Dissolution    173
Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds    173
Withdrawal or Removal of our General Partner    173
Transfer of General Partner Interest    175
Transfer of Ownership Interests in General Partner    175
Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights    175
Change of Management Provisions    175
Limited Call Right    176
Board of Directors    176
Meetings; Voting    177
Status as Limited Partner or Assignee    178
Indemnification    178
Reimbursement of Expenses    178
Books and Reports    178
Right to Inspect Our Books and Records    179
Registration Rights    179
UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE    179
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS    180
Election to be Treated as a Corporation    181
U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders    181
U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders    185
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting    185
NON-UNITED STATES TAX CONSIDERATIONS    186
Marshall Islands Tax Consequences    186
UNDERWRITING    187
Directed Unit Program    189
Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area    189
iv
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom    190
Notice to Prospective Investors in France    190
Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong    190
Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan    191
Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore    191
SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES    192
LEGAL MATTERS    192
EXPERTS    192
EXPENSES RELATED TO THIS OFFERING    192
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION    193
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA    194
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   F-1
APPENDIX—Form of First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of GasLog Partners LP   A-i
v

SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless we otherwise specify, all references to information and data in this prospectus about our business and fleet refer to our business and fleet to be contributed to the Partnership upon the closing of this offering. Prior to the closing of this offering, the Partnership will not own any vessels. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the historical financial statements of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor, which includes the subsidiaries of GasLog Ltd. that own the vessels in our initial fleet, and the notes to those financial statements. The information presented in this prospectus assumes, unless otherwise noted, (1) an initial public offering price of $             per common unit and (2) that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units. You should read “Risk Factors” for more information about important risks that you should consider carefully before buying our common units. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “dollars” and “$” in this prospectus are to, and amounts are presented in, U.S. dollars.

 

References in this prospectus to “GasLog Partners”, “we”, “our”, “us” and “the Partnership” or similar terms when used in a historical context refer to GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd. and GAS-five Ltd., the subsidiaries of GasLog Ltd. that hold interests in the vessels in our initial fleet. When used in the present tense or prospectively, those terms refer to GasLog Partners LP or any one or more of its subsidiaries, or to all such entities unless the context otherwise indicates. Please read “—Summary Financial and Operating Data” beginning on page 18 for an overview of our predecessor’s operating results and financial position.

 

References in this prospectus to “our general partner” refer to GasLog Partners GP LLC, the general partner of GasLog Partners. References in this prospectus to “GasLog LNG Services” refer to GasLog LNG Services Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of GasLog Ltd. References in this prospectus to “GasLog” refer, depending on the context, to GasLog Ltd. and to any one or more of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, other than us. References in this prospectus to “GasLog Carriers” refer to GasLog Carriers Ltd. References in this prospectus to “Ceres Shipping” refer to Ceres Shipping Ltd. References in this prospectus to “BG Group” refer to BG Group plc; references to “Samsung” refer to Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd.; and references to “Shell” refer to Royal Dutch Shell plc, or, in each case, any one or more of their subsidiaries or to such entities collectively.

 

GasLog Partners LP

 

We are a growth-oriented limited partnership formed to own, operate and acquire liquefied natural gas, or “LNG”, carriers engaged in LNG transportation under long-term charters, which we define as charters of five full years or more. Our initial fleet of three LNG carriers, which will have charter terms expiring in 2018 and 2019, will be contributed to us by GasLog, which will control us through its ownership of our general partner. GasLog was founded and is effectively controlled by its chairman, Peter G. Livanos, whose family’s shipping activities commenced more than 100 years ago.

 

Upon the closing of this offering, we will own three LNG carriers, built in 2013, with modern tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion technology that operate under long-term charters with subsidiaries of BG Group. We will also have options and other rights under which we may acquire additional LNG carriers from GasLog, as described below. We believe that such options and rights will provide us with significant built-in growth opportunities and allow us to diversify our fleet specification potentially to include steam-powered ships. We may also acquire vessels from shipyards or other owners. We intend to operate our vessels under long-term charters with predictable cash flows and to grow our position in the LNG market through further acquisitions of LNG carriers from GasLog and third parties. We believe we can grow our distributions per unit organically by providing reliable customer service to our charterers and leveraging GasLog’s relationships, expertise and reputation. We intend to make further acquisitions of LNG carriers from GasLog and third parties to grow our fleet. However, we cannot assure you that we will make any particular acquisition or that as a consequence we will successfully grow the amount of our per unit distributions. Among other things, our ability to acquire additional LNG carriers will be dependent upon our ability to raise additional equity and debt financing.

 

GasLog is, we believe, a leading independent international owner, operator and manager of LNG carriers and provides support to international energy companies as part of their LNG logistics chain. On April 4, 2012, GasLog completed its initial public offering, and its common shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on March 30, 2012, under the symbol “GLOG”. At the time of its initial public offering, GasLog’s owned fleet consisted of ten LNG carriers, including eight newbuildings on order. Since its initial public offering, GasLog has increased by approximately 111% the total carrying capacity of vessels in its fleet, which includes vessels on the water, newbuildings on order and secondhand vessels under contract to be purchased. This increase includes two LNG newbuilding orders announced in February 2013 and two LNG newbuilding orders announced in August 2013, all of which are expected to be delivered in 2016, the acquisition of one 2010 built LNG carrier announced in September 2013, three secondhand steam-powered ships that were acquired from BG Group in April 2014 and the three additional secondhand steam-powered ships that are under contract to be purchased from BG Group. Each of the four newbuildings is under a long-term charter, which will commence upon delivery. Since January 1, 2013, GasLog has taken delivery of five LNG carriers, acquired one on-the-water vessel, entered into contracts to purchase six secondhand vessels (three of which have been delivered and three of which are under contract) and secured additional LNG newbuilding options. GasLog currently has a fully-owned twenty-one-ship fleet, including fourteen ships on the water (two ships delivered in 2010, five ships delivered in 2013, one on-the-water ship acquired in 2013, three secondhand ships that were acquired from BG Group in April 2014 and three additional secondhand ships being acquired from BG Group), and seven LNG carriers on order from Samsung.

 

Initial Fleet

Upon the closing of this offering, our initial fleet will consist of:

 

LNG Carrier   Date of
Delivery
  Cargo
Capacity
(cbm)
  Charterer (1)   Charter
Expiration
  Optional
period (2)
GasLog Shanghai   January 28, 2013   155,000   BG Group   January 2018   2021-2026
GasLog Santiago   March 25, 2013   155,000   BG Group   March 2018   2021-2026
GasLog Sydney   May 30, 2013   155,000   BG Group   May 2019   2022-2027

 

 

 

(1) Vessels are chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group.
   
(2) The charters may be extended for up to two extension periods of three or four years, and each charter requires that the charterer provides us with advance notice of its exercise of any extension option.

Option Vessels

We will have the option to purchase the following twelve LNG carriers from GasLog within 36 months after each such vessel’s acceptance by its charterer (or, in the case of the GasLog Seattle, the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group and the three additional vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, 36 months after the closing of this offering), in each case at fair market value as determined pursuant to the omnibus agreement.


As of the date of this prospectus, we have not secured any financing in connection with the twelve optional vessels. Our ability to purchase these twelve optional vessels, should we exercise our right to purchase such vessels, is dependent on our ability to obtain financing to fund all or a portion of the acquisition costs of these vessels and may be dependent on the consent of existing lenders to GasLog with respect to these optional vessels. See “Risk Factors—Risk Inherent in Our Business—We may have difficulty obtaining consents that are necessary to acquire vessels with an existing charter or financing agreement”.

 

LNG Carrier   Date of
Delivery (1)
    Cargo
Capacity
(cbm)
  Charterer (2)   Charter
Expiration (3)
 
GasLog Seattle   December 9, 2013     155,000   Shell   December 2020  
Hull No. 2042   Q2 2014     155,000   Shell   2021  
Hull No. 2072   Q1 2016     174,000   BG Group   2026  
Hull No. 2073   Q2 2016     174,000   BG Group   2026  
Hull No. 2102   Q3 2016     174,000   BG Group   2023  
Hull No. 2103   Q4 2016     174,000   BG Group   2023  
Methane Rita Andrea   Q2 2014     145,000   BG Group   2020  
Methane Jane Elizabeth   Q2 2014     145,000   BG Group   2019  
Methane Lydon Volney   Q2 2014     145,000   BG Group   2020  
Methane Shirley Elisabeth*   2014     145,000   BG Group   2020 (4)  
Methane Heather Sally*   2014     145,000   BG Group   2020 (4)  
Methane Allison Victoria*   2014     145,000   BG Group   2020 (4)  

 

 

 

* Denotes vessels under contract to be purchased by GasLog from BG Group. Currently, these vessels are managed by GasLog.

 

(1) For newbuildings, expected delivery quarters are presented.

 

(2) Vessels are chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group or a subsidiary of Shell, as applicable.

 

(3) Indicates the duration of the initial term. For the pending vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group and the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group, the charterer will have unilateral options to extend the term of the time charters for two of the pending vessels and two of the vessels recently acquired from BG Group for a period of either three or five years at its election. For the other vessels in the above table, the charterers have unilateral options to extend the term of the time charters for periods ranging from 5 to 10 years, provided that the charterer provides us with advance notice of declaration of any option in accordance with the terms of the applicable charter.

 

(4) Indicates the average duration of the initial term for the pending vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group. The time charters for these vessels will be staggered with terms of 5.5 years, 6 years and 6.5 years from the closing of the acquisition of the vessels, so that the vessels do not redeliver at the same time.

 

 

2

GasLog also has the following six additional carriers in its fleet, which it will be required to offer to us for purchase at fair market value as determined pursuant to the omnibus agreement if charters are secured with committed terms of five full years or more:

 

LNG Carrier   Date of
Delivery (1)
    Cargo
Capacity
(cbm)
    Charterer (2)   Charter
Expiration
 
GasLog Savannah   May 31, 2010     155,000     BG Group   September 2015 (3)  
GasLog Singapore   July 28, 2010     155,000     BG Group   September 2016 (3)  
GasLog Skagen   July 25, 2013     155,000     BG Group   April 2021 (4)  
GasLog Chelsea   October 4, 2013     153,600     Spot Market   N/A  
Hull No. 2043   Q4 2014     155,000     N/A   N/A  
Hull No. 2044   Q1 2015     155,000     N/A   N/A  

 

 

 

(1) For newbuildings, expected delivery quarters are presented.

 

(2) Vessels are chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group or a spot market counterparty, as indicated.

 

(3) Indicates the duration of the initial term. The charterers have unilateral options to extend the term of the time charters for periods ranging from 30 to 90 months, provided that the charterer provides us with advance notice of declaration of any option in accordance with the terms of the applicable charter.

 

(4) Time charter provides for full employment for three years and a subsequent five year seasonal charter under which the ship is employed for seven months and available to accept other charters for five months.

 

In addition to the LNG carriers described in the preceding paragraphs, we intend to leverage our relationship with GasLog to make accretive acquisitions of LNG carriers with long-term charters from GasLog and third parties to increase our distributions per unit. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, GasLog will be required to offer to us for purchase any other LNG carriers with cargo capacities greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation that GasLog owns or acquires if charters are secured with committed terms of five full years or more. GasLog also currently holds two fixed price options expiring on April 30, 2014 to purchase 174,000 cbm newbuildings from Samsung. GasLog is in discussions with Samsung over the possible exercise or extension of these options, as well as the possible extension of four options that expired on March 31, 2014. Except as discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, this right will continue throughout the entire term of the omnibus agreement. In addition, we will have a right of first offer with regard to any proposed sale, transfer or other disposition of any LNG carriers with cargo capacities greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation under a charter of five full years or more that GasLog owns, as discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. Our ability to acquire additional LNG carriers from GasLog is subject to obtaining any applicable consents of governmental authorities and other non-affiliated third parties, including the relevant lenders and charterers. Under the omnibus agreement, GasLog will be obligated to use reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents and, with respect to the initial fleet only, to indemnify us if such consents are not obtained. Our ability to exercise any right to acquire additional LNG carriers will also be subject to our ability to obtain additional equity and debt financing. We cannot assure you that in any particular case the necessary consent will be obtained. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement”.

 

Our Relationship with GasLog Ltd.

 

We believe that one of our principal strengths is our relationship with GasLog. We believe our relationship with GasLog will give us access to GasLog’s relationships with leading energy companies, shipbuilders, financing sources and suppliers and to its technical, commercial and managerial expertise, which we believe will allow us to compete more effectively when seeking additional customers. As of April 18, 2014, GasLog owned 21 LNG carriers (including the vessels in our initial fleet), which includes seven newbuildings on order, the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group and three vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group. Since its initial public offering in April 2012, GasLog has increased by approximately 111% the total carrying capacity of vessels in its fleet, which includes vessels on the water, newbuildings on order and secondhand vessels under contract to be purchased. In addition, GasLog, through its

3

wholly owned subsidiary GasLog LNG Services, will provide ship management services to the LNG carriers in our initial fleet and, subject to any alternative arrangements with the applicable charterer, additional ships we may acquire from GasLog. GasLog will also provide certain administrative and commercial management services to the Partnership.

 

GasLog was incorporated in 2003 and is effectively controlled by its chairman, Peter G. Livanos, who beneficially owns approximately 39.0% of GasLog’s common shares. Mr. Livanos’ family’s shipping activities commenced more than 100 years ago. On April 4, 2012, GasLog completed its initial public offering and its common shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on March 30, 2012 under the symbol “GLOG”. GasLog completed a $199 million follow-on public offering and concurrent private placement on January 22, 2014 to fund a portion of the cost of the acquisition of the three vessels recently purchased from BG Group, and on April 16, 2014, GasLog completed a $110 million follow-on public offering to fund a portion of the cost of the acquisition of the three vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group.

 

Upon completion of this offering, GasLog will own our 2.0% general partner interest, all of our incentive distribution rights and a           % limited partner interest in us, which consists of           common units and all of our subordinated units. As a result, GasLog will hold a majority of our total equity interests. Our general partner, by virtue of its general partner interest, will also initially control the appointment of three of our five directors (subject to its right to transfer the power to elect one director to the common unitholders, so that they will thereafter elect a majority of our directors). GasLog intends to utilize us as its primary growth vehicle to pursue the acquisition of LNG carriers that are expected to generate long-term, stable cash flows.

 

Business Opportunities

 

With the global demand for natural gas increasing and LNG’s share of the international natural gas trade expanding within the sector, we believe that this is a favorable time to grow the Partnership through the addition of modern vessels. While LNG trade is cyclical and there is no guarantee that we will be able to take advantage of opportunities to grow, we believe the following attributes of the LNG industry create an attractive environment in which to expand our business:

 

· Natural gas and LNG are strong and growing components of global energy supply. Natural gas accounted for 24% of the world’s energy consumption in 2012. Over the last two decades natural gas has been one of the world’s fastest increasing energy sources, growing at approximately twice the rate of oil consumption over the same period. We believe LNG, which accounted for 32% of overall cross-border trade of natural gas in 2012, will continue to increase its share at least over the next several years. Because of the cost and environmental advantages of natural gas relative to other energy sources, together with the increased availability of natural gas supply, we believe that demand for natural gas and LNG in particular will continue to grow in the future.

 

· The demand for LNG shipping is expected to grow. Disparities in the pricing of natural gas between producing regions with natural gas reserves and consuming regions, such as the Far East, have created arbitrage opportunities for LNG producers and traders. These arbitrage opportunities, the growing distance between the producing regions and end buyers and the cost advantages of LNG shipping as compared to transporting natural gas by pipeline, have led to an increase in the transportation of natural gas in the form of LNG of 21.3% in 2010 and 11.3% in 2011. Although LNG trade declined by 1.6% in 2012 and is estimated to have improved marginally by only 0.5% in 2013, we believe that planned capacity increases in liquefaction and regasification terminals will support increasing LNG trade in the future. Based on the current pipeline of liquefaction projects that are planned or under construction, Clarkson Research Services Limited (“Clarkson Research”) currently estimates that liquefaction capacity will increase approximately 35% by 2016. For more details about these liquefaction projects and the current global order book and other factors affecting demand for LNG shipping, see “The LNG Shipping Industry”.

 

· High barriers to entry should restrict the supply of new LNG carriers. The existing order book of LNG carriers represents only 31% of current LNG carrier fleet carrying capacity. Fleet growth was limited in 2013 but is expected to accelerate in 2014 and 2015. We believe that significant barriers to entry exist in the LNG shipping sector due to the large capital requirements, the limited availability of financing, the limited availability of qualified ship personnel and the need for a high degree of technical management capabilities. The industry also serves a demanding customer base that requires the highest quality operating standards. Finally, we believe the limited construction capacity at high-quality shipyards and the long lead-time required for the construction of LNG carriers should also restrict the supply of new LNG carriers in the near-term.
4

 

· Stringent customer certification standards favor experienced, high-quality operators. Energy companies have established increasingly high operational, safety and financial standards that independent owners of LNG carriers generally must meet in order to qualify for employment in their programs. Through our relationship with GasLog, which has managed LNG carriers for BG Group for over 12 years and had its technical management operations vetted by other major energy companies, we believe that these rigorous and comprehensive certification standards will enhance our ability to compete for new customers and charters relative to less qualified and less experienced ship operators.

 

· Increasing ownership of the global LNG carrier fleet by independent owners. Independent owners have increased their share of the global LNG carrier fleet from approximately 23% in April 2004 to approximately 36% in April 2014. Orders by independent owners represent 56% of the current global order book. We believe private and state-owned energy companies will continue to seek high-quality independent owners for their growing LNG shipping requirements in the future, driven in part by large capital requirements and a recognition that owning and operating LNG ships are outside of their core areas of expertise.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that our future business prospects are well supported by the following factors:

 

· Significant built-in growth opportunities. In addition to our initial fleet of three LNG carriers, we will have the option to purchase from GasLog the twelve additional LNG carriers delivered or expected to be delivered to GasLog between 2013 and 2016 that are or will be subject to long-term charters. Six of these twelve vessels are steam-powered ships, the acquisition of which will allow us to diversify our fleet specification. GasLog will also be required to offer to us for purchase at fair market value (as determined pursuant to the omnibus agreement) any other LNG carriers with cargo capacities greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation that GasLog owns or acquires if they are placed under charters of five full years or more, including the four existing LNG carriers currently on short-term or seasonal contracts and two newbuildings on order that have not yet been chartered. We believe these acquisition opportunities, as well as other future acquisition opportunities from GasLog or third parties, will facilitate the growth of our distributions per unit.

 

· Enhanced growth opportunities through our relationship with GasLog, an established owner, operator and manager of LNG carriers. We believe our relationship with GasLog will provide us with many benefits that we believe will drive growth in our distributions per unit. We believe charterers award new business to established participants in the LNG carriers market because of their demonstrated technical, commercial and managerial expertise. GasLog is an experienced operator with an in-house technical manager, GasLog LNG Services, which provides a highly competent technical and operational platform to GasLog’s owned and managed vessels. We believe that GasLog LNG Services’ 12-year history of providing management services to BG Group has enabled GasLog to develop a track record and reputation for providing highly competent, safe and reliable operations. We believe this track record and reputation will continue to enable GasLog to attract additional long-term charters for LNG carriers. Further, we believe GasLog’s strong relationships with customers, shipyards and established financing providers, and its large pool of experienced and qualified global seafarers, enhance its operational and financial efficiency.

 

· Predictable cash flow profile through charter contracts with leading energy companies . Our initial fleet operates under charters with initial terms that expire in 2018 or 2019, and the twelve LNG carriers for which we have options to purchase from GasLog have or will have charter durations ranging from 5.5 to 10 years with BG Group and Shell. The charters on the three vessels in our initial fleet contain hire rate provisions that provide for an automatic periodic adjustment, which is designed to reflect the actual costs of operating the ship and related expenses, although existing charters on certain of the vessels subject to the purchase options do not have similar provisions. We believe that such provisions can reduce our potential exposure to foreign exchange rates and operating costs and expenses. By contracting with companies that we believe are financially strong, such as BG Group and Shell, we believe that we have minimized our counterparty risk. Our current charters do not provide the charterers with options to purchase our ships during or upon expiration of the charter term.

5

 

· Newly constructed and high specification LNG carriers. Our initial fleet will be among the youngest of any LNG shipping operator, with an average ship age of less than one year. The 155,000 cbm size of each of our initial fleet vessels is compatible with most of the existing LNG terminals around the globe. Our initial fleet and six of the twelve additional vessels that we will have the option to purchase from GasLog are, or when delivered will be, high-specification LNG carriers equipped with modern tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion technology, which, according to Clarkson Research, is equipped on only 18% of the current global LNG carrier fleet.

 

· Financial flexibility to support our growth. We believe that, as a public company, we will have access to public debt and equity markets in order to pursue expansion opportunities. We expect to have a moderate level of indebtedness after expected debt repayment at the time of our initial public offering.

 

We can provide no assurance, however, that we will be able to utilize our strengths described above. For further discussion of the risks that we face, see “Risk Factors”.

 

Business Strategies

 

Our primary business objective is to grow our business profitably and increase quarterly distributions per unit over time by executing the following strategies:

 

· Pursue strategic and accretive acquisitions of LNG carriers on long-term, fixed-rate charters. We will seek to leverage our relationship with GasLog to make strategic acquisitions that are accretive to our distributions per unit. Under the omnibus agreement, we will have the option to purchase twelve additional LNG carriers, delivered or expected to be delivered to GasLog between 2013 and 2016, each of which has been or will be under long-term charter upon its delivery. Additionally, during the term of the omnibus agreement, we will have the right to purchase from GasLog any newbuilding LNG carrier or existing LNG carrier in the GasLog fleet, in either case with a cargo capacity greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation that enters into a long-term charter agreement of five full years or more.

 

· Capitalize on growing global demand for LNG shipping. Natural gas is one of the fastest growing primary energy sources globally. Moreover, between 1990 and 2012, the volume of LNG traded increased at a rate 38% higher than natural gas pipeline trade and almost three times the increase in the rate of consumption of natural gas. Although LNG trade declined in 2012 and only improved marginally in 2013, we believe the global demand for LNG shipping will continue to increase, due to currently planned construction projects that, if they proceed on schedule, are expected to increase LNG supply. As we acquire additional LNG carriers from GasLog over the next few years, our expanded fleet will help position us financially to meet the growing demand for LNG shipping. We believe our relationship with GasLog and its industry reputation and relationships position us well to further expand our owned fleet to the extent that such additional capacity is accretive to returns.

 

· Manage our fleet and deepen our customer relationships to provide a stable base of cash flows and superior operating performance. Through our relationship with GasLog, we intend to maintain and grow our cash flows by focusing on strong customer relationships and actively seeking the extension and renewal of existing charters in addition to new opportunities to serve our customers. GasLog charters its current fleet to BG Group and Shell. GasLog does not, however, have exclusive agreements in place with either BG Group or Shell that require BG Group or Shell to charter additional current or future unchartered vessels from GasLog. We believe that GasLog will be able to maintain and develop customer relationships beyond its current customer base in order to support its growth programs and capitalize on attractive opportunities. We believe the close relationships that GasLog has with these companies will provide attractive opportunities to participate in the expected long-term growth of the LNG trade. We will continue to incorporate safety, health, security and environmental stewardship into all aspects of vessel design and operation in order to satisfy our customers and comply with national and international rules and regulations.

6

We can provide no assurance, however, that we will be able to implement our business strategies described above. For further discussion of the risks that we face, see “Risk Factors”.

 

Risk Factors

 

An investment in our common units involves risks associated with our business, our partnership structure and the tax characteristics of our common units. Please read carefully the risks described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 of this prospectus.

 

These risks include, among others, the following:

 

  · We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and subordinated units.
     
  · We will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to maintain and expand our fleet, which will reduce cash available for distribution.
   
  · Our ability to acquire additional LNG carriers from GasLog or third parties will depend upon our ability to raise additional equity and debt financing to fund all or a portion of the acquisition costs of these vessels and may be dependent on the consent of existing lenders to GasLog.
   
  · Our debt levels may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing, pursuing other business opportunities and paying distributions to unitholders.
     
  · We depend on GasLog Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries to assist us in operating and expanding our business and competing in our markets.
     
  · We will initially derive all of our revenues from a single customer.
 
  · Our future performance depends on continued growth in LNG production and an increase in demand for LNG and LNG shipping; LNG trade declined by 1.6% in 2012 and is estimated to have improved marginally by only 0.5% in 2013, and we cannot guarantee that LNG trade will not decline in the future.
 
  · Unitholders have limited voting rights, and our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders owning more than 4.9% of our common units.
     
  · Our general partner and its affiliates own a      % interest in us and have conflicts of interest and limited fiduciary and contractual duties to us and our common unitholders, which may permit them to favor their own interests to your detriment.
     
  · Even if public unitholders are dissatisfied, they cannot initially remove our general partner without GasLog Ltd.’s consent.
     
  · You will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $      per common unit.
     
  · Our general partner has a limited call right that may require you to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price.
     
  · U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company” under certain circumstances, which would have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. unitholders.

 

This is not a comprehensive list of risks to which we are subject, and you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus prior to investing in our common units.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

Our Predecessor had less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, which means that we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act , or the “JOBS Act”. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

· the ability to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in the registration statement of its initial public offering;

 

· exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

· exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the “PCAOB”, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and financial statements.

 

We may take advantage of these provisions until the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company as of the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which we had $1 billion or more in annual gross revenues; (ii) the date of our issuance, in a three-year period, of more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined for purposes of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the “Exchange Act”, which will occur if the market value of our common units held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of these reduced burdens. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide unitholders may be different than information provided by other public companies.

 

Formation Transactions

 

General

 

We were formed on January 23, 2014 as a Marshall Islands limited partnership. We intend to own, operate and acquire LNG carriers with cargo capacities greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation under long-term charters with terms of five full years or more, although the vessels in our initial fleet will have charters with remaining terms ranging from 3.8 years to 5.2 years as of March 31, 2014. Prior to the closing of this offering, our partnership will not own any vessels. At the closing of this offering, GasLog will contribute to us a 100% interest in its subsidiaries which own a 100% interest in the GasLog Shanghai , the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney . Prior to this offering, we have been a wholly owned subsidiary of GasLog, and our vessels have operated as part of GasLog’s larger fleet.

7

At or prior to the closing of this offering, the following transactions will occur:

 

· we will issue to GasLog           common units and all of our subordinated units, representing a           % limited partner interest in us, and all of our incentive distribution rights, which will entitle GasLog to increasing percentages of the cash we distribute in excess of $             per unit per quarter;

 

· we will issue to GasLog Partners GP LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of GasLog, general partner units, representing a 2.0% general partner interest in us;

 

· we will sell             common units to the public in this offering, representing a        % limited partner interest in us;

 

· we will make a payment of $             million to GasLog as partial consideration for the interest described above; and

 

· we will use the net proceeds from this offering to prepay $             million of outstanding borrowings under our vessel financing agreements and the remainder for general partnership purposes.

 

In addition, at or prior to the closing of this offering:

 

· we will amend certain of our existing vessel financing agreements to, among other things, permit the transactions pursuant to which GasLog will contribute our initial fleet to us;

 

· we will enter into an omnibus agreement with GasLog, our general partner and other affiliates of GasLog governing, among other things:

 

· the extent to which we and GasLog may compete with each other;

 

· our right to require GasLog to offer to us for purchase LNG carriers with cargo capacities greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation and charters having committed terms of five full years or more;

 

· our options to purchase any of the GasLog Seattle , the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group, the three additional vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, and Hull Nos. 2042, 2072, 2073, 2102 and 2103 from GasLog, within 36 months following their acceptances by their respective charterers (or, in the case of the GasLog Seattle , the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group and the three additional vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, within 36 months following the closing of this offering) at their respective fair market values, as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement”;

 

· certain rights of first offer on LNG carriers with cargo capacities greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation under charters of five full years or more that GasLog proposes to sell, as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement”; and

 

· GasLog’s provision of certain indemnities to us;

 

· we will enter into an administrative services agreement with GasLog, pursuant to which GasLog will agree to provide us administrative services;

 

· our operating subsidiaries will enter into amended commercial management agreements with GasLog, pursuant to which GasLog will provide commercial management services to us;

 

· our operating subsidiaries will enter into amended ship management agreements with GasLog LNG Services that govern the crew and technical management of the vessels in our fleet; and
     
  · we will enter into a $30.0 million revolving credit agreement with GasLog Ltd.

 

For further details on our agreements with GasLog and its affiliates, including amounts involved, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

The consideration for the 100% interests in the subsidiaries which own a 100% interest in the GasLog Shanghai , the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney that will be contributed to us will be determined based on fair values; however, since GasLog and the Partnership are entities under common control, the consideration will be accounted for at historical carrying values. The amount of cash consideration will be calculated after deducting from the net proceeds of this offering the amount that will be used for the debt prepayment and the amount that will remain as cash for general corporate purposes for the Partnership. The non-cash consideration to GasLog will be equal to the fair value of the net assets as adjusted for the fair value of the vessels that will be contributed to the Partnership less the cash consideration. The difference between the fair value of consideration issued to GasLog and the net assets to be received will be accounted for as an equity transaction in the financial statements of the Partnership.

8

Holding Company Structure

 

We are a holding entity and will conduct our operations and business through subsidiaries, as is common with publicly traded limited partnerships, to maximize operational flexibility. We believe that conducting our operations through a publicly traded limited partnership will offer us the following advantages:

 

· access to the public equity and debt capital markets;

 

· a lower cost of capital for expansion and acquisitions; and

 

· an enhanced ability to use equity securities as consideration in future acquisitions.

 

Simplified Organizational and Ownership Structure After this Offering

 

The following table and diagram depict our simplified organizational and ownership structure after giving effect to the offering and related transactions described above, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units:

 

    Number of
Units
  Percentage
Ownership
 
Public Common Units (1)(2)          
GasLog Ltd. Common Units (1)          
GasLog Ltd. Subordinated Units          
General Partner Units       2.0%  
        100.0%  

 

____________________

 

 

(1) Assumes the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units. If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full, we will issue up to an additional         common units to GasLog at the expiration of the option. Any such units issued to GasLog will be issued for no additional consideration. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase up to         additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be sold to the public instead of being issued to GasLog.
   
 

Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of common units outstanding. If the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, then GasLog would own        % of the common units and the public would own    % of the common units.

   
(2) Includes up to        common units that may be purchased by certain of our directors, officers, employees and related persons pursuant to a directed unit program, as described in more detail in “Underwriting—Directed Unit Program”. Also includes up to an aggregate of $        million, or up to an aggregate of approximately         (based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), of our common units that certain significant investors in GasLog have indicated that they currently intend to purchase in the offering at the public offering price.

9

10
 

 


 

Our Management

 

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will delegate to our board of directors the authority to oversee and direct our operations, management and policies on an exclusive basis. Certain of our directors and officers also currently serve as directors and officers of GasLog or its affiliates. For more information about these individuals, see “Management—Directors and Executive Officers”.

 

Pursuant to the administrative services agreement, we will pay a fixed fee to GasLog for the reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing administrative services to us. For the three vessels in our initial fleet, we expect that we will pay approximately $1.8 million under the administrative services agreement for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. For a more detailed description of this arrangement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Administrative Services Agreement”.

 

Our operating subsidiaries are party to commercial management agreements, which will be amended in connection with this offering, pursuant to which we will reimburse GasLog for the reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing commercial management services to us. For the three vessels in our initial fleet, we expect that we will pay approximately $1.1 million under the amended commercial management agreements for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. For a more detailed description of this arrangement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Commercial Management Agreements”.

 

In addition, our operating subsidiaries are party to ship management agreements, which will be amended in connection with this offering, with GasLog LNG Services that govern the crew and technical management of the vessels in our fleet. For the three vessels in our initial fleet, we expect that our operating subsidiaries will pay GasLog LNG Services approximately $1.7 million in total under the amended ship management agreements for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. For a more detailed description of this arrangement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Ship Management Agreements”.

 

Principal Executive Offices and Internet Address; SEC Filing Requirements

 

Our registered and principal executive offices are located at Gildo Pastor Center, 7 Rue du Gabian, MC 98000, Monaco, and our phone number is + 377 97 97 51 15. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC”, available, free of charge, through our website at www.                           .com, which will be operational after this offering, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. See “Where You Can Find More Information” for an explanation of our reporting requirements as a foreign private issuer.

 

Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties

 

Our general partner and our directors will have a legal duty to manage us in a manner beneficial to our unitholders, subject to the limitations described under “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties”. This legal duty is commonly referred to as a “fiduciary duty”. Our directors also will have fiduciary duties to manage us in a manner beneficial to us, our general partner and our limited partners. Our executive officers are employed by GasLog or its

11

applicable affiliate and have fiduciary duties to that entity and not to us. As a result of these relationships, conflicts of interest may arise between us and our unaffiliated limited partners on the one hand, and GasLog and its affiliates, including our general partner, on the other hand. The resolution of these conflicts may not be in the best interest of us or our unitholders. In particular:

 

· certain of our directors and officers also serve as directors and officers of GasLog or its affiliates and as such will have fiduciary duties to GasLog or its affiliates that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit GasLog or its affiliates or which otherwise are not in the best interests of us or our unitholders;

 

· our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, which entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligations to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting us, our affiliates or any unitholder; when acting in its individual capacity, our general partner may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or our unitholders whatsoever;

 

· GasLog and its affiliates may compete with us, subject to the restrictions contained in the omnibus agreement, and could own and operate LNG carriers under charters of five full years or more that may compete with our vessels if the Partnership does not exercise its rights to acquire such vessels;

 

· any agreement between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to our unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our favor;

 

· borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner or our directors to our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or effect of: (i) enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive distributions on any subordinated units held by them or our incentive distribution rights or (ii) hastening the expiration of the subordination period;

 

· GasLog, as the holder of our incentive distribution rights, has the right to reset the minimum quarterly distribution and the cash target distribution levels upon which the incentive distributions payable to GasLog are based without the approval of our unitholders or the conflicts committee of our board of directors at any time when there are not subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash distributions to the holders of our incentive distribution rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters; in connection with such resetting and the corresponding relinquishment by GasLog of incentive distribution payments based on the cash target distribution levels prior to the reset, GasLog will be entitled to receive a number of newly issued common units and general partner units based on a predetermined formula described under “How We Make Cash Distributions—GasLog’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels”; and

 

· in connection with this offering, we will enter into agreements, and may enter into additional agreements, with GasLog and certain of its subsidiaries, relating to the purchase of additional vessels, the provision of certain services to us by GasLog, GasLog LNG Services and their affiliates and other matters. In the performance of their obligations under these agreements, GasLog and its subsidiaries, other than our general partner, are not held to a fiduciary duty standard of care to us, our general partner or our limited partners, but rather to the standard of care specified in these agreements.

 

For a more detailed description of our management structure, see “Management—Directors and Executive Officers” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

Initially, our general partner, which is wholly owned by GasLog, will have the right to appoint three of five, or a majority of our directors. Our board of directors will have a conflicts committee composed of directors who meet both NYSE and SEC independence requirements and are not any of the following: (a) officers or employees of our general partner, (b) officers, directors or employees of any affiliate of our general partner (other than the Partnership and its subsidiaries) or (c) holders of any ownership interest in the general partner, its affiliates or the Partnership and its subsidiaries (other than (x) common

12

units or (y) awards granted pursuant to any long-term incentive plan, equity compensation plan or similar plan of the Partnership or its subsidiaries). Our board of directors may, but is not obligated to, seek approval of the conflicts committee for resolutions of conflicts of interest that may arise as a result of the relationships between GasLog and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us and our unaffiliated limited partners, on the other. There can be no assurance that a conflict of interest will be resolved in favor of the Partnership.

 

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the standards to which our general partner and our directors would otherwise be held under Marshall Islands law. For example, our partnership agreement limits the liability and reduces the fiduciary duties of our general partner and our directors to our unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders. By purchasing a common unit, you are treated as having agreed to the modified standard of fiduciary duties and to certain actions that may be taken by our general partner, its affiliates or our directors, all as set forth in our partnership agreement. See “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties” for a description of the fiduciary duties that would otherwise be imposed on our general partner, its affiliates and our directors under Marshall Islands law, the material modifications of those duties contained in our partnership agreement and certain legal rights and remedies available to our unitholders under Marshall Islands law.

 

For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest and fiduciary duties of our general partner and its affiliates, see “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties”. For a description of our other relationships with our affiliates, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

The Offering

 

Common units offered to the public                common units.
     
                 common units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units.
     
Units outstanding after this offering                common units and                   subordinated units, representing a             % and         % limited partner interest in us, respectively. If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue common units to GasLog upon the option’s expiration for no additional consideration. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of common units outstanding. In addition, our general partner will own a 2.0% general partner interest in us.
   
Use of proceeds   We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering (approximately $         million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us) to prepay $         million of debt and to make a payment of $             million to GasLog as partial consideration for the interest in the subsidiaries that own the vessels in our initial fleet. The remainder of the net proceeds will be available for general partnership purposes.
   
    The net proceeds from any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units (approximately $           million, if exercised in full, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions) will be used to make a payment to GasLog. If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue an additional            common units to GasLog at the expiration of the option for no additional consideration.
     
Cash distributions We intend to make minimum quarterly distributions of $          per common unit ($         per unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we have sufficient cash from operations after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner. In general, we will pay any cash distributions we make each
13

    quarter in the following manner:
       
  ·   first , 98.0% to the holders of common units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each common unit has received a minimum quarterly distribution of $        plus any arrearages from prior quarters;
       
  ·   second , 98.0% to the holders of subordinated units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each subordinated unit has received a minimum quarterly distribution of $        ; and
       
  ·   third , 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until each unit has received an aggregate distribution of $         .

 

    Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter (beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2014), we will distribute all of our available cash to unitholders of record on the applicable record date. We will adjust the minimum quarterly distribution for the period from the closing of this offering through June 30, 2014 based on the actual length of the period. Our ability to pay our minimum quarterly distribution is subject to various restrictions and other factors described in more detail under the caption “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions”.
     
    If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $        per unit in a quarter, holders of our incentive distribution rights (initially, GasLog) will receive increasing percentages, up to 48.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of that amount. We refer to these distributions as “incentive distributions”. We must distribute all of our cash on hand at the end of each quarter, less reserves established by our board of directors to provide for the proper conduct of our business, to comply with any applicable debt instruments or to provide funds for future distributions. We refer to this cash as “available cash”, and we define its meaning in our partnership agreement. The amount of available cash may be greater than or less than the aggregate amount of the minimum quarterly distribution to be distributed on all units.

 

    We believe, based on the estimates contained in and the assumptions listed under “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Forecasted Cash Available for Distribution”, that we will have sufficient cash available for distribution to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $         on all of our common and subordinated units for each quarter through March 31, 2015. However, unanticipated events may occur that could adversely affect the actual results we achieve during the forecast period. Consequently, our actual results of operations, cash flows and financial condition during the forecast period may vary from the forecast, and such variations may be material. Prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forecast and should make their own independent assessment of our future results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

   
    See “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Forecasted Cash Available for Distribution”.
14
Subordinated units   GasLog will initially own all of our subordinated units. The principal difference between our common units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period the subordinated units are entitled to receive the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit only after the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution and arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Subordinated units will not accrue arrearages. The subordination period generally will end if we have earned and paid at least $        on each outstanding common and subordinated unit and the corresponding distribution on our general partner’s 2.0% interest for any three consecutive four-quarter periods ending on or after March 31, 2017. If the subordination period ends as a result of us having met the tests described above, all subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and the common units will no longer be entitled to arrearages.
     
    For purposes of determining whether the subordination period will end, the three consecutive four-quarter periods for which the determination is being made may include one or more quarters with respect to which arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units have accrued, provided that all such arrearages have been repaid prior to the end of each such four-quarter period.
     
    See “How We Make Cash Distributions—Subordination Period”.
     
GasLog’s right to reset the target
distribution levels
  GasLog, as the initial holder of all of our incentive distribution rights, has the right, at a time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial cash target distribution levels at higher levels based on the distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset election. If GasLog transfers all or a portion of the incentive distribution rights it holds in the future, then the holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights will be entitled to exercise this right. Following a reset election by GasLog, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (we refer to such amount as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution amount”), and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on the same percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution amount as our current target distribution levels.
     
    In connection with resetting these target distribution levels, GasLog will be entitled to receive a number of common units equal to that number of common units whose aggregate quarterly cash distributions equaled the average of the distributions to it on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. The general partner will also receive additional general partner units in order to maintain its ownership interest relative to the common units. For a more detailed description of GasLog’s right to reset the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments are based, see “How We Make Cash Distributions—GasLog’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels”.
15
Issuance of additional units   We can issue an unlimited number of additional units, including units that are senior to the common units in rights of distribution, liquidation and voting, on the terms and conditions determined by our board of directors, without the consent of our unitholders. See “Units Eligible for Future Sale” and “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Interests”.
     

   
Board of directors   We will hold a meeting of the limited partners every year to elect one or more members of our board of directors and to vote on any other matters that are properly brought before the meeting. Our general partner has appointed each of our five initial directors, three of whom meet the independence standards of the New York Stock Exchange and also qualify as independent of GasLog under our partnership agreement, so as to be eligible for membership on our conflicts committee. Our general partner will initially retain the right to appoint three of our directors. At our 2015 annual meeting, which will be the first annual meeting we will hold after this offering, the common unitholders will elect two of our directors. The two directors elected by our common unitholders at our 2015 annual meeting will be divided into classes to be elected by our common unitholders annually on a staggered basis. If our general partner exercises its right to transfer the power to elect a majority of our directors to the common unitholders, an additional director will thereafter be elected by our common unitholders. That director would be added to the class that does not at such time have a director. Our general partner may exercise this right in order to permit us to claim, or continue to claim, an exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code”. See “Business”—Taxation of the Partnership”. The majority of our directors will be non-United States citizens or residents. Initially, three of our directors will meet the above independence standards. We expect that following our first annual meeting in 2015, each of the elected directors and one of the appointed directors will meet the independence standards established by the New York Stock Exchange, and that, at a minimum, each of the elected directors will also qualify as independent of GasLog under our partnership agreement so as to be eligible for membership on our conflicts committee.

   
     
Voting rights   Except as otherwise described herein, each outstanding common unit is entitled to one vote on matters subject to a vote of common unitholders. However, if at any time, any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding, any such units owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under our partnership agreement, unless otherwise required by law. Effectively, this means that the voting rights of any such unitholders in excess of 4.9% will be redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of all classes of units entitled to vote. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquired common units with the prior approval of our board of directors will not be subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors. This limitation will help our ability to claim an exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code in the event our general partner does not possess the ability to elect a majority of the members of our board of directors.
16
    You will have no right to elect our general partner on an annual or other continuing basis. Our general partner may not be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, including any units owned by our general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class. Upon consummation of this offering, GasLog will own                  of our common units and all of our subordinated units, representing a        % limited partner interest in us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is exercised in full, GasLog will own             of our common units and all of our subordinated units, representing a     % limited partner interest in us. As a result, you will initially be unable to remove our general partner without its consent, because GasLog will own sufficient units upon completion of this offering to be able to prevent the general partner’s removal. See “The Partnership Agreement—Voting Rights”.
     
Limited call right   If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80.0% of the outstanding common units, our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the remaining common units at a price equal to the greater of (x) the average of the daily closing prices of the common units over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days before the notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and (y) the highest price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for common units during the 90-day period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon the exercise of this limited call right.
     
U.S. federal income tax considerations   Although we are organized as a partnership, we have elected to be treated as a corporation solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, all or a portion of the distributions you receive from us will constitute dividends for such purposes. The remaining portion of such distributions will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in your common units and, thereafter, as capital gain. We estimate that if you hold the common units that you purchase in this offering through the period ending                      ,            , the distributions you receive, on a cumulative basis, that will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be approximately                          % of the total cash distributions you receive during that period. Please see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Ratio of Dividend Income to Distributions” for the basis of this estimate. Please also see “Risk Factors—Tax Risks” for a discussion relating to the taxation of dividends. For a discussion of other material U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”.
     
Non-U.S. tax considerations   We have been organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. Our vessel-owning subsidiaries have been organized under the laws of Bermuda and we, GasLog LNG Services and our general partner are expected to be treated as managed and controlled in Monaco.

For a discussion of material Marshall Islands, Bermuda and Monaco income tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective
17
    unitholders and for a discussion of the risk that unitholders may be attributed the activities we undertake in various jurisdictions for taxation purposes, see “Non-United States Tax Considerations” and  “Risk Factors—Tax Risks”.
     
   
Directed unit program; purchases by significant shareholders   At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to   % of the common units offered hereby for sale at the initial public offering price for officers, directors, employees and certain other persons associated with us and our general partner. For further information regarding our directed unit program, please read “Underwriting”. In addition, certain significant investors in GasLog have indicated that they currently intend to purchase up to an aggregate of $           million, or up to an aggregate of approximately           (based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), of our common units in the offering at the public offering price.

   
     
Exchange listing   We intend to apply to list the common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GLOP”.

 


 

Summary Financial and Operating Data

 

The following table presents, in each case for the periods and as of the dates indicated, summary historical financial and operating data of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor, which includes the subsidiaries of GasLog that have interests in the vessels in our initial fleet. This acquisition will be accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control. The summary historical financial data of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 has been derived from the audited combined carve-out financial statements of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor, prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or “IFRS”, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or the “IASB”, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The following financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, the historical combined carve-out financial statements of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 reflect operations of the GasLog Shanghai , the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney , which commenced operations under their respective charters from January 2013, March 2013 and May 2013, respectively.

 

Our results of operations, cash flows and financial conditions could differ from those that would have resulted if we operated autonomously or as an entity independent of GasLog in the periods for which historical financial data is presented below, and such data may not be indicative of our future operating results or financial performance.

 

    Year Ended December 31,   
    2012     2013  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Statement of Profit or Loss:                
Revenues   $     $ 64,143  
Vessel operating costs           (13,097 )
Depreciation           (12,238 )
General and administrative expenses     (30 )     (1,525 )
(Loss)/profit from operations     (30 )     37,283  
Financial costs including gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps     (941 )     (11,097 )
Financial income     110       32  
Total other expense     (831 )     (11,065 )
(Loss)/profit for the year   $ (861 )   $ 26,218  
(Loss)/earnings per share, basic and diluted (based on 36,000 historical outstanding shares, representing the combined share capitalization of the three subsidiaries that own the vessels in our initial fleet)   $ (23.92 )   $ 728.28  

 

 

18

    As of December 31,  
    2012     2013  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Statement of Financial Position Data:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 2     $ 14,404  
Vessels (1)           562,531  
Vessels under construction     118,482        
Total assets     128,765       581,770  
Loans—current portion           22,075  
Loans—non-current portion           363,917  
Equity attributable to owners of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor     106,629       156,169  
Total equity     106,629       156,169  

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2013  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Cash Flow Data:                
Net cash (used in)/from operating activities   $ (110 )   $ 32,159  
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities     110       (454,263 )
Net cash from financing activities           436,506  

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2013  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Fleet Data:                
Number of LNG carriers at end of period           3  
Average number of LNG carriers during period           2.3  
Average age of LNG carriers (years)           0.76  
Total calendar days for fleet           833  
Total operating days for fleet (2)           833  

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2013  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Other Financial Data:                
EBITDA (3)   $ (970 )   $ 52,458  
Adjusted EBITDA (3)     (42 )     49,559  
Capital expenditures:                
Payment  for vessels under construction           452,792  

 

 

 

(1) Represents vessels in our initial fleet less accumulated depreciation. See Note 3 to our audited combined carve-out financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(2) The operating days for our fleet is the total number of days in a given period that the vessels were in our possession less the total number of days off-hire. We define days off-hire as days lost to, among other things, operational deficiencies, drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection, equipment breakdowns, special surveys and vessel upgrades, delays due to accidents, crew strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems, our failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew, or periods of commercial waiting time during which we do not earn charter hire.

 

(3) Non-GAAP Financial Measures

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA . We define EBITDA as earnings before interest income and expense, realized loss on interest rate swaps held for trading, depreciation and amortization and taxes. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA before unrealized gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps and foreign exchange gains/(losses). EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of financial statements, such as our lenders, to assess our operating performance and ability to generate cash for debt service and capital expenditures, as well as our compliance with the financial covenants and restrictions contained in our financing agreements. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of financial

19

statements, such as investors, to assess our operating performance and ability to generate cash for debt service and capital expenditures. We believe that adjusted EBITDA assists our management and investors by increasing the comparability of our performance from period to period. This increased comparability is achieved by excluding the potentially disparate effects between periods of interest, unrealized gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps, foreign exchange gains/(losses), depreciation and amortization and taxes, which items are affected by various and possibly changing financing methods, capital structure and historical cost basis and which items may significantly affect profit/(loss) from operations between periods. We believe that including adjusted EBITDA as an operating measure benefits investors in (a) selecting between investing in us and other investment alternatives and (b) monitoring our ongoing operational strength and cash generation ability in assessing whether to continue to hold common units.

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA should not be considered alternatives to profit/(loss), profit/(loss) from operations, cash flow (used in)/from operating activities or any other measure of operating performance or liquidity presented in accordance with IFRS. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA exclude some, but not all, items that affect profit/(loss) and net cash from operating activities, and these measures may vary among other companies. Therefore, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA as presented below may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. The following tables reconcile EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to profit/(loss) and net cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures, for the periods presented:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2013  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Reconciliation to profit/(loss):                
(Loss)/profit   $ (861 )   $ 26,218  
Financial income     (110 )     (32 )
Financial costs excluding unrealized gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps     1       14,034  
Depreciation           12,238  
EBITDA   $ (970 )   $ 52,458  
Unrealized loss/(gain) on interest rate swaps     940       (2,937 )
Foreign exchange (gains)/losses     (12 )     38  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ (42 )   $ 49,559  

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2013  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Reconciliation to net cash from operating activities:                
Net cash (used in)/from operating activities   $ (110 )   $ 32,159  
Net increase in operating assets     960       1,543  
Net increase in operating liabilities     (408 )     (8,324 )
Net change in related parties     (472 )     13,646  
Unrealized gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps     (940 )     2,937  
Interest paid           9,223  
Non-cash contributed services           (627 )
Realized loss on interest rate swaps held for trading           1,901  
EBITDA   $ (970 )   $ 52,458  
Unrealized loss/(gain) on interest rate swaps     940       (2,937 )
Foreign exchange (gains)/losses     (12 )     38  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ (42 )   $ 49,559  

 

20

RISK FACTORS

 

Limited partner interests are inherently different from the capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in a similar business. You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus in evaluating an investment in our common units.

 

If any of the following risks were actually to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders could be materially adversely affected. In that case, we might not be able to make distributions on our common units, the trading price of our common units could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Inherent in Our Business

 

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and subordinated units.

 

We may not have sufficient cash from operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $    per unit on our common units and subordinated units. The amount of cash we can distribute on our units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which may fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on the risks described in this section, including, among other things:

 

· the rates we obtain from our charters;

 

· the continued availability of natural gas production, liquefaction and regasification facilities;

 

· the price and demand for natural gas;

 

· the level of our operating costs, such as the cost of crews, vessel maintenance and insurance;

 

· the number of off-hire days for our fleet and the timing of, and number of days required for, drydocking of vessels;

 

· the supply of LNG carriers;

 

· prevailing global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

· changes in local income tax rates;

 

· currency exchange rate fluctuations; and

 

· the effect of governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards on the conduct of our business.

 

In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available for distribution will depend on other factors, including:

21
· the level of capital expenditures we make, including for maintaining or replacing vessels and complying with regulations;

 

· our debt service requirements, including fluctuations in interest rates, and restrictions on distributions contained in our debt instruments;

 

· the level of debt we will incur if we exercise our option to purchase from GasLog any of the GasLog Seattle , the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group, the three vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, and Hull Nos. 2042, 2072, 2073, 2102 and 2103;

 

· fluctuations in our working capital needs;

 

· our ability to make, and the level of, working capital borrowings; and

 

· the amount of any cash reserves, including reserves for future maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, working capital and other matters, established by our board of directors, which cash reserves are not subject to any specified maximum dollar amount.

 

The amount of cash we generate from our operations may differ materially from our profit or loss for a specified period, which will be affected by non-cash items. As a result of this and the other factors mentioned above, we may make cash distributions during periods when we record losses and may not make cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

 

The assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for distribution are inherently uncertain and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those forecasted.

 

The forecast of cash available for distribution set forth in “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” includes our forecast of operating results and cash flows for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. The financial forecast has been prepared by management and we have not received an opinion or report on it from our or any other independent auditor. The assumptions underlying the forecast are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those forecasted. If we do not achieve the forecasted results, we may not be able to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution or any amount on our common units or subordinated units, in which event the market price of the common units may decline materially.

 

Our ability to grow and to meet our financial needs may be adversely affected by our cash distribution policy.

 

Our cash distribution policy, which is consistent with our partnership agreement, requires us to distribute all of our available cash (as defined in our partnership agreement) each quarter. Accordingly, our growth may not be as fast as businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations.

 

In determining the amount of cash available for distribution, our board of directors approves the amount of cash reserves to set aside, including reserves for future maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, working capital and other matters. We also rely upon external financing sources, including commercial borrowings, to fund our capital expenditures. Accordingly, to the extent we do not have sufficient cash reserves or are unable to obtain financing, our cash distribution policy may significantly impair our ability to meet our financial needs or to grow.

 

We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain and expand our fleet, which will reduce cash available for distribution. In addition, each quarter we are required to deduct estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus, which may result in less cash available to unitholders than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted.

 

We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain and replace, over the long-term, the operating capacity of our fleet. We estimate that maintenance and replacement capital expenditures will average approximately $13.57 million per year, including potential costs related to replacing current vessels at the end of their useful lives. Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures include capital expenditures associated with the removal of a vessel from the water for inspection, maintenance and/or repair of submerged parts (or drydocking) and

22

modifying an existing vessel or acquiring a new vessel to the extent these expenditures are incurred to maintain or replace the operating capacity of our fleet. These expenditures could vary significantly from quarter to quarter and could increase as a result of changes in:

 

  · the cost of labor and materials;
     
  · customer requirements;
     
  · the size of our fleet;
     
  · the cost of replacement vessels;
     
  · length of charters;
     
  · governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards relating to safety, security or the environment;
     
  · competitive standards; and
     
  · the age of our ships.

  

Our partnership agreement requires our board of directors to deduct estimated, rather than actual, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus each quarter in an effort to reduce fluctuations in operating surplus (as defined in our partnership agreement). The amount of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures deducted from operating surplus is subject to review and change by our conflicts committee at least once a year. In years when estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are higher than actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, the amount of cash available for distribution to unitholders will be lower than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted from operating surplus. If our board of directors underestimates the appropriate level of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, we may have less cash available for distribution in future periods when actual capital expenditures exceed our previous estimates.

 

If capital expenditures are financed through cash from operations or by issuing debt or equity securities, our ability to make cash distributions may be diminished, our financial leverage could increase or our unitholders may be diluted.

 

Use of cash from operations to expand or maintain our fleet will reduce cash available for distribution to unitholders. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering, as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain the funds for future capital expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. Even if we are successful in obtaining necessary funds, the terms of such financings could limit our ability to pay cash distributions to unitholders. In addition, incurring additional debt may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage, and issuing additional equity securities may result in significant unitholder dilution and would increase the aggregate amount of cash required to maintain our current level of quarterly distributions to unitholders, both of which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to make cash distributions.

 

Any limitation in the availability or operation of our ships could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, which effect would be amplified by the small size of our initial fleet.

 

Our initial fleet consists of three LNG carriers that are in operation. If any of our ships is unable to generate revenues for any significant period of time for any reason, including unexpected periods of off-hire or early charter termination (which could result from damage to our ships), our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders, could be materially and adversely affected. The impact of any limitation in the operation of our ships or any early charter termination would be amplified during the period prior to acquisition of additional vessels from GasLog, as a substantial portion of our cash flows and income are dependent on the revenues earned by the chartering of our three LNG carriers in operation. In addition, the costs of ship repairs are unpredictable and can be substantial. In the event of repair costs that are not covered by our insurance policies, we may have to pay for such repair costs, which would decrease our earnings and cash flows.

23

Any charter termination could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Our charterers have the right to terminate a ship’s time charter in certain circumstances, such as:

 

  · loss of the ship or damage to it beyond repair;
     
  · if the ship is off-hire for any reason other than scheduled drydocking for a period exceeding 90 consecutive days, or for more than 90 days in any one-year period;
     
  · defaults by us in our obligations under the charter; or
     
  · the outbreak of war or hostilities involving two or more major nations, such as the United States or the People’s Republic of China, that would materially and adversely affect the trading of the ship for a period of at least 30 days.

 

A termination right under one ship’s time charter would not automatically give the charterer the right to terminate its other charter contracts with us. However, a charter termination could materially affect our relationship with the customer and our reputation in the LNG shipping industry, and in some circumstances the event giving rise to the termination right could potentially impact multiple charters. Accordingly, the existence of any right of termination could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders.

 

If we lose a charter, we may be unable to obtain a new time charter on terms as favorable to us or with a charterer of comparable standing, particularly if we are seeking new time charters at a time when charter rates in the LNG industry are depressed. Consequently, we may have an increased exposure to the volatile spot market, which is highly competitive and subject to significant price fluctuations. In the event that we are unable to re-deploy a ship for which a charter has been terminated, we will not receive any revenues from that ship, and we may be required to pay expenses necessary to maintain the ship in proper operating condition.

 

Due to our lack of diversification, adverse developments in the LNG transportation industry could adversely affect our business, particularly if such developments occur at a time when we are seeking a new charter.

 

Due to our lack of diversification, an adverse development in the LNG transportation industry could have a significantly greater impact on our business, particularly if such developments occur at a time when our ships are not under charter or nearing the end of their charters, than if we maintained more diverse assets or lines of businesses.

 

We will initially derive all of our revenues from a single customer and will depend on two customers for nearly all of our revenues after our expected acquisition of additional vessels from GasLog. The loss of either of these customers would result in a significant loss of revenues and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We currently derive all of our revenues from one customer, BG Group. Following the expected acquisition of additional vessels from GasLog, BG Group will continue to be a key customer, as at least ten of the vessels, which we will have options to acquire from GasLog, will be chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group. In addition, two of the vessels that we will have options to acquire from GasLog, have been or will be chartered to a subsidiary of Shell. We could lose a customer or the benefits of our time charter arrangements for many different reasons including if the customer is unable or unwilling to make charter hire or other payments to us because of a deterioration in its financial condition, disagreements with us or otherwise. If any of these customers terminates its

24

charters, chooses not to re-charter our ships after the initial charter terms or is unable to perform under its charters and we are not able to find replacement charters, we will suffer a loss of revenues that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders.

 

Our future performance depends on continued growth in LNG production and demand for LNG and LNG shipping.

 

Our future performance, including our ability to profitably expand our fleet will depend on continued growth in LNG production and the demand for LNG and LNG shipping. A complete LNG project includes production, liquefaction, storage, regasification and distribution facilities, in addition to the marine transportation of LNG. Increased infrastructure investment has led to an expansion of LNG production capacity in recent years, but material delays in the construction of new liquefaction facilities could constrain the amount of LNG available for shipping, reducing ship utilization. The rate of growth of the LNG industry has fluctuated due to several factors, including the global economic crisis and continued economic uncertainty, fluctuations in the price of natural gas and other sources of energy, the continued acceleration in natural gas production from unconventional sources in regions such as North America and the highly complex and capital intensive nature of new or expanded LNG projects, including liquefaction projects. Continued growth in LNG production and demand for LNG and LNG shipping could be negatively affected by a number of factors, including:

 

  · increases in interest rates or other events that may affect the availability of sufficient financing for LNG projects on commercially reasonable terms;
     
  · increases in the cost of natural gas derived from LNG relative to the cost of natural gas generally;
     
  · increases in the production levels of low-cost natural gas in domestic natural gas consuming markets, which could further depress prices for natural gas in those markets and make LNG uneconomical;
     
  · increases in the production of natural gas in areas linked by pipelines to consuming areas, the extension of existing, or the development of new pipeline systems in markets we may serve, or the conversion of existing non-natural gas pipelines to natural gas pipelines in those markets;
     
  · decreases in the consumption of natural gas due to increases in its price, decreases in the price of alternative energy sources or other factors making consumption of natural gas less attractive;
     
  · any significant explosion, spill or other incident involving an LNG facility or carrier;
     
  · infrastructure constraints such as delays in the construction of liquefaction facilities, the inability of project owners or operators to obtain governmental approvals to construct or operate LNG facilities, as well as community or political action group resistance to new LNG infrastructure due to concerns about the environment, safety and terrorism;
     
  · labor or political unrest or military conflicts affecting existing or proposed areas of LNG production or regasification;
     
  · decreases in the price of LNG, which might decrease the expected returns relating to investments in LNG projects;
     
  · new taxes or regulations affecting LNG production or liquefaction that make LNG production less attractive; or
     
  · negative global or regional economic or political conditions, particularly in LNG consuming regions, which could reduce energy consumption or its growth.

 

Reduced demand for LNG or LNG shipping, or any reduction or limitation in LNG production capacity, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to secure future time charters upon expiration or early termination of

25

our current charter arrangements, for any ships for which we have not yet secured charters, or for any new ships we acquire beyond our contracted newbuildings, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders.

 

Demand for LNG shipping could be significantly affected by volatile natural gas prices and the overall demand for natural gas.

 

Natural gas prices are volatile and are affected by numerous factors beyond our control, including but not limited to the following:

 

  · worldwide demand for natural gas;
     
  · the cost of exploration, development, production, transportation and distribution of natural gas;
     
  · expectations regarding future energy prices for both natural gas and other sources of energy;
     
  · the level of worldwide LNG production and exports;
     
  · government laws and regulations, including but not limited to environmental protection laws and regulations;
     
  · local and international political, economic and weather conditions;
     
  · political and military conflicts; and
     
  · the availability and cost of alternative energy sources, including alternate sources of natural gas in gas importing and consuming countries.

 

Natural gas prices have historically varied substantially between regions. This price disparity between producing and consuming regions supports demand for LNG shipping and any convergence of natural gas prices would adversely affect demand for LNG shipping.

 

Fluctuations in overall LNG demand growth could adversely affect our ability to secure future time charters.

 

Over the past three years, global LNG demand has continued to rise, but at a slower pace than previously predicted. Clarkson Research estimates that LNG trade decreased by 1.6% in 2012 primarily due to lower production as a result of planned and unplanned outages at various liquefaction sites and the weakness in the world economy. Clarkson Research further estimates that LNG trade improved marginally by only 0.5% in 2013. Continued economic uncertainty and the continued acceleration of unconventional natural gas production could have an adverse effect on our ability to secure future term charters.

 

We may have difficulty further expanding our fleet in the future.

 

We may expand our fleet beyond the vessels we may acquire from GasLog by ordering additional newbuildings or by making selective acquisitions of high-quality secondhand ships to the extent that they are available. Our future growth will depend on numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control, including our ability to:

 

  · obtain consents from lenders and charterers with respect to the vessels that we may acquire from GasLog;
     
  · identify attractive ship acquisition opportunities and consummate such acquisitions;
     
  · obtain newbuilding contracts at acceptable prices;
   
  · obtain required equity and debt financing on acceptable terms;
   
  · secure charter arrangements on terms acceptable to our lenders;
26
  · expand our relationships with existing customers and establish new customer relationships;
     
  · recruit and retain additional suitably qualified and experienced seafarers and shore-based employees through GasLog pursuant to the services agreements we will enter into with GasLog;
     
  · continue to meet technical and safety performance standards;
     
  · manage joint ventures; and
     
  · manage the expansion of our operations to integrate the new ships into our fleet.

 

During periods in which charter rates are high, ship values are generally high as well, and it may be difficult to consummate ship acquisitions or enter into shipbuilding contracts at favorable prices. In addition, any ship acquisition we complete may not be profitable at or after the time of acquisition and may not generate cash flows sufficient to justify the investment. We may not be successful in executing any future growth plans, and we cannot give any assurances that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with such growth efforts.

 

We may have difficulty obtaining consents that are necessary to acquire vessels with an existing charter or a financing agreement.

 

Under the omnibus agreement, we will have certain options and other rights to acquire vessels with existing charters from GasLog. The omnibus agreement provides that our ability to consummate the acquisition of any such vessels from GasLog will be subject to obtaining any consents of governmental authorities and other non-affiliated third parties and to all agreements existing with respect to such vessel. In particular, with respect to GasLog’s existing vessels, we would need the consent of the existing charterers and lenders. While GasLog will be obligated to use reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents and, in the case of our initial fleet, to indemnify us if they are not obtained, we cannot assure you that in any particular case the necessary consent will be obtained from the governmental entity, charterer, lender or other entity.

 

Our future growth depends on our ability to expand relationships with existing customers, establish relationships with new customers and obtain new time charter contracts, for which we will face substantial competition from established companies with significant resources and potential new entrants.

 

One of our principal objectives is to enter into additional long-term, fixed-rate charters. The process of obtaining charters for LNG carriers is highly competitive and generally involves an intensive screening procedure and competitive bids, which often extends for several months. We believe LNG carrier time charters are awarded based upon a variety of factors relating to the ship and the ship operator, including:

 

  · size, age, technical specifications and condition of the ship;
     
  · efficiency of ship operation;
     
  · LNG shipping experience and quality of ship operations;
     
  · shipping industry relationships and reputation for customer service;
     
  · technical ability and reputation for operation of highly specialized ships;
     
  · quality and experience of officers and crew;
     
  · safety record;
     
  · the ability to finance ships at competitive rates and financial stability generally;
     
  · relationships with shipyards and the ability to get suitable berths;
27
  · construction management experience, including the ability to obtain on-time delivery of new ships according to customer specifications; and
     
  · competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

 

We expect substantial competition for providing marine transportation services for potential LNG projects from a number of experienced companies, including other independent ship owners as well as state-sponsored entities and major energy companies that own and operate LNG carriers and may compete with independent owners by using their fleets to carry LNG for third parties. Some of these competitors have significantly greater financial resources and larger fleets than do we or GasLog. A number of marine transportation companies—including companies with strong reputations and extensive resources and experience—have entered the LNG transportation market in recent years, and there are other ship owners and managers who may also attempt to participate in the LNG market in the future. This increased competition may cause greater price competition for time charters. As a result of these factors, we may be unable to expand our relationships with existing customers or to obtain new customers on a profitable basis, if at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders.

 

Hire rates for LNG carriers may fluctuate substantially. If rates are lower when we are seeking a new charter, our revenues and cash flows may decline.

 

Our ability from time to time to charter or re-charter any ship at attractive rates will depend on, among other things, the prevailing economic conditions in the LNG industry. Hire rates for LNG carriers may fluctuate over time as a result of changes in the supply-demand balance relating to current and future ship capacity. This supply-demand relationship largely depends on a number of factors outside our control. The LNG charter market is connected to world natural gas prices and energy markets, which we cannot predict. A substantial or extended decline in demand for natural gas or LNG could adversely affect our ability to charter or re-charter our ships at acceptable rates or to acquire and profitably operate new ships. Hire rates for newbuildings are correlated with the price of newbuildings. Hire rates at a time when we may be seeking new charters may be lower than the hire rates at which our ships are currently chartered. If hire rates are lower when we are seeking a new charter, our revenues and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders, may decline, as we may only be able to enter into new charters at reduced or unprofitable rates or may not be able to re-charter our ship, or we may have to secure a charter in the spot market, where hire rates are more volatile. Prolonged periods of low charter hire rates or low ship utilization could also have a material adverse effect on the value of our assets.

 

Ship values may fluctuate substantially, which could impact our compliance with the covenants in our loan agreements and, if the values are lower at a time when we are attempting to dispose of ships, could cause us to incur a loss.

 

Values for ships can fluctuate substantially over time due to a number of different factors, including:

 

  · prevailing economic conditions in the natural gas and energy markets;
     
  · a substantial or extended decline in demand for LNG;
     
  · the level of worldwide LNG production and exports;
     
  · changes in the supply-demand balance of the global LNG carrier fleet;
     
  · changes in prevailing charter hire rates;
     
  · the physical condition of the ship;
     
  · the size, age and technical specifications of the ship;
     
  · demand for LNG carriers; and
28
  · the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing ships, as a result of technological advances in ship design or equipment, changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or standards, customer requirements or otherwise.

 

If the market value of our ships declines, we may breach some of the covenants contained in our credit facilities. If we do breach such covenants and we are unable to remedy the relevant breach, our lenders could accelerate our indebtedness and seek to foreclose on the ships in our fleet securing those credit facilities. In addition, if a charter contract expires or is terminated by the customer, we may be unable to re-deploy the affected ships at attractive rates and, rather than continue to incur costs to maintain and finance them, we may seek to dispose of them. Any foreclosure on our ships, or any disposal by us of a ship at a time when ship prices have fallen, could result in a loss and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders.

 

Our ability to obtain additional debt financing for future acquisitions of ships or to refinance our existing debt may depend on the creditworthiness of our charterers and the terms of our future charters.

 

Our ability to borrow against the ships in our existing fleet and any ships we may acquire in the future largely depends on the value of the ships, which in turn depends in part on charter hire rates and the ability of our charterers to comply with the terms of their charters. The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers, and any defaults by them, may materially affect our ability to obtain the additional capital resources that we will require to purchase additional ships and to refinance our existing debt as balloon payments come due, or may significantly increase our costs of obtaining such capital. Our inability to obtain additional financing or committing to financing on unattractive terms could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distributions to our unitholders.

 

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise additional funds in the future.

 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, including the funds raised in this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, we may need to raise additional capital to maintain, replace and expand the operating capacity of our fleet and fund our operations. Among other things, we hold options to acquire twelve LNG carriers from GasLog and we do not currently have financing sources in place to fund the acquisition of these vessels. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including the cost and timing of vessel acquisitions, and the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing ships as a result of technological advances in ship design or equipment, changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or standards, customer requirements or otherwise.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional funds on acceptable terms, or at all. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, our unitholders may experience dilution or reduced distributions per unit. Debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt or pay distributions. Any debt or additional equity financing that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our unitholders. If we are unable to raise adequate funds, we may have to liquidate some or all of our assets, or delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate some or all of our fleet expansion plans. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distributions to our unitholders.

 

Fluctuations in exchange rates and interest rates could result in financial losses for us.

 

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates and interest rates may have a material impact on our financial performance. We receive virtually all of our revenues in dollars, while some of our operating expenses, including employee costs and certain crew costs, are denominated in euros. As a result, we are exposed to foreign exchange risk. Although we monitor exchange rate fluctuations on a continuous basis, we do not currently hedge movements in currency exchange rates. As a result, there is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on our cash flows and results of operations.

 

In addition, we may be exposed to a market risk relating to fluctuations in interest rates to the extent our credit facilities bear interest costs at a floating rate based on a prevailing market interest rate. Significant increases in the interest rates could adversely affect our cash flows, results of operations and ability to service our debt. Although we use interest rate swaps from time to time to reduce our exposure to interest rate risk, we hedge only a portion of our outstanding indebtedness. There is no assurance that our derivative contracts will provide adequate protection against adverse changes in interest rates or that our bank counterparties will be able to perform their obligations.

29

The derivative contracts used to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates could result in reductions in our owners’ equity as well as charges against our profit.

 

We enter into interest rate swaps from time to time for purposes of managing our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates applicable to floating rate indebtedness. As of December 31, 2013, we had four interest rate swaps in place with a notional amount of $311.5 million. For the two interest rate swaps that have been designated as cash flow hedging instruments, the changes in the fair value of the contracts are recognized in our statement of other comprehensive income as cash flow hedge gains or losses for the period, and could affect compliance with the market value adjusted net worth covenants in our credit facilities. In addition, the changes in the fair value of the two derivative contracts that have not been designated as cash flow hedging instruments are recognized in our statement of profit or loss. Changes in the fair value of any derivative contracts that do not qualify for treatment as cash flow hedges for financial reporting purposes would affect, among other things, our profit and earnings per share and would affect compliance with the market value adjusted net worth covenants in our credit facilities.

 

There is no assurance that our derivative contracts will provide adequate protection against adverse changes in interest rates or that our bank counterparties will be able to perform their obligations. In addition, as a result of the implementation of new regulation of the swaps markets in the United States, the European Union and elsewhere over the next few years, the cost and availability of interest rate and currency hedges may increase or suitable hedges may not be available.

 

Our earnings and business are subject to the credit risk associated with our contractual counterparties.

 

We will enter into, among other things, time charters and other contracts with our customers, shipbuilding contracts and refund guarantees relating to newbuildings, credit facilities and commitment letters with banks, insurance contracts and interest rate swaps. Such agreements subject us to counterparty credit risk. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend upon a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the natural gas and LNG markets and charter hire rates. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders.

 

Our debt levels may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing, pursuing other business opportunities and paying distributions to unitholders.

 

Upon completion of this offering and the related transactions, we estimate that our consolidated debt will be approximately $          million. Following this offering, we will continue to have the ability to incur additional debt, including by borrowing under our $30.0 million revolving credit facility with GasLog (or the “sponsor credit facility”). See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”. Our level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

 

  · our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, ship acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;
     
  · we will need a substantial portion of our cash flow to make principal and interest payments on our debt, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations, future business opportunities and distributions to unitholders;
     
  · our debt level may make us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a downturn in our industry or the economy generally;
     
  · our debt level may limit our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions; and

 

30
  · if we are unable to satisfy the restrictions included in any of our financing agreements or are otherwise in default under any of those agreements, as a result of our debt levels or otherwise, we will not be able to make cash distributions to you, notwithstanding our stated cash distribution policy.

 

Our ability to service our debt depends upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing distributions, reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital or bankruptcy protection. We may not be able to effect any of these remedies on satisfactory terms, or at all.

 

Financing agreements containing operating and financial restrictions may restrict our business and financing activities.

 

We expect to amend certain of our existing vessel financing agreements to permit the transactions pursuant to which we will acquire our initial fleet. The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in such amended agreements and any future financing agreements could adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage, expand or pursue our business activities. For example, the financing agreements may restrict the ability of us and our subsidiaries to:

 

  · incur or guarantee indebtedness;
     
  · change ownership or structure, including mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;
     
  · make dividends or distributions;
     
  · make certain negative pledges and grant certain liens;
     
  · sell, transfer, assign or convey assets;
     
  · make certain investments; and
     
  · enter into a new line of business.

 

In addition, such financing agreements may require us to comply with certain financial ratios and tests, including, among others, maintaining a minimum liquidity, maintaining positive working capital, ensuring that EBITDA exceeds interest payable, any amounts payable for interest rate swap and debt installments calculated on a four quarter rolling average basis, maintaining a minimum collateral value, and maintaining a minimum book equity ratio. Our ability to comply with the restrictions and covenants, including financial ratios and tests, contained in such financing agreements is dependent on future performance and may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be impaired.

 

If we are unable to comply with the restrictions and covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness or in current or future debt financing agreements, there could be a default under the terms of those agreements. If a default occurs under these agreements, lenders could terminate their commitments to lend and/or accelerate the outstanding loans and declare all amounts borrowed due and payable. We expect to pledge our vessels as security for our outstanding indebtedness. If our lenders were to foreclose on our vessels in the event of a default, this may adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage, expand or pursue our business activities. If any of these events occur, we cannot guarantee that our assets will be sufficient to repay in full all of our outstanding indebtedness, and we may be unable to find alternative financing. Even if we could obtain alternative financing, that financing might not be on terms that are favorable or acceptable. Any of these events would adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our unitholders and cause a decline in the market price of our common units. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

31

Restrictions in our debt agreements may prevent us or our subsidiaries from paying distributions.

 

The payment of principal and interest on our debt reduces cash available for distribution to us and on our units. In addition, our and our subsidiaries’ financing agreements prohibit the payment of distributions upon the occurrence of the following events, among others:

 

  · failure to pay any principal, interest, fees, expenses or other amounts when due;
     
  · breach or lapse of any insurance with respect to vessels securing the facilities;
     
  · breach of certain financial covenants;
     
  · failure to observe any other agreement, security instrument, obligation or covenant beyond specified cure periods in certain cases;
     
  · default under other indebtedness;
     
  · bankruptcy or insolvency events;
     
  · failure of any representation or warranty to be correct;
     
  · a change of control, as defined in the applicable agreement; and
     
  · a material adverse change, as defined in the applicable agreement.

 

Events of default under the sponsor credit facility include, among others, the following:

 

  · failure to pay any sum payable under the sponsor credit facility when due;
     
  · breach of certain covenants and obligations of the sponsor credit facility;
     
  · a material inaccuracy of any representation or warranty;
     
  · default under other indebtedness in excess of $10.0 million which results in the relevant creditor declaring such indebtedness prematurely due and payable;
     
  · a lien, arrest, distress or similar event is levied upon or against any substantial part of our assets which is not discharged or disputed in good faith within 10 business days after we become aware of such event;
     
  · a substantial part of our business or assets is destroyed, abandoned, seized, appropriated or forfeited for any reason;
     
  · bankruptcy or insolvency events;
     
  · suspension or cessation of our business;
     
  · GasLog Partners GP LLC ceases to be our general partner; and
     
  · an amendment to our limited partnership agreement that, in the reasonable opinion of the lender, is adverse to its interests in connection with the sponsor credit facility.

 

In connection with this offering, we expect to amend certain of our existing vessel financing agreements to permit the transactions pursuant to which we will acquire our initial fleet. We expect that the amended agreements will contain covenants and provisions relating to events of default similar to those contained in our existing vessel financing agreements. Furthermore, we expect that our future financing agreements will contain similar provisions. For more information regarding these financing agreements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

 

The failure to consummate or integrate acquisitions in a timely and cost-effective manner could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Acquisitions that expand our fleet are an important component of our strategy. Under the omnibus agreement, we will have the right to purchase for fair market value any of Hull Nos. 2042, 2072, 2073, 2102 and 2103 within 36 months after GasLog notifies our board of directors of their acceptances by their charterer (or, in the case of the GasLog Seattle , the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group and the three vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, 36 months after the closing of this offering). We will not be obligated to purchase any of these vessels at the applicable determined price, and, accordingly, we may not complete the purchase of any of such vessels. Furthermore, even if we are able to agree on a price with GasLog, there are no assurances that we will be able to obtain adequate financing on terms that are acceptable to us.

 

We believe that other acquisition opportunities may arise from time to time, and any such acquisition could be significant. Any acquisition of a vessel or business may not be profitable at or after the time of acquisition and may not generate cash flow sufficient to justify the investment. In addition, our acquisition growth strategy exposes us to risks that may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders, including risks that we may:

 

  · fail to realize anticipated benefits, such as new customer relationships, cost-savings or cash flow enhancements;
     
  · be unable to attract, hire, train or retain qualified shore and seafaring personnel to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;
32
  · decrease our liquidity by using a significant portion of available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions;
     
  · significantly increase our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance acquisitions;
     
  · incur or assume unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with the business or vessels acquired; or
     
  · incur other significant charges, such as impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges.

 

In addition, unlike newbuildings, existing vessels typically do not carry warranties as to their condition. While we generally inspect existing vessels prior to purchase, such an inspection would normally not provide us with as much knowledge of a vessel’s condition as we would possess if it had been built for us and operated by us during its life. Repairs and maintenance costs for existing vessels are difficult to predict and may be substantially higher than for vessels we have operated since they were built. These costs could decrease our cash flow and reduce our liquidity.

 

Certain acquisition and investment opportunities may not result in the consummation of a transaction. In addition, we may not be able to obtain acceptable terms for the required financing for any such acquisition or investment that arises. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that any announcement or consummation of an acquisition would have on the trading price of our common units. Our future acquisitions could present a number of risks, including the risk of incorrect assumptions regarding the future results of acquired vessels or businesses or expected cost reductions or other synergies expected to be realized as a result of acquiring vessels or businesses, the risk of failing to successfully and timely integrate the operations or management of any acquired vessels or businesses and the risk of diverting management’s attention from existing operations or other priorities. We may also be subject to additional costs related to compliance with various international laws in connection with such acquisition. If we fail to consummate and integrate our acquisitions in a timely and cost-effective manner, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution could be adversely affected.

 

We may experience operational problems with vessels that reduce revenue and increase costs.

 

LNG carriers are complex and their operations are technically challenging. Marine transportation operations are subject to mechanical risks and problems. Operational problems may lead to loss of revenue or higher than anticipated operating expenses or require additional capital expenditures. Any of these results could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

 

We depend on GasLog and certain of its subsidiaries to assist us in operating and expanding our businesses and competing in our markets.

 

In connection with this offering, we and our operating subsidiaries will enter into various services agreements with GasLog and its subsidiaries, including GasLog LNG Services, pursuant to which GasLog and its subsidiaries will provide to us certain administrative, financial and other services and to our operating subsidiaries substantially all of their crew, technical management services (including vessel maintenance, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting, performing work required by regulations and human resources and financial services) and other advisory and commercial management services, including the sourcing of new contracts and renewals of existing contracts. Our operational success and ability to execute our growth strategy depends significantly upon the satisfactory performance of these services by GasLog and its subsidiaries. Our business will be harmed if such subsidiaries fail to perform these services satisfactorily or if they stop providing these services to us or our operating subsidiaries.

 

Our ability to compete for new charters and expand our customer relationships depends largely on our ability to leverage our relationship with GasLog and its reputation and relationships in the shipping industry. If GasLog suffers material damage to its reputation or relationships, it may harm the ability of us or our subsidiaries to:

 

  · renew existing charters upon their expiration;
33
  · obtain new charters;
     
  · successfully interact with shipyards;
 
  · obtain financing on commercially acceptable terms;
 
  · maintain access to capital under the sponsor credit facility; or
 
  · maintain satisfactory relationships with suppliers and other third parties.

 

If our ability to do any of the things described above is impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

 

The required drydocking of our ships could be more expensive and time consuming than we anticipate, which could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

 

Drydockings of our ships require significant capital expenditures and result in loss of revenue while our ships are off-hire. Any significant increase in either the number of off-hire days due to such drydockings or in the costs of any repairs carried out during the drydockings could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and our cash flows. We may not be able to accurately predict the time required to drydock any of our ships or any unanticipated problems that may arise. If more than one of our ships is required to be out of service at the same time, or if a ship is drydocked longer than expected or if the cost of repairs during the drydocking is greater than budgeted, our results of operations and our cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders, could be adversely affected.

 

Delays in deliveries of newbuilding vessels could harm our operating results.

 

The delivery of any newbuildings we may order could be delayed, which would delay our receipt of revenues under the charters or other contracts related to the vessels. In addition, under some charters we may enter into that are related to a newbuilding, if our delivery of the newbuilding to our customer is delayed, we may be required to pay liquidated damages during the delay. For prolonged delays, the customer may terminate the charter and, in addition to the resulting loss of revenues, we may be responsible for additional, substantial liquidated damages.

 

The completion and delivery of newbuildings could be delayed because of:

 

  · quality or engineering problems;
     
  · changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organization standards;
     
  · work stoppages or other labor disturbances at the shipyard;
     
  · bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipbuilder;
     
  · a backlog of orders at the shipyard;
     
  · political or economic disturbances;
     
  · weather interference or a catastrophic event, such as a major earthquake or fire;
     
  · requests for changes to the original vessel specifications;
     
  · shortages of or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel;
     
  · the inability to finance the construction or conversion of the vessels; or
     
  · the inability to obtain requisite permits or approvals.
34

If delivery of a vessel is materially delayed, it could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and our ability to make cash distributions.

 

An oversupply of LNG carriers may lead to a reduction in the charter hire rates we are able to obtain when seeking charters in the future.

 

Driven in part by an increase in LNG production capacity, the market supply of LNG carriers has been increasing as a result of the construction of new ships. According to Clarkson Research, during the period from 1996 to 2011, the global fleet of LNG carriers grew from 90 ships (9.4 million cbm) to 361 ships (51.7 million cbm), due to the construction and delivery of new LNG carriers. Although the global newbuilding order book dropped steeply in 2009 and 2010, orders for 136 newbuilding LNG carriers were placed in the period from the start of 2011 to the start of April 2014, compared to a total of just eleven newbuilding LNG carriers between 2008 and 2010. As of April 1, 2014, the LNG carrier order book totaled 113 ships with an aggregate capacity of 17.4 million cbm and represented 31% of the carrying capacity of the current fleet. At 31% of the fleet (in terms of carrying capacity), the current order book is notably smaller than the record highs recorded in mid-2006 when it was almost 100% of the existing fleet. Nevertheless, it is substantially larger than it was at the start of 2011 (6% of the existing fleet). This and any future expansion of the global LNG carrier fleet may have a negative impact on charter hire rates, ship utilization and ship values, which impact could be amplified if the expansion of LNG production capacity does not keep pace with fleet growth.

 

If charter hire rates are lower when we are seeking new time charters, our revenues and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders, may decline.

 

If an active short-term or spot LNG carrier charter market continues to develop, our revenues and cash flows may become more volatile and may decline following expiration or early termination of our current charter arrangements.

 

Most shipping requirements for new LNG projects continue to be provided on a multi-year basis, though the level of spot voyages and short-term time charters of less than twelve months in duration has grown in the past few years. If an active short-term or spot charter market continues to develop, we may enter into short-term time charters upon expiration or early termination of our current charters, for any ships for which we have not secured charters, or for any ships we acquire from GasLog. As a result, our revenues and cash flows may become more volatile. In addition, an active short-term or spot charter market may require us to enter into charters based on changing market prices, as opposed to contracts based on fixed rates, which could result in a decrease in our revenues and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders, if we enter into charters during periods when the market price for shipping LNG is depressed.

 

Further technological advancements and other innovations affecting LNG carriers could reduce the charter hire rates we are able to obtain when seeking new employment, and this could adversely impact the value of our assets.

 

The charter rates, asset value and operational life of an LNG carrier are determined by a number of factors, including the ship’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed and fuel economy. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. Physical life is related to the original design and construction, the ongoing maintenance and the impact of operational stresses on the asset. Ship and engine designs are continually evolving. At such time as newer designs are developed and accepted in the market, these newer vessels may be found to be more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than ours. As a result, competition from these more technologically advanced LNG carriers could adversely affect our ability to charter or re-charter our ships and the charter hire rates we will be able to secure when we seek to charter or re-charter our ships, and could also reduce the resale value of our ships. This could adversely affect our revenues and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders.

 

Risks associated with operating ocean-going ships could affect our business and reputation.

 

The operation of ocean-going ships carries inherent risks. These risks include the possibility of:

35
  · marine disaster;
     
  · piracy;
     
  · environmental accidents;
     
  · adverse weather conditions;
     
  · grounding, fire, explosions and collisions;
     
  · cargo and property loss or damage;
     
  · business interruptions caused by mechanical failure, human error, war, terrorism, disease and quarantine, or political action in various countries; and
     
  · work stoppages or other labor problems with crew members serving on our ships.

 

An accident involving any of our owned ships could result in any of the following:

 

  · death or injury to persons, loss of property or environmental damage;
     
  · delays in the delivery of cargo;
     
  · loss of revenues from termination of charter contracts;
     
  · governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business;
     
  · litigation with our employees, customers or third parties;
     
  · higher insurance rates; and
     
  · damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally.

 

Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders.

 

Changes in global and regional economic conditions could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Weak global or regional economic conditions may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in ways that we cannot predict. Our ability to expand our fleet will be dependent on our ability to obtain financing to fund the acquisition of additional ships. In addition, uncertainty about current and future global economic conditions may cause our customers to defer projects in response to tighter credit, decreased capital availability and declining customer confidence, which may negatively impact the demand for our ships and services and could also result in defaults under our current charters. Global financial markets and economic conditions have been volatile in recent years and remain subject to significant vulnerabilities. In particular, despite recent measures taken by the European Union, concerns persist regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries and their ability to meet future financial obligations and the overall stability of the euro. Furthermore, a tightening of the credit markets may further negatively impact our operations by affecting the solvency of our suppliers or customers, which could lead to disruptions in delivery of supplies such as equipment for conversions, cost increases for supplies, accelerated payments to suppliers, customer bad debts or reduced revenues. Similarly, such market conditions could affect lenders participating in our financing agreements, making them unable to fulfill their commitments and obligations to us. Any reductions in activity owing to such conditions or failure by our customers, suppliers or lenders to meet their contractual obligations to us could adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operation and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

36

Disruptions in world financial markets could limit our ability to obtain future debt financing or refinance existing debt.

 

Global financial markets and economic conditions have been disrupted and volatile in recent years. Credit markets as well as the debt and equity capital markets were exceedingly distressed and at certain times in recent years it was difficult to obtain financing and the cost of any available financing increased significantly. If global financial markets and economic conditions significantly deteriorate in the future, we may experience difficulties obtaining financing commitments, including commitments to refinance our existing debt as substantial balloon payments come due under our credit facilities, in the future if lenders are unwilling to extend financing to us or unable to meet their funding obligations due to their own liquidity, capital or solvency issues. As a result, financing may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. If financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our future obligations as they come due. Our failure to obtain the funds for these capital expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders. In the absence of available financing, we also may be unable to take advantage of further business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures.

 

Compliance with safety and other requirements imposed by classification societies may be very costly and may adversely affect our business.

 

The hull and machinery of every commercial LNG carrier must be classed by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the ship has been built and subsequently maintained in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of that classification society. Moreover, every ship must comply with all applicable international conventions and the regulations of the ship’s flag state as verified by a classification society. Finally, each ship must successfully undergo periodic surveys, including annual, intermediate and special surveys performed under the classification society’s rules.

 

If any ship does not maintain its class, it will lose its insurance coverage and be unable to trade, and the ship’s owner will be in breach of relevant covenants under its financing arrangements. Failure to maintain the class of one or more of our ships could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders.

 

The LNG shipping industry is subject to substantial environmental and other regulations, which may significantly limit our operations or increase our expenses.

 

Our operations are materially affected by extensive and changing international, national, state and local environmental laws, regulations, treaties, conventions and standards which are in force in international waters, or in the jurisdictional waters of the countries in which our ships operate and in the countries in which our ships are registered. These requirements include those relating to equipping and operating ships, providing security and minimizing or addressing impacts on the environment from ship operations. We may incur substantial costs in complying with these requirements, including costs for ship modifications and changes in operating procedures. We also could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, civil and criminal penalties and sanctions, the suspension or termination of operations and third-party claims as a result of violations of, or liabilities under, such laws and regulations.

 

In addition, these requirements can affect the resale value or useful lives of our ships, require a reduction in cargo capacity, necessitate ship modifications or operational changes or restrictions or lead to decreased availability of insurance coverage for environmental matters. They could further result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports or detention in certain ports. We are required to obtain governmental approvals and permits to operate our ships. Delays in obtaining such governmental approvals may increase our expenses, and the terms and conditions of such approvals could materially and adversely affect our operations.

 

Additional laws and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or increase our operating costs, which could materially and adversely affect our business. For example, new or amended legislation relating to ship recycling, sewage systems, emission control (including emissions of greenhouse gases) as well as ballast water treatment and ballast water handling may be adopted. The United States has recently enacted ballast

37

water management system legislation and regulations that require more stringent controls of air and water emissions from ocean-going ships. Such legislation or regulations may require additional capital expenditures or operating expenses (such as increased costs for low-sulfur fuel) in order for us to maintain our ships’ compliance with international and/or national regulations. We also may become subject to additional laws and regulations if we enter new markets or trades.

 

We also believe that the heightened environmental, quality and security concerns of insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers will generally lead to additional regulatory requirements, including enhanced risk assessment and security requirements, as well as greater inspection and safety requirements on all LNG carriers in the marine transportation market. These requirements are likely to add incremental costs to our operations, and the failure to comply with these requirements may affect the ability of our ships to obtain and, possibly, recover from, insurance or to obtain the required certificates for entry into the different ports where we operate.

 

Some environmental laws and regulations, such as the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or “OPA”, provide for potentially unlimited joint, several and/or strict liability for owners, operators and demise or bareboat charterers for oil pollution and related damages. OPA applies to discharges of any oil from a ship in U.S. waters, including discharges of fuel and lubricants from an LNG carrier, even if the ships do not carry oil as cargo. In addition, many states in the United States bordering a navigable waterway have enacted legislation providing for potentially unlimited strict liability without regard to fault for the discharge of pollutants within their waters. We also are subject to other laws and conventions outside the United States that provide for an owner or operator of LNG carriers to bear strict liability for pollution, such as the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, or the “London Convention”.

 

Some of these laws and conventions, including OPA and the London Convention, may include limitations on liability. However, the limitations may not be applicable in certain circumstances, such as where a spill is caused by a ship owner’s or operator’s intentional or reckless conduct. These limitations are also subject to periodic updates and may otherwise be amended in the future.

 

Compliance with OPA and other environmental laws and regulations also may result in ship owners and operators incurring increased costs for additional maintenance and inspection requirements, the development of contingency arrangements for potential spills, obtaining mandated insurance coverage and meeting financial responsibility requirements.

 

Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets.

 

Due to concern over the risks of climate change, a number of countries and the International Maritime Organization, or “IMO”, have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emission from ships. These regulatory measures may include adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. Although emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping currently are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, or the “Kyoto Protocol”, a new treaty may be adopted in the future that includes additional restrictions on shipping emissions to those already adopted under the International Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution from Ships, or the “MARPOL Convention”. Compliance with future changes in laws and regulations relating to climate change could increase the costs of operating and maintaining our ships and could require us to install new emission controls, as well as acquire allowances, pay taxes related to our greenhouse gas emissions or administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. Revenue generation and strategic growth opportunities may also be adversely affected.

 

Adverse effects upon the oil and gas industry relating to climate change, including growing public concern about the environmental impact of climate change, may also have an effect on demand for our services. For example, increased regulation of greenhouse gases or other concerns relating to climate change may reduce the demand for oil and natural gas in the future or create greater incentives for use of alternative energy sources. Any long-term material adverse effect on the oil and gas industry could have significant financial and operational adverse impacts on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

38

We operate our ships worldwide, which could expose us to political, governmental and economic instability that could harm our business.

 

Because we operate our ships in the geographic areas where our customers do business, our operations may be affected by political, governmental and economic conditions in the countries where our ships operate or where they are registered. Any disruption caused by these factors could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In particular, our ships frequent LNG terminals in countries including Egypt, Equatorial Guinea and Trinidad, as well as transit through the Gulf of Aden and the Strait of Malacca. Economic, political and governmental conditions in these and other regions have from time to time resulted in military conflicts, terrorism, attacks on ships, mining of waterways, piracy and other efforts to disrupt shipping. Future hostilities or other political instability in the geographic regions where we operate or may operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders. In addition, our business could also be harmed by tariffs, trade embargoes and other economic sanctions by the United States or other countries against countries in the Middle East, Southeast Asia or elsewhere as a result of terrorist attacks, hostilities or diplomatic or political pressures that limit trading activities with those countries.

 

Our insurance may be insufficient to cover losses that may occur to our property or result from our operations.

 

The operation of any ship includes risks such as mechanical failure, personal injury, collision, fire, contact with floating objects, property loss or damage, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to a number of reasons, including political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of a marine disaster, including explosion, spills and other environmental mishaps, and other liabilities arising from owning, operating or managing ships in international trade.

 

Although we carry protection and indemnity, hull and machinery and loss of hire insurance covering our ships consistent with industry standards, we can give no assurance that we are adequately insured against all risks or that our insurers will pay a particular claim. We also may be unable to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future. Even if our insurance coverage is adequate to cover our losses, we may not be able to obtain a timely replacement ship in the event of a loss of a ship. Any uninsured or underinsured loss could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders.

 

In addition, some of our insurance coverage is maintained through mutual protection and indemnity associations, and as a member of such associations we may be required to make additional payments over and above budgeted premiums if member claims exceed association reserves.

 

Terrorist attacks, international hostilities and piracy could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Terrorist attacks, piracy and the current conflicts in the Middle East, and other current and future conflicts, may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders. The continuing hostilities in the Middle East may lead to additional acts of terrorism, further regional conflicts, other armed actions around the world and civil disturbance in the United States or elsewhere, which may contribute to further instability in the global financial markets. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

 

In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on ships, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected ships trading in regions such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden. Since 2008, the frequency of piracy incidents against commercial shipping vessels has increased significantly, particularly in the Gulf of Aden and off the coast of Somalia. Any terrorist attacks targeted at ships may in the future negatively materially affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and could directly impact our ships or our customers.

39

We currently employ armed guards on board certain vessels operating in areas that may be prone to hijacking or terrorist attacks. The presence of armed guards may increase the risk of damage, injury or loss of life in connection with any attacks on our vessels, in addition to increasing crew costs.

 

We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from acts of terrorism, piracy, regional conflicts and other armed actions, including losses relating to the employment of armed guards.

 

LNG facilities, shipyards, ships, pipelines and gas fields could be targets of future terrorist attacks or piracy. Any such attacks could lead to, among other things, bodily injury or loss of life, as well as damage to the ships or other property, increased ship operating costs, including insurance costs, reductions in the supply of LNG and the inability to transport LNG to or from certain locations. Terrorist attacks, war or other events beyond our control that adversely affect the production, storage or transportation of LNG to be shipped by us could entitle our customers to terminate our charter contracts in certain circumstances, which would harm our cash flows and our business.

 

Terrorist attacks, or the perception that LNG facilities and LNG carriers are potential terrorist targets, could materially and adversely affect expansion of LNG infrastructure and the continued supply of LNG. Concern that LNG facilities may be targeted for attack by terrorists has contributed significantly to local community and environmental group resistance to the construction of a number of LNG facilities, primarily in North America. If a terrorist incident involving an LNG facility or LNG carrier did occur, in addition to the possible effects identified in the previous paragraph, the incident may adversely affect the construction of additional LNG facilities and could lead to the temporary or permanent closing of various LNG facilities currently in operation.

 

GasLog may on our behalf be unable to attract and retain qualified, skilled employees or crew necessary to operate our business or may pay substantially increased costs for its employees and crew.

 

Our success will depend in large part on GasLog’s ability to attract, hire, train and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. In crewing our vessels, we require technically skilled employees with specialized training who can perform physically demanding work. Competition to attract, hire, train and retain qualified crew members is intense, and crew manning costs continue to increase. If we are not able to increase our hire rates to compensate for any crew cost increases, our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders may be adversely affected. Any inability we experience in the future to attract, hire, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees could impair our ability to manage, maintain and grow our business.

 

In the future, the ships we own could be required to call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the United States and other governments.

 

The United States and other governments and their agencies impose sanctions and embargoes on certain countries and maintain lists of countries they consider to be state sponsors of terrorism. For example, in 2010, the United States enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act, or “CISADA”, which expanded the scope of the former Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA expanded the application of the prohibitions imposed by the U.S. government to non-U.S. companies, such as us, and limits the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products, as well as LNG.

 

In 2012, President Obama signed Executive Order 13608 which prohibits foreign persons from violating or attempting to violate, or causing a violation of any sanctions in effect against Iran or facilitating any deceptive transactions for or on behalf of any person subject to U.S. sanctions. The Secretary of the Treasury may prohibit any transactions or dealings, including any U.S. capital markets financing, involving any person found to be in violation of Executive Order 13608. Also in 2012, the U.S. enacted the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or the “ITRA”, which created new sanctions and strengthened existing sanctions. Among other things, the ITRA intensifies existing sanctions regarding the provision of goods, services, infrastructure or technology to Iran’s petroleum or petrochemical sector. The ITRA also includes a provision requiring the President of the United States to impose five or more sanctions from Section 6(a) of the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended, on a person the President determines is a controlling beneficial owner of, or otherwise owns, operates, or controls or insures a vessel that was used to transport crude oil from Iran to another country and (1) if the person is a controlling beneficial owner of the vessel, the person had actual knowledge the vessel was so used or (2) if the person otherwise owns, operates, or controls, or insures the vessel, the person knew or should have known the vessel was so used. Such a person could be subject to a variety of sanctions, including exclusion from U.S. capital markets, exclusion from financial transactions subject to U.S. jurisdiction, and exclusion of such person’s vessels from U.S. ports for up to two years. The ITRA also includes a requirement that issuers of securities must disclose to the SEC in their annual and quarterly reports filed after February 6, 2013 whether the issuer or “any affiliate” has “knowingly” engaged in certain sanctioned activities involving Iran during the timeframe covered by the report. Finally, in January 2013, the U.S. enacted the Iran Freedom and Counter-Proliferation Act of 2012 which expanded the scope of U.S. sanctions on any person that is part of Iran’s energy, shipping or shipbuilding sector and operators of ports in Iran, and imposes penalties on any person who facilitates or otherwise knowingly provides significant financial, material or other support to these entities.

40


 

Although the ships we own have not called on ports in countries subject to sanctions or embargoes or in countries identified as state sponsors of terrorism, including Iran, North Korea and Syria, we cannot assure you that these ships will not call on ports in these countries in the future. While we intend to maintain compliance with all sanctions and embargoes applicable to us, U.S. and international sanctions and embargo laws and regulations do not necessarily apply to the same countries or proscribe the same activities, which may make compliance difficult. Additionally, the scope of certain laws may be unclear, and these laws may be subject to changing interpretations and application and may be amended or strengthened from time to time, including by adding or removing countries from the proscribed lists. Violations of sanctions and embargo laws and regulations could result in fines or other penalties and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their investment, or not to invest, in us.

 

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-bribery legislation in other jurisdictions could result in fines, criminal penalties, contract terminations and an adverse effect on our business.

 

We may operate in a number of countries through the world, including countries known to have a reputation for corruption. We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics which is consistent and in full compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or the FCPA. We are subject, however, to the risk that we, our affiliated entities or our or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents may take actions determined to be in violation of such anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties, curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to do business. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.

 

Reliability of suppliers may limit our ability to obtain supplies and services when needed.

 

We rely, and will in the future rely, on a significant supply of consumables, spare parts and equipment to operate, maintain, repair and upgrade our fleet of ships. Delays in delivery or unavailability of supplies could result in off-hire days due to consequent delays in the repair and maintenance of our fleet. This would negatively impact our revenues and cash flows. Cost increases could also negatively impact our future operations, although the impact of significant cost increases may be mitigated to some extent with respect to the vessels that are employed under charter contracts with automatic periodic adjustment provisions or cost review provisions.

 

Governments could requisition our ships during a period of war or emergency, resulting in loss of earnings.

 

The government of a jurisdiction where one or more of our ships are registered could requisition for title or seize our ships. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a ship and becomes its owner. Also, a government could requisition our ships for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a ship and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition ships in other circumstances. Although we would expect to be entitled to government compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our ships, the

41

amount and timing of payments, if any, would be uncertain. A government requisition of one or more of our ships would result in off-hire days under our time charters and may cause us to breach covenants in certain of our credit facilities, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders.

 

Maritime claimants could arrest our ships, which could interrupt our cash flows.

 

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a ship, shippers or receivers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a ship for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lienholder may enforce its lien by arresting a ship. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our ships which is not timely discharged could cause us to default on a charter or breach covenants in certain of our credit facilities and, to the extent such arrest or attachment is not covered by our protection and indemnity insurance, could require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest or attachment lifted. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for distribution to unitholders.

 

Additionally, in some jurisdictions, such as the Republic of South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the ship that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” ship, which is any ship owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one ship in our fleet for claims relating to another of our ships.

 

Because the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board is not currently permitted to inspect our independent accounting firm, you may not benefit from such inspections.

 

Auditors of U.S. public companies are required by law to undergo periodic PCAOB inspections that assess their compliance with U.S. law and professional standards in connection with performance of audits of financial statements filed with the SEC. Certain European Union countries, including Greece, do not currently permit the PCAOB to conduct inspections of accounting firms established and operating in such European Union countries, even if they are part of major international firms. The PCAOB conducted inspections in Greece in 2008 and evaluated our auditor’s performance of audits of SEC registrants and our auditor’s quality controls. Currently, however, the PCAOB is unable to conduct inspections in Greece until a cooperation agreement between the PCAOB and the Greek Accounting & Auditing Standards Oversight Board is reached. Accordingly, unlike for most U.S. public companies, should the PCAOB again wish to conduct an inspection, it is currently prevented from evaluating our auditor’s performance of audits and its quality control procedures, and, unlike shareholders of most U.S. public companies, our unitholders would be deprived of the possible benefits of such inspections.

 

We are a holding company and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make distributions to unitholders.

 

We are a holding company. Our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets, including our ships. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to pay our obligations and to make distributions to unitholders depends entirely on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by a claim or other action by a third party, including a creditor, or by the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation which regulates the payment of distributions. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, our board of directors may exercise its discretion not to make distributions to unitholders.

 

We may be subject to litigation that could have an adverse effect on us.

 

We may in the future be involved from time to time in litigation matters. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, toxic tort claims, employment matters and governmental claims for taxes or duties, as well as other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. We cannot predict with certainty the outcome of any claim or other litigation matter. The ultimate outcome of any litigation matter and the potential costs associated with prosecuting or defending such lawsuits, including the diversion of management’s attention to these matters, could have an adverse

42

effect on us and, in the event of litigation that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on us, could lead to an event of default under certain of our credit facilities.

 

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

 

GasLog and its affiliates may compete with us.

 

Pursuant to the omnibus agreement that we and GasLog will enter into in connection with the closing of this offering, GasLog and its controlled affiliates (other than us, our general partner and our subsidiaries) generally will agree not to acquire, own, operate or charter certain LNG carriers operating under charters of five full years or more. The omnibus agreement, however, contains significant exceptions that may allow GasLog or any of its controlled affiliates to compete with us, which could harm our business. For example, these exceptions will result in GasLog not being restricted from: acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Non-Five-Year Vessels; acquiring a non-controlling equity ownership, voting or profit participation interest in any company, business or pool of assets; acquiring, owning, operating or chartering a Five-Year Vessel that GasLog would otherwise be restricted from owning if we are not willing or able to acquire such vessel from GasLog within the periods set forth in the omnibus agreement; or owning or operating any Five-Year Vessel that GasLog owns on the closing date of this offering and that is not part of our initial fleet as of such date. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Noncompetition” for a detailed description of those exceptions and the definitions of “Five-Year Vessel” and “Non-Five-Year Vessel”.

 

Unitholders have limited voting rights, and our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders owning more than 4.9% of our common units.

 

Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, holders of common units have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business. We will hold a meeting of the limited partners every year to elect one or more members of our board of directors and to vote on any other matters that are properly brought before the meeting. Our general partner has appointed each of our five initial directors, three of whom meet the independence standards of the New York Stock Exchange and also qualify as independent of GasLog under our partnership agreement, so as to be eligible for membership on our conflicts committee. Our general partner will initially retain the right to appoint three of our directors. At our 2015 annual meeting, which will be the first annual meeting we will hold after this offering, the common unitholders will elect two of our directors. The two directors elected by our common unitholders at our 2015 annual meeting will be divided into classes to be elected by our common unitholders annually on a staggered basis. If our general partner exercises its right to transfer the power to elect a majority of our directors to the common unitholders, an additional director will thereafter be elected by our common unitholders. That director would be added to the class that does not at such time have a director. Our general partner may exercise this right in order to permit us to claim, or continue to claim, an exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code. See “Business”—Taxation of the Partnership”. The majority of our directors will be non-United States citizens or residents. Initially, three of our directors will meet the above independence standards. We expect that following our first annual meeting in 2015, each of the elected directors and one of the appointed directors will meet the independence standards established by the New York Stock Exchange, and that, at a minimum, each of the elected directors will also qualify as independent of GasLog under our partnership agreement so as to be eligible for membership on our conflicts committee.

 

The partnership agreement also contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of management. Unitholders will have no right to elect our general partner, and our general partner may not be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding common and subordinated units, including any units owned by our general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class.

 

Our partnership agreement further restricts unitholders’ voting rights by providing that if any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding, any such units owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes, unless required by law. Effectively, this means that the voting rights of any unitholders not entitled to vote on a specific matter will be redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquired common units with the prior approval of our board of directors will not be subject to the 4.9% limitation, except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

43

Our general partner and its affiliates own a     % limited partner interest and a 2.0% general partner interest in us, control the election of a majority of our directors and have conflicts of interest and limited fiduciary and contractual duties to us and our common unitholders, which may permit them to favor their own interests to your detriment.

 

Following this offering, GasLog will own a      % limited partner interest and a 2.0% general partner interest in us, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, and will own and control our general partner. In addition, our general partner will initially have the right to appoint three of five, or a majority, of our directors. Certain of our directors and officers are directors and officers of GasLog or its affiliates, and, as such, they have fiduciary duties to GasLog or its affiliates that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit GasLog or its affiliates or which otherwise are not in the best interests of us or our unitholders. Conflicts of interest may arise between GasLog and its affiliates (including our general partner), on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. As a result of these conflicts, our general partner and its affiliates may favor their own interests over the interests of our unitholders. See “—Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s and our directors’ fiduciary duties to our unitholders and restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner or our directors”. These conflicts include, among others, the following situations:

 

  · neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires our general partner or GasLog or its affiliates to pursue a business strategy that favors us or utilizes our assets, and GasLog’s officers and directors have a fiduciary duty to make decisions in the best interests of the shareholders of GasLog, which may be contrary to our interests;
     
  · our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. Specifically, our general partner will be considered to be acting in its individual capacity if it exercises its call right, pre-emptive rights or registration rights, consents or withholds consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership, appoints any directors or votes for the election of any director, votes or refrains from voting on amendments to our partnership agreement that require a vote of the outstanding units, voluntarily withdraws from the partnership, transfers (to the extent permitted under our partnership agreement) or refrains from transferring its units or general partner interest or votes upon the dissolution of the partnership;
     
  · under our partnership agreement, as permitted under Marshall Islands law, our general partner and our directors have limited fiduciary duties. The partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders, as a result of purchasing common units, unitholders are treated as having agreed to the modified standard of fiduciary duties and to certain actions that may be taken by our general partner and our directors, all as set forth in the partnership agreement;
     
  · our general partner is entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable costs incurred by it and its affiliates for our benefit;
     
  · our partnership agreement does not restrict us from paying our general partner or its affiliates for any services rendered to us on terms that are fair and reasonable or entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf;
     
  · our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase our common units if it and its affiliates own more than 80.0% of our common units; and
     
  · our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon the exercise of its limited call right.

 

Even if our general partner relinquishes the power to elect one director to the common unitholders, so that they will elect a majority of our directors, our general partner will have substantial influence on decisions made by

44

our board of directors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”, “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties” and “The Partnership Agreement”.

 

Our officers face conflicts in the allocation of their time to our business.

 

Our officers are all employed by GasLog or its applicable affiliate and are or will be performing executive officer functions for us pursuant to the administrative services agreement. Our officers, with the exception of Andrew J. Orekar who will be our chief executive officer following the closing of this offering, are not required to work full-time on our affairs and also perform services for affiliates of our general partner, including GasLog. As a result, there could be material competition for the time and effort of our officers who also provide services to our general partner’s affiliates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Our Management”.

 

Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s and our directors’ fiduciary duties to our unitholders and restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner or our directors.

 

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will delegate to our board of directors the authority to oversee and direct our operations, management and policies on an exclusive basis, and such delegation will be binding on any successor general partner of the partnership. Our partnership agreement also contains provisions that reduce the standards to which our general partner and directors would otherwise be held by Marshall Islands law. For example, our partnership agreement:

 

  · permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. Where our partnership agreement permits, our general partner may consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and in such cases it has no fiduciary duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting us, our affiliates or our unitholders. Decisions made by our general partner in its individual capacity will be made by its sole owner, GasLog. Specifically, pursuant to our partnership agreement, our general partner will be considered to be acting in its individual capacity if it exercises its call right, pre-emptive rights or registration rights, consents or withholds consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership, appoints any directors or votes for the election of any director, votes or refrains from voting on amendments to our partnership agreement that require a vote of the outstanding units, voluntarily withdraws from the partnership, transfers (to the extent permitted under our partnership agreement) or refrains from transferring its units or general partner interest or votes upon the dissolution of the partnership;
     
  · provides that our general partner and our directors are entitled to make other decisions in “good faith” if they reasonably believe that the decision is in our best interests;
     
  · generally provides that transactions with our affiliates and resolutions of conflicts of interest not approved by the conflicts committee of our board of directors and not involving a vote of unitholders must be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or be “fair and reasonable” to us and that, in determining whether a transaction or resolution is “fair and reasonable”, our board of directors may consider the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly advantageous or beneficial to us; and
     
  · provides that neither our general partner nor our officers or directors will be liable for monetary damages to us, our limited partners or assignees for any acts or omissions, unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or our officers or directors or those other persons engaged in actual fraud or willful misconduct.

 

In order to become a limited partner of our partnership, a common unitholder is required to agree to be bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. See “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Fiduciary Duties”.

 

Fees and cost reimbursements, which GasLog or its applicable affiliate will determine for services provided to us and our subsidiaries, will be substantial, will likely be higher for future periods than reflected in our results of

45

operations for the year ended December 31, 2013, will be payable regardless of our profitability and will reduce our cash available for distribution to you.

 

Pursuant to the amended ship management agreements, our subsidiaries will pay fees for services provided to them by GasLog LNG Services, and will reimburse GasLog LNG Services for all expenses incurred on their behalf. These fees and expenses will include all costs and expenses incurred in providing the crew and technical management of the vessels in our fleet to our subsidiaries. In addition, our operating subsidiaries will pay GasLog LNG Services a fixed management fee for costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing these services to our operating subsidiaries. For the three vessels in our initial fleet, we expect the amount of these fees and expenses to be approximately $1.7 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

In addition, pursuant to an administrative services agreement, GasLog will provide us with certain administrative services. We will pay a fixed fee to GasLog for its reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision of the services under the administrative services agreement. For the three vessels in our initial fleet, we expect to pay GasLog approximately $1.8 million in total for the services under the administrative services agreement for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

In addition, pursuant to the amended commercial management agreements, GasLog will provide us with commercial management services. For the three vessels in our initial fleet, we will pay to GasLog a fixed commercial management fee in U.S. dollars for costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing services. We expect to pay GasLog approximately $1.1 million in total for the services under the amended commercial management agreements for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

For a description of the amended ship management agreements, amended commercial management agreements and the administrative services agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”. The fees and expenses payable pursuant to the amended ship management agreements, amended commercial management agreements and the administrative services agreement will likely be higher for future periods than reflected in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013. Additionally, these fees and expenses will be payable without regard to our business, results of operation and financial condition. The payment of fees to and the reimbursement of expenses of GasLog or its applicable affiliate, including GasLog LNG Services, could adversely affect our ability to pay cash distributions to you.

 

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a person or group from attempting to remove our current management or our general partner, and even if public unitholders are dissatisfied, they will be unable to remove our general partner without GasLog’s consent, unless GasLog’s ownership interest in us is decreased, all of which could diminish the trading price of our common units.

 

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a person or group from attempting to remove our current management or our general partner.

 

  · The unitholders will be unable initially to remove our general partner without its consent because our general partner and its affiliates will own sufficient units upon completion of this offering to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the holders of at least 66 2 /3 of all outstanding common and subordinated units voting together as a single class is required to remove the general partner. Following the closing of this offering, GasLog will own      % of the outstanding common and subordinated units, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
     
  · If our general partner is removed without “cause” during the subordination period and units held by our general partner and GasLog are not voted in favor of that removal, all remaining subordinated units will automatically convert into common units, any existing arrearages on the common units will be extinguished, and our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest and the holders of the incentive distribution rights will have the right to convert such incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests based on the fair market value of those interests at the time. A removal of our general partner under these circumstances would adversely affect the common units by prematurely eliminating their distribution and liquidation preference over the
46
    subordinated units, which would otherwise have continued until we had met certain distribution and performance tests. Any conversion of the general partner interest or incentive distribution rights would be dilutive to existing unitholders. Furthermore, any cash payment in lieu of such conversion could be prohibitively expensive. “Cause” is narrowly defined to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding our general partner liable for actual fraud or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as our general partner. Cause does not include most cases of charges of poor business decisions, such as charges of poor management of our business by the directors appointed by our general partner. Therefore, the removal of our general partner because of the unitholders’ dissatisfaction with the general partner’s decisions in this regard would most likely result in the termination of the subordination period.

   
  · Common unitholders will be entitled to elect only two of the five members of our board of directors. Our general partner, by virtue of its general partner interest, in its sole discretion will appoint the remaining directors (subject to its right to transfer the power to elect a majority of our directors to the common unitholders).
     
  · The election of the directors by common unitholders is staggered, meaning that the members of only one of three classes of our elected directors will be selected each year. Prior to the exercise by our general partner of its right to transfer the power to elect a majority of our directors to the common unitholders, one of the three classes will not have a director. Therefore, no director will be up for election by the common unitholders in the year that the empty class is up for election. In addition, the directors appointed by our general partner will serve for terms determined by our general partner.

   
  · Our partnership agreement contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings of unitholders, to nominate directors and to acquire information about our operations as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of management.
     
  · Unitholders’ voting rights are further restricted by the partnership agreement provision providing that if any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding, any such units owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes, unless required by law. Effectively, this means that the voting rights of any such unitholders in excess of 4.9% will be redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of all classes of units entitled to vote. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquired common units with the prior approval of our board of directors will not be subject to this 4.9% limitation, except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.
     
  · There are no restrictions in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue equity securities.

 

The effect of these provisions may be to diminish the price at which the common units will trade.

 

The control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

 

Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of the unitholders. In addition, our partnership agreement does not restrict the ability of the members of our general partner from transferring their respective membership interests in our general partner to a third party.

 

Substantial future sales of our common units in the public market could cause the price of our common units to fall.

 

We have granted registration rights to GasLog and certain of its affiliates. These unitholders have the right, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering any of our common, subordinated or other equity securities owned by them or to include those securities in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other unitholders. Upon the closing of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, GasLog will own          common units and          subordinated units and all of the incentive distribution rights. Following their registration and sale under the applicable

47

registration statement, those securities will become freely tradable. By exercising their registration rights and selling a large number of common units or other securities, these unitholders could cause the price of our common units to decline.

 

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $     per common unit.

 

The assumed initial public offering price of $     per common unit exceeds pro forma net tangible book value of $     per common unit. Based on the assumed initial public offering price, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $     per common unit. This dilution results primarily because the assets contributed by our general partner and its affiliates are recorded at their historical cost, and not their fair value, in accordance with the Partnership’s accounting policy decision under IFRS. See “Dilution”.

 

GasLog, as the initial holder of all of the incentive distribution rights, may elect to cause us to issue additional common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to its incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of our board of directors or holders of our common units and subordinated units. This may result in lower distributions to holders of our common units in certain situations.

 

GasLog, as the initial holder of all of the incentive distribution rights, has the right, at a time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial cash target distribution levels at higher levels based on the distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by GasLog, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such     amount is referred to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”), and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on the same percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution amount.

 

In connection with resetting these target distribution levels, GasLog will be entitled to receive a number of common units equal to that number of common units whose aggregate quarterly cash distributions equaled the average of the distributions to it on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. We anticipate that GasLog would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion; however, it is possible that GasLog could exercise this reset election at a time when it is experiencing, or may be expected to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may therefore desire to be issued our common units, rather than retain the right to receive incentive distributions based on the initial target distribution levels. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued additional common units to GasLog in connection with resetting the target distribution levels related to GasLog’s incentive distribution rights. See “How We Make Cash Distributions—Incentive Distribution Rights” and “How We Make Cash Distributions—GasLog’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels”.

 

We may issue additional equity securities, including securities senior to the common units, without your approval, which would dilute your ownership interests.

 

We may, without the approval of our unitholders, issue an unlimited number of additional units or other equity securities. In addition, we may issue an unlimited number of units that are senior to the common units in right of distribution, liquidation and voting. The issuance by us of additional common units or other equity securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

 

  · our unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;
     
  · the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may decrease;
     
  · because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution will be borne by our common unitholders will increase;
48
  · the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished; and
     
  · the market price of the common units may decline.

 

Upon the expiration of the subordination period, the subordinated units will convert into common units and will then participate pro rata with other common units in distributions of available cash.

 

During the subordination period, which we define elsewhere in this prospectus, the common units will have the right to receive distributions of available cash from operating surplus in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution of $     per unit, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions of available cash from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units. Distribution arrearages do not accrue on the subordinated units. The purpose of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash from operating surplus to be distributed on the common units. Upon the expiration of the subordination period, the subordinated units will convert into common units and will then participate pro rata with other common units in distributions of available cash. See “How We Make Cash Distributions—Subordination Period”, “—Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period” and “—Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period”.

 

In establishing cash reserves, our board of directors may reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to you.

 

Our partnership agreement requires our board of directors to deduct from operating surplus cash reserves that it determines are necessary to fund our future operating expenditures. These reserves also will affect the amount of cash available for distribution to our unitholders and they are not subject to any specified maximum dollar amount. Our board of directors may establish reserves for distributions on the subordinated units, but only if those reserves will not prevent us from distributing the full minimum quarterly distribution, plus any arrearages, on the common units for the following four quarters. As described above in “—Risks Inherent in Our Business—We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain and replace the operating capacity of our fleet, which will reduce cash available for distribution. In addition, each quarter we are required to deduct estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus, which may result in less cash available to unitholders than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted”, our partnership agreement requires our board of directors each quarter to deduct from operating surplus estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, as opposed to actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, which could reduce the amount of available cash for distribution. The amount of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures deducted from operating surplus is subject to review and change by our board of directors at least once a year, provided that any change must be approved by the conflicts committee of our board of directors.

 

Our general partner has a limited call right that may require you to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price.

 

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80.0% of the common units, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price not less than the then-current market price of our common units. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon the exercise of this limited call right. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on your investment. You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. For additional information about the limited call right, see “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right”.

 

At the completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, GasLog, which owns and controls our general partner, will own    % of our common units. At the end of the subordination period, assuming no additional issuances of common units, no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units and the conversion of our subordinated units into common units, GasLog will own     % of our common units.

49

You may not have limited liability if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

 

As a limited partner in a partnership organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, you could be held liable for our obligations to the same extent as a general partner if you participate in the “control” of our business. Our general partner generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the partnership, such as its debts and environmental liabilities, except for those contractual obligations of the partnership that are expressly made without recourse to our general partner. In addition, the limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some jurisdictions in which we do business. See “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Liability” for a discussion of the implications of the limitations on liability of a unitholder.

 

We can borrow money to pay distributions, which would reduce the amount of credit available to operate our business.

 

Our partnership agreement allows us to make working capital borrowings to pay distributions. Accordingly, if we have available borrowing capacity, we can make distributions on all our units even though cash generated by our operations may not be sufficient to pay such distributions. Any working capital borrowings by us to make distributions will reduce the amount of working capital borrowings we can make for operating our business. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

 

The price of our common units after this offering may be volatile.

 

The price of our common units after this offering may be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors including:

 

  · our payment of cash distributions to our unitholders;
     
  · actual or anticipated fluctuations in quarterly and annual results;
     
  · fluctuations in the seaborne transportation industry, including fluctuations in the LNG carrier market;
     
  · mergers and strategic alliances in the shipping industry;
     
  · changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organizations standards;
     
  · shortfalls in our operating results from levels forecasted by securities analysts
     
  · announcements concerning us or our competitors;
     
  · the failure of securities analysts to publish research about us after this offering, or analysts making changes in their financial estimates;
     
  · general economic conditions;
     
  · terrorist acts;
     
  · future sales of our units or other securities;
     
  · investors’ perceptions of us and the LNG shipping industry;
     
  · the general state of the securities markets; and
     
  · other developments affecting us, our industry or our competitors.

 

Securities markets worldwide are experiencing significant price and volume fluctuations. The market price for our common units may also be volatile. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political

50

conditions, could reduce the market price of our common units despite of our operating performance. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our common units at prices equal to or greater than those that you pay in this offering.

 

Increases in interest rates may cause the market price of our common units to decline.

 

An increase in interest rates may cause a corresponding decline in demand for equity investments in general, and in particular for yield-based equity investments such as our common units. Any such increase in interest rates or reduction in demand for our common units resulting from other relatively more attractive investment opportunities may cause the trading price of our common units to decline.

 

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common units. After this offering, there will be only          publicly traded common units, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market might be. You may not be able to resell your common units at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of the common units and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the common units.

 

Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions.

 

Under some circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under the Marshall Islands Limited Partnership Act, or the “Marshall Islands Act”, we may not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Marshall Islands law provides that for a period of three years from the date of the impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Marshall Islands law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. Assignees who become substituted limited partners are liable for the obligations of the assignor to make contributions to the partnership that are known to the assignee at the time it became a limited partner and for unknown obligations if the liabilities could be determined from the partnership agreement. Liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interest and liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are not counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted.

 

We have no history operating as a separate publicly traded entity and will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly traded limited partnership.

 

We have no history operating as a separate publicly traded entity. As a publicly traded limited partnership, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s reporting requirements and with corporate governance and related requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”, the SEC and the securities exchange on which our common units will be listed. We will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses in complying with these and other applicable regulations. We anticipate that our incremental general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded limited partnership will be approximately $2.4 million annually and will include costs associated with annual reports to unitholders, tax return preparation, investor relations, registrar and transfer agent’s fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and officer and director compensation. In addition, we expect to incur approximately $1.8 million per annum of costs and fees for the three vessels in our initial fleet pursuant to the administrative services agreement that we will enter into with GasLog. These expenses may increase further after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” and are required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common units less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company”, as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” as described under “Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company”. We have elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, which election is irrevocable. We

51

cannot predict if investors will find our common units less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common units less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common units and our unit price may be more volatile.

 

In addition, under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for so long as we are an emerging growth company. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide unitholders may be different than information provided by other public companies.

 

We have been organized as a limited partnership under the laws of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of partnership law.

 

We are organized in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of case law or bankruptcy law and, as a result, unitholders have fewer rights and protections under Marshall Islands law than under a typical jurisdiction in the United States. Our partnership affairs are governed by our partnership agreement and by the Marshall Islands Act. The provisions of the Marshall Islands Act resemble provisions of the limited partnership laws of a number of states in the United States, most notably Delaware. The Marshall Islands Act also provides that it is to be applied and construed to make it uniform with the Delaware Revised Uniform Partnership Act and, so long as it does not conflict with the Marshall Islands Act or decisions of the Marshall Islands courts, interpreted according to the non-statutory law (or case law) of the State of Delaware. There have been, however, few, if any, court cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the Marshall Islands Act, in contrast to Delaware, which has a well-developed body of case law interpreting its limited partnership statute. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as the courts in Delaware. For example, the rights of our unitholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our general partner under Marshall Islands law are not as clearly established as under judicial precedent in existence in Delaware. As a result, unitholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by our general partner and its officers and directors than would unitholders of a similarly organized limited partnership in the United States. Further, the Republic of the Marshall Islands does not have a well-developed body of bankruptcy law. As such, in the case of a bankruptcy of the Partnership, there may be a delay of bankruptcy proceedings and the ability of unitholders and creditors to receive recovery after a bankruptcy proceeding. See “Service of Process and Enforcement of Civil Liabilities”.

 

Because we are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, it may be difficult to serve us with legal process or enforce judgments against us, our directors or our management.

 

We are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, our general partner is a Marshall Islands limited liability company, and our directors and officers generally are or will be non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States if you believe that your rights have been infringed under securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Marshall Islands and of other jurisdictions may prevent or restrict you from enforcing a judgment against our assets or the assets of our general partner or our directors or officers. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Marshall Islands, see “Service of Process and Enforcement of Civil Liabilities”.

 

Our partnership agreement designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum, unless otherwise provided for by Marshall Islands law, for certain litigation that may be initiated by our unitholders, which could limit our unitholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our general partner.

 

Our partnership agreement provides that, unless otherwise provided for by Marshall Islands law, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any claims that:

 

  · arise out of or relate in any way to the partnership agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of the partnership agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among limited partners or of limited partners to us, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the limited partners or us);
     
  · are brought in a derivative manner on our behalf;
52
  · assert a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of us or our general partner, or owed by our general partner, to us or the limited partners;
     
  · assert a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Marshall Islands Act; or
     
  · assert a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine,

 

regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims. any person or entity otherwise acquiring any interest in our common units shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions described above. This forum selection provision may limit our unitholders’ ability to obtain a judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees or unitholders.

 

Tax Risks

 

In addition to the following risk factors, you should read “Business—Taxation of the Partnership”, “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “Non-United States Tax Considerations” for a more complete discussion of the expected material U.S. federal and non-U.S. income tax considerations relating to us and the ownership and disposition of our common units.

 

We may be subject to taxes, which may reduce our cash available for distribution to you.

 

We and our subsidiaries may be subject to tax in the jurisdictions in which we are organized or operate, reducing the amount of cash available for distribution. In computing our tax obligation in these jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing authorities. We cannot assure you that upon review of these positions the applicable authorities will agree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax imposed on us or our subsidiaries, further reducing the cash available for distribution. In addition, changes in our operations or ownership could result in additional tax being imposed on us or our subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which operations are conducted. See “Business—Taxation of the Partnership”.

 

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company” under certain circumstances, which would have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. unitholders.

 

A non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company”, or “PFIC”, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if at least 75.0% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of “passive income” or at least 50.0% of the average value of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, “passive income”. For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property, and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income”. U.S. unitholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their interests in the PFIC.

 

Based on our current and projected method of operation, and an opinion of our U.S. counsel, Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, we believe that we will not be a PFIC for our current taxable year, and we expect that we will not be treated as a PFIC for any future taxable year. We have received an opinion of our U.S. counsel in support of this position that concludes that the income our subsidiaries earn from certain of our present time-chartering activities should not constitute passive income for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. In addition, we have represented to our U.S. counsel that we expect that more than 25.0% of our gross income for our current taxable year and each future year will arise from such time-chartering activities or other income our U.S. counsel has opined does not constitute passive income, and more than 50.0% of the average value of our assets for each such year will be held for the production of such nonpassive income. Assuming the composition of our income and assets is consistent with these expectations, and assuming the accuracy of other representations we have made to our U.S. counsel for purposes of their opinion, our U.S. counsel is of the opinion that we should not be a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future year. This opinion is based and its accuracy is conditioned on representations, valuations and projections provided by us regarding our assets, income and charters to our U.S. counsel. While we believe these representations, valuations and projections to be accurate, the shipping market is volatile and no assurance can be given that they will continue to be accurate at any time in the future.

53

 


Moreover, there are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from time-chartering activities constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services. In Tidewater Inc. v. United States , 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), the Fifth Circuit held that income derived from certain time-chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a provision of the Code relating to foreign sales corporations. In that case, the Fifth Circuit did not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have implications as to how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of this case were extended to the PFIC context, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time-chartering activities may be treated as rental income, and we would likely be treated as a PFIC. In published guidance, the Internal Revenue Service, or “IRS”, stated that it disagreed with the holding in Tidewater , and specified that time charters similar to those at issue in the case should be treated as service contracts. We have not sought, and we do not expect to seek, an IRS ruling on the treatment of income generated from our time-chartering activities, and the opinion of our counsel is not binding on the IRS or any court. As a result, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. No assurance can be given that this result will not occur. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid, to the extent possible, being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future, or that we will not be a PFIC in the future. If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year (and regardless of whether we remain a PFIC for any subsequent taxable year), our U.S. unitholders would face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences” for a more detailed discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. unitholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

 

We may have to pay tax on U.S.-source income, which will reduce our cash flow.

 

Under the Code, the U.S. source gross transportation income of a ship-owning or chartering corporation, such as ourselves, is subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under a tax treaty or Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. U.S. source gross transportation income consists of 50% of the gross shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States. For 2013, GasLog did not have any U.S. source gross transportation income.

 

We may not qualify for the exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883. Even if we do not qualify, we do not currently expect any resulting U.S. federal income tax liability to be material or materially reduce the earnings available for distribution to our unitholders. For a more detailed discussion, see the section entitled “Business—Taxation of the Partnership—United States”.

 

You may be subject to income tax in one or more non-U.S. jurisdictions as a result of owning our common units if, under the laws of any such jurisdiction, we are considered to be carrying on business there. Such laws may require you to file a tax return with, and pay taxes to, those jurisdictions.

 

We intend to conduct our affairs and cause each of our subsidiaries to operate its business in a manner that minimizes income taxes imposed upon us and our subsidiaries. Furthermore, we intend to conduct our affairs and cause each of our subsidiaries to operate its business in a manner that minimizes the risk that unitholders may be treated as having a permanent establishment or taxable presence in a jurisdiction where we or our subsidiaries conduct activities simply by virtue of their ownership of our common units. However, because we are organized as a partnership, there is a risk in some jurisdictions that our activities or the activities of our subsidiaries may rise to the level of a taxable presence that is attributed to our unitholders for tax purposes. If you are attributed such a taxable presence in a jurisdiction, you may be required to file a tax return with, and to pay tax in, that jurisdiction based on your allocable share of our income. In addition, we may be required to obtain information from you in the event a tax authority requires such information to submit a tax return. We may be required to reduce distributions to you on

54

account of any tax withholding obligations imposed upon us by that jurisdiction in respect of such allocation to you. The United States may not allow a tax credit for any foreign income taxes that you directly or indirectly incur by virtue of an investment in us.

 

The ratio of dividend income to distributions on our common units is subject to business, economic and other uncertainties as well as tax reporting positions with which the IRS may disagree, which could result in a higher ratio of dividend income to distributions and adversely affect the value of our common units.

 

We estimate that approximately     % of the total cash distributions made to a purchaser of common units in this offering who owns those units from the date of this offering ending               ,               will constitute dividend income for U.S. tax purposes. The remaining portion of the distributions will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the purchaser’s tax basis in its common units and thereafter as capital gain. These estimates are based on certain assumptions that are subject to business, economic, regulatory, competitive and political uncertainties beyond our control. In addition, these estimates are based on current U.S. federal income tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. As a result of these uncertainties, these estimates may be incorrect and the actual percentage of total cash distributions that will constitute dividend income could be higher, and any difference could adversely affect the value of the common units. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Ratio of Dividend Income to Distributions”.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Statements included in this prospectus concerning plans and objectives of management for future operations or economic performance, or assumptions related thereto, including our financial forecast, contain forward-looking statements. In addition, we and our representatives may from time to time make other oral or written statements that are also forward-looking statements. The disclosure and analysis set forth in this prospectus includes assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events in a number of places, particularly in relation to our operations, cash flows, financial position, plans, strategies, business prospects, changes and trends in our business and the markets in which we operate. These statements are intended as “forward-looking statements”. In some cases, predictive, future-tense or forward-looking words such as “believe”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “project”, “forecast”, “plan”, “potential”, “may”, “should”, “could” and “expect” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. In addition, we and our representatives may from time to time make other oral or written statements which are forward-looking statements, including in our periodic reports that we will file with the SEC, other information sent to our unitholders, and other written materials.

 

Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, such matters as:

 

  · forecasts of our ability to make cash distributions on the units and the amount of any borrowings that may be necessary to make such distributions;
 
  · the ability to borrow under the sponsor credit facility;
 
  · general LNG and LNG shipping market conditions and trends, including charter rates, ship values, factors affecting supply and demand, technological advancements and opportunities for the profitable operations of LNG carriers;
     
  · future supply of, and demand for, natural gas;
     
  · our ability to leverage GasLog’s relationships and reputation in the shipping industry;
     
  · our ability to enter into time charters with our existing customers as well as new customers;
     
  · our contracted charter revenue;
     
  · our customers’ performance of their obligations under our time charters and other contracts;
     
  · the effect of the worldwide economic slowdown;
55
  · future operating or financial results and future revenues and expenses;
     
  · our future financial condition and liquidity;
     
   
  · our ability to purchase vessels from GasLog in the future, including the GasLog Seattle , the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group, the three additional vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, and Hull Nos. 2042, 2072, 2073, 2102 and 2103;
   
     
  · our ability to obtain financing to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other corporate activities, funding by banks of their financial commitments, and our ability to meet our obligations under our credit facilities;
     
  · future, pending or recent acquisitions of ships or other assets, business strategy, areas of possible expansion and expected capital spending or operating expenses;
     
  · our expectations relating to making distributions and our ability to make such distributions;
     
  · our ability to enter into shipbuilding contracts for newbuildings and our expectations about the availability of existing LNG carriers to purchase, as well as our ability to consummate any such acquisitions;
     
  · our expectations about the time that it may take to construct and deliver newbuildings and the useful lives of our ships;
     
  · acceptance of a vessel by its charterer;
     
  · number of off-hire days, drydocking requirements and insurance costs;
     
  · our anticipated general and administrative expenses;
     
  · fluctuations in currencies and interest rates;
     
  · our ability to maintain long-term relationships with major energy companies;
     
  · expiration dates and extensions of charters;
     
  · our anticipated incremental general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded limited partnership and our fees and expenses payable under the amended ship management agreements, the administrative services agreement and the amended commercial management agreements;
     
  · the anticipated taxation of our partnership and distributions to our unitholders;
     
  · estimated future maintenance and replacement capital expenditures;
     
  · GasLog’s ability to retain key employees and provide services to us;
     
  · future sales of our common units in the public market;
     
  · our ability to maximize the use of our ships, including the re-employment or disposal of ships no longer under time charter commitments;
     
  · environmental and regulatory conditions, including changes in laws and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;
     
  · the expected cost of, and our ability to comply with, governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards, as well as standard regulations imposed by our charterers applicable to our business;
56
  · requirements imposed by classification societies;
     
  · risks inherent in ship operation, including the discharge of pollutants;
     
  · availability of skilled labor, ship crews and management;
     
  · potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents, political events, piracy or acts by terrorists;
     
  · potential liability from future litigation;
     
  · our business strategy and other plans and objectives for future operations; and
     
  · other factors discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus.

 

Many of these statements are based on our assumptions about factors that are beyond our ability to control or predict and are subject to risks and uncertainties that are described more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Any of these factors or a combination of these factors could materially affect future results of operations and the ultimate accuracy of the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause future results to differ include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  · changes in law, governmental rules and regulations, or actions taken by regulatory authorities;
     
  · changes in economic and competitive conditions affecting our business;
     
  · potential liability from future litigation;
     
  · length and number of off-hire periods and dependence on affiliated managers; and
     
  · other factors discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus.

 

We caution that these and other forward-looking statements included in this prospectus represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus and are not intended to give any assurance as to future results. Many of the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are based on our assumptions about factors that are beyond our ability to control or predict. Assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events may, and often do, vary from actual results and these differences can be material. The reasons for this include the risks, uncertainties and factors described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. As a result, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur and our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should not unduly rely on any forward-looking statements.

 

We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events, a change in our views or expectations or otherwise. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of these factors. Further, we cannot assess the impact of each such factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to be materially different from those contained in any forward-looking statement.

 

57

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $          million from the sale of               common units offered by this prospectus, assuming an initial public offering price of $          per unit and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, structuring fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will use approximately $          million of the net proceeds from this offering to:

 

  · prepay approximately $          million of borrowings under the $277 million senior secured loan facility; and
     
  · to make a payment of $            million to GasLog as partial consideration for the interest in the subsidiaries that own the vessels in our initial fleet.

 

We will use the remainder of the net proceeds from this offering of approximately $          million for general partnership purposes.

 

The $272.5 million senior secured loan facility, drawn to partially finance the delivery of the GasLog Shanghai and the GasLog Santiago , bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin and matures in two tranches in January 2025 and March 2025, in each case, subject to a put option that gives the lenders the right to request repayment of the facility in full on the fifth anniversary of the delivery of the first vessel, which was delivered in January 2013. At December 31, 2013, the three-month LIBOR plus applicable spread on the $272.5 million senior secured loan facility was 2.90%. The $277 million senior secured loan facility, drawn to partially finance the delivery of the GasLog Sydney , bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin and the applicable tranche matures in May 2019. At December 31, 2013, the three-month LIBOR plus applicable spread on the senior secured loan facility was 2.50%. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Borrowing Activities—Vessel Financing Agreements” for a description of these credit facilities. Borrowings under these facilities were used to finance the construction of the vessels in our initial fleet.

 

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to               additional common units. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will use the net proceeds (approximately $          million, if exercised in full, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions) to make a payment to GasLog. If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue common units to GasLog at the expiration of the option period. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the public and the remainder, if any, will be issued to GasLog. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. See “Underwriting”.

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per common unit would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and structuring fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us, to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $          million. In addition, we may also increase or decrease the number of common units we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million common units offered by us, at the assumed initial public offering price to $          per common unit, would increase net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $          million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us, at the assumed initial public offering price to $          per common unit, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $          million.

 

58

 

CASH AND CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table shows (a) cash and cash equivalents and (b) capitalization as of December 31, 2013 on an:

· actual basis;
· as adjusted basis, giving effect to scheduled principal amortization payments totaling $6.05 million during the period January 1, 2014 to April 17, 2014;
· as further adjusted basis, giving effect to the offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom to (i) reduce indebtedness, (ii) pay the estimated expenses of the offering and (iii) pay $        to GasLog.

This table is derived from and should be read together with the historical combined carve-out financial statements of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor and the accompanying notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

 

    As of December 31, 2013
    Historical   As Adjusted   As Further Adjusted
    (dollars in thousands)
CASH                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 14,404       8,357     $

 
                         
CAPITALIZATION                        
Debt: (1)                        
GasLog Shanghai and GasLog Santiago facility     260,469       256,458          
GasLog Sydney facility (4)     134,426       132,390          
Borrowing under the sponsor credit facility (3)     —         —         —    
Unamortized deferred loan issuance costs     (8,903 )     (8,903 )        
Total debt     385,992       379,945          
Equity:                        
Owner’s capital   $ 156,169     $ 156,169     $ —    
Partners’ capital     —         —            
Held by public:                        
Common units     —         —            
Held by general partner and its affiliates:                        
Common units     —         —            
Subordinated units     —         —            
General partner interest     —         —            
Equity attributable to GasLog Partners     156,169       156,169          
Total capitalization (2)   $ 542,161     $ 536,114     $

 
                         
                         

 

 

 

(1) All of our outstanding debt has been incurred by our vessel owning subsidiaries. It is secured by our vessels and guaranteed by GasLog and GasLog Carriers Ltd., an intermediate holding company for GasLog. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
 
   
(2) A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per common unit would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us, to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $               million. In addition, we may also increase or decrease the number of common units we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price to $          per common unit, would increase net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price to $          per common unit, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $     million.
 
(3) At or prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to enter into a $30.0 million revolving credit facility (or the sponsor credit facility) with GasLog, to be available to fund our working capital requirements. We do not expect to make a draw on this facility in connection with the closing of this offering. For a description of this credit facility, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Revolving Credit Facility with GasLog”.
   
(4) GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. (a subsidiary of GasLog but not contributed to the Partnership), jointly and severally entered into a $277 million senior secured credit facility to fund the installment payments on the construction of the GasLog Sydney and the GasLog Skagen (the vessel owned by GAS-six Ltd.), which we refer to as the GasLog Sydney facility. The historical and as adjusted amounts in the table above represent the portion of the GasLog Sydney facility allocated to the GasLog Sydney . Prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into amended facility agreements, to become effective upon the closing of this offering, dividing the GasLog Sydney facility into two separate facilities, one facility executed by GAS-five Ltd. for the portion allocated to the GasLog Sydney and one facility executed by GAS-six Ltd. for the portion allocated to the GasLog Skagen . For more information, please read “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—GasLog Sydney Facility”.

 

59

DILUTION

 

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price will exceed the net tangible book value per common unit after this offering. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $          per common unit, on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to this offering of common units, the application of the net proceeds in the manner described under “Use of Proceeds” and the formation transactions related to this offering, our pro forma net tangible book value would have been $         million, or $          per common unit. Purchasers of common units in this offering will experience substantial and immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit for financial accounting purposes, as illustrated in the following table.

 

Assumed initial public offering price per common unit       $
Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit before this offering (1)   $    
Increase in net tangible book value per common unit attributable to purchasers in this offering        
         
Less: Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit after this offering (2)        
         
Immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to purchasers in this offering (3)(4)       $

 

 

 

(1) Determined by dividing the total number of units (            common units,            subordinated units and the 2.0% general partner interest represented by            general partner units to be issued to our general partner and its affiliates for their contribution of assets and liabilities to us) into the net tangible book value of the contributed assets and liabilities.

 

(2) Determined by dividing the total number of units (            common units,            subordinated units and the 2.0% general partner interest represented by            general partner units to be outstanding after this offering) into our pro forma net tangible book value, after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds of this offering.

 

(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per common unit would increase or decrease, respectively, our pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $          million, or approximately $          per common unit, and dilution per common unit to investors in this offering by approximately $          per common unit, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, structuring fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of common units we are offering. An increase of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price to $          per common unit, would result in a pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $          million, or $          per common unit, and dilution per common unit to investors in this offering would be $          per common unit. Similarly, a decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price to $          per common unit, would result in an pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $          million, or $          per common unit, and dilution per common unit to investors in this offering would be $          per common unit. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

(4) Because the total number of common units outstanding following this offering will not be impacted by any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units and any net proceeds from such exercise will not be retained by us, there will be no change to the dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to purchasers in the offering due to any exercise of the option.

 

The following table sets forth the number of units that we will issue and the total consideration contributed to us by our general partner and its affiliates and by the purchasers of common units in this offering upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus.

60
    Units Acquired   Total Consideration
    Number   Percent   Amount   Percent
General partner and its affiliates (1)(2)       %   $   %
New investors                
Total       %   $   %

 

 

 

(1) Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus, our general partner and its affiliates will own an aggregate of            common units,            subordinated units and the 2.0% general partner interest represented by            general partner units.

 

(2) The assets contributed by our general partner and its affiliates were recorded at historical book value, rather than fair value, as permitted under IFRS.

 

OUR CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

 

You should read the following discussion of our cash distribution policy and restrictions on distributions in conjunction with specific assumptions included in this section. In addition, you should read “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for information regarding statements that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and certain risks inherent in our business.

 

General

 

Rationale for Our Cash Distribution Policy

 

Our cash distribution policy reflects a judgment that our unitholders will be better served by our distributing our available cash (after deducting expenses, including estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures and reserves) rather than retaining it. Because we believe we will generally finance any expansion capital expenditures from external financing sources, we believe that our investors are best served by our distributing all of our available cash. Our cash distribution policy is consistent with the terms of our partnership agreement, which requires that we distribute all of our available cash quarterly (after deducting expenses, including estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures and reserves).

 

Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy

 

There is no guarantee that unitholders will receive quarterly distributions from us. Our distribution policy is subject to certain restrictions and may be changed at any time, including:

 

· Our unitholders have no contractual or other legal right to receive distributions other than the obligation under our partnership agreement to distribute available cash on a quarterly basis, which is subject to the broad discretion of our board of directors to establish reserves and other limitations.

 

· We will be subject to restrictions on distributions under our financing agreements. Our financing agreements contain material financial tests and covenants that must be satisfied in order to pay distributions. If we are unable to satisfy the restrictions included in any of our financing agreements or are otherwise in default under any of those agreements, as a result of our debt levels or otherwise, we will not be able to make cash distributions to you, notwithstanding our stated cash distribution policy. These financial tests and covenants are described in this prospectus in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

 

· We are required to make substantial capital expenditures to maintain and replace our fleet. These expenditures may fluctuate significantly over time, particularly as our vessels near the end of their useful lives. In order to minimize these fluctuations, our partnership agreement requires us to deduct estimated, as opposed to actual, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from the amount of cash that we would otherwise have available for distribution to our unitholders. In years when estimated maintenance
61
    and replacement capital expenditures are higher than actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, the amount of cash available for distribution to unitholders will be lower than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted.
     
· Although our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our available cash, our partnership agreement, including provisions contained therein requiring us to make cash distributions, may be amended. During the subordination period, with certain exceptions, our partnership agreement may not be amended without the approval of non-affiliated common unitholders. After the subordination period has ended, our partnership agreement can be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding common units. GasLog will own approximately       % of our common units and all of our subordinated units outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering. See “The Partnership Agreement—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement”.

 

· Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions we pay under our cash distribution policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our board of directors, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement.

 

· Under Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, we may not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets.

 

· We may lack sufficient cash to pay distributions to our unitholders due to decreases in total operating revenues, decreases in hire rates, the loss of a vessel, increases in operating or general and administrative expenses, principal and interest payments on outstanding debt, taxes, working capital requirements, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures or anticipated cash needs. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of these factors.

 

Our ability to make distributions to our unitholders depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute cash to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, the provisions of existing and future indebtedness, applicable limited partnership and limited liability company laws in the Marshall Islands and other laws and regulations.

 

Our Ability to Grow Depends on Our Ability to Access External Expansion Capital

 

Because we distribute all of our available cash, we may not grow as quickly as businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. We expect that we will rely upon external financing sources, including bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund acquisitions and expansion and investment capital expenditures. As a result, to the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or other capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level, which in turn may affect the available cash that we have to distribute on each unit. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional borrowings or other debt by us to finance our growth would result in increased interest expense, which in turn may affect the available cash that we have to distribute to our unitholders.

 

Initial Distribution Rate

 

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a policy pursuant to which we will declare an initial quarterly distribution of $          per unit for each complete quarter, or $          per unit on an annualized basis, to be paid no later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter (beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2014). This equates to an aggregate cash distribution of $          million per quarter, or $          million per year, in each case based on the number of common units, subordinated units and general partner units outstanding immediately after completion of this offering. Our ability to make cash distributions at the initial distribution rate pursuant to this policy will be subject to the factors described above under “—General—Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy”.

62

The table below sets forth the number of outstanding common units, subordinated units and general partner units upon the closing of this offering and the aggregate distribution amounts payable on such units during the year following the closing of this offering at our initial distribution rate of $          per unit per quarter ($          per unit on an annualized basis).

 

        Distributions
    Number of
Units
  One Quarter   Four
Quarters
Common units       $     $
Subordinated units              
General partner units (1)              
Total       $ (2)   $

 

 

 

(1) The number of general partner units is determined by multiplying the total number of units deemed to be outstanding ( i.e. , the total number of common and subordinated units outstanding divided by 98.0%) by the general partner’s 2.0% general partner interest.

 

(2) Actual payments of distributions on the common units, subordinated units and the general partner units are expected to be $          million for the period between the estimated closing date of this offering (            , 2014) and the end of the fiscal quarter in which the closing date of this offering occurs.

 

If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue common units to GasLog at the expiration of the option period. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the underwriters and the remainder, if any, will be issued to GasLog. Any such units issued to GasLog will be issued for no additional consideration. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units.

 

During the subordination period, before we make any quarterly distributions to subordinated unitholders, our common unitholders are entitled to receive payment of the full minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in distributions from prior quarters. See “How We Make Cash Distributions—Subordination Period”. We cannot guarantee, however, that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution or any amount on the common units in any quarter.

 

As of the closing date of this offering, our general partner will be entitled to 2.0% of all distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. Our general partner’s initial 2.0% interest in these distributions may be reduced if we issue additional units in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its initial 2.0% general partner interest. Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its current general partner interest.

 

Forecasted Results of Operations for the Twelve Months Ending March 31, 2015

 

In this section, we present in detail the basis for our belief that we will be able to pay our minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. We present two tables, consisting of:

 

· Forecasted Results of Operations for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015; and

 

· Forecasted Cash Available for Distribution for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, as well as the significant assumptions upon which the forecast is based.

 

We do not as a matter of course make public projections as to future sales, earnings, or other results. However, management has prepared the prospective financial information set forth below to present forecasted results of operations and forecasted cash available for distribution. The accompanying prospective financial information was not prepared with a view toward public disclosure or with a view toward complying with the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants with respect to prospective financial information, but, in the view of management, was prepared on a reasonable basis, reflects the best currently available estimates and judgments, and presents, to the best of management’s knowledge and belief, the expected course of action and our expected future financial performance. However, this information is not fact and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of future results, and readers of this Registration Statement are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the prospective financial information.

63


 

Neither our independent auditors, nor any other independent accountants, have compiled, examined, or performed any procedures with respect to the prospective financial information contained herein, nor have they expressed any opinion or any other form of assurance on such information or its achievability, and assume no responsibility for, and disclaim any association with, the prospective financial information.

 

We present below a forecast of our expected results of operations for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. Our forecast presents, to the best of our knowledge and belief, our expected results of operations for the forecast period. Although we anticipate exercising some or all of our options to purchase from GasLog the GasLog Seattle , the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group, the three additional vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, and Hull Nos. 2042, 2072, 2073, 2102 and 2103, the timing of such purchases is uncertain and each such purchase is subject to reaching an agreement with GasLog regarding the fair market value of the vessel and the availability of financing, which we anticipate would be from external sources. As a result, our forecast does not reflect the expected results of operations or related financing of any of such vessels.

 

Our financial forecast reflects our judgment, as of the date of this prospectus, of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take during the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. Our financial forecast is based on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable with respect to the forecast period as a whole. The assumptions and estimates used in the financial forecast are inherently uncertain and represent those that we believe are significant to our financial forecast. We believe that we have a reasonable objective basis for those assumptions. To the extent that there is a shortfall during any quarter in the forecast period, we believe we would be able to make working capital borrowings to pay distributions in such quarter and would be able to repay such borrowings in a subsequent quarter, because we believe the total cash available for distribution for the forecast period will be more than sufficient to pay the aggregate minimum quarterly distribution to all unitholders. We believe our actual results of operations will approximate those reflected in our financial forecast, but we can give no assurance that our forecasted results will be achieved. There will likely be differences between our financial forecast and the actual results and those differences could be material. Our operations are subject to numerous risks that are beyond our control. If the financial forecast is not achieved, we may not be able to pay cash distributions on our units at the initial distribution rate stated in our cash distribution policy or at all.

 

Our forecast of our results of operations is a forward-looking statement and should be read together with the historical combined carve-out financial statements of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. The financial forecast has been prepared by and is the responsibility of our management. However, our management has prepared the financial forecast set forth below in support of our belief that we will have sufficient cash available to allow us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units during the forecast period. In addition, in the view of our management, the accompanying financial forecast was prepared on a reasonable basis, reflects the best currently available estimates and judgments, and presents, to the best of our knowledge and belief, the expected course of action and our expected future financial performance. However, this information is not fact and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of future results, and readers of this prospectus are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the financial forecast.

 

When considering our financial forecast, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements included under the heading “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus. Any of the risks discussed in this prospectus or unanticipated events could cause our actual results of operations, cash flows and financial condition to vary significantly from the financial forecast and such variations may be material. Prospective investors are cautioned to not place undue reliance on the financial forecast and should make their own independent assessment of our future results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

64

We are providing the financial forecast in support of our belief that we will have sufficient cash available to allow us to pay cash distributions on all of our units for each quarter in the twelve-month period ending March 31, 2015 at our stated initial distribution rate. See “—Forecast Assumptions and Considerations—Summary of Significant Forecast Assumptions” for further information as to the assumptions we have made for the financial forecast.

 

We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the results of any future revisions we may make to the financial forecast or to update the financial forecast to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus, even in the event that any or all of the underlying assumptions are shown to be in error. Therefore, we caution you not to place undue reliance on this information.

 

For comparison purposes, we have included the historical results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 adjacent to our forecast for the twelve months ended March 31, 2015 in the table below.

 

GASLOG PARTNERS LP
FORECASTED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(dollars in thousands)   Historical
Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Forecast
Twelve Months
Ending March 31,
2015
 
              (unaudited)  
Revenues   $ 64,143     $ 83,664  
Vessel operating costs     (13,097 )     (18,419 )
Depreciation     (12,238 )     (16,064 )
General and administrative expenses     (1,525 )     (5,335 )
Profit from operations     37,283       43,846  
Financial costs including gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps     (11,097 )     (18,103 )
Financial income     32        
Profit for the twelve-month period   $ 26,218     $ 25,743  
Attributable to:                
General partner’s interest                
Limited partner’s interest                
Earnings per:                
Common unit (basic and diluted)                
Subordinated unit (basic and diluted)                
General partner unit (basic and diluted)                
                 
Profit for the twelve-month period     26,218       25,743  
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges     3,777        
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges reclassified to profit or loss     655       777  
Total comprehensive income for the twelve month period   $ 30,650     $ 26,520  
Attributable to:                
General partner’s interest                
Limited partner’s interest                
    $ 30,650     $ 26,520  

 

Please read the accompanying summary of significant accounting policies and forecast assumptions.

 

Forecast Assumptions and Considerations

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying financial forecast and related notes present our forecasted results of operations for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, based on the assumption that:

65
· we will issue to GasLog            common units and            subordinated units, representing a      % limited partner interest in us, and all of our incentive distribution rights, which will entitle GasLog to increasing percentages of the cash we distribute in excess of $          per unit per quarter;

 

· we will issue to our general partner, a wholly owned subsidiary of GasLog,            general partner units, representing a 2.0% general partner interest in us;

 

· we will sell            common units to the public in this offering, representing a      % limited partner interest in us;

 

· we will make a payment of $            million to GasLog as partial consideration for the interest in the subsidiaries that own the vessels in our initial fleet;

 

· we will use approximately $            million of the net proceeds from this offering to prepay borrowings outstanding under certain of our vessel financing agreements;

 

· we will use approximately $            million of the proceeds from this offering to pay underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, and will retain approximately $            million of cash for working capital; and

 

· the vessels will be accounted for at their historical carrying values.

 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Sources of Estimation Uncertainty

 

A summary of significant accounting policies is set out in Note 2 to the annual combined carve-out financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Summary of Significant Forecast Assumptions

 

Vessels. The forecast reflects or assumes the following about our fleet:

 

· 363 days of operation under a time charter for the GasLog Shanghai ;

 

· 363 days of operation under a time charter for the GasLog Santiago ; and

 

· 363 days of operation under a time charter for the GasLog Sydney .

 

We have assumed that we will not make any acquisitions during the forecast period.

 

Voyage revenues. Our forecasted voyage revenues are based on an average daily charter rate of $78,826 per vessel per day for a total of 1,089 revenue earning days per year (363 days per vessel). This amount has been determined based on the contracted daily hire rates for the vessels multiplied by the total number of days our vessels are expected to be on-hire during the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 adjusted to record revenue on a straight line basis for charter agreements that provide for varying charter rates during their fixed term. We have assumed 2 days of off-hire for each of the vessels in our fleet. The amount of actual off-hire time depends upon, among other things, the time a vessel spends in drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection, equipment breakdowns or delays due to accidents, crew strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems, as well as failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew.

 

The hire rate payable under the time charters in our initial fleet is fixed and payable monthly in advance, in U.S. dollars, and increases annually based on a fixed schedule to enable us to offset expected increases in operating costs. For more information on the components of the hire rate payable under our charters, see “Business—Ship Time Charters—Hire Rate Provisions”.

66

Vessel operating expenses . Our forecasted vessel operating cost assumes that all of our vessels are operational during the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. Vessel operating expenses primarily relate to our vessels operating under time charters. The forecast takes into account (a) historical operating expenses for crew wages, technical and maintenance expenses, provisions and stores, insurance expenses, brokers’ commission and other expenses, (b) the estimated operating days, (c) the estimated inflation effect, (d) fluctuations in foreign exchange currencies and (e) scheduled repairs and maintenances. In addition, in our calculation of forecasted vessel operating expenses, we have assumed that our operating subsidiaries will incur approximately $1.7 million of costs and fees for the three vessels in our initial fleet pursuant to the ship management agreements between our operating subsidiaries and GasLog LNG Services. These costs were determined based on the estimated operating days multiplied with the agreed daily fee per vessel. The daily fee is provided in the amended ship management agreements that will be entered into at the closing of this offering based on which our subsidiaries will pay fees for services provided to them by GasLog LNG Services, and will reimburse GasLog LNG Services for all expenses incurred on their behalf. These fees and expenses will include all costs and expenses incurred in providing the crew and technical management of the vessels in our fleet to our subsidiaries. In addition, our operating subsidiaries will pay GasLog LNG Services a fixed management fee in connection with providing these services to our operating subsidiaries. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Ship Management Agreements”.

 

Depreciation. Our forecasted depreciation includes only the vessels in our initial fleet and has two components: a vessel component and a drydocking component. Vessels are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and as of December 31, 2013 the historical carrying value amounts to $562.53 million. The vessel cost component is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the remaining economic useful lives of the vessels, which we estimate to be 34 years for each of the GasLog Shanghai , the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney after deducting the residual values. The residual value is estimated to be 10% of the initial vessel cost, which represents our estimate of the market value of the vessels at the end of their useful lives. The drydocking component is depreciated over the next drydockings that are scheduled in four years.

 

General and administrative expenses. Forecasted general and administrative expenses for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 are based on the assumption that we will incur approximately $2.4 million per annum in incremental expenses as a result of being a publicly traded limited partnership. These expenses will include costs associated with annual reports to unitholders, tax return preparation, investor relations, registrar and transfer agent’s fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and officer and director compensation. The forecasted incremental expenses of being a public company are estimated to include $1.21 million for executive officers and directors salaries, $0.86 million for audit, legal and consulting fees and director and officer insurance, $0.04 million for listing fees and miscellaneous expenses of $0.29 million and were compared with the expenses paid by other public companies for similar services, as reported in such companies’ public filings. In addition, we expect to incur approximately $1.8 million per annum of costs and fees for the three vessels in our initial fleet pursuant to the administrative services agreement that we will enter into with GasLog. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Administrative Services Agreement”.

 

Foreign currency. We receive all of our revenue in U.S. dollars. However, a portion of our expenses are denominated in euros. For purposes of this financial forecast, we have assumed an exchange rate of 1 euro to $1.3 U.S. dollars for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

Financial costs and interest rate swaps, net. Our financial forecast for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 assumes we will have an average outstanding loan balance of approximately $303.97 million assuming a payment of $82.63 million from the net proceeds of this offering on May 1, 2014 and a proportional decrease in the future scheduled payments with an estimated weighted average interest rate of 4.06% per annum (and assumes no borrowings under the sponsor credit facility). The derivative instruments entered into by GasLog and its subsidiaries will be transferred to us upon the closing of this offering. We have assumed that the fair value of the derivative financial intruments will not fluctuate and that we will not enter into any other interest rate swap transactions or foreign currency swap contracts during the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. We have also assumed that the margin on our debt will be the same as applied to the debt prior to this offering and that the LIBOR will be in the range of 0.75% to 1.75%. Financial costs consist of (a) interest expense of $12.51 million calculated based on the average outstanding loan balance and the weighted average interest rate mentioned above, (b) write-off of the estimated unamortized loan fees of $3.29 million relating to the estimated loan prepayment of $82.63 million determined based on the related portion of unamortized deferred loan fees on January 1, 2014, less the amortization expense until the prepayment date, (c) $1.44 million of amortization of deferred financing costs for the outstanding facilities as of January 1, 2014 and $0.09 million of amortization of deferred financing costs for the amended facility (we have assumed the loan will be amended on May 1, 2014, and financing costs will amount to $0.50 million representing 1.0% of the new loan; the 1% has been based on our past experience and the initial communication with the relevant banks), and (d) $0.78 million recycling of the cumulative loss from other comprehensive income to profit or loss for the two swaps for which hedge accounting was discontinued in 2013, calculated based on the relevant amortization schedules, which amortize the cumulative loss from the period from which the hedges were effective until the maturity of the hedging transactions.

 

Financial income. We have assumed that any cash surplus balance will not earn any interest during the forecast period.

 

Taxes. We have assumed that we will not incur any income tax expense for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures. Our partnership agreement requires our board of directors to deduct from operating surplus each quarter estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, as opposed to actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, in order to reduce disparities in operating surplus caused by fluctuating maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, such as drydocking and vessel replacement. The actual cost of replacing the vessels in our fleet will depend on a number of factors, including prevailing market conditions, hire rates and the availability and cost of financing at the time of replacement. Our board of directors, with the approval of the conflicts committee, may determine that one or more of our assumptions should be revised, which could cause our board of directors to increase the amount of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures. We may elect to finance some or all of our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures through the issuance of additional common units, which could be dilutive to our existing unitholders. See “Risk Factors—Risks Inherent in Our Business—We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain the operating capacity of our fleet, which will reduce cash available for distribution. In addition, each quarter we are

67

required to deduct estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus, which may result in less cash available to unitholders than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted”.

 

Drydocking Capital Expenditures . No drydocking cost was assumed for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 because the vessels are expected to be drydocked in 2018. Our initial annual estimated drydocking capital expenditure reserve will be $2.87 million, including the estimated drydocking cost and foregone revenue due to the vessels being off-hire during the drydocking period.

 

Replacement Capital Expenditures . Because of the substantial capital expenditures we are required to make to maintain our fleet over time, our initial annual estimated replacement capital expenditures for estimating maintenance and replacement capital expenditures will be $10.70 million per year, including financing costs, for replacing our LNG carriers at the end of their useful lives. The future vessel replacement is based on assumptions and estimates regarding the remaining useful lives of the vessels, a long-term net investment rate equivalent to our current expected long-term borrowing costs, vessel replacement values based on current market conditions and residual value of the vessels at the end of their useful lives based on current steel prices.

 

Regulatory, Industry and Economic Factors . Our financial forecast for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 is based on the following assumptions related to regulatory, industry and economic factors:

 

· no material nonperformance or credit-related defaults by suppliers, customers or vendors;

 

· no new regulation or interpretation of existing regulations or governmental action that, in either case, would be materially adverse to our business;

 

· no material accidents, environmental incidents, releases, weather-related incidents, unscheduled downtime or similar unanticipated events;

 

· no major adverse change in the markets in which we operate resulting from LNG production disruptions, reduced demand for natural gas or significant changes in the market price for natural gas; and

 

· no material changes to market, regulatory and overall economic conditions or in prevailing interest rates.

 

Forecasted Cash Available for Distribution

 

The table below sets forth our calculation of forecasted cash available for distribution to our unitholders and general partner based on the Forecasted Results of Operations set forth above. Based on the financial forecast and related assumptions, we forecast that our cash available for distribution generated during the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 will be approximately $           million. This amount would be sufficient to pay 100% of the minimum quarterly distribution of $           per unit on all of our common units and subordinated units for the four quarters ending March 31, 2015.

 

Actual payments of distributions on the common units, subordinated units and the general partner units are expected to be $           million for the period between the estimated closing date of this offering (             , 2014) and the end of the fiscal quarter in which the closing date of this offering occurs.

 

You should read “—Forecast Assumptions and Considerations—Summary of Significant Forecast Assumptions” included as part of the financial forecast for a discussion of the material assumptions underlying our forecast of adjusted EBITDA that is included in the table below. Our forecast is based on those material assumptions and reflects our judgment of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take. The assumptions disclosed in our financial forecast are those that we believe are significant to generate the forecasted adjusted EBITDA. If our estimate is not achieved, we may not be able to pay distributions on the common units at the initial distribution rate of $           per unit per quarter ($           per unit on an annualized basis). Our financial forecast and the forecast of cash available for distribution set forth below have been prepared by our management. This calculation represents available cash from operating surplus generated during the period and excludes any cash from working capital borrowings, capital expenditures and cash on hand on the closing date.

68

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to net income, operating income, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with IFRS.

 

When considering our forecast of cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements under the headings “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus. Any of these factors or the other risks discussed in this prospectus could cause our results of operations to vary significantly from those set forth in the financial forecast and the forecast of cash available for distribution set forth below.

 

For comparison purposes, we have included the historical results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 adjacent to our forecast for the twelve months ended March 31, 2015 in the table below.

 

GASLOG PARTNERS LP
FORECASTED CASH AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION

 

    Historical
Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    Forecast
Twelve Months Ending
March 31, 2015 (1)
 
(dollars in thousands, except per unit amounts)             (unaudited)  
Adjusted EBITDA (2)   $ 49,559     $ 59,910  
Adjustments for cash items, estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures:                
Cash interest expense     (12,279 )     (12,506 )
Drydocking capital expenditure reserves (3)     (2,874 )     (2,874 )
Replacement capital expenditure reserves (3)     (10,703 )     (10,703 )
Cash available for distribution   $ 23,703     $ 33,827  
Expected distributions:                
Distributions per unit           $    
Distributions to our public common unitholders (4)                
Distributions to GasLog—common units (4)                
Distributions to GasLog—subordinated units (4)                
Distributions to general partner units                
Total distributions (5)           $    
Excess (shortfall)           $    
Annualized minimum quarterly distribution per unit           $    
Aggregate distributions based on annualized minimum quarterly distribution                
Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to common unitholders                
Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to subordinated unitholder                

 

 

 

(1) The forecast is based on the assumptions set forth in “—Forecast Assumptions and Considerations—Summary of Significant Forecast Assumptions”.

 

(2) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA means earnings before interest, realized loss on interest rate swaps for trading, other financial items, depreciation and amortization and taxes, and is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of financial statements, such as investors, to assess our operating performance and ability to generate cash for debt service and capital expenditures, as well as our compliance with the financial covenants and restrictions contained in our financing agreements. We believe that adjusted EBITDA assists our management and investors by increasing the comparability of our performance from period to period and against the performance of other companies in our industry that provide adjusted EBITDA information. This increased comparability is achieved by excluding the potentially disparate effects between periods or companies of interest, other financial items, depreciation and amortization and taxes, which items are affected by various and possibly changing financing methods, capital structure and historical cost basis and which items may significantly affect net income between periods. We believe that including adjusted EBITDA as an operating measure and liquidity measure benefits investors in (a) selecting between investing in us and other investment alternatives and (b) monitoring our ongoing operational strength and cash generation ability in assessing whether to continue to hold common units.

69

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to profit, profit from operations, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect profit, and these measures may vary among other companies. Therefore, adjusted EBITDA as presented below may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. The following table reconciles adjusted EBITDA to profit/(loss), the most directly comparable IFRS financial measure, for the period presented:

 

    Historical
Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    Forecast
Twelve Months
Ending
March 31, 2015
 
(dollars in thousands)             (unaudited)  
Profit attributable to GasLog Partners LP owners   $ 26,218     $ 25,743  
Financial income     (32 )      
Financial costs including gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps     11,097       18,103  
Depreciation     12,238       16,064  
Foreign exchange losses     38        
Adjusted EBITDA   $ 49,559     $ 59,910  

 

(3) Our partnership agreement requires that an estimate of the maintenance and replacement capital expenditures necessary to maintain our asset base be subtracted from operating surplus each quarter, as opposed to amounts actually spent. See “How We Make Cash Distributions—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Capital Expenditures”.

 

(4) Assumes the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised.

 

(5) Represents the amount required to fund distributions to our unitholders and our general partner for four quarters based upon our minimum quarterly distribution rate of $           per unit.

 

Forecast of Compliance with Debt Covenants. Our ability to make distributions could be affected if we do not remain in compliance with the restrictions and covenants of our financing agreements. Our fleet is subject to financing agreements, which we anticipate will be amended in connection with this offering. We have assumed that we will be in compliance with all of the covenants in such financing agreements during the forecast period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a further description of our financing agreements, including these financial covenants.

 

HOW WE MAKE CASH DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Distributions of Available Cash

 

General

 

Within 45 days after the end of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2014, we will distribute all of our available cash (defined below) to unitholders of record on the applicable record date. We will adjust the minimum quarterly distribution for the period from the closing of this offering through June 30, 2014, based on the actual length of the period.

 

Definition of Available Cash

 

Available cash generally means, for each fiscal quarter, all cash on hand at the end of the quarter (including our proportionate share of cash on hand of any subsidiaries we do not wholly own):

 

· less , the amount of cash reserves (including our proportionate share of cash reserves of any subsidiaries we do not wholly own) established by our board of directors and our subsidiaries to:

 

· provide for the proper conduct of our business (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for our anticipated credit needs);
70
· comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other agreements; and/or

 

· provide funds for distributions to our unitholders and to our general partner for any one or more of the next four quarters (except to the extent establishing such reserves would cause us to not be able to distribute the minimum quarterly distribution (plus any arrearage) for such quarter);

 

· plus , all cash on hand (including our proportionate share of cash on hand of any subsidiaries we do not wholly own) on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter resulting from (1) working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter and (2) cash distributions received after the end of the quarter from any equity interest in any person (other than a subsidiary of us), which distributions are paid by such person in respect of operations conducted by such person during such quarter. Working capital borrowings are generally borrowings that are made under a revolving credit facility and in all cases are used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to partners.

 

Intent to Distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution

 

We intend to distribute to the holders of common units and subordinated units on a quarterly basis at least the minimum quarterly distribution of $           per unit, or $           per unit per year, to the extent we have sufficient cash on hand to pay the distribution after we establish cash reserves and pay fees and expenses. The amount of available cash from operating surplus needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution for one quarter on all units outstanding immediately after this offering and the related distribution on the 2.0% general partner interest is approximately $           million.

 

There is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units and subordinated units in any quarter. Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions paid under our policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our board of directors, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement. We will be effectively prohibited from making any distributions to unitholders if it would cause an event of default, or an event of default is then existing, under our financing agreements. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a discussion of the restrictions contained in our financing agreements that may restrict our ability to make distributions.

 

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

 

General

 

All cash distributed to unitholders will be characterized as either “operating surplus” or “capital surplus”. We treat distributions of available cash from operating surplus differently than distributions of available cash from capital surplus.

 

Definition of Operating Surplus

 

Operating surplus for any period generally means:

 

· $           million; plus

 

· all of our cash receipts (including our proportionate share of cash receipts of any subsidiaries we do not wholly own) after the closing of this offering (provided that cash receipts from the termination of an interest rate, currency or commodity hedge contract prior to its specified termination date will be included in operating surplus in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such hedge contract), excluding cash from (1) borrowings, other than working capital borrowings, (2) sales of equity and debt securities, (3) sales or other dispositions of assets outside the ordinary course of business, (4) capital contributions or (5) corporate reorganizations or restructurings; plus
71
· working capital borrowings (including our proportionate share of working capital borrowings for any subsidiaries we do not wholly own) made after the end of a quarter but before the date of determination of operating surplus for the quarter; plus

 

· interest paid on debt incurred (including periodic net payments under related hedge contracts) and cash distributions paid on equity securities issued (including the amount of any incremental distributions made to the holders of our incentive distribution rights and our proportionate share of such interest and cash distributions paid by any subsidiaries we do not wholly own), in each case, to finance all or any portion of the construction, replacement or improvement of a capital asset (such as a vessel) in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset is put into service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; plus

 

· interest paid on debt incurred (including periodic net payments under related hedge contracts) and cash distributions paid on equity securities issued (including the amount of any incremental distributions made to the holders of our incentive distribution rights and our proportionate share of such interest and cash distributions paid by any subsidiaries we do not wholly own), in each case, to pay the construction period interest on debt incurred (including periodic net payments under related interest rate swap agreements), or to pay construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance the construction projects described in the immediately preceding bullet; less

 

· all of our “operating expenditures” (which includes estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures and is further described below) (including our proportionate share of operating expenditures by any subsidiaries we do not wholly own) immediately after the closing of this offering; less

 

· the amount of cash reserves (including our proportionate share of cash reserves for any subsidiaries we do not wholly own) established by our board of directors to provide funds for future operating expenditures; less

 

· any cash loss realized on dispositions of assets acquired using investment capital expenditures; less

 

· all working capital borrowings (including our proportionate share of working capital borrowings by any subsidiaries we do not wholly own) not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred.

 

If a working capital borrowing, which increases operating surplus, is not repaid during the twelve-month period following the borrowing, it will be deemed repaid at the end of such period, thus decreasing operating surplus at such time. When such working capital borrowing is in fact repaid, it will not be treated as a reduction in operating surplus because operating surplus will have been previously reduced by the deemed repayment.

 

As described above, operating surplus includes a provision that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus up to $           million of cash we receive in the future from non-operating sources, such as asset sales, issuances of securities and long-term borrowings, that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. In addition, the effect of including, as described above, certain cash distributions on equity securities or interest payments on debt in operating surplus would be to increase operating surplus by the amount of any such cash distributions or interest payments. As a result, we may also distribute as operating surplus up to the amount of any such cash distributions or interest payments we receive from non-operating sources.

 

Operating expenditures generally means all of our cash expenditures, including but not limited to taxes, employee and director compensation, reimbursement of expenses to our general partner, repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments and payments made under any interest rate, currency or commodity hedge contracts (provided that payments made in connection with the termination of any hedge contract prior to the expiration of its specified termination date be included in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such hedge contract), provided that operating expenditures will not include:

 

· deemed repayments of working capital borrowings deducted from operating surplus pursuant to the last bullet point of the definition of operating surplus above when such repayment actually occurs;
72
· payments (including prepayments and payment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness, other than working capital borrowings;

 

· expansion capital expenditures, investment capital expenditures or actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures (which are discussed in further detail under “—Capital Expenditures” below);

 

· payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to interim capital transactions; or

 

· distributions to partners.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

For purposes of determining operating surplus, capital expenditures are classified as either maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, expansion capital expenditures or investment capital expenditures. Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are those capital expenditures required to maintain, over the long-term, the operating capacity of or the revenue generated by our capital assets.

 

Expansion capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that increase the operating capacity of or the revenue generated by our capital assets. To the extent, however, that capital expenditures associated with acquiring a new vessel or improving an existing vessel increase the revenues or the operating capacity of our fleet, those capital expenditures would be classified as expansion capital expenditures.

 

Investment capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that are neither maintenance and replacement capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures. Investment capital expenditures largely will consist of capital expenditures made for investment purposes. Examples of investment capital expenditures include traditional capital expenditures for investment purposes, such as purchases of equity securities, as well as other capital expenditures that might be made in lieu of such traditional investment capital expenditures, such as the acquisition of a capital asset for investment purposes.

 

Examples of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures include capital expenditures associated with drydocking, modifying an existing vessel or acquiring a new vessel, to the extent such expenditures are incurred to maintain the operating capacity of or the revenue generated by our fleet. Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures will also include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued (including the amount of any incremental distributions made to the holders of our incentive distribution rights) to finance the acquisition or construction of a replacement vessel and paid in respect of the construction period. We define construction period as the period beginning on the date that we enter into a binding acquisition or construction contract and ending on the earlier of the date that the replacement vessel commences commercial service or the date that the replacement vessel is abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred to pay or equity issued to fund construction period interest payments, and distributions on such equity (including the amount of any incremental distributions made to the holders of our incentive distribution rights) will also be considered maintenance and replacement capital expenditures.

 

Because our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures can be very large and vary significantly in timing, the amount of our actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures may differ substantially from period to period. In order to avoid these fluctuations having a similar effect on operating surplus, adjusted operating surplus and available cash for distribution to our unitholders, our partnership agreement will require that an amount equal to an estimate of the average quarterly maintenance and replacement capital expenditures necessary to maintain the operating capacity of or the revenue generated by our capital assets over the long term be subtracted from operating surplus each quarter, as opposed to the actual amounts spent. In our partnership agreement, we refer to these estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures to be subtracted from operating surplus as “estimated maintenance capital expenditures”. The amount of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures deducted from operating surplus is subject to review and change by our board of directors at least once a year, provided that any change must be approved by our conflicts committee. The estimate will be made at least annually and whenever an event occurs that is likely to result in a material adjustment to the amount of our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, such as a major acquisition or the introduction of new

73

governmental regulations that will affect our fleet. For purposes of calculating operating surplus, any adjustment to this estimate will be prospective only. For a discussion of the amounts we have allocated toward estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, see “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions”.

 

The use of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures in calculating operating surplus will have the following effects:

 

· it will reduce the risk that actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures in any one quarter will be large enough to make operating surplus less than the minimum quarterly distribution to be paid on all the units for that quarter and subsequent quarters;

 

· it may reduce the need for us to borrow to pay distributions;

 

· it will be more difficult for us to raise our distribution above the minimum quarterly distribution and pay incentive distributions to GasLog; and

 

· it will reduce the likelihood that a large maintenance and replacement capital expenditure in a period will prevent GasLog from being able to convert some or all of its subordinated units into common units since the effect of an estimate is to spread the expected expense over several periods, mitigating the effect of the actual payment of the expenditure on any single period.

 

Definition of Capital Surplus

 

Capital surplus generally will be generated only by:

 

· borrowings other than working capital borrowings;

 

· sales of debt and equity securities; and

 

· sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other current assets sold in the ordinary course of business or non-current assets sold as part of normal retirements or replacements of assets.

 

Characterization of Cash Distributions

 

We will treat all available cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash distributed since we began operations equals the operating surplus as of the most recent date of determination of available cash. We will treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus, regardless of its source, as capital surplus. As described above, operating surplus does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders. For example, it includes a provision that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus up to $           million of cash we receive in the future from non-operating sources, such as asset sales, issuances of securities and long-term borrowings, that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.

 

Subordination Period

 

General

 

During the subordination period, which we define below, the common units will have the right to receive distributions of available cash from operating surplus in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution of $     per unit, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions of available cash from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units. Distribution arrearages do not accrue on the subordinated units. The purpose of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash from operating surplus to be distributed on the common units.

74

Definition of Subordination Period

 

The subordination period will extend until the second business day following the distribution of available cash from operating surplus in respect of any quarter, ending on or after March 31, 2017, that each of the following tests are met:

 

· distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common units and subordinated units equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distribution for each of the three consecutive four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;

 

· the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distributions on all of the outstanding common units and subordinated units during those periods on a fully diluted weighted average basis and the related distribution on the 2.0% general partner interest during those periods; and

 

· there are no outstanding arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

 

If the unitholders remove our general partner without cause, the subordination period will end before March 31, 2017.

 

For purposes of determining whether the tests in the bullets above have been met, the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods for which the determination is being made may include one or more quarters with respect to which arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units have accrued, provided that all such arrearages have been repaid prior to the end of each such four-quarter period.

 

If the expiration of the subordination period occurs as a result of us having met the tests described above, each outstanding subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will then participate pro rata with the other common units in distributions of available cash.

 

Definition of Adjusted Operating Surplus

 

Adjusted operating surplus for any period generally means:

 

· operating surplus generated with respect to that period (excluding any amounts attributable to the item described in the first bullet point under “—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Definition of Operating Surplus” above); less

 

· the amount of any net increase in working capital borrowings (including our proportionate share of any changes in working capital borrowings of any subsidiaries we do not wholly own) with respect to that period; less

 

· the amount of any net reduction in cash reserves for operating expenditures (including our proportionate share of cash reserves of any subsidiaries we do not wholly own) over that period not relating to an operating expenditure made during that period; plus

 

· the amount of any net decrease in working capital borrowings (including our proportionate share of any changes in working capital borrowings of any subsidiaries we do not wholly own) with respect to that period; plus

 

· the amount of any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures (including our proportionate share of cash reserves of any subsidiaries we do not wholly own) over that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; plus
75
· the amount of any net decrease made in subsequent periods to cash reserves for operating expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods.

 

Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net increases in working capital borrowings and net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior periods.

 

Effect of Removal of Our General Partner on the Subordination Period

 

If the unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal:

 

· the subordination period will end and each subordinated unit will immediately convert into one common unit and will then participate pro rata with the other common units in distributions of available cash;

 

· any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and

 

· our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest into common units or to receive cash in exchange for that interest.

 

Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period

 

We will make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter during the subordination period in the following manner:

 

· first , 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

 

· second , 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters during the subordination period;

 

· third , 98.0% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

· thereafter , in the manner described in “—General Partner Interest” and “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

 

The preceding paragraph is based on the assumption that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

 

Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period

 

We will make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter after the subordination period in the following manner:

 

· first , 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

· thereafter , in the manner described in “—General Partner Interest” and “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

 

The preceding paragraph is based on the assumption that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

76

General Partner Interest

 

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner initially will be entitled to 2.0% of all distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest if we issue additional units. Our general partner’s 2.0% interest, and the percentage of our cash distributions to which it is entitled, will be proportionately reduced if we issue additional units in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us in order to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest. Our general partner will be entitled to make a capital contribution in order to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest in the form of the contribution to us of common units based on the current market value of the contributed common units.

 

Incentive Distribution Rights

 

Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing percentage of quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. GasLog will hold the incentive distribution rights following completion of this offering. The incentive distribution rights may be transferred separately from any other interests, subject to restrictions in the partnership agreement. Except for transfers of incentive distribution rights to an affiliate or another entity as part of a merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of substantially all of the assets to, such entity, the approval of a majority of our common units (excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates), voting separately as a class, generally is required for a transfer of the incentive distribution rights to a third party prior to March 31, 2019. See “The Partnership Agreement—Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights”. Any transfer by GasLog of the incentive distribution rights would not change the percentage allocations of quarterly distributions with respect to such rights.

 

If for any quarter:

 

· we have distributed available cash from operating surplus to the common and subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution; and

 

· we have distributed available cash from operating surplus on outstanding common units in an amount necessary to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

then, we will distribute any additional available cash from operating surplus for that quarter among the unitholders and our general partner in the following manner:

 

· first , 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of $        per unit for that quarter (the “first target distribution”);

 

· second , 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 2.0% to our general partner and 13.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “second target distribution”);

 

· third , 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 2.0% to our general partner and 23.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “third target distribution”); and

 

· thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 2.0% to our general partner and 48.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata.

 

In each case, the amount of the target distribution set forth above is exclusive of any distributions to common unitholders to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution. The percentage interests set forth above assume that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

77

Percentage Allocations of Available Cash From Operating Surplus

 

The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of the additional available cash from operating surplus among the unitholders, our general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights up to the various target distribution levels. The amounts set forth under “Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions” are the percentage interests of the unitholders, our general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights in any available cash from operating surplus we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in the column “Total Quarterly Distribution Target Amount”, until available cash from operating surplus we distribute reaches the next target distribution level, if any. The percentage interests shown for the unitholders, our general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights for the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly distribution. The percentage interests shown for our general partner include its 2.0% general partner interest only and assume that our general partner has contributed any capital necessary to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest.

 

        Marginal Percentage Interest in
Distributions
   
    Total Quarterly
Distribution
Target Amount
  Unitholders   General
Partner
  Holders of
IDRs
                               
Minimum Quarterly Distribution   $       98.0 %     2.0 %     0 %
                               
First Target Distribution   up to $       98.0 %     2.0 %     0 %
  above $                          
Second Target Distribution   up to $       85.0 %     2.0 %     13.0 %
    above $                          
Third Target Distribution   up to $       75.0 %     2.0 %     23.0 %
                               
Thereafter   above $       50.0 %     2.0 %     48.0 %

 

GasLog’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

 

GasLog, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, has the right under our partnership agreement to elect to relinquish the right of the holders of our incentive distribution rights to receive incentive distribution payments based on the initial cash target distribution levels and to reset, at higher levels, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and cash target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments to GasLog would be set. GasLog’s right to reset the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the cash target distribution levels upon which the incentive distributions payable to GasLog are based may be exercised, without approval of our unitholders or the conflicts committee of our board of directors, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters. If at the time of any election to reset the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the cash target distribution levels GasLog and its affiliates are not the holders of a majority of the incentive distribution rights, then any such election to reset shall be subject to the prior written concurrence of our board of directors that the conditions described in the immediately preceding sentence have been satisfied. The reset minimum quarterly distribution amount and cash target distribution levels will be higher than the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the cash target distribution levels prior to the reset such that there will be no incentive distributions paid under the reset cash target distribution levels until cash distributions per unit following this event increase as described below. We anticipate that GasLog would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit, taking into account the existing levels of incentive distribution payments being made to GasLog.

 

In connection with the resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the cash target distribution levels and the corresponding relinquishment by GasLog of incentive distribution payments based on the cash target distribution levels prior to the reset, GasLog will be entitled to receive a number of newly issued common units

78

based on a predetermined formula described below that takes into account the “cash parity” value of the average cash distributions related to the incentive distribution rights received by GasLog for the two quarters prior to the reset event as compared to the average cash distributions per common unit during this period. We will also issue an additional amount of general partner units in order to maintain the general partner’s ownership interest in us relative to the issuance of the additional common units.

 

The number of common units that GasLog would be entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the cash target distribution levels then in effect would be equal to (x) the average amount of cash distributions received by GasLog in respect of its incentive distribution rights during the two consecutive fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to the date of such reset election divided by (y) the average of the amount of cash distributed per common unit during each of these two quarters. The issuance of the additional common units will be conditioned upon approval of the listing or admission for trading of such common units by the national securities exchange on which the common units are then listed or admitted for trading.

 

Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”) and the cash target distribution levels will be reset to be correspondingly higher such that we would distribute all of our available cash from operating surplus for each quarter thereafter as follows:

 

· first , 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount equal to 115.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

 

· second , 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 2.0% to our general partner and 13.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 125.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

 

· third , 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 2.0% to our general partner and 23.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 150.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

· thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 2.0% to our general partner and 48.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata.

 

The following table illustrates the percentage allocation of available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders, our general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights at various levels of cash distribution levels pursuant to the cash distribution provision of our partnership agreement in effect at the closing of this offering as well as following a hypothetical reset of the minimum quarterly distribution and cash target distribution levels based on the assumption that the average quarterly cash distribution amount per common unit during the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election was $         .

 

        Marginal Percentage
Interest in Distribution
         
    Quarterly
Distribution
per Unit
Prior to Reset
  Unitholders   General
Partner
  Holders of
IDRs
  Quarterly
Distribution per
Unit following
Hypothetical Reset
Minimum Quarterly Distribution    
$
    98.0 %     2.0 %     0 %    
$
 
                                     
First Target Distribution  
up to 
$
    98.0 %     2.0 %     0 %  
up to 
$
(1)
                                 
 
Second Target Distribution  
above 
$
    85.0 %     2.0 %     13.0 %  
above 
$
   
up to 
$
                         
up to 
$
(2)
Third Target Distribution  
above 
$
    75.0 %     2.0 %     23.0 %  
above 
$
   
up to 
$
                         
up to 
$
(3)
Thereafter  
above 
$
    50.0 %     2.0 %     48.0 %  
above 
$
 
79
 

 

(1) This amount is 115.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.

 

(2) This amount is 125.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.

 

(3) This amount is 150.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.

 

The following table illustrates the total amount of available cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders, the general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights based on an average of the amounts distributed per quarter for the two quarters immediately prior to the reset. The table assumes that there are           common units and           general partner units outstanding, representing a 2.0% general partner interest, and that the average distribution to each common unit is $        for the two quarters prior to the reset. The assumed number of outstanding units assumes the conversion of all subordinated units into common units and no additional unit issuances.

 

                      General Partner and
IDR Holders Cash
Distribution Prior to
Reset
       
    Quarterly
Distribution
per Unit
Prior to
Reset
    Common
Unitholders
Cash
Distributions
Prior to
Reset
    Additional
Common
Units
    2.0%
General
Partner
Interest
    IDRs     Total     Total
Distributions
 
Minimum Quarterly Distribution   $       $               $       $       $       $  
First Target Distribution   $                                                  
Second Target Distribution   $                                                    
Third Target Distribution   $                                                    
Thereafter   $                                                    
            $               $       $       $       $    

 

The following table illustrates the total amount of available cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders, the general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights with respect to the quarter in which the reset occurs. The table reflects that as a result of the reset there are          common units and          general partner units outstanding, and that the average distribution to each common unit is $          . The number of additional common units was calculated by dividing (x) $          as the average of the amounts received by GasLog in respect of its incentive distribution rights for the two quarters prior to the reset as shown in the table above by (y) the $          of available cash from operating surplus distributed to each common unit as the average distributed per common unit for the two quarters prior to the reset.

 

                      General Partner and IDR
Holders Cash Distributions
After Reset
         
    Quarterly
Distribution
per Unit
After Reset
    Common
Unitholders
Cash
Distributions
After Reset
    Additional
Common
Units
    2.0%
General
Partner
Interest
    IDRs     Total     Total
Distributions
 
Minimum Quarterly Distribution   $       $               $       $       $       $    
First Target Distribution   $                                                    
Second Target Distribution   $                                                    
Third Target Distribution   $                                                    
Thereafter   $                                                    
            $               $       $       $       $    

80

Assuming that it continues to hold a majority of our incentive distribution rights, GasLog will be entitled to cause the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the cash target distribution levels to be reset on more than one occasion, provided that it may not make a reset election except at a time when the holders of the incentive distribution rights have received incentive distributions for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters based on the highest level of incentive distributions that the holders of incentive distribution rights are entitled to receive under our partnership agreement.

 

Distributions From Capital Surplus

 

How Distributions From Capital Surplus Will Be Made

 

We will make distributions of available cash from capital surplus, if any, in the following manner:

 

· first , 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero, as described below;

 

· second , 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each common unit an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and

 

· thereafter , we will make all distributions of available cash from capital surplus as if they were from operating surplus.

 

The preceding paragraph is based on the assumption that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

 

Effect of a Distribution from Capital Surplus

 

The partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the consideration for the issuance of the units, which is a return of capital. Each time a distribution of capital surplus is made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the cash target distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as the distribution had to the fair market value of the common units prior to the announcement of the distribution. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution, after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for GasLog to receive incentive distributions and for the subordinated units to convert into common units. However, any distribution of capital surplus before the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.

 

Once we reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the cash target distribution levels to zero, we will then make all future distributions 50.0% to the holders of units, 2.0% to our general partner and 48.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights (initially, GasLog). The 2.0% interests shown for our general partner assumes that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest.

 

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

 

In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and cash target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital surplus, if we combine our units into fewer units or subdivide our units into a greater number of units, we will proportionately adjust:

 

· the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

· the cash target distribution levels; and

 

· the initial unit price.
81

For example, if a two-for-one split of the common and subordinated units should occur, the minimum quarterly distribution, the cash target distribution levels and the initial unit price would each be reduced to 50.0% of its initial level. If we combine our common units into a lesser number of units or subdivide our common units into a greater number of units, we will combine our subordinated units or subdivide our subordinated units, using the same ratio applied to the common units. We will not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of additional units for cash or property.

 

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

 

If we dissolve in accordance with the partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will apply the proceeds of liquidation in the manner set forth below.

 

If, as of the date three trading days prior to the announcement of the proposed liquidation, the average closing price for our common units for the preceding 20 trading days (or the current market price) is greater than the sum of:

 

· any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters during the subordination period; plus

 

· the initial unit price (less any prior capital surplus distributions and any prior cash distributions made in connection with a partial liquidation);

 

then the proceeds of the liquidation will be applied as follows:

 

· first , 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to the current market price of our common units;

 

· second , 98.0% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each subordinated unit an amount equal to the current market price of our common units; and

 

· thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 48.0% to holders of incentive distribution rights and 2.0% to our general partner.

 

If, as of the date three trading days prior to the announcement of the proposed liquidation, the current market price of our common units is equal to or less than the sum of:

 

· any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters during the subordination period; plus

 

· the initial unit price (less any prior capital surplus distributions and any prior cash distributions made in connection with a partial liquidation);

 

then the proceeds of the liquidation will be applied as follows:

 

· first , 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to the initial unit price (less any prior capital surplus distributions and any prior cash distributions made in connection with a partial liquidation);

 

· second , 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters during the subordination period;

 

· third , 98.0% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding subordinated unit an amount equal to the initial unit price (less any prior capital surplus distributions and any prior cash distributions made in connection with a partial liquidation); and
82
· thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 48.0% to holders of incentive distribution rights and 2.0% to our general partner.

 

The immediately preceding paragraph is based on the assumption that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

83

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

 

The following table presents, in each case for the periods and as of the dates indicated, selected historical financial and operating data of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor. This acquisition will be accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control. The selected historical combined financial data of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 have been derived from the audited combined carve-out financial statements of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor, prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The following financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, the historical combined carve-out financial statements of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 reflect operations of the GasLog Shanghai , the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney , which commenced operations under their respective charters from January 2013, March 2013 and May 2013, respectively.

 

Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows and financial conditions could differ from those that would have resulted if we operated autonomously or as an entity independent of GasLog in the periods for which historical financial data are presented below, and such data may not be indicative of our future operating results or financial performance.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2013  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Statement of Profit or Loss:            
Revenues   $     $ 64,143  
Vessel operating costs           (13,097 )
Depreciation           (12,238 )
General and administrative expenses     (30 )     (1,525 )
(Loss)/profit from operations     (30 )     37,283  
Financial costs including gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps     (941 )     (11,097 )
Financial income     110       32  
Total other expense     (831 )     (11,065 )
(Loss)/profit for the year   $ (861 )   $

26,218

 
(Loss)/earnings per share, basic and diluted (based on 36,000 historical outstanding shares, representing the combined share capitalization of the three subsidiaries that own the vessels in our initial fleet)   $ (23.92 )   $ 728.28  

 

    As of December 31,  
    2012     2013  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Statement of Financial Position Data:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 2     $ 14,404  
Vessels (1)           562,531  
Vessels under construction     118,482        
Total assets     128,765       581,770  
Loans—current portion           22,075  
Loans—non-current portion           363,917  
Equity attributable to owners of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor     106,629       156,169  
Total equity     106,629       156,169  

 

 

84

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2013  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Cash Flow Data:                
Net cash (used in)/from operating activities   $ (110 )   $ 32,159  
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities     110       (454,263 )
Net cash from financing activities           436,506  

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2013  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Fleet Data:                
Number of LNG carriers at end of period           3  
Average number of LNG carriers during period           2.3  
Average age of LNG carriers (years)           0.76  
Total calendar days for fleet           833  
Total operating days for fleet (2)           833  

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2013  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Other Financial Data:                
EBITDA (3)   $ (970 )   $ 52,458  
Adjusted EBITDA (3)     (42 )     49,559  
Capital expenditures:                
Payment for vessels under construction           452,792  

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents vessels in our initial fleet less accumulated depreciation. See Note 3 to our audited combined carve-out financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(2) The operating days for our fleet is the total number of days in a given period that the vessels were in our possession less the total number of days off-hire. We define days off-hire as days lost to, among other things, operational deficiencies, drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection, equipment breakdowns, special surveys and vessel upgrades, delays due to accidents, crew strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems, our failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew, or periods of commercial waiting time during which we do not earn charter hire.

 

(3) Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA . We define EBITDA as earnings before interest income and expense, realized loss on interest rate swaps held for trading depreciation and amortization and taxes. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA before unrealized gain/ (loss) on interest rate swaps and foreign exchange gains/(losses). EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of financial statements, such as our lenders, to assess our operating performance and ability to generate cash for debt service and capital expenditures, as well as our compliance with the financial covenants and restrictions contained in our financing agreements. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of financial statements, such as investors, to assess our operating performance and ability to generate cash for debt service and capital expenditures. We believe that adjusted EBITDA assists our management and investors by increasing the comparability of our performance from period to period. This increased comparability is achieved by excluding the potentially disparate effects between periods of interest, unrealized gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps, foreign exchange gains/(losses), depreciation and amortization and taxes, which items are affected by various and possibly changing financing methods, capital structure and historical cost basis and which items may significantly affect profit/(loss) from operations between periods. We believe that including adjusted EBITDA as an operating measure benefits investors in (a) selecting between investing in us and

85

other investment alternatives and (b) monitoring our ongoing operational strength and cash generation ability in assessing whether to continue to hold common units.

 

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA should not be considered alternatives to profit/(loss), profit/(loss) from operations, cash flow (used in)/from operating activities or any other measure of operating performance or liquidity presented in accordance with IFRS. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA exclude some, but not all, items that affect profit/(loss) and net cash from operating activities, and these measures may vary among other companies. Therefore, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA as presented below may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. The following tables reconcile EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to profit/(loss) and net cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures, for the periods presented:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2013  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Reconciliation to profit/(loss):                
(Loss)/profit   $ (861 )   $ 26,218  
Financial income     (110 )     (32 )
Financial costs excluding unrealized gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps     1       14,034  
Depreciation           12,238  
EBITDA   $ (970 )     52,458  
Unrealized loss/(gain) on interest rate swaps     940       (2,937 )
Foreign exchange (gains)/losses     (12 )     38  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ (42 )   $ 49,559  

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2013*  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Reconciliation to net cash from operating activities:                
Net cash (used in)/from operating activities   $ (110 )   $ 32,159  
Net increase in operating assets     960       1,543  
Net increase in operating liabilities     (408 )     (8,324 )
Net change in related parties     (472 )     13,646  
Unrealized gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps     (940 )     2,937  
Interest paid           9,223  
Non-cash contributed services           (627 )
Realized loss on interest rate swaps held for trading           1,901  
EBITDA   $ (970 )   $ 52,458  
Unrealized loss/(gain) on interest rate swaps     940       (2,937 )
Foreign exchange (gains)/losses     (12 )     38  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ (42 )   $ 49,559  

 

86

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the historical combined carve-out financial statements and the related notes of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor, the entities that own the GasLog Shanghai , the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney and all of their related assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows (collectively, the “Predecessor”), included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information. The combined carve-out financial statements of the Predecessor have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, and are presented in U.S. dollars. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. Please see the section “Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this prospectus.

 

Prior to the closing of this offering, our partnership will not own any vessels. The following discussion assumes that our business was operated as a separate entity prior to its inception. The Predecessor will be accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control. The consideration for the 100% interests in the subsidiaries which own a 100% interest in the GasLog Shanghai , the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney that will be contributed to us will be determined based on fair values; however, since GasLog and the Partnership are entities under common control, the consideration will be accounted for at historical carrying values. The amount of cash consideration will be calculated after deducting from the net proceeds of this offering the amount that will be used for the debt prepayment and the amount that will remain as cash for general corporate purposes for the Partnership. The non-cash consideration to GasLog will be equal to the fair value of the net assets as adjusted for the fair value of the vessels that will be contributed to the Partnership less the cash consideration. The difference between the fair value of consideration issued to GasLog and the net assets to be received will be accounted for as an equity transaction in the financial statements of the Partnership.

 

The combined carve-out financial statements, the results of which are discussed below, have been carved out of the consolidated financial statements of GasLog, which operated the vessels in our fleet during the years presented. GasLog’s vessels and other assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows that do not relate to the vessels or time charter contracts to be acquired by us are not included in our combined carve-out financial statements. Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows reflected in our combined carve-out financial statements include all expenses allocable to our business, but may not be indicative of those that would have been incurred had we operated as a separate public entity for all years presented or of future results. Other than as discussed below under “—Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Historical Financial Performance and Assessing Our Future Prospects”, the vessels and all of their related assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows contributed to us in connection with this offering reflect all of the net assets included in the combined carve-out financial statements in the years discussed below. We manage our business and analyze and report our results of operations in a single segment.

 

Overview

 

We are a growth-oriented limited partnership formed to own, operate and acquire LNG carriers engaged in LNG transportation under long-term charters, which we define as charters of five full years or more. Our initial fleet of three LNG carriers, which will have charter terms expiring in 2018 and 2019, will be contributed to us by GasLog, which will control us through its ownership of our general partner. GasLog was founded and is effectively controlled by its chairman, Peter G. Livanos, whose family’s shipping activities commenced more than 100 years ago.

 

Upon the closing of this offering, we will own three LNG carriers, built in 2013, with modern tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion technology that operate under long-term charters with subsidiaries of BG Group. We will also have options and other rights under which we may acquire additional LNG carriers from GasLog, as described below. We believe that such options and rights will provide us with significant built-in growth opportunities and allow us to diversify our fleet specification potentially to include steam-powered ships. We may also acquire vessels from shipyards or other owners. We intend to operate our vessels under long-term charters with predictable cash flows and to grow our position in the LNG market through further acquisitions of LNG carriers from GasLog and third parties. We believe we can grow our distributions per unit organically by providing reliable customer service to our charterers and leveraging GasLog’s relationships, expertise and reputation. We intend to make further acquisitions of LNG carriers from GasLog and third parties to grow our fleet. However, we cannot assure you that we will make any particular acquisition or that as a consequence we will successfully grow the amount of our per unit distributions. Among other things, our ability to acquire additional LNG carriers will be dependent upon our ability to raise additional equity and debt financing.

 

GasLog is, we believe, a leading independent international owner, operator and manager of LNG carriers and provides support to international energy companies as part of their LNG logistics chain. On April 4, 2012, GasLog completed its initial public offering, and its common shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on March 30, 2012, under the symbol “GLOG”. At the time of its initial public offering, GasLog’s owned fleet consisted of ten LNG carriers, including eight newbuildings on order. Since its initial public offering, GasLog has increased by approximately 111% the total carrying capacity of vessels in its fleet, which includes vessels on the water, newbuildings on order and secondhand vessels under contract to be purchased. This increase includes two LNG newbuilding orders announced in February 2013 and two LNG newbuilding orders announced in August 2013, all of which are expected to be delivered in 2016, the acquisition of one 2010 built LNG carrier announced in September 2013, the three secondhand steam-powered ships that were acquired from BG Group in April 2014 and the three additional secondhand steam-powered ships that are under

87

contract to be purchased from BG Group. Each of the four newbuildings is under a long-term charter, which will commence upon delivery. Since January 1, 2013, GasLog has taken delivery of five LNG carriers, acquired one on-the-water vessel, entered into contracts to purchase six secondhand vessels (three of which have been delivered and three of which are under contract) and secured additional LNG newbuilding options. GasLog currently has a fully owned twenty-one-ship fleet, including fourteen ships on the water (two ships delivered in 2010, five ships delivered in 2013, one on-the-water ship acquired in 2013, three secondhand ships that were acquired from BG Group in April 2014 and three additional secondhand ships being acquired from BG Group), and seven LNG carriers on order from Samsung.

 

Our Fleet

 

Initial Fleet

 

Upon the closing of this offering, our initial fleet will consist of the following vessels:

 

LNG Carrier   Date of
Delivery
    Cargo
Capacity
(cbm)
    Charterer (1)   Charter
Expiration
  Optional
Period (2)
 
GasLog Shanghai   January 28, 2013     155,000     BG Group   January 2018   2021-2026  
GasLog Santiago   March 25, 2013     155,000     BG Group   March 2018   2021-2026  
GasLog Sydney   May 30, 2013     155,000     BG Group   May 2019   2022-2027  

 

 

 

(1) Vessels are chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group.

 

(2) The charters may be extended for up to two extension periods of three or four years, and each charter requires that the charterer provides us with advance notice of its exercise of any extension option.

 

Option Vessels

 

We will have the option to purchase the following twelve LNG carriers from GasLog within 36 months after each such vessel’s acceptance by its charterer (or, in the case of the GasLog Seattle, the three vessels that were recently acquired from BG Group and the three additional vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, 36 months after the closing of this offering), in each case at fair market value as determined pursuant to the omnibus agreement.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we have not secured any financing in connection with the twelve optional vessels. Our ability to purchase these twelve optional vessels, should we exercise our right to purchase such vessels, is dependent on our ability to obtain financing to fund all or a portion of the acquisition costs of these vessels and may be dependent on the consent of existing lenders to GasLog with respect to these optional vessels. See “Risk Factors—Risk Inherent in Our Business—We may have difficulty obtaining consents that are necessary to acquire vessels with an existing charter or financing agreement”.

 

LNG Carrier  

Date of
Delivery (1)

  Cargo
Capacity
(cbm)
   

Charterer (2)

  Charter
Expiration (3)
 
GasLog Seattle   December 9, 2013   155,000     Shell   December 2020  
Hull No. 2042   Q2 2014   155,000     Shell   2021  
Hull No. 2072   Q1 2016   174,000     BG Group   2026  
Hull No. 2073   Q2 2016   174,000     BG Group   2026  
Hull No. 2102   Q3 2016   174,000     BG Group   2023  
Hull No. 2103   Q4 2016   174,000     BG Group   2023  
Methane Rita Andrea   Q2 2014   145,000     BG Group   2020  
Methane Jane Elizabeth   Q2 2014   145,000     BG Group   2019  
Methane Lydon Volney   Q2 2014   145,000     BG Group   2020  
Methane Shirley Elisabeth *   2014   145,000     BG Group   2020 (4)  
Methane Heather Sally *   2014   145,000     BG Group   2020 (4)  
Methane Allison Victoria *   2014   145,000     BG Group   2020 (4)  

 

 

 

* Denotes vessels under contract to be purchased by GasLog from BG Group. Currently, these vessels are managed by GasLog.

 

(1) For newbuildings expected delivery quarters are presented.

 

(2) Vessels are chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group or a subsidiary of Shell, as applicable.

 

(3) Indicates the expiration of the initial term. For the pending vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group and the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group, the charterer will have unilateral options to extend the term of the time charters for two of the pending vessels and two of the vessels recently acquired from BG Group for a period of either three or five years at its election. For the other vessels in the above table, the charterers have unilateral options to extend the term of the time charters for periods ranging from 5 to 10 years, provided that the charterer provides us with advance notice of declaration of any option in accordance with the terms of the applicable charter.

 

(4) Indicates the average duration of the initial term for the pending vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group. The time charters for these vessels will be staggered with terms of 5.5 years, 6 years and 6.5 years from the closing of the acquisition of the vessels, so that the vessels do not redeliver at the same time.

88


 

GasLog also has the following six additional carriers in its fleet, which it will be required to offer to us for purchase at fair market value as determined pursuant to the omnibus agreement if charters are secured with committed terms of five full years or more:

 

LNG Carrier    

Date of
Delivery (1)

   

Cargo
Capacity
(cbm)

   

Charterer (2)

  Charter Expiration
GasLog Savannah     May 31, 2010     155,000     BG Group   September 2015 (3)
GasLog Singapore     July 28, 2010     155,000     BG Group   September 2016 (3)
GasLog Skagen     July 25, 2013     155,000     BG Group   April 2021 (4)
GasLog Chelsea     October 4, 2013     153,600     Spot Market   N/A
Hull No. 2043     Q4 2014     155,000     N/A   N/A
Hull No. 2044     Q1 2015     155,000     N/A   N/A

 

 

 

(1) For newbuildings, expected delivery quarters are presented.

 

(2) Vessels are chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group or a spot market counterparty, as indicated.

 

(3) Indicates the expiration of the initial term. The charterers have unilateral options to extend the term of the time charters for periods ranging from 30 to 90 months, provided that the charterer provides us with advance notice of declaration of any option in accordance with the terms of the applicable charter.

 

(4) Time charter provides for full employment for three years and a subsequent five-year seasonal charter under which the ship is employed for seven months and available to accept other charters for five months.

 

In addition to the LNG carriers described in the preceding paragraphs, we intend to leverage our relationship with GasLog to make accretive acquisitions of LNG carriers with long-term charters from GasLog and third parties to increase our distributions per unit. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, GasLog will be required to offer to us for purchase any other LNG carriers with cargo capacity greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation that GasLog owns or acquires if charters are secured with committed terms of five full years or more. GasLog also currently holds two fixed price options expiring on April 30, 2014 to purchase 174,000 cbm newbuildings from Samsung. GasLog is in discussions with Samsung over the possible exercise or extension of these options, as well as the possible extension of four options that expired on March 31, 2014. Except as discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, this right will continue throughout the entire term of the omnibus agreement. In addition, we will have a right of first offer with regard to any proposed sale, transfer or other disposition of any LNG carriers with cargo capacities greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation under a charter of five full years or more that GasLog owns, as discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. Our ability to acquire additional LNG carriers from GasLog is subject to obtaining any applicable consents of governmental authorities and other non-affiliated third parties, including the relevant lenders and charterers. Under the omnibus agreement, GasLog will be obligated to use reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents and, with respect to the initial fleet only, to indemnify us if such consents are not obtained. Our ability to exercise any right to acquire additional LNG carriers will also be subject to our ability to obtain additional equity and debt financing. We cannot assure you that in any particular case the necessary consent will be obtained. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement”.

 

Our Charters

 

We generate revenues by charging customers for the transportation of their LNG using our LNG carriers. These services are provided under time charters, whereby the vessels that we operate, and for which we are responsible for providing crews, are chartered to customers for a fixed period of time at hire rates that are generally fixed. In the case of our initial fleet, such hire rates increase annually based on a fixed percentage, although existing charters on certain of the vessels subject to the purchase options do not have similar provisions. Where included, such adjustment provisions may enable us to offset expected increases in operating costs to the extent that such provisions are included in our charter contracts. Under our time charters, hire payments may be reduced if the vessel does not perform to certain of its specifications, such as if the average vessel speed falls below a guaranteed speed or the amount of fuel consumed to power the vessel under normal circumstances exceeds a guaranteed amount and the customer is responsible for substantially all voyage expenses incurred.

89

When the vessel is “off-hire”, as described below, the customer generally is not required to pay the hire rate and we are responsible for all costs. Prolonged off-hire may lead to vessel substitution or termination of the time charter. A vessel generally will be deemed off-hire if there is a loss of time due to, among other things:

 

· operational deficiencies; scheduled and unscheduled drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection; equipment breakdowns; or delays due to accidents, crew strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems; or

 

· our failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew.

 

For more information on our charters, see “Business—Ship Time Charters”.

 

Historical Employment of Our Fleet

 

All vessels in our initial fleet have operated under a time charter with a subsidiary of BG Group, which commenced upon each vessel’s delivery date.

 

Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Historical Financial Performance and Assessing Our Future Prospects

 

Our result of operations, cash flows and financial conditions could differ from those that would have resulted if we operated autonomously or as an entity independent of GasLog in the years for which historical financial data is presented below, and such data may not be indicative of our future operating results or financial performance.

 

You should consider the following facts when evaluating our historical results of operations and assessing our future prospects:

 

· The size of our fleet continues to change . Our historical results of operations reflect changes in the size and composition of our fleet due to certain vessel deliveries. For example, each of the GasLog Shanghai, the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney were delivered from the shipyard during 2013 and did not have any historical operations prior to that time. In addition, pursuant to the omnibus agreement, (i) we will have the option to purchase from GasLog twelve additional LNG carriers, the GasLog Seattle , the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group, the three additional vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, and Hull Nos. 2042, 2072, 2073, 2102 and 2103, at fair market value as determined in accordance with the provisions of the omnibus agreement, and (ii) GasLog will be required to offer to us for purchase at fair market value any LNG carrier with a cargo capacity greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation that GasLog owns or acquires (including the newbuildings covered under option contracts with Samsung if GasLog exercises such options) if charters are secured with committed terms of five full years or more. Furthermore, we may grow through the acquisition in the future of other vessels as part of our growth strategy.

 

· Upon completion of this offering, our leverage and associated finance expenses will be reduced . We intend to amend certain of our existing financing agreements in connection with this offering to permit the transactions pursuant to which we will acquire our initial fleet, prepay certain outstanding balances with the proceeds of this offering, and, we therefore, expect to have less debt outstanding and lower interest expense upon completion of this offering. For descriptions of our existing financing agreements, see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities”.

 

· Our future results of operations may be affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates . All of the revenue generated from our initial fleet is denominated in U.S. dollars, and the majority of our expenses, including debt repayment obligations under our credit facilities and a portion of our administrative expenses, are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, a portion of the ship operating expenses, primarily crew wages of officers, and a large portion of our administrative expenses are denominated in euros. The composition of our vessel operating expenses may vary over time

90

    depending upon the location of future charters and/or the composition of our crews. All of our financing and interest expenses are also denominated in U.S. dollars. We anticipate that all of our future financing agreements will also be denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

· Our historical results of operations reflect administrative costs that are not necessarily indicative of future administrative costs. The administrative costs included in our historical results of operations are the actual administrative costs of the Predecessor and are not necessarily indicative of our future administrative costs or the costs that we would have incurred as a stand-alone business. In connection with this offering, we will enter into an administrative services agreement with GasLog, pursuant to which we will pay a fixed fee to GasLog in exchange for GasLog’s providing administrative services to us. For the three vessels in our initial fleet, we expect that we will pay approximately $1.8 million under the administrative services agreement for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. For a more detailed description of this arrangement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Administrative Services Agreement”.

 

· Our commercial management agreements and ship management agreements will be amended in connection with this offering. Our operating subsidiaries are party to commercial management agreements, which will be amended in connection with this offering, pursuant to which we will reimburse GasLog for the reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing commercial management services to us. For the three vessels in our initial fleet, we expect that we will pay approximately $1.1 million under the amended commercial management agreements for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. For a more detailed description of this arrangement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Commercial Management Agreements”. In addition, our operating subsidiaries are party to ship management agreements, which will be amended in connection with this offering, with GasLog LNG Services that govern the crew and technical management of the vessels in our fleet. For the three vessels in our initial fleet, we expect that our operating subsidiaries will pay GasLog LNG Services approximately $1.7 million in total under the amended ship management agreements for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. For a more detailed description of this arrangement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Ship Management Agreements”. While we currently expect that the aggregate annualized payments under the amended commercial management agreements and ship management agreements for the twelve months ended March 31, 2015 will be generally consistent with the aggregate annualized expenses we incurred for commercial management and ship management for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 (however, because our initial vessels were delivered from the shipyard during 2013, the expenses during the 2013 period reflect only a portion of the year) and reflected in our historical results of operations, we may incur higher expenses for commercial management and ship management under these agreements in future periods.

 

· We will incur additional general and administrative expense as a publicly traded partnership . After the completion of this offering, we expect to incur approximately $2.4 million in additional general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded limited partnership that we have not previously incurred, including costs associated with the preparation of disclosure documents, increased legal and accounting costs, investor relations costs, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs, as well as costs related to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the “Dodd-Frank Act”.

 

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

 

We believe the principal factors that will affect our future results of operations include:

 

· the number and availability of our LNG carriers, including our ability to exercise the options to purchase from GasLog the twelve LNG carriers that will be subject to charters with committed terms of five full years or more upon delivery and our ability to acquire any of GasLog’ s other existing or future LNG carriers with cargo capacities greater than 75,000 cbm, engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation including the newbuildings covered under option contracts with Samsung, to the extent that charters are secured on these vessels with committed terms of five full years or more;

 

· our ability to maintain good working relationships with our existing customers and our ability to increase the number of our customers through the development of new working relationships;

 

 

91

· the performance of our charterers;

 

· the supply and demand relationship for LNG shipping services;

 

· our ability to successfully re-employ our ships at economically attractive rates;

 

· the effective and efficient technical management of our ships;

 

· our ability to obtain acceptable debt financing in respect of our capital commitments;

 

· our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals and to satisfy technical, health, safety and compliance standards that meet our customers’ requirements; and

 

· economic, regulatory, political and governmental conditions that affect shipping and the LNG industry, which include changes in the number of new LNG importing countries and regions, as well as structural LNG market changes impacting LNG supply that may allow greater flexibility and competition of other energy sources with global LNG use.

 

In addition to the general factors discussed above, we believe certain specific factors have impacted, and will continue to impact, our results of operations. These factors include:

 

· the hire rate earned by our ships;

 

· unscheduled off-hire days;

 

· the level of our ship operating expenses, including crewing costs, insurance and maintenance costs;

 

· our level of debt, the related interest expense and the timing of required payments of principal;

 

· mark-to-market changes in any interest rate swaps and foreign currency fluctuations; and

 

· the level of our general and administrative expenses, including salaries and costs of consultants.

 

See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain risks inherent in our business.

 

Principal Components of Revenues and Expenses

 

Revenues

 

Our revenues are driven primarily by the number of LNG carriers in our fleet, the amount of daily charter hire that they earn under time charters and the number of operating days during which they generate revenues. These factors, in turn, are affected by our decisions relating to ship acquisitions and disposals, the amount of time that our ships spend in drydock undergoing repairs, maintenance and upgrade work, the age, condition and technical specifications of our ships, as well as the relative levels of supply and demand in the LNG carrier charter market. Under the terms of our time charter arrangements for our initial fleet, the operating cost component of the daily hire rate is intended to correspond to the costs of operating the ship. Accordingly, we will receive additional revenue under such time charters through an annual escalation of the operating cost component of the daily hire rate. To the extent that such provisions are included in charters for any additional vessels we acquire, we believe these adjustment provisions can provide substantial protection against significant cost increases. See “Business—Ship Time Charters—Hire Rate Provisions” for a more detailed discussion of the hire rate provisions of our charter contracts.

 

Our LNG carriers are employed through time charter contracts. Revenues under our time charters are recognized when services are performed, revenue is earned and the collection of the revenue is reasonably assured. The charter hire revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant time charter. We do not recognize revenue during days when the ship is off-hire. Advance payments under time charter contracts are classified as liabilities until such time as the criteria for recognizing the revenue are met.

 

Vessel Operating Costs

 

Vessel operating costs of our initial fleet consist of two components: voyage expenses and ship operating expenses. Under our time charter arrangements, charterers bear substantially all voyage expenses, including

92

bunker fuel, port charges and canal tolls, but not commissions. Commissions are recognized as expenses on a pro rata basis over the duration of the period of the time charter.

 

We are generally responsible for ship operating expenses, which include costs for crewing, insurance, repairs, modifications and maintenance, including drydocking, lubricants, spare parts and consumable stores and other miscellaneous expenses, as well as the associated cost of providing these items and services. However, as described above, the hire rate provisions of our time charters are intended to reflect the operating costs borne by us. The charters on the three vessels in our initial fleet contain hire rate provisions that provide for an automatic periodic adjustment, which is designed to reduce our exposure to increases in operating costs. Ship operating expenses are recognized as expenses when incurred.

 

Depreciation

 

We depreciate the cost of our ships on the basis of two components: a vessel component and a drydocking component. The vessel component is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of each ship, based on the cost of the ship less its estimated residual value. We estimate the useful lives of our ships to be 35 years from the date of delivery from the shipyard. Furthermore, we estimate the residual values of our ships to be 10% of the initial ship cost, which represents our estimate of the market value of the ship at the end of its useful life.

 

We must periodically drydock each of our ships for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. All our ships are required to be drydocked for these inspections at least once every five years. At the time of delivery of a ship, we estimate the drydocking component of the cost of the ship, which represents the estimated cost of the ship’s first drydocking based on our historical experience with similar types of ships. The drydocking component of the ship’s cost is depreciated over a five-year period.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

Historically, general and administrative expenses have principally consisted of travel and accommodation expenses, legal and professional expenses, consultancy services, naming ceremony expenses, commercial management fees and other advisor costs.

 

After the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses going forward as a public company, including costs associated with the preparation of disclosure documents, increased legal and accounting costs, investor relations costs, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs, as well as costs related to compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Dodd-Frank Act. We will also incur personnel costs for administrative and support staff pursuant to the administrative services agreement with GasLog.

 

Financial Costs

 

We incur interest expense on the outstanding indebtedness under our credit facilities and our swap arrangements that qualify for treatment as cash flow hedges for financial reporting purposes, which we include in our financial costs. Financial costs also include amortization of other loan issuance costs incurred in connection with establishing our credit facilities. While our total debt will be reduced in connection with this offering, we will incur additional interest expense and other borrowing costs in the future to the extent we incur additional debt to acquire additional ships.

 

Interest expense and amortization of loan issuance costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Financial Income

 

Financial income consists of interest income, which will depend on the level of our cash deposits, investments and prevailing interest rates. Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis.

 

Gain/(Loss) on Interest Rate Swaps

 

Any gain or loss derived from the fair value of the interest rate swaps at their inception, the ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps that meet hedge accounting criteria and net interest on interest rate swaps held for trading, the movement in the fair value of the interest rate swaps that have not been designated as hedges and the amortization of the cumulative unrealized loss for the interest rate swaps that

93

hedge accounting was discontinued are presented as gain or loss on interest rate swaps in our combined statements of profit or loss.

 

Results of Operations

 

Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012

 

The below table presents our operating results for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our three LNG carriers, the GasLog Shanghai , the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney were delivered and immediately commenced their time charter with BG Group in January, March and May 2013, respectively; therefore, our results for the two years are not comparable because prior to the delivery of our vessels, we only incurred general and administrative expenses and financial costs.

 

   

Year ended December 31,

   
    2012     2013     Change    
                     
Statement of profit or loss   (in thousands of U.S. dollars)    
Revenues   $     $ 64,143     $ 64,143    
Vessel operating costs           (13,097 )     (13,097 )  
Depreciation           (12,238 )     (12,238 )  
General and administrative expenses     (30 )     (1,525 )     (1,495 )  
(Loss)/profit from operations     (30 )     37,283       37,313    
Financial costs     (1 )     (12,133 )     (12,132 )  
Financial income     110       32       (78 )  
(Loss)/gain on interest rate swaps     (940 )     1,036       1,976    
(Loss)/profit for the year   $ (861 )   $ 26,218     $ 27,079    

 

Revenues

 

Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to $64.14 million and represent time charter hire earned by the GasLog Shanghai , the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney from January 28, 2013, March 25, 2013 and May 30, 2013, the respective vessels’ delivery date, to December 31, 2013, which were all related to current time charters with the BG Group.

 

Vessel operating costs

 

Vessel operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to $13.10 million mainly due to the daily costs associated with running the vessels from their delivery dates until December 31, 2013.

 

Depreciation

 

Depreciation for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to $12.24 million and represents the depreciation charge of the GasLog Shanghai , the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney for the period from each vessel’s delivery date to December 31, 2013.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses increased by $1.50 million, to $1.53 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, from $0.03 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was mainly attributable to $1.24 million of commercial management services provided by GasLog, an increase of $0.20 million in naming ceremony expenses, an increase of $0.01 million in legal and professional fees for the three vessels delivered in the first half of 2013 and an increase in foreign exchange loss of $0.05 million.

 

Financial Costs

 

Financial costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to $12.13 million mainly representing interest costs on our bank financing received on delivery of our vessels and net interest paid on our interest rate swaps that are hedge accounted. Prior to the delivery of our vessels, we had no outstanding indebtedness. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we had an average of $315.51 million of outstanding indebtedness with a weighted average interest rate of 3.24% and amortization of deferred financing fees of $1.70 million.

 

94

Financial Income

 

Financial income decreased by 72.73% or $0.08 million to $0.03 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $0.11 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the decrease in time deposits placed during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Gain/(Loss) on Interest Rate Swaps

 

Gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps increased by $1.98 million to a $1.04 million gain during the year ended December 31, 2013 from a $0.94 million loss during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase is mainly attributable to an increase of $3.88 million in unrealized gain on interest rate swaps, partially offset by the $1.90 million realized loss on interest rate swaps held for trading.

 

Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps, increased by $3.88 million to a $2.94 million gain during the year ended December 31, 2013 from a $0.94 million loss during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase is mainly attributable to (i) a $3.58 million gain from the mark-to-market valuation of our two interest rate swaps for which hedge accounting was discontinued during 2013 and (ii) a loss recognized of $0.93 million in 2012, relating to a loss at inception of two interest rate swaps signed in the first half of 2012 (no interest rate swaps were entered into in 2013), partially offset by $0.65 million that was reclassified from equity to the statement of profit or loss relating to the interest rate swaps for which hedge accounting was discontinued.

 

(Loss)/Profit for the Year

 

Profit for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $27.08 million to $26.22 million, from a loss of $0.86 million during the year ended December 31, 2012 as a result of the aforementioned factors.

 

Customers

 

We currently derive all of our revenues from one customer, BG Group.

 

Seasonality

 

Since our ships are employed under multi-year, fixed-rate charter arrangements, seasonal trends do not impact the revenues during the year.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

We operate in a capital-intensive industry, and we expect to finance the purchase of additional vessels and other capital expenditures through a combination of borrowings from commercial banks, cash generated from operations and debt and equity financings. In addition to paying distributions, our other liquidity requirements relate to servicing our debt, funding investments (including the equity portion of investments in vessels and maintenance capital expenditures during drydockings), funding working capital and maintaining cash reserves against fluctuations in operating cash flows. In connection with this offering, we expect to amend one or more of our existing vessel financing agreements to permit the transactions pursuant to which we will acquire our initial fleet. In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a $30.0 million revolving credit facility with GasLog (which we refer to as the sponsor credit facility). We believe our current resources, including the sponsor credit facility, are sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for our current business. Generally, our sources of funds will be cash from operations, long-term bank borrowings and other debt and equity financings. Because we will distribute all of our available cash, we expect that we will rely upon external financing sources, including bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund acquisitions and other expansion capital expenditures.

 

Our funding and treasury activities are intended to maximize investment returns while maintaining appropriate liquidity. We have not made use of derivative instruments other than for interest rate risk management purposes, and we expect to economically hedge our exposure to interest rate fluctuations in the future by entering into new interest rate swap contracts. The existing interest rate swaps will be transferred to us in connection with this offering.

 

We estimate that we will spend in total approximately $7.50 million for drydocking and classification surveys for the three vessels in our initial fleet towards the end of the five-year period following their delivery. As our fleet matures and expands, our drydocking expenses will likely increase. Ongoing costs

95

for compliance with environmental regulations are primarily a component of our vessel operating expenses. We are not aware of any regulatory changes or environmental liabilities that we anticipate will have a material impact on our current or future operations. See “Business—Environmental and Other Regulation”.

 

Capital Structure and Cash Distributions

 

Following this offering,      common units and      subordinated units, representing a 49.0% and 49.0% limited partner interest in us, respectively, will be outstanding. Following this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, GasLog will own     % of our common units. GasLog will initially own all of our subordinated units. In addition, GasLog will own all of our incentive distribution rights, which will entitle GasLog to increasing percentages of the cash we distribute in excess of $     per unit per quarter, and GasLog Partners GP LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of GasLog, will own a 2.0% general partner interest in us. For a description of the relative rights and privileges of holders of common units and subordinated units, and of holders of general partner units and incentive distribution rights, in and to partnership distributions, see this section and “How We Make Cash Distributions”. For a description of the rights and privileges of the partners under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, see “The Partnership Agreement”.

 

The principal difference between our common units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period, the subordinated units are entitled to receive the minimum quarterly distribution of $     per unit only after the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution and arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Subordinated units will not accrue arrearages. The subordination period generally will end if we have earned and paid at least $     on each outstanding common and subordinated unit and the corresponding distribution on our general partner’s 2.0% interest for any three consecutive four-quarter periods ending on or after March 31, 2017. If the subordination period ends as a result of us having met the tests described above, all subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and the common units will no longer be entitled to arrearages. See “How We Make Cash Distributions—Subordination Period”.

 

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80.0% of the outstanding common units, our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the remaining common units at a price equal to the greater of (x) the average of the daily closing prices of the common units over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days before the notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and (y) the highest price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for common units during the 90-day period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon the exercise of this limited call right.

 

We can issue an unlimited number of additional units, including units that are senior to the common units in rights of distribution, liquidation and voting, on the terms and conditions determined by our board of directors, without the consent of our unitholders. See “Units Eligible for Future Sale” and “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Interests”.

 

GasLog, as the initial holder of all of our incentive distribution rights, has the right, at a time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial cash target distribution levels at higher levels based on the distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset election. If GasLog transfers all or a portion of the incentive distribution rights it holds in the future, then the holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights will be entitled to exercise this right. Following a reset election by GasLog, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (we refer to such amount as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution amount”), and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on the same percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution amount as our current target distribution levels. In connection with resetting these target distribution levels, GasLog will be entitled to receive a number of common units equal to that number of common units whose aggregate quarterly cash distributions equaled the average of the distributions to it on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. The general partner will also receive additional general partner units in order to maintain its ownership interest relative to the common units. For a more detailed description of GasLog’s right to reset the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments are based, see “How We Make Cash Distributions—GasLog’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels”.

 

Following this offering, we intend to make minimum quarterly distributions of $        per common unit ($        per unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we have sufficient cash from operations after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner. In general, we will pay any cash distributions we make each quarter in the following manner:

 

· first, 98.0% to the holders of common units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each common unit has received a minimum quarterly distribution of $        plus any arrearages from prior quarters;

 

· second, 98.0% to the holders of subordinated units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each subordinated unit has received a minimum quarterly distribution of $         ; and

 

· third, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until each unit has received an aggregate distribution of $         .

 

Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter (beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2014), we will distribute all of our available cash to unitholders of record on the applicable record date. We will adjust the minimum quarterly distribution for the period from the closing of this offering through June 30, 2014 based on the actual length of the period. Our ability to pay our minimum quarterly distribution is subject to various restrictions and other factors described in more detail under the caption “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions”. If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $         per unit in a quarter, holders of our incentive distribution rights (initially, GasLog) will receive increasing percentages, up to 48.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of that amount. We refer to these distributions as “incentive distributions”. We must distribute all of our cash on hand at the end of each quarter, less reserves established by our board of directors to provide for the proper conduct of our business, to comply with any applicable debt instruments or to provide funds for future distributions. We refer to this cash as “available cash”, and we define its meaning in our partnership agreement. The amount of available cash may be greater than or less than the aggregate amount of the minimum quarterly distribution to be distributed on all units. See “Description of the Common Units” and “The Partnership Agreement”.

 

Working Capital Position

 

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, our total current liabilities exceeded total current assets by $43.86 million and $13.74 million, respectively. The working capital deficit in 2012 is principally due to the fact that the vessels were not in operation. The working capital deficit for the year ended December 31, 2013 resulted primarily from the fact that the vessels were not in operation for the entire year and there were balances due to related parties. Such balances mainly represented the amounts paid by GasLog to provide the Predecessor with funding to cover expenses during the construction period. In addition, we expect to amend certain of our existing financing agreements in connection with this offering, to permit the transactions pursuant to which we will acquire our initial fleet, and expect to have less debt outstanding upon completion of this offering.

 

We anticipate that cash flow generated from operations will be sufficient to fund our operations, including our working capital requirements, and to make the required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness during the next 12 months.

 

Estimated Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures

 

Our partnership agreement requires our board of directors to deduct from operating surplus each quarter estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, as opposed to actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures in order to reduce disparities in operating surplus caused by fluctuating maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, such as drydocking and vessel replacement. Because of the substantial capital expenditures we are required to make to maintain our fleet, our initial annual estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures for purposes of estimating maintenance and replacement capital expenditures will be $13.57 million per year, which is composed of $2.87 million for drydocking and $10.70 million, including financing costs, for replacing our vessels at the end of their useful lives.

 

The $10.70 million for future vessel replacement is based on assumptions and estimates regarding the remaining useful lives of our vessels, a long-term net investment rate equivalent to our current expected long-term borrowing costs, vessel replacement values based on current market conditions and residual

96

value of the vessels at the end of their useful lives. The actual cost of replacing the vessels in our fleet will depend on a number of factors, including prevailing market conditions, time charter hire rates and the availability and cost of financing at the time of replacement. Our board of directors, with the approval of the conflicts committee, may determine that one or more of our assumptions should be revised, which could cause our board of directors to increase the amount of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures. We may elect to finance some or all of our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures through the issuance of additional common units, which could be dilutive to existing unitholders. See “Risk Factors—Risks Inherent in Our Business—We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain the operating capacity of our fleet, which will reduce cash available for distribution. In addition, each quarter we are required to deduct estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus, which may result in less cash available to unitholders than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted”.

 

Cash Flows

 

Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012

 

The following table summarizes our net cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the years indicated:

 

    Year Ended  
    December 31,  
    2012     2013  
    (in thousands of
U.S. dollars)
 
Net cash (used in)/from operating activities   $ (110 )   $ 32,159  
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities     110       (454,263 )
Net cash from financing activities           436,506  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents           14,402  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     2       2  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year     2       14,404  

 

Net Cash (Used in)/from Operating Activities

 

Net cash (used in)/from operating activities increased by $32.27 million to a $32.16 million inflow in the year ended December 31, 2013, from a $0.11 million outflow in the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase of $32.27 million was due to an increase of $70.14 million in revenue collections, partially offset by an increase of $9.22 million in cash paid for interest and an increase of $26.75 million in payments for general and administrative expenses, operating expenses and inventories and $1.9 million net interest settlement payments relating to interest rate swaps held for trading.

 

Net Cash from/(Used in) Investing Activities

 

Net cash from/(used in) investing activities increased by $454.37 million, to a $454.26 million outflow in the year ended December 31, 2013, from a $0.11 million inflow in the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase is mainly attributable to payments of $452.79 million for the construction costs of newbuildings, a decrease of $0.08 million in interest income received and $1.50 million increase in short-term investments.

 

Net Cash from Financing Activities

 

Net cash from financing activities increased to $436.51 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to nil during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase is mainly attributable to $411.00 million drawn from loan facilities, partially offset by an increase of $0.18 million in payment of loan issuance costs and an increase of $16.1 million in bank loan repayments. The increase was further affected by capital contributions and advances received from shareholders of $41.79 million.

 

Borrowing Activities

 

Vessel Financing Agreements. GasLog and its subsidiaries entered into the following financing agreements in connection with the acquisition of the vessels in our initial fleet. Terms of the vessel financing agreements included covenants applicable to the GasLog subsidiaries that will not be our subsidiaries

97

following completion of this offering. We expect to amend certain of these financing agreements in connection with this offering to permit the transactions pursuant to which we will acquire our initial fleet and in certain cases to prepay a portion of the amounts outstanding under one or more of our vessel financing agreements.

 

Lender(s)   Subsidiary Party
(Collateral Ship)
  Outstanding
Principal
Amount as of
December 31,
2013
  Interest Rate   Maturity   Remaining Payment
Installments as of
December 31, 2013
                     
DNB Bank ASA, London Branch, and the Export-Import Bank of Korea   GAS-three Ltd.
(GasLog Shanghai)
and GAS-four Ltd.
(GasLog Santiago)  
  $260.47 million   LIBOR +
applicable margin
  2025   45 consecutive quarterly installments of $2.01 million under each tranche, with two balloon payments of up to $40 million each due under each tranche 12 years from delivery of the collateral ships; the lenders will have a put option giving them the right to request full repayment in 2018
                     
Nordea Bank Finland Plc, London Branch, ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and Citibank International Plc, Greece Branch   First Tranche:
GAS-five Ltd.
(GasLog Sydney)
  $134.43 million   LIBOR +
applicable margin
  2019   22 consecutive quarterly installments of $2.04 million, with a balloon payment of up to $89.62 million due in May 2019

 

GasLog Shanghai and GasLog Santiago Facility . In March 2012, GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd., as borrowers, entered into a $272.5 million senior secured credit facility with DNB Bank ASA, London Branch, and the Export-Import Bank of Korea to fund the installment payments on the construction of the GasLog Shanghai and the GasLog Santiago , which we refer to as the GasLog Shanghai and GasLog Santiago Facility. This credit facility is secured by a first priority mortgage over the ships owned by the respective borrowers, guarantees from GasLog and its subsidiary, GasLog Carriers, a pledge of the share capital of the respective borrower and a first priority assignment of all earnings and insurance related to the ship owned by the respective borrower.

 

The GasLog Shanghai and GasLog Santiago Facility includes two tranches. Each tranche is repayable in quarterly installments over 12 years with final balloon payments due at maturity of up to $40 million each in January 2025 and March 2025, subject to a put option that gives the lenders the right to request repayment of the facility in full on the fifth anniversary of the delivery of the first vessel which was delivered in January 2013. The GasLog Shanghai and GasLog Santiago Facility bears interest at floating LIBOR, plus a margin.

 

GasLog Sydney Facility . In October 2011, GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. (a subsidiary of GasLog but not contributed to the Partnership), jointly and severally entered into a $277 million senior secured credit facility with Nordea Bank Finland PLC, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and Citibank International PLC to fund the installment payments on the construction of the GasLog Sydney and the GasLog Skagen (the vessel owned by GAS-six Ltd.), which we refer to as the GasLog Sydney Facility. This credit facility is secured by a first priority mortgage over the GasLog Sydney and the GasLog Skagen , guarantees from GasLog and its subsidiary GasLog Carriers, a pledge of the share capital of the respective borrower and a first priority assignment of all earnings and insurance related to the ship owned by the respective borrower. The GasLog Sydney Facility includes two tranches. The tranche applicable to the GasLog Sydney is repayable in quarterly installments over six years with a balloon payment of $89.62 million due at maturity in May 2019. The $277 million senior secured facility bears interest at LIBOR, plus a margin.

98

The primary financial covenants for all facilities as of December 31, 2013 are applicable to GasLog, as guarantor and are set out below:

 

· market value adjusted net worth must at all times exceed $350 million;

 

· net working capital (excluding the current portion of long-term debt) must be positive;

 

· beginning on December 31, 2013, the ratio of EBITDA over debt service obligations (including interest and debt repayments) on a trailing twelve months’ basis must be no less than 110%;

 

· total indebtedness divided by total capitalization must not exceed 75%; and

 

· beginning on December 31, 2013, the aggregate amount of all unencumbered cash and cash equivalents must exceed the higher of 3% of total indebtedness or $20 million.

 

· GasLog is permitted to pay dividends, provided that GasLog Group holds unencumbered cash equal to at least 4% of its total indebtedness, subject to no event of default having occurred or occurring as a consequence of the payment of such dividend.

 

The covenants under the above facilities are measured at the GasLog Group level.

 

The facilities include a fair market value covenant pursuant to which an event of default could occur under the facilities if the aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels (without taking into account any charter arrangements) were to fall below 120% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance under the facilities and any negative mark-to-market value arising under any hedging transaction.

 

The borrowers and the guarantors were in compliance with the above covenants as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, the fair market value of our fleet, as defined in the relevant loan agreements, was approximately 167% of the aggregate outstanding debt. A decrease of 10% of the aggregate fair market values of our vessels would not cause any violation of the covenants contained in our credit facilities.

 

In connection with this offering, we intend to amend certain of our vessel financing agreements to permit the transactions pursuant to which we will acquire our initial fleet and in certain cases to prepay a portion of the amounts outstanding under one or more of our vessel financing agreements.

Revolving Credit Facility with GasLog. At or prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to enter into a $30.0 million revolving credit facility with GasLog, to be used to fund our working capital requirements. We anticipate that the facility will be for a term of 36 months, unsecured, and will bear interest at a rate of 5% per annum, with no commitment fee for the first year. After the first year, the interest will increase to a rate of 6% per annum, with an annual 2.4% commitment fee on the undrawn balance. We expect that the sponsor credit facility will contain covenants that require us to, among other things:

 

  · notify GasLog of any event which constitutes or may constitute an event of default or which may adversely affect our ability to perform our obligations under the credit facility; and
     
  · provide GasLog with information in respect of our business and financial status as GasLog may reasonably require including, but not limited to, copies of our unaudited quarterly financial statements and our audited annual financial statements.

 

Events of default under the sponsor credit facility include, among others, the following:

 

  · failure to pay any sum payable under the sponsor credit facility when due;
     
  · breach of certain covenants and obligations of the sponsor credit facility;
     
  · a material inaccuracy of any representation or warranty;
     
   
  · default under other indebtedness in excess of $10.0 million which results in the relevant creditor declaring such indebtedness prematurely due and payable;
   
     
  · a lien, arrest, distress or similar event is levied upon or against any substantial part of our assets which is not discharged or disputed in good faith within 10 business days after we become aware of such event;
     
  · a substantial part of our business or assets is destroyed, abandoned, seized, appropriated or forfeited for any reason;
     
  · bankruptcy or insolvency events;
     
  · suspension or cessation of our business;
     
  · GasLog Partners GP LLC ceases to be our general partner; and
     
  · an amendment to our limited partnership agreement that, in the reasonable opinion of the lender, is adverse to its interests in connection with the sponsor credit facility.

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

We intend to use derivative financial instruments to reduce the risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates. The existing derivative instruments entered into by GasLog in connection with the vessel financing agreements described above will be transferred to us upon the closing of this offering.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 were:

 

    Payments Due by Period  
    Total     Less than
1 year
    Between
1 - 3 years
    Between
3 - 5 years
    More than
5 years
 
    (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  
Long-term debt obligations (1)   $ 394,895     $ 24,189     $ 48,377     $ 228,638     $ 93,691  
Interest on long-term debt obligations (2)     59,524       13,815       27,451       17,095       1,163  
Amounts due to related parties     24,674       24,674                    
Amounts due for management fees and commercial management fees (3)     1,920       1,920                    
Total   $ 481,013     $ 64,598     $ 75,828     $ 245,733     $ 94,854  
 
(1) For the GasLog Shanghai and GasLog Santiago Facility, the lenders have a put option giving them the right to request full repayment in 2018. In the above table, we have assumed that the aforementioned facility will be fully repaid in 2018. The put option can be exercised provided that there is timely notification to the Predecessor. There are no prepayment charges. The put option is closely related to the loan agreement because the option exercise price approximates the outstanding amount of the debt on the exercise date and hence no embedded derivative was recognized.

 

(2) Our interest commitment on long-term debt is calculated based on an assumed average applicable interest rate ranging from 2.50% to 4.29% which represents LIBOR of 0.25% as of December 31, 2013 and our various applicable margin rates and fixed-rate interest rate swaps associated with each debt.

99

(3) This includes the amounts due under our contractual obligations under our existing ship management agreements and our existing commercial management agreements signed with GasLog LNG Services Ltd. and GasLog Ltd., respectively, for their non-terminable periods. The ship management agreements provide for a monthly management fee of $30,000 per vessel and an additional monthly lump sum amounting to 11.25% of the management fee. The ship management agreements are effective from each vessel’s delivery until the vessel is sold or becomes a total loss. In addition, they may also be terminated by the owners by giving the managers at least three months’ notice. The commercial management agreements provide for a fixed annual fee of $540,000 per vessel and may be terminated by either party at any time giving the other party not less than twelve months’ written notice.

 

After giving effect to this offering and the related transactions, our pro forma contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 would have been:

 

 

 

 

    Payments Due by Period
    Total   Less than
1 year
  1-3 years   3-5 years   More than
5 years
     
    (Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Long-term debt obligations (1)   $     $     $     $     $  
Interest on long-term debt obligations (2)                              
Amounts due to related parties (3)                              
Amounts due for management fees, commercial management fees and
    administrative services fees (4)
                             
Total   $     $     $     $     $  

 

 

(1)  
   
(2)  
   
(3)  
   
(4)  

 

Capital Expenditures

 

As of December 31, 2013, there are no commitments for capital expenditures related to the GasLog Shanghai , the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney . In the event we decide to exercise our options to purchase twelve additional ships from GasLog, we expect to finance the costs with cash from operations and a combination of debt and equity financing.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Currently, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our combined carve-out financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The preparation of those financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the combined carve-out financial statements and expenses during the reporting periods. GasLog Group’s management evaluates whether estimates should be made on an ongoing basis, utilizing historical experience, consultation with experts and other methods management considers reasonable in the particular circumstances. However, uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that could require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability in the future. Critical accounting policies are those that reflect significant judgments of uncertainties and potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We have described below what we believe are our most critical accounting policies, because they generally involve a comparatively higher degree of judgment in their application. For a description of all our principal accounting policies, see Note 2 to our annual combined carve-out financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Vessel Cost, Lives and Residual Value

 

When determining vessel cost, we recognize both the installment payments paid to the shipyard along with any directly attributable costs of bringing the vessels to their working condition incurred during the

100

construction periods as vessel costs. Directly attributable costs incurred during the vessel construction periods consist of commissions, on-site supervision costs, costs for sea trials, certain spare parts and equipment, costs directly incurred for negotiating the construction contracts, lubricants and other vessel delivery expenses. Any vendor discounts are deducted from the vessel cost. Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized when the recognition criteria are met.

 

The vessel cost component is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of each ship, based on the cost of the vessel less its estimated residual value. We estimate the useful lives of our ships to be 35 years from the date of delivery from the shipyard, which we believe is within industry standards and represents the most reasonable useful life for each of our ships. Furthermore, we estimate the residual values of our ships to be 10% of the initial ship cost, which represents our estimate of the current market value of the ships as if they were at the end of their useful lives at the time we make such estimate. The estimated residual value of our ships may not represent the fair market value at any one time, in part because there has historically been very little scrapping of LNG carriers and because market prices of scrap values tend to fluctuate. We might revise our estimate of the residual values of our ships in the future in response to changing market conditions.

 

An increase in the estimated useful lives of our ships or in their residual value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of our ships or their residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge and possibly resulting in an impairment charge.

 

When we are faced with regulations that place significant limitations on the ability of one of our ships to trade on a worldwide basis, we adjust the ship’s useful life to end at the date such regulations become effective.

 

We must periodically drydock each of our ships for inspection, repairs and any modifications. At the time of delivery of a ship from the shipyard, we estimate the drydocking component of the cost of the ship, representing estimated costs to be incurred during the first drydocking at the drydock yard for a special survey and parts and supplies used in making required major repairs that meet the recognition criteria, based on our historical experience with similar types of ships.

 

We use judgment when estimating the period between drydockings performed, which can result in adjustments to the estimated amortization of the drydocking expense. If a ship is disposed of before its next drydocking, the remaining balance of the deferred drydock is written off and forms part of the gain or loss recognized upon disposal of ships in the period when contracted. We expect that our ships will be required to be drydocked approximately 60 months after their delivery from the shipyard and thereafter every 60 months our ships will be required to undergo special or intermediate surveys and be drydocked for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the ships are operating. We amortize our estimated drydocking expenses for the first special survey over five years, but this estimate might be revised in the future.

 

Costs that will be capitalized as part of the future drydockings will include a variety of costs incurred directly attributable to the drydocking and costs incurred to meet classification and regulatory requirements, as well as expenses related to the dock preparation and port expenses at the drydock shipyard, general shipyard expenses, expenses related to hull, external surfaces and decks, expenses related to machinery and engines of the vessel, as well as expenses related to the testing and correction of findings related to safety equipment on board. Drydocking costs do not include vessel operating expenses such as replacement parts, crew expenses, provisions, lubricants consumption, insurance, management fees or management costs during the drydocking period. Expenses related to regular maintenance and repairs of our vessels are expensed as incurred, even if such maintenance and repair occurs during the same time period as our drydocking.

 

Ordinary maintenance and repairs that do not extend the useful life of the asset are expensed as incurred. Major renovation costs and modifications are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining useful life.

 

Impairment of Vessels

 

At the end of each reporting period we perform an assessment of whether there is any indication that our vessels may be impaired by considering both internal and external sources of information as provided by IAS 36 paragraph 12.

 

101

If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the vessel is determined based on the higher of a vessel’s net selling price and “value in use”. The net selling price is the amount obtainable from the sale of a vessel in an arm’s-length transaction less the costs of disposal, which is estimated based on independent broker valuations, while “value in use” is the present value of estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continuing use of a vessel. The assumptions to be used in the estimated future cash flows require estimates for future charter hires, increases in future operating costs, future drydocking costs and days, off-hire days’ and discount rate applied.

 

As of December 31, 2013, our assessment of impairment indicators reflected there was no indication that our vessels may be impaired. As a result, the “value in use” calculation was not required to be performed. In addition, the fair market value of the Predecessor’s vessels as estimated by two independent brokers was higher than their carrying amounts.

 

Fair value of derivative financial instruments

 

Our risk management policies permit the use of derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk. Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments that are not designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes are recognized in earnings.

 

A substantial majority of the fair value of our derivative instruments and the change in fair value of our derivative instruments from period to period result from our use of interest rate swap agreements. The fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is the estimated amount that we would receive or pay to terminate the agreements at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates and the current creditworthiness of both us and the swap counterparties. The estimated amount is the present value of estimated future cash flows, being equal to the difference between the benchmark interest rate and the fixed rate in the interest rate swap agreement, multiplied by the notional principal amount of the interest rate swap agreement at each interest reset date.

 

The fair value of our interest swap agreements at the end of each period are most significantly affected by the interest rate implied by market-observable data such as LIBOR yield curve. While the fair value of our interest swap agreements are typically more sensitive to changes in short-term rates, significant changes in the long-term benchmark interest also materially impact our interest swap agreements.

 

The fair value of our interest swap agreements are also affected by changes in our specific credit risk included in the discount factor. Following the implementation of IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement on January 1, 2013, the Predecessor adjusts its derivative liabilities fair value to reflect its own credit risk and the counterparties’ risk. The estimate of the Predecessor’s credit risk is based on the credit rating of other companies in the LNG industry where publicly available, the rating of the global transportation industry where the shipping industry is included and the feedback that the Predecessor receives from its lenders as part of the margin setting for the new loan agreements. The counterparties’ credit risk is estimated either by using the credit default swap rates obtained from public information or, if not available, by using the credit rating of the counterparties.

 

The LIBOR yield curve and our specific credit risk are expected to vary over the life of the interest rate swap agreements. The larger the notional amount of the interest rate swap agreements outstanding and the longer the remaining duration of the interest rate swap agreements, the larger the impact of any variability in these factors will be on the fair value of our interest rate swaps. We economically hedge the interest rate exposure on a significant amount of our long-term debt and for long durations. As such, we have historically

102

experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, material variations in the period-to-period fair value of our derivative instruments.

 

Although we measure the fair value of our derivative instruments utilizing the inputs and assumptions described above, if we were to terminate the agreements at the reporting date, the amount we would pay or receive to terminate the derivative instruments may differ from our estimate of fair value. If the estimated fair value differs from the actual termination amount, an adjustment to the carrying amount of the applicable derivative asset or liability would be recognized in earnings for the current period. Such adjustments could be material. See Note 17 to our annual combined carve-out financial statements for the effects on the change in fair value of our derivative instruments on our combined statements of profit or loss.

 

JOBS Act Status

 

We are an “emerging growth company”, as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” as described under “Summary-Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company”. We have elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, which election is irrevocable.

 

In addition, under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for so long as we are an emerging growth company.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

See Note 2 to our annual combined carve-out financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Information About Market Risk

 

We are exposed to various market risks, including interest rate and foreign currency exchange risks. From time to time, we may make use of derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps to maintain the desired level of exposure arising from these risks.

 

A discussion of our accounting policies for derivative financial instruments is included in Note 2 to our annual combined carve-out financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Further information on our exposure to market risk is included in Note 16 to our annual combined carve-out financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The following analysis provides quantitative information regarding our exposure to market risks.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We are subject to market risks relating to changes in interest rates because we have floating rate debt outstanding. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect our operating margins, results of operations and our ability to service our debt. We have used interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates. The principal objective of these contracts is to minimize economic risks and costs associated with our floating rate debt and not for speculative or trading purposes. The principal terms of the interest rate swaps are disclosed in Note 17 to our annual combined carve-out financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the notional amount of the swaps designated as cash flow hedging instruments was $131.03 million and $327.50 million, respectively, and the notional amount of the swaps accounted as held for trading was $180.47 million and nil, respectively. Under these swap transactions, the bank counterparty effects quarterly floating-rate payments to the Partnership for the relevant amount based on the three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR, and the Partnership effects quarterly payments to the bank on the relevant amount at the respective fixed rates. We expect to continue to use interest rate swaps in the future as we deem appropriate to manage our exposure to interest rate risk.

 

The aggregate principal amount of our outstanding floating rate debt which was not economically hedged as of December 31, 2013 was $83.40 million. As an indication of the extent of our sensitivity to interest rate

103

changes, an increase in LIBOR by 10 basis points would have decreased our profit during the year ended December 31, 2013 by approximately 0.27% or $0.07 million, based upon our debt level during the year (December 31, 2012: nil).

 

We expect our sensitivity to interest rate changes to increase in the future as a result of increased future borrowings under new loan agreements to finance acquisitions of additional ships.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

 

We generate all of our revenue in U.S. dollars, and the majority of our expenses, including debt repayment obligations under our credit facilities and a portion of our administrative expenses, are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, a portion of the ship operating expenses, primarily crew wages of officers, and a large portion of our administrative expenses are denominated in euros. Specifically, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, approximately $6.68 million and nil, respectively, of the operating and administrative expenses were denominated in euros. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, approximately $1.36 million and $0.30 million, respectively, of our outstanding trade payables and accruals were denominated in euros.

 

Depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the euro will increase the U.S. dollar cost of us paying expenses denominated in euros. Accordingly, there is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on our cash flows. As an indication of the extent of our sensitivity to changes in exchange rate, a 10% increase in the average euro/dollar exchange rate would have decreased our profit during the year ended December 31, 2013 by approximately $0.67 million, based upon our expenses recognized during the year (December 31, 2012: nil). We do not currently hedge movements in currency exchange rates, but our management monitors exchange rate fluctuations on a continuous basis. We may seek to hedge this currency fluctuation risk in the future.

 

Inflation and Cost Increases

 

In the current economic environment, inflation has not had a significant impact on us. In the near term, assuming the continuation of current economic conditions, crewing costs are the most likely expense to be affected by inflation. LNG transportation is a specialized area and the number of LNG carriers has increased rapidly in recent years. As a result, there has been an increased demand for qualified crews, which has and will continue to put inflationary pressure on crew costs. The impact of cost increases would be mitigated to some extent by certain provisions in our time charters, including automatic periodic adjustment provisions and cost review provisions.

 

THE LNG SHIPPING INDUSTRY

 

The information and data contained in this prospectus relating to the global shipping industry has been provided by Clarkson Research Services Limited, or “Clarkson Research”, and is taken from Clarkson Research’s database and other sources. Clarkson Research has advised that: (i) some information in Clarkson Research’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; (ii) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in Clarkson Research’s database; and (iii) while Clarkson Research has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

104

Unless otherwise indicated, the following information relating to the global shipping industry reflects information and data available as of April 1, 2014.

 

Summary

 

Natural gas is one of the fastest growing primary energy sources globally. It is supported by significant reserves, competitive pricing and relatively cleaner air emissions from combustion compared with other hydrocarbons. Within the natural gas industry, the volume of LNG traded increased at a rate 38% higher than pipeline trade and at almost three times the rate of overall natural gas consumption between 1990 and 2012. A continuing disparity between the prices of gas in various geographies compared to the relatively low cost of LNG shipping has enhanced the economics of LNG trade. Significant expansion of LNG liquefaction and regasification facilities has taken place in recent years and a large number of additional facilities have been planned. Including all of the projects currently under construction and at Final Investment Decisions (“FID”) or Front End Engineering and Design (“FEED”) stages, liquefaction capacity is expected to increase by 35% by the end of 2016. Taking into consideration projects scheduled to start-up between 2017 and 2020, a further 79% increase of current liquefaction capacity is implied over this period. These plans are potentially subject to delays, postponements and cancellations. However, if they proceed on schedule, the demand for LNG shipping capacity is expected to increase significantly. There have also been significant increases in the number of LNG exporting and importing nations, the number of individual trading routes and the average trading distance. Overall, the world seaborne trade in LNG has grown strongly over the past two decades, with a compound annual growth rate of 7.1% between 1990 and 2011, before declining by 1.6% in 2012. However, seaborne LNG trade marginally improved in 2013, increasing by 0.5%. An improvement in trade is expected in 2014.

 

The current order book of LNG carriers, which having grown in size since the start of 2011, is still relatively small in historic terms at 31% of the global LNG carrier fleet capacity, while tonnage equivalent to only 9% of the current global LNG carrier fleet capacity is due for delivery in the last nine months of 2014. The fleet grew at a moderate 4.0% in 2013, but growth is expected to accelerate in 2014 and 2015, and will depend on the level of newbuilding orders and their successful delivery thereafter. In recent years, newbuildings sized between 145,000 cbm and 175,000 cbm with diesel electric propulsion have been the most popular, given the trading flexibility and fuel cost savings. Although there have been a number of new entrants over the past 10 years, the LNG shipping sector is characterized by relatively high barriers to entry compared to other shipping sectors. These barriers include stringent customer standards requiring a strong safety track record and strong technical management capabilities, limited supply of highly qualified personnel and significant capital requirements for new ships. The charter rates paid in the LNG charter market are governed by the supply of and demand for carrying capacity and as such they have fluctuated and may continue to further fluctuate in the future.

 

Overview of the Natural Gas Market

 

Over the last two decades, natural gas has been one of the world’s fastest growing energy sources. Natural gas is the third largest global energy source, after oil and coal respectively, and accounted for 24% of the world’s energy consumption in 2012. Natural gas is used primarily to generate electricity and as a heating source. Between 1990 and 2012, consumption grew at an average rate of 2.4% per year, approximately twice the growth rate of oil consumption over the same period.

 

A number of forecasting agencies expect consumption of natural gas to continue to rise, with the Energy Information Administration, or “EIA”, projecting a 58% growth in demand between 2013 and 2040. This equates to a compound annual growth rate of 1.7% during this period, with demand for oil and coal both expected to grow by lower volumes over the same period. Natural gas consumption is expected to grow for a number of reasons, including:

 

· diversification from oil, coal and nuclear energy;

 

· global economic growth that is expected to lead to additional energy demand, particularly from non-Organisation for Economic Development (“OECD”) economies such as China and India;

 

· replacement demand from the shutdown of nuclear electricity generators in Japan;
105
  · the combustion of natural gas being viewed as more environmentally friendly than other fossil fuels;
     
  · the wide applicability of natural gas as a fuel source;
     
  · known natural gas reserves that totaled 187 trillion cbm at the end of 2012, a reserves to production ratio of 56 years; and
     
  · further market deregulation that may have a beneficial impact by increasing trading opportunities.

 

 

 

Given concerns about the impact of fossil fuels on global warming, there is a widespread desire to limit carbon emissions wherever possible in many countries. Natural gas is well-placed to take advantage of this as it is considered to be the cleanest burning of the most typical fossil fuels. For example, the burning of natural gas emits approximately 30% less carbon dioxide than oil and approximately 45% less carbon dioxide than coal. Furthermore, natural gas emits relatively few particulates and relatively low levels of nitrogen oxide compared to coal and oil. Increasing opposition to nuclear energy around the world, particularly in countries such as Japan and Germany, is expected to further increase the demand for natural gas.

 

Between 2005 and 2012, natural gas consumption in non-OECD Asia increased by 70%, and most forecasting agencies expect this growth to continue, albeit under an assumption of continued economic growth. The EIA forecast that growth in non-OECD Asia will increase at a compound annual growth rate of 3.4% between 2013 and 2040, which is twice the global average.

106

 

 

By the end of 2012, natural gas reserves totaled 187 trillion cbm. This represents a reserve to production ratio of 56 years, some 5% higher than oil. Natural gas reserves, like crude oil reserves, are unevenly distributed and an imbalance exists between the location of reserves and both current and expected demand. The largest reserves are located in the Middle East (43%) and the territories of the former Soviet Union (29%), followed by the lesser developed countries in Asia and sub-Saharan Africa, at significant distances from the major locations of demand in North America and Europe, which generally have the lowest reserves.

 

In the past, the production and consumption of natural gas was relatively geographically aligned, limiting the need for long-distance trading. However, in 2012, 31% of natural gas was traded between countries, up from 16% in 1990. As natural gas has become commoditized, a progressively larger amount is being traded globally, either via pipelines or increasingly as LNG.

107

 

 

In recent years, there has been an increase in the production of “unconventional” natural gas, including tight gas, shale gas and coalbed methane. In particular, there has been a significant increase in United States shale gas reserves, with improvements in technology helping United States domestic natural gas reserves to increase by 69% between the end of 2000 and the end of 2012. The advent of considerable shale gas production in the United States has led to a decline in United States LNG imports, which made up only 0.8% of global LNG imports in 2013 (including re-exports), and, looking ahead, the United States has the potential to become a major exporter of LNG. In January 2014, the EIA estimated that overall global resources of known technically recoverable shale gas resources totaled 207 trillion cbm (7,299 trillion cubic feet). These resources are located in a diverse range of geographic locations, with China, Argentina and Algeria all having larger estimated resources than the United States However, although these resources are technically recoverable, there are significant obstacles to this shale gas becoming economically recoverable at present. These include both geological factors, as well as a range of other issues, such as the difficult terrain, the limited availability of water, the fact that many of these areas are already densely populated, uncertainty regarding property rights and other legal considerations, public concerns regarding extraction activities and that the necessary infrastructure to extract the gas is not in place.

 

Liquefied Natural Gas

 

Overview

 

There are two methods of transporting natural gas if not consumed in the producing region: pipelines, which accounted for 68% of the natural gas traded cross-border in 2012, and LNG shipping, in which natural gas is liquefied and transported in specialized seaborne carriers. LNG shipping has been increasing in importance and accounted for 32% of all natural gas trade in 2012, up from 31% in 2010, 26% in 2000 and 24% in 1990. Between 1990 and 2012, gas traded as LNG trade increased by a compound annual growth rate of 7.1% compared to 5.2% per annum for gas transported by pipeline over the same period.

108

 

The challenge of moving gas as LNG to points of demand is that traditionally it has been highly capital intensive, technologically sophisticated and expensive. The first shipment of LNG was made in 1959 from Lake Charles in the United States to Canvey Island in the UK. LNG trade was subsequently developed in the 1960s with shipments from Arzew in Algeria to the UK, Spain, Italy and France, and in the 1970s with the expansion of the trade to Japan. Relatively few LNG carriers were ordered during the 1980s, while the 1990s saw limited activity in terms of infrastructure and trade development, with relatively few projects coming online during this period. By contrast, over the course of the last decade, a number of new projects in a range of countries, including some with no prior history of LNG production such as Trinidad and Tobago and Equatorial Guinea, have started producing LNG for export.

 

The LNG supply chain involves a number of different stages:

 

  · Liquefaction : Following the initial production of gas, natural gas is cooled to a temperature of -162ºC (-260ºF), which transforms it into a liquid. This reduces its volume to approximately 1/600 th of its volume in a gaseous state and allows economical storage and transportation.
     
  · Shipping : LNG is transported overseas from the liquefaction facility to the receiving terminal in specially designed LNG carriers.
     
  · Terminalling and Regasification : LNG is stored in specially designed facilities until regasified. LNG is returned to its gaseous state at a regasification facility, which can be located either onshore or aboard specialized LNG carriers.
     
  · Distribution : Upon return to its gaseous state, the natural gas is transported to consumers through pipelines.
109

Source: Clarkson Research, April 2014.

 

Although the costs associated with the LNG supply chain have declined over the past two decades, it can be less expensive to transport natural gas via pipeline than LNG carriers. However, due to the growing distances between remote sources of supply and the location of demand, capital costs associated with constructing pipelines, which become prohibitively expensive over long distances, security issues relating to the existence of unattended energy pipelines and the potential for geopolitical factors disrupting the use of pipelines that run between countries, LNG carriers are expected to remain the predominant means of transportation for a significant portion of global natural gas demand.

 

Furthermore, LNG carriers offer greater flexibility in the transportation of natural gas than pipelines and enable a swifter response to market developments, including new sources of demand and supply or significant changes in the price of LNG in certain markets. The fixed infrastructure nature of pipelines does not allow for this flexibility.

 

LNG Supply

 

With the increased interest in natural gas, there has been an associated increase in investment in LNG infrastructure that will support an increase in the volume of trade over the next few years. As the demand for natural gas continues to expand, the pace of the build-out of infrastructure to export and import LNG as well as the geographic location of such infrastructure will have a direct impact on the demand for LNG shipping.

 

There were 17 countries (with 89 liquefaction trains) with LNG liquefaction infrastructure at the start of April 2014, compared to 10 exporting countries at the end of 2004. The total production capability of these existing units is estimated at approximately 286 million tonnes per annum of LNG, while the average utilization rate of this global capacity is estimated to have reached approximately 80% in 2013. Idle liquefaction capacity can be a result of either underutilization, short interruptions of liquefaction trains due to maintenance activities or gas supply shortfalls. Qatar continues to be the largest exporter of LNG, with Qatari exports having reached 78 million tonnes in 2013, which constituted one-third of global exports. Malaysia, Indonesia, Nigeria and Australia represented a second tier of exporters in 2013, having exported an aggregate total of 82 million tonnes of LNG.

 

There are 17 new LNG liquefaction projects with a total estimated annual capacity of 115 million tonnes of LNG under construction as at the start of April 2014. A sizeable tranche of this capacity is based in Australia. Thirteen of these projects are scheduled to be completed by 2016 or earlier, and will add a further 84.5 million tonnes per annum of capacity over this period, an increase of 30% on current liquefaction capacity. There are 26 additional projects with an estimated annual capacity of 210.5 million tonnes of LNG that have received FID, or are at the FEED stage, with start-up dates ranging from 2014 to the start of 2020. Four of these projects are targeting start dates prior to the end of 2016. If these four projects are completed on schedule, it is estimated that they will result in a further 16.1 million tonnes per annum of additional export capacity by 2016 (following full ramp up). Combining the projects under construction and at FID or FEED stages implies an increase of 35% in liquefaction capacity by 2016 and a requirement for approximately 88 additional LNG carriers. Projects with start-up dates beyond 2016 are also expected to generate significant further requirements for LNG carriers. Four projects currently under construction and 22 projects at FID or FEED stages are due to start up between 2017 and 2020. Although subject to delays, postponements and cancellations, these 26 projects would add a further 79% on current liquefaction capacity (following full ramp up) and a requirement for approximately 211 additional LNG carriers if they proceed on schedule. This ship requirement is calculated based on various assumptions, including the completion of liquefaction projects on time and utilization at current global averages.

110

 

 

Due to the complex and capital intensive nature of LNG projects, new installations have experienced regular delays. The Angola LNG project shipped its first cargo in June 2013, but was originally scheduled to begin shipping LNG cargoes in 2011. However, there have also been instances where infrastructure has come online much more smoothly, or in advance of original start-up dates. For instance, exports of LNG from Oman began in May 2000,

111

despite the fact that gas was only discovered in the country as late as 1991. The projects in Equatorial Guinea and Egypt are other examples of liquefaction capacity which came online swiftly.

 

LNG Demand

 

At the start of April 2014, the import side of the LNG business consisted of 107 import facilities at locations in 30 countries. Asian nations accounted for three-quarters of global LNG imports in 2013, with Japan, South Korea, India, China and Taiwan being the top five LNG import destinations during this period. The largest importer of LNG is Japan, which imported 88.0 million tonnes of LNG in 2013 (excluding re-exports), equivalent to 37% of the total global imports in 2013. Annual Japanese imports marginally softened by 0.1% in 2013, reflecting the relatively limited growth in power generation, with what little growth being supplied by a slight increase in coal imports. However, the underlying demand for LNG in power stations remains significant, owing to the continued absence of nuclear capacity following the earthquake and tsunami in 2011.

 

 

As the preceding graph illustrates, while Japan remains the largest importer of LNG, activity in other areas has expanded. In 2011, new re-gasification terminals were opened in China, Thailand, the Netherlands, the United States, Mexico and Argentina. In 2012, the first Indonesian import facility, Nusantara Regas, began operations, while additional terminals started up in China and Japan. Furthermore, in 2013, Malaysia, Singapore and Israel began importing LNG, and additional regasification terminals began operation in Japan, India, China, Italy and Brazil. This trend is expected to continue in the near term, with import terminals under construction in countries without a prior history of importing LNG, such as Poland and Ukraine. Other countries planning to receive their first cargoes, either from new plants, FSRUs or land-based sources include: Croatia, Egypt, Finland, Ireland, Lithuania and Sweden in Europe and the Mediterranean; Bahrain, Jordan, the Philippines, Sri Lanka and Vietnam in the East and Colombia and Uruguay in the western hemisphere. If all of the import proposals are realized, the number of importing nations could potentially reach approximately 50 by the end of 2016.

 

A notable trend in recent years has been the growth in the volume of re-exports being traded globally. Import terminals, particularly in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, Belgium and Spain have installed loading facilities, which give them the ability to move LNG out of storage so that it can be re-exported when the market prices make it profitable. Furthermore, as demonstrated by new import facilities having been established in Malaysia and Indonesia, certain key existing gas exporters have been establishing an LNG import infrastructure in order to try to meet growing domestic demand for natural gas without having to curb LNG exports. There has also been a growth in the popularity of floating storage and regasification units (FSRUs), given the large expense of providing land-based import facilities. Three FSRUs have been built since the start of 2012 and a further three are scheduled to enter service by the end of 2014.

112

Increased demand is expected from Japan in the short-term. Following the events at the Fukushima nuclear power plant in March 2011, the vast majority of the country’s nuclear reactors were taken off-line and in September 2013, the last functioning nuclear reactor was shut down, with no planned timetable for a restart. Since 2011, the replacement demand from electricity generators has resulted in a rapid year-on-year growth in LNG imports (12.7% in 2011 and 11.4% in 2012). Although Japanese LNG imports did decline marginally in 2013, projections released by the Institute of Energy Economics Japan suggest that LNG imports will continue to rise in the next few years, even if a limited number of nuclear reactors are gradually brought back online. Moreover, Japanese importers are also actively attempting to limit the cost of their LNG imports, which may increase demand. The price of LNG in Japan has traditionally been indexed to the oil import price on long-term contracts, but importers are now attempting to diversify their LNG sources to capitalize on cheaper prices elsewhere, primarily North America. In July 2013, Osaka Gas Co and Chubu Electric Power Co announced twenty year contracts with Freeport LNG in the U.S. However, downside risks to increased Japanese demand remain, most notably the ruling Liberal Democratic Party’s enthusiasm for restarting nuclear reactors.

 

Demand for LNG is likely to continue to increase elsewhere in Asia, with particular scope for increased imports in both China and India for use in power generation, domestic heating and other industrial uses. Chinese imports of LNG, boosted by rising energy use and its desire to diversify its energy mix, have increased rapidly since 2006 when China’s first regasification plant opened. Chinese imports increased from 0.7 million tonnes of LNG in 2006 to 18.6 million tonnes of LNG in 2013 (excluding re-exports). As of April 2014, China had 11 LNG receiving terminals in operation with a total capacity of 36.9 million tonnes per annum. Prospects for further growth in China’s LNG import demand appear to be largely positive: six new regasification plants and the expansion of an existing facility with a total import capacity of 16.6 million tonnes are under construction, with approximately 5.6 million tonnes scheduled to come online by the end of 2014, and seven additional plants have been proposed. Elsewhere, Indian imports of LNG marginally declined by 1.7% in 2013 to 13.1 million tonnes, largely as a result of a weaker rupee and an increase in hydro generation. However, the outlook for Indian seaborne LNG demand moving forward remains positive. At the start of April 2014, there were four LNG regasification terminals operating in India, with a total capacity of 22.4 million tonnes. India also has one regasification terminal currently under construction, with the Andhra Pradesh FSRU scheduled to start operation in 2015. A further eleven new terminals and one terminal expansion are currently proposed or have been approved, most of which have estimated start-up dates of 2016 or earlier and would increase demand for seaborne LNG.

 

A significant recent driver of LNG demand has been high regional price differentials caused by varying supply of natural gas, differing price formation mechanisms and regulations, regional gas infrastructures and demand dynamics. General economic activity is also a driver of LNG demand. Significant pricing differentials in varying regions of the world, as well as the relatively low cost of LNG transport have created arbitrage opportunities for LNG producers and traders, leading to additional demand for LNG sea transport. In 2011, natural gas prices in Japan were almost three times the levels of prices in the United States. This price differential increased in 2012, with the Japanese price averaging almost four times the levels of those in the United States. Over the course of 2013, this multiple averaged over four times. With shipping costs significantly below these differentials, this has encouraged trading to take advantage of arbitrage opportunities.

113

 

 

LNG: Trade and Shipping

 

The LNG trade can be considered as two main trading blocs, one covering the Asia/Pacific and the other the Atlantic (including the Mediterranean). Historically, there was little movement between the two blocs, although over the last three years there has been an increase in activity from the new Atlantic exporters (Norway, Equatorial Guinea and Trinidad) to the Pacific. The Middle East sits between these two blocs, but the balance of its trade to the East and the West has changed little in recent years. Demand for LNG shipping has increased in recent years as natural gas demand has continued to exceed production in mature gas producing regions, and as the cost of liquefaction and regasification has declined due to improved technology, efficiency gains and more competition. Moreover, high natural gas and LNG price differentials across varying regions have contributed to the proliferation of LNG trade. World seaborne LNG trade has grown strongly over the past two decades, with a compound annual growth rate of 7.1% between 1990 and 2011.

 

 

 

In 2008 and 2009, global economic conditions reduced demand for LNG and the rate of growth in trade stalled, partly due to limited volumes being made available for trading. Following this, there was a 21.3% increase in trade volume in 2010 and an 11.3% increase in trade volume in 2011 as LNG demand increased and new and existing facilities were able to commence production. However, overall trade volumes declined by 1.6% in 2012, as

114

a result of postponement of further liquefaction capacity and several terminals undergoing periods of downtime. Based on preliminary trade statistics, world seaborne trade in LNG is estimated to have remained at a similar level in 2013, increasing by just 0.5% (including re-exports). This is a result of limited liquefaction capacity growth over the course of the year, coupled with import declines in both the United States and Europe only being marginally offset by growth in non-OECD Asia. Growth in 2014 is expected.

 

There has also been a general increase in the complexity and distance of trading patterns. As shown in the graph below, the number of LNG trade routes between countries has increased from 45 in 2003 to 93 in 2008 and 168 in 2013. In the period between 1997 and 2011, there was also a considerable increase in the average distance of LNG trade routes, increasing from 2,338 nautical miles to 3,755 nautical miles, a 61% increase over the period. These increases in distance and complexity of trading routes have also increased the relative requirement for LNG shipping capacity.

 

 

 

LNG Shipping

 

Types of LNG Carriers

 

LNG carriers transport LNG internationally between liquefaction facilities and import terminals. These double-hulled ships include a sophisticated “containment” system that holds and insulates the LNG so it maintains its liquid form. There are two main types of containment system in use on LNG carriers. The Moss system, developed by Kvaerner in the 1970s, uses free standing insulated spherical tanks supported at the equator by a continuous cylindrical skirt, i.e., the tank and the hull are two separate entities. The Membrane technique uses insulation built directly into the hull of the ship, with a membrane covering inside the tanks to maintain integrity, i.e., the ship’s double hull directly takes the pressure of the cargo. The membrane technique is the most used system. As of April 1, 2014, this system had been supplied to 266 ships in service (69% of the current fleet in terms of numbers), or 261 ships (72% of the current fleet) if vessels below 35,000 cbm are excluded. The system is also the preferred choice for 79% of the ships on the current global order book, or 86% if vessels below 35,000 cbm are excluded.

115

Ship Technology

 

The traditional propulsion unit for an LNG carrier has been the steam turbine and this remains the most widely used technology in the current fleet. As at April 1, 2014, the global LNG carrier fleet included 259 ships (67% of the fleet by number) with this technology, with a further 13 on order (12% of the orderbook by number). Traditionally, this technology was the only practical way of utilizing the boil-off gas characteristic of LNG transport. Boil-off gas represents approximately 0.15% of cargo per day. In recent years however, the high value of LNG has given rise to arguments over the merits of burning valuable cargo versus the cost of investment in improved insulation and/or alternative engines.

 

In 2002, Gaz de France became the first owner to commit to gas-fired diesel electric engines, ordering from Chantiers de l’Atlantique in St. Nazaire, France (now owned by STX Europe) a 74,000 cbm ship delivered in 2006. This engine type features the following advantages: (i) higher efficiency, when compared to steam turbine installations, resulting in significant cost savings in today’s fuel price environment; (ii) more compact which allows for a bigger cargo space; and (iii) allows greater freedom in the hiring of engineering staff. Dual fuel diesel electric engines are capable of using LNG boil-off with either marine diesel oil or heavy fuel oil, and are able to reach approximately 45% efficiency, compared to under 30% for steam turbine engines. Although total fuel costs of a ship will depend on the relative cost of bunkers and LNG and trading patterns, these engines can benefit from over 30% fuel cost savings a day when running on heavy fuel oil. As at April 1, 2014, the global LNG carrier fleet included 68 ships (18% of the fleet by number) with this technology, almost all of which are within the 145,000 to 175,000 cbm size range. In addition, 80 ships (71% of the orderbook by number) with this technology were on order. Wartsila, the original supplier of diesel electric engines, has now been joined by MAN Diesel & Turbo SE with similar offerings.

 

 

 

Slow-speed diesel engines have been promoted for larger ships and were specified for the approximately 210,000 to 217,000 cbm “Q-Flex” and the approximately 260,000 cbm “Q-Max” orders for the Qatar projects. The slow-speed engines feature twin slow-speed diesel engines with twin screws and a re-liquefaction plant used to return boil-off gas to the cargo. As of April 1, 2014, 31 Q-Flexes and 14 Q-Maxes have been delivered with this technology, comprising 12% of the current fleet in terms of numbers. However, no LNG carriers above 200,000 cbm with slow-speed diesel engines have been ordered since 2007.

116

Global LNG Carrier Fleet and Orderbook

 

The effective supply of LNG carrier capacity is primarily determined by three main factors: (i) the size of the existing fleet; (ii) the rate of deliveries of newbuildings; and (iii) scrapping. At the start of 1996, the LNG carrier fleet stood at 90 ships (9.4 million cbm) before increasing to 174 ships (20.4 million cbm) by the start of 2005 and 361 ships (51.7 million cbm) by the start of 2011. However, the fleet has grown more slowly in the last few years as the delivery schedule has been relatively limited. As of April 1, 2014, the LNG carrier fleet totaled 388 ships with an aggregate capacity of 55.8 million cbm. The average age of the fleet was 10.8 years. Please note that this total includes small LNG tankers of less than 35,000 cbm, which are identified separately in the following table.

 

 

Note: (f) = forecast.

 

World LNG Carrier Fleet and Order Book By Size
 
    Fleet   Order Book
Size (cbm)      Number     ’000
cbm
    % share of
cbm
    Average Age
(Years)
       No.        ’000 cbm     % of
fleet
 
210,000 & above     45       10,335       19 %     5.3                          
180-209,999                                     3       542          
150-179,999     81       12,953       23 %     3.5       100       16,511       127 %
120-149,999     226       31,366       56 %     14.0       1       147       0 %
90,000-119,999                                                        
60,000-89,999     12       911       2 %     24.6                          
35,000-59,999                                                        
Less than 35,000     24       231       0 %     9.3       9       218       94 %
Total     388       55,796       100 %     10.8       113       17,418       31 %

 

Source : Clarkson Research, April 2014

 

Historically, ships built between the early 1960s and 2000, could be grouped into one of three size ranges. The first category was the small carriers of between 25,000 and 50,000 cbm which were used for short range trades, especially in the Mediterranean. Ships between 60,000 and 90,000 cbm were termed mid-sized carriers and utilized on medium haul voyages, and ships between 120,000 and 138,000 cbm were in the larger sized class. In 2002, the first 140,000 cbm ship was delivered as the LNG supply chain looked to take advantage of economies of scale. However, it was not until the fourth quarter of 2006 that a 150,000 cbm ship entered the fleet. From 2007 to 2010, there were a significant number of so called “Q-Flex” (210,000 to 217,000 cbm) and “Q-Max” (260,000 cbm to

117

270,000 cbm) ships delivered into the fleet. With the exception of a limited number of small LNG carriers no larger than 35,000 cbm, all of the ships ordered since the first half of 2007 have been between 145,000 cbm and 185,000 cbm in size. This reflects the current interest in designs that are able to trade flexibly and can move average sized cargo stems.

 

 

There has been a notable increase in newbuilding ordering of LNG carriers in recent years. Improved charter market conditions and a shortage of LNG carriers led to 136 newbuilding contracts being placed in the period from the start of 2011 to the start of April 2014, compared to a total of just eleven between 2008 and 2010. As of April 1, 2014, the LNG carrier order book totaled 113 ships with an aggregate capacity of 17.4 million cbm. At 31% of the fleet (in terms of carrying capacity), the current order book is notably smaller than the record highs recorded in mid-2006 when it was almost 100% of the existing fleet. Nevertheless, it is substantially larger than it was at the start of 2011 (6% of the existing fleet).

118

 

 

Over the remaining nine months of 2014, 4.9 million cbm of new tonnage (8.9% of the current fleet by capacity) is scheduled to be delivered, with a further 4.8 million cbm expected to be delivered in full year 2015. As of April 1, 2014, available berth capacity is relatively limited through to the end of 2015. It is therefore expected that the capacity of the global fleet will grow by approximately 8.6% in 2014 and by 7.7% in 2015. Exact levels will depend on the level of contracting activity in the coming years.

 

World LNG Carrier Order Book By Year of Delivery
 
Capacity Range   2014     2015     2016     2017     Total  
cbm   No.     ’000 cbm     No.     ’000 cbm     No.     ’000 cbm     No.     ’000 cbm     No.     ’000 cbm  
210,000+                                                                                
180,000-209,999                                     1       182       2       360       3       542  
150,000-179,999     30       4,802       28       4,594       27       4,597       15       2,518       100       16,511  
120,000-149,999     1       147                                                       1       147  
90,000-119,999                                                                                
60,000-89,999                                                                                
35,000-59,999                                                                                
Less than 35,000                     9       218                                       9       218  
Total     31       4,949       37       4,812       28       4,779       17       2,878       113       17,418  

 

Source: Clarkson Research, April 2014

 

Note: The order book as a % of the fleet is in cubic capacity terms.

Note: The order book is as of 1 April 2014. Going forward, the orderbook is subject to new orders, particularly for delivery in 2016 onwards.

 

LNG carriers are typically engineered to a very high standard and when they enter the fleet, they are rigorously maintained. Therefore, their operational life extends well beyond that of other bulk carrier types and most trade beyond the age of 30 to 40 years. Consequently, there has historically been very little scrapping: between 1996

119

and the start of April 2014, only 23 have been demolished, of which only ten have been larger than 60,000 cbm. Moving forward, however, commercial considerations may well alter this. A growing proportion of the current fleet (10% in terms of the number of ships as of April 1, 2014) is now over 25 years old, while the order book contains ships which are larger, more fuel efficient and more suited to charterers’ requirements than those currently trading. As a result, commercial imperatives may dictate fleet replacement programs sooner rather than later. Although some older ships may be sold into conversion projects (for example, FSRUs), this may result in a large proportion of the overage tonnage being scrapped in the near-term.

 

A relatively small number of shipyards worldwide are capable of building LNG carriers. Only 16 yards are currently building LNG carriers or have them on order, all of which are located in the Far East. Of these 16, only 10 are building vessels above 35,000 cbm. South Korean yards have the largest portion of the order book above 35,000 cbm (76% in terms of the number of ships), and the remainder is accounted for by yards in China and Japan, which have 10% and 14% of the order book respectively. Nearly all LNG carriers are built at established shipyards, and ships are currently being delivered broadly as per the order book schedule. LNG carriers are relatively complex to build, with typical lead times in recent years of between 26 and 48 months. As a result, this prevents large numbers of new shipyard entrants. However, additional LNG shipbuilding capacity may be available at the existing capable yards if demand for other ship types declines.

 

LNG carrier asset values fluctuate over time. Given that historically most ships are built to fulfill the requirements of a specific project, sales of LNG carriers are infrequent and only 38 sales were reported between the start of 2006 and the start of April 2014 (17 of which were sold in 2011). There is substantially more activity in the newbuilding market. In general, shipbuilding prices are governed by the supply of and demand for shipbuilding berths, the cost of building ships, and exchange rates. Although it is important to note that prices can vary greatly according to the individual specifications of the ship being built, a multitude of other factors affect the benchmark newbuilding price of LNG carriers. These include changes to the size and technological sophistication of LNG carriers, the cost of steel and competition for yard space from both other LNG owners and other sectors of the shipbuilding market. Recent trends in newbuilding prices are shown in the following graph.

 

 

 

Market Participants and Competition

 

Competition in the LNG shipping market is principally for employment of ships whose charters are expiring and ships that are under construction. Competition for these charters is based on price, ship availability, size, age, propulsion technology and condition, relationships with LNG carrier charterers and the LNG safety record, experience and reputation of the operator. Due to the nature of competition and long-term charters, the LNG business provides operators with less volatile, more predictable revenue flows than some other sectors of the shipping industry.

120

The two main types of LNG fleet operators that provide international LNG transportation services are private and state-controlled energy and utility companies that generally operate captive fleets, and independent owners and operators. Given the complex, long-term nature of LNG projects, major energy companies have historically transported LNG through their captive fleets. However, independent fleet owners and operators have in recent times been winning an increasing share of charters for new or expanded LNG projects as major energy companies continue to divest non-core businesses. It appears that the increasing ownership of the world LNG fleet by independent owners is attributable in part to the desire of some major energy companies to limit their commitment to the transportation business, which is non-core to their operations, and to the cost of financing of new LNG carriers in addition to the high construction costs of liquefaction and regasification facilities. The share of the fleet owned by independent owners (excluding Japanese and South Korean owners, who typically have very strong relationships with national utility companies) has increased from 23% in terms of numbers at the start of April 2004 to 36% at the start of April 2014. The current order book is further dominated by independent owners, who account for a total 57% of the tonnage on order.

 

 

 

The major owners of LNG carriers are shown in the following charts. The major independent owners, excluding the Japanese and South Korean owners and those who are majority owned by oil and gas majors or nation-states, are also shown in the following charts.

121

 

 

Please note that a number of the owners detailed in the above charts only have partial equity shares in the ships in their fleet.

 

Barriers to Entry

 

Although there have been a number of new entrants over the past 10 years, the LNG shipping sector is characterized by relatively high barriers to entry compared to other shipping sectors. Barriers to entry include:

 

· the high cost of building LNG carriers;

 

· the limited number of qualified shipyards that can build LNG carriers;

 

· the requirements of both charterers and financiers, such as experience in the operation of LNG carriers;

 

· the necessary history of quality operations, including very high safety and performance standards and low downtime;

 

· the required financial strength;

 

· the need for highly qualified personnel; and

 

· the illiquid sale and purchase markets.

 

Contract Structure

 

Given the specialized nature of LNG carriers and the substantial investments required for the construction of the ships and the associated export and import terminals, most agreements in the LNG sector (both gas sale agreements and charters) have historically been entered into for a long-term of 20 to 25 years. In recent years, there has been a movement towards shorter shipping contracts, with the conclusion of a number of contracts of between five to ten years in duration, as well as short-term contracts of less than four years. This reflects an increased level of liquidity in the market. However, a significant proportion of LNG carriers continue to be built for longer-term

122

contracts tied to new LNG projects, although some newbuilding contracts have been placed without a firm charter in place.

 

The majority of LNG carriers remain under long-term contracts. A spot market in traded LNG has developed that covers short-term charters of one year or less, as well as voyage charters. In 2011 and 2012, this short-term trade accounted for approximately one-quarter of total seaborne LNG trade volumes, increasing to 27% in 2013. This compares to a 19% share of global trade in 2010 and a 3.4% share in 2000.

 

The charter rates paid in the charter market are governed by the supply of and demand for LNG carrying capacity. For example, oversupply in the LNG carrier market in 2009 and 2010 led to depressed rates. While the global LNG carrier fleet grew by 17.2% in 2009 as a result of strong newbuilding deliveries, seaborne LNG trade grew by only 5.7% and short-term charter rates were concluded at below US$40,000/day. Conversely, trade growth of 21.3% in 2010 and 11.3% in 2011 on the back of higher demand and greater availability of new liquefaction supply, combined with few deliveries into the fleet and caused short- and medium-term charter rates to improve significantly. Figures in excess of US$125,000/day were regularly recorded for modern vessels on short- to medium-term charters during 2012, compared to figures ranging between US$75,000/day and US$90,000/day for vessels on longer-term charters. Since these peaks, charter rates have softened as fleet growth has begun to pick up. In the second half of 2013, shorter-term rates were in the region of between US$90,000/day and US$110,000/day, compared to between US$75,000/day and US$85,000/day for vessels on longer-term charters. In the first three months of 2014, rates for longer-term charters have softened to levels closer to the bottom of the previously stated range. Due to limited market liquidity, shorter-term rates have also softened in this period, falling to figures in the region between US$60,000/day and US$70,000/day.

 

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are a growth-oriented limited partnership formed to own, operate and acquire LNG carriers engaged in LNG transportation under long-term charters, which we define as charters of five full years or more. Our initial fleet of three LNG carriers, which will have charter terms expiring in 2018 and 2019, will be contributed to us by GasLog, which will control us through its ownership of our general partner. GasLog was founded and is effectively controlled by its chairman, Peter G. Livanos, whose family’s shipping activities commenced more than 100 years ago.

 

Upon the closing of this offering, we will own three LNG carriers, built in 2013, with modern tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion technology that operate under long-term charters with subsidiaries of BG Group. We will also have options and other rights under which we may acquire additional LNG carriers from GasLog, as described below. We believe that such options and rights will provide us with significant built-in growth opportunities and allow us to diversify our fleet specification potentially to include steam-powered ships. We may also acquire vessels from shipyards or other owners. We intend to operate our vessels under long-term charters with predictable cash flows and to grow our position in the LNG market through further acquisitions of LNG carriers from GasLog and third parties. We believe we can grow our distributions per unit organically by providing reliable customer service to our charterers and leveraging GasLog’s relationships, expertise and reputation. We intend to make further acquisitions of LNG carriers from GasLog and third parties to grow our fleet. However, we cannot assure you that we will make any particular acquisition or that as a consequence we will successfully grow the amount of our per unit distributions. Among other things, our ability to acquire additional LNG carriers will be dependent upon our ability to raise additional equity and debt financing.

 

GasLog is, we believe, a leading independent international owner, operator and manager of LNG carriers and provides support to international energy companies as part of their LNG logistics chain. On April 4, 2012, GasLog completed its initial public offering, and its common shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on March 30, 2012, under the symbol “GLOG”. At the time of its initial public offering, GasLog’s owned fleet consisted of ten LNG carriers, including eight newbuildings on order. Since its initial public offering, GasLog has increased by approximately 111% the total carrying capacity of vessels in its fleet, which includes vessels on the water, newbuildings on order and secondhand vessels under contract to be purchased. This increase includes two LNG newbuilding orders announced in February 2013 and two LNG newbuilding orders announced in August 2013, all of which are expected to be delivered in 2016, the acquisition of one 2010 built LNG carrier announced in September 2013, three secondhand steam-powered ships were acquired from BG Group in April 2014 and the three secondhand steam-powered ships that are under contract to be purchased from BG Group. Each of the four newbuildings is under a long-term charter, which will commence upon delivery. Since January 1, 2013, GasLog has taken delivery of five LNG carriers, acquired one on-the-water vessel, entered into contracts to purchase six secondhand vessels (three of which have been delivered and three of which are under contract) and secured additional LNG newbuilding options. GasLog currently has a fully-owned twenty-one-ship fleet, including fourteen ships on the water (two ships delivered in 2010, five ships delivered in 2013, one on-the-water ship acquired in 2013, three secondhand ships were acquired from BG Group in April 2014 and three additional secondhand ships being acquired from BG Group), and seven LNG carriers on order from Samsung.

123

Initial Fleet

 

Upon the closing of this offering, our initial fleet will consist of:

 

LNG Carrier   Date of
Delivery
  Cargo
Capacity
(cbm)
  Charterer (1)   Charter
Expiration
  Optional
period (2)
GasLog Shanghai   January 28, 2013   155,000   BG Group   January 2018   2021-2026
GasLog Santiago   March 25, 2013   155,000   BG Group   March 2018   2021-2026
GasLog Sydney   May 30, 2013   155,000   BG Group   May 2019   2022-2027

 

 

 

(1) Vessels are chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group.
   
(2) The charters may be extended for up to two extension periods of three or four years, and each charter requires that the charterer provides us with advance notice of its exercise of any extension option.

 

Option Vessels

We will have the option to purchase the following twelve LNG carriers from GasLog within 36 months after each such vessel’s acceptance by its charterer (or, in the case of the GasLog Seattle, the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group and the three additional vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, 36 months after the closing of this offering), in each case at fair market value as determined pursuant to the omnibus agreement.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we have not secured any financing in connection with the twelve optional vessels. Our ability to purchase these twelve optional vessels, should we exercise our right to purchase such vessels, is dependent on our ability to obtain financing to fund all or a portion of the acquisition costs of these vessels and may be dependent on the consent of existing lenders to GasLog with respect to these optional vessels. See “Risk Factors—Risk Inherent in Our Business—We may have difficulty obtaining consents that are necessary to acquire vessels with an existing charter or financing agreement”.

 

LNG Carrier   Date of
Delivery (1)
  Cargo
Capacity
(cbm)
  Charterer (2)   Charter
Expiration (3)
GasLog Seattle   December 9, 2013   155,000   Shell   December 2020
Hull No. 2042   Q2 2014   155,000   Shell   2021
Hull No. 2072   Q1 2016   174,000   BG Group   2026
Hull No. 2073   Q2 2016   174,000   BG Group   2026
Hull No. 2102   Q3 2016   174,000   BG Group   2023
Hull No. 2103   Q4 2016   174,000   BG Group   2023
Methane Rita Andrea   Q2 2014   145,000   BG Group   2020
Methane Jane Elizabeth   Q2 2014   145,000   BG Group   2019
Methane Lydon Volney   Q2 2014   145,000   BG Group   2020
Methane Shirley Elisabeth*   2014   145,000   BG Group   2020 (4)
Methane Heather Sally*   2014   145,000   BG Group   2020 (4)
Methane Allison Victoria*   2014   145,000   BG Group   2020 (4)

 

 

 

* Denotes vessels under contract to be purchased by GasLog from BG Group. Currently, these vessels are managed by GasLog.
   
(1) For newbuildings, expected delivery quarters are presented.
   
(2) Vessels are chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group or a subsidiary of Shell, as applicable.
   
 
(3) Indicates the duration of the initial term. For the pending vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group and the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group, the charterer will have unilateral options to extend the term of the time charters for two of the pending vessels and two of the vessels recently acquired from BG Group for a period of either three or five years at its election. For the other vessels in the above table, the charterers have unilateral options to extend the term of the time charters for periods ranging from 5 to 10 years, provided that the charterer provides us with advance notice of declaration of any option in accordance with the terms of the applicable charter.
   
(4) Indicates the average duration of the initial term for the pending vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group. The time charters for these vessels will be staggered with terms of 5.5 years, 6 years and 6.5 years from the closing of the acquisition of the vessels, so that the vessels do not redeliver at the same time.

 

GasLog also has the following six additional carriers in its fleet, which it will be required to offer to us for purchase at fair market value as determined pursuant to the omnibus agreement if charters are secured with committed terms of five full years or more:

124
LNG Carrier   Date of
Delivery (1)
  Cargo
Capacity
(cbm)
  Charterer (2)   Charter
Expiration
GasLog Savannah   May 31, 2010   155,000   BG Group   September 2015 (3)
GasLog Singapore   July 28, 2010   155,000   BG Group   September 2016 (3)
GasLog Skagen   July 25, 2013   155,000   BG Group   April 2021 (4)
GasLog Chelsea   October 4, 2013   153,600   Spot Market   N/A
Hull No. 2043   Q4 2014   155,000   N/A   N/A
Hull No. 2044   Q1 2015   155,000   N/A   N/A

 

 

 

 (1) For newbuildings, expected delivery quarters are presented.
   
(2) Vessels are chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group or a spot market counterparty, as indicated.
   
(3) Indicates the duration of the initial term. The charterers have unilateral options to extend the term of the time charters for periods ranging from 30 to 90 months, provided that the charterer provides us with advance notice of declaration of any option in accordance with the terms of the applicable charter.
   
(4) Time charter provides for full employment for three years and a subsequent five year seasonal charter under which the ship is employed for seven months and available to accept other charters for five months.

 

In addition to the LNG carriers described in the preceding paragraphs, we intend to leverage our relationship with GasLog to make accretive acquisitions of LNG carriers with long-term charters from GasLog and third parties to increase our distributions per unit. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, GasLog will be required to offer to us for purchase any other LNG carriers with cargo capacities greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation that GasLog owns or acquires if charters are secured with committed terms of five full years or more. GasLog also currently holds two fixed price options expiring on April 30, 2014 to purchase 174,000 cbm newbuildings from Samsung. GasLog is in discussions with Samsung over the possible exercise or extension of these options, as well as the possible extension of four options that expired on March 31, 2014. Except as discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, this right will continue throughout the entire term of the omnibus agreement. In addition, we will have a right of first offer with regard to any proposed sale, transfer or other disposition of any LNG carriers with cargo capacities greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation under a charter of five full years or more that GasLog owns, as discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. Our ability to acquire additional LNG carriers from GasLog is subject to obtaining any applicable consents of governmental authorities and other non-affiliated third parties, including the relevant lenders and charterers. Under the omnibus agreement, GasLog will be obligated to use reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents and, with respect to the initial fleet only, to indemnify us if such consents are not obtained. Our ability to exercise any right to acquire additional LNG carriers will also be subject to our ability to obtain additional equity and debt financing. We cannot assure you that in any particular case the necessary consent will be obtained. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement”.

 

Our Relationship with GasLog Ltd.

 

We believe that one of our principal strengths is our relationship with GasLog. We believe our relationship with GasLog will give us access to GasLog’s relationships with leading energy companies, shipbuilders, financing sources and suppliers and to its technical, commercial and managerial expertise, which we believe will allow us to compete more effectively when seeking additional customers. As of April 18, 2014, GasLog owned 21 LNG carriers (including the vessels in our initial fleet), which includes seven newbuildings on order, three vessels recently acquired from BG Group and three vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group. Since its initial public offering in April 2012, GasLog has increased by approximately 111% the total carrying capacity of vessels in its fleet, which includes vessels on the water, newbuildings on order and secondhand vessels under contract to be purchased. In addition, GasLog, through its wholly owned subsidiary GasLog LNG Services, will provide ship management services to the LNG carriers in our initial fleet and, subject to any alternative arrangements with the applicable charterer, additional ships we may acquire from GasLog. GasLog will also provide certain administrative and commercial management services to the Partnership.

125

GasLog was incorporated in 2003 and is effectively controlled by its chairman, Peter G. Livanos, who beneficially owns approximately 39.0% of GasLog’s common shares. Mr. Livanos’ family’s shipping activities commenced more than 100 years ago. On April 4, 2012, GasLog completed its initial public offering and its common shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on March 30, 2012 under the symbol “GLOG”. GasLog completed a $199 million follow-on public offering and concurrent private placement on January 22, 2014 to fund a portion of the cost of the acquisition of the three vessels recently purchased from BG Group, and on April 16, 2014, GasLog completed a $110 million follow-on public offering to fund a portion of the cost of the acquisition of the three vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group.

 

Upon completion of this offering, GasLog will own our 2.0% general partner interest, all of our incentive distribution rights and a              % limited partner interest in us, which consists of              common units and all of our subordinated units. As a result, GasLog will hold a majority of our total equity interests. Our general partner, by virtue of its general partner interest, will also initially control the appointment of three of our five directors (subject to its right to transfer the power to elect one director to the common unitholders, so that they will thereafter elect a majority of our directors). GasLog intends to utilize us as its primary growth vehicle to pursue the acquisition of LNG carriers that are expected to generate long-term, stable cash flows.

 

Business Opportunities

 

With the global demand for natural gas increasing and LNG’s share of the international natural gas trade expanding within the sector, we believe that this is a favorable time to grow the Partnership through the addition of modern vessels. While LNG trade is cyclical and there is no guarantee that we will be able to take advantage of opportunities to grow, we believe the following attributes of the LNG industry create an attractive environment in which to expand our business:

 

· Natural gas and LNG are strong and growing components of global energy supply. Natural gas accounted for 24% of the world’s energy consumption in 2012. Over the last two decades natural gas has been one of the world’s fastest increasing energy sources, growing at approximately twice the rate of oil consumption over the same period. We believe LNG, which accounted for 32% of overall cross-border trade of natural gas in 2012, will continue to increase its share at least over the next several years. Because of the cost and environmental advantages of natural gas relative to other energy sources, together with the increased availability of natural gas supply, we believe that demand for natural gas and LNG in particular will continue to grow in the future.

 

· The demand for LNG shipping is expected to grow. Disparities in the pricing of natural gas between producing regions with natural gas reserves and consuming regions, such as the Far East, have created arbitrage opportunities for LNG producers and traders. These arbitrage opportunities, the growing distance between the producing regions and end buyers and the cost advantages of LNG shipping as compared to transporting natural gas by pipeline, have led to an increase in the transportation of natural gas in the form of LNG of 21.3% in 2010 and 11.3% in 2011. Although LNG trade declined by 1.6% in 2012 and is estimated to have improved marginally by only 0.5% in 2013, we believe that planned capacity increases in liquefaction and regasification terminals will support increasing LNG trade in the future. Based on the current pipeline of liquefaction projects that are planned or under construction, Clarkson Research currently estimates that liquefaction capacity will increase approximately 35% by 2016. For more details about these liquefaction projects and the current global order book and other factors affecting demand for LNG shipping, see “The LNG Shipping Industry”.

 

· High barriers to entry should restrict the supply of new LNG carriers. The existing order book of LNG carriers represents only 31% of current LNG carrier fleet carrying capacity. Fleet growth was limited in 2013 but is expected to accelerate in 2014 and 2015. We believe that significant barriers to entry exist in the LNG shipping sector due to the large capital requirements, the limited availability of financing, the limited availability of qualified ship personnel and the need for a high degree of technical management capabilities. The industry also serves a demanding customer base that requires the highest quality operating standards. Finally, we believe the limited construction capacity at high-quality shipyards and the long lead-time required for the construction of LNG carriers should also restrict the supply of new LNG carriers in the near-term.
126
  · Stringent customer certification standards favor experienced, high-quality operators. Energy companies have established increasingly high operational, safety and financial standards that independent owners of LNG carriers generally must meet in order to qualify for employment in their programs. Through our relationship with GasLog, which has managed LNG carriers for BG Group for over 12 years and had its technical management operations vetted by other major energy companies, we believe that these rigorous and comprehensive certification standards will enhance our ability to compete for new customers and charters relative to less qualified and less experienced ship operators.
 
  · Increasing ownership of the global LNG carrier fleet by independent owners. Independent owners have increased their share of the global LNG carrier fleet from approximately 23% in April 2004 to approximately 36% in April 2014. Orders by independent owners represent 56% of the current global order book. We believe private and state-owned energy companies will continue to seek high-quality independent owners for their growing LNG shipping requirements in the future, driven in part by large capital requirements and a recognition that owning and operating LNG ships are outside of their core areas of expertise.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that our future business prospects are well supported by the following factors:

 

  ·

Significant built-in growth opportunities. In addition to our initial fleet of three LNG carriers, we will have the option to purchase from GasLog the twelve additional LNG carriers delivered or expected to be delivered to GasLog between 2013 and 2016 that are or will be subject to long-term charters. Six of these twelve vessels are steam-powered ships, the acquisition of which will allow us to diversify our fleet specification. GasLog will also be required to offer to us for purchase at fair market value (as determined pursuant to the omnibus agreement) any other LNG carriers with cargo capacities greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation that GasLog owns or acquires if they are placed under charters of five full years or more, including the four existing LNG carriers currently on short-term or seasonal contracts and two newbuildings on order that have not yet been chartered. We believe these acquisition opportunities, as well as other future acquisition opportunities from GasLog or third parties, will facilitate the growth of our distributions per unit.

 
  · Enhanced growth opportunities through our relationship with GasLog, an established owner, operator and manager of LNG carriers. We believe our relationship with GasLog will provide us with many benefits that we believe will drive growth in our distributions per unit. We believe charterers award new business to established participants in the LNG carriers market because of their demonstrated technical, commercial and managerial expertise. GasLog is an experienced operator with an in-house technical manager, GasLog LNG Services, which provides a highly competent technical and operational platform to GasLog’s owned and managed vessels. We believe that GasLog LNG Services’ 12-year history of providing management services to BG Group has enabled GasLog to develop a track record and reputation for providing highly competent, safe and reliable operations. We believe this track record and reputation will continue to enable GasLog to attract additional long-term charters for LNG carriers. Further, we believe GasLog’s strong relationships with customers, shipyards and established financing providers, and its large pool of experienced and qualified global seafarers, enhance its operational and financial efficiency.
 
  · Predictable cash flow profile through charter contracts with leading energy companies . Our initial fleet operates under charters with initial terms that expire in 2018 or 2019, and the twelve LNG carriers for which we have options to purchase from GasLog have or will have charter durations ranging from 5.5 to 10 years with BG Group and Shell. The charters on the three vessels in our initial fleet contain hire rate provisions that provide for an automatic periodic adjustment, which is designed to reflect the actual costs of operating the ship and related expenses, although existing charters on certain of the vessels subject to the purchase options do not have similar provisions. We believe that such provisions can reduce our potential exposure to foreign exchange rates and operating costs and expenses. By contracting with companies that we believe are financially strong, such as BG Group and Shell, we believe that we have minimized our counterparty risk. Our current charters do not provide the charterers with options to purchase our ships during or upon expiration of the charter term.
127

  · Newly constructed and high specification LNG carriers. Our initial fleet will be among the youngest of any LNG shipping operator, with an average ship age of less than one year. The 155,000 cbm size of each of our initial fleet vessels is compatible with most of the existing LNG terminals around the globe. Our initial fleet and six of the twelve additional vessels that we will have the option to purchase from GasLog are, or when delivered will be, high-specification LNG carriers equipped with modern tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion technology, which, according to Clarkson Research, is equipped on only 18% of the current global LNG carrier fleet.
 
     
  · Financial flexibility to support our growth. We believe that, as a public company, we will have access to public debt and equity markets in order to pursue expansion opportunities. We expect to have a moderate level of indebtedness after expected debt repayment at the time of our initial public offering.

 

We can provide no assurance, however, that we will be able to utilize our strengths described above. For further discussion of the risks that we face, see “Risk Factors”.

 

Business Strategies

 

Our primary business objective is to grow our business profitably and increase quarterly distributions per unit over time by executing the following strategies:

 

  · Pursue strategic and accretive acquisitions of LNG carriers on long-term, fixed-rate charters. We will seek to leverage our relationship with GasLog to make strategic acquisitions that are accretive to our distributions per unit. Under the omnibus agreement, we will have the option to purchase twelve additional LNG carriers, delivered or expected to be delivered to GasLog between 2013 and 2016, each of which has been or will be under long-term charter upon its delivery. Additionally, during the term of the omnibus agreement, we will have the right to purchase from GasLog any newbuilding LNG carrier or existing LNG carrier in the GasLog fleet, in either case with a cargo capacity greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation that enters into a long-term charter agreement of five full years or more.
   
  · Capitalize on growing global demand for LNG shipping. Natural gas is one of the fastest growing primary energy sources globally. Moreover, between 1990 and 2012, the volume of LNG traded increased at a rate 38% higher than natural gas pipeline trade and almost three times the increase in the rate of consumption of natural gas. Although LNG trade declined in 2012 and only improved marginally in 2013, we believe the global demand for LNG shipping will continue to increase, due to currently planned construction projects that, if they proceed on schedule, are expected to increase LNG supply. As we acquire additional LNG carriers from GasLog over the next few years, our expanded fleet will help position us financially to meet the growing demand for LNG shipping. We believe our relationship with GasLog and its industry reputation and relationships position us well to further expand our owned fleet to the extent that such additional capacity is accretive to returns.

 

  · Manage our fleet and deepen our customer relationships to provide a stable base of cash flows and superior operating performance. Through our relationship with GasLog, we intend to maintain and grow our cash flows by focusing on strong customer relationships and actively seeking the extension and renewal of existing charters in addition to new opportunities to serve our customers. GasLog charters its current fleet to BG Group and Shell. GasLog does not, however, have exclusive agreements in place with either BG Group or Shell that require BG Group or Shell to charter additional current or future unchartered vessels from GasLog. We believe that GasLog will be able to maintain and develop customer relationships beyond its current customer base in order to support its growth programs and capitalize on attractive opportunities. We believe the close relationships that GasLog has with these companies will provide attractive opportunities to participate in the expected long-term growth of the LNG trade. We will continue to incorporate safety, health, security and environmental stewardship into all aspects of vessel design and operation in order to satisfy our customers and comply with national and international rules and regulations.
   

 

We can provide no assurance, however, that we will be able to implement our business strategies described above. For further discussion of the risks that we face, see “Risk Factors”.

128

Our Fleet

 

Initial Fleet

 

Prior to the closing of this offering, our partnership will not own any vessels. Upon the closing of this offering, our initial fleet will consist of three LNG carriers. Our LNG carriers are equipped with tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion technology. All of the LNG carriers in our initial fleet are subject to a fixed-rate time charter. As of December 31, 2013, the average remaining contract term on our charters was approximately 4.58 years. The following table provides information about the three LNG carriers in our initial fleet:

 

LNG Carrier   Date of
Delivery
  Cargo
Capacity
(cbm)
  Propulsion   Charterer (1)   Charter
Expiration
  Optional
period (2)
GasLog Shanghai   January 28, 2013   155,000   TFDE   BG Group   January 2018   2021-2026
GasLog Santiago   March 25, 2013   155,000   TFDE   BG Group   March 2018   2021-2026
GasLog Sydney   May 30, 2013   155,000   TFDE   BG Group   May 2019   2022-2027

____________________

 

(1) Vessels are chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group.

 

(2) The charters may be extended for up to two extension periods of three or four years, and each charter requires that the charterer provides us with advance notice of its exercise of any extension option.

 

Option Vessels

 

We will have the option to purchase the following twelve LNG carriers from GasLog within 36 months after each such vessel’s acceptance by its charterer (or, in the case of the GasLog Seattle, the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group and the three additional vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, 36 months after the closing of this offering), in each case at fair market value as determined pursuant to the omnibus agreement.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we have not secured any financing in connection with the twelve optional vessels. Our ability to purchase these twelve optional vessels, should we exercise our right to purchase such vessels, is dependent on our ability to obtain financing to fund all or a portion of the acquisition costs of these vessels and may be dependent on the consent of existing lenders to GasLog with respect to these optional vessels. See “Risk Factors—Risk Inherent in Our Business—We may have difficulty obtaining consents that are necessary to acquire vessels with an existing charter or financing agreement”.

 

LNG Carrier   Date of
Delivery (1)
  Cargo
Capacity (cbm)
  Propulsion   Charterer (2)   Charter Expiration (3)
GasLog Seattle   December 9, 2013   155,000   TFDE   Shell   December 2020
Hull No. 2042   Q2 2014   155,000   TFDE   Shell   2021
Hull No. 2072   Q1 2016   174,000   TFDE   BG Group   2026
Hull No. 2073   Q2 2016   174,000   TFDE   BG Group   2026
Hull No. 2102   Q3 2016   174,000   TFDE   BG Group   2023
Hull No. 2103   Q4 2016   174,000   TFDE   BG Group   2023
Methane Rita Andrea   Q2 2014   145,000   Steam   BG Group   2020
Methane Jane Elizabeth   Q2 2014   145,000   Steam   BG Group   2019
Methane Lydon Volney   Q2 2014   145,000   Steam   BG Group   2020
Methane Shirley Elisabeth*   2014   145,000   Steam   BG Group   2020 (4)
Methane Heather Sally*   2014   145,000   Steam   BG Group   2020 (4)
Methane Allison Victoria*   2014   145,000   Steam   BG Group   2020 (4)

 

 

 

* Denotes vessels under contract to be purchased by GasLog from BG Group. Currently, these vessels are managed by GasLog.
   
(1) For newbuildings, expected delivery quarters are presented.
   
(2) Vessels are chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group or a subsidiary of Shell, as applicable.

 
   
(3) Indicates the expiration of the initial term. For the pending vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group and the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group, the charterer will have unilateral options to extend the term of the time charters for two of the pending vessels and two of the vessels recently acquired from BG Group for a period of either three or five years at its election. For the other vessels in the above table, the charterers have unilateral options to extend the term of the time charters for periods ranging from 5 to 10 years, provided that the charterer provides us with advance notice of declaration of any option in accordance with the terms of the applicable charter.
   
(4) Indicates the average duration of the initial term for the pending vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group. The time charters for these vessels will be staggered with terms of 5.5 years, 6 years and 6.5 years from the closing of the acquisition of the vessels, so that the vessels do not redeliver at the same time.

 

We believe these vessels will be well suited for our business strategy and expect to purchase each of these vessels from GasLog within 36 months after each such vessel’s acceptance by its charterer (or, in the case of the GasLog Seattle, the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group and the three vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, 36 months after the closing of

129

this offering), in each case at a price determined pursuant to the omnibus agreement. There are no assurances that we will purchase any of such vessels.

 

Additionally, GasLog has the following six additional carriers in its fleet, which GasLog will be required to offer to us for purchase at fair market value as determined pursuant to the omnibus agreement if charters are secured with committed terms of five full years or more. The following table provides information about these LNG carriers:

 

LNG Carrier   Date of
Delivery (1)
  Cargo
Capacity
(cbm)
  Propulsion   Charterer (2)   Charter Expiration
GasLog Savannah   May 31, 2010   155,000   TFDE   BG Group   September 2015 (3)
GasLog Singapore   July 28, 2010   155,000   TFDE   BG Group   September 2016 (3)
GasLog Skagen   July 25, 2013   155,000   TFDE   BG Group   April 2021 (4)
GasLog Chelsea   October 4, 2013   153,600   TFDE   Spot Market   N/A
Hull No. 2043   Q4 2014   155,000   TFDE   N/A   N/A
Hull No. 2044   Q1 2015   155,000   TFDE   N/A   N/A

 

 

 

(1) For newbuildings, expected delivery quarters are presented.
   
(2) Vessels are chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group or a spot market counterparty, as indicated.

 
(3) Indicates the expiration of the initial term. The charterers have unilateral options to extend the term of the time charters for periods ranging from 30 to 90 months, provided that the charterer provides us with advance notice of declaration of any option in accordance with the terms of the applicable charter.

 
(4) Time charter provides for full employment for three years and a subsequent five year seasonal charter under which the ship is employed for seven months and available to accept other charters for five months.

 

In addition to the LNG carriers described in the preceding paragraphs, we intend to leverage our relationship with GasLog to make accretive acquisitions of LNG carriers with long-term charters from GasLog and third parties to increase our distributions per unit. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, GasLog will be required to offer to us for purchase any other LNG carriers with cargo capacities greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportaion that GasLog owns or acquires if charters are secured with committed terms of five full years or more. GasLog also currently holds two fixed price options expiring on April 30, 2014 to purchase 174,000 cbm newbuildings from Samsung. GasLog is in discussions over the possible exercise or extension of these options, as well as the possible extension of the four options that expired on March 31, 2014. Except as discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, this right will continue throughout the entire term of the omnibus agreement. In addition, we will have a right of first offer with regard to any proposed sale, transfer or other disposition of any LNG carriers with cargo capacities greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation under a charter of five full years or more that GasLog owns, as discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. Our ability to acquire additional LNG carriers from GasLog is subject to obtaining any applicable consents of governmental authorities and other non-affiliated third parties, including the relevant lenders and charterers. Under the omnibus agreement, GasLog will be obligated to use reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents and, with respect to the initial fleet only, to indemnify us if such consents are not obtained. Our ability to exercise any right to acquire additional LNG carriers will also be subject to our ability to obtain additional equity and debt financing. We cannot assure you that in any particular case the necessary consent will be obtained. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement”.

 

Customers

 

Our customer, BG Group, accounted for all of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. If we exercise our option to purchase the GasLog Seattle and Hull No. 2042 from GasLog, our customers would include Shell, which is another large, well-capitalized energy company.

130

Ship Time Charters

 

We provide the services of our ships under time charters. A time charter is a contract for the use of the ship for a specified term at a daily hire rate. Under a time charter, the ship owner provides crewing and other services related to the ship’s operation, the cost of which is covered by the hire rate, and the customer is responsible for substantially all of the ship voyage costs (including bunker fuel, port charges and canal fees and LNG boil-off). If we exercise our option to purchase the three vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group and Hull Nos. 2072, 2073, 2102 and 2103, such LNG carriers will be chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group. If we exercise our option to purchase GasLog Seattle and Hull No. 2042, such LNG carriers will be chartered to a subsidiary of Shell.

 

Each of our subsidiaries has entered into a master time charter with a subsidiary of BG Group that establishes the general terms under which the three vessels in our initial fleet are chartered to BG Group. The subsidiaries have entered into a separate confirmation memorandum for each ship in order to supplement the master time charter and specify the charter term, extension options (if any), hire rate and other provisions applicable to each ship’s charter.

 

The following discussion describes the material terms of the time charters for our ships.

 

Initial Term, Extensions and Redelivery

 

The initial terms of the time charters for the GasLog Shanghai, the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney began upon delivery of the ships in January 2013, March 2013 and May 2013, respectively, and will terminate in 2018 and 2019, as applicable. BG Group has options to extend the terms of each of the charters for up to 8 years at specified hire rates. Our time charters provide for redelivery of the ship to us at the expiration of the term, as such term may be extended upon the charterer’s exercise of its extension options, or upon earlier termination of the charter (as described below), plus or minus 30 days. Under all of our charters, the charterer has the right to extend the term for most periods in which the ship is off-hire, as described below. Our charter contracts do not provide the charterers with options to purchase our ships during or upon expiration of the charter term.

 

Hire Rate Provisions

 

“Hire” rate refers to the basic payment from the customer for use of the ship. Under all of our time charters, the hire rate is payable to us monthly in advance in U.S. dollars and includes two components—a capital cost component and an operating cost component. The capital cost component relates to the cost of the ship’s purchase and is a fixed daily amount that is structured to provide a return on our invested capital. The charters provide for the capital cost component to increase by a specified amount during any option period. The operating cost component is a fixed daily amount that increases at periodic intervals at a fixed percentage or is calculated based on a periodic budget agreed upon by the parties. Although the daily amount of the operating cost component is fixed (subject to a specified periodic increase or adjustment if a given charter contains such provision), it is intended to correspond to the costs of operating the ship and related expenses. In the event of a material increase in the actual costs we incur in operating the ship, a clause in the charter provides us the right in certain circumstances to seek a review and potential adjustment of the operating cost component.

 

The hire rates for each of our ships may be reduced if the ship does not perform to certain of its specifications or if we are in breach of our obligations under the charter.

 

Off-Hire

 

When a ship is “off-hire”—or not available for service—a time charterer generally is not required to pay the hire rate, and we remain responsible for all costs, including the cost of any LNG cargo lost as boil-off during such off-hire periods. Our time charters provide an annual allowance period for us to schedule preventative maintenance work on the ship. A ship generally will be deemed off-hire under our time charters if there is a specified time outside of the annual allowance period when the ship is not available for the charterer’s use due to, among other things, operational deficiencies (including the failure to maintain a certain guaranteed speed), drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection, equipment breakdowns, deficiency of personnel or neglect of duty by the ship’s officers or crew, deviation from course, or delays due to accidents, quarantines, ship detentions or similar problems.

 

All ships are drydocked at least once every five years as required by the ship’s classification society for a special survey. Our ships are considered to be off-hire under our time charters during such periods.

131

Ship Management and Maintenance

 

Under our time charters, we are responsible for the technical management of our ships, including engagement and provision of qualified crews, employment of armed guards for transport in certain high-risk areas, maintaining the ship, arranging supply of stores and equipment, cleaning and painting and ensuring compliance with applicable regulations, including licensing and certification requirements, as well as for drydocking expenses. We provide these management services through technical management agreement with GasLog LNG Services, a wholly owned subsidiary of GasLog. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Ship Management Agreements”.

 

Termination and Cancellation

 

Under our time charters, each party has certain termination rights which include, among other things, the automatic termination of a charter upon loss of the relevant ship. Either party may elect to terminate a charter upon the occurrence of specified defaults or upon the outbreak of war or hostilities involving two or more major nations, such as the United States or the Peoples Republic of China, if such war or hostilities materially and adversely affect the trading of the ship for a period of at least 30 days. In addition, our charterers have the option to terminate a charter if the relevant ship is off-hire for any reason other than scheduled drydocking for a period exceeding 90 consecutive days, or for more than 90 days, in any one-year period.

 

Technical and Operational Management

 

Pursuant to amended ship management agreements, through GasLog LNG Services we manage the day-to-day aspects of ship operations, including crewing, training, insurance, maintenance and repair, procurement of supplies, regulatory and classification compliance and HSSE management and reporting, for our initial fleet. We utilize third-party sub-contractors and suppliers in carrying out certain of our technical management responsibilities.

 

Competition

 

We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. Generally, competition for LNG time charters is based primarily on price, ship availability, size, age, technical specifications and condition, LNG shipping experience, quality and efficiency of ship operations, shipping industry relationships and reputation for customer service, and technical ability and reputation for operation of highly specialized ships. In addition, in the future our ships may operate in the more volatile emerging spot market that covers short-term charters of one year or less.

 

Although we believe that we are one of the few independent owners that focus primarily on newly-built, technically advanced LNG carriers, other independent shipping companies also own and operate, and in some cases manage, LNG carriers and have new ships under construction. There are other ship owners and managers who may also attempt to participate in the LNG market in the future. We believe that our strategy of focusing on charter contracts with initial terms of five full years or more differentiates us to some extent from other independent owners.

 

In addition to independent owners, some of the major oil and gas producers own LNG carriers, and in the recent past they have contracted for the construction of new LNG carriers. National gas and shipping companies also have large fleets of LNG carriers that have expanded and may continue to expand. Some of these companies may compete with independent owners by using their fleets to carry LNG for third parties.

 

Classification, Inspection and Maintenance

 

Every large, commercial seagoing ship must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the ship is “in class”, signifying that the ship has been built and subsequently maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the ship’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned. The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the

132

flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

 

To ensure each ship is maintained in accordance with classification society standards and for maintenance of the class certificate, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed periodically. Surveys are based on a five-year cycle that consists of annual surveys, intermediate surveys that are typically completed between the second and third years of every five-year cycle, and comprehensive special surveys (also known as class renewal surveys) that are completed at each fifth anniversary of the ship’s delivery.

 

All areas subject to surveys as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per five-year class cycle, unless shorter intervals between surveys are otherwise prescribed. All ships are also required to be drydocked at least once during every five-year class cycle for inspection of their underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” which must be rectified by the ship owner within prescribed time limits. We intend to drydock our ships at five-year intervals that coincide with the completion of the ship’s special survey. We expect that the dry docking schedule for the vessels for which we have options to acquire under the omnibus agreement will, for the foreseeable future, be the same as the schedule for our initial fleet.

 

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a ship be certified as “in class” by a classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies. The GasLog Shanghai , the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney are each certified by the American Bureau of Shipping, or “ABS”. Each ship has been awarded ISM certification and is currently “in class”.

 

The following table lists the dates by which we expect to carry out the initial drydockings and special surveys for our initial fleet:

 

Ship Name   Drydocking and
Special Survey
GasLog Shanghai   2018
GasLog Santiago   2018
GasLog Sydney   2018

 

Crewing and Employees

 

We will not directly employ any on-shore employees or seagoing employees. As of December 31, 2012, GasLog employed (directly and through ship managers) approximately 965 seafaring staff who serve on its vessels. GasLog and its affiliates may employ additional seagoing staff to assist us as we grow. GasLog, through certain of its subsidiaries, will provide onshore advisory, commercial, technical and operational support to our operating subsidiaries pursuant to the amended ship management agreements, subject to any alternative arrangements made with the applicable charterer. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Ship Management Agreements”.

 

LNG marine transportation is a specialized area requiring technically skilled officers and crew with specialized training. We and GasLog regard attracting and retaining motivated, well-qualified seagoing personnel as a top priority, and GasLog offers its crew competitive compensation packages. In addition, GasLog provides intensive onboard training for its officers and crews to instill a culture of the highest operational and safety standards. As a result, GasLog has historically enjoyed a high retention rate among its officers and other seafarers. In 2012, GasLog’s retention rate was 96% for senior officers and 93% for other officers.

 

Although GasLog has historically experienced a high retention rate for our seafarers, the demand for technically skilled officers and crews to serve on LNG carriers has been increasing as the global fleet of LNG carriers continues to grow. This increased demand has and may continue to put inflationary pressure on crew costs. However, we and GasLog expect that the impact of cost increases would be mitigated to some extent by certain provisions in our time charters, including automatic periodic adjustment provisions and cost review provisions.

133

Risk of Loss, Insurance and Risk Management

 

The operation of any ship has inherent risks. These risks include mechanical failure, personal injury, collision, property loss or damage, ship or cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to a number of reasons, including mechanical failure, political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including explosion, spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating ships in international trade.

 

We maintain hull and machinery insurance on all our ships against marine and war risks in amounts that we believe to be prudent to cover such risks. In addition, we maintain protection and indemnity insurance on all our ships up to the maximum insurable limit available at any given time. While we believe that our insurance coverage will be adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates or at all, or that any specific claim we may make under our insurance coverage will be paid.

 

Hull & Machinery Marine Risks Insurance and Hull & Machinery War Risks Insurance

 

We maintain hull and machinery marine risks insurance and hull and machinery war risks insurance on our ships, which cover loss of or damage to a ship due to marine perils such as collisions, fire or lightning, and the loss of or damage to a ship due to war perils such as acts of war, terrorism or piracy. Each of our ships is insured under these policies for a total amount that exceeds what we believe to be its fair market value. We also maintain hull disbursements and increased value insurance policies covering each of our ships, which provide additional coverage in the event of the total or constructive loss of a ship. Our marine risks insurance policies contain deductible amounts for which we will be responsible, but there are no deductible amounts under our war risks policies or our total loss policies.

 

Loss of Hire Insurance

 

We have obtained loss of hire insurance to protect us against loss of income as a result of the ship being off-hire or otherwise suffering a loss of operational time for events falling under the terms of our hull and machinery/war insurance. Under our loss of hire policy, our insurer will pay us the hire rate agreed in respect of each ship for each day, in excess of a certain number of deductible days, for the time that the ship is out of service as a result of damage, for a maximum of 180 days. The number of deductible days for the ships in our fleet is 14 days per ship.

 

Additionally, we buy piracy loss of hire and kidnap and ransom insurance when our ships are ordered to sail through the Indian Ocean to insure against potential losses relating to the hijacking of a ship and its crew by pirates.

 

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

 

Protection and indemnity insurance is typically provided by a protection and indemnity association, or “P&I association”, and covers third-party liability, crew liability and other related expenses resulting from injury to or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, loss of or damage to cargo, third-party claims arising from collisions with other ships (to the extent not recovered by the hull and machinery policies), damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal.

 

Our protection and indemnity insurance covering our ships is provided by a P&I association that is a member of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Clubs, or “International Group”. The thirteen P&I associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. Insurance provided by a P&I association is a form of mutual indemnity insurance.

 

Our protection and indemnity insurance is currently subject to limits of $3 billion per ship per event in respect of liability to passengers and seamen, $2 billion per ship per event in respect of liability to passengers, and $1 billion per ship per event in respect of liability for oil pollution.

134

As a member of a P&I association, we will be subject to calls payable to the P&I association based on the International Group’s claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the P&I association of which we are a member.

 

Permits and Authorizations

 

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, financial assurances and certificates with respect to our ships. The kinds of permits, licenses, financial assurances and certificates required will depend upon several factors, including the waters in which the ship operates, the nationality of the ship’s crew and the age of the ship. We have obtained all permits, licenses, financial assurances and certificates currently required to operate our ships. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business.

 

Environmental and Other Regulation

 

The carriage, handling, storage and regasification of LNG are subject to extensive laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, health and safety and other matters. These laws and regulations include international conventions and national, state and local laws and regulations in the countries where our ships now or in the future will operate, or where our ships are registered. Compliance with these laws and regulations may entail significant expense and may impact the resale value or useful lives of our ships. Our ships may be subject to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections by a variety of governmental, quasi-governmental and private organizations, including the local port authorities, national authorities, harbor masters or equivalent, classification societies, flag state administrations (countries of registry) and charterers. Our failure to maintain permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations required by some of these entities could require us to incur substantial costs or result in the temporary suspension of the operation of one or more of our ships or lead to the invalidation or reduction of our insurance coverage.

 

We believe that our ships are operated in material compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our ships in operation have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. In fact, the GasLog Shanghai, the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney received an ENVIRO+ notation from our classification society, which denotes compliance with its published guidelines concerning the most stringent criteria for environmental protection related to design characteristics, management and support systems, sea discharges and air emissions. Because environmental laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, however, it is difficult to accurately predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our ships. Moreover, additional legislation or regulation applicable to the operation of our ships that may be implemented in the future, such as in response to a serious marine incident like the 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, could negatively affect our profitability.

 

International Maritime Regulations

 

The IMO, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by ships, has adopted several international conventions that regulate the international shipping industry, including the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, and the MARPOL Convention. The MARPOL Convention establishes environmental standards relating to oil leakage or spilling, garbage management, sewage, air emissions, handling and disposal of noxious liquids and the handling of harmful substances in packaged form. The International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or “ISM Code”, promulgated by the IMO, requires, among other things, that the party with operational control of a ship develop an extensive safety management system, including the adoption of a policy for safety and environmental protection setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its ships safely and also describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely on GasLog LNG Services for developing a safety management system for our ships that meets these requirements.

 

Ships that transport gas, including LNG carriers, are also subject to regulation under the International Gas Carrier Code, or “IGC Code”, published by the IMO. The IGC Code prescribes design and construction standards

135

for ships involved in the transport of gas. Compliance with the IGC Code must be evidenced by a Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases of Bulk. Each of our ships is in compliance with the IGC Code. Non- compliance with the IGC Code or other applicable IMO regulations may subject a ship owner or a bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected ships and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.

 

In September 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution from ships. Annex VI came into force on May 19, 2005. It sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances, such as chlorofluorocarbons. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions. Annex VI has been ratified by some, but not all, IMO member states. In October 2008, the Marine Environment Protection Committee, or “MEPC”, of the IMO approved amendments to Annex VI regarding particulate matter, nitrogen oxide and sulfur oxide emissions standards. These amendments became effective in July 2010. These requirements establish a series of progressive standards to further limit the sulfur content in fuel oil, which are being phased in between 2012 and 2020, and by establishing new tiers of nitrogen oxide emission standards for new marine diesel engines, depending on their date of installation. Additionally, more stringent emission standards could apply in coastal areas designated as Emission Control Areas, or “ECAs”. The European Union Directive 2005/EC/33, which became effective on January 1, 2010, parallels Annex VI and requires ships to use reduced sulfur content fuel for their main and auxiliary engines. Our ships currently in operation comply with the relevant legislation and have the relevant certificates, including certificates evidencing compliance with Annex VI of the MARPOL Convention.

 

Although the United States is not a party, many countries have ratified the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969, as amended, or the “CLC”. Under this convention and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a ship’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject under certain circumstances to certain defenses and limitations. Ships trading to states that are parties to these conventions must provide evidence of insurance covering the liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or in a manner similar to the CLC. P&I Clubs in the International Group issue the required Bunkers Convention “Blue Cards” to provide evidence that there is in place insurance meeting the liability requirements. Where applicable, all of our vessels have received “Blue Cards” from their P&I Club and are in possession of a CLC State-issued certificate attesting that the required insurance coverage is in force.

 

The IMO also has adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the “Bunker Convention”, which imposes liability on ship owners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel and requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime. We maintain insurance in respect of our ships that satisfies these requirements.

 

Noncompliance with the ISM Code or with other IMO regulations may subject a ship owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected ships and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports, including United States and European Union ports.

 

United States

 

Oil Pollution Act and CERCLA

 

Because our ships could trade with the United States or its territories or possessions and/or operate in U.S. waters, our operations could be impacted by the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or “OPA”, which establishes an extensive regulatory and liability regime for environmental protection and cleanup of oil spills, and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or “CERCLA”, which imposes liability for cleanup and natural resource damage from the release of hazardous substances (other than oil). Under OPA, ship owners, operators and bareboat charterers are responsible parties who are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment

136

and clean-up costs and other damages arising from oil spills from their ships. OPA currently limits the liability of responsible parties with respect to ships over 3,000 gross tons to the greater of $2,000 per gross ton or $17,088,000 per double hull ship and permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries. Some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for discharge of pollutants within their waters. CERCLA applies to owners and operators of ships and contains a similar liability regime. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5.0 million for ships carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $0.5 million for any other ship.

 

These limits of liability do not apply under certain circumstances, however, such as where the incident is caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations, or by the responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. In addition, a marine incident that results in significant damage to the environment, such as the Deepwater Horizon oil spill, could result in amendments to these limitations or other regulatory changes in the future. We maintain the maximum pollution liability coverage amount of $1 billion per incident for our ships. We also believe that we will be in substantial compliance with OPA, CERCLA and all applicable state regulations in the ports where our ships will call.

 

OPA also requires owners and operators of ships to establish and maintain with the National Pollution Fund Center of the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the limit of their potential strict liability under the act. Such financial responsibility can be demonstrated by providing a guarantee from an appropriate guarantor, who can release the required guarantee to the National Pollution Fund Center against payment of the requested premium. We have purchased such a guarantee in order to provide evidence of financial responsibility and have received the mandatory certificates of financial responsibility from the U.S. Coast Guard in respect of each of the vessels included in our initial fleet. We intend to obtain such certificates in the future for each of our vessels if required to have them.

 

Clean Water Act

 

The U.S. Clean Water Act of 1972, or “CWA”, prohibits the discharge of oil, hazardous substances and ballast water in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. Furthermore, most U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.

 

The United States Environmental Protection Agency, or “EPA”, has enacted rules requiring ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of certain ships within United States waters to be authorized under the Ship General Permit for Discharges Incidental to the Normal Operation of Ships, or the “VGP”. To be covered by the VGP, owners of certain ships must submit a Notice of Intent, or “NOI”, at least 30 days before the ship operates in United States waters. Compliance with the VGP could require the installation of equipment on our ships to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other disposal arrangements, and/or otherwise restrict our ships from entering United States waters. In March 2013, the EPA published a new VGP to replace the existing VGP when it expires in December 2013. The new VGP includes numeric effluent limits for ballast water expressed as the maximum concentration of living organisms in ballast water. The new VGP also imposes a variety of changes for non-ballast water discharges including more stringent Best Management Practices for discharges of oil-to-sea interfaces in an effort to reduce the toxicity of oil leaked into U.S. waters. We have submitted NOIs for the GasLog Shanghai , the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney and intend to submit NOIs for our ships in the future where required and do not believe that the costs associated with obtaining and complying with the VGP will have a material impact on our operations.

 

Clean Air Act

 

The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 and 1990, or the “CAA”, requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our ships may be subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when

137

loading, unloading, ballasting, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas and emission standards for so-called “Category 3” marine diesel engines operating in U.S. waters. The marine diesel engine emission standards are currently limited to new engines beginning with the 2004 model year. On April 30, 2010, the EPA adopted final emission standards for Category 3 marine diesel engines equivalent to those adopted in the amendments to Annex VI to MARPOL, which will apply in two stages, beginning in 2011 and 2016. However, our tri-fuel diesel electric LNG carriers have the ability to burn natural gas as fuel to power the ship, which can significantly reduce relevant emissions compared with steam-powered ships.

 

The CAA also requires states to adopt State Implementation Plans, or “SIPs”, designed to attain national health-based air quality standards in primarily major metropolitan and/or industrial areas. Several SIPs regulate emissions resulting from ship loading and unloading operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment. The MEPC has designated as an ECA the area extending 200 miles from the territorial sea baseline adjacent to the Atlantic/Gulf and Pacific coasts and the eight main Hawaiian Islands and the Baltic Sea, North Sea and Caribbean Sea, under the Annex VI amendments. Fuel used by vessels operating in the ECA cannot exceed 1.0% sulfur, dropping to 0.1% sulfur in 2015. From 2016, NOx after-treatment requirements will also apply. Our vessels can store and burn low-sulfur fuel oil or alternatively burn natural gas which contains no sulfur. Additionally, burning natural gas will ensure compliance with IMO tier III NOx emission limitations without the need for after-treatment. Charterers must supply compliant fuel for the vessels before ordering vessels to trade in areas where restrictions apply. As a result, we do not expect such restrictions to have a materially adverse impact on our operations or costs.

 

Other Environmental Initiatives

 

U.S. Coast Guard regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or “NISA”, impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all ships equipped with ballast water tanks entering U.S. waters, which could require the installation of equipment on our ships to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures, and/or otherwise restrict our ships from entering U.S. waters. In June 2012, the U.S. Coast Guard rule establishing standards for the allowable concentration of living organisms in ballast water discharged in U.S. waters and requiring the phase-in of Coast Guard approved ballast water management systems, or “BWMS”, became effective. The Coast Guard will review the practicability of implementing a more stringent ballast water discharge standard and publish the results no later than January 1, 2016. The rule requires installation of Coast Guard approved BWMS by new vessels constructed on or after December 1, 2013 and existing vessels as of their first drydocking after January 1, 2016. Several states have adopted legislation and regulations relating to the permitting and management of ballast water discharges.

 

At the international level, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments in February 2004, or the “BWM Convention”. The Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. The BWM Convention will not enter into force until twelve months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. To date, a sufficient number of countries have not adopted this convention for it to enter into force. However, the IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee passed a resolution in March 2010 encouraging the ratification of the Convention and calling upon those countries that have already ratified to encourage the installation of ballast water management systems. While we believe that the vessels in our initial fleet comply with existing requirements, if new ballast water treatment requirements are instituted, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers. It is difficult to accurately predict the overall impact of such a requirement on our operations.

 

Our vessels may also become subject to the International Convention on Liability and Compensation for Damage in Connection with the Carriage of Hazardous and Noxious Substances by Sea, 1996 as amended by the Protocol to the HNS Convention, adopted in April 2010, or “HNS Convention”, if it is entered into force. The HNS Convention creates a regime of liability and compensation for damage from hazardous and noxious substances, or “HNS”, including a two-tier system of compensation composed of compulsory insurance taken out by shipowners and an HNS Fund which comes into play when the insurance is insufficient to satisfy a claim or does not cover the incident. To date, the HNS Convention has not been ratified by a sufficient number of countries to enter into force.

138

Greenhouse Gas Regulations

 

The MEPC of IMO adopted two new sets of mandatory requirements to address greenhouse gas emissions from ships at its July 2011 meeting. The Energy Efficiency Design Index requires a minimum energy efficiency level per capacity mile and is applicable to new vessels, and the Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan is applicable to currently operating vessels. The requirements, which entered into force in January 2013, were fully implemented by GasLog as of December 2012. The IMO is also considering the development of a market-based mechanism for greenhouse gas emissions from ships, but it is impossible to predict the likelihood that such a standard might be adopted or its potential impact on our operations at this time.

 

The European Union has indicated that it intends to propose an expansion of the existing European Union emissions trading scheme to include emissions of greenhouse gases from marine ships. In the United States, the EPA has issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety and has adopted regulations under the CAA to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and large stationary sources. Although the mobile source emissions do not apply to greenhouse gas emissions from ships, the EPA is considering a petition from the California Attorney General and environmental groups to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ocean-going ships. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the European Union, the United States or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

 

We believe that LNG carriers, which have the inherent ability to burn natural gas to power the ship, and in particular LNG carriers like ours that utilize fuel-efficient diesel electric propulsion, can be considered among the cleanest of large ships in terms of emissions.

 

Ship Security Regulations

 

A number of initiatives have been introduced in recent years intended to enhance ship security. On November 25, 2002, the Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or “MTSA”, was signed into law. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations in July 2003 requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard ships operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. This new chapter came into effect in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on ships and port authorities, most of which are contained in the newly created International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code, or “ISPS Code”. Among the various requirements are:

 

  · on-board installation of automatic information systems to enhance ship-to-ship and ship-to-shore communications;
     
  · on-board installation of ship security alert systems;
     
  · the development of ship security plans; and
     
  · compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

 

The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. ships from MTSA ship security measures, provided such ships have on board a valid “International Ship Security Certificate” that attests to the ship’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. We have implemented the various security measures required by the IMO, SOLAS and the ISPS Code and have approved ISPS certificates and plans certified by the applicable flag state on board all our ships.

 

Properties

 

Other than our vessels, we do not own any material property.

139

Legal Proceedings

 

We have not been involved in any legal proceedings that we believe may have a significant effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity, and we are not aware of any proceedings that are pending or threatened that may have a material effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity. From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally property damage and personal injury claims. We expect that these claims would be covered by insurance, subject to customary deductibles. However, those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

 

Taxation of the Partnership

 

Marshall Islands

 

Because we and our subsidiaries do not and will not conduct business or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, neither we nor our subsidiaries will be subject to income, capital gains, profits or other taxation under current Marshall Islands law, and we do not expect this to change in the future. As a result, distributions we receive from the operating subsidiaries are not expected to be subject to Marshall Islands taxation.

 

United States

 

The following discussion represents the opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, our U.S. counsel, regarding the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to us of our activities. It is based on the Code, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements, and existing and proposed regulations issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. In addition, the opinion of our U.S. counsel is not binding on the IRS or any court. This discussion does not address any U.S. state or local taxes. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and foreign income and other tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common units that may be applicable to you.

 

In General

 

We have elected to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As such, except as provided below, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income to the extent such income is from U.S. sources or is otherwise effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

 

U.S. Taxation of Our Subsidiaries

 

Our subsidiaries have elected (or are in the process of electing) to be treated as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, for purposes of the discussion below, our subsidiaries are treated (or will be treated) as branches rather than as separate corporations.

 

U.S. Taxation of Shipping Income

 

We expect that substantially all of our gross income will be attributable to income derived from the transportation of LNG pursuant to the operation of our LNG carriers. Gross income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. ports is considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States and generally not subject to any U.S. federal income tax. Gross income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States (“U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income”) is considered to be 100% derived from sources within the United States and generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax. Although there can be no assurance, we do not expect to engage in transportation that gives rise to U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income.

 

Gross income attributable to transportation, including shipping income, that either begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is considered to be 50% derived from sources within the United States (such 50% being “U.S. Source International Transportation Income”). Subject to the discussion of

140

“effectively connected” income below, Section 887 of the Code would impose on us a 4% U.S. income tax in respect of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income (without the allowance for deductions) unless we are exempt from U.S. federal income tax on such income under the rules contained in Section 883 of the Code. The other 50% of the income described in the first sentence of this paragraph would not be subject to U.S. income tax.

 

For this purpose, “shipping income” means income that is derived from:

 

  (i) the use of ships;
     
  (ii) the hiring or leasing of ships for use on a time, operating or bareboat charter basis;
     
  (iii) the participation in a pool, partnership, strategic alliance, joint operating agreement or other joint venture we directly or indirectly own or participate in that generates such income; or
     
  (iv) the performance of services directly related to those uses.

 

Under Section 883 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, we will be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on our U.S. Source International Transportation Income if:

 

  (i) we are organized in a foreign country (the “country of organization”) that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States with respect to the types of U.S. Source International Transportation Income that we may earn (an “Equivalent Exemption”);
     
  (ii) we satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test (as described below) or the 50% Ownership Test (as described below); and
     
  (iii) we meet certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements.

 

In order for a foreign corporation to meet the Publicly-Traded Test, its equity interests must be “primarily traded” and “regularly traded” on an established securities market in the United States or in a foreign jurisdiction that grants an Equivalent Exemption. The Treasury regulations under Section 883 of the Code provide, in pertinent part, that equity of a foreign corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a country if, with respect to the class or classes of equity relied upon to meet the “regularly traded” requirement described below, the number of units of such class of equity that is traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of equity interests in each such class that is traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. We believe that our common units will be the sole class of our equity that will be traded, and that such class will be “primarily traded” on the New York Stock Exchange, which is an established securities market for these purposes.

 

The Publicly-Traded Test also requires equity interests in a foreign corporation to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market. The Treasury regulations under Section 883 of the Code provide that equity interests in a foreign corporation are considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market if one or more classes of such equity interests that, in the aggregate, represent more than 50% of the combined vote and value of all outstanding equity interests in the foreign corporation satisfy certain listing and trading volume requirements. These listing and trading volume requirements will be satisfied with respect to a class of equity interests if (i) such equity interests are traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year (or 1/6 of the days in a short taxable year) and (ii) the aggregate number of equity interests in such class traded on such market during the taxable year is at least 10% of the average number of equity interests outstanding in that class during such year (as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year), provided, that if a class of equity interests is traded on an established securities market in the United States and is regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such equity interests then tests (i) and (ii) will be deemed satisfied.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a class of equity interests may fail the regularly traded test if, for more than half the number of days during the taxable year, persons who each own, either actually or constructively under certain attribution rules, 5% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of the class of equity interests, or “5% Unitholders,” own in the aggregate 50% or more of the vote and value of the class of equity interests (which

141

is referred to as the “Closely Held Block Exception”). The Closely Held Block Exception does not apply, however, if the foreign corporation can establish that a sufficient proportion of such 5% Unitholders are Qualified Shareholders (as defined below) so as to preclude the non-qualified 5% Unitholders from owning 50% or more of the total value of the class of equity interests for more than half the number of days during the taxable year. If 50% or more of the vote and value of a class of equity interests is owned, in the aggregate, by 5% Unitholders, then a sufficient number of 5% Unitholders must verify that they are Qualified Shareholders by providing certain information to the foreign corporation, including information about their countries of residence for tax purposes and their actual and/or constructive ownership of such equity interests.

 

As an alternative to satisfying the Publicly-Traded Test, a foreign corporation may qualify for an exemption under Section 883 of the Code by satisfying the 50% Ownership Test. A corporation generally will satisfy the 50% Ownership Test if more than 50% of the value of its outstanding equity interests is owned, or treated as owned after applying certain attribution rules, for at least half the number of days in the taxable year by individual residents of jurisdictions that grant an Equivalent Exemption, foreign corporations organized in jurisdictions that grant an Equivalent Exemption and that meet the Publicly-Traded Test, or certain other qualified persons described in the Treasury regulations under Section 883 (which are referred to collectively as “Qualified Shareholders”).

 

The Marshall Islands, the jurisdiction in which we are organized, grants an Equivalent Exemption with respect to the type of U.S. Source International Transportation Income we expect to earn. Therefore, we will be eligible for the exemption under Section 883 of the Code if we satisfy either the Publicly-Traded Test or the 50% Ownership Test and we satisfy certain substantiation, reporting or other requirements.

 

Following consummation of the formation transactions (described above in the section “—Formation Transactions”), our equity will consist of common units, subordinated units, a general partner interest and incentive distribution rights. At such time, we will not be eligible to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test because our common unitholders will have the right to elect only a minority of directors and therefore will not have more than 50% of the voting power of our equity. However, GasLog, which is organized in Bermuda, will then own more than 50% of the value of all of our equity, and its equity will have the power to elect a majority of our directors. Therefore, if GasLog qualifies under Section 883 of the Code and provides appropriate certifications to us, we will qualify for Section 883 of the Code under the 50% Ownership Test. However, it has not yet been determined whether GasLog will qualify under Section 883 of the Code and, as a result, it has not yet been determined whether GasLog will provide appropriate certifications to us to such effect.

 

Even if GasLog does qualify under Section 883 of the Code, we cannot assure you that GasLog will provide to us the certifications necessary to allow us to qualify under the 50% Ownership Test. If it does not do so, we will not be exempt under Section 883. Moreover, even if GasLog provides such certification, we cannot assure you of our ability to continue to qualify under the 50% Ownership Test unless GasLog continues to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test and to hold more than 50% of the value of our equity. If either of those conditions is not satisfied, we might no longer be able to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test.

 

As discussed below in the Section “Board of Directors”, our general partner, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of GasLog, by virtue of its general partner interest, has an option (the “GasLog option”), exercisable at its discretion, to cause our common unitholders to permanently have the right to elect a majority of our directors. If that option is exercised, our common units would then be considered to have more than 50% of the voting power of all our equity. Our common units would then be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market if they represented more than 50% of the value of all our equity and the listing and trading conditions described above are satisfied. Based upon our expected cash flow and distributions on our outstanding equity units, we expect that the common units will represent more than 50% of the value of our equity, and we expect that we will also satisfy the listing and trading requirements. However, we cannot assure you this will be the case. If these conditions are satisfied, and except as provided below, we would satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test unless the “Closely Held Block” exception to that test was applicable. If GasLog at that time satisfies the Publicly Traded Test, it would be a Qualified Shareholder of ours, to the extent it continued to own our common units, in determining whether the Closely Held Block Exception to the Publicly Traded Test applied.

 

In addition, our partnership agreement provides that any person or group (including GasLog) that beneficially owns more than 4.9% of any class of our units then outstanding generally will be treated as owning only 4.9% of such units for purposes of voting for directors. We cannot assure you that this limitation will be effective to eliminate the possibility that we will have any 5% Unitholders for purposes of the Closely Held Block Exception.

142

However, assuming this limitation is effective, we anticipate that, in the event that GasLog exercises the GasLog option, we will be able to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test if our common units represent more than half the value of our equity.

 

However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test in the future. There is no assurance that GasLog will exercise the GasLog option, which is necessary for us to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test. Moreover, we cannot assure you that GasLog’s exercise of the GasLog option will be sufficient for us to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test. For example, it is possible that we may not be able to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test in the calendar year during which GasLog exercises the GasLog option, even if GasLog’s ownership of less than a majority of the value of our equity for part of that year also prevents us from satisfying the 50% Ownership Test for that year. In addition, if an increase in the value of our incentive distribution rights causes our common units to fail the 50% value test, we will fail to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test even if the option is exercised. Moreover, because we are in legal form a partnership, it is possible that the IRS would assert that our common units do not meet the “regularly traded” test. Furthermore, our board of directors could determine that it is in our best interests to take an action that would result in our not being able to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test in the future. Should any of the requirements described above fail to be satisfied, we may not be able to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test.

 

If we are not entitled to the exemption under Section 883 for any taxable year, then we would be subject to the 4% U.S. federal income tax under Section 887 on our U.S. Source International Transportation Income (subject to the discussion of “effectively connected income” below) for those years. However, for 2013, GasLog did not have any U.S. Source International Transportation Income, and we do not currently expect to incur any material U.S. federal income tax liability on such income.

 

In addition, our U.S. Source International Transportation Income that is considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business is subject to the U.S. corporate income tax currently imposed at rates of up to 35% (net of applicable deductions). In addition, we may be subject to the 30% U.S. “branch profits” tax on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of our U.S. trade or business.

 

Our U.S. Source International Transportation Income would be considered effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business only if:

 

  (i) we had, or were considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of U.S. source gross transportation income; and
     
  (ii) substantially all of our U.S. source gross transportation income was attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a ship that followed a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States.

 

We believe that we will not meet these conditions because we will not have, or permit circumstances that would result in having, such a fixed place of business in the United States or any ship sailing to or from the United States on a regularly scheduled basis.

 

Taxation of Gain on Sale of Shipping Assets

 

Regardless of whether we qualify for the exemption under Section 883 of the Code, we will not be subject to U.S. income taxation with respect to gain realized on a sale of a ship, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States (as determined under U.S. tax principles). In general, a sale of a ship will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the ship (and risk of loss with respect to the ship) passes to the buyer outside of the United States. We expect that any sale of a ship will be so structured that it will be considered to occur outside of the United States.

 

Other Jurisdictions and Additional Information

 

For additional information regarding the taxation of our subsidiaries, see Note 18 to our audited combined carve-out financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

143

MANAGEMENT

 

Management of GasLog Partners LP

 

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will delegate to our board of directors the authority to oversee and direct our operations, management and policies on an exclusive basis, and such delegation will be binding on any successor general partner of the partnership. Our general partner, GasLog Partners GP LLC, is wholly-owned by GasLog. Our executive officers, all of whom are employed by GasLog or its applicable affiliate, will manage our day-to-day activities consistent with the policies and procedures adopted by our board of directors.

 

Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors will consist of five members, Curtis V. Anastasio, Daniel Bradshaw, Pamela Gibson, Donald J. Kintzer and Peter G. Livanos, appointed by our general partner. Beginning with our first annual meeting of unitholders, which will be held in 2015, our board of directors will consist of five members, three of whom will be appointed by our general partner in its sole discretion and two of whom will be elected by our common unitholders. We expect that following our first annual meeting in 2015, each of the elected directors and one of the appointed directors will meet the independence standards established by the New York Stock Exchange, and that, at a minimum, each of the elected directors will also qualify as independent of GasLog under our partnership agreement so as to be eligible for membership on our conflicts committee. Directors appointed by our general partner will serve as directors for terms determined by our general partner. Directors elected by our common unitholders will be divided into classes serving staggered three-year terms. Two of the directors initially appointed by our general partner will serve until our annual meeting in 2015, at which time two directors will be elected by our common unitholders. One of the directors elected by our common unitholders at the 2015 annual meeting will be designated as the Class I elected director and will serve until our annual meeting of unitholders in 2016, and another of the directors elected at the 2015 annual meeting will be designated as the Class II elected director and will serve until our annual meeting of unitholders in 2017. Prior to the exercise by our general partner of its right to transfer the power to elect a majority of our directors to the common unitholders, Class III will not have a director. Therefore, no director will be up for election by the common unitholders in the year that Class III is up for election, which is expected to first occur in 2018. At each subsequent annual meeting of unitholders, directors will be elected to succeed the class of director whose term has expired by a plurality of the votes of the common unitholders. Directors elected by our common unitholders will be nominated by the board of directors or by any limited partner or group of limited partners that holds at least 10% of the outstanding common units.

 

If our general partner exercises its right to transfer the power to elect a majority of our directors to the common unitholders, an additional director will thereafter be elected by our common unitholders. That director would be added to the class that does not at such time have a director. Our general partner may exercise this right in order to permit us to claim, or continue to claim, an exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code. See “Business—Taxation of the Partnership”. The majority of our directors will be non-United States citizens or residents.

 

Each outstanding common unit is entitled to one vote on matters subject to a vote of common unitholders. However, if at any time, any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding, any such units owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under our partnership agreement, unless otherwise required by law. Effectively, this means that the voting rights of any such common unitholders in excess of 4.9% will be redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of all classes of units entitled to vote. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquired common units with the prior approval of our board of directors will not be subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors. This limitation will support our claim of an exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code in the event our general partner transfers the power to elect one director to the common unitholders.

 

Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under SEC rules, we are permitted to follow the corporate governance practices of the Marshall Islands (the jurisdiction in which we are organized) in lieu of certain of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance requirements that would otherwise be applicable to us. The New York Stock Exchange rules do not require a listed company that is a foreign private issuer to have a board of directors that is comprised of a majority of independent directors. Under Marshall Islands law, we are not required

144

to have a board of directors comprised of a majority of directors meeting the independence standards described in the New York Stock Exchange rules. In addition, New York Stock Exchange rules do not require limited partnerships like us to have boards of directors comprised of a majority of independent directors. Accordingly, after this offering, our board of directors will not be required to be comprised of a majority of independent directors.

 

We will have an audit committee that will, among other things, review our external financial reporting, engage our external auditors and oversee our internal audit activities and procedures and the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. Our audit committee will initially be comprised of three directors, Donald J. Kintzer, Pamela Gibson and Daniel Bradshaw, with Donald J. Kintzer serving as the chair of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Pamela Gibson and Daniel Bradshaw satisfies the independence standards established by the New York Stock Exchange, and we expect that our board of directors will determine that Donald J. Kintzer satisfies the independence standards established by the New York Stock Exchange and qualifies as an “audit committee expert” for purposes of SEC rules and regulations.

 

We will also have a conflicts committee ultimately comprised of at least two or more members of our board of directors. The conflicts committee will be available at the board of directors’ discretion to review specific matters that the board of directors believes may involve conflicts of interest. The conflicts committee will determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is fair and reasonable to us. The members of the conflicts committee must meet the independence standards established by the New York Stock Exchange and the SEC to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors, and may not be any of the following: (a) officers or employees of our general partner, (b) officers, directors or employees of any affiliate of our general partner (other than the Partnership and its subsidiaries) or (c) holders of any ownership interest in the general partner, its affiliates or the Partnership and its subsidiaries (other than (x) common units or (y) awards granted pursuant to any long-term incentive plan, equity compensation plan or similar plan of the Partnership or its subsidiaries). Any matters approved by the conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us, approved by all of our partners and not a breach by our directors, our general partner or its affiliates of any duties any of them may owe us or our unitholders. Our initial conflicts committee will be comprised of Pamela Gibson, Donald J. Kintzer and Daniel Bradshaw, with Daniel Bradshaw serving as chair of the conflicts committee. For additional information about the conflicts committee, see “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Conflicts of Interest”.

 

New York Stock Exchange rules do not require foreign private issuers or limited partnerships like us to establish a compensation committee or a nominating/corporate governance committee. Similarly, under Marshall Islands law, we are not required to have a compensation committee or a nominating/corporate governance committee. Accordingly, we will not have a compensation committee or a nominating/corporate governance committee.

 

Employees of affiliates of GasLog will continue to provide services to us after the closing of this offering under the administrative services agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Administrative Services Agreement”.

 

Our officers and the other individuals providing services to us or our subsidiaries may face a conflict regarding the allocation of their time between our business and the other business interests of GasLog or its affiliates. Our officers and such other individuals providing services to us or our subsidiaries intend to devote as much time to the management of our business and affairs as is necessary for the proper conduct of our business and affairs.

 

Whenever our general partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take an action in its individual capacity rather than in its capacity as our general partner, it is entitled to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or any limited partner, and our general partner is not required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by our partnership agreement or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law. Specifically, our general partner will be considered to

145

be acting in its individual capacity if it exercises its call right, pre-emptive rights, registration rights or right to make a determination to receive common units in a resetting of the target distribution levels related to its incentive distribution rights, consents or withholds consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership, appoints any directors or votes for the appointment of any director, votes or refrains from voting on amendments to our partnership agreement that require a vote of the outstanding units, voluntarily withdraws from the partnership, transfers (to the extent permitted under our partnership agreement) or refrains from transferring its units, general partner interest or the incentive distribution rights it owns or votes upon the dissolution of the partnership. Actions of our general partner, which are made in its individual capacity, will be made by GasLog as sole member of our general partner.

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following table provides information about our directors and executive officers. With the exception of Andrew J. Orekar, we will rely solely on the executive officers of GasLog or its applicable affiliate who will perform executive officer services for our benefit pursuant to the administrative services agreement and who will be responsible for our day-to-day management subject to the direction of our board of directors. The business address for each of our directors and executive officers is Gildo Pastor Center, 7 Rue du Gabian, MC 98000, Monaco.

 

Name   Age   Position
Curtis V. Anastasio   57   Chairman of the Board of Directors
Daniel Bradshaw (1)   67   Director
Pamela Gibson (1)   60   Director
Donald J. Kintzer (1)   66   Director
Peter G. Livanos (1)   55   Director
Paul Wogan   51   Chief Executive Officer (through closing)
Andrew J. Orekar   37   Chief Executive Officer (from closing)
Simon Crowe   46   Chief Financial Officer
Graham Westgarth   59   Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

(1) Peter G. Livanos, Daniel Bradshaw, Pamela Gibson and Donald J. Kintzer have each agreed to serve on our board of directors effective at the closing of the initial public offering of the units of the Partnership.

 

Curtis V. Anastasio has been the Chairman of our board of directors since our inception. From the time he led the initial public offering in April of 2001 to his retirement on December 31, 2013, Mr. Anastasio was the president and chief executive officer of NuStar Energy L. P., a publicly traded master limited partnership based in San Antonio, Texas. Mr. Anastasio was also president and chief executive officer of NuStar GP Holdings, LLC, a position he held since the company’s IPO in 2006. NuStar GP owns general and limited partner interests and the incentive distribution rights in NuStar Energy and manages its business affairs. In addition, Mr. Anastasio is chairman of the board of trustees of the United Way of San Antonio and Bexar County and serves on the boards of the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, the San Antonio Economic Development Foundation, San Antonio Medical Foundation, Southwest Research Institute and the Greater San Antonio Chamber of Commerce. He is chair emeritus of the National Association of Publicly Traded Partnerships (Washington, DC), and is trustee emeritus of the San Antonio Symphony, the McNay Art Museum, the Texas Biomedical Research Institute and CHRISTUS Santa Rosa Children’s Hospital Foundation. Mr. Anastasio received a Juris Doctorate degree from Harvard Law School in 1981 and a Bachelor of Arts degree, Magna cum Laude, from Cornell University in 1978.

 

Daniel Bradshaw has agreed to serve as one of our directors. His term will commence upon the close of the offering. Since 1978, Mr. Bradshaw has worked at the law firm of Johnson Stokes & Master, now Mayer Brown JSM, in Hong Kong, from 1983 to 2003 as a partner and since 2003 as a senior consultant. From 2003 until 2008 Mr. Bradshaw was a member of the Hong Kong Maritime Industry Council. Mr. Bradshaw was vice-chairman of the Hong Kong Shipowners’ Association from 1993 to 2001 and a member of the Hong Kong Port and Maritime Board from 1998 to 2003. In addition, Mr. Bradshaw is an independent non executive director of Pacific Basin Shipping Company Limited, an independent non executive director of IRC Limited, an affiliate of Petropavlovsk PLC, an independent non executive director of Euronav NV, and a director of Greenship Offshore Manager Ptd. Ltd, a company in the Bourbon group owning and demise chartering supply vessels. Mr. Bradshaw received a Master of Laws degree from the Victoria University of Wellington in 1971.

 

Pamela Gibson has agreed to serve as one of our directors. Her term will commence upon the closing of the offering. Since 1984, Ms. Gibson has worked at the law firm of Shearman & Sterling LLP, from 1990 as a partner and since 2005 as of counsel, advising non-U.S. global companies on capital markets transactions, governance, disclosure and compliance. Ms. Gibson was the managing partner of both the Toronto (1990 to 1995) and London (1995 to 2002) offices and the head of the European and Asian Capital Markets Group (2002 to 2004) at Shearman & Sterling LLP. In addition, Ms. Gibson is a director of ATL Holdings Limited, a subsidiary of Amgen Inc. Ms. Gibson received a Bachelor of Arts degree, with distinction, from York University in 1974, a Bachelor of Laws degree from Osgoode Hall Law School in 1977 and a Master of Laws degree from New York University in 1984. From 1978 to 1979, Ms. Gibson served as a law clerk to the Honorable Justice Howland, Chief Justice of the Ontario Court of Appeal.

 

Donald J. Kintzer has agreed to serve as one of our directors. His term will commence upon the closing of the offering. Since 2008, Mr. Kintzer has been active as a volunteer with various nonprofit entities, has been an executive coach and mentor (including an association with Korora Partners). Mr. Kintzer is a retired partner with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), having retired in 2008, after an association of over 31 years. He was admitted to the partnership in 1988 and served in various roles and locations during his career, including serving as the leader of PwC’s West Region Advisory practice from 2005 to 2008. Mr. Kintzer is a Certified Public Accountant, licensed in California (inactive) and is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (CPAs) and the California Society of CPAs. Mr. Kintzer is a member of the board of governors of Lawrence Livermore National Security, LLC and Los Alamos National Security, LLC and is a member of the board of directors of California Bank of Commerce. Mr. Kintzer received an A.B. from Lafayette College and an M.B.A. from Pennsylvania State University. Prior to graduate school, Mr. Kintzer served as an officer in the United States Air Force.

 

Peter G. Livanos has agreed to serve as one of our directors. His term will commence upon the closing of the offering. Mr. Livanos is the Chairman of GasLog and a member of GasLog’s board of directors. Mr. Livanos founded our affiliate GasLog LNG Services in 2001. He has served as the Chairman since GasLog was incorporated in July 2003 and he held the role of Chief Executive Officer from January 2012 until January 2013. Mr. Livanos is the chairman and sole shareholder of Ceres Shipping, an international shipping group. He also serves as chairman of several of Ceres Shipping’s subsidiaries, including DryLog Ltd., a company engaged in dry bulk shipping investments. In 1989 Mr. Livanos formed Seachem Tankers Ltd., which in 2000 combined with Odfjell ASA (later renamed Odfjell SE). He served on the board of directors of Odfjell SE until 2008. Mr. Livanos serves on the board of directors of Euronav NV, an independent owner and operator of oil tankers. Mr. Livanos is a graduate of Columbia University. He is the first cousin of Philip Radziwill, GasLog’s Vice Chairman and a member of GasLog’s board of directors.

 

146

Paul Wogan has served as our Chief Executive Officer since our inception. He has also served as chief executive officer of GasLog since February 2012. Upon the closing of this offering, Mr. Wogan will step down from his role as our Chief Executive Officer but will remain Chief Executive Officer of GasLog and, in that capacity, will assist our management team in implementing our strategy. From 2008 until February 2012, Mr. Wogan served as senior independent director of Clarksons PLC. From 2000 to 2008, Mr. Wogan worked for Teekay Corporation, where from November 2003 to March 2008 he served as president of Teekay Tanker Services, with responsibility for the company’s fleet of crude and product tankers. Prior to joining Teekay Corporation, Mr. Wogan served as chief executive officer of Seachem Tankers Ltd. Mr. Wogan is also a nonexecutive director of Sure Wind Marine Ltd., a company that owns and operates vessels that provide services to the offshore wind industry. Mr. Wogan is a graduate of Exeter University and has an MBA from Cranfield School of Management.

 

Andrew J. Orekar has been appointed to serve as our Chief Executive Officer, effective upon the closing of this offering. His term will commence upon the closing of the offering. During his 15-year career at Goldman, Sachs & Co., Mr. Orekar served as Managing Director and Global Head of Chemicals and Agriculture Investment Banking, where he advised multinational companies on strategy and portfolio composition, mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance and capital markets transactions. Mr. Orekar joined Goldman Sachs in 1998 and held positions of increasing responsibility prior to becoming a Managing Director in 2009. Mr. Orekar received B.S. (Wharton School, Finance) and B.A. (English) degrees from the University of Pennsylvania in 1998.

 

Simon Crowe has served as our Chief Financial Officer since our inception. He has also served as chief financial officer of GasLog since April 2013. From 2009 until 2012, Mr. Crowe was chief financial officer of Subsea 7, an engineering, construction and services contractor to the offshore energy industry. Subsea 7 is a global business, listed on the Norwegian Stock Exchange that employs 12,000 people and operates in over 15 countries. Prior to 2009, Mr. Crowe worked for Transocean Ltd., the world’s largest offshore drilling contractor, most recently as vice president, strategy and planning, and prior to that as Finance Director for Transocean Ltd.’s Europe and Africa operations. Mr. Crowe is a member of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants. Mr. Crowe holds a degree in physics from the University of Liverpool.

 

Graham Westgarth has served as our Chief Operating Officer since our inception. He was appointed chief executive vice president, operations and strategy, of GasLog in January 2013 and promoted to chief operating officer in June 2013. From 1999 through 2012, Mr. Westgarth was a member of the Senior Leadership team of Teekay Shipping, most recently serving as executive vice president of innovation, technology and projects of Teekay Shipping, which included commercial and operational responsibility for a number of floating storage and offloading vessels. From 2001 to 2010, Mr. Westgarth served as president of Teekay Marine Services with responsibility for 5,000 sea and shore staff and the technical management of 200 vessels. During this period he also served as chief executive officer of Teekay Petrojarl following its acquisition by Teekay Corporation. From 1987 to 1999, Mr. Westgarth was employed by Maersk Company Limited, the last 5 years of which he served as General Manager of the Maersk UK flag fleet. Mr. Westgarth is the current chairman of INTERTANKO, an industry organization, which represents 80% of the world’s independent tanker owners and operators. He is an ex-Master Mariner and graduate of the Columbia University Senior Executive Development Program.

 

Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner

 

Our general partner will not receive compensation from us for any services it provides on our behalf, although it will be entitled to reimbursement for expenses incurred on our behalf. In addition, our operating subsidiaries will reimburse GasLog LNG Services for expenses incurred pursuant to the amended ship management agreements that our operating subsidiaries are party to with GasLog LNG Services. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Ship Management Agreements”.

 

Executive Compensation

 

In 2013, we have not paid any compensation to our directors or our officers nor accrued any obligations with respect to management incentive or retirement benefits for our directors and officers. We have entered into an employment agreement with Curtis V. Anastasio, the Chairman of our board of directors, that provides for a management incentive plan and a long-term incentive plan. The services of our executive officers and other employees will be provided pursuant to the administrative services agreement, under which we will pay an annual fee. For the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, we expect that fee to be $1.8 million. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Administrative Services Agreement”. Our officers and employees and officers and employees of our subsidiaries and affiliates of GasLog and our general partner may participate in employee benefit plans and arrangements sponsored by GasLog, our general partner or their affiliates, including plans that may be established in the future.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

Our officers who also serve as our directors will not receive additional compensation for their service as directors but may receive director fees in lieu of other compensation paid by GasLog. We anticipate that each non-management director will receive compensation for attending meetings of our board of directors, as well as committee meetings. We expect non-management directors will each receive a director fee of $100,000 per year. Members of the audit and conflicts committees will each receive a committee fee of between $25,000 and $50,000 per year. Pursuant to the administrative services agreement, we will pay directly to GasLog the director fees for any appointed directors who are also directors of GasLog. In addition, each director will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors or committees. Each director will be fully indemnified by us for actions associated with being a director to the extent permitted under Marshall Islands law.

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP
OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of units of GasLog Partners LP that will be issued upon the consummation of this offering and the related transactions, beneficial owners of 5.0% or more of the units and all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group. The table does not reflect any common units that directors and executive officers may purchase in this offering through the directed unit program described under “Underwriting—Directed Unit Program”. The table also does not reflect up to an aggregate of $         million, or up to an aggregate of approximately         (based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), of our common units that certain significant investors in GasLog have indicated that they currently intend to purchase in the offering at the public offering price.

147
Name of Beneficial Owner   Common Units to be
Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
    Subordinated Units to
be
Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
    Percentage of Total
Common and
Subordinated Units to
be
 
    Number     Percent     Number     Percent     Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
 
GasLog Ltd. (1)             %               %       (2)
All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (           persons)                              

 

 
 
(1) GasLog Ltd. is effectively controlled by its chairman, Peter G. Livanos, who is deemed to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 39.0% of the issued and outstanding common shares of GasLog Ltd. through his ownership of Ceres Shipping. Excludes the 2.0% general partner interest held by our general partner, a wholly owned subsidiary of GasLog Ltd.
 
   
(2) Assumes no exercise of the option to purchase additional common units. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full, GasLog’s percentage of common units to be beneficially owned after the offering will decrease to   %, and its percentage of total common and subordinated units to be beneficially owned will decrease to   %.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

After this offering, GasLog will own our general partner and will own                common units and subordinated units, representing a      % limited partner interest in us, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, and all of our incentive distribution rights. In addition, our general partner will own                  general partner units representing a 2.0% general partner interest in us. GasLog’s ability, as sole member of our general partner, to control the appointment of three of the five members of our board of directors and to approve certain significant actions we may take, and GasLog’s common and subordinated unit ownership and its right to vote the subordinated units as a separate class on certain matters, means that it, together with its affiliates, will have the ability to exercise influence regarding our management.

 

Distributions and Payments to our General Partner and its Affiliates

 

The following table summarizes the distributions and payments to be made by us to our general partner and its affiliates in connection with our formation, ongoing operation and any liquidation. These distributions and payments were determined by and among affiliated entities and, consequently, are not the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

 

Formation Stage

 

The consideration to be received by our general partner and its affiliates in exchange for the transfer to us of the vessels in our fleet ·                 common units and                  subordinated units to be issued to GasLog; and
     
  ·                 general partner units representing a 2.0% general partner interest in us.
     
  · $                            in cash
     
    See “Summary—Formation Transactions” for further information about our formation and assets contributed to us in connection with the closing of this offering.
     
    The common units and subordinated units to be owned by GasLog after giving effect to this offering represent a      % limited partner interest in
148
    us, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. For more information, see “The Partnership Agreement—Voting Rights” and “The Partnership Agreement—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement”.
     

Operational Stage

     
Distributions of available cash to our general partner and its affiliates   We will generally make cash distributions of 98.0% of available cash to unitholders (including GasLog, the owner of our general partner and the holder of                  common units and all of our subordinated units) and the remaining 2.0% to our general partner.
     
    In addition, if distributions exceed the minimum quarterly distribution and other higher target levels, GasLog, as the holder of the incentive distribution rights, will be entitled to increasing percentages of the distributions, up to 48% of the distributions above the highest target level. We refer to the rights to the increasing distributions as “incentive distribution rights”. See “How We Make Cash Distributions—Incentive Distribution Rights” for more information regarding the incentive distribution rights.
     
    Assuming we have sufficient available cash to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units for four quarters, but no distributions in excess of the full minimum quarterly distribution, our general partner would receive an annual distribution of approximately $            million on its 2.0% general partner interest, and GasLog would receive an annual distribution of approximately $            million on its common and subordinated units.
     
Payments to our general partner and its affiliates   Our general partner will not receive compensation from us for any services it provides on our behalf. Our general partner and its affiliates will be entitled to reimbursement for all direct and indirect expenses they incur on our behalf. In addition, our subsidiaries will pay fees to GasLog LNG Services and GasLog for technical and commercial management services. In addition, we will pay fees to GasLog for expenses related to its provision of administrative services to us pursuant to the administrative services agreement. See “—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Ship Management Agreements”, “—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Administrative Services Agreement” and “—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Commercial Management Agreements”.
     
Withdrawal or removal of our general partner   If our general partner withdraws or is removed, its general partner interest will either be sold to the new general partner for cash or converted into common units, in each case for an amount equal to the fair market value of those interests. See “The Partnership Agreement—Withdrawal or Removal of our General Partner”.

 

Liquidation Stage

 

Liquidation Upon our liquidation, the partners, including our general partner, will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions as described in “The Partnership Agreement—Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds”.
149

Agreements Governing the Transactions

 

We, our general partner, our subsidiaries and certain affiliates have entered into or will enter into various documents and agreements that will effect the transactions relating to our formation and this offering, including the vesting of assets in, and the assumption of liabilities by, us and our subsidiaries. These agreements will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations and they, or any of the transactions that they provide for, may not be effected on terms at least as favorable to the parties to these agreements as they could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. All of the transaction expenses incurred in connection with these transactions will be paid from the proceeds of this offering.

 

Omnibus Agreement

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement with GasLog, our general partner and certain of our other subsidiaries. The following discussion describes certain provisions of the omnibus agreement.

 

Noncompetition

 

Under the omnibus agreement, GasLog will agree, and will cause its controlled affiliates (other than us, our general partner and our subsidiaries) to agree, not to acquire, own, operate or charter any LNG carrier with a cargo capacity greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation under a charter for five full years or more. For purposes of this section, we refer to these vessels, together with any related charters, as “Five-Year Vessels” and to all other LNG carriers, together with any related charters, as “Non-Five-Year Vessels”. In the event that GasLog acquires, operates or puts under charter a Five-Year Vessel, then GasLog will be required, within 30 calendar days after the consummation of the acquisition or the commencement of the operations or charter, to notify us and offer us the opportunity to purchase such Five-Year Vessel at fair market value. The restrictions in this paragraph will not prevent GasLog or any of its controlled affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries) from:

 

  (1) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Non-Five-Year Vessels;
     
  (2) acquiring one or more Five-Year Vessels if GasLog promptly offers to sell the vessel to us for the acquisition price plus any administrative costs (including re-flagging and reasonable legal costs) associated with the transfer to us at the time of the acquisition;
     
  (3) putting a Non-Five-Year Vessel under charter for five full years or more if GasLog offers to sell the vessel to us for fair market value (x) promptly after the time it becomes a Five-Year Vessel and (y) at each renewal or extension of that charter for five full years or more;
     
  (4) acquiring one or more Five-Year Vessels as part of the acquisition of a controlling interest in a business or package of assets and owning, operating or chartering those vessels; provided, however, that:
     
    (a) if less than a majority of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by GasLog’s board of directors, GasLog must offer to sell such vessels to us for their fair market value plus any additional tax or other similar costs that GasLog incurs in connection with the acquisition and the transfer of such vessels to us separate from the acquired business; and
       
    (b) if a majority or more of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by GasLog’s board of directors, GasLog must notify us of the proposed acquisition in advance. Not later than 30 days following receipt of such notice, we will notify GasLog if we wish to acquire such vessels in cooperation and simultaneously with GasLog acquiring the Non-Five-Year Vessels. If we do not notify GasLog of our intent to
150
      pursue the acquisition within 30 days, GasLog may proceed with the acquisition and then offer to sell such vessels to us as provided in (a) above;
     
  (5) acquiring a non-controlling equity ownership, voting or profit participation interest in any company, business or pool of assets;
     
  (6) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Five-Year Vessel if we do not fulfill our obligation to purchase such vessel in accordance with the terms of any existing or future agreement;
     
  (7) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering a Five-Year Vessel subject to the offers to us described in paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) above pending our determination whether to accept such offers and pending the closing of any offers we accept;
     
  (8) providing ship management services relating to any vessel;
     
  (9) owning or operating any Five-Year Vessel that GasLog owns on the closing date of this offering and that is not part of our initial fleet as of such date; or
     
  (10) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering a Five-Year Vessel if we have previously advised GasLog that we consent to such acquisition, ownership, operation or charter.

 

If GasLog or any of its controlled affiliates (other than us, our general partner or our subsidiaries) acquires, owns, operates or charters Five-Year Vessels pursuant to any of the exceptions described above, it may not subsequently expand that portion of its business other than pursuant to those exceptions. However, such Five-Year Vessels could eventually compete with our vessels upon their re-chartering.

 

In addition, under the omnibus agreement we will agree, and will cause our subsidiaries to agree, to acquire, own, operate or charter Five-Year Vessels only. The restrictions in this paragraph will not:

 

  (1) prevent us or any of our subsidiaries from owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessel that was previously a Five-Year Vessel while owned by us or any of our subsidiaries;
     
  (2) prevent us or any of our subsidiaries from acquiring Non-Five-Year Vessels as part of the acquisition of a controlling interest in a business or package of assets and owning, operating or chartering those vessels; provided, however, that:
       
    (a) if less than a majority of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Non-Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by us, we must offer to sell such vessels to GasLog for their fair market value plus any additional tax or other similar costs that we incur in connection with the acquisition and the transfer of such vessels to GasLog separate from the acquired business; and
       
    (b) if a majority or more of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Non-Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by us, we must notify GasLog of the proposed acquisition in advance. Not later than 30 days following receipt of such notice, GasLog must notify us if it wishes to acquire the Non-Five-Year Vessels in cooperation and simultaneously with us acquiring the Five-Year Vessels. If GasLog does not notify us of its intent to pursue the acquisition within 30 days, we may proceed with the acquisition and then offer to sell such vessels to GasLog as provided in (a) above;
     
  (3) prevent us or any of our subsidiaries from acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessels subject to the offer to GasLog described in paragraph (2) above, pending its determination whether to accept such offer and pending the closing of any offer it accepts; or
151
  (4) prevent us or any of our subsidiaries from acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Non-Five-Year Vessels if GasLog has previously advised us that it consents to such acquisition, ownership, operation or charter.

 

If we or any of our subsidiaries acquires, owns, operates or charters Non-Five-Year Vessels pursuant to any of the exceptions described above, neither we nor such subsidiary may subsequently expand that portion of our business other than pursuant to those exceptions.

 

During the 30-day period after GasLog’s notice and offer of an opportunity to purchase a Five-Year Vessel, we and GasLog will negotiate in good faith to reach an agreement on the fair market value (and any applicable break-up costs) of the relevant vessel. If we do not reach an agreement within such 30-day period, a mutually-agreed upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will be engaged to determine the fair market value (and any applicable break-up costs) of the relevant vessel and other outstanding terms, and we will have the option, but not the obligation, to purchase the relevant vessel on such terms. Our ability to consummate the acquisition of such Five-Year Vessel from GasLog will be subject to obtaining any consents of governmental authorities and other non-affiliated third parties and to all agreements existing with respect to such Five-Year Vessel. See “Risk Factors—Risks Inherent in Our Business—We may have difficulty obtaining consents that are necessary to acquire vessels with an existing charter or a financing agreement.” Under the omnibus agreement, GasLog will indemnify the Partnership against losses arising from the failure to obtain any consent or governmental permit necessary to own or operate the initial fleet in substantially the same manner that the vessels were owned and operated by GasLog immediately prior to the Partnership’s acquisition of such vessels. See “—Indemnification”.

 

Upon a change of control of us or our general partner, the noncompetition provisions of the omnibus agreement will terminate immediately. Upon a change of control of GasLog, the noncompetition provisions of the omnibus agreement applicable to GasLog will terminate at the time that is the later of the date of the change of control and the date on which all of our outstanding subordinated units have converted to common units. On the date on which a majority of our directors ceases to consist of directors that were (1) appointed by our general partner prior to our first annual meeting of unitholders and (2) recommended for election by a majority of our appointed directors, the noncompetition provisions applicable to GasLog shall terminate immediately.

 

LNG Carrier Purchase Options

 

Under the omnibus agreement, we will have the right to purchase any of the GasLog Seattle , the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group, the three vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, and Hull Nos. 2042, 2072, 2073, 2102 and 2103 from GasLog within 36 months after GasLog notifies our board of directors of their acceptances by their charterer (or, in the case of the GasLog Seattle, the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group and the three vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, 36 months after the closing of this offering) at fair market value as determined in accordance with the provisions of the omnibus agreement. If we and GasLog are unable to agree upon the fair market value of any of the GasLog Seattle , the three vessels recently acquired from BG Group, the three vessels under contract to be purchased from BG Group, and Hull Nos. 2042, 2072, 2073, 2102 and 2103, the respective fair market values will be determined by a mutually acceptable investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, and we will have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase the vessel at such price. Our ability to consummate the acquisition of such vessels from GasLog will be subject to obtaining any consents of governmental authorities and other non-affiliated third parties and to all agreements existing as of the closing date in respect of such vessels. See “Risk Factors—Risks Inherent in Our Business—We may have difficulty obtaining consents that are necessary to acquire vessels with an existing charter or a financing agreement.”

 

On the date on which a majority of our directors ceases to consist of directors that were (1) appointed by our general partner prior to our first annual meeting of unitholders and (2) recommended for election by a majority of our appointed directors, the LNG carrier purchase options shall terminate immediately.

152

Rights of First Offer

 

Under the omnibus agreement, we and our subsidiaries will grant to GasLog a right of first offer on any proposed sale, transfer or other disposition of any Five-Year Vessels or Non-Five-Year Vessels owned by us. Under the omnibus agreement, GasLog will agree (and will cause its subsidiaries to agree) to grant a similar right of first offer to us for any Five-Year Vessels they might own. These rights of first offer will not apply to a (1) sale, transfer or other disposition of vessels between any affiliated subsidiaries or pursuant to the terms of any current or future charter or other agreement with a charter party or (2) merger with or into, or sale of substantially all of the assets to, an unaffiliated third party.

 

Prior to engaging in any negotiation regarding any vessel disposition with respect to a Five-Year Vessel with a unaffiliated third party or any Non-Five-Year Vessel, we or GasLog, as the case may be, will deliver a written notice to the other relevant party setting forth the material terms and conditions of the proposed transaction. During the 30-day period after the delivery of such notice, we and GasLog, as the case may be, will negotiate in good faith to reach an agreement on the transaction. If we do not reach an agreement within such 30-day period, we or GasLog, as the case may be, will be able within the next 180 calendar days to sell, transfer, dispose or re-charter the vessel to a third party (or to agree in writing to undertake such transaction with a third party) on terms generally no less favorable to us or GasLog, as the case may be, than those offered pursuant to the written notice. Our ability to consummate the acquisition of such Five-Year Vessel from GasLog will be subject to obtaining any consents of governmental authorities and other non-affiliated third parties and to all agreements existing in respect of such Five-Year Vessel. See “Risk Factors—Risks Inherent in Our Business—We may have difficulty obtaining lenders’ or charterers’ consents that are necessary to acquire vessels with an existing charter or a financing agreement.”

 

Upon a change of control of us or our general partner, the right of first offer provisions of the omnibus agreement will terminate immediately. Upon a change of control of GasLog, the right of first offer provisions applicable to GasLog under the omnibus agreement will terminate at the time that is the later of the date of the change of control and the date on which all of our outstanding subordinated units have converted to common units. On the date on which a majority of our directors ceases to consist of directors that were (1) appointed by our general partner prior to our first annual meeting of unitholders and (2) recommended for election by a majority of our appointed directors, the provisions related to the rights of first offer granted to us by GasLog shall terminate immediately.

 

For purposes of the omnibus agreement, a “change of control” means, with respect to any “applicable person”, any of the following events: (a) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the applicable person’s assets to any other person, unless immediately following such sale, lease, exchange or other transfer such assets are owned, directly or indirectly, by the applicable person; (b) the consolidation or merger of the applicable person with or into another person pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding voting securities of the applicable person are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (i) the outstanding voting securities of the applicable person are changed into or exchanged for voting securities of the surviving person or its parent and (ii) the holders of the voting securities of the applicable person immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving person or its parent immediately after such transaction; and (c) a “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than GasLog or its affiliates with respect to the general partner, being or becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of all of the then outstanding voting securities of the applicable person, except in a merger or consolidation which would not constitute a change of control under clause (b) above.

 

Indemnification

 

Under the omnibus agreement, GasLog will indemnify us after the closing of this offering for a period of five years (and GasLog will indemnify us for a period of at least three years after our purchase of any of the twelve vessels subject to purchase options, if applicable) against certain environmental and toxic tort liabilities with respect to the initial fleet and the twelve vessels subject to purchase options that are contributed or sold to us to the extent arising prior to the time they were contributed or sold to us. Liabilities resulting from a change in law after the closing of this offering are excluded from the environmental indemnity. There is an aggregate cap of $5 million on the amount of indemnity coverage provided by GasLog for environmental and toxic tort liabilities. No claim may be made unless the aggregate dollar amount of all claims exceeds $500,000, in which case GasLog is liable for claims only to the extent such aggregate amount exceeds $500,000.

 

GasLog will also indemnify us for liabilities related to:

 

  · certain defects in title to the initial fleet and any failure to obtain, prior to the time they were contributed to us, certain consents and permits necessary to conduct our business, which liabilities arise within three years after the closing of this offering; and
     
  · certain tax liabilities attributable to the operation of the assets contributed or sold to us prior to the time they were contributed or sold.
153

Amendments

 

The omnibus agreement may not be amended without the prior approval of the conflicts committee of our board of directors if the proposed amendment will, in the reasonable discretion of our board of directors, adversely affect holders of our common units.

 

Administrative Services Agreement

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will enter into an administrative services agreement with GasLog, pursuant to which GasLog will provide certain management and administrative services to us. The services provided under the administrative services agreement will be provided in a diligent manner, as we may reasonably direct.

 

The administrative services agreement will continue indefinitely until terminated by us upon 90 days’ notice for any reason in the sole discretion of our board of directors. In addition, the administrative services agreement may be terminated by GasLog upon 90 days’ notice if:

 

  · there is a change of control of us or our general partner;
     
  · a receiver is appointed for all or substantially all of our property;
     
  · an order is made to wind up our partnership;
 
  · a final judgment or order that materially and adversely affects our ability to perform the agreement is obtained or entered and not vacated, discharged or stayed; or
 
  · we make a general assignment for the benefit of our creditors, file a petition in bankruptcy or liquidation or commence any reorganization proceedings.

 

Under the administrative services agreement, certain officers of GasLog will provide executive officer functions for our benefit. These officers will be responsible for our day-to-day management subject to the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors will have the ability to terminate the arrangement with GasLog regarding the provision of executive officer services to us with respect to Mr. Wogan, Mr. Crowe and Mr. Westgarth at any time in its sole discretion.

 

The administrative services provided by GasLog will include:

 

  · bookkeeping, audit and accounting services : assistance with the maintenance of our corporate books and records, assistance with the preparation of our tax returns and arranging for the provision of audit and accounting services;
     
  · legal and insurance services : arranging for the provision of legal, insurance and other professional services and maintaining our existence and good standing in necessary jurisdictions;
     
  · administrative and clerical services : assistance with office space, arranging meetings for our common unitholders pursuant to the partnership agreement, arranging the provision of IT services, providing all administrative services required for subsequent debt and equity financings and attending to all other administrative matters necessary to ensure the professional management of our business;
     
  · banking and financial services : providing cash management including assistance with preparation of budgets, overseeing banking services and bank accounts, arranging for the deposit of funds and monitoring and maintaining compliance therewith;
     
  · advisory services : assistance in complying with United States and other relevant securities laws;
154
  · client and investor relations : arranging for the provision of, advisory, clerical and investor relations services to assist and support us in our communications with our common unitholders; and
     
  · assistance with the integration of any acquired businesses.

 

GasLog will receive a service fee in U.S. dollars of approximately $0.6 million per vessel per year in connection with providing services under the administrative services agreement. Amounts payable by us under the administrative services agreement must be paid in advance on a monthly basis by the first working day of each month. For the three vessels in our initial fleet, we expect that we will pay GasLog approximately $1.8 million in total for the services under the administrative services agreement for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

Under the administrative services agreement, we will indemnify GasLog against all actions which may be brought against them as a result of their performance of the administrative services including, without limitation, all actions brought under the environmental laws of any jurisdiction, and against and in respect of all costs and expenses they may suffer or incur due to defending or settling such actions; provided, however, that such indemnity excludes any or all losses to the extent that they are caused by or due to the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of GasLog or its officers, employees and agents.

 

Ship Management Agreements

 

After the closing of this offering, the agreements governing the crew and technical management of the vessels in our fleet will remain in place. Each vessel in our fleet is subject to amended ship management agreements pursuant to which certain crew and technical services are provided by GasLog LNG Services. Under these amended ship management agreements, our operating subsidiaries pay fees to and reimburse the costs and expenses of the manager as described below. For the three vessels in our initial fleet, we expect that the aggregate amount of fees and expenses to be paid by our operating subsidiaries under these management agreements for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 will be approximately $1.7 million.

 

Management services. Each amended ship management agreement requires that GasLog LNG Services and its subcontractors use their best endeavors to perform, among others, the following management services:

 

  · the provision of suitably and adequately qualified crew for the vessel in accordance with the requirements of the owner and the attendance to all matters pertaining to training, labor relations, insurance and amenities of the crew;
     
  · the provision of operational and technical management, including arrangement and supervision of drydockings, repairs, alternations and the upkeep of the vessel, arrangement for the victualling and storing of the vessels, appointment of surveyors and technical consultants and development, implementation and maintenance of a Safety Management System in accordance with the ISM Code;
     
  · the provision of applicable documentation of compliance and safety management certificates;
     
  · the provision of an accounting system that meets the requirements of the owner, regular accounting services and regular reports and records, and the maintenance of records of costs and expenditures incurred, as well as data necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the parties;
     
  · the procurement of all stores, spares, equipment, provisions, oils, fuels and any other goods, material or services to be supplied to the vessel;
     
  · the handling and settlement of claims relating to the vessel, including any claims involving the charterers;
     
  · the navigation of the vessel, handling of all necessary communication, and management of cargo operations of the vessel; and
     
  · the arrangement, maintenance and preparation for suitable moorings for vessels for lay-up.
155

Management fee. Pursuant to the amended ship management agreements, the vessel-owning subsidiaries, as owners, will pay a management fee of $46,000 per month to GasLog LNG Services, as manager, and will reimburse GasLog LNG Services for all expenses incurred on their behalf. For the three vessels in our initial fleet, we expect the amount of these fees and expenses to be approximately $1.7 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. The management fee is subject to an annual adjustment. The adjustment will be agreed to between the parties in good faith on the basis of general inflation and proof of increases in actual costs incurred by GasLog LNG Services, as manager. Any dispute relating to the annual rate adjustment would be settled by dispute resolution provisions set forth in the applicable ship management agreement.

 

Term. Each ship management agreement continues indefinitely until terminated by either party as described below.

 

Automatic termination and termination by either party. Each ship management agreement will be deemed to be terminated if:

 

  · the vessel is sold, becomes a total loss, declared as a constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned for hire; or
     
  · an order is made or a resolution is passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of the other party (otherwise than for the purpose of a solvent reconstruction or amalgamation), a receiver or similar officer is appointed or the other party suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

 

Termination by the manager. Under each ship management agreement, the manager may terminate the ship management agreement with immediate effect by written notice if:

 

  · any money payable to the manager pursuant to the agreement has not been paid within 30 days of payment having been requested in writing by the manager;
 
  · the owner fails to cease employment of the vessel in an unlawful trade or on a voyage, which in the reasonable opinion of the manager, is unduly hazardous, within a reasonable time after receiving notice from the manager;
     
  · the relevant ship management agreement or any of the owner’s rights or obligations are assigned to any person or entity without the manager’s prior written agreement or approval; or
     
  · the owner elects to provide officers and, for any reason within their control, fails to (i) procure officers and ratings complying with the requirements of STCW 95 or (ii) instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the managers in connection with the operating of the managers’ safety management system.

 

Termination by the owner. Under each ship management agreement, the owner may terminate the applicable agreement by giving 90 days’ written notice in the event that the manager, in the reasonable opinion of the owner, fails to manage the vessel in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice. The owner may also terminate the applicable agreement by giving 90 days’ notice if the manager fails to meet any material obligation of the ship management agreement or fails to meet any obligation under the ship management agreement that has a material adverse effect upon the owner, if such default is not capable of being remedied or the manager fails to remedy the default within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the owner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the owner may terminate the ship management agreement at any time for any reason by giving the manager not less than three months’ written notice.

 

Additional fees and provisions. Under each ship management agreement, the manager and its employees, agents and subcontractors will be indemnified by the owner against all actions that may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with their performance under such agreement; provided, however, that such indemnity excludes any or all losses that may be caused by or due to the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the manager or its employees, agents and subcontractors.

 

Commercial Management Agreements

 

Upon completion of this offering, our operating subsidiaries will enter into amended commercial management agreements with GasLog, pursuant to which GasLog will provide certain commercial management services to us.

 

The amended commercial management agreements will require that GasLog use their best endeavors to perform, among others, the following management services:

156
  · the commercial operations, including providing chartering services in accordance with the vessel owners’ instructions (including seeking and negotiating employment for the vessels and the execution of charter parties or other contracts relating to the employment of the vessels), arranging payment to the owner’s account of all hire and/or freight revenues, calculating hire, freight and other money due from or to the charterer, issuing voyage instructions, appointing agents and surveyors and arranging surveys associated with the commercial operations;
 
  · the administration of invoicing and collection of hire payables; and
 
  · the assessment of the market on specific issues and provision of such consultancy services as the owners may from time to time require.

 

For the three vessels in our initial fleet, we expect that we will pay approximately $1.1 million under the amended commercial management agreements for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

Contribution Agreement

 

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a contribution agreement with GasLog and certain of its subsidiaries that will effect the transactions described under “Summary—Formation Transactions”, including the transfer of the ownership interests in the vessels, and the use of the net proceeds of this offering. This agreement will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations, and it, or any of the transactions that it provides for, may not be effected on terms at least as favorable to the parties to this agreement as could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. All of the transaction expenses incurred in connection with these transactions will be paid from the proceeds of this offering.

 

Revolving Credit Facility with GasLog

 

At or prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to enter into a $30.0 million revolving credit facility with GasLog, to be used to fund our working capital requirements. We anticipate that the sponsor credit facility will be for a term of 36 months, unsecured, and will bear interest at a rate of 5% per annum, with no commitment fee for the first year. After the first year, the interest will increase to a rate of 6% per annum, with an annual 2.4% commitment fee on the undrawn balance. For a more detailed description of this credit facility, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Revolving Credit Facility with GasLog”.

 

Other Related Party Transactions

 

As a result of our relationships with GasLog and its affiliates, we, our general partner and our subsidiaries have entered into or will enter into various agreements that will not be the result of arm’s length negotiations. We generally refer to these agreements and the transactions that they provide for as “transactions with affiliates” or “related party transactions”.

 

Our partnership agreement sets forth procedures by which future related party transactions may be approved or resolved by our board of directors. Pursuant to our partnership agreement, our board of directors may, but is not required to, seek the approval of a related party transaction from the conflicts committee of our board of directors or from the common unitholders (excluding common units owned by our general partner and its affiliates). Neither our general partner nor our board of directors will be in breach of their obligations under the partnership agreement or their duties stated or implied by law or equity if the transaction is approved by the conflicts committee or the requisite majority of the unitholders. If approval of the conflicts committee is sought, then the conflicts committee will be authorized to consider any and all factors as it determines to be relevant or appropriate under the circumstances and it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the conflicts committee acted in good faith. In order for a determination or other action to be in “good faith” for purposes of the partnership agreement, the person or persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action must reasonably believe that the determination or other action is in our best interests.

 

Our conflicts committee will be comprised of at least two or more members of our board of directors. The conflicts committee will be available at the board of directors’ discretion to review specific matters that the board of directors believes may involve conflicts of interest. The members of the conflicts committee must meet the independence standards established by the New York Stock Exchange and the SEC to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors, and may not be any of the following: (a) officers or employees of our general partner, (b) officers, directors or employees of any affiliate of our general partner (other than the Partnership and its subsidiaries) or (c) holders of any ownership interest in the general partner, its affiliates or the Partnership and its subsidiaries (other than (x) common units or (y) awards granted pursuant to any long-term incentive plan of the Partnership or its subsidiaries).

157

Transactions with our affiliates that are not approved by the conflicts committee and that do not involve a vote of unitholders must be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally provided to or available from unrelated third parties or be “fair and reasonable” to us. In determining whether a transaction or resolution is “fair and reasonable”, our board of directors may consider the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly advantageous or beneficial to us. If our board of directors does not seek approval by the conflicts committee or the requisite majority of the unitholders and instead determines that the terms of a transaction with an affiliate are no less favorable to us than those generally provided to or available from unrelated third parties or are “fair and reasonable” to us, it will be presumed that, in making its decision, our board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. See “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties”.

 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between our general partner and its affiliates, including GasLog, on the one hand, and us and our unaffiliated limited partners, on the other hand. Our general partner has a fiduciary duty to make any decisions relating to our management in a manner beneficial to us and our unitholders. Similarly, our board of directors has fiduciary duties to manage us in a manner beneficial to us, our general partner and our limited partners. We expect that certain of our officers and directors will also be officers and directors of GasLog or its affiliates and will have fiduciary duties to GasLog or its affiliates that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit GasLog or its affiliates or which otherwise are not in the best interests of us or our unitholders. As a result of these relationships, conflicts of interest may arise between us and our unaffiliated limited partners on the one hand, and GasLog and its affiliates, including our general partner, on the other hand. The resolution of these conflicts may not be in the best interest of us or our unitholders.

 

Our partnership affairs are governed by our partnership agreement and the Marshall Islands Act. The provisions of the Marshall Islands Act resemble provisions of the limited partnership laws of a number of states in the United States, most notably Delaware. We are not aware of any material difference in unitholder rights between the Marshall Islands Act and the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act. The Marshall Islands Act also provides that it is to be applied and construed to make it uniform with the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act and, so long as it does not conflict with the Marshall Islands Act or decisions of the Marshall Islands courts, interpreted according to the non-statutory law or “case law” of the courts of the State of Delaware. There have been, however, few, if any, court cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the Marshall Islands Act, in contrast to Delaware, which has a well-developed body of case law interpreting its limited partnership statute. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as courts in Delaware. For example, the rights of our unitholders and fiduciary responsibilities of our general partner and its affiliates under Marshall Islands law are not as clearly established as under judicial precedent in existence in Delaware. Due to the less-developed nature of Marshall Islands law, our public unitholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests or seeking remedies in the face of actions by our general partner, its affiliates or our controlling unitholders than would unitholders of a limited partnership organized in the United States.

 

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and limit the fiduciary duties of our general partner and our directors to the unitholders under Marshall Islands law. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner or our directors that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

 

Our partnership agreement provides that neither our general partner nor our board of directors will be in breach of their obligations under the partnership agreement or their duties stated or implied by law or equity if the resolution of the conflict is:

 

  · approved by the conflicts committee, although neither our general partner nor our board of directors are obligated to seek such approval;
158
  · approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner or any of its affiliates, although neither our general partner nor our board of directors is obligated to seek such approval;
     
  · on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties, but neither our general partner nor our board of directors is required to obtain confirmation to such effect from an independent third party; or
     
  · “fair and reasonable” to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us.

 

Our general partner or our board of directors may, but are not required to, seek the approval of such resolution from the conflicts committee of our board of directors or from the common unitholders. If neither our general partner nor our board of directors seeks approval from the conflicts committee, and our board of directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the third and fourth bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, our board of directors, including the board members affected by the conflict, acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. When our partnership agreement requires someone to act in good faith, it requires that person to reasonably believe that he is acting in the best interests of the partnership, unless the context otherwise requires. See “Management—Management of GasLog Partners LP” for information about the composition and formation of the conflicts committee of our board of directors.

 

Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described below, among others.

 

Actions taken by our board of directors may affect the amount of cash available for distribution to unitholders or accelerate the right to convert subordinated units.

 

The amount of cash that is available for distribution to unitholders is affected by decisions of our board of directors regarding such matters as:

 

  · the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;
     
  · cash expenditures;
     
  · borrowings;
     
  · estimates of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures;
     
  · the issuance of additional units; and
     
  · the creation, reduction or increase of reserves in any quarter.

 

In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner or our directors to our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or effect of:

 

  · enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive distributions on any subordinated units held by them or the incentive distribution rights; or
     
  · hastening the expiration of the subordination period.

 

For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and our subordinated units, our partnership agreement permits us to borrow funds, which would enable us to make this distribution on all outstanding units. See “How We Make Cash Distributions—Subordination Period”.

159

Our partnership agreement provides that we and our subsidiaries may borrow funds from our general partner and its affiliates. Our general partner and its affiliates may not borrow funds from us or our subsidiaries.

 

Neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires GasLog to pursue a business strategy that favors us or utilizes our assets or dictates what markets to pursue or grow. GasLog’s directors and executive officers have a fiduciary duty to make these decisions in the best interests of the shareholders of GasLog, which may be contrary to our interests.

 

Because we expect that certain of our directors and officers will also be directors and officers of GasLog and its affiliates, such directors and officers have fiduciary duties to GasLog and its affiliates that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit GasLog, or which otherwise are not in the best interests of us or our unitholders.

 

Our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as GasLog.

 

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by Marshall Islands fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligations to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting us, our affiliates or any unitholder. Decisions made by our general partner in its individual capacity will be made by its sole owner, GasLog. Specifically, our general partner will be considered to be acting in its individual capacity if it exercises its call right, pre-emptive rights or registration rights, consents or withholds consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership, appoints any directors or votes for the election of any director, votes or refrains from voting on amendments to our partnership agreement that require a vote of the outstanding units, voluntarily withdraws from the partnership, transfers (to the extent permitted under our partnership agreement) or refrains from transferring its units or general partner interest or votes upon the dissolution of the partnership.

 

Our officers face conflicts in the allocation of their time to our business.

 

With the exception of Andrew J. Orekar, who will be our chief executive officer following the closing of this offering, all of our officers are employed by GasLog or its applicable affiliate and perform executive officer functions for us pursuant to the administrative services agreement, are not required to work full-time on our affairs and also perform services for affiliates of our general partner, including GasLog. The affiliates of our general partner, including GasLog, conduct substantial businesses and activities of their own in which we have no economic interest. As a result, there could be material competition for the time and effort of our officers who also provide services to our general partner’s affiliates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Management”.

 

We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for expenses.

 

We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for costs incurred, if any, in managing and operating us. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine the expenses that are allocable to us in good faith. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Management—Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner”.

 

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.

 

Our partnership agreement directs that liability of our general partner for the contractual arrangements of the partnership are limited so that the other party has recourse only to our assets and not against our general partner or its assets or any affiliate of our general partner or its assets. Our partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our general partner or by our directors to limit the liability of our general partner or our directors, is not a breach of the fiduciary duties of our general partner or our directors, even if we could have obtained terms that are more favorable without the limitation on liability.

160

Common unitholders will have no right to enforce obligations of our general partner and its affiliates under agreements with us.

 

Any agreements between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our favor.

 

Contracts between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

 

Neither our partnership agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts and arrangements between us and our general partner and its affiliates are or will be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. Our partnership agreement generally provides that any future transaction with our affiliates, such as an agreement, contract or arrangement between us and our general partner and its affiliates, must be:

 

  · on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
     
  · “fair and reasonable” to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us).

 

GasLog LNG Services, which will provide certain technical management services to our subsidiaries, may also enter into additional contractual arrangements with any of its affiliates on our behalf; however, there is no obligation of any affiliate of GasLog LNG Services to enter into any contracts of this kind.

 

Common units are subject to our general partner’s limited call right.

 

Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase common units as provided in the partnership agreement or assign this right to one of its affiliates or to us. Our general partner may use its own discretion, free of fiduciary duty restrictions, in determining whether to exercise this right. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon the exercise of this limited call right. As a result, a common unitholder may have common units purchased from the unitholder at an undesirable time or price. See “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right”.

 

We may choose not to retain separate counsel for ourselves or for the holders of common units.

 

The attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us have been retained by our board of directors. Attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us are selected by our board of directors or the conflicts committee and may perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the holders of common units in the event of a conflict of interest between our general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or the holders of common units, on the other, depending on the nature of the conflict. We do not intend to do so in most cases.

 

Our general partner’s affiliates, including GasLog, may compete with us.

 

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will be restricted from engaging in any business activities other than acting as our general partner and those activities incidental to its ownership of interests in us. In addition, our partnership agreement provides that our general partner, for so long as it is general partner of our partnership, will not engage in, by acquisition or otherwise, the businesses described above under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Noncompetition”. Similarly, under the omnibus agreement, GasLog will agree and will cause its controlled affiliates to agree, for so long as GasLog controls our partnership, not to engage in the businesses described above under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Noncompetition”. Except as provided in our partnership agreement and the omnibus agreement, affiliates of our general partner are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities, including those that might be in direct competition with us.

161

Fiduciary Duties

 

Our general partner and its affiliates are accountable to us and our unitholders as fiduciaries. Fiduciary duties owed to unitholders by our general partner and its affiliates are prescribed by law and the partnership agreement. The Marshall Islands Act provides that Marshall Islands limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand or restrict the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by our general partner and its affiliates to the limited partners and the partnership. Our directors are subject to the same fiduciary duties as our general partner, as expanded or restricted by the partnership agreement.

 

In addition, in connection with this offering, our subsidiaries will enter into services agreements, and may enter into additional agreements with GasLog and certain of its subsidiaries, including GasLog LNG Services. In the performance of their obligations under these agreements, GasLog and its subsidiaries are not held to a fiduciary standard of care but rather to the standards of care specified in the relevant agreement.

 

Our partnership agreement contains various provisions restricting the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by our general partner or by our directors. We have adopted these provisions to allow our general partner and our directors to take into account the interests of other parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate and necessary because our officers and directors have fiduciary duties to GasLog, as well as to you. These modifications disadvantage the common unitholders because they restrict the rights and remedies that would otherwise be available to unitholders for actions that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described below. The following is a summary of:

 

  · the fiduciary duties imposed on our general partner and our directors by the Marshall Islands Act;
     
  · material modifications of these duties contained in our partnership agreement; and
     
  · certain rights and remedies of unitholders contained in the Marshall Islands Act.

 

Marshall Islands law fiduciary duty standards Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty. The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general partner and the directors of a Marshall Islands limited partnership to act for the partnership in the same manner as a prudent person would act on its own behalf and to refrain from engaging in grossly negligent or reckless conduct, intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law. The duty of loyalty, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require that a partner refrain from dealing with the partnership in the conduct or winding up of the partnership business or affairs as or on behalf of a party having an interest adverse to the partnership, refrain from competing with the partnership in the conduct of the partnership business or affairs before the dissolution of the partnership, and to account to the partnership and hold as trustee for it any property, profit or benefit derived by the partner in the conduct or winding up of the partnership business or affairs or derived from a use by the partner of partnership property, including the appropriation of a partnership opportunity. In addition, although not a fiduciary duty, a partner shall discharge the duties to the partnership and exercise any rights consistently with the obligation of good faith and fair dealing.
   
Partnership agreement modified standards Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates and our directors that might otherwise raise issues as to compliance with fiduciary duties under the laws of the Marshall Islands. For example, our partnership agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in its
162
  capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its individual capacity, it must act in “good faith” and will not be subject to any other standard under the laws of the Marshall Islands to the extent permitted by law. Such standards, such as the duty of care and duty of loyalty, are described in the immediately preceding paragraph under “—Marshall Islands law fiduciary duty standards”. In addition, when our general partner is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or the unitholders whatsoever. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner and our board of directors would otherwise be held. Our partnership agreement generally provides that transactions with our affiliates and resolutions of conflicts of interest not involving a vote of unitholders and that are not approved by the conflicts committee of our board of directors must be:
   
  · on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
     
  · “fair and reasonable” to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us).
     
  If our board of directors obtains the approval of the conflicts committee or the requisite majority of the unitholders, then our partnership agreement provides that neither our general partner nor our board of directors will be in breach of their obligations under the partnership agreement or their duties stated or implied by law or equity. In approving a transaction, the conflicts committee will be authorized to consider any and all factors as it determines to be relevant or appropriate under the circumstances and it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the conflicts committee acted in good faith.
   
  If our board of directors does not seek approval from the conflicts committee, and our board of directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, our board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These standards reduce the obligations to which our board of directors would otherwise be held.
   
  In addition to the other more specific provisions limiting the obligations of our general partner and our directors, our partnership agreement further provides that our general partner and our officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners for errors of judgment or for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or our officers or directors engaged in actual fraud or willful misconduct. In the absence of these specific provisions contained in our partnership agreement, our general partner and our directors would be subject to the fiduciary duty standards set forth under “—Marshall Islands law fiduciary duty standards”.
163
Rights and remedies of unitholders The provisions of the Marshall Islands Act resemble the provisions of the limited partnership act of Delaware. For example, like Delaware, the Marshall Islands Act favors the principles of freedom of contract and enforceability of partnership agreements and allows the partnership agreement to contain terms governing the rights of the unitholders. The rights of our unitholders, including voting and approval rights and the ability of the partnership to issue additional units, are governed by the terms of our partnership agreement. See “The Partnership Agreement”.
   
  As to remedies of unitholders, the Marshall Islands Act permits a limited partner to institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover damages from a third party where a general partner or a board of directors has refused to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general partner or a board of directors to do so is not likely to succeed. These actions include actions against a general partner for breach of its fiduciary duties or of the partnership agreement.

 

In becoming one of our limited partners, a common unitholder effectively agrees to be bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. The failure of a limited partner or transferee to sign a partnership agreement does not render the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.

 

Under the partnership agreement, we must indemnify our general partner and our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general partner or these other persons. We must provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons engaged in actual fraud or willful misconduct. We also must provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings when our general partner or these other persons acted with no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful. Thus, our general partner and our directors and officers could be indemnified for their negligent acts if they met the requirements set forth above. To the extent that these provisions purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or the Securities Act), in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and therefore unenforceable. See “The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification”.

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

 

The Units

 

The common units and the subordinated units represent limited partner interests in us. The holders of units are entitled to participate in partnership distributions and exercise the rights and privileges available to limited partners under our partnership agreement. No certificates will be issued to the unitholders in respect of the common units or subordinated units. For a description of the relative rights and privileges of holders of common units and subordinated units in and to partnership distributions, see this section and “How We Make Cash Distributions”. For a description of the rights and privileges of limited partners under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, see “The Partnership Agreement”.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Duties

 

American Stock Transfer & Trust, LLC will serve as registrar and transfer agent for the common units. We pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units, except the following, which must be paid by unitholders:

 

  · surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, taxes and other governmental charges;
164
  · special charges for services requested by a holder of a common unit; and
     
  · other similar fees or charges.

 

There is no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its agents and each of their stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.

 

Resignation or Removal

 

The transfer agent may resign, by notice to us, or be removed by us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If a successor has not been appointed or has not accepted its appointment within 30 days after notice of the resignation or removal, our general partner may, at the direction of our board of directors, act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed.

 

Transfer of Common Units

 

By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:

 

  · represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;
     
  · automatically agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of, and is deemed to have executed, our partnership agreement; and
     
  · gives the consents and approvals contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering.

 

A transferee will become a substituted limited partner of our partnership for the transferred common units automatically upon the recording of the transfer on our books and records. Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

 

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

 

Common units are securities and are transferable according to the laws governing transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a limited partner in our partnership for the transferred common units.

 

Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

 

See “How We Make Cash Distributions” for descriptions of the general partner interest and the incentive distribution rights.

 

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

 

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our partnership agreement. The form of our partnership agreement is included in this prospectus as Appendix A. We will provide prospective investors with a copy of our partnership agreement upon request at no charge.

 

We summarize the following provisions of our partnership agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

  · with regard to distributions of available cash, see “How We Make Cash Distributions”;
165
  · with regard to the fiduciary duties of our general partner and our directors, see “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties”; and
     
  · with regard to the transfer of common units, see “Description of the Common Units—Transfer of Common Units”.

 

Organization and Duration

 

We were organized on January 23, 2014 and have perpetual existence.

 

Purpose

 

Our purpose under the partnership agreement is to engage in any business activities that may lawfully be engaged in by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Marshall Islands Act.

 

Although our board of directors has the ability to cause us or our subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the provision of marine transportation services, it has no current plans to do so and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. Our general partner will delegate to our board of directors the authority to oversee and direct our operations, management and policies on an exclusive basis.

 

Cash Distributions

 

Our partnership agreement specifies the manner in which we will make cash distributions to holders of our common units and other partnership interests, including to the holders of our incentive distribution rights, as well as to our general partner in respect of its general partner interest. For a description of these cash distribution provisions, see “How We Make Cash Distributions”.

 

Capital Contributions

 

Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under “—Limited Liability”. For a discussion of our general partner’s right to contribute capital to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest if we issue additional units, see “—Issuance of Additional Interests”.

 

Voting Rights

 

The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for the approval of the matters specified below. Matters that require the approval of a “unit majority” require:

 

  · during the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding those common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, voting as a single class and a majority of the subordinated units voting as a single class; and
     
  · after the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the outstanding common units voting as a single class.

 

In voting their common units and subordinated units our general partner and its affiliates will have no fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners.

 

Each outstanding common unit is entitled to one vote on matters subject to a vote of common unitholders. However, to preserve our ability to claim an exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code, if at any time any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding, any units beneficially owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under our partnership agreement, unless otherwise required by law. Effectively, this

166

means that the voting rights of any such unitholders in excess of 4.9% will be redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of all classes of units entitled to vote. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquired common units with the prior approval of our board of directors will not be subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

 

We will hold a meeting of the limited partners every year to elect one or more members of our board of directors and to vote on any other matters that are properly brought before the meeting. Our general partner has appointed each of our five initial directors, three of whom meet the independence standards of the New York Stock Exchange and also qualify as independent of GasLog under our partnership agreement, so as to be eligible for membership on our conflicts committee. Our general partner will initially retain the right to appoint three of our directors. At our 2015 annual meeting, which will be the first annual meeting we will hold after this offering, the common unitholders will elect two of our directors. The two directors elected by our common unitholders at our 2015 annual meeting will be divided into classes to be elected by our common unitholders annually on a staggered basis. We expect that following our first annual meeting in 2015, each of the elected directors and one of the appointed directors will meet the independence standards established by the New York Stock Exchange, and that, at a minimum, each of the elected directors will also qualify as independent of GasLog under our partnership agreement so as to be eligible for membership on our conflicts committee. If our general partner exercises its right to transfer the power to elect a majority of our directors to the common unitholders, an additional director will thereafter be elected by our common unitholders. That director would be added to the class that does not at such time have a director. Subordinated units will not be voted in the election of the two directors.

 

Action   Unitholder Approval Required and Voting Rights
Issuance of additional units   No approval rights; general partner approval required for all issuances not reasonably expected to be accretive within twelve months of issuance or which would otherwise have a material adverse impact on the general partner or its interest in our partnership.
     
Amendment of the partnership agreement   Certain amendments may be made by our board of directors without the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally require the approval of a unit majority. See “—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement”.
     
Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets   Unit majority and approval of our general partner and our board of directors. See “—Merger, Sale, Conversion or Other Disposition of Assets”.
     
Dissolution of our partnership   Unit majority and approval of our general partner and our board of directors. See “—Termination and Dissolution”.
     
Reconstitution of our partnership upon dissolution   Unit majority. See “—Termination and Dissolution”.
     
Withdrawal of our general partner   Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our general partner prior to March 31, 2024 in a manner that would cause a dissolution of our partnership. See “—Withdrawal or Removal of our General Partner”.
     
Removal of our general partner   Not less than 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class. See “—Withdrawal or Removal of our General Partner”.
     
Transfer of our general partner interest in us   Our general partner may transfer all, but not less than all, of its general partner interest in us without a vote of our unitholders to an affiliate or another person in connection with its merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of
167
    all or substantially all of its assets to, such person. The approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required in other circumstances for a transfer of the general partner interest to a third party prior to March 31, 2024 . See “—Transfer of General Partner Interest”.
     
Transfer of incentive distribution rights   Except for transfers to an affiliate or another person as part of a merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets to, such person, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, voting separately as a class, is required in most circumstances for a transfer of the incentive distribution rights to a third party prior to March 31, 2019. See “—Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights”.
     
Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner   No approval required at any time. See “—Transfer of Ownership Interests in General Partner”.

 

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

 

Our partnership agreement is governed by Marshall Islands law. Our partnership agreement requires that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings:

 

  · arising out of or relating in any way to the partnership agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of the partnership agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among limited partners or of limited partners to us, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the limited partners or us);
     
  · brought in a derivative manner on our behalf;
     
  · asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of us or our general partner, or owed by our general partner, to us or the limited partners;
     
  · asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Marshall Islands Act; and
     
  · asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine;

 

shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, unless otherwise provided for by Marshall Islands law, regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings arise under laws relating to contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims. By purchasing a common unit, a limited partner is irrevocably consenting to these limitations and provisions regarding claims, suits, actions or proceedings and submitting to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, unless otherwise provided for by Marshall Islands law, in connection with any such claims, suits, actions or proceedings; however, a court could rule that such provisions are inapplicable or unenforceable. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our common units shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions described above. This forum selection provision may limit our unitholders’ ability to obtain a judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees or unitholders.

 

Limited Liability

 

Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our business within the meaning of the Marshall Islands Act and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of our partnership agreement, his liability under the Marshall Islands Act will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital he is

168

obligated to contribute to us for his common units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets. If it were determined, however, that the right, or exercise of the right, by the limited partners as a group:

 

  · to remove or replace our general partner;
 
  · to elect two (or, following the general partner’s exercise of its right to transfer the power to elect a majority of our directors to the common unitholders, three) of our five directors;
 
  · to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement; or
     
  · to take other action under our partnership agreement;

 

constituted “participation in the control” of our business for the purposes of the Marshall Islands Act, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the laws of the Marshall Islands, to the same extent as our general partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us who reasonably believe that the limited partner is a general partner. Neither our partnership agreement nor the Marshall Islands Act specifically provides for legal recourse against our general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of our general partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim in Marshall Islands case law.

 

Under the Marshall Islands Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Marshall Islands Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the non-recourse liability. The Marshall Islands Act provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Marshall Islands Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years. Under the Marshall Islands Act, a purchaser of units who becomes a limited partner of a limited partnership is liable for the obligations of the transferor to make contributions to the partnership, except that the transferee is not obligated for liabilities unknown to him at the time he became a limited partner and that could not be ascertained from the partnership agreement.

 

Maintenance of our limited liability may require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries conduct business, which may include qualifying to do business in those jurisdictions. Limitations on the liability of limited partners for the obligations of a limited partnership or limited liability company have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our membership interest in an operating subsidiary or otherwise, it was determined that we were conducting business in any jurisdiction without compliance with the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace the general partner, to approve some amendments to the partnership agreement or to take other action under the partnership agreement constituted “participation in the control” of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to the same extent as our general partner under the circumstances. We will operate in a manner that our board of directors considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.

 

Issuance of Additional Interests

 

The partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited amount of additional partnership interests and rights to buy partnership interests for the consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our board of directors without the approval of the unitholders. However, our general partner will be required to approve all issuances of additional partnership interests that are not reasonably expected to be accretive within twelve months of issuance or which would otherwise have a material adverse impact on the general partner or its interest in us.

 

We intend to fund acquisitions through borrowings and the issuance of additional common units or other equity securities and the issuance of debt securities. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be

169

entitled to share equally with the then-existing holders of common units in our distributions of available cash. In addition, the issuance of additional common units or other equity securities may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing holders of common units in our net assets.

 

In accordance with Marshall Islands law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership interests that, as determined by our board of directors, have special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled.

 

Upon issuance of additional partnership interests (other than the issuance of common units upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, the issuance of common units in connection with a reset of the incentive distribution target levels or the issuance of partnership interests upon conversion of outstanding partnership interests), our general partner will have the right, but not the obligation, to make additional capital contributions to the extent necessary to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest in us. Our general partner’s interest in us will thus be reduced if we issue additional partnership interests in the future and our general partner does not elect to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest in us. Our general partner and its affiliates will have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units, subordinated units or other equity securities whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue those securities to persons other than our general partner and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain its and its affiliates’ percentage interest, including its interest represented by common units and subordinated units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. Other holders of common units will not have similar pre-emptive rights to acquire additional common units or other partnership interests.

 

Tax Status

 

The partnership agreement provides that the partnership will elect to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

 

General

 

Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of our board of directors. However, our board of directors will have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below, approval of our board of directors is required, as well as written approval of the holders of the number of units required to approve the amendment or call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as we describe below, an amendment must be approved by a unit majority.

 

Prohibited Amendments

 

No amendment may be made that would:

 

  (1) increase the obligations of any limited partner without its consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner interests so affected; or
     
  (2) increase the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our general partner or any of its affiliates without the consent of the general partner, which may be given or withheld at its option.
170

The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in clauses (1) through (2) above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units voting together as a single class (including units owned by our general partner and its affiliates). Upon completion of this offering, the owner of our general partner will own      % of our outstanding common and subordinated units, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.

 

Additionally, except for as discussed in “—No Unitholder Approval” and “—Merger, Sale, Conversion or Other Disposition of Assets” below, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of partnership interests in relation to other classes must be approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding partnership interests of the class affected.

 

No Unitholder Approval

 

Our board of directors may generally make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner to reflect:

 

  (1) a change in our name, the location of our principal place of business, our registered agent or our registered office;
     
  (2) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with our partnership agreement;
     
  (3) a change that our board of directors determines to be necessary or appropriate for us to qualify or to continue our qualification as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability under the Marshall Islands Act;
     
  (4) an amendment that is necessary, upon the advice of our counsel, to prevent us or our officers or directors or our general partner or their or its agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, the U.S. Investment Advisors Act of 1940, or plan asset regulations adopted under the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed;
     
  (5) an amendment that our board of directors determines to be necessary or appropriate for the authorization of additional partnership interests or rights to acquire partnership interests, including any amendment that our board of directors determines is necessary or appropriate in connection with:
       
    · the adjustments of the minimum quarterly distribution, first target distribution, second target distribution and third target distribution in connection with the reset of our incentive distribution rights as described under “How We Make Cash Distributions—GasLog’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels”;
       
    · the implementation of the provisions relating to GasLog’s right to reset the incentive distribution rights in exchange for common units;
       
    · any modification of the incentive distribution rights made in connection with the issuance of additional partnership interests or rights to acquire partnership interests, provided that, any such modifications and related issuance of partnership interests have received approval by a majority of the members of the conflicts committee of our board of directors; or
       
    · any amendment expressly permitted in the partnership agreement to be made by our board of directors acting alone;
     
  (6) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of the partnership agreement;
     
  (7) any amendment that our board of directors determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation by us of, or our investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by the partnership agreement;
171
  (8) a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes;
     
  (9) certain mergers or conveyances as set forth in our partnership agreement;
     
  (10) an amendment to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; or
     
  (11) any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described in (1) through (10) above.

 

In addition, our board of directors may make amendments to the partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner or our general partner if our board of directors determines that those amendments:

 

  (1) do not adversely affect the rights of our limited partners (or any particular class of limited partners) or our general partner in any material respect;
     
  (2) are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any Marshall Islands authority or statute;
     
  (3) are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of limited partner interests or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed for trading;
     
  (4) are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our board of directors relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of the partnership agreement; or
     
  (5) are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus or the intent of the provisions of the partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated by the partnership agreement.

 

Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder Approval

 

Our board of directors will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will not result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners if one of the amendments described above under “—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement—No Unitholder Approval” should occur. No other amendments to our partnership agreement will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units voting as a single class unless we obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of any of our limited partners.

 

In addition to the above restrictions, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or privileges of any type or class of outstanding units in relation to other classes of units will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any amendment that reduces the voting percentage required to take any action must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.

 

Merger, Sale, Conversion or Other Disposition of Assets

 

A merger or consolidation of us requires the approval of our board of directors and the prior consent of our general partner. However, to the fullest extent permitted by law, our board of directors and our general partner will have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger or consolidation and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. In addition, our partnership agreement generally prohibits our board of directors, without the prior approval of our general partner and the holders of units representing a unit majority, from causing us to, among other things, sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination, or approving on our behalf the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our subsidiaries taken as a whole. Our board of directors may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without the prior approval of the holders of units representing a unit majority. Our general partner and our board of directors may also determine to sell all or

172

substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without the approval of the holders of units representing a unit majority.

 

If conditions specified in our partnership agreement are satisfied, our board of directors, with the consent of our general partner, may convert us or any of our subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey some or all of our assets to, a newly formed entity if the sole purpose of that merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity. The unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under our partnership agreement or applicable law in the event of a conversion, merger or consolidation, sale of substantially all of our assets or any other transaction or event.

 

Termination and Dissolution

 

We will continue as a limited partnership until terminated or converted under our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:

 

  (1) the election of our general partner and our board of directors to dissolve us, if approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority;
     
  (2) at any time there are no limited partners, unless we continue without dissolution in accordance with the Marshall Islands Act;
     
  (3) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of us; or
     
  (4) the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner interest in accordance with the partnership agreement or withdrawal or removal following approval and admission of a successor.

 

Upon a dissolution under clause (4), the holders of a unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations, to continue our business on the same terms and conditions described in the partnership agreement by appointing as general partner an entity approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that the action would not result in the loss of limited liability of any limited partner.

 

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

 

Upon our dissolution, unless we are continued as a new limited partnership, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our board of directors that are necessary or appropriate, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as provided in “How We Make Cash Distributions—Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation”. The liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable period or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to our partners.

 

Withdrawal or Removal of our General Partner

 

Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to March 31, 2024 without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability. On or after March 31, 2024, our general partner may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days’ written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of the partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the above, our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days’ written notice to the limited partners if at least 50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates other than our general partner and its affiliates. In addition, the partnership agreement permits our general partner in some instances to sell or otherwise transfer all

173

of its general partner interest in us without the approval of the unitholders. See “—Transfer of General Partner Interest” and “—Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights”.

 

Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances, other than as a result of a transfer by our general partner of all or a part of its general partner interest in us, the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes, may select a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within a specified period of time after that withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree in writing to continue our business and to appoint a successor general partner. See “—Termination and Dissolution”.

 

Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding common and subordinated units, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class, and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability. The ownership of more than 33 1 / 3 % of the outstanding units by our general partner and its affiliates or the control of our board of directors by our general partner and its affiliates would provide the practical ability to prevent our general partner’s removal. At the closing of this offering, our general partner and its affiliates will own      % of the outstanding common and subordinated units, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. Any removal of our general partner is also subject to the successor general partner being approved by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as a single class.

 

Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:

 

  · the subordination period will end and all outstanding subordinated units will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;
     
  · any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and
     
  · our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest and the holder of the incentive distribution rights will have the right to convert such incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests based on the fair market value of those interests at the time.

 

In the event of removal of our general partner under circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of our general partner where that withdrawal violates the partnership agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to purchase the general partner interest owned by the departing general partner for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of that interest. Under all other circumstances where our general partner withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, the departing general partner will have the option to require the successor general partner to purchase the general partner interest of the departing general partner for its fair market value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between the departing general partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the departing general partner and the successor general partner will determine the fair market value. Or, if the departing general partner and the successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.

 

If the option described above is not exercised by either the departing general partner or the successor general partner, the departing general partner’s general partner interest and the incentive distribution rights of any holder thereof will automatically convert into common units equal to the fair market value of those interests as determined by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.

 

In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing general partner for all amounts due the departing general partner, including, without limitation, any employee-related liabilities, including severance liabilities,

174

incurred for the termination of any employees employed by the departing general partner or its affiliates for our benefit.

 

Transfer of General Partner Interest

 

Except for the transfer by our general partner of all, but not less than all, of its general partner interest in us to:

 

  · an affiliate of our general partner (other than an individual); or
     
  · another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of our general partner with or into another entity or the transfer by our general partner of all or substantially all of its assets to another entity,

 

our general partner may not transfer all or any part of its general partner interest in us to another person prior to March 31, 2024, without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must, among other things, assume the rights and duties of the general partner, agree to be bound by the provisions of the partnership agreement and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability.

 

Our general partner and its affiliates may at any time transfer units to one or more persons, without unitholder approval.

 

Transfer of Ownership Interests in General Partner

 

At any time, the members of our general partner may sell or transfer all or part of their respective membership interests in our general partner to an affiliate or a third party without the approval of our unitholders.

 

Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights

 

GasLog or its affiliates, or a subsequent holder, may transfer its incentive distribution rights to an affiliate of the holder (other than an individual) or another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of such holder with or into another entity, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to that entity, without the prior approval of the unitholders. Prior to March 31, 2019, other transfers of the incentive distribution rights will require the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by GasLog and its affiliates. On or after March 31, 2019, the incentive distribution rights will be freely transferable.

 

Change of Management Provisions

 

The partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove GasLog Partners GP LLC as our general partner or otherwise change management. If any person or group acquires beneficial ownership of more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units in excess of 4.9% of all such units. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquired common units with the prior approval of our board of directors will not be subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

 

The partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:

 

  · the subordination period will end and all outstanding subordinated units will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;
     
  · any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and
     
  · our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest into common units or to receive cash in exchange for that interest.
175

Limited Call Right

 

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates hold more than 80% of the then-issued and outstanding partnership interests of any class, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining partnership interests of the class held by unaffiliated persons as of a record date to be selected by the general partner, on at least ten but not more than 60 days’ written notice at a price equal to the greater of (x) the average of the daily closing prices of the partnership interests of such class over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days before the notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and (y) the highest price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for partnership interests of such class during the 90-day period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon the exercise of this limited call right and has no fiduciary duty in determining whether to exercise this limited call right.

 

As a result of the general partner’s right to purchase outstanding partnership interests, a holder of partnership interests may have the holder’s partnership interests purchased at an undesirable time or price. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of common units in the market. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Units” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders—Disposition of Units”.

 

At the completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, GasLog, the sole member of our general partner, will own      % of our common units. At the end of the subordination period, assuming no additional issuances of common units, no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units and conversion of all of our subordinated units into common units, GasLog will own      % of our common units.

 

Board of Directors

 

Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has delegated to our board of directors the authority to oversee and direct our operations, policies and management on an exclusive basis, and such delegation will be binding on any successor general partner of the partnership. Immediately following this offering our board of directors will be comprised of five persons appointed by our general partner in its sole discretion. Following our first annual meeting of unitholders, our board of directors will consist of five members, three of whom will be appointed by our general partner, by virtue of its general partner interest, in its sole discretion (subject to its right to transfer the power to elect a majority of our directors to the common unitholders) and two of whom will be elected by our common unitholders.

 

Our board of directors nominates individuals to stand for election as elected board members on a staggered basis at an annual meeting of our limited partners. In addition, any limited partner or group of limited partners that holds beneficially 10% or more of the outstanding common units is entitled to nominate one or more individuals to stand for election as elected board members at the annual meeting by providing written notice to our board of directors not more than 120 days nor less than 90 days prior to the meeting. However, if the date of the annual meeting is not publicly announced by us at least 100 days prior to the date of the meeting, the notice must be delivered to our board of directors not later than ten days following the public announcement of the meeting date. The notice must set forth:

 

  · the name and address of the limited partner or limited partners making the nomination or nominations;
     
  · the number of common units beneficially owned by the limited partner or limited partners;
     
  · the information regarding the nominee(s) proposed by the limited partner or limited partners as would be required to be included in a proxy statement relating to the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the SEC;
     
  · the written consent of the nominee(s) to serve as a member of our board of directors if so elected; and
176
  · a certification that the nominee(s) qualify as elected board members.

 

At our 2015 annual meeting, which will be the first annual meeting we will hold after this offering, the common unitholders will elect two of our directors. The two directors elected by our common unitholders at our 2015 annual meeting will be divided into classes to be elected by our common unitholders annually on a staggered basis. If our general partner exercises its right to transfer the power to elect a majority of our directors to the common unitholders, an additional director will thereafter be elected by our common unitholders. That director would be added to the class that does not at such time have a director. Our general partner may exercise this right in order to permit us to claim, or continue to claim, an exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code. See “Business”—Taxation of the Partnership”. The majority of our directors will be non-United States citizens or residents.

 

Our general partner may remove an appointed board member with or without cause at any time. “Cause” generally means a court’s finding a person liable for actual fraud or willful misconduct in his or its capacity as a director. Any and all of the board members may be removed at any time for cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the other board members. Any and all of the board members appointed by our general partner may be removed for cause at a properly called meeting of the limited partners by a majority vote of the outstanding units, voting as a single class. If any appointed board member is removed, resigns or is otherwise unable to serve as a board member, our general partner may fill the vacancy. Any and all of the board members elected by the common unitholders may be removed for cause at a properly called meeting of the limited partners by a majority vote of the outstanding common units. If any elected board member is removed, resigns or is otherwise unable to serve as a board member, the vacancy may be filled by a majority of the other elected board members then serving.

 

Meetings; Voting

 

Except as described below regarding a person or group owning more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding, unitholders who are record holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited.

 

Starting in 2015, we will hold a meeting of the limited partners every year to elect one or more members of our board of directors and to vote on any other matters that are properly brought before the meeting. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by our board of directors or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of 33 1 / 3 % of the outstanding units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.

 

Each record holder of a unit may vote according to the holder’s percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner interests having special voting rights could be issued. See “—Issuance of Additional Interests”. However, if at any time, any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding, any such units owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under our partnership agreement, unless otherwise required by law. Effectively, this means that the voting rights of any such unitholders in excess of 4.9% will be redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of all classes of units entitled to vote. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquired common units with the prior approval of our board of directors will not be subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors. This limitation will help our ability to claim an exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code in the event our general partner, by virtue of its general partner interest, transfers the power to elect a majority of our directors to the common unitholders. Units held in nominee or street

177

name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise. Except as the partnership agreement otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with common units as a single class.

 

Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record holders of common units under the partnership agreement will be delivered to the record holder by us or by the transfer agent.

 

Status as Limited Partner or Assignee

 

Except as described above under “—Limited Liability”, the common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional contributions. By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records.

 

Indemnification

 

Under the partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:

 

  (1) our general partner;
     
  (2) any departing general partner;
     
  (3) any person who is or was an affiliate of our general partner or any departing general partner;
     
  (4) any person who is or was an officer, director, member, fiduciary or trustee of any entity described in (1), (2) or (3) above;
     
  (5) any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, member, fiduciary or trustee of another person at the request of our board of directors, our general partner or any departing general partner;
     
  (6) our officers;
     
  (7) any person designated by our board of directors; and
     
  (8) the members of our board of directors.

 

Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. We may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under the partnership agreement.

 

Reimbursement of Expenses

 

Our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse the members of our board of directors for their out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of their service to us. Our partnership agreement also requires us to reimburse our general partner for all expenses it incurs or payments it makes on our behalf and all other expenses allocable to us or otherwise incurred by our general partner in connection with operating our business. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf, and expenses allocated to us or our general partner by our board of directors.

 

Books and Reports

 

Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books and records of our business at our principal offices. The books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and financial reporting purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year.

178

We will furnish or make available to record holders of common units, within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing audited financial statements and a report on those financial statements by our independent registered public accounting firm. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make available summary financial information within 90 days after the close of each quarter.

 

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

 

The partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at the limited partner’s own expense, have furnished to the limited partner:

 

  (1) a current list of the name and last known address of each partner;
     
  (2) information as to the amount of cash, and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other property or services, contributed or to be contributed by each partner and the date on which each became a partner;
     
  (3) copies of the partnership agreement, the certificate of limited partnership of the partnership and related amendments;
     
  (4) information regarding the status of our business and financial position; and
     
  (5) any other information regarding our affairs as is just and reasonable.

 

Our board of directors may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which our board of directors believes in good faith is not in our best interests or that we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.

 

Registration Rights

 

Under the partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws any common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests proposed to be sold by our general partner or any of its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from the registration requirements is not otherwise available or advisable. These registration rights continue for two years following any withdrawal or removal of GasLog Partners GP LLC as our general partner. We are obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions. In connection with these registration rights, we will not be required to pay any damages or penalties related to any delay or failure to file a registration statement or to cause a registration statement to become effective. See “Units Eligible for Future Sale”.

 

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

After the sale of the common units offered by this prospectus, our general partner and its affiliates will hold an aggregate of                  common units and                  subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period. The sale of these common and subordinated units could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.

 

The common units sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. None of the directors or officers of our general partner own any common units prior to this offering; however, they may purchase common units through the directed unit program or otherwise. Please read “Underwriting—Directed Unit Program”. In addition, certain significant investors in GasLog have indicated
that they currently intend to purchase up to an aggregate of $      million, or up to an aggregate of approximately      (based on the midpoint
of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), of our common units in the offering at the public offering price. Assuming all of the units reserved for issuance under the directed unit program are sold to participants in the program,                  common units will be held by persons who have contractually agreed not to sell such units for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. Any additional common units held by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an affiliate of ours to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

 

  · 1% of the total number of the class of securities outstanding; or
179
  · the average weekly reported trading volume of the common units for the four calendar weeks prior to the sale.

 

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned common units for at least six months (provided we are in compliance with the current public information requirement) or one year (regardless of whether we are in compliance with the current public information requirement), would be entitled to sell those common units under Rule 144 without regard to the public information requirements, volume limitations, manner of sale provisions and notice requirements of Rule 144.

 

Our partnership agreement provides that we may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type without a vote of the unitholders. Any issuance of additional common units or other equity securities would result in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of, common units then outstanding. See “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Interests”.

 

Under our partnership agreement, our general partner and its affiliates have the right to cause us to register under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws the offer and sale of any common units that they hold. Subject to the terms and conditions of the partnership agreement, these registration rights allow our general partner and its affiliates or their assignees holding any common units to require registration of any of these common units and to include any of these common units in a registration by us of other common units, including common units offered by us or by any unitholder. Our general partner and its affiliates will continue to have these registration rights for two years following its withdrawal or removal as our general partner. In connection with any registration of this kind, we will indemnify each unitholder participating in the registration and its officers, directors and controlling persons from and against any liabilities under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws arising from the registration statement or prospectus. We will bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any underwriting discounts and commissions. Except as described below, our general partner and its affiliates may sell their common units in private transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable laws.

 

We, our directors and executive officers, our subsidiaries and our general partner and its affiliates, including GasLog, as well as all participants in the directed unit program and certain significant investors at GasLog who have indicated an intent to purchase our common units, have agreed not to sell any common units for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions and extensions. See “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions.

 

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective unitholders and, unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, our U.S. counsel, insofar as it contains legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law. The opinion of our counsel is dependent on the accuracy of factual representations made by us to them, including descriptions of our operations contained herein.

 

This discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, Treasury Regulations and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all as in effect or existence on the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences of unit ownership to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we”, “our” or “us” are references to GasLog Partners LP.

 

The following discussion applies only to beneficial owners of common units that own the common units as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code ( i.e. , generally, for investment purposes) and is not intended to be applicable to all categories of investors, such as unitholders subject to special tax rules ( e.g., financial institutions, insurance companies, broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations, retirement plans or individual retirement accounts or former citizens or long-term residents of the United States), persons who will hold the units as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, each of whom may be subject to tax

180

rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. If a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common units, the tax treatment of its partners generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common units, you are encouraged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our common units.

 

No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter affecting us or prospective unitholders. The opinions and statements made herein may be challenged by the IRS and, if so challenged, may not be sustained upon review in a court. This discussion does not contain information regarding any U.S. state or local, estate, gift or alternative minimum tax considerations concerning the ownership or disposition of common units. This discussion does not comment on all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular unitholders in light of their individual circumstances, and each prospective unitholder is encouraged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of common units.

 

Election to be Treated as a Corporation

 

We have elected to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, U.S. Holders (as defined below) will not be directly subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income, but rather will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions received from us and dispositions of units as described below.

 

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

 

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common units that owns (actually or constructively) less than 10.0% of our equity and that is:

 

  · an individual U.S. citizen or resident (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes),
     
  · a corporation (or other entity that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia,
     
  · an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or
     
  · a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Distributions

 

Subject to the discussion below of the rules applicable to PFICs, any distributions to a U.S. Holder made by us with respect to our common units generally will constitute dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common units and thereafter as capital gain. U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to distributions they receive from us because we are not a U.S. corporation. Dividends received with respect to our common units generally will be treated as foreign source “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Dividends received with respect to our common units by a U.S. Holder that is an individual, trust or estate, or a “U.S. Individual Holder”, generally will be treated as “qualified dividend income”, which is taxable to such U.S. Individual Holder at preferential tax rates provided that: (i) our common units are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the New York Stock Exchange on which we expect our common units to be traded); (ii) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we do not believe we are, have been or will be, as discussed below under “—PFIC

181

Status and Significant Tax Consequences”); (iii) the U.S. Individual Holder has owned the common units for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common units become ex-dividend (and has not entered into certain risk limiting transactions with respect to such common units); and (iv) the U.S. Individual Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common units will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a U.S. Individual Holder, and any dividends paid on our common units that are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed at ordinary income rates to a U.S. Individual Holder.

 

Special rules may apply to any amounts received in respect of our common units that are treated as “extraordinary dividends”. In general, an extraordinary dividend is a dividend with respect to a common unit that is equal to or in excess of 10.0% of a unitholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value upon the unitholder’s election) in such common unit. In addition, extraordinary dividends include dividends received within a one-year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20.0% of a unitholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value). If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common units that is treated as “qualified dividend income”, then any loss recognized by a U.S. Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such common units will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of such dividend.

 

Ratio of Dividend Income to Distributions

 

The amount of distributions we pay on our common units that is treated as dividend income will depend upon the amount of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. We will compute our earnings and profits for each taxable year in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles. Based upon various assumptions and estimates regarding our expected earnings and profits, we estimate that approximately            % of the total cash distributions received by a purchaser of common units in this offering that holds such common units through                      ,           will constitute dividend income. The remaining portion of these distributions will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the purchaser’s tax basis in its common units and thereafter as capital gain. These estimates are based upon the assumption that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $       per unit on our common units during the referenced period and on other assumptions with respect to our earnings, capital expenditures and cash flow for this period. These estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other things, numerous business, economic, regulatory, competitive and political uncertainties that are beyond our control. Further, these estimates are based on current U.S. federal income tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that these estimates will prove to be correct. The actual percentage of total cash distributions that will constitute dividend income could be higher or lower, and any differences could be material or could materially affect the value of the common units.

 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Units

 

Subject to the discussion of PFIC status below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our units in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such units. The U.S. Holder’s initial tax basis in its units generally will be the U.S. Holder’s purchase price for the units and that tax basis will be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of any distributions on the units that are treated as non-taxable returns of capital (as discussed above under “—Distributions” and “—Ratio of Dividend Income to Distributions”). Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Certain U.S. Holders (including individuals) may be eligible for preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of long-term capital gains. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations. Such capital gain or loss generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

 

Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income

 

Certain U.S. Holders, including individuals, estates and trusts, will be subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on, among other things, dividends and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of equity interests. For individuals, the additional Medicare tax applies to the lesser of (i) “net investment income” or (ii) the excess of “modified adjusted gross income” over $200,000 ($250,000 if

182

married and filing jointly or $125,000 if married and filing separately). “Net investment income” generally equals the taxpayer’s gross investment income reduced by deductions that are allocable to such income. Unitholders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the implications of the additional Medicare tax resulting from their ownership and disposition of our common units.

 

PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences

 

Adverse U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that owns an equity interest in a non-U.S. corporation that is classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which the holder held our units, either:

 

  · at least 75.0% of our gross income (including the gross income of our vessel-owning subsidiaries) for such taxable year consists of passive income ( e.g. , dividends, interest, capital gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or
     
  · at least 50.0% of the average value of the assets held by us (including the assets of our vessel-owning subsidiaries) during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

 

Income earned, or treated as earned (for U.S. federal income tax purposes), by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income generally would constitute “passive income” unless we were treated as deriving that rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business under the applicable rules.

 

Based on our current and projected methods of operation, and an opinion of counsel, we do not believe that we are or will be a PFIC for our current or any future taxable year. We have received an opinion of our U.S. counsel, Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, in support of this position that concludes that the income our subsidiaries earn from certain of our present time-chartering activities should not constitute passive income for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. In addition, we have represented to our U.S. counsel that we expect that more than 25.0% of our gross income for our current taxable year and each future year will arise from such time-chartering activities, and more than 50.0% of the average value of our assets for each such year will be held for the production of such nonpassive income. Assuming the composition of our income and assets is consistent with these expectations, and assuming the accuracy of other representations we have made to our U.S. counsel for purposes of their opinion, our U.S. counsel is of the opinion that we should not be a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future year.

 

Our counsel has indicated to us that the conclusions described above are not free from doubt. While there is legal authority supporting our conclusions, including IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters as services income, the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit (or the Fifth Circuit) held in Tidewater Inc. v. United States , 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009) that income derived from certain marine time charter agreements should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a “foreign sales corporation” provision of the Code. In that case, the Fifth Circuit did not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have implications as to how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of this case were extended to the PFIC context, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time-chartering activities may be treated as rental income, and we would likely be treated as a PFIC. The IRS has announced its nonacquiescence with the court’s holding in the Tidewater case and, at the same time, announced the position of the IRS that the marine time charter agreements at issue in that case should be treated as service contracts.

 

Distinguishing between arrangements treated as generating rental income and those treated as generating services income involves weighing and balancing competing factual considerations, and there is no legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our specific method of operation. Conclusions in this area therefore remain matters of interpretation. We are not seeking a ruling from the IRS on the treatment of income generated from our time-chartering operations, and the opinion of our counsel is not binding on the IRS or any court. Thus, while we have received an opinion of counsel in support of our position, it is possible that the IRS or a court could disagree with this position and the opinion of our counsel. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to

183

avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure unitholders that the nature of our operations will not change in the future and that we will not become a PFIC in any future taxable year.

 

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund”, which we refer to as a “QEF election”. As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common units, as discussed below. In addition, if a U.S. Holder owns our common units during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, such units owned by such holder will be treated as PFIC units even if we are not a PFIC in a subsequent year and, if the total value of all PFIC stock that such holder directly or indirectly owns exceeds certain thresholds, such holder must file an annual report with the IRS.

 

The PFIC rules are complex, and you are encouraged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the PFIC rules, including the annual PFIC reporting requirement.

 

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

 

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, and a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF election, such holder hereinafter an “Electing Holder”, then, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that holder must report as income for its taxable year its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for our taxable years that end with or within the taxable year for which that holder is reporting, regardless of whether or not the Electing Holder received distributions from us in that year. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common units will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that were previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in common units and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common units. A U.S. Holder makes a QEF election with respect to any year that we are a PFIC by filing IRS Form 8621 with its U.S. federal income tax return. If contrary to our expectations, we determine that we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we will provide each U.S. Holder with the information necessary to make the QEF election described above. Although the QEF election is available with respect to subsidiaries, in the event we acquire or own a subsidiary in the future that is treated as a PFIC, no assurances can be made that we will be able to provide U.S. Holders with the necessary information to make the QEF election with respect to such subsidiary.

 

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election

 

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate, our units were treated as “marketable stock”, then, as an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common units, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s common units at the end of the taxable year over the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common units. The U.S. Holder also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common units over the fair market value thereof at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common units would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss recognized. Gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common units would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common units would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder. The mark-to-market election generally will not be available with respect to subsidiaries. Accordingly, in the event we acquire or own a subsidiary in the future that is treated as a PFIC, the mark-to-market election generally will not be available with respect to such subsidiary.

 

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

 

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder that does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year, such holder hereinafter a “Non-Electing Holder”, would be

184

subject to special rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to (1) any excess distribution ( i.e. , the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our common units in a taxable year in excess of 125.0% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the portion of the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the common units before the taxable year) and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the units. Under these special rules:

 

  · the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the common units;
     
  · the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the taxable year we were first treated as a PFIC with respect to the Non-Electing Holder would be taxed as ordinary income; and
     
  · the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayers for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

 

These penalties would not apply to a qualified pension, profit sharing or other retirement trust or other tax-exempt organization that did not borrow money or otherwise utilize leverage in connection with its acquisition of our common units. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our common units, such holder’s successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such units.

 

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

 

A beneficial owner of our common units (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder is referred to as a Non-U.S. Holder. If you are a partner in a partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holding our common units, you are encouraged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our common units.

 

Distributions

 

Distributions we pay to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, our distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent they constitute income effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. trade or business. However, distributions paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business may be exempt from taxation under an income tax treaty if the income arising from the distribution is not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder.

 

Disposition of Units

 

In general, a Non-U.S. Holder is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain resulting from the disposition of our common units provided the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. A Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the event the gain from the disposition of units is effectively connected with the conduct of such U.S. trade or business (provided, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, such gain also is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment). However, even if not engaged in a U.S. trade or business, individual Non-U.S. Holders may be subject to tax on gain resulting from the disposition of our common units if they are present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which those units are disposed and meet certain other requirements.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

In general, payments to a U.S. Individual Holder of distributions or the proceeds of a disposition of common units will be subject to information reporting. These payments to a U.S. Individual Holder also may be subject to backup withholding if the U.S. Individual Holder:

185
  · fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;
     
  · is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest or corporate distributions required to be reported on its U.S. federal income tax returns; or
     
  · in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

 

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a unitholder generally may obtain a credit for any amount withheld against its liability for U.S. federal income tax (and obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of such liability) by timely filing a U.S. federal income tax return with the IRS.

 

U.S. Holders purchasing more than $100,000 of our common units in this offering generally will be required to file IRS Form 926 reporting such payment. For purposes of determining the total dollar value of common units purchased by a U.S. Holder in this offering, units purchased by certain related parties (including family members) are included. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting obligation. Each U.S. Holder is encouraged to consult its own tax advisor as to the possible obligation to file IRS Form 926.

 

In addition, individual citizens or residents of the United States holding certain “foreign financial assets” (which generally includes stock and other securities issued by a foreign person unless held in an account maintained by a financial institution) that exceed certain thresholds (the lowest being holding foreign financial assets with an aggregate value in excess of: (1) $50,000 on the last day of the tax year or (2) $75,000 at any time during the tax year) are required to report information relating to such assets. Significant penalties may apply for failure to satisfy the reporting obligations described above. Unitholders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations, if any, that would result from their purchase, ownership or disposition of our units.

 

NON-UNITED STATES TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we”, “our” or “us” are references to GasLog Partners LP.

 

Marshall Islands Tax Consequences

 

The following discussion is based upon the opinion of Cozen O’Connor, our counsel as to matters of the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and the current laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands applicable to persons who do not reside in, maintain offices in or engage in business in the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

 

Because we and our subsidiaries do not and do not expect to conduct business or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and because all documentation related to this offering will be executed outside of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, under current Marshall Islands law you will not be subject to Marshall Islands taxation or withholding on distributions, including upon distribution treated as a return of capital, we make to you as a unitholder. In addition, you will not be subject to Marshall Islands stamp, capital gains or other taxes on the purchase, ownership or disposition of common units, and you will not be required by the Republic of the Marshall Islands to file a tax return relating to your ownership of common units.

 

EACH PROSPECTIVE UNITHOLDER IS ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX COUNSEL OR OTHER ADVISOR WITH REGARD TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF UNIT OWNERSHIP UNDER ITS PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

186

UNDERWRITING

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.,        and        are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of common units set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.

 

Underwriter   Number
of Common
Units
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.    
     
Total    

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the common units included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the common units (other than those covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units described below) if they purchase any of the common units.

 

Common units sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any common units sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount from the initial public offering price not to exceed $                   per common unit. If all the common units are not sold at the initial offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to make sales to discretionary accounts.

 

If the underwriters sell more common units than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                             additional common units at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional common units approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment. Any common units issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other common units that are the subject of this offering. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering.

 

We, our directors and executive officers, our subsidiaries and our general partner and its affiliates, including GasLog, have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup, dispose of or hedge any common units or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common units. Citigroup in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time, which, in the case of officers and directors, shall be with notice.

 

As described below under “—Directed Unit Program”, any participants in the directed unit program shall be subject to a 180-day lock-up with respect to any common units sold to them pursuant to that program. This lock-up will have similar restrictions as the lock-up agreement described above. Any common units sold in the directed unit program to our directors or officers shall be subject to the lock-up agreement described above. Additionally, any of the common units purchased by certain significant investors in GasLog who have indicated that they currently intend to purchase in the offering at the public offering price shall also be subject to the lock-up agreement described above.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the common units was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our results of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management, and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the common units will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our common units will develop and continue after this offering.

 

We intend to apply to list the common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GLOP”.

187

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

The following table shows the per common unit and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                 common units.

 

    Per     Total  
    Common Unit     No Exercise     Full Exercise  
Public offering price   $       $       $    
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us (1)   $       $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us (1)   $       $       $    

 

 

 

(1) Excludes an aggregate structuring fee of $               million, payable to Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Evercore Group L.L.C. for providing advice regarding the capital structure of our partnership, the terms of the offering, the terms of our partnership agreement and the terms of certain other agreements between us, our general partner, GasLog and its affiliates, as applicable. We will also pay up to $                of reasonable fees and expenses of counsel related to the review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. of the terms of sale of the common units offered hereby.

 

The underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us represent         % of the total amount of this offering. We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering will be approximately $                (exclusive of underwriting discounts and the structuring fee).

 

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell common units in the open market. Purchases and sales in the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, and stabilizing purchases.

 

  · Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters of a greater number of common units than they are required to purchase in the offering.
         
      · “Covered” short sales are sales of common units in an amount up to the number of common units represented by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
         
      · “Naked” short sales are sales of common units in an amount in excess of the number of common units represented by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
         
  · Covering transactions involve purchases of common units either pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units or in the open market in order to cover short positions.
         
      · To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase common units in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
         
      · To close a covered short position, the underwriters must purchase common units in the open market or must exercise the option to purchase additional common units. In determining the source of common units to close the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase common units through the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
         
  · Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase common units so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common units. They may also cause the price of the common units to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the New

188

York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

 

The underwriters are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their respective affiliates have in the past performed commercial banking, investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they have received customary fees and reimbursement of expenses and may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (which may include bank loans and/or credit default swaps) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. In addition, affiliates of certain of the underwriters are lenders, and in some cases agents or managers for the lenders, under our credit facilities. Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates that have a lending relationship with us routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. A typical such hedging strategy would include these underwriters or their affiliates hedging such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

The address of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013.

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities incurred in connection with the directed unit program referred to below, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

 

Directed Unit Program

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to         common units offered hereby for officers, directors, employees and certain other persons associated with us. The number of common units available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved common units. Any reserved common units not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other common units offered hereby. Any participants in this program will be prohibited from selling, pledging or assigning any common units sold to them pursuant to this program for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

 

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of common units described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

 

  · to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
     
  · to fewer than 100 or, if the relevant member state has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by us for any such offer; or
     
  · in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

 

provided that no such offer of common units shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the common units to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the common units, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the relevant member state) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the relevant member state. The expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.

189

The sellers of the common units have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of common units through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the common units as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the common units, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the common units on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

 

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the “Order”, or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

 

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the common units described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The common units have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the common units has been or will be:

 

  · released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or
     
  · used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the common units to the public in France.
     
  Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:
     
  · to qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) and/or to a restricted circle of investors ( cercle restreint d’investisseurs ), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier ;
     
  · to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or
     
  · in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations ( Règlement Général ) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers , does not constitute a public offer ( appel public à l’épargne ).

 

The common units may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier .

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

 

The common units may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common units may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if

190

permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common units which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

 

The common units offered in this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan. The common units have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan (including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common units may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common units be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the “SFA”, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

 

Where the common units are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  · a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
     
  · a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

 

common units, debentures and units of common units and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common units pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  · to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such common units, debentures and units of common units and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;
     
  · where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or
     
  · where the transfer is by operation of law.
191

SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

We are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands as a limited partnership. Our general partner is organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands as a limited liability company. The Marshall Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides protections for investors to a significantly lesser extent.

 

Most of our directors and officers and those of our subsidiaries are residents of countries other than the United States. Substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets and a substantial portion of the assets of our directors and officers are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for United States investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us, our directors or officers, our general partner or our subsidiaries or to realize against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. However, we have expressly submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts sitting in the City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or proceeding arising under the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, and we have appointed The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc., Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960, our registered agent, to accept service of process on our behalf in any such action.

 

Cozen O’Connor, our counsel as to Marshall Islands law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Marshall Islands would (1) recognize or enforce against us, our general partner or our directors or officers judgments of courts of the United States based on civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws or (2) impose liabilities against us, our general partner or our directors and officers in original actions brought in the Marshall Islands, based on these laws.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the common units and certain other legal matters, including tax matters, with respect to the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands will be passed upon for us by our counsel as to Marshall Islands law, Cozen O’Connor, New York, New York. Certain other legal matters, including tax matters with respect to U.S. law, will be passed upon for us by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York. Certain matters with respect to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP.

 

EXPERTS

 

The combined carve-out financial statements of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor appearing in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing elsewhere herein. Such combined carve-out financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm, given upon their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

The statement of financial position of GasLog Partners LP as of January 23, 2014 appearing in this prospectus has been audited by Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein and is included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

The offices of Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A are located at Fragoklissias 3a & Granikou Street, Maroussi, Athens 151 25, Greece.

 

The discussion contained under the section of this prospectus entitled “The LNG Shipping Industry” has been reviewed by Clarkson Research, which has confirmed to us that it accurately describes the international LNG shipping market, as indicated in the consent of Clarkson Research included as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of which this prospectus is a part.

Change in Certifying Accountant

 

Our management expects to recommend to our board of directors in May 2014 that it approve the engagement of Deloitte LLP to audit the financial statements of GasLog Partners LP for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014.

 

Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A.’s reports on the combined carve-out financial statements of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the statement of financial position of GasLog Partners LP as of January 23, 2014, did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty or audit scope.

 

We and GasLog Ltd. and Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A. did not, during the two most recent fiscal years and the subsequent period through April         , 2014 (or, to the extent shorter, the period of the engagement of Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A. with respect to GasLog Partners LP Predecessor and the statement of financial position of GasLog Partners LP), have any disagreements on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A., would have caused Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A. to make reference to the matter in its reports on the combined carve-out financial statements of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor and the statement of financial position of GasLog Partners LP as of January 23, 2014 included elsewhere in this prospectus; and there were no reportable events as the term is described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

 

We have requested that Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A. furnish a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether or not Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A. agrees with the statements in this Registration Statement. A copy of such letter dated April         , 2014 is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to this Registration Statement.

 

At no time during the two most recent fiscal years or the subsequent period through April         , 2014 (or, to the extent shorter, the period of the engagement of Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A. with respect to GasLog Partners LP Predecessor and the statement of financial position of GasLog Partners LP) did we or GasLog Ltd. consult with Deloitte LLP regarding the application of accounting principles to a specific completed or proposed transaction, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the financial statements of GasLog Ltd. or the combined carve-out financial statements of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor.

EXPENSES RELATED TO THIS OFFERING

 

The following table sets forth the main costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees, in connection with this offering, which we will be required to pay.

192
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee   $ 19,320  
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee     23,000  
The New York Stock Exchange listing fee     25,000  
Legal fees and expenses        
Accounting fees and expenses        
Printing and engraving costs        
Transfer agent fees and other        
Miscellaneous        
Total   $  

 

All amounts are estimated, except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 regarding the common units. For purposes of this section, the term “registration statement” means the original registration statement and any and all amendments, including the schedules and exhibits to the original registration statement and any amendments. This prospectus does not contain all of the information found in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and the common units offered in this prospectus, you may wish to review the full registration statement, including the exhibits attached thereto. The registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of this material can also be obtained upon written request from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or from the SEC’s website on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov free of charge. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room. Our registration statement can also be inspected and copied at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, we will be required to file with the SEC annual reports on Form 20-F within four months of our fiscal year-end, and provide to the SEC other material information on Form 6-K. These reports and other information may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC or obtained from the SEC’s website as provided above. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, which will be operational after this offering, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, certain rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal unitholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, including the filing of quarterly reports or current reports on Form 8-K. However, we intend to furnish or make available to our unitholders annual reports containing our audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS and make available to our unitholders quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year. Our annual report will contain a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section for the relevant periods.

193

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

 

Clarkson Research has provided us with statistical and graphical information contained in the sections of this prospectus entitled “The LNG Shipping Industry” relating to the international LNG shipping market. We believe that the information and data supplied by Clarkson Research is accurate in all material respects and we have relied upon such information for purposes of this prospectus. Clarkson Research has advised us that this information is drawn from its databases and other sources and that:

 

  · certain information in Clarkson Research’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments;
     
  · the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in Clarkson Research’s database; and
     
  · while Clarkson Research has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.
194

GASLOG PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

INDEX TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

    Page
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2
     
Combined carve-out statements of financial position as of December 31, 2012 and 2013   F-3
     
Combined carve-out statements of profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013   F-4
     
Combined carve-out statements of comprehensive income or loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013   F-5
     
Combined carve-out statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013   F-6
     
Combined carve-out statements of cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013   F-7
     
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements   F-8

 

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF GASLOG PARTNERS LP

 

    Page
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  F-22
   
Statement of financial position as of January 23, 2014  F-23
   
Notes to the statement of financial position  F-24

 

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Partners of GasLog Partners LP
Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands

 

We have audited the accompanying combined carve-out statements of financial position of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor (the “Predecessor”) (see Note 1 to the combined carve-out financial statements) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related combined carve-out statements of profit or loss, comprehensive income or loss, changes in equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These combined carve-out financial statements are the responsibility of the GasLog Partners LP’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the combined carve-out financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Predecessor is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Predecessor’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such combined carve-out financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the combined results of their operations and their combined cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

/s/ Deloitte Hadjipavlou Sofianos & Cambanis S.A.

Athens, Greece

March 13, 2014

F- 2

GasLog Partners LP Predecessor

 

Combined carve-out statements of financial position

As of December 31, 2012 and 2013

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    Note     2012     2013  
Assets                        
Non-current assets                        
Deferred financing costs             9,291,419        
Derivative financial instruments     17             799,926  
Other non-current assets     6       890,000       1,242,720  
Vessels     3             562,530,808  
Vessels under construction     3       118,481,930        
Total non-current assets             128,663,349       564,573,454  
Current assets                        
Trade and other receivables     5       33,869       153,967  
Inventories                   730,209  
Due from related parties     14       18,151       18,151  
Prepayments and other current assets             46,838       390,526  
Short-term investments                   1,500,000  
Cash and cash equivalents     4       2,299       14,403,785  
Total current assets             101,157       17,196,638  
Total assets             128,764,506       581,770,092  
Equity and liabilities                        
Equity                        
Owners’ capital     7       36,000       36,000  
Contributed surplus     7       119,409,935       148,099,880  
Reserves             (9,593,522 )     (5,161,682 )
(Accumulated deficit)/retained earnings             (3,223,490 )     13,194,752  
Total equity             106,628,923       156,168,950  
Current liabilities                        
Trade accounts payable             593,564       704,793  
Amounts due to related parties     14       8,792,629       24,674,117  
Derivative financial instruments     17       3,132,045       4,233,398  
Other payables and accruals     10       1,321,514       9,371,625  
Loans – current portion     9             22,074,786  
Total current liabilities             13,839,752       61,058,719  
Non-current liabilities                        
Derivative financial instruments     17       8,295,831       625,425  
Loans – non-current portion     9             363,916,998  
Total non-current liabilities             8,295,831       364,542,423  
Total equity and liabilities             128,764,506       581,770,092  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.

F- 3

GasLog Partners LP Predecessor

 

Combined carve-out statements of profit or loss

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

      Note       2012       2013  
Revenues                   64,142,588  
Vessel operating costs     12             (13,096,716 )
Depreciation     3             (12,237,735 )
General and administrative expenses     11       (30,132 )     (1,524,625 )
(Loss)/profit from operations             (30,132 )     37,283,512  
Financial costs     13       (606 )     (12,133,143 )
Financial income     13       110,109       31,686  
(Loss)/gain on interest rate swaps     17       (940,432 )     1,036,187  
Total other expenses, net             (830,929 )     (11,065,270 )
(Loss)/profit for the year             (861,061 )     26,218,242  
(Loss)/earnings per share-basic and diluted     19       (23.92 )     728.28  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.

F- 4

GasLog Partners LP Predecessor

 

Combined carve-out statements of comprehensive income or loss

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    Note     2012     2013  
(Loss)/profit for the year             (861,061 )     26,218,242  
Other comprehensive income:                        
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:                        
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges     17       (8,687,198 )     3,776,876  
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges reclassified to profit or loss loss     17             654,964  
Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year             (8,687,198 )     4,431,840  
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year             (9,548,259 )     30,650,082  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.

F- 5

GasLog Partners LP Predecessor

 

Combined carve-out statements of changes in equity

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

      Share
capital
      Contributed
surplus
      Cash flow
hedging

reserve
      (Accumulated
deficit)/retained
earnings
      Total  
                                         
Balance at January 1, 2012     36,000       59,696,500       (906,324 )     (2,362,429 )     56,463,747  
Capital contributions           59,713,435                   59,713,435  
Loss for the year                       (861,061 )     (861,061 )
Other comprehensive loss for the year                 (8,687,198 )           (8,687,198 )
Total comprehensive loss for the year                 (8,687,198 )     (861,061 )     (9,548,259 )
Balance at December 31, 2012     36,000       119,409,935       (9,593,522 )     (3,223,490 )     106,628,923  
Capital contributions           28,062,945                   28,062,945  
Capital contributions - contributed services           627,000                   627,000  
Dividend declared ($272.22 per share)                       (9,800,000 )     (9,800,000 )
Profit for the year                       26,218,242       26,218,242  
Other comprehensive income for the year                 4,431,840             4,431,840  
Total comprehensive income for the year                 4,431,840       26,218,242       30,650,082  
Balance at December 31, 2013     36,000       148,099,880       (5,161,682 )     13,194,752       156,168,950  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.

F- 6

GasLog Partners LP Predecessor

 

Combined carve-out statements of cash flow

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

      2012       2013  
Cash flows from operating activities:                
(Loss)/profit for the year     (861,061 )     26,218,242  
Adjustments for:                
Depreciation           12,237,735  
Unrealized loss/(gain) on interest rate swaps     940,432       (2,937,139 )
Financial income     (110,109 )     (31,686 )
Financial costs           12,133,143  
Non-cash contributed services           627,000  
      (30,738 )     48,247,295  
Movements in operating assets and liabilities                
Increase in trade and other receivables     (33,869 )     (116,782 )
Increase in inventories           (730,209 )
Change in related parties, net     472,268       (13,645,871 )
Increase in prepayments and other current assets     (35,863 )     (343,688 )
Increase in other non-current assets     (890,000 )     (352,720 )
Decrease in other non-current liabilities     (1,520,000 )      
Increase in trade accounts payable and other current liabilities     1,928,093       1,062,209  
Increase in other payables and accruals           7,261,457  
Cash (used in)/provided by operations     (110,109 )     41,381,691  
Interest paid           (9,222,665 )
Net cash (used in)/from operating activities     (110,109 )     32,159,026  
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Payments for vessels under construction           (452,791,594 )
Financial income received     110,109       28,370  
Purchase of short-term investments     (11,625,251 )     (1,500,000 )
Maturity of short-term investments     11,625,251        
Net cash from /(used in) investing activities     110,109       (454,263,224 )
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Bank loan drawdown           411,000,000  
Bank loan repayments           (16,104,809 )
Payment of loan issuance costs           (181,101 )
Increase in due to shareholders           13,728,649  
Capital contributions received           28,062,945  
Net cash from financing activities           436,505,684  
Increase in cash and cash equivalents           14,401,486  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year     2,299       2,299  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year     2,299       14,403,785  
                 
Non Cash Investing and Financing Activities                
Payment for vessel under construction through capital contribution     56,307,435        
Payment for vessel under construction through related parties     4,450,158       4,475,384  
Financing costs included in liabilities at the end of the year     423,920       29,385  
Financing costs paid through capital contributions     3,406,000        
Financing costs paid through related parties     3,668,875       1,523,326  
Capital expenditures included in liabilities at the end of the year     1,073,390       93,025  
Dividend declared but not paid           9,800,000  
Non-cash contributed services           627,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.

F- 7

GasLog Partners LP Predecessor

 

Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

1. Organization and Operations

 

GasLog Partners LP (the “Partnership”) was formed as a limited partnership under the laws of Marshall Islands on January 23, 2014, being a wholly-owned subsidiary of GasLog Ltd. (“GasLog”) for the purpose of initially acquiring the interests in three liquefied natural gas (“LNG”) carriers that will be contributed by GasLog in connection with the initial public offering of its common units (the “IPO”). Concurrently with the IPO, the Partnership will acquire 100% ownership interest in GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd. and GAS-five Ltd. (the “Subsidiaries”). Accordingly, the accompanying predecessor combined carve-out financial statements of the Partnership have been presented as if the Subsidiaries were consolidated subsidiaries of the Partnership for all years presented and using the historical carrying costs of the assets and the liabilities of the ship-owning companies listed below from their dates of incorporation. The Subsidiaries are referred to as the GasLog Partners LP Predecessor (the “Predecessor”) and are presented in the combined carve-out financial statements.

 

GasLog was incorporated in Bermuda on July 16, 2003. GasLog and its subsidiaries (“GasLog Group”) are controlled by Blenheim Holdings Ltd. (“Blenheim Holdings”), an entity registered in Bermuda. Blenheim Holdings is controlled by Ceres Shipping Ltd. (“Ceres Shipping”), an entity also registered in Bermuda. The ultimate controlling party of GasLog Group at December 31, 2013 was Mr. Peter G. Livanos. GasLog’s common shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on March 30, 2012 under the ticker symbol “GLOG”.

 

Following the completion of the IPO, GasLog is expected to hold a majority of the equity interests in the Partnership and have the ability to appoint a majority of the Partnership’s directors. Also the Partnership’s general partner, GasLog Partners GP LLC (the “General Partner”), is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GasLog. Accordingly, GasLog will have the ability to control the Partnership’s affairs and policies.

 

The accompanying combined carve-out financial statements include the combined carve-out financial statements of the Predecessor. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Subsidiaries were 100% held by GasLog through its wholly-owned subsidiary GasLog Carriers Ltd. (the “Parent”):

 

Name   Place of
incorporation
  Date of
incorporation
  Principal activities   LNG Vessel   Cargo Capacity (cbm)   Delivery date
                         
GAS-three Ltd.   Bermuda   April 27, 2010   Vessel-owning   GasLog Shanghai   155,000   January 28, 2013
GAS-four Ltd.   Bermuda   April 27, 2010   Vessel-owning   GasLog Santiago   155,000   March 25, 2013
GAS-five Ltd.   Bermuda   February 14, 2011   Vessel-owning   GasLog Sydney   155,000   May 30, 2013

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies

 

Statement of compliance

 

The combined carve-out financial statements of the Predecessor have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (the “IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (the “IASB”).

 

Basis of preparation

 

The combined carve-out financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for derivative financial instruments recorded at fair value at the end of each reporting period. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for assets.

 

The principal accounting policies are set out below.

 

The combined carve-out financial statements are expressed in U.S. dollars (“USD”), which is the functional currency of the Predecessor.

 

On March 11, 2014, the Partnership’s board of directors authorized the combined carve-out financial statements for issuance and filing.

 

Basis of combination

 

The accompanying Predecessor combined carve-out financial statements include the accounts of the legal entities comprising the Predecessor as discussed in Note 1. All significant intra-group transactions and balances are eliminated on combination.

 

Accounting for revenues and related operating expenses

 

Revenues comprise revenues from time charters for the charter hire of the Predecessor’s vessels earned during the period in accordance with existing contracts.

 

A time charter represents a contract entered into for the use of a vessel for a specific period of time and a specified daily charter hire rate. Time charter revenue is recognized as earned on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant time charter starting from the vessel’s delivery to the charterer, except for the off-hire period, when a charter agreement exists, the vessel is made available and services are provided to the charterer and collection of the related revenue is reasonably assured. Unearned revenue includes: (i) revenue received prior to the balance sheet date relating to services to be rendered after the balance sheet date and (ii) accrued revenue resulting from straight-line revenue recognition in respect of charter agreements that provide for varying charter rates.

 

Time charter hires received in advance are classified as liabilities until such time as the criteria for recognizing the revenue as earned are met.

 

Under a time charter arrangement the vessel operating expenses and broker’s commissions are paid by the vessel owner, whereas voyage expenses such as bunkers, port expenses, agents’ fees, and extra war risk insurance are paid by the charterer.

 

Vessel operating costs are expensed as incurred, with the exception of commissions, which are recognized on a pro-rata basis over the duration of the period of the time charter.

F- 8

Financial income and costs

 

Interest income, interest expense and other borrowing costs are recognized on an accrual basis.

 

Deferred financing costs for undrawn facilities

 

Commitment, arrangement, structuring, legal and agency fees incurred for obtaining new loans or refinancing existing facilities are recorded as deferred loan issuance costs and classified contra to debt while the fees incurred for the undrawn facilities are classified under non-current assets in the statement of financial position and are classified contra to debt on the drawdown dates.

 

Deferred financing costs are deferred and amortized to financial costs over the term of the relevant loan, using the effective interest method.

 

Foreign currencies

 

Transactions in currencies other than USD are recognized at the rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in other currencies are retranslated into USD at the rates prevailing at that date. All resulting exchange differences are recognized in the combined carve-out statement of profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

 

Vessels under construction

 

Vessels under construction are presented at cost less identified impairment losses, if any. Cost includes shipyard installment payments and other vessel costs incurred during the construction period that are directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of the vessels, net of any commissions received from the shipyard.

 

Vessels

 

Vessels are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment loss. The initial cost of an asset comprises its purchase price and any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to its working condition.

 

The cost of a LNG vessel is split into two components, a “vessel component” and a “drydocking component”. Depreciation for the vessel component is calculated on a straight-line basis, after taking into account the estimated residual values, over the estimated useful life of this major component of the vessels. Residual value is estimated as 10% of the initial vessel cost and represents the Predecessor’s estimate of the current selling price assuming the vessel is already of age and condition expected at the end of its useful life.

 

The LNG vessels are required to undergo a drydocking overhaul every five years to restore their service potential and to meet their classification requirements. The drydocking component is estimated at the time of a new vessel’s delivery from the shipyard and is measured based on the estimated cost of the first drydocking based on the Predecessor’s historical experience with similar types of vessels. For subsequent drydockings actual costs are capitalized when incurred. The drydocking component is depreciated over the period of five years until the next drydocking.

 

Costs that will be capitalized as part of the future drydockings will include a variety of costs incurred directly attributable to the drydock and costs incurred to meet classification and regulatory requirements, as well as expenses related to the dock preparation and port expenses at the drydock shipyard, general shipyard expenses, expenses related to hull, external surfaces and decks, expenses related to machinery and engines of the vessel, as well as expenses related to the testing and correction of findings related to safety equipment on board. Drydocking costs do not include vessel operating expenses such as replacement parts, crew expenses, provisions, lubricants consumption, insurance, management fees or management costs during the drydocking period. Expenses related to regular maintenance and repairs of our vessels are expensed as incurred, even if such maintenance and repair occurs during the same time period as our drydocking.

 

The expected useful lives are as follows:

 

Vessel    
LNG vessel component   35 years
Drydocking component   5 years

 

The useful lives and the depreciation method are reviewed annually to ensure that the method and period of depreciation are consistent with the expected pattern of economic benefits from our vessels. The residual value is also reviewed at each financial period-end. If expectations differ from previous estimates, the changes are accounted for prospectively in earnings in the period of the change and future periods.

 

Ordinary maintenance and repairs that do not extend the useful life of the asset are expensed as incurred. Major renovation costs and modifications are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining useful life.

 

When assets are sold, they are derecognized and any gain or loss resulting from their disposals is included in earnings.

 

Impairment of vessels

 

All vessels are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Whenever the carrying amount of a vessel exceeds its recoverable amount, an impairment loss is recognized in the combined carve-out statement of profit or loss. The recoverable amount is the higher of a vessel’s net selling price and “value in use”. The net selling price is the amount obtainable from the sale of a vessel in an arm’s length transaction less the costs of disposal, while “value in use” is the present value of estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continuing use of a vessel and from its disposal at the end of its useful life. Recoverable amounts are estimated for individual vessels. Each vessel is considered to be a single cash-generating unit. The net selling price of the vessels is estimated from market-based evidence by appraisal that is normally undertaken by professionally qualified brokers.

 

Provisions

 

Provisions are recognized when the Predecessor has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Predecessor will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows. When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, a receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories represent lubricants and provisions on board the vessel and are stated at the lower of cost calculated on a first-in, first-out basis, and net realizable value.

 

Financial instruments

 

Financial assets and liabilities are recognized when the Predecessor has become a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. All financial instruments are initially recognized at the fair value of the consideration given.

F- 9

· Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash represents cash on hand and deposits with banks which are repayable on demand. Cash equivalents represent short-term, highly liquid investments which are readily convertible into known amounts of cash with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase that are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value.

 

· Short-term investments

 

Short-term investments represent short-term, highly liquid time deposits placed with financial institutions which are readily convertible into known amounts of cash with original maturities of more than three months but less than 12 months at the time of purchase that are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value.

 

· Derivative financial instruments

 

The Predecessor has both interest rate swap contracts that have been designated as cash flow hedges and interest rate swap contracts that have been classified as held for trading.

 

Derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps, are used to economically hedge its exposure to interest rate risks. Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each reporting date. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss immediately, unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. Derivatives are presented as assets when their valuation is favorable to the Predecessor and as liabilities when unfavorable to the Predecessor.

 

Criteria for classifying a derivative instrument as a hedge include: (1) the hedge transaction is expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk; (2) the effectiveness of the hedge can be reliably measured; (3) there is adequate documentation of the hedging relationships at the inception of the hedge; and (4) for cash flow hedges, the forecasted transaction that is the subject of the hedges must be highly probable.

 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognized in other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the combined carve-out statement of profit or loss. Amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are reclassified to the combined carve-out statement of profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects the combined carve-out statement of profit or loss. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Predecessor revokes the hedging relationship, when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or when it no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

 

Any gain or loss accumulated in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized in the combined carve-out statement of profit or loss when the forecast transaction occurs. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is recognized immediately in the combined carve-out statement of profit or loss.

 

Segment information

 

The Subsidiaries each own one LNG carrier which will be operated under long term time charters which have similar operating and economic characteristics and as such management have determined that the Predecessor operates under a single reportable segment. Furthermore, when the Predecessor charters a vessel to a charterer, the charterer is free to trade the vessel worldwide and, as a result, the disclosure of geographic information is impracticable.

 

Critical accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty

 

The preparation of the combined carve-out financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses recognized in the combined carve-out financial statements. The Predecessor’s management evaluates whether estimates should be made on an ongoing basis, utilizing historical experience, consultation with experts and other methods management considers reasonable in the particular circumstances. However, uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that could require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability in the future.

 

Judgments: In the process of applying the Predecessor’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgments, apart from those involving estimations, that had the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the combined carve-out financial statements.

 

Vessel construction cost capitalization: The Predecessor recognized installments paid to the shipyard in accordance with the contracts and any directly attributable costs of bringing the vessels to their working condition incurred during the construction periods as vessel costs (Note 3). Directly attributable costs incurred during the vessel construction periods consisted of commissions, on-site supervision costs, costs for sea trials, certain spare parts and equipment, costs directly incurred for negotiating the construction contracts, lubricants and other vessel delivery expenses. Any vendor discounts were deducted from the cost of the vessels.

 

The key sources of estimation uncertainty are as follows:

 

Vessel lives and residual value: Vessels are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. The estimates and assumptions that have the most significant effect on the vessel carrying amount relate to the estimation of the useful life of an LNG vessel of 35 years and the residual value which is estimated as 10% of the initial vessel cost.

 

An increase in the estimated useful life of a vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge, and an increase in the estimated useful life of a vessel would also extend annual depreciation charge into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of a vessel or its residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge.

 

When regulations place significant limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, the vessel’s useful life is adjusted to end at the date such regulations become effective. The estimated residual value of a vessel may not represent the fair market value at any one time partly because market prices of scrap rates tend to fluctuate.

 

Vessel cost: The Predecessor recognizes drydocking costs as a separate component of the vessel’s carrying amounts and amortizes the drydocking cost on a straight-line basis over the estimated period until the next drydocking. If the vessel is disposed of before the next drydocking, the remaining balance of the drydock component is written-off and forms part of the gain or loss recognized upon disposal of vessels in the period of disposal. The Predecessor expects that its vessels will be required to be drydocked in approximately 60 months after their delivery from the shipyard, and thereafter every 30 or 60 months will be required to undergo special or intermediate surveys and drydocked for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. The Predecessor amortizes its estimated drydocking expenses for the first special survey over five years, but this estimate might be revised in the future. Management estimates the drydocking component on acquisition of a vessel, as costs to be incurred during the first drydocking at the drydock yard for a special survey and parts and supplies used in making such repairs that meet the recognition criteria, based on historical experience with similar types of vessels.

 

Impairment of Vessels: The Predecessor evaluates the carrying amounts of its vessels to determine whether there is any indication that those vessels have

F- 10

suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of vessels is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss, if any.

 

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. The projection of cash flows related to vessels is complex and requires management to make various estimates including future freight rates, earnings from the vessels and discount rates. All of these items have been historically volatile. In assessing the fair value less cost to sell of the vessel, the Predecessor obtains vessel valuations from independent and internationally recognized ship brokers on an annual basis or when there is an indication that an asset or assets may be impaired. If an indication of impairment is identified, the need for recognizing an impairment loss is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the vessels to the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and the value in use. As of December 31, 2013, there were no indications that the Predecessor’s vessels are impaired and in addition the carrying amounts of the Predecessor’s vessels were lower than the independent broker valuations (after adjusting for estimated selling costs) for all of the owned vessels; therefore there were no indicators that the carrying amounts of the vessels may not be recoverable.

 

Fair value of derivative financial instruments: Our risk management policies permit the use of derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk. Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments that are not designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes are recognized in earnings.

 

A substantial majority of the fair value of our derivative instruments and the change in fair value of our derivative instruments from period to period result from our use of interest rate swap agreements. The fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is the estimated amount that we would receive or pay to terminate the agreements at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates and the current credit worthiness of both us and the swap counterparties. The estimated amount is the present value of estimated future cash flows, being equal to the difference between the benchmark interest rate and the fixed rate in the interest rate swap agreement, multiplied by the notional principal amount of the interest rate swap agreement at each interest reset date.

 

The fair value of our interest swap agreements at the end of each period are most significantly affected by the interest rate implied by market-observable data such as LIBOR yield curve. While the fair value of our interest swap agreements are typically more sensitive to changes in short-term rates, significant changes in the long-term benchmark interest also materially impact our interest swap agreements.

 

The fair value of our interest swap agreements are also affected by changes in our specific credit risk included in the discount factor. Following the implementation of IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement in January 1, 2013, the Predecessor adjusts its derivative liabilities fair value to reflect its own credit risk and the counterparties’ risk. The estimate of the Predecessor’s credit risk is based on the credit rating of other companies in the LNG industry where publicly available, the rating of the global transportation industry where the shipping industry is included and the feedback that the Predecessor receives from its lenders as part of the margin setting for the new loan agreements. The counterparties’ credit risk is estimated either by using the credit default swap rates obtained from public information or, if not available, by using the credit rating of the counterparties.

 

The LIBOR yield curve and our specific credit risk are expected to vary over the life of the interest rate swap agreements. The larger the notional amount of the interest rate swap agreements outstanding and the longer the remaining duration of the interest rate swap agreements, the larger the impact of any variability in these factors will be on the fair value of our interest rate swaps. We economically hedge the interest rate exposure on a significant amount of our long-term debt and for long durations. As such, we have historically experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, material variations in the period-to-period fair value of our derivative instruments.

 

Although we measure the fair value of our derivative instruments utilizing the inputs and assumptions described above, if we were to terminate the agreements at the reporting date, the amount we would pay or receive to terminate the derivative instruments may differ from our estimate of fair value. If the estimated fair value differs from the actual termination amount, an adjustment to the carrying amount of the applicable derivative asset or liability would be recognized in earnings for the current period. Such adjustments could be material. See Note 17 for the effects on the change in fair value of our derivative instruments on our combined statements of profit or loss.

 

Adoption of new and revised IFRS

 

(a) Standards and interpretations adopted in the current period

 

The following standards and amendments relevant to the Predecessor were effective in the current period:

 

· In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement which establishes a single source of guidance for fair value measurements under IFRS standards. IFRS 13 defines fair value, provides guidance on its determination and introduces consistent requirements for disclosures on fair value measurements. Following the adoption of this standard, the Predecessor adjusted its derivative liabilities fair values to reflect its own credit risk. The fair value as determined by the forecasted expected cash flows discounted with the risk-free interest rate was further adjusted to incorporate the Predecessor’s own credit risk and the credit risk of the counterparties. The Predecessor’s own credit risk is estimated by taking into account the credit rating of other companies in the LNG industry where publicly available, the rating of the global transportation industry where the shipping industry is included and the feedback that the Predecessor received from its lenders as part of the margin setting for the new loan agreements. For counterparties’ credit risk, either the credit default swap rates were obtained from public information or, if not available, the credit rating of the counterparties was used. The new standard was effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, due to the fact that the Predecessor’s rating was lower than the rating of its counterparties, the adoption of IFRS 13 has resulted in the Predecessor’s Derivative financial instruments liabilities being decreased by $124,319, Derivative financial instruments assets being increased by $41,300, Other comprehensive income being decreased by $124,319 and the Gain on interest rate swaps, net for the year ended December 31, 2013, being increased by $41,300.
   
· In May 2011 the IASB issued standards relating to consolidated financial statements, including IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements , IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements , IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities , and amendments to IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements , and IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures . These standards and amendments, among other things, update the definition of control under IFRS and consolidate the disclosure requirements for interests in other entities and were effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, with retrospective application required. These standards and amendments did not have any impact on the Predecessor’s financial results and position.
   
· In June 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements , which provides guidance on the presentation of items contained in other comprehensive income and their classification within other comprehensive income. The amendments to IAS 1 introduce new terminology for the statement of comprehensive income and income statement. Under the amendments to IAS 1 that are effective for the annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2012, the income statement was renamed as statement of profit or loss. In addition, the amendments to IAS 1 require additional disclosures to be made in the other comprehensive income section such that items of other comprehensive income are grouped into two categories: (a) items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss and (b) items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss when specific conditions are met. The presentation of items of other comprehensive income has been modified accordingly. Other than the above mentioned presentation changes which were applied retrospectively, the application of the amendments to IAS 1 does not result in any impact on profit or loss, other comprehensive income and total comprehensive income.

F- 11

· In December 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures , which introduces disclosure requirements about rights of offset and related arrangements for financial instruments under an enforceable master netting agreement or similar arrangements, even if they are not set off under IAS 32   Financial Instruments: Presentation . The amendments of IFRS 7 that are effective for the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2013 did not have any impact on the Predecessor’s combined carve-out financial statements.
   
· In May 2012, the IASB issued the Annual Improvements to IFRSs—2009-2011 Cycle, which contains amendments to its standards and the related Basis for Conclusions. It includes changes to IFRS 1 First Time Adoption of International Reporting Standards , IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements , IAS 16 Property Plant and Equipment , IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation and IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting . These amendments that are effective for the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2013 did not have any impact on the Predecessor’s combined carve-out financial statements.

 

(b) Standards and amendments in issue not yet adopted

 

At the date of authorization of these combined carve-out financial statements, the following standards and amendments relevant to the Predecessor were in issue but not yet effective:

 

· In October 2010, the IASB reissued IFRS 9 Financial Instruments . IFRS 9 specifies how an entity should classify and measure financial assets and financial liabilities. The new standard requires all financial assets to be subsequently measured at amortized cost or fair value depending on the business model of the legal entity in relation to the management of the financial assets and the contractual cash flows of the financial assets. The standard also requires a financial liability to be classified as either at fair value through profit and loss or at amortized cost.
   
  The release of IFRS 9 (2013) on November 19, 2013 contained consequential amendments which removed the mandatory effective date of IFRS 9 leaving the effective date open pending the finalization of the impairment and classification and measurement requirement and permitted an entity to apply the requirements on the presentation of gains and losses on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss without applying the other requirements, meaning the portion of the change in fair value related to changes in the entity’s own credit risk can be presented in other comprehensive income rather than within profit or loss. In addition it introduced a new chapter to IFRS 9 on hedge accounting, putting in place a new hedge accounting model that is designed to be more closely aligned with how entities undertake risk management activities when hedging financial and non-financial risk exposures. At its November 2013 meeting, the IASB tentatively decided that the mandatory effective date would be no earlier than annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017, with retrospective application required. At its February 2014 meeting, the IASB tentatively selected an effective date of January 1, 2018 for mandatory application of IFRS 9. Management will evaluate the impact of this standard on the Predecessor’s combined carve-out financial statements once the mandatory effective date is set. Until such time as a detailed review has been completed it is not practicable to provide a reasonable estimate of that effect.
   
· In December 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation , which clarifies some of the requirements for offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities on the statement of financial position. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, with retrospective application required. Management anticipates that the implementation of this standard will not have a material impact on the combined carve-out financial statements as it relates to additional disclosures.
   
· In May 2013, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 36 Impairment of Assets on the impairment of non-financial assets. This amendment removes the requirement of disclosure of the recoverable amount of an asset or cash generated unit when there is no impairment loss and requires disclosure of how the fair value less costs of disposal has been measured when an impairment loss has been recognized or reversed during the period. The amended standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014, with retrospective application required. Management anticipates that the implementation of this standard will not have a material impact on the Predecessor’s combined carve-out financial statements.
   
· In June 2013, the IASB published a limited scope amendment to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and the forthcoming chapter on hedge accounting in IFRS 9 Financial Instruments . This amendment provides some relief from the requirement to cease hedge accounting when a derivative is required to be novated to a central counterparty or entity acting in a similar capacity, under certain circumstances. The amended standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014, with retrospective application required. Management anticipates that the implementation of this standard will not have a material impact on the Predecessor’s combined carve-out financial statements.
   
· In December 2013, the IASB issued the Annual Improvements to IFRSs-2010-2012 Cycle , which includes changes to IFRS 2 Share-based Payment , IFRS 3 Business Combination , IFRS 8 Operating Segments , IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement , IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment , IAS 38 Intangible Assets and IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures . These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2014. Management anticipates that these amendments will not have a material impact on the Predecessor’s combined carve-out financial statements.
   
· In December 2013, the IASB issued the Annual Improvements to IFRSs-2011-2013 Cycle , which includes changes to IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Standards , IFRS 3 Business Combinations , IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement and IAS 40 Investment Property. These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2014. Management anticipates that these amendments will not have any impact on the Predecessor’s combined carve-out financial statements.

 

The impact of all other IFRS standards and amendments issued but not yet adopted is not expected to be material.

 

3. Vessels and Vessels under Construction

 

The movements in vessels and vessels under construction are reported in the following table:

 

    Vessels     Vessels under construction  
Cost                
At January 1, 2013           118,481,930  
Additions           456,286,613  
Transfer from vessels under construction to vessels     574,768,543       (574,768,543 )
At December 31, 2013     574,768,543        
                 
Accumulated depreciation                
At January 1, 2013            
Depreciation expense     12,237,735        
At December 31, 2013     12,237,735        
                 
Net book value                
At December 31, 2013     562,530,808        
At December 31, 2012           118,481,930  

F- 12

Vessels with an aggregate carrying amount of $562,530,808 as of December 31, 2013 (December 31, 2012: $0) have been pledged as collateral under the terms of the Predecessor’s loan agreements.

 

Vessels under construction

 

In May 2010, GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. entered into shipbuilding contracts for the construction of two LNG carriers (155,000 cubic meters each) with Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. The first vessel, GasLog Shanghai, was delivered on January 28, 2013, and the second vessel, GasLog Santiago, was delivered on March 25, 2013.

 

In March 2011, GAS-five Ltd. entered into shipbuilding contract with Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. for the construction of one LNG carrier (155,000 cubic meters). The vessel, GasLog Sydney , was delivered on May 30, 2013.

 

4. Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

    At December 31,  
    2012     2013  
Current accounts     2,299       10,075,785  
Time deposits           4,328,000  
Total     2,299       14,403,785  

 

With respect to the next installment and interest due for the loan facility of GAS-three Ltd. (Note 9), an amount of $1,977,619 is kept in a retention account as of December 31, 2013.

 

5. Trade and Other Receivables

 

An analysis of the trade and other receivable is as follows:

 

    At December 31,  
    2012     2013  
VAT receivable     5,562       50,390  
Due from charterer           66,699  
Other receivables     28,307       36,878  
Total     33,869       153,967  

 

As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, no material receivable balances were past due or impaired, and therefore no allowance was necessary.

 

6. Other Non-current Assets

 

An analysis of other non-current assets is as follows:

 

    At December 31,  
    2012     2013  
Accrued revenue from straight-line revenue recognition           1,068,417  
Guarantee claims           27,429  
Other guarantees           146,874  
Cash collaterals on swaps     890,000        
Total     890,000       1,242,720  

 

Other guarantees represent amounts due from a related party for advances made to our Manager in connection with security to a bank guarantee provided to the Greek government for the Subsidiaries.

 

7. Owners’ Capital and Contributed Surplus

 

Since their inception, the capital of each of the Subsidiaries consists of 12,000 authorized common shares with a par value of $1 per share, all of which have been issued and are outstanding, resulting in a total owners’ capital of $36,000. Each share is entitled to one vote.

 

Contributed surplus represents capital contributed by the owner of each Subsidiary in excess of par value to fund working capital and shipyard installments and

F- 13

capital contributed through contributed services. Capital contributions-contributed services for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $627,000 represent the fair value of commercial management services provided by GasLog to the Predecessor for the period from each vessel’s delivery date to the effective date of the commercial management agreements for which no fees were paid. The fair value of the contributed management services represent the estimated value of $1,500 per vessel per day for the services received based on an annual fee of $540,000 for each vessel per year (refer to Note 14) as per the commercial management agreements contracted in July and August 2013 by the vessel owning companies, and has been recorded within General and administrative expenses in the accompanying combined carve-out statements of profit or loss and as Capital contributions-contributed services in the accompanying combined carve-out statements of changes in equity.

 

8. Management of Capital

 

The Predecessor’s capital is comprised of ordinary share capital, contributed surplus, reserves and (accumulated deficit)/retained earnings.

 

The Predecessor’s objectives when managing capital are to provide an optimal return to shareholders over the short to medium term whilst ensuring the protection of its assets by minimizing risk. The Predecessor seeks to achieve its objectives by managing its financial risks. The Predecessor does not have any externally imposed capital requirements.

 

9. Bank Loans

 

    At December 31,  
    2012     2013  
Amounts due within one year           24,188,723  
Less: unamortized deferred loan issuance costs           (2,113,937 )
Loans – current portion           22,074,786  
Amounts due after one year           370,706,468  
Less: unamortized deferred loan issuance costs           (6,789,470 )
Loans – non-current portion           363,916,998  
Total           385,991,784  

 

(a) DnB Bank ASA and Export-Import Bank of Korea

 

On March 14, 2012, GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. entered into a loan agreement of up to $272,500,000 with DnB Bank ASA and the Export-Import Bank of Korea, in order to partially finance the acquisition of two LNG vessels . On January 18, 2013 and March 19, 2013, GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. drew down $272,500,000 in total from the loan facility for the financing of the GasLog Shanghai and the GasLog Santiago. The balance outstanding of both tranches as of December 31, 2013 was $260,468,720 and is repayable in 45 equal quarterly installments, as well as a balloon payment of $40,000,000 due together with the final installment in the first quarter of 2025 for each tranche. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin.

 

Each of the borrowers is required to have a minimum liquidity of $1,500,000 following the loan drawdown date.

 

(b) Nordea Bank Finland PLC, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and Citibank International PLC syndicated loan

 

On October 3, 2011, GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. jointly and severally entered into a loan agreement of up to $277,000,000 with Nordea Bank Finland PlC, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and Citibank International PLC in order to partially finance the acquisition of two LNG vessels. On May 24, 2013, GAS-five Ltd. drew down $138,500,000 from the loan facility for the financing of the GasLog Sydney . The balance outstanding of the respective tranche as of December 31, 2013 was $134,426,471 and is repayable in 22 equal quarterly installments and by a balloon installment equal to $89,617,647 payable together with the last installment no later than May 2019. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin.

 

Each of the borrowers is required to have a minimum liquidity of $1,500,000 following the loan drawdown date.

 

(c) Securities covenants and guarantees

 

The obligations under the aforementioned facilities are secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessels, a pledge of the share capital of the respective vessel owning companies and a first priority assignment of earnings related to the vessels, including charter revenue, management revenue and any insurance and requisition compensation. Obligations under the facilities are guaranteed by GasLog and GasLog Carriers Ltd. The facilities include customary respective covenants, and among other restrictions the facilities include a fair market value covenant pursuant to which an event of default could occur under the facilities if the aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels (without taking into account any charter arrangements) were to fall below 120% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance under the facilities and any negative marked-to-market value arising under any hedging transaction. In the event that the value of a vessel falls below the threshold, we could be required to provide the lender with additional security or prepay a portion of the outstanding loan balance, which could negatively impact our liquidity.

 

(d) Corporate guarantor financial covenants

 

GasLog, as corporate guarantor for the loan facilities listed above, is subject to specified financial covenants on a consolidated basis. These financial covenants include the following:

 

  (i) net working capital (excluding the current portion of long-term debt) must be positive;
     
  (ii) total indebtedness divided by total capitalization must not exceed 75%;
     
  (iii) beginning on December 31, 2013, the ratio of EBITDA over debt service obligations (including interest and debt repayments) on a trailing 12 months’ basis must be no less than 110%;
     
  (iv) beginning on December 31, 2013, the aggregate amount of all unencumbered cash and cash equivalents must exceed the higher of 3% of total indebtedness or $20,000,000 after the first drawdown;
     
  (v) GasLog is permitted to pay dividends, provided that GasLog Group holds unencumbered cash equal to at least 4% of its total indebtedness, subject no event of default having occurred  or occurring as a consequence of the payment of such dividends; and

F- 14

  (vi) GasLog Group’s market value adjusted net worth must at all times exceed $350,000,000.

 

The credit facilities also impose certain restrictions relating to GasLog, including restrictions that limit its ability to make any substantial change in the nature of its business or to engage in transactions that would constitute a change of control, without repaying all of the GasLog Group’s indebtedness in full, or to allow the GasLog Group’s largest shareholders to reduce their shareholding in GasLog below specified thresholds.

 

Compliance with the financial covenants is required on a semi-annual basis and GasLog Group was in compliance as of December 31, 2013.

 

Loan Repayment Schedule

 

The maturity table below reflects the principal repayments of the loans outstanding as of December 31, 2013 based on the repayment schedule of the respective loan facilities (as described above):

 

    At December 31, 2013  
Not later than one year     24,188,723  
Later than one year and not later than three years     48,377,446  
Later than three years and not later than five years     228,637,846  
Later than five years     93,691,176  
Total     394,895,191  

 

The weighted average interest rate for both outstanding loan facilities as of December 31, 2013 was 3.90% (2012: n/ a).

 

 

The carrying amount of the Predecessor’s bank debt recognized in the combined carve-out financial statements approximates its fair value.

 

10. Other Payables and Accruals

 

An analysis of other payables and accruals is as follows:

 

    At December 31,  
    2012     2013  
Accrued legal and professional fees     3,758       43,925  
Unearned revenue           7,071,341  
Accrued employee costs           97,394  
Accrued financing cost     423,920        
Other payables and accruals     57,836       599,378  
Accrued interest           1,397,587  
Accrued management fees (Note 14)           162,000  
Accrued special bonus     836,000        
Total     1,321,514       9,371,625  

 

The unearned revenue of $7,071,341 represents charter hire received in December 2013 relating to January 2014.

 

11. General and Administrative Expenses

 

An analysis of general and administrative expenses is as follows:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2012     2013  
Travel and accommodation     30,425       1,166  
Legal and professional fees           42,321  
Vessel naming ceremony expenses           199,846  
Commercial management fees (Note 14)           1,243,500  
Foreign exchange differences     (12,201 )     37,792  
Other expenses     11,908        
Total     30,132       1,524,625  

 

12. Vessel Operating Costs

 

An analysis of vessel operating costs is as follows:

F- 15

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2012     2013  
Management fees and other ship management expenses (Note 14)           1,118,738  
Crew wages           7,292,871  
Technical maintenance expenses           1,462,044  
Provisions and stores           908,080  
Insurance expenses           811,416  
Brokers’ commissions           786,123  
Other operating expenses           717,444  
Total           13,096,716  

 

13. Financial Income and Costs

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2012     2013  
Financial income                
Interest income     110,109       31,686  
Total financial income     110,109       31,686  
                 
Financial costs                
Amortization of deferred loan issuance costs           1,697,904  
Interest expense on loans           8,993,313  
Realized loss on cash flow hedges           1,384,731  
Other financial costs     606       57,195  
Total financial costs     606       12,133,143  

 

14. Related Party Transactions

 

The Predecessor had the following balances with related parties which have been included in the combined carve-out statements of financial position:

 

Amounts due from related parties

 

    At December 31,  
    2012     2013  
Due from GasLog     18,151       18,151  
Total     18,151       18,151  

 

Amount due to related parties

 

    As of December 31,  
    2012     2013  
Due to GasLog LNG Services Ltd. (a)     394,788       3,918,098  
Due to GasLog Carriers Ltd. (b)     8,397,841       20,756,019  
Total     8,792,629       24,674,117  

 

(a) The balance of $3,918,098 represents payments made by the Manager to cover operating expenses of the Predecessor of $3,790,231 (2012: $0) as well as amounts owed for management services and construction supervision fees of $127,867 (2012: $394,788). The costs of construction supervision and management services provided during the construction period were capitalized to vessel cost as directly attributable costs to bringing the vessels to the condition necessary for them to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management (refer to the table below that illustrates the capitalized and expensed costs).
   
(b) The balance of $20,756,019 consists of (a) $9,800,000 dividend declared to the Parent in December 2013 that has not yet been paid and (b) $10,956,019 paid by the Parent to provide the Predecessor with funding to cover expenses during the construction period (2012: $8,397,841). These costs that were invoiced by third parties were either capitalized (Note 3) or expensed depending on their nature and timing of the services provided.

 

The Predecessor had the following transactions with GasLog LNG Services and GasLog, related parties:

F- 16

    For the year ended December 31,  
Details   2012     2013  
Costs capitalized to vessel cost                
Construction supervision fees (i)     2,479,988       876,789  
Pre-delivery management fees (ii)     90,000       171,000  
Ship Management System (SMS fee) (iv)           420,000  
Costs expensed                
Management fees (included in Vessel operating costs) (iii)           1,118,738  
Commercial management fee (included in General and administrative expenses) (v)           1,243,500  
Other vessel operating costs           40,320  

 

(i) The Manager charged the vessel-owning companies shipbuilding supervision fees pursuant to the shipbuilding supervision contracts that were signed on June 2, 2010 with respect to GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. and on March 31, 2011 with respect to GAS-five Ltd. In accordance with the shipbuilding supervision contracts, the Manager was appointed as the supervisor of the construction of the vessels under the relevant shipbuilding contracts until the successful delivery of each vessel. Monthly charge rates for the site inspection team varied from $12,500 to $18,500 according to the level of seniority of the inspectors.
   
(ii) GasLog LNG Services charged the vessel owning companies pre-delivery management fees of a monthly charge of $22,500 for approximately four months prior to each vessel’s delivery date for management services relating to the vessel’s supervision provided during the same period.
   
(iii) On August 16, 2010, GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. and on March 31, 2011, GAS-five Ltd. entered into ship management agreements (“Ship Management Agreement”) with GasLog LNG Services. These agreements are effective from each vessel’s delivery until the vessel is sold or becomes a total loss. In addition, they may also be terminated by the owners by giving the managers at least three months’ notice and provide for the following:
   
  · Management Fees – A fixed monthly charge of $30,000 per vessel is payable by the Predecessor to GasLog LNG Services for the provision of management services such as crew, operational and technical management, procurement, accounting, budgeting and reporting, health, safety, security and environmental protection, insurance arrangements, sale or purchase of vessels, general administration and quality assurance. The aforementioned fee will be adjusted annually on December 31 st based on the US Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U).
  · Superintendent Fees – A fee of $1,000 per day is payable to GasLog LNG Services for each day in excess of 25 days per calendar year for which a superintendent performs visits to the vessels.
  · Share of General Expenses – A monthly lump sum amounting to 11.25% of the Management Fee is payable to GasLog LNG Services during the term of this agreement.
  · Annual Incentive Bonus –Annual Incentive Bonus may be payable to GasLog LNG Services, at the Predecessor’s discretion, for remittance to the crew of an amount of up to $72,000 based on Key Performance Indicators predetermined annually.
     
(iv) Pursuant to the shipbuilding supervision contracts described above in (i), the vessel owning companies entered into a professional consulting services contract with the Manager. The professional consulting services contract provides that the Manager will be paid a one-off fee of $130,000 in exchange for the development and installation of a Ship Management System for each vessel. In addition the Manager charged the vessel owning companies for an additional fee of $10,000 per vessel with respect of the preparation and verification of the aforementioned system.
   
(v) On July 19, 2013, GAS-five Ltd., and on August 28, 2013, GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd., entered into commercial management agreements with GasLog pursuant to which the Subsidiaries will receive commercial management services relating to the operation of the vessels, including and not limited to negotiation of the vessels’ possible employment, assessing market conditions on specific issues, keeping proper accounting records and handling and advising on claims or disputes. The annual management fee will be $540,000 for each vessel payable quarterly in advance in lump sum amounts. The agreements may be terminated by either party at any time giving the other party not less than twelve months’ written notice. The fair value of the services provided in the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to $1,243,500 from which $627,000 related to the services provided for the period from each vessel’s delivery date to the effective date of the commercial management agreements for which no fees were paid and have been recorded as Contributed capital-contributed services in the accompanying combined carve-out statement of changes in equity (Notes 7 and 11).

 

Construction, supervision fees, pre-delivery management fees, and SMS fees are capitalized to the cost of vessel. Fees paid pursuant to the Ship Management Agreements and the Commercial Management Agreements are included in Vessel operating costs and General and administrative expenses, respectively. Pursuant to a commission agreement with Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. shipyard, commissions due from the shipyard in relation to the new building orders will be paid by Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. shipyard to DryLog Investments Ltd., an affiliate of Ceres Shipping. Upon receipt of the commissions, DryLog Investments Ltd. will forward the payments to the vessel-owning subsidiaries through the Parent, after deducting handling fees for each payment.

 

15. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Future gross minimum revenues receivable upon collection of hire under non-cancellable time charter agreements for vessels in operation as of December 31, 2013 are as follows (vessel off-hires and drydocking days that could occur but are not currently known are not taken into consideration; in addition early delivery of the vessels by the charterers is not accounted for):

 

Period   December 31, 2013  
       
Not later than one year     83,259,344  
Later than one year and not later than three years     168,551,290  
Later than three years and not later than five years     122,722,889  
More than five years     11,894,721  
Total     386,428,244  

 

On May 9, 2011, GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd. and GAS-five Ltd. signed time charter agreements with BG Group, for the employment of their vessels from the date of delivery of the vessels through January 2018, March 2018 and May 2019, respectively, with charter options to extend the agreements for up to two extension periods of three or four years. The charter party agreements provide for daily hire rates that include two components – a capital cost component that is fixed for the period of the agreement and an operating cost component that has a fixed annual escalation rate.

F- 17

Various claims, suits and complaints, including those involving government regulations, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, environmental claims, agents and insurers and from claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the Predecessor’s vessels. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities requiring disclosure in the combined carve-out financial statements.

 

16. Financial Risk Management

 

The Predecessor’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, including market price risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The Predecessor’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Predecessor’s financial performance. The Predecessor makes use of derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps to mitigate certain risk exposures.

 

Market risk

 

Interest rate risk: Interest rate risk is the risk that interest costs will fluctuate due to changes in market interest rates. The Predecessor’s financial income and operating cash flows fluctuate based on changes in market interest rates as the Predecessor has loans that bear interest at floating rates. The Predecessor uses interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to interest rate movements on bank borrowings. At December 31, 2013, the Predecessor has hedged 78.9% of its future variable rate interest exposure relating to its existing loan facilities by swapping the variable rate for a fixed rate (2012: 79.7%).

 

The fair value of the swaps at December 31, 2013 was estimated as a net loss of $4,058,897 (2012: $11,427,876). The effective portion of changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedging instruments (Note 17) amounting to $3,776,876 gain (2012: $8,687,198 loss) was recognized directly in the combined carve-out statement of changes in equity.

 

Interest rate sensitivity analysis: The interest rate swap agreements described below are subject to market risk as they are recorded at fair value in the combined carve-out statements of financial position at year end. The fair value of net interest rate swaps liabilities increases when interest rates decrease and decreases when interest rates increase. At December 31, 2013, if interest rates had increased or decreased by 10 basis points with all other variables held constant, the positive/(negative) impact, respectively, on the fair value of the interest rate swaps would have amounted to approximately $1,140,237 (2012: $1,344,672). This amount would have affected the other comprehensive income by $511,219 (2012: $1,344,672) and the (loss)/gain on interest rate swaps by $629,018 (2012: $0). During the year ended December 31, 2013, if interest rates had increased or decreased by 10 basis points with all other variables held constant, the increase/ (decrease), respectively, in interest expense on the un-hedged portion of the Group’s loans would have amounted to approximately $72,570.

 

Currency Risk: Currency risk is the risk that the value of financial instruments will fluctuate due to changes in foreign exchange rates. Currency risk arises when future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the Predecessor’s functional currency. The Predecessor is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures primarily with respect to general and crew costs denominated in Euros. The Predecessor does not hedge movements in exchange rates but management monitors the exchange rate fluctuations on a continuous basis. As an indication of the extent of our sensitivity to changes in exchange rate, a 10% increase in the average euro/dollar exchange rate would have decreased our profit and cash flows during the year ended December 31, 2013 by $668,304, based upon our expenses during the year (2012: $0).

 

Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that arises when the maturity of assets and liabilities does not match. An unmatched position potentially enhances profitability, but can also increase the risk of losses.

 

The Predecessor manages its liquidity risk by having secured credit lines and by receiving capital contributions to fund its commitments and by maintaining cash and cash equivalents.

 

The following tables detail the Predecessor’s expected cash flows for its non-derivative financial liabilities. The tables have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Predecessor can be required to pay. The table includes both interest and principal cash flows. Variable future interest payments were determined based on an average LIBOR plus the margins applicable to the Predecessor’s loans at the end of each year presented.

 

    Weighted-
average
effective
interest
rate
  Less
than 1
month
  1-3 months   3-12 months   1-5 years   5+ years   Total  
December 31, 2013                                            
Trade and other accounts payable         200,599     210,554     293,640             704,793  
Due to related parties         3,918,098         20,756,019             24,674,117  
Other payables and accruals         7,925,030     1,446, 595                 9,371,625  
Variable interest loans     2.76 %       7,770,520     26,201,643     309,103,747     94,854,134     437,930,044  
Total         12,043,727     9,427,669     47,251,302     309,103,747     94,854,134     472,680,579  
December 31, 2012                                            
Trade and other accounts payable         519,565     73,999                 593,564  
Due to related parties         394,788         8,397,841             8,792,629  
Other payables and accruals         343,039     142,475     836,000             1,321,514  
Total         1,257,392     216,474     9,233,841             10,707,707  

F- 18

The amounts included above for variable interest rate instruments is subject to change if changes in variable interest rates differ from those estimates of interest rates determined at the end of the reporting period.

 

The following table details the Predecessor’s expected cash flows for its derivative financial liabilities. The table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted contractual net cash inflows and outflows on derivative instruments that settle on a net basis. When the amount payable or receivable is not fixed, the amount disclosed has been determined by reference to the projected interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the end of the reporting period. The undiscounted contractual cash flows are based on the contractual maturities of the derivatives.

 

    Less
than 1
month
  1-3 months   3-12 months   1-5 years   5+ years   Total  
December 31, 2013                                      
Interest rate swap     279,036     867,283     3,161,047     173,016         4,480,382  
Total     279,036     867,283     3,161,047     173,016         4,480,382  
December 31, 2012                                      
Interest rate swap             2,791,281     8,878,916     (152,293 )   11,517,904  
Total             2,791,281     8,878,916     (152,293 )   11,517,904  

 

The Predecessor expects to be able to meet its current obligations resulting from financing and operating its vessels using the liquidity existing at year end and the cash generated by operating activities. The Predecessor expects to be able to meet its long-term obligations resulting from financing its vessels through cash generated from operations.

 

Credit risk

 

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will fail to discharge its obligations and cause a financial loss. The Predecessor is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by any of the counterparties. To limit this risk, the Predecessor deals exclusively with creditworthy financial institutions and customers.

 

    At December 31,  
    2012     2013  
Cash     2,299       14,403,785  
Short-term investments           1,500,000  
Trade and other receivables     33,869       153,967  

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, all of the Predecessor’s revenue was earned from one customer, a subsidiary of BG Group Plc. (“BG Group”) and accounts receivable were not collateralized; however, management believes that the credit risk is partially offset by the creditworthiness of the Predecessor’s counterparty and the fact that the hire is being collected in advance. The Predecessor did not experience significant credit losses on its accounts receivable portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2013. The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the combined carve-out financial statements represents the Predecessor’s maximum exposure to credit risk. Management monitors exposure to credit risk, and they believe that there is no substantial credit risk arising from the Predecessor’s counterparty.

 

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit-ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies.

 

17. Derivative Financial Instruments

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

The fair value of the derivative assets is as follows:

 

    At December 31,  
    2012     2013  
Financial liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)                
Interest rate swaps           799,926  
Total           799,926  
Derivative financial instruments, non – current asset           799,926  
Total           799,926  

 

The fair value of the derivative liabilities is as follows:

 

    At December 31,  
    2012     2013  
Derivatives designated and effective as hedging instruments carried at fair value                
Interest rate swaps     11,427,876       2,816,370  
Financial liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)                
Interest rate swaps           2,042,453  
Total     11,427,876       4,858,823  
Derivative financial instruments, current liability     3,132,045       4,233,398  
Derivative financial instruments, non – current liability     8,295,831       625,425  
Total     11,427,876       4,858,823  

 

Under these swap transactions, the bank counterparty effects quarterly floating-rate payments to the Predecessor for the notional amount based on the three-

F- 19

month U.S. dollar LIBOR, and the Predecessor effects quarterly payments to the bank on the notional amount at the respective fixed rates.

 

The decrease in net derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012 resulted mainly from the decrease in the notional amount of the interest rate swaps and the increase in LIBOR yield curve used to calculate the present value of the estimated future cash flows

 

Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedging instruments

 

The principal terms of the interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedging instruments were as follows:

 

                          Notional Amount at December 31,  
Subsidiary   Counterparty   Trade
Date
  Effective
Date
  Termination
Date
  Fixed
Interest
Rate
    2012     2013  
GAS-three Ltd. (1)   DNB bank ASA   April 2012   Jan 2013   Jan 2018     1.45 %     96,250,000        
GAS-four Ltd. (1)   DNB bank ASA   April 2012   Mar 2013   Mar 2018     1.50 %     96,250,000        
GAS-five Ltd.   Nordea Bank Finland   Nov 2011   May 2013   May 2018     2.04 %     60,000,000       58,235,293  
GAS-five Ltd.   Nordea Bank Finland   Nov 2011   May 2013   May 2018     1.96 %     75,000,000       72,794,117  
                              327,500,000       131,029,410  

 

(1) In 2013, hedge accounting for these interest rate swaps was discontinued because the effectiveness criteria were not met as the fair value of the relevant interest rate swaps when compared with the hypothetical swaps was outside the required range of effectiveness (80%-125%). The cumulative loss of $3,886,488 from the period that the hedges were effective will be recycled to the profit or loss in the same manner as the hedged item will affect profit or loss (i.e., amortized until the maturity of the hedging transaction). The amount that was reclassified to profit or loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 is $654,964.

 

The fixed interest agreements converted the floating interest rate exposure into a fixed interest rate in order to hedge the Predecessor’s exposure to fluctuations in prevailing market interest rates. The derivative instruments listed above qualified as cash flow hedging instruments for accounting purposes as of December 31, 2013 with the exception of the two agreements for which the effectiveness criteria were not met as mentioned above.

 

No new swap agreements entered into by the Predecessor during the year ended December 31, 2013. For the two swap agreements entered into by the Predecessor during the year ended December 31, 2012, there was a loss of $931,400 recognized at their inception in the combined carve-out statement of profit or loss under (Loss)/gain on interest rate swaps, which included fees and evidence that the respective transaction prices exceeded the valuation based on observable market data.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments, amounting to a profit of $3,776,876, was recognized in Other comprehensive income (December 31, 2012: $8,687,198 loss). The increase in profit resulted from the decrease in the notional amount of the interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges and the increase in the LIBOR yield curve used to calculate the present value of the estimated future cash flows. The gain of $16,742 relating to the ineffective portion was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2013, in the combined carve-out statement of profit or loss under (Loss)/gain on interest rate swaps (December 31, 2012: $9,032 loss).

 

Interest rate swaps held for trading

 

The principal terms of the interest rate swaps held for trading were as follows:

 

                          Notional Amount at December 31,  
Subsidiary   Counterparty   Trade
Date
  Effective
Date
  Termination
Date
  Fixed
Interest
Rate
    2012     2013  
GAS-three Ltd.   DNB bank ASA   April 2012   Jan 2013   Jan 2018     1.45 %           90,234,360  
GAS-four Ltd.   DNB bank ASA   April 2012   Mar 2013   Mar 2018     1.50 %           90,234,360  
                                    180,468,720  

 

The change in the fair value of these contracts as of December 31, 2013 amounted to a net gain of $3,575,361 (which was recognized against earnings in the period incurred and is included in the combined carve-out statement of profit or loss under (Loss)/gain on interest rate swaps (December 31, 2012: $0).

 

An analysis of (Loss)/gain on interest rate swaps is as follows:

 

    At December 31,  
    2012     2013  
Inception loss for cash flow hedges     (931,400 )      
Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps held for trading           3,575,361  
Realized loss on interest rate swaps held for trading           (1,900,952 )
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges reclassified to profit or loss           (654,964 )
Ineffectiveness on cash flow hedges     (9,032 )     16,742  
Total     (940,432 )     1,036,187  

 

The realized loss on interest rate swaps for trading represents the realized loss for the two interest rate swaps for which hedge accounting was discontinued in 2013, from the dates that the effectiveness criteria were not met. The loss resulted from the fact that the fixed interest rates specified in the interest rate swap agreements as payable by the Company were higher than the applicable floating rate (based on the 3-month LIBOR rate) specified in the interest rate swap agreements as payable by the bank counterparty.

 

Fair value measurements

 

The fair value of the interest rate swaps at the end of reporting period was determined by discounting the future cash flows using the interest rate yield curves at the end of the reporting period and the credit risk inherent in the contract. The Predecessor uses its judgment to make assumptions that are mainly based on market conditions for the estimation of the counterparty risk and the Predecessor’s own risk that are considered for the calculation of the fair value of the interest rate swaps. The interest rate swaps meet Level 2 classification, according to the fair value hierarchy as defined by IFRS 7, Financial Instruments Disclosure . There were no financial instruments in Levels 1 and 3 and no transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 during the periods presented. The definitions of the Levels, provided by IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures , are based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

F- 20

· Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
· Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and
· Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

 

18. Taxation

 

Under the laws of the country of the vessels’ registration, the Predecessor is not subject to tax on international shipping income. However, it is subject to registration and tonnage taxes, which are included in vessel operating and supervision costs in the combined carve-out statement of profit or loss.

 

Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the U.S. source gross transportation income of a ship-owning or chartering corporation, such as the Predecessor, is subject to a 4% U.S. Federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. U.S. source gross transportation income consists of 50% of the gross shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Predecessor has not made any U.S. port calls, and hence did not have U.S. source gross transportation income.

 

19. (Loss) / earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) was calculated by dividing the (loss)/profit for the year attributable to the owners of the common shares by the weighted average number of common shares issued and outstanding during the year.

 

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2012   2013  
Basic (loss)/earnings per share          
(Loss)/profit for the year   (861,061 ) 26,218,242  
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic   36,000   36,000  
Basic (loss)/earnings per share   (23.92 ) 728.28  

 

Diluted EPS is equal to basic EPS since there are no potential ordinary shares assumed to have been converted into common shares.

 

20. Subsequent Events

 

There are no material subsequent events.

F- 21

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Partners of GasLog Partners LP

Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands

 

We have audited the accompanying statement of financial position of GasLog Partners LP (the “Partnership”) as of January 23, 2014 (date of incorporation). This statement of financial position is the responsibility of the Partnership’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the statement of financial position based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of financial position is free of material misstatement. The Partnership is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the statement of financial position, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall statement of financial position presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such statement of financial position presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GasLog Partners LP as of January 23, 2014 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

/s/ Deloitte Hadjipavlou Sofianos & Cambanis S.A.

Athens, Greece

February 3, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

F- 22

 

GasLog Partners LP

 

Statement of financial position

As of January 23, 2014 (date of incorporation)

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

                 
             
Assets                
Current assets                
Cash on hand           1,000    
Total current assets           1,000    
Total assets           1,000    
Liabilities and partners’ equity                
Total liabilities              
Commitments and contingencies              
Partners’ equity                
Limited Partner           980    
General Partner           20    
Total partners’ equity           1,000    
Total liabilities and partners’ equity           1,000    
                   

 

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement of financial position.

F- 23

 

GasLog Partners LP

Notes to the statement of financial position

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

1. Basis of Presentation and Nature of Operations

GasLog Partners LP (the “Partnership”) was formed on January 23, 2014, under the laws of Marshall Islands, by GasLog Ltd. (“GasLog” or the “Limited Partner”), an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and GasLog Partners GP LLC, the Partnership’s general partner (the “General Partner”), a Marshall Islands limited liability company, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of GasLog. The Partnership was established for the purpose of initially acquiring the interests in three liquefied natural gas (“LNG”) carriers that will be contributed by GasLog to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership, GasLog Partners Holdings LLC, to be incorporated. The Partnership has commenced preparation for an initial public offering of its common units (the “IPO”) in the United States and intends to list its common units on the New York Stock Exchange. Concurrently with the IPO, the Partnership will acquire 100% ownership interests in GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd. and GAS-five Ltd. (the “Subsidiaries”) each of which is the owner of one LNG vessel. The shares of these three vessel-owning companies will be contributed by GasLog to the Partnership, which will become their sole shareholder.

The Partnership has adopted a December 31 fiscal year end and reports in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board . The General Partner contributed $20 and GasLog contributed $980 to the Partnership on January 23, 2014. There have been no other transactions involving the Partnership as of January 23, 2014.

On February 3, 2014, the Partnership’s Board of Directors authorized the financial statements for issuance and filing.

 

 

F- 24

 

APPENDIX A

 

FORM OF
FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

GASLOG PARTNERS LP

 
A- i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I   DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION   1
Section 1.1.   Definitions   1
Section 1.2.   Construction   20
         
ARTICLE II   ORGANIZATION   20
Section 2.1.   Formation   20
Section 2.2.   Name   20
Section 2.3.   Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices   20
Section 2.4.   Purpose and Business   21
Section 2.5.   Powers   21
Section 2.6.   Term   21
Section 2.7.   Title to Partnership Assets   21
         
ARTICLE III   RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS   21
Section 3.1.   Limitation of Liability   21
Section 3.2.   Management of Business   22
Section 3.3.   Outside Activities of the Limited Partners   22
Section 3.4.   Rights of Limited Partners   22
         
ARTICLE IV   CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS   23
Section 4.1.   Certificates   23
Section 4.2.   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates   23
Section 4.3.   Record Holders   24
Section 4.4.   Transfer Generally   24
Section 4.5.   Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests   25
Section 4.6.   Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest   26
Section 4.7.   Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights   26
Section 4.8.   Restrictions on Transfers   27
         
ARTICLE V   CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS   27
Section 5.1.   Contributions Prior to the Closing Date   27
Section 5.2.   Initial Unit Issuances; Tax Election; Initial Contributors and Redemption of Common Units   27
Section 5.3.   Interest and Withdrawal   28
Section 5.4.   Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests   28
Section 5.5.   Limitations on Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests   29
Section 5.6.   Conversion of Subordinated Units to Common Units   29
Section 5.7.   Limited Preemptive Right   29
Section 5.8.   Splits and Combinations   29
Section 5.9.   Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests   30
Section 5.10.   Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights   30
A- ii
ARTICLE VI   DISTRIBUTIONS   32
Section 6.1.   Allocations   32
Section 6.2.   Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders   32
Section 6.3.   Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus   33
Section 6.4.   Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus   35
Section 6.5.   Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels   35
Section 6.6.   Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units   36
Section 6.7.   Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights   36
         
ARTICLE VII   MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS   36
Section 7.1.   Management   36
Section 7.2.   The Board of Directors; Election and Appointment; Term; Manner of Acting   37
Section 7.3.   Nominations of Elected Directors   39
Section 7.4.   Removal of Members of Board of Directors   39
Section 7.5.   Resignations of Members of the Board of Directors   39
Section 7.6.   Vacancies on the Board of Directors   40
Section 7.7.   Meetings; Committees; Chairman   40
Section 7.8.   Officers   41
Section 7.9.   Compensation of Directors   42
Section 7.10.   Certificate of Limited Partnership   42
Section 7.11.   Restrictions on the Authority of the Board of Directors and the General Partner   42
Section 7.12.   Reimbursement of the General Partner   43
Section 7.13.   Outside Activities   44
Section 7.14.   Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members   45
Section 7.15.   Indemnification   45
Section 7.16.   Liability of Indemnitees   47
Section 7.17.   Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties   48
Section 7.18.   Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and the Board of Directors   50
Section 7.19.   Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests   50
Section 7.20.   Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates   51
Section 7.21.   Reliance by Third Parties   53
         
ARTICLE VIII   BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS   54
Section 8.1.   Records and Accounting   54
Section 8.2.   Fiscal Year   54
Section 8.3.   Reports   54
A- iii
ARTICLE IX   TAX MATTERS   55
Section 9.1.   Tax Elections and Information   55
Section 9.2.   Tax Withholding   55
Section 9.3.   Conduct of Operations   55
         
ARTICLE X   ADMISSION OF PARTNERS   55
Section 10.1.   Admission of Initial Limited Partners   55
Section 10.2.   Admission of Additional Limited Partners   55
Section 10.3.   Admission of Successor General Partner   56
Section 10.4.   Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership   56
         
ARTICLE XI   WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS   57
Section 11.1.   Withdrawal of the General Partner   57
Section 11.2.   Removal of the General Partner   58
Section 11.3.   Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner   59
Section 11.4.   Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages   61
Section 11.5.   Withdrawal of Limited Partners   61
         
ARTICLE XII   DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION   61
Section 12.1.   Dissolution   61
Section 12.2.   Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution   62
Section 12.3.   Liquidating Trustee   62
Section 12.4.   Liquidation   63
Section 12.5.   Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership   64
Section 12.6.   Return of Contributions   65
Section 12.7.   Waiver of Partition   65
         
ARTICLE XIII   AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE   65
Section 13.1.   Amendments to be Adopted Without Approval of the Limited Partners or the General Partner   65
Section 13.2.   Amendment Procedures   67
Section 13.3.   Amendment Requirements   67
Section 13.4.   Special Meetings   68
Section 13.5.   Notice of a Meeting   68
Section 13.6.   Record Date   69
Section 13.7.   Adjournment   69
Section 13.8.   Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes   69
Section 13.9.   Quorum and Voting   69
Section 13.10.   Conduct of a Meeting   70
Section 13.11.   Action Without a Meeting   70
Section 13.12.   Right to Vote and Related Matters   71
         
ARTICLE XIV   MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION   71
Section 14.1.   Authority   71
Section 14.2.   Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion   71
A- iv
Section 14.3.   Approval by Limited Partners of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion   73
Section 14.4.   Certificate of Merger or Conversion   74
Section 14.5.   Amendment of Partnership Agreement   74
Section 14.6.   Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion   75
         
ARTICLE XV   RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS   76
Section 15.1.   Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests   76
         
ARTICLE XVI   GENERAL PROVISIONS   77
Section 16.1.   Addresses and Notices   77
Section 16.2.   Further Action   78
Section 16.3.   Binding Effect   78
Section 16.4.   Integration   78
Section 16.5.   Creditors   78
Section 16.6.   Waiver   78
Section 16.7.   Counterparts   78
Section 16.8.   Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction   78
Section 16.9.   Invalidity of Provisions   79
Section 16.10.   Consent of Partners   79
Section 16.11.   Facsimile Signatures   80
Section 16.12.   Third-Party Beneficiaries   80
A- v

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
GASLOG PARTNERS LP

 

THIS FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF GASLOG PARTNERS LP, dated as of                   , 2014, is entered into by and between GasLog Partners GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company, as the General Partner and GasLog Ltd., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, as the Organizational Limited Partner, together with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
Definitions and Construction

 

Section 1.1. Definitions . The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

 

Acquisition ” means any transaction in which any Group Member acquires (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of investment) control over all or a portion of the assets, properties or business of another Person for the purpose of increasing the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group from the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group existing immediately prior to such transaction; provided , however , that any acquisition of properties or assets of another Person that is made solely for investment purposes shall not constitute an Acquisition under this Agreement.

 

Adjusted Operating Surplus ” means, with respect to any period, Operating Surplus generated with respect to such period (a) less (i) the amount of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) with respect to such period and (ii) the amount of any net decrease in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) over such period to the extent such reduction does not relate to an Operating Expenditure made with respect to such period, and (b) plus (i) the amount of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) with respect to such period; (ii) the amount of any net increase in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) for Operating Expenditures over such period to the extent such reserve is required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; and (iii) the amount of any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in Adjusted Operating Surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to clause (a)(ii) above. Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of Operating Surplus included in clause (a)(i) of the definition of Operating Surplus.

A- 1

Adjusted Operating Surplus includes that portion of Operating Surplus in clause (a)(ii) of the definition of Operating Surplus only to the extent that cash is received by the Partnership Group.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “ control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(a) .

 

Agreed Value ” means the fair market value of the applicable property or other consideration at the time of contribution or distribution, as the case may be, as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Agreement ” means this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of GasLog Partners LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Annual Meeting ” means the meeting of Limited Partners to be held every year, commencing in 2015, to elect the Elected Directors as provided in Section 7.2 and to vote on any other matters brought before the meeting in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Appointed Directors ” means the members of the Board of Directors appointed by the General Partner in accordance with the provisions of Article VII .

 

Associate ” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person: (a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest; (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.

 

Audit Committee ” means a committee of the Board of Directors, which, within one year of the effective date of the Registration Statement, will be composed of a minimum of three members of the Board of Directors then serving who meet the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and meet the standards for audit committee composition established by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading.

A- 2

Available Cash ” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the Liquidation Date:

 

(a) the sum of (i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) on hand at the end of such Quarter, (ii) all additional cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter resulting from Working Capital Borrowings made subsequent to the end of such Quarter, and (iii) all cash and cash equivalents on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash resulting from cash distributions received after the end of such Quarter from any Group Member’s equity interest in any Person (other than a Subsidiary), which distributions are paid by such Person in respect of operations conducted by such Person during such Quarter, less

 

(b) the amount of any cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) established by the Board of Directors to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Partnership Group (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of the Partnership Group) subsequent to such Quarter, (ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject and (iii) provide funds for distributions under Section 6.3 or Section 6.4 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters; provided, however , that the Board of Directors may not establish cash reserves pursuant to (iii) above if the effect of establishing such reserves would be that the Partnership is unable to distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Common Units, plus any Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all Common Units, with respect to such Quarter; and, provided, further , that disbursements made by a Group Member or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such Quarter but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the Board of Directors so determines.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Available Cash ” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.

 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Partnership, composed of Appointed Directors and Elected Directors appointed or elected, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of Article VII and a majority of whom are not United States citizens or residents, which, pursuant to Section 7.1 , and subject to Section 7.11 , oversees and directs the operations, management and policies of the Partnership. The Board of Directors shall constitute a committee within the meaning of Section 30(2)(g) of the Marshall Islands Act.

A- 3

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

 

Capital Contribution ” means (a) with respect to any Partner, any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership or that is contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership on behalf of a Partner (including, in the case of an underwritten offering of Units, the amount of any underwriting discounts or commissions) or (b) with respect to the General Partner only, (i) distributions of cash that the General Partner is entitled to receive but otherwise waives such that the Partnership retains such cash or (ii) Common Units that the General Partner contributes to the Partnership.

 

Capital Improvement ” means any (a) addition or improvement to the capital assets owned by any Group Member, (b) acquisition of existing, construction of new or improvement or replacement of existing, capital assets by any Group Member or (c) capital contribution by a Group Member to a Person that is not a Subsidiary, in which a Group Member has, or after such capital contribution will have, an equity interest, to fund the Group Member’s pro rata share of the cost of the addition or improvement to or the acquisition of existing, or the construction of new, or the improvement or replacement of existing, capital assets by such Person, in each case if such addition, improvement, replacement, acquisition or construction is made to increase the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group from the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group or such Person, as the case may be, existing immediately prior to such addition, improvement, replacement, acquisition or construction; provided, however , that any such addition, improvement, acquisition or construction that is made solely for investment purposes shall not constitute a Capital Improvement.

 

Capital Surplus ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.2(a) .

 

Cause ” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding a Person liable to the Partnership or any Limited Partner for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership or as a member of the Board of Directors, as the case may be.

 

Certificate ” means a certificate (a) substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement, (b) issued in global or book entry form in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Depositary or (c) in such other form as may be adopted by the Board of Directors, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more Common Units or a certificate, in such form as may be adopted by the Board of Directors, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more other Partnership Interests.

 

Certificate of Limited Partnership ” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Registrar of Corporations of The Marshall Islands as referenced in Section 7.10 as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

A- 4

claim ” (as used in Section 7.20(c) ) has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.20(c) .

 

Closing Date ” means the first date on which Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

Closing Price ” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of determination, the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal National Securities Exchange on which the respective Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, the last quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by any quotation system then in use with respect to such Limited Partner Interests, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not quoted by any such system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class selected by the Board of Directors, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.

 

Combined Interest ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.3(a) .

 

Commences Commercial Service ” and “ Commenced Commercial Service ” shall mean the date a Capital Improvement is first put into commercial service by a Group Member following, if applicable, completion of construction, acquisition, development and testing.

 

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Common Unit ” means a Partnership Interest representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement. The term “ Common Unit ” does not refer to a Subordinated Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

Common Unit Arrearage ” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, as to any Quarter within the Subordination Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter over (b) the sum of all Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 6.3(a)(i) .

A- 5

Conflicts Committee ” means a committee of the Board of Directors composed entirely of two or more directors who are not any of the following: (a) officers or employees of the General Partner, (b) officers, directors or employees of any Affiliate of the General Partner (other than any Group Member) or (c) holders of any ownership interest in the General Partner, its Affiliates or the Partnership Group (other than (x) Common Units or (y) awards granted pursuant to any long-term incentive plan, equity compensation plan or similar plan of any Group Member) and who also have been determined by the Board of Directors to meet the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading.

 

Contributed Property ” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Marshall Islands Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership.

 

Contribution Agreement ” means that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of                    , 2014, among the General Partner, the Partnership, the Operating Company, GasLog Ltd. and the other parties named therein, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder or entered into in connection therewith.

 

Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage ” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, and as of the end of any Quarter, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of the Common Unit Arrearage with respect to an Initial Common Unit for each of the Quarters within the Subordination Period ending on or before the last day of such Quarter over (b) the sum of any distributions theretofore made pursuant to Section 6.3(a)(ii) and the second sentence of Section 6.4 with respect to an Initial Common Unit (including any distributions to be made in respect of the last of such Quarters).

 

Current Market Price ” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of determination, the average of the daily Closing Prices per Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date.

 

Deferred Issuance and Distribution ” means both (a) the issuance by the Partnership of additional Common Units that is equal to the excess, if any, of (x) [●] minus (y) the aggregate number, if any, of Common Units actually purchased by and issued to the Underwriters pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option on the Option Closing Date(s), and (b) distributions of cash pursuant to the Contribution Agreement in an amount equal to the total amount of cash contributed by the Underwriters to the Partnership on or in connection with any Option Closing Date with respect to Common Units issued by the Partnership upon the applicable exercise of the Over-Allotment Option in accordance with Section 5.2 , if any.

 

Departing General Partner ” means a former General Partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 .

A- 6

Depositary ” means, with respect to any Units issued in global form, The Depository Trust Company and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Elected Directors ” means the members of the Board of Directors who are elected as such in accordance with the provisions of Article VII and at least two (and subject to Section 7.2(d)) of whom are not any of the following: (a) officers or employees of the General Partner, (b) officers or employees of any Affiliate of the General Partner (other than any Group Member) or (c) holders of any ownership interest in the General Partner, its Affiliates or the Partnership Group (other than (x) Common Units or (y) awards granted pursuant to any long-term incentive plan, equity compensation plan or similar plan of any Group Member) and who also have been determined by the Board of Directors to meet the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading or (d) United States citizens or residents.

 

Estimated Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures ” means an estimate made in good faith by the Board of Directors (with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee) of the average quarterly Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures that the Partnership will need to incur to maintain over the long-term the operating capacity and asset base of the Partnership Group (including the Partnership’s proportionate share of the average quarterly Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures of its Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) existing at the time the estimate is made. The Board of Directors (with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee) will be permitted to make such estimate in any manner it determines reasonable. Beginning after the Closing Date, the estimate will be made at least annually and whenever an event occurs that is likely to result in a material adjustment to the amount of Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures on a long-term basis. The Partnership shall disclose to its Partners any change in the amount of Estimated Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures in its reports made in accordance with Section 8.3 to the extent not previously disclosed. Any adjustments to Estimated Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures shall be prospective only.

 

Event of Withdrawal ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(a) .

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

 

Expansion Capital Expenditures ” means cash expenditures for Acquisitions or Capital Improvements. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall not include Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures or Investment Capital Expenditures. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued, in each case, to fund the construction of a Capital Improvement and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that a Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence construction of the Capital Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such Capital Improvement Commences Commercial Service or the date that such Capital Improvement is abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred or equity issued to fund any such construction period interest payments, or such construction period distributions on equity

A- 7

paid in respect of such period shall also be deemed to be debt incurred or equity issued, as the case may be, to fund the construction of a Capital Improvement, and the Incremental Incentive Distributions paid in respect of such newly issued equity shall be deemed to be distributions paid on equity issued to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement.

 

First Target Distribution ” means $[●] per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2014, it means the product of $[●] multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and of which the denominator is the total number of days in the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.10 and Section 6.5 .

 

Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis ” means, when calculating the number of Outstanding Units for any period, a basis that includes (a) the weighted average number of Outstanding Units plus (b) all Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership (i) that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units or for which Units are issuable, in each case, that are senior to or pari passu with the Subordinated Units, (ii) whose conversion, exercise or exchange price is less than the Current Market Price on the date of such calculation, (iii) that may be converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units prior to or during the Quarter immediately following the end of the period for which the calculation is being made without the satisfaction of any contingency beyond the control of the holder other than the payment of consideration and the compliance with administrative mechanics applicable to such conversion, exercise or exchange and (iv) that were not converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units during the period for which the calculation is being made; provided, however , that for purposes of determining the number of Outstanding Units on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis when calculating whether the Subordination Period has ended, such Partnership Interests, options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights shall be deemed to have been Outstanding Units only for the four Quarters that comprise the last four Quarters of the measurement period; and provided, further , that if consideration will be paid to any Group Member in connection with such conversion, exercise or exchange, the number of Units to be included in such calculation shall be that number equal to the difference between (y) the number of Units issuable upon such conversion, exercise or exchange and (z) the number of Units that such consideration would purchase at the Current Market Price.

 

GasLog ” means GasLog Ltd.

 

General Partner ” means GasLog Partners GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the Partnership, in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).

 

General Partner Interest ” means the ownership interest of the General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner and without reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it), which is evidenced by General Partner Units and includes any and all benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

A- 8

General Partner Unit ” means a fractional part of the General Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the General Partner Interest. A General Partner Unit is not a Unit.

 

Group ” means a Person that with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment power over or disposing of any Partnership Interests with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Interests.

 

Group Member ” means a member of the Partnership Group.

 

Group Member Agreement ” means the partnership agreement of any Group Member, other than the Partnership, that is a limited or general partnership, the limited liability company agreement of any Group Member that is a limited liability company, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or similar organizational documents) of any Group Member that is a corporation, the joint venture agreement or similar governing document of any Group Member that is a joint venture and the governing or organizational or similar documents of any other Group Member that is a Person other than a limited or general partnership, limited liability company, corporation or joint venture, in each case as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Hedge Contract ” means any exchange, swap, forward, future, cap, floor, collar or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of hedging the Partnership Group’s exposure to fluctuations in the price of interest rates, currencies or commodities in their operations and not for speculative purposes.

 

Holder ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.20(a) .

 

IDR Reset Common Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(a) .

 

IDR Reset Election ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(a) .

 

IFRS ” means the international financial reporting standards.

 

Incentive Distribution Right ” means a non-voting Limited Partner Interest, which Partnership Interest will confer upon the holder thereof only the rights and obligations specifically provided in this Agreement with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights (and no other rights otherwise available to or other obligations of a holder of a Partnership Interest). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the holder of an Incentive Distribution Right shall not be entitled to vote such Incentive Distribution Right on any Partnership matter except as may otherwise be required by law.

 

Incentive Distributions ” means any amount of cash distributed to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.3 .

A- 9

Incremental Incentive Distributions ” means, with respect to any newly issued equity securities of the Partnership, the incremental amount of any Incentive Distributions payable under Section 6.3 based solely upon the amount of distributions paid in respect of such newly issued equity securities.

 

Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.20(c) .

 

Indemnitee ” means (a) the General Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a member, partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of any Person which any of the preceding clauses of this definition describes, (e) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner as an officer, director, member, partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person ( provided, however , that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services), (f) the members of the Board of Directors, (g) the Officers, and (h) any other Person the Board of Directors designates as an “ Indemnitee ” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Initial Common Units ” means the Common Units sold in the Initial Offering.

 

Initial General Partner Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) .

 

Initial Limited Partner Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) .

 

Initial Limited Partners ” means GasLog and the Underwriters, in each case upon being admitted as Partners to the Partnership in accordance with Section 10.1 .

 

Initial Offering ” means the initial public offering and sale of Common Units to the public, as described in the Registration Statement, including any Common Units sold pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

 

Initial Unit Price ” means (a) with respect to the Common Units and the Subordinated Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Underwriters first offered the Common Units to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the prospectus included as part of the Registration Statement and first issued at or after the time the Registration Statement first became effective or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the Board of Directors, in each case adjusted as the Board of Directors determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.

 

Interim Capital Transactions ” means the following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation Date: (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness (other than Working Capital Borrowings and other than for items purchased on open account in the ordinary course of business) by any Group Member and sales of debt securities of any Group Member; (b) sales of equity interests of any Group Member (including the Common Units sold to the Underwriters in the Initial Offering or pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment

A- 10

Option); (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of any Group Member (including assets acquired using Investment Capital Expenditures) other than (i) sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business and (ii) sales or other dispositions of assets as part of normal retirements or replacements; (d) capital contributions received; and (e) corporate reorganizations or restructurings.

 

Investment Capital Expenditures ” means capital expenditures other than Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures and Expansion Capital Expenditures.

 

Limited Partner ” means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Organizational Limited Partner, each Initial Limited Partner, each additional Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3 , in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership; provided, however , that when the term “ Limited Partner ” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Articles XIII and XIV , such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any holder of an Incentive Distribution Right (solely with respect to its Incentive Distribution Rights and not with respect to any other Limited Partner Interest held by such Person) except as may otherwise be required by law. Limited Partners may include custodians, nominees or any other individual or entity in its own or any representative capacity.

 

Limited Partner Interest ” means the ownership interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units, Subordinated Units, Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership Interests or a combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement; provided, however , that when the term “ Limited Partner Interest ” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Articles XIII and XIV , such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any Incentive Distribution Right except as may otherwise be required by law.

 

Liquidation Date ” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the first sentence of Section 12.2 , the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue the business of the Partnership has expired without such an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.

 

Liquidating Trustee ” means one or more Persons selected by the Board of Directors to perform the functions described in Section 12.4 .

 

Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures ” means cash expenditures (including expenditures for the addition or improvement to, or the replacement of, the capital assets owned by any Group Member or for the acquisition of existing, or the construction of new, capital assets) if such expenditure is made to maintain, including over the long term, the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group or the revenue generated by the

A- 11

vessels owned by the Partnership Group. Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures shall not include Expansion Capital Expenditures or Investment Capital Expenditures. Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures shall include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued, in each case, to finance the acquisition or the construction of a replacement asset and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that the Group Member enters into a binding obligation to acquire or construct a replacement asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such replacement asset Commences Commercial Service or the date that such replacement asset is abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred to pay or equity issued to fund the construction period interest payments, or such construction period distributions on equity shall also be deemed to be debt incurred or equity issued, as the case may be, to finance the construction of a replacement asset, and the Incremental Incentive Distributions paid in respect of such newly issued equity shall be deemed to be distributions paid on equity issued to finance the construction of a replacement asset.

 

Marshall Islands Act ” means the Limited Partnership Act of The Republic of the Marshall Islands, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

 

Merger Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.1 .

 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution ” means $[●] per Unit per Quarter (or with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2014, it means the product of $[●] multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is the total number of days in the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.10 and Section 6.5 .

 

National Securities Exchange ” means an exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) of the Exchange Act, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

 

Net Agreed Value ” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed, and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Agreed Value of such property, reduced by any indebtedness either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution.

 

Notice of Election to Purchase ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(b) .

 

Officers ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.8(a) .

 

Omnibus Agreement ” means that Omnibus Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among GasLog, the Partnership, the General Partner and the Operating Company.

 

Operating Company ” means GasLog Partners Holdings LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company, and any successors thereto.

A- 12

Operating Expenditures ” means all Partnership Group cash expenditures (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned), including taxes, employee and director compensation, reimbursements of expenses of the General Partner, repayment of Working Capital Borrowings, debt service payments, capital expenditures, payments made in the ordinary course of business under any Hedge Contracts ( provided, (i) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of any Hedge Contract, such amounts shall be amortized over the life of the Hedge Contract and (ii) that payments made in connection with the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date shall be included in Operating Expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract), subject to the following:

 

(a) deemed repayments of Working Capital Borrowings deducted from Operating Surplus pursuant to clause (b)(iii) of the definition of Operating Surplus shall not constitute Operating Expenditures when actually repaid;

 

(b) payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than Working Capital Borrowings shall not constitute Operating Expenditures; and

 

(c) Operating Expenditures shall not include (i) Expansion Capital Expenditures, Investment Capital Expenditures or actual Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures, but shall include Estimated Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures, (ii) payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to Interim Capital Transactions or (iii) distributions to Partners,

 

where capital expenditures consist of both (y) Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures and (z) Expansion Capital Expenditures and/or Investment Capital Expenditures, the Board of Directors (with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee) shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each.

 

Operating Surplus ” means, with respect to any period ending prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication:

 

(a) the sum of (i) $[●] million, (ii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, other than cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions (excluding return on capital from Investment Capital Expenditures); provided , that cash receipts from the termination of a Hedge Contract prior to its specified termination date shall be included in Operating Surplus in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract, (iii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Operating Surplus with respect to such period resulting from Working Capital Borrowings and (iv) the amount of cash distributions paid on equity issued (including Incremental Incentive Distributions) in connection with the construction of a Capital

A- 13

Improvement or replacement of a capital asset and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that the Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence the construction of such Capital Improvement or replacement of such capital asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such Capital Improvement or replacement capital asset Commences Commercial Service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of (equity issued to fund the construction period interest payments on debt incurred (including periodic net payments under related Hedge Contracts), or construction period distributions on equity issued (including Incremental Incentive Distributions), to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement or replacement of a capital asset shall also be deemed to be equity issued to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement or replacement of such capital asset for purposes of this clause (iv) ), less

 

(b) the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning immediately after the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, (ii) the amount of cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) established by the Board of Directors to provide funds for future Operating Expenditures, (iii) all Working Capital Borrowings not repaid within 12 months after having been incurred and (iv) any cash loss realized on disposition of an Investment Capital Expenditure; provided, however , that disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group Member) or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within such period if the Board of Directors so determines.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Operating Surplus ” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero. Cash receipts from Investment Capital Expenditures shall be treated as cash receipts only to the extent they are a return on capital, but in no event shall a return of capital be treated as cash receipts.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the Board of Directors.

 

Option Closing Date ” means the date or dates on which any Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters upon the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

 

Organizational Limited Partner ” means GasLog Ltd., in its capacity as the organizational limited partner of the Partnership.

 

Outstanding ” means, with respect to Partnership Interests, all Partnership Interests that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the Partnership’s books and records as of the date of determination; provided, however , that if at any time any Person or Group beneficially owns more than 4.9% of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding (or would own such percentage in the event this limitation were applied to other Persons or Groups), all Partnership Interests owned by such Person or Group in

A- 14

excess of such limitation shall not be voted on any matter and shall not be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a Person for election to the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 7.3 ), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement, except that Partnership Interests so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b)(iv) (such Partnership Interests shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Interests for purposes of this Agreement); provided, further , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to (a) the General Partner or its Affiliates or (b) any Person or Group who acquired more than 4.9% of any Partnership Interests with the prior approval of the Board of Directors after considering the potential effects of such approval on the Partnership, except, in each case, such limitation shall remain applicable with respect to the voting of Common Units in the election of the Elected Directors as provided in Section 7.2(a)(ii) .

 

Over-Allotment Option ” means the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

 

Partners ” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

 

Partnership ” means GasLog Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership, and any successors thereto.

 

Partnership Group ” means the Partnership and its Subsidiaries, including the Operating Company, treated as a single consolidated entity.

 

Partnership Interest ” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership (but excluding any options, rights, warrants, restricted units and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership), including Common Units, Subordinated Units, General Partner Units and Incentive Distribution Rights.

 

Percentage Interest ” means as of any date of determination (a) as to the General Partner with respect to General Partner Units and as to any Unitholder with respect to Units, the product obtained by multiplying (i) 100% less the percentage applicable to clause (b) below by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of Units held by such Unitholder or the number of General Partner Units held by the General Partner, as the case may be, by (B) the total number of all Outstanding Units and General Partner Units, and (b) as to the holders of other Partnership Interests issued by the Partnership in accordance with Section 5.4 , the percentage established as a part of such issuance. The Percentage Interest with respect to an Incentive Distribution Right shall at all times be zero.

 

Person ” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, governmental agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

 

Plan of Conversion ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.1 .

A- 15

Pro Rata ” means (a) when used with respect to Units or any class thereof, apportioned equally among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (b) when used with respect to Partners or Record Holders, apportioned among all Partners or Record Holders in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests and (c) when used with respect to holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned equally among all holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights held by each such holder.

 

Purchase Date ” means the date determined by the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of a certain class (other than Limited Partner Interests owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV .

 

Quarter ” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter, or, with respect to the first fiscal quarter including the Closing Date, the portion of such fiscal quarter after the Closing Date, of the Partnership.

 

Record Date ” means the date established by the Board of Directors or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.

 

Record Holder ” means (a) the Person in whose name a Common Unit is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the opening of business on a particular Business Day, or (b) with respect to other Partnership Interests, the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Interest is registered on the books that the Board of Directors has caused to be kept as of the opening of business on such Business Day (which books may be kept, at the Board of Directors’ option, by the Transfer Agent).

 

Registration Statement ” means the Partnership’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 333-195109) as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units in the Initial Offering.

 

Reset MQD ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(e) .

 

Reset Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(b) .

 

Second Target Distribution ” means $[●] per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2014, it means the product of $[●] multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is the total number of days in the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.10 and Section 6.5 .

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

A- 16

Special Approval ” means approval by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee.

 

Subordinated Unit ” means a Unit representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this Agreement. The term “ Subordinated Unit ” does not include a Common Unit. A Subordinated Unit that is convertible into a Common Unit shall not constitute a Common Unit until such conversion occurs.

 

Subordination Period ” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first to occur of the following dates:

 

(a) the second Business Day following the distribution of Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.2(a) in respect of any Quarter ending on or after March 31, 2017, in respect of which (i) (A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units, General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units, Subordinated Units, General Partner Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units that were Outstanding during such periods on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis with respect to each such period and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages; and

 

(b) the date on which the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership upon the requisite vote by holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist and no Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are voted in favor of such removal.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the

A- 17

power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person, or (d) any other Person in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding this subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) less than a majority ownership interest or (ii) less than the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person, provided , that (A) such Person, one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding this subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of the determination, has at least a 20% ownership interest in such other Person, (B) such Person accounts for such other Person (under IFRS, as in effect on the later of the date of investment in such other Person or material expansion of the operations of such other Person) on a consolidated or equity accounting basis, (C) such Person has directly or indirectly material negative control rights regarding such other Person including over such other Person’s ability to materially expand its operations beyond that contemplated at the date of investment in such other Person, and (D) such other Person is (i) other than with respect to the Operating Company, formed and maintained for the sole purpose of owning or leasing, operating and chartering vessels and (ii) obligated under its constituent documents, or as a result of a unanimous agreement of its owners, to distribute to its owners all of its income on at least an annual basis (less any cash reserves that are approved by such Person).

 

Surviving Business Entity ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.2(b)(ii) .

 

Third Target Distribution ” means $[●] per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2014, it means the product of $[●] multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is the total number of days in the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.10 and Section 6.5 .

 

Trading Day ” means, for the purpose of determining the Current Market Price of any class of Limited Partner Interests, a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is listed or admitted for trading is open for the transaction of business or, if Limited Partner Interests of a class are not listed on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.

 

transfer ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.4(a) .

 

Transfer Agent ” means such bank, trust company or other Person (including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as shall be appointed from time to time by the Partnership to act as registrar and transfer agent for the Common Units; provided , however , that if no Transfer Agent is specifically designated for any other Partnership Interests, the Partnership shall act in such capacity.

 

Underwriter ” means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.

 

Underwriting Agreement ” means the Underwriting Agreement dated [●], 2014 among the Underwriters, the Partnership, the General Partner, the Operating Company, and

A- 18

GasLog, providing for the purchase of Common Units from the Partnership by such Underwriters in connection with the Initial Offering.

 

Unit ” means a Partnership Interest that is designated as a “ Unit ” and shall include Common Units and Subordinated Units, but shall not include (a) General Partner Units (or the General Partner Interest represented thereby) or (b) the Incentive Distribution Rights.

 

Unitholders ” means the holders of Units.

 

Unit Majority ” means (a) during the Subordination Period, at least (i) a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a single class and (ii) a majority of the Outstanding Subordinated Units, voting as a single class, and (b) after the end of the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units, voting as a single class.

 

Unit Register ” means the register of the Partnership for the registration and transfer of Limited Partnership Interests as provided in Section 4.5 .

 

Unrecovered Capital ” means at any time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the Board of Directors determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of such Units.

 

Vessel Interests ” means the capital stock and other equity interests in certain of GasLog’s wholly owned Subsidiaries that have interests in three vessels – the GasLog Shanghai , the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney .

 

Volume-Weighted Average Market Price ” means, for a specified period of consecutive Trading Days for the Common Units, an amount equal to (a) the cumulative sum of the products of (x) the sale price for each trade of Common Units occurring during such period multiplied by (y) the number of Common Units sold at such price, divided by (b) the total number of Common Units so traded during such period.

 

Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(b)(i) .

 

Working Capital Borrowings ” means borrowings used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to Partners made pursuant to a credit facility, commercial paper facility or similar financing arrangement available to a Group Member, provided , that when such borrowing is incurred it is the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within 12 months from the date of such borrowings other than from additional Working Capital Borrowings.

A- 19

Section 1.2. Construction . Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the term “include” or “includes” means includes, without limitation, and “including” means including, without limitation; and (d) the terms “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II
Organization

 

Section 2.1. Formation . The General Partner and the Organizational Limited Partner previously formed the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Marshall Islands Act and hereby amend and restate the original Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership in its entirety. This amendment and restatement shall become effective as of the date hereof. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Marshall Islands Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all purposes and a Partner has no interest in specific Partnership property.

 

Section 2.2. Name . The name of the Partnership shall be “GasLog Partners LP”. The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names as determined by the Board of Directors. The words “Limited Partnership” or the letters “LP” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The Board of Directors may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time in compliance with the requirements of the Marshall Islands Act and shall notify the General Partner and the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.

 

Section 2.3. Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices . Unless and until changed by the Board of Directors, the registered office of the Partnership in The Marshall Islands shall be located at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in The Marshall Islands at such registered office shall be The Trust Company of The Marshall Islands, Inc. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at Gildo Pastor Center, 7 Rue du Gabian, MC 98000, Monaco, or such other place as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate by notice to the General Partner and the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside The Marshall Islands as the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate. The address of the General Partner shall be at Gildo Pastor Center, 7 Rue du Gabian, MC 98000, Monaco, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.

A- 20

Section 2.4. Purpose and Business . The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to (a) engage directly in, or enter into or form any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Marshall Islands Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity, and (b) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member.

 

Section 2.5. Powers . The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary and appropriate for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

 

Section 2.6. Term . The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership in accordance with the Marshall Islands Act and shall continue in existence until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XII . The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the Marshall Islands Act.

 

Section 2.7. Title to Partnership Assets . Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the Board of Directors may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however , that the General Partner shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the Board of Directors determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable; and, provided, further , that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to the Board of Directors. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Partnership assets is held.

 

ARTICLE III
Rights of Limited Partners

 

Section 3.1. Limitation of Liability . The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Marshall Islands Act.

A- 21

Section 3.2. Management of Business . No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Marshall Islands Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. Any action taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not be deemed to be participation in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 30 of the Marshall Islands Act) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under this Agreement.

 

Section 3.3. Outside Activities of the Limited Partners . Subject to the provisions of Section 7.13 and the Omnibus Agreement, which shall continue to be applicable to the Persons referred to therein, regardless of whether such Persons shall also be Limited Partners, each Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership Group. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner.

 

Section 3.4. Rights of Limited Partners . (a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by the Marshall Islands Act, and except as limited by Section 3.4(b) , each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense, to:

 

(i) have furnished to him a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;

 

(ii) obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of the Net Agreed Value of any other Capital Contribution by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner;

 

(iii) have furnished to him a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto;

 

(iv) obtain true and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Partnership Group; and

 

(v) obtain such other information regarding the affairs of the Partnership as is just and reasonable.

 

(b) The Board of Directors may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the Board of Directors deems reasonable, (i) any information that the Board of Directors reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other

A- 22

information the disclosure of which the Board of Directors in good faith believes (A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership Group, (B) could damage the Partnership Group or its business or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.4 ).

 

ARTICLE IV
Certificates; Record Holders; Transfer of Partnership Interests

 

Section 4.1. Certificates . Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in respect of some or all of any or all classes of Partnership Interests, Partnership Interests shall not be evidenced by certificates. Certificates that may be issued shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, President, Chief Executive Officer or any Executive Vice President or Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the General Partner. If a Transfer Agent has been appointed for a class of Partnership Interests, no Certificate for such class of Partnership Interests shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent; provided, however , that if the General Partner elects to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests of such class in global form, the Certificate shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Partnership Interests have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership. If Common Units are evidenced by Certificates, on or after the date on which Subordinated Units are converted into Common Units pursuant to the terms of Section 5.6 , the Record Holders of such Subordinated Units (a) if the Subordinated Units are evidenced by Certificates, may exchange such Certificates for Certificates evidencing Common Units or (b) if the Subordinated Units are not evidenced by Certificates, shall be issued Certificates evidencing Common Units.

 

Section 4.2. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. (a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent (for Common Units) or the Partnership (for Partnership Interests other than Common Units), the appropriate Officers on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent (for Common Units) shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Interests as the Certificate so surrendered.

 

(b) The appropriate Officers on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent (for Common Units), as applicable, shall countersign, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued, or issue uncertificated Units, if the Record Holder of the Certificate:

 

(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the Partnership, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;

 

(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate or the issuance of uncertificated Units before the Partnership has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

A- 23

(iii) if requested by the Partnership, delivers to the Partnership a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the Partnership, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the Board of Directors may direct to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and

 

(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Board of Directors.

 

If a Limited Partner fails to notify the Partnership within a reasonable period of time after he has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate or uncertificated Units.

 

(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate or uncertificated Units under this Section 4.2 , the Partnership may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.

 

Section 4.3. Record Holders . The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Partner with respect to any Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Partnership shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such representative Person (a) shall be the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest and (b) shall be bound by this Agreement and shall have the rights and obligations of a Partner hereunder and as, and to the extent, provided for herein.

 

Section 4.4. Transfer Generally. (a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall mean a transaction (i) by which the General Partner assigns its General Partner Units to another Person or by which a holder of Incentive Distribution Rights assigns its Incentive Distribution Rights to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise or (ii) by which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest (other than an Incentive Distribution Right) assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is or becomes a Limited Partner, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, excluding a pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage, but including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.

A- 24

(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV . Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be null and void.

 

(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or other owner of the General Partner of any or all of the shares of stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests in the General Partner, and the term “transfer” shall not mean any such disposition.

 

Section 4.5. Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests. (a) The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept on behalf of the Partnership a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b) , the Partnership will provide for the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests. The Transfer Agent is hereby appointed registrar and transfer agent for the purpose of registering Common Units and transfers of such Common Units as herein provided. The Partnership shall not recognize transfers of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests unless such transfers are effected in the manner described in this Section 4.5 . Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b) , the appropriate Officers on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Common Units, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered.

 

(b) If Limited Partner Interests are evidenced by Certificates, the Partnership shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests until the Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the Partnership for such transfer; provided, however , that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.5 , the Partnership may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto.

 

(c)   By acceptance of the transfer of a Limited Partner Interest in accordance with this Section 4.5 and except as otherwise provided in Section 4.8 , each transferee of a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to such Person when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgments and waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.

A- 25

(d) Subject to the provisions set forth in this Article IV and applicable securities laws, Limited Partner Interests shall be freely transferable.

 

(e)   The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the right at any time to transfer their Subordinated Units and Common Units (whether issued upon conversion of the Subordinated Units or otherwise) to one or more Persons.

 

Section 4.6. Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest. (a) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, prior to March 31, 2024, the General Partner shall not transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) to a Person unless such transfer (i) has been approved by the prior written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) or (ii) is of all, but not less than all, of its General Partner Interest to (A) an Affiliate of the General Partner (other than an individual) or (B) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with (y) the merger or consolidation of the General Partner with or into such other Person or (z) the transfer by the General Partner of all or substantially all of its assets to such other Person.

 

(b) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, on or after March 31, 2024, the General Partner may transfer all or any of its General Partner Interest without Unitholder approval.

 

(c)   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or of any limited partner or member of any other Group Member under the laws of any such entity’s jurisdiction of formation and (iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if applicable) of the partnership or membership interest of the General Partner as the general partner or managing member, if any, of each other Group Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6 , the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 10.3 , be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.

 

Section 4.7. Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights . Prior to March 31, 2019, a holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of the Incentive Distribution Rights held by such holder without any consent of the Unitholders to (a) an Affiliate of such holder (other than an individual) or (b) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with (i) the merger or consolidation of such holder of Incentive Distribution Rights with or into such other Person or (ii) the transfer by such holder of all or substantially all of its assets to such other Person. Any other transfer of the Incentive Distribution Rights prior to March 31, 2019, shall require the prior approval of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by GasLog and its Affiliates). On or after March 31, 2019, any holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of its Incentive Distribution Rights without Unitholder approval. Notwithstanding anything herein to

A- 26

the contrary, (a) the transfer of Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.10 shall not be treated as a transfer of all or any part of the Incentive Distribution Rights and (b) no transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights to another Person shall be permitted unless the transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. The General Partner and any transferee or transferees of the Incentive Distribution Rights may agree in a separate instrument as to the General Partner’s exercise of its rights with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights under Section 11.3 .

 

Section 4.8. Restrictions on Transfers. (a) Except as provided in Section 4.8(b) below, but notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV , no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws, laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or rules and regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer or (ii) terminate the existence or qualification of the Partnership or any Group Member under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation.

 

(b) Nothing contained in this Article IV , or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

 

ARTICLE V
Capital Contributions and Issuance of Partnership Interests

 

Section 5.1. Contributions Prior to the Closing Date. (a) In connection with the formation of the Partnership under the Marshall Islands Act, the General Partner made an initial Capital Contribution in the amount of $20, for a 2% General Partner Interest in the Partnership (the “ Initial General Partner Interest ”) and was admitted as the General Partner of the Partnership, and the Organizational Limited Partner made an initial Capital Contribution in the amount of $980 for a 98% limited partner interest in the Partnership (the “ Initial Limited Partner Interest ”) and was admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership.

 

Section 5.2. Initial Unit Issuances; Tax Election; Initial Contributors and Redemption of Common Units. (a) On the Closing Date, automatically pursuant to this Agreement and the Contribution Agreement (i) GasLog shall make a Capital Contribution of the Vessel Interests to the Partnership in exchange for (A) [●] Common Units, representing a 49.0% limited partner interest in the Partnership, (B) [●] Subordinated Units, representing a [●]% limited partner interest in the Partnership, (C) all of the Incentive Distribution Rights, (D) a payment of $[●] and (E) the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution, (ii) the Initial Limited Partner Interest shall be redeemed and (iii) the Initial General Partner Interest shall be converted into [●] General Partner Units (representing a 2.0% interest in the Partnership).

 

(b) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, each Underwriter shall contribute cash to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

A- 27

(c) Upon the exercise, if any, of the Over-Allotment Option, each Underwriter shall contribute cash to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

Section 5.3. Interest and Withdrawal . No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon dissolution of the Partnership may be considered and permitted as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have priority over any other Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions.

 

Section 5.4. Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests. (a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to the Partnership Interests for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors shall determine, all without the approval of any Partners.

 

(b) Each additional Partnership Interest authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.4(a) may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Interests), as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, including (i) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (ii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iii) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Partnership Interest (including sinking fund provisions); (iv) whether such Partnership Interest is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (v) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Interest will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vi) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Interest; and (vii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Interest to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such Partnership Interest.

 

(c)   The Board of Directors shall take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) each issuance of Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.4 , including Common Units issued in connection with the Deferred Issuance and Distribution, (ii) the conversion of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) or any Incentive Distribution Rights into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the issuance of Common Units pursuant to Section 5.10 , (iv) the admission of additional Limited Partners and (v) all additional issuances of Partnership Interests. The Board of Directors shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Interests being so issued. The Board of Directors shall do all things necessary to comply with the Marshall Islands Act and is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Interests or in connection with the conversion of the General Partner Interest or any Incentive Distribution Rights into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including compliance

A- 28

with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

 

Section 5.5. Limitations on Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests . The Partnership may issue an unlimited number of Partnership Interests (or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights related thereto) pursuant to Section 5.4 without the approval of the Partners; provided, however , that no fractional units shall be issued by the Partnership; and provided, further , that without the approval of the General Partner, the Partnership shall not issue any equity where such issuance (as determined by the Board of Directors) (a) is not reasonably expected to be accretive to equity within 12 months of issuance or (b) would otherwise have a material adverse impact on the General Partner, the General Partner Interest or the ability of the Partnership to satisfy the tests set forth in the definition of Subordination Period.

 

Section 5.6. Conversion of Subordinated Units to Common Units. (a) The Subordinated Units shall convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis upon the expiration of the Subordination Period.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Subordinated Units will automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis as set forth in, and pursuant to the terms of, Section 11.4 .

 

Section 5.7. Limited Preemptive Right. (a) Except as provided in this Section 5.7 , no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Interest, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created. The General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Interests from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues Partnership Interests to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and its Affiliates equal to that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of such Partnership Interests.

 

(b) Upon the issuance of any additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership (other than Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.2(a) , Section 5.2(b) and Section 5.2(c) and Common Units issued in connection with a reset of the Incentive Distribution target levels or the issuance of Limited Partner Interests upon conversion of outstanding Limited Partner Interests), the General Partner may, in exchange for a proportionate number of General Partner Units, make additional Capital Contributions in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the quotient determined by dividing (A) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest immediately prior to such issuance by (B) 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest immediately prior to such issuance by (ii) the amount contributed to the Partnership by the Limited Partners in exchange for such additional Limited Partner Interests. The General Partner shall not be obligated to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership.

 

Section 5.8. Splits and Combinations. (a) Subject to Section 5.8(d) and Section 6.5 (dealing with adjustments of distribution levels), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or

A- 29

combination of Partnership Interests so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis (including any Common Unit Arrearage or Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage) or stated as a number of Units are proportionately adjusted.

 

(b) Whenever such a Pro Rata distribution, subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests is declared, the Board of Directors shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice. The Board of Directors also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Partnership Interests to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The Board of Directors shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.

 

(c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates or uncertificated Partnership Interests to the Record Holders of Partnership Interests as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Interests held by such Record Holders, or the Board of Directors may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Interests Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate or uncertificated Partnership Interest, the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.

 

(d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of this Section 5.8(d) , each fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit (and a 0.5 Unit shall be rounded to the next higher Unit).

 

Section 5.9. Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests . All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be affected by the Marshall Islands Act.

 

Section 5.10.   Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights. (a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.10 , the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right, at any time when there are no Subordinated Units Outstanding and the Partnership has made a distribution pursuant to Section 6.3(b)(v) for each of the four most recently completed Quarters and the amount of each such distribution did not exceed Adjusted Operating Surplus for such Quarter, to make an election (the “ IDR Reset Election ”) to cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive their respective proportionate shares of a number of Common

A- 30

Units (“ IDR Reset Common Units ”) derived by dividing (i) the average of the aggregate amount of cash distributions made by the Partnership for each of the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights by (ii) the average of the cash distributions made by the Partnership in respect of each Common Unit for each of the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (the number of Common Units determined by such quotient is referred to herein as the “ Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units ”). If at the time of any IDR Reset Election the General Partner and its Affiliates are not the holders of a majority interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights, then the IDR Reset Election shall be subject to the prior approval of the Board of Directors that the conditions described in the immediately preceding sentence have been satisfied. Upon the issuance of such IDR Reset Common Units, the Partnership will issue to the General Partner that number of additional General Partner Units equal to the product of (i) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner immediately prior to such issuance by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less such Percentage Interest and (ii) the number of such IDR Reset Common Units, and the General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership in exchange for such issuance. The making of the IDR Reset Election in the manner specified in Section 5.10(b) shall cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10(c) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive IDR Reset Common Units and the General Partner will become entitled to receive General Partner Units on the basis specified above, without any further approval required by the General Partner or the Unitholders, at the time specified in Section 5.10(c) , unless the IDR Reset Election is rescinded pursuant to Section 5.10(d) .

 

(b) To exercise the right specified in Section 5.10(a) , the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall deliver a written notice (the “ Reset Notice ”) to the Partnership. Within 10 Business Days after the receipt by the Partnership of such Reset Notice, the Partnership shall deliver a written notice to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights of the Partnership’s determination of the aggregate number of Common Units that each holder of Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive.

 

(c) The holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and the General Partner will become entitled to receive the related additional General Partner Units on the 15 th Business Day after receipt by the Partnership of the Reset Notice, and the Partnership may issue Certificates for the Common Units or uncertificated Partnership Interests to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights.

 

(d) If the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded has not approved the listing or admission for trading of the Common Units to be issued pursuant to this Section 5.10 on or before the 30 th calendar day following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice and such approval is required by the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange, then the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a

A- 31

majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right to either rescind the IDR Reset Election or elect to receive other Partnership Interests having such terms as the General Partner may approve, with the approval of the Conflicts Committee, that will provide (i) the same economic value, in the aggregate, as the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units would have had at the time of the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice, as determined by the General Partner, and (ii) for the subsequent conversion (on terms acceptable to the National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded) of such Partnership Interests into Common Units within not more than 12 months following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice upon the satisfaction of one or more conditions that are reasonably acceptable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights).

 

(e)  The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution shall be adjusted at the time of the issuance of Common Units or other Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.10 such that (i) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be reset to equal to the average cash distribution amount per Common Unit for the two Quarters immediately prior to the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice (the “ Reset MQD ”), (ii) the First Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 115% of the Reset MQD, (iii) the Second Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 125% of the Reset MQD and (iv) the Third Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 150% of the Reset MQD.

 

ARTICLE VI
Distributions

 

Section 6.1. Allocations. The Partnership shall determine its profit or loss and allocate such profit or loss among the Partners in a manner determined appropriate so as to cause, to the extent possible, a capital account maintained with respect to each Partnership Interest to equal the excess of (a) the hypothetical distribution that would be paid with respect to such Partnership Interest in the event the Partnership sold all of its assets for their respective book values (as determined for such purpose), satisfied all outstanding liabilities (limited, with respect to nonrecourse liabilities, to the book value of the assets securing such liabilities) and distributed the remaining proceeds in accordance with Section 12.4 , over (b) the sum of the outstanding balance of any nonrecourse liabilities not required to be repaid in the event of such a hypothetical liquidation that are properly allocable to losses or distributions with respect to such Partnership Interest and the amount (if any) that would be required to be contributed to the Partnership with respect to such Partnership Interest upon such a hypothetical liquidation; provided that the Partnership may deviate from the foregoing, as determined necessary or appropriate, for proper administration of the Partnership or otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the allocations described in this Section 6.1 shall not apply for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Section 6.2. Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders. (a) Within 45 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter ending on June 30, 2014, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall, subject to Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, be distributed in

A- 32

accordance with this Article VI by the Partnership to the Partners as of the Record Date selected by the Board of Directors. All amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on any date following the Closing Date from any source shall be deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of Available Cash theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners following the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.3 equals the Operating Surplus from the Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.4 , be deemed to be “ Capital Surplus .” Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Partnership shall not make a distribution to any Partner on account of its interest in the Partnership if such distribution would violate the Marshall Islands Act or any other applicable law.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the first three sentences of Section 6.2(a) , in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all receipts received during or after the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs, other than from borrowings described in (a)(ii) of the definition of Available Cash, shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4 .

 

(c) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through the Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

 

Section 6.3. Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus. (a) During Subordination Period. Available Cash with respect to any Quarter or portion thereof within the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2 or Section 6.4 shall, subject to Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, be distributed as follows, except as otherwise contemplated by Section 5.4 in respect of other Partnership Interests issued pursuant thereto:

 

(i) First , (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

 

(ii) Second , (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage existing with respect to such Quarter;

 

(iii) Third , (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in

A- 33

respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

 

(iv) Fourth , to the General Partner and all Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

 

(v) Fifth , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v) until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

 

(vi) Sixth , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this subclause (vi) , until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

 

(vii) Thereafter , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (vii);

 

provided, however , that if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.5 , the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.3(a)(vii) .

 

(b) After Subordination Period. Available Cash with respect to any Quarter after the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2 or Section 6.4 , shall subject to Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required by Section 5.4(b) in respect of additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant thereto:

 

(i) First , 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

 

(ii) Second , 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

A- 34

(iii) Third , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (iii) , until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

 

(iv) Fourth , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclause (A) and (B) of this clause (iv) , until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

 

(v) Thereafter , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v) ;

 

provided, however , that if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.5 , the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.3(b)(v) .

 

Section 6.4. Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus . Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2(a) shall, subject to Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, be distributed, unless the provisions of Section 6.2 require otherwise, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders Pro Rata, until the Minimum Quarterly Distribution is reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.5 . Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus shall then be distributed (a) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (b) to all Unitholders holding Common Units their Pro Rata share of a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage. Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be distributed as if it were Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.3 .

 

Section 6.5. Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels . The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution, Third Target Distribution, Common Unit Arrearages and Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 5.8 . In the event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall be reduced in the same proportion that the distribution had to the fair market

A- 35

value of the Common Units prior to the announcement of the distribution. If the Common Units are publicly traded on a National Securities Exchange, the fair market value will be the Current Market Price before the announcement of the distribution. If the Common Units are not publicly traded, the fair market value will be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.6. Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units . Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve matters requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the holders of Outstanding Common Units and the right to participate in distributions made with respect to Common Units, the holder of a Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder; provided, however , that immediately upon the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units, the Unitholder holding a Subordinated Unit shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in distributions made with respect to Common Units.

 

Section 6.7. Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights (a) shall possess the rights and obligations provided in this Agreement with respect to a Limited Partner pursuant to Articles III and VII and (b) shall not (i) be entitled to vote on any matters requiring the approval or vote of the holders of Outstanding Units, except as provided by law, or (ii) be entitled to any distributions other than as provided in Sections 6.3(a)(v) , 6.3(a)(vi) , 6.3(a)(vii) , 6.3(b)(iii) , 6.3(b)(iv) , 6.3(b)(v) , and Section 12.4 .

 

ARTICLE VII
Management and Operation of Business

 

Section 7.1. Management. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be vested exclusively in the Board of Directors and, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.8 , the Officers. No Limited Partner shall have any management power or control over the business and affairs of the Partnership. Thus, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, and the day-to-day activities of the Partnership shall be conducted on the Partnership’s behalf by the Officers. In order to enable the Board of Directors to manage the business and affairs of the Partnership, the General Partner, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, hereby irrevocably delegates to the Board of Directors all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership that it may now or hereafter possess under applicable law. The General Partner further agrees to take any and all action necessary and appropriate, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, to effect any duly authorized actions by the Board of Directors, including executing or filing any agreements, instruments or certificates, delivering all documents, providing all information and taking or refraining from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the effective delegation of power described in this Section 7.1(a) . Each of the Partners and each Person who may acquire an interest in a Partnership Interest hereby approves, consents to, ratifies and confirms such delegation. The delegation by the General Partner to the Board of Directors of management powers over the business and affairs of the

A- 36

Partnership pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall not cause the General Partner to cease to be a general partner of the Partnership nor shall it cause the Board of Directors or any member thereof to be a general partner of the Partnership or to have or be subject to the liabilities of a general partner of the Partnership.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, the Marshall Islands Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, each of the Partners and each other Person who may acquire an interest in Partnership Interests hereby (i) approves, consents to, ratifies and confirms the General Partner’s delegation of management powers to the Board of Directors pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7.1 ; (ii) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the parties thereto of this Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the Omnibus Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, any Group Member Agreement of any other Group Member and the other agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement; (iii) agrees that the General Partner (on behalf of the Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (ii) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement or described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement, in each case, on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in Partnership Interests; and (iv) agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the Board of Directors, the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV ) shall not constitute a breach by the Board of Directors or the General Partner of any duty that the Board of Directors or the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity.

 

Section 7.2. The Board of Directors; Election and Appointment; Term; Manner of Acting. (a) The initial Board of Directors shall consist of the following five individuals, all of whom shall be Appointed Directors and serve until the 2015 Annual Meeting: Peter Livanos, Curtis Anastasio, Daniel Bradshaw, Pamela Gibson and Donald J. Kintzer. Subject to Section 7.2(d), following the 2015 Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors shall consist of five individuals, three of whom shall be Appointed Directors and two of whom shall be Elected Directors. The Elected Directors shall be divided into three classes: Class I, comprising one Elected Director, Class II, comprising one Elected Director and Class III, comprising one Elected Director; provided that prior to the addition of one additional Elected Director following a Surrender Election pursuant to Section 7.2(d), the Class III Elected Director seat shall be empty. Any vacancy among the Appointed Directors shall be filled as if an Appointed Director had resigned, in accordance with Section 7.6 . The successors of the initial members of the Board of Directors shall be appointed or elected, as the case may be, as follows:

 

(i) The Appointed Directors shall be appointed by the General Partner, and each Appointed Director shall hold office until his successor is duly appointed by the General Partner and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal; and

A- 37

(ii) The Class I Elected Director shall be elected at the 2015 Annual Meeting for a one-year term expiring on the date of the first succeeding Annual Meeting and the Class II Elected Director shall be elected at the 2015 Annual Meeting for a two-year term expiring on the second succeeding Annual Meeting (and, if a Surrender Election has been made, the Class III Elected Director shall be elected at the 2014 Annual Meeting for a three-year term expiring on the third succeeding Annual Meeting), in each case by a plurality of the votes of the Outstanding Common Units present in person or represented by proxy at the Annual Meeting with each Outstanding Common Unit having one vote.

 

(b) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(ii) above with respect to the Elected Directors elected at the 2015 Annual Meeting or as provided in paragraphs (d) through (g) below, each member of the Board of Directors appointed or elected, as the case may be, at an Annual Meeting shall hold office until the third succeeding Annual Meeting and until his successor is duly elected or appointed, as the case may be, and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

(c)  Each member of the Board of Directors shall have one vote. The vote of the majority of the members of the Board of Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. A majority of the number of members of the Board of Directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, but if less than a quorum is present at a meeting, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

(d) The General Partner shall have the right, exercisable in its sole discretion at any time, to elect in writing to surrender its right to appoint one Appointed Director (such election, a “ Surrender Election ”). If the Surrender Election is made, then in accordance with and at the times specified in Sections 7.2(e) and (f), (i) the number of Appointed Directors shall decrease from three to two and (ii) the number of Elected Directors shall increase from two to three. The Partnership shall inform the Limited Partners of the date on which the Surrender Election is made within 30 days following the Surrender Election.

 

(e) If a Surrender Election is made, then, unless Section 7.2(f) applies, the additional Elected Director resulting from the Surrender Election shall be elected at the Annual Meeting next following the Surrender Election. Such Elected Director shall be a Class III Elected Director and shall hold office until the Annual Meeting at which the Class III Elected Director seat would expire.

 

(f) If the Surrender Election is made after the 2015 Annual Meeting, within 90 days following the date of the Surrender Election, the General Partner, the Board of Directors or the Limited Partners may call a special meeting to be held prior to the next Annual Meeting, in accordance with the procedures in Section 13.4, for the sole purpose of the Limited Partners electing an additional Elected Director. Such Elected Director shall be a Class III Elected Director and shall hold office until the Annual Meeting at which the Class III Elected Director seat would expire.

A- 38

(g) On and after the date that an additional Elected Director is elected in accordance with Section 7.2(e) or (f), only two Appointed Directors may be in office at any time. If necessary to satisfy this condition, the General Partner shall, immediately prior to the election of the additional Elected Director and in accordance with Section 7.4(a)(i), designate the Appointed Director whose term shall terminate upon such election.

 

Section 7.3. Nominations of Elected Directors . The Board of Directors shall be entitled to nominate individuals to stand for election as Elected Directors at an Annual Meeting. In addition, any Limited Partner or Group of Limited Partners that beneficially owns 10% or more of the Outstanding Common Units shall be entitled to nominate one or more individuals to stand for election as Elected Directors at an Annual Meeting by providing written notice thereof to the Board of Directors not more than 120 days and not less than 90 days prior to the date of such Annual Meeting; provided, however , that in the event that the date of the Annual Meeting was not publicly announced by the Partnership by mail, press release or otherwise more than 100 days prior to the date of such meeting, such notice, to be timely, must be delivered to the Board of Directors not later than the close of business on the 10 th day following the date on which the date of the Annual Meeting was announced. Such notice shall set forth (a) the name and address of the Limited Partner or Limited Partners making the nomination or nominations, (b) the number of Common Units beneficially owned by such Limited Partner or Limited Partners, (c) such information regarding the nominee(s) proposed by the Limited Partner or Limited Partners as would be required to be included in a proxy statement relating to the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Commission had the nominee(s) been nominated or intended to be nominated to the Board of Directors, (d) the written consent of each nominee to serve as a member of the Board of Directors if so elected and (e) a certification that such nominee(s) qualify as Elected Directors.

 

Section 7.4. Removal of Members of Board of Directors. Members of the Board of Directors may only be removed as follows:

 

(a) Any Appointed Director may be removed at any time, (i) without Cause, only by the General Partner and, (ii) with Cause, by (x) the General Partner, (y) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Outstanding Units at a properly called meeting of the Limited Partners or (z) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the other members of the Board of Directors.

 

(b) Any Elected Director may be removed at any time, with Cause, only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the other members of the Board of Directors or at a properly called meeting of the Limited Partners only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Outstanding Common Units.

 

Section 7.5. Resignations of Members of the Board of Directors . Any member of the Board of Directors may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein.

A- 39

Section 7.6. Vacancies on the Board of Directors. Vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only as follows:

 

(a) If any Appointed Director is removed, resigns or is otherwise unable to serve as a member of the Board of Directors, the General Partner shall, in its individual capacity, appoint an individual to fill the vacancy.

 

(b) If any Elected Director is removed, resigns or is unable to serve as a member of the Board of Directors, the vacancy shall be filled by a majority of the other Elected Directors then serving.

 

(c) A director appointed or elected pursuant to this Section 7.6 to fill a vacancy shall be appointed or elected, as the case may be, for no more than the unexpired term of his predecessor in office.

 

Section 7.7. Meetings; Committees; Chairman. (a) Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Notice of such regular meetings shall not be required. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors and shall be called by the Secretary upon the written request of two members of the Board of Directors, on at least 48 hours prior written notice to the other members. Any such notice, or waiver thereof, need not state the purpose of such meeting except as may otherwise be required by law. Attendance of a member of the Board of Directors at a meeting (including pursuant to the penultimate sentence of this Section 7.7(a) ) shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such member attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the members of the Board of Directors. Members of the Board of Directors may participate in and hold meetings by means of conference telephone, videoconference or similar communications equipment by means of which all Persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in such meetings shall constitute presence in person at the meeting. The Board of Directors may establish any additional rules governing the conduct of its meetings that are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(b) The Board of Directors shall appoint the members of the Audit Committee and the Conflicts Committee. The Audit Committee and the Conflicts Committee shall, in each case, perform the functions delegated to it pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and such other matters as may be delegated to it from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors, by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, may appoint one or more additional committees of the Board of Directors to consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors, which committee(s) shall have and may exercise such of the powers and authority of the Board of Directors (including in respect of Section 7.1 ) with respect to the management of the business and affairs of the Partnership as may be provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors. Any committee designated pursuant to this Section 7.7(b) shall choose its own chairman, shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of

A- 40

Directors when requested, shall fix its own rules or procedures and shall meet at such times and at such place or places as may be provided by such rules or by resolution of such committee or resolution of the Board of Directors. At every meeting of any such committee, the presence of a majority of all the members thereof shall constitute a quorum and the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present shall be necessary for the taking of any action. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the members of the committee of the Board of Directors. Subject to the first sentence of this Section 7.7(b) , the Board of Directors may designate one or more members of the Board of Directors as alternate members of any committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. Subject to the first sentence of this Section 7.7(b) , in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

 

(c) The Appointed Directors may designate one of the members of the Board of Directors as Chairman of the Board of Directors. The initial Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be Curtis Anastasio. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, another member of the Board of Directors chosen by the Appointed Directors shall preside. If, at any time, the Board of Directors consists solely of Elected Directors, the Board of Directors may designate one of its members as Chairman of the Board of Directors and shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board of Directors, designate another member of the Board of Directors to preside at the meeting.

 

Section 7.8. Officers. (a) The Board of Directors, as set forth below, shall appoint or designate agents of the Partnership, referred to as “ Officers ” of the Partnership as described in this Section 7.8 . Such Officers may be employed by any Group Member directly or may be employed by one or more third parties, including GasLog and its Affiliates, and designated by the Board of Directors to perform officer functions for the benefit of the Partnership.

 

(b) The Board of Directors shall appoint or designate such Officers and agents as may from time to time appear to be necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the Partnership, who shall hold such titles, exercise such powers and authority and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Officers may include a Chairman of the Board of Directors, an Executive Vice Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, any and all Vice Presidents, a Secretary, any and all Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer, any and all Assistant Treasurers and any other Officers appointed or designated by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 7.8 . Any person may hold two or more offices.

 

(c) The Officers, including any Officer employed by a third party and designated by the Board of Directors to perform officer services for the benefit of the

A- 41

Partnership, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors at such time and for such terms as the Board of Directors shall determine. Any Officer may be removed, with or without Cause, only by the Board of Directors. Vacancies in any office may be filled only by the Board of Directors.

 

(d) The Board of Directors may grant powers of attorney or other authority as appropriate to establish and evidence the authority of the Officers and other Persons.

 

(e) Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, no Officer shall have the power or authority to delegate to any Person such Officer’s rights and powers as an Officer to manage the business and affairs of the Partnership.

 

Section 7.9. Compensation of Directors . The members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the General Partner or its Affiliates shall receive such compensation for their services as members of the Board of Directors or members of a committee of the Board of Directors shall determine. In addition, the members of the Board of Directors shall be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of their service hereunder.

 

Section 7.10. Certificate of Limited Partnership . The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the Registrar of Corporations of The Marshall Islands as required by the Marshall Islands Act. The General Partner shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) in The Marshall Islands or any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent the Board of Directors determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file or cause to be filed amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of The Marshall Islands or of any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.4(a) , the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.

 

Section 7.11. Restrictions on the Authority of the Board of Directors and the General Partner. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither the Board of Directors nor the General Partner may, without written approval of the specific act by holders of all of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests or by other written instrument executed and delivered by holders of all of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests subsequent to the date of this Agreement, take any action in contravention of this Agreement.

 

(b) Except as provided in Articles XII and XIV , the Board of Directors may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation, other combination or sale of ownership interests in the Partnership’s Subsidiaries) without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority and the General

A- 42

Partner; provided, however , that this provision shall not preclude or limit the ability of the Board of Directors to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance. The transfer of the General Partner Interest to and the election of a successor general partner of the Partnership shall be made in accordance with Section 4.6 , Section 11.1 and Section 11.2 .

 

Section 7.12. Reimbursement of the General Partner. (a) Except as provided in this Section 7.12 and elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as a general partner or managing member of any Group Member.

 

(b) The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the Board of Directors may determine, for any direct and indirect expenses it incurs that are allocable to the Partnership Group or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person, including Affiliates of the General Partner, to perform services for the Partnership Group or for the General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the Partnership Group, which amounts shall also include reimbursement for any Common Units purchased to satisfy obligations of the Partnership under any of its equity compensation plans). The Board of Directors shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the Partnership Group. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.15 .

 

(c) Subject to the applicable rules and regulations of the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed, the Board of Directors, without the approval of the Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership employee benefit plans, employee programs and employee practices (including plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership Interests or options to purchase or rights, warrants or appreciation rights or phantom or tracking interests relating to Partnership Interests), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests in connection with, or pursuant to, any employee benefit plan, employee program or employee practice maintained or sponsored by the Partnership, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in each case for the benefit of employees and directors of the Partnership, the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate thereof, or any of them, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Interests that the General Partner or such Affiliates are obligated to provide to any employees and directors pursuant to any such employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices. Expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Interests purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliates from the Partnership or otherwise to fulfill options or awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.12(b) . Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.12(c) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor

A- 43

General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6 .

 

Section 7.13. Outside Activities. (a) After the Closing Date, the General Partner, for so long as it is the general partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as a general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the Partnership and any other partnership or limited liability company of which the Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a limited partner in the Partnership), (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member, if any, of one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement or (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt or equity securities in any Group Member and (iii) except to the extent permitted in the Omnibus Agreement, shall not acquire or own any Five-Year Vessels (as such term is defined in the Omnibus Agreement).

 

(b) GasLog, the Partnership, the General Partner and the Operating Company have entered into the Omnibus Agreement, which agreement sets forth certain restrictions on the ability of GasLog and certain of its Affiliates to acquire, own or operate any Five-Year Vessels (as such term is defined in the Omnibus Agreement).

 

(c) Except as specifically restricted by Section 7.13(a) or the Omnibus Agreement, each Indemnitee (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Group Member, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty expressed or implied by law to any Group Member or any Partner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the possessing of competitive interests and engaging in competitive activities by any Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.13 is hereby approved by the Partnership and all Partners and (ii) it shall be deemed not to be a breach of any duty (including any fiduciary duty) or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of the General Partner or of any Indemnitee for the Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) to engage in such business interests and activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the Partnership.

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to an Indemnitee (including the General Partner) and, subject to the terms of Section 7.13(a) , Section 7.13(b) , Section 7.13(c) and the Omnibus Agreement, no Indemnitee (including the General Partner) who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Partnership shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Partnership, and, subject to the terms of Section 7.13(a) , Section 7.13(b) , Section 7.13(c) and the Omnibus Agreement, such Indemnitee (including the General Partner) shall not be liable to the Partnership, to any Limited Partner or any other Person for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee (including the General Partner) pursues or

A- 44

acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Partnership; provided , that such Indemnitee (including the General Partner) does not engage in such business or activity as a result of using confidential or proprietary information provided by or on behalf of the Partnership to such Indemnitee (including the General Partner).

 

(e) The General Partner and each of its Affiliates may own and acquire Units or other Partnership Interests in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at their option, all rights relating to all Units or other Partnership Interests acquired by them. The term “ Affiliates ” as used in this Section 7.13(e) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member.

 

Section 7.14. Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members. (a) The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may lend to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds needed or desired by the Group Member for such periods of time and in such amounts as the General Partner and the Board of Directors may determine; provided, however , that in any such case the lending party may not charge the borrowing party interest at a rate greater than the rate that would be charged the borrowing party or impose terms less favorable to the borrowing party than would be charged or imposed on the borrowing party by unrelated lenders on comparable loans made on an arms’ length basis (without reference to the lending party’s financial abilities or guarantees), all as determined by the General Partner and the Board of Directors. The borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs (other than any additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in connection with the borrowing of such funds. For purposes of this Section 7.14(a) and Section 7.14(b) , the term “ Group Member ” shall include any Affiliate of a Group Member that is controlled by the Group Member.

 

(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the Partnership, funds on terms and conditions determined by the Board of Directors. No Group Member may lend funds to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates (other than another Group Member).

 

(c) No borrowing by any Group Member or the approval thereof by the General Partner or the Board of Directors shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any duty, expressed or implied, of the General Partner or its Affiliates or the Board of Directors to the Partnership or the Limited Partners if the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or indirectly to (i) enable distributions to the General Partner or its Affiliates (including in their capacities as Limited Partners) to exceed the General Partner’s Percentage Interest of the total amount distributed to all partners or (ii) hasten the expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of any Subordinated Units into Common Units.

 

Section 7.15. Indemnification. (a) To the fullest extent permitted by the Marshall Islands Act but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or

A- 45

investigative, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee; provided, however , that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.15 , the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; and, provided, further , that no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.15 shall be available to the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than a Group Member) with respect to its or their obligations incurred pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Omnibus Agreement or the Contribution Agreement (other than obligations incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership). Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.15 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

 

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by the Marshall Islands Act, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.15(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to a determination that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 7.15 .

 

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.15 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity (including any capacity under the Underwriting Agreement), and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

 

(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the Board of Directors and the General Partner, its Affiliates and such other Persons as the Board of Directors shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement or law.

 

(e) For purposes of this Section 7.15 , the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by the Indemnitee of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.15(a) ; and action taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a

A- 46

purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Partnership.

 

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.15 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

 

(h) The provisions of this Section 7.15 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

 

(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.15 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.15 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

Section 7.16. Liability of Indemnitees. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Limited Partners or any other Persons who have acquired Partnership Interests or are otherwise bound by this Agreement, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee committed (i) acts of active and deliberate dishonesty, (ii) with actual dishonest purpose and intent, and (iii) which acts were material to the cause of action so adjudicated.

 

(b) Subject to their obligations and duties as members of the Board of Directors or as the General Partner, respectively, set forth in Section 7.1(a) , members of the Board of Directors and the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to them and perform any of the duties imposed upon them hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the members of the Board of Directors and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the Board of Directors or the General Partner in good faith.

 

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership’s business or affairs shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.

A- 47

(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.16 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 7.16 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

Section 7.17. Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties. (a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any member of the Board of Directors, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, on the other, any resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement, of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is (i) approved by Special Approval, (ii) approved by the vote of a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), (iii) on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iv) fair and reasonable to the Partnership, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). The General Partner and the Board of Directors may but shall not be required in connection with the resolution of such conflict of interest to seek Special Approval of such resolution, and the General Partner or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, may also adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval. If Special Approval is sought, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or law that would otherwise apply, (x) the Conflicts Committee will be authorized in connection with its determination of whether to provide Special Approval to consider any and all factors as it determines to be relevant or appropriate under the circumstances and (y) it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the Conflicts Committee acted in good faith, and if Special Approval is not sought and the Board of Directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv) above, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision the Board of Directors, acted in good faith, and, in either case, in any proceeding brought by any Limited Partner or by or on behalf of such Limited Partner or any other Limited Partner or the Partnership challenging such approval, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or equity, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Partners and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or of any duty hereunder or existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

(b) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as opposed to in its individual capacity, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then,

A- 48

unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. In order for a determination or other action to be in “good faith” for purposes of this Agreement, the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action must reasonably believe that the determination or other action is in the best interests of the Partnership, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

(c) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its individual capacity as opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, are entitled to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any duty (including any fiduciary duty) or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, any Record Holder or any other Person bound by this Agreement, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. By way of illustration and not of limitation, whenever the phrase, “at the option of the General Partner,” or some variation of that phrase, is used in this Agreement, it indicates that the General Partner is acting in its individual capacity. For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the General Partner votes or transfers its Units, General Partner Interest or Incentive Distribution Rights, if any, to the extent permitted under this Agreement, or refrains from voting or transferring its Units, General Partner Units or Incentive Distribution Rights, as appropriate, it shall be acting in its individual capacity. The General Partner’s organizational documents may provide that determinations to take or decline to take any action in its individual, rather than representative, capacity may or shall be determined by its members, if the General Partner is a limited liability company, stockholders, if the General Partner is a corporation, or the members or stockholders of the General Partner’s general partner, if the General Partner is a limited partnership.

 

(d) Whenever the Board of Directors makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the Board of Directors, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. In order for a determination or other action to be in “good faith” for purposes of this Agreement, the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action must reasonably believe that the determination or other action is in the best interests of the Partnership, unless the context otherwise requires.

A- 49

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) approve the sale or other disposition of any asset of the Partnership Group (if such approval is required pursuant to Section 7.11(b )) or (ii) permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall, in each case, be at their option.

 

(f) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor the Board of Directors or any other Indemnitee shall have any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict, eliminate or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary duties, of the Board of Directors or the General Partner or any other Indemnitee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Board of Directors or the General Partner or such other Indemnitee.

 

(g) The Unitholders hereby authorize the Board of Directors, on behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of a Group Member, to approve of actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 7.17 .

 

Section 7.18. Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and the Board of Directors. (a) The General Partner and the Board of Directors may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

(b) The General Partner and the Board of Directors may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by either of them, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the advice or opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner or the Board of Directors reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.

 

(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of the Partnership.

 

Section 7.19. Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests . The Board of Directors may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership Interests; provided, however , that the Board of Directors may not cause any Group Member to purchase Subordinated Units during the Subordination Period. As long as Partnership Interests are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Interests shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any Affiliate of the

A- 50

General Partner may purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Interests for its own account, subject to the provisions of Articles IV and X .

 

Section 7.20. Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates. (a) If (i) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner (including for purposes of this Section 7.20 , any Person that is an Affiliate of the General Partner at the date hereof notwithstanding that it may later cease to be an Affiliate of the General Partner) holds Partnership Interests that it desires to sell and (ii) Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption from registration is not available to enable such holder of Partnership Interests (the “ Holder ”) to dispose of the number of Partnership Interests it desires to sell at the time it desires to do so without registration under the Securities Act, then at the option and upon the request of the Holder, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as promptly as practicable after receiving such request, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective and remain effective for a period of not less than six months following its effective date or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Partnership Interests covered by such registration statement have been sold, a registration statement under the Securities Act registering the offering and sale of the number of Partnership Interests specified by the Holder; provided, however , that the Partnership shall not be required to effect more than three registrations in total pursuant to this Section 7.20(a) , no more than one of which shall be required to be made at any time that the Partnership is not eligible to use Form F-3 (or a comparable form) for the registration under the Securities Act of its securities; and, provided, further , that if the Conflicts Committee determines in good faith that the requested registration would be materially detrimental to the Partnership and its Partners because such registration would (x) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, merger, disposition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Partnership, (y) require premature disclosure of material information that the Partnership has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (z) render the Partnership unable to comply with requirements under applicable securities laws, then the Partnership shall have the right to postpone such requested registration for a period of not more than six months after receipt of the Holder’s request, such right pursuant to this Section 7.20(a) not to be utilized more than once in any 12-month period. The Partnership shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any deferral with respect to any such registration and/or filing. Except as provided in the first sentence of this Section 7.20(a) , the Partnership shall be deemed not to have used all its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement effective during the applicable period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Partnership Interests covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Partnership Interests at any time during such period, unless such action is required by applicable law or regulations. In connection with any registration pursuant to this Section 7.20(a) , the Partnership shall (i) promptly prepare and file (A) such documents as may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject to such registration under the securities laws of such states as the Holder shall reasonably request ( provided, however , that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Partnership would become subject to general service of process or to taxation or qualification to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership doing business in such jurisdiction solely as a result of such registration), and (B) such documents as may be necessary to apply for listing or to list the Partnership Interests subject to such registration on such National Securities Exchange as the Holder shall reasonably request, and (ii) do any and all other acts and

A- 51

things that may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Holder to consummate a public sale of such Partnership Interests in such states. Except as set forth in Section 7.20(c) , all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.

 

(b) If the Partnership shall at any time propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering of equity interests of the Partnership for cash (other than an offering relating solely to an employee benefit plan), the Partnership shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to include such number or amount of Partnership Interests held by any Holder in such registration statement as the Holder shall request; provided, however , that the Partnership is not required to make any effort or take any action to so include the Partnership Interests of the Holder once the registration statement becomes or is declared effective by the Commission, including any registration statement providing for the offering from time to time of Partnership Interests pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. If the proposed offering pursuant to this Section 7.20(b) shall be an underwritten offering, then, in the event that the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of such offering advise the Partnership and the Holder in writing that in their opinion the inclusion of all or some of the Holder’s Partnership Interests would adversely and materially affect the success of the offering, the Partnership shall include in such offering only that number or amount, if any, of Partnership Interests held by the Holder that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or managing underwriters, will not so adversely and materially affect the offering. Except as set forth in Section 7.20(c) , all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.

 

(c) If underwriters are engaged in connection with any registration referred to in this Section 7.20 , the Partnership shall provide indemnification, representations, covenants, opinions and other assurance to the underwriters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters. Further, in addition to and not in limitation of the Partnership’s obligation under Section 7.15 , the Partnership shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, its officers, directors and each Person who controls the Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, actions, causes of action, assessments, damages, liabilities (joint or several), costs and expenses (including interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements), resulting to, imposed upon, or incurred by the Indemnified Persons, directly or indirectly, under the Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this Section 7.20(c) as a “ claim ” and in the plural as “ claims ”) based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which any Partnership Interests were registered under the Securities Act or any state securities or Blue Sky laws, in any preliminary prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act (if used prior to the effective date of such registration statement), or in any summary, free writing or final prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto (if used during the period the Partnership is required to keep the registration statement current), or arising out of, based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading; provided, however , that the Partnership shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such claim arises

A- 52

out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, such preliminary, summary, free writing or final prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

 

(d) The provisions of Section 7.20(a) and Section 7.20(b) shall continue to be applicable with respect to the General Partner (and any of the General Partner’s Affiliates) after it ceases to be a general partner of the Partnership, during a period of two years subsequent to the effective date of such cessation and for so long thereafter as is required for the Holder to sell all of the Partnership Interests with respect to which it has requested during such two-year period inclusion in a registration statement otherwise filed or that a registration statement be filed; provided, however , that the Partnership shall not be required to file successive registration statements covering the same Partnership Interests for which registration was demanded during such two-year period. The provisions of Section 7.20(c) shall continue in effect thereafter.

 

(e) The rights to cause the Partnership to register Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 7.20 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such Partnership Interests, provided (i) the Partnership is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the Partnership Interests with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned, and (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms set forth in this Section 7.20 .

 

(f) Any request to register Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 7.20 shall (i) specify the Partnership Interests intended to be offered and sold by the Person making the request, (ii) express such Person’s present intent to offer such Partnership Interests for distribution, (iii) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Partnership Interests, and (iv) contain the undertaking of such Person to provide all such information and materials and take all action as may be required in order to permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable requirements in connection with the registration of such Partnership Interests.

 

Section 7.21. Reliance by Third Parties . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the Board of Directors, the General Partner and any Officer authorized by the Board of Directors to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the Board of Directors, the General Partner or any such Officer as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the Board of Directors, the General Partner or any such Officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the Board of Directors, the General Partner or any such Officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the Board of Directors, the General Partner or any such Officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument

A- 53

executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Board of Directors, the General Partner, the Officers or representatives of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner or the Board of Directors shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

 

ARTICLE VIII
Books, Records, Accounting and Reports

 

Section 8.1. Records and Accounting . The Partnership shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section 3.4(a) . Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Record Holders of Units or other Partnership Interests, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided, however , that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with IFRS.

 

Section 8.2. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December 31.

 

Section 8.3. Reports. (a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 120 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the Partnership shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website), to each Record Holder of a Unit as of a date selected by the Board of Directors, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with IFRS, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the Board of Directors.

 

(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days after the close of each Quarter except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the Partnership shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website), to each Record Holder of a Unit, as of a date selected by the Board of Directors, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate.

A- 54

ARTICLE IX
Tax Matters

 

Section 9.1. Tax Elections and Information. (a) The Partnership is authorized and has elected, effective as of January 23, 2014, to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Board of Directors shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by any applicable tax law.

 

(b) The tax information reasonably required by Record Holders for U.S. federal income tax reporting purposes with respect to a calendar taxable year shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of each calendar year.

 

Section 9.2. Tax Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Board of Directors is authorized to take any action that may be required or advisable to cause the Partnership and other Group Members to comply with any withholding requirements with respect to any tax established under any U.S. federal, state or local or any non-U.S. law. To the extent that the Partnership is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount with respect to a distribution or payment to or for the benefit of any Partner, the Board of Directors may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash to such Partner in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.

 

Section 9.3. Conduct of Operations . The Board of Directors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct the business of the Partnership and its Affiliates in a manner that does not require a holder of Common Units to file a tax return in any jurisdiction with which the holder has no contact other than through ownership of Common Units.

 

ARTICLE X
Admission of Partners

 

Section 10.1. Admission of Initial Limited Partners . Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights to the General Partner, GasLog and the Underwriters as described in Section 5.1 and Section 5.2 , the Board of Directors shall admit such parties to the Partnership as Initial Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units, Subordinated Units or Incentive Distribution Rights issued to them.

 

Section 10.2. Admission of Additional Limited Partners. (a) From and after the Closing Date, by acceptance of the transfer of any Limited Partner Interests in accordance with Article IV or the acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to Article V or pursuant to a merger, consolidation or conversion pursuant to Article XIV , each transferee of, or other such Person acquiring, a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred or issued to such Person when any such transfer, issuance or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become

A- 55

bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee or other recipient has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgements and waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement. A Person may become a Limited Partner or Record Holder of a Limited Partner Interest without the consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner until such Person acquires a Limited Partner Interest and until such Person is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest.

 

(b) The name and mailing address of each Limited Partner shall be listed on the books and records of the Partnership maintained for such purpose by the Partnership or the Transfer Agent. The General Partner shall update the books and records of the Partnership from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as applicable). A Limited Partner Interest may be represented by a Certificate, as provided in Section 4.1 .

 

(c) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not entitle the transferee to receive distributions or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.2(a) .

 

Section 10.3. Admission of Successor General Partner . A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all or part of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) pursuant to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner, pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transfer of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) pursuant to Section 4.6 ; provided, however , that no such Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as a successor or additional General Partner until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such Person has executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such successor or additional General Partner is hereby authorized to and shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.

 

Section 10.4. Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership . To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the Board of Directors shall take all steps necessary or appropriate under the Marshall Islands Act to amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and, if required by law, the Board of Directors shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership.

A- 56

ARTICLE XI
Withdrawal or Removal of Partners

 

Section 11.1. Withdrawal of the General Partner. (a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each such event herein referred to as an “ Event of Withdrawal ”):

 

(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;

 

(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its rights as General Partner pursuant to Section 4.6 ;

 

(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2 ;

 

(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy; (C) files a voluntary petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A) , (B) or (C) of this Section 11.1(a)(iv) ; or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor in possession), receiver or liquidating trustee of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;

 

(v) The General Partner is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding;

 

(vi) (A) in the event the General Partner is a corporation, the filing of a certificate of dissolution, or its equivalent, for the corporation or the revocation of its charter and the expiration of 90 days after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation without a reinstatement of its charter; (B) in the event the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) in the event the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) in the event the General Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise in the event of the termination of the General Partner.

 

If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv) , 11.1(a)(v) or 11.1(a)(vi)(A) , 11.1(a)(vi)(B) , 11.1(a)(vi)(C) or 11.1(a)(vi)(E) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.

 

(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

A- 57

(i) at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 12:00 midnight, prevailing Eastern Time, on March 31, 2024, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice; provided, however , that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel (“ Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel ”) that such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner or any Group Member;

 

(ii) at any time after 12:00 midnight, prevailing Eastern Time, on March 31, 2024, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice ( provided , that, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the General Partner delivers to the Partnership a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel);

 

(iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2 ; or

 

(iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this Section 11.1(b) , at any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, if any, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i) , the holders of a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If, prior to the effective date of the General Partner’s withdrawal, a successor is not selected by the Unitholders as provided herein or, if applicable, the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 12.1 . Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3 .

 

Section 11.2. Removal of the General Partner . The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by the Unitholders holding at least 66 2 / 3 % of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates), voting as a single class. Any such action by such holders or the Board of Directors for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by the majority vote of the outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting together as a single class.

A- 58

Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.3 . The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 , such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.3 , automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel opining as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3 .

 

Section 11.3. Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner. (a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 , (A) the Departing General Partner shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing General Partner, to require its successor to purchase its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) and its general partner interest (or equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members and its Incentive Distribution Rights, if any (collectively, the “ Combined Interest ”), in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its departure and (B) the other holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing General Partner, to require such successor to purchase such holders’ Incentive Distribution Rights in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Incentive Distribution Rights, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of the Departing General Partner’s departure. If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner), such successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing General Partner (or, in the event the business of the Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the Partnership is continued), to purchase the Combined Interest in exchange for an amount in cash equal to such fair market value of such Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner. In either event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 7.12 , including any employee related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the Departing General Partner or its Affiliates (other than any Group Member) for the benefit of the Partnership or the other Group Members.

A- 59

For purposes of this Section 11.3(a) , the fair market value of the Departing General Partner’s Combined Interest and the value of the Incentive Distribution Rights held by holders other than the Departing General Partner shall be determined by agreement between the Departing General Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing General Partner’s departure, by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing General Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such departure, then the Departing General Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, the Departing General Partner’s successor shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner and the value of the Incentive Distribution Rights held by holders other than the Departing General Partner. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert may consider the then current trading price of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed or admitted to trading, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and obligations of the Departing General Partner and other factors it may deem relevant.

 

(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a) , the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) shall become a Limited Partner and its Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to Section 11.3(a) , without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) as to all debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner to Common Units will be characterized as if the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) contributed its Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.

 

(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner) and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is not exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the product of (i) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner and (ii) the Net Agreed Value of the Partnership’s assets on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to its Percentage Interest of all Partnership allocations and distributions to which the Departing General Partner was entitled. In addition, the successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect

A- 60

that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner’s admission, the successor General Partner’s interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall be its Percentage Interest.

 

Section 11.4. Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, if the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not exist and no Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are voted in favor of such removal, (a) the Subordination Period will end and all Subordinated Units will immediately and automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis, (b) all Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages on the Common Units will be extinguished, (c) the General Partner will have the right to convert its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) and its Incentive Distribution Rights into Common Units or to receive cash in exchange therefor, as provided in Section 11.3 and (d) the other holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will have the right to convert their Incentive Distribution Rights into Common Units or to receive cash in exchange therefor, as provided in Section 11.3 .

 

Section 11.5. Withdrawal of Limited Partners . No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided, however , that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.

 

ARTICLE XII
Dissolution and Liquidation

 

Section 12.1. Dissolution. The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor or additional General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 , the Partnership shall not be dissolved and the Board of Directors shall continue the business of the Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and (subject to Section 12.2 ) its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

 

(a) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner and our Board of Directors that is approved by the holders of a Unit Majority;

 

(b) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Marshall Islands Act;

 

(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Marshall Islands Act; or

 

(d) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a ) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii) ), unless a successor is elected and an Opinion of Counsel is received as provided in Section 11.1(b) or Section 11.2 and such successor is

A- 61

admitted to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.3 .

 

Section 12.2. Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution . Upon (a) dissolution of the Partnership following an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a)(i) or 11.1(a)(iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 , then within 90 days thereafter, or (b) dissolution of the Partnership upon an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv) , 11.1(a)(v) or 11.1(a)(vi) , then, to the maximum extent permitted by the Marshall Islands Act, within 180 days thereafter, the holders of a Unit Majority may elect in writing to continue the business of the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by appointing, effective as of the date of the Event of Withdrawal, as a successor General Partner a Person approved by the holders of a Unit Majority. Unless such an election is made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall dissolve and conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:

 

(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII ;

 

(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 11.3 ; and

 

(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as General Partner, effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement; provided, however , that the right of the holders of a Unit Majority to approve a successor General Partner and to reconstitute and to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner.

 

Section 12.3. Liquidating Trustee . Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 , the Board of Directors shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidating Trustee. The Liquidating Trustee (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting as a single class. The Liquidating Trustee (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting as a single class. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidating Trustee, a successor and substitute Liquidating Trustee (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidating Trustee) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting as a single class. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidating Trustee in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidating Trustee approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XII , the Liquidating

A- 62

Trustee approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the Board of Directors and the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Section 7.11(b) ) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidating Trustee hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.

 

Section 12.4. Liquidation. The Liquidating Trustee shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidating Trustee, subject to the Marshall Islands Act and the following:

 

(a) The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidating Trustee and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value, and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidating Trustee may defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidating Trustee may distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.

 

(b) The Liquidating Trustee shall first satisfy the liabilities of the Partnership. Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to the Liquidating Trustee as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 12.3 ) and amounts to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article VI . With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidating Trustee shall either settle such claim for such amount as it deems appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.

 

(c) All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in this Section 12.4 shall be distributed as follows:

 

(i) If the Current Market Price of the Common Units as of the date three trading days prior to the announcement of the proposed liquidation exceeds the Unrecovered Capital for a Common Unit plus the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage:

 

(A) First, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to such Current Market Price of a Common Unit;

A- 63

(B) Second (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to such Current Market Price of a Common Unit; and

 

(C) Thereafter (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (y) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (i)(C) ;

 

(ii) If the Current Market Price of the Common Units as of the date three trading days prior to the announcement of the proposed liquidation is equal to or less than the Unrecovered Capital for a Common Unit plus the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage:

 

(A)             First, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Unrecovered Capital for a Common Unit;

 

(B)              Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage;

 

(C)              Third, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Unrecovered Capital for a Common Unit (as calculated prior to the distribution specified in clause (ii)(A) above); and

 

(D)             Thereafter, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (y) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (ii)(D) ;

 

Section 12.5. Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership . Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the Marshall Islands shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

A- 64

Section 12.6. Return of Contributions . The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

 

Section 12.7. Waiver of Partition . To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

 

ARTICLE XIII
Amendment of Partnership Agreement; Meetings; Record Date

 

Section 13.1. Amendments to be Adopted Without Approval of the Limited Partners or the General Partner . The General Partner and each Limited Partner agree that the Board of Directors, without the approval of any Limited Partner or, subject to Section 5.5 , the General Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

 

(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;

 

(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(c) a change that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the Marshall Islands Act;

 

(d) a change that the Board of Directors determines (i) does not adversely affect the rights of the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect, (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any Marshall Islands authority (including the Marshall Islands Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Units or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed, or admitted to trading, (iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5.8 or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership and any other changes that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership including, if the Board of

A- 65

Directors shall so determine, a change in the definition of “Quarter” and the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership;

 

(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, the members of the Board of Directors, or the General Partner or its or their directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such regulations are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

 

(g) an amendment that the Board of Directors, and if required by Section 5.5 , the General Partner, determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the authorization of issuance of any class or series of Partnership Interests pursuant to Section 5.4 ;

 

(h) an amendment that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate for the authorization of additional Partnership Interests or rights to acquire Partnership Interests, including any amendment that the Board of Directors determines is necessary or appropriate in connection with:

 

(i) the adjustments of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution in connection with the IDR Reset Election in accordance with Section 5.10 ;

 

(ii) the implementation of the provisions relating to GasLog’s right to reset its Incentive Distribution Rights in exchange for Common Units;

 

(iii) any modification of the Incentive Distribution Rights made in connection with the issuance of additional Partnership Interests or rights to acquire Partnership Interests, provided , that, with respect to this clause (iii) , any such modifications to the Incentive Distribution Rights and the related issuance of Partnership Interests have received Special Approval; or

 

(iv) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the Board of Directors acting alone;

 

(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3 ;

 

(j) an amendment that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other Person, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4 ;

A- 66

(k) a conversion, merger or conveyance pursuant to Section 14.3(d) ;

 

(l) an amendment to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; or

 

(m) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

 

Section 13.2. Amendment Procedures . Except as provided in Section 13.1 and Section 13.3 , all amendments to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the following requirements. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by, or with the written consent of, the Board of Directors; provided, however , that the Board of Directors shall have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, any Record Holder or any other Person and, in declining to propose an amendment, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law, rule or regulation. A proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the Board of Directors and, if applicable, the holders of a Unit Majority, unless a greater or different percentage is required under this Agreement or by the Marshall Islands Act. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the Board of Directors shall seek the written approval of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The Board of Directors shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any such proposed amendments.

 

Section 13.3. Amendment Requirements. (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2 , no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of (i) in the case of any provision of this Agreement other than Section 11.2 or Section 13.4 , reducing such percentage or (ii) in the case of Section 11.2 or Section 13.4 , increasing such percentage, unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such enlargement shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c) or (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld at the General Partner’s option.

 

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3 , and without limitation of the Board of Directors’ authority to adopt amendments to this Agreement without the approval of any Partners as contemplated in Section 13.1 , any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on

A- 67

the rights or preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected. If the General Partner determines an amendment does not satisfy the requirements of Section 13.1(d)(i) because it adversely affects one or more classes of Partnership Interests, as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests, in any material respect, such amendment shall only be required to be approved by the adversely affected class or classes.

 

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b) , no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable law.

 

(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1 , this Section 13.3 shall only be amended with the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units.

 

Section 13.4. Special Meetings . All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XIII . Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner, the Board of Directors or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the Board of Directors one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and indicating the general or specific purposes for which the special meeting is to be called, it being understood that the purposes of such special meeting may only be to vote on matters that require the vote of the Unitholders pursuant to this Agreement. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the Board of Directors shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through the Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the Board of Directors on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the mailing of notice of the meeting. Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Marshall Islands Act or the law of any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.

 

Section 13.5. Notice of a Meeting . Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Units for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1 at least 10 days in advance of such meeting. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.

A- 68

Section 13.6. Record Date . For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11 , the Board of Directors may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which Limited Partners are requested in writing by the Board of Directors to give such approvals. If the Board of Directors does not set a Record Date, then (a) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, and (b) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to give approvals without a meeting shall be the date the first written approval is deposited with the Partnership in care of the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 13.11 .

 

Section 13.7. Adjournment . When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII .

 

Section 13.8. Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes . The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if the disapproval is expressly made at the meeting.

 

Section 13.9. Quorum and Voting . The holders of 33 1 / 3 % of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) represented in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Limited Partners requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of such Units, in which case the quorum shall be such greater percentage. At any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners, unless a greater or different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act

A- 69

of the Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent at least such greater or different percentage shall be required. The Limited Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required percentage of Outstanding Units specified in this Agreement (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates). In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote at such meeting (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 13.7 .

 

Section 13.10. Conduct of a Meeting . The Board of Directors shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4 , the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals in writing.

 

Section 13.11. Action Without a Meeting . If authorized by the Board of Directors, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage of the Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved the action in writing. The Board of Directors may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than 20 days, specified by the Board of Directors. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Units held by the Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Units that were not voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the Board of Directors, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership in care of the Board of Directors, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed

A- 70

are dated as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date sufficient approvals are deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the Board of Directors to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under the applicable statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.

 

Section 13.12. Right to Vote and Related Matters. (a) Only those Record Holders of the Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and also subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “Outstanding”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.

 

(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Units are registered, such other Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and at the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3 .

 

ARTICLE XIV
Merger, Consolidation or Conversion

 

Section 14.1. Authority . The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or more corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited (including a limited liability partnership)) or convert into any such entity, pursuant to a written agreement of merger or consolidation (“ Merger Agreement ”) or a written plan of conversion (“ Plan of Conversion ”), as the case may be, in accordance with this Article XIV .

 

Section 14.2. Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion. (a) Merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the approval of the Board of Directors and the prior consent of the General Partner; provided, however , that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the Board of Directors nor the General Partner shall have a duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and, in declining to consent to a merger, consolidation or conversion, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity.

A- 71

(b) If the Board of Directors and the General Partner shall determine to consent to the merger, consolidation or conversion, the Board of Directors and the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:

 

(i) the names and jurisdictions of formation or organization of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

 

(ii) the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “ Surviving Business Entity ”);

 

(iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;

 

(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (A) if any interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, the cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other Person (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and (B) in the case of securities represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other Person (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;

 

(v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

 

(vi) the effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement ( provided , that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such certificate of merger and stated therein); and

 

(vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the Board of Directors and the General Partner determine to be necessary or appropriate.

A- 72

(c) If the Board of Directors and the General Partner shall determine to consent to the conversion the Board of Directors and the General Partner shall approve the Plan of Conversion, which shall set forth:

 

(i) the name of the converting entity and the converted entity;

 

(ii) a statement that the Partnership is continuing its existence in the organizational form of the converted entity;

 

(iii) a statement as to the type of entity that the converted entity is to be and the state or country under the laws of which the converted entity is to be incorporated, formed or organized;

 

(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the converted entity or another entity, or for the cancellation of such equity securities;

 

(v) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership;

 

(vi) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership, certificate of formation, articles of incorporation, or other organizational documents of the converted entity;

 

(vii) the effective time of the conversion, which may be the date of the filing of the articles of conversion or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Plan of Conversion ( provided , that if the effective time of the conversion is to be later than the date of the filing of such articles of conversion, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain and stated in such articles of conversion); and

 

(viii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed conversion the Board of Directors and the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

 

Section 14.3. Approval by Limited Partners of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion. (a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and 14.3(e) , the Board of Directors, upon its and the General Partner’s approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall direct that the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion and the merger, consolidation or conversion contemplated thereby, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII . A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.

 

(b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and 14.3(e) , the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a Unit Majority.

A- 73

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and 14.3(e) , after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger or certificate of conversion pursuant to Section 14.4 , the merger, consolidation or conversion may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the Board of Directors is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity which shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group Member if (i) the Board of Directors has received an Opinion of Counsel that the conversion, merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner, (ii) the sole purpose of such conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and (iii) the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners, the General Partner and the Board of Directors with the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.

 

(e) Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the Board of Directors, with the prior consent of the General Partner, is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into another entity if (i) the Board of Directors has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner, (ii) the merger or consolidation would not result in an amendment to this Agreement, other than any amendments that could be adopted pursuant to Section 13.1 , (iii) the Partnership is the Surviving Business Entity in such merger or consolidation, (iv) each Unit outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation is to be an identical Unit of the Partnership after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, and (v) the number of Partnership Interests to be issued by the Partnership in such merger or consolidation does not exceed 20% of the Partnership Interests Outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation.

 

Section 14.4. Certificate of Merger or Conversion . Upon the required approval by the Board of Directors, the General Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, a certificate of merger or conversion, as applicable, shall be executed and filed in conformity with the requirements of the Marshall Islands Act.

 

Section 14.5. Amendment of Partnership Agreement . Pursuant to Section 20(2) of the Marshall Islands Act, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with Section 20(2) of the Marshall Islands Act may (a) effect any amendment to this Agreement or (b) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for a limited partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 14.5 shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation.

A- 74

Section 14.6. Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion. (a) At the effective time of the certificate of merger:

 

(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;

 

(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;

 

(iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and

 

(iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

 

(b) At the effective time of the certificate of conversion, for all purposes of the laws of the Marshall Islands:

 

(i) the Partnership shall continue to exist, without interruption, but in the organizational form of the converted entity rather than in its prior organizational form;

 

(ii) all rights, title, and interests to all real estate and other property owned by the Partnership shall remain vested in the converted entity in its new organizational form without reversion or impairment, without further act or deed, and without any transfer or assignment having occurred, but subject to any existing liens or other encumbrances thereon;

 

(iii) all liabilities and obligations of the Partnership shall continue to be liabilities and obligations of the converted entity in its new organizational form without impairment or diminution by reason of the conversion;

 

(iv) all rights of creditors or other parties with respect to or against the prior interest holders or other owners of the Partnership in their capacities as such in existence as of the effective time of the conversion will continue in existence as to those liabilities and obligations and are enforceable against the converted entity by such creditors and obligees to the same extent as if the liabilities and obligations had originally been incurred or contracted by the converted entity; and

 

(v) the Partnership Interests that are to be converted into partnership interests, shares, evidences of ownership, or other rights or securities in the converted entity or

A- 75

cash as provided in the Plan of Conversion shall be so converted, and Partners shall be entitled only to the rights provided in the Plan of Conversion.

 

ARTICLE XV
Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests

 

Section 15.1. Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time from and after the Closing Date the General Partner and its Affiliates hold more than 80% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner, exercisable at its option, to purchase all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of the date three days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed.

 

(b) If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a) , the General Partner shall deliver to the Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the “ Notice of Election to Purchase ”) and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class or classes (as of a Record Date selected by the General Partner) at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be published for a period of at least three consecutive days in at least two daily newspapers of general circulation printed in the English language and published in the Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a) ) at which Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, if any, in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the records of the Transfer Agent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1 . If the Notice of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date to the extent Certificates for the Limited Partner Interests are outstanding, notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been surrendered for purchase, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests

A- 76

(including any rights pursuant to Articles IV , V , VI and XII ) shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the applicable purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a) ) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, on the record books of the Transfer Agent and the Partnership, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the owner of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the owner of such Limited Partner Interests (including all rights as owner of such Limited Partner Interests pursuant to Articles IV , V , VI and XII ).

 

(c) At any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing such Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a) , without interest thereon.

 

ARTICLE XVI
General Provisions

 

Section 16.1. Addresses and Notices. (a) Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below. Any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interests at his address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Partnership Interests by reason of any assignment or otherwise. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by a member of the Board of Directors, the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing on the books and records of the Transfer Agent or the Partnership is returned by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) if they are available for the Partner at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner or the Board of Directors at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3 . The General Partner and the Board of Directors may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

A- 77

(b) The terms “in writing,” “written communications,” “written notice” and words of similar import shall be deemed satisfied under this Agreement by use of e-mail and other forms of electronic communication.

 

Section 16.2. Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 16.3. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

Section 16.4. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

 

Section 16.5. Creditors . None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

 

Section 16.6. Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

 

Section 16.7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner Interest, pursuant to Section 10.2(a) , immediately upon the acquisition of such Limited Partner Interests without execution hereof.

 

Section 16.8. Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of The Republic of the Marshall Islands, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

 

(b) Each of the Partners and each Person holding any beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise):

 

(i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings (A) arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of this Agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among Partners or of Partners to the Partnership, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Partners or the Partnership), (B) brought in a derivative manner on behalf of the Partnership, (C) asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Partnership or the General Partner, or owed by the General Partner, to the Partnership or the Partners, (D) asserting a

A- 78

claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Marshall Islands Act or (E) asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction), unless otherwise provided for by Marshall Islands law, in each case regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims;

 

(ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction), unless otherwise provided for by Marshall Islands law, in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding;

 

(iii) agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or of any other court to which proceedings in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper;

 

(iv) expressly waives any requirement for the posting of a bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or proceeding; and

 

(v) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such services shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided , nothing in clause (v) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

Section 16.9. Invalidity of Provisions . If any provision or part of a provision of this Agreement is or becomes for any reason, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions and part thereof contained herein shall not be affected thereby and this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reformed and construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of a provision, had never been contained herein, and such provision or part reformed so that it would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.

 

Section 16.10. Consent of Partners . Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners (including any amendment to this Agreement), such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action (including any amendment to this Agreement).

A- 79

Section 16.11. Facsimile Signatures . The use of facsimile signatures affixed in the name and on behalf of the transfer agent and registrar of the Partnership on certificates representing Common Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

 

Section 16.12. Third-Party Beneficiaries . Each Partner agrees that any Indemnitee shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee.

 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

A- 80

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership as a Deed as of the date first written above.

 

  GENERAL PARTNER:
     
  GasLog Partners GP LLC
     
  By:    
    Name:
    Title:
     
  LIMITED PARTNER:
     
  GasLog Ltd.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Signature Page To
First Amended and Restated
Agreement of Limited Partnership

A- 81

EXHIBIT A
to the First Amended and Restated
Agreement of Limited Partnership of
GASLOG PARTNERS LP

 

Certificate Evidencing Common Units
Representing Limited Partner Interests in
GASLOG PARTNERS LP

 

No. Common Units

 

In accordance with Section 4.1 of the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of GasLog Partners LP, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), GasLog Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby certifies that                    (the “ Holder ”) is the registered owner of the above designated number of Common Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “ Common Units ”) transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. The rights, preferences and limitations of the Common Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are on file at, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership at, the principal office of the Partnership located at Gildo Pastor Center, 7 Rue du Gabian, MC 98000, Monaco. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.

 

The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, is deemed to have (a) requested admission as, and agreed to become, a Limited Partner and to have agreed to comply with and be bound by and to have executed the Partnership Agreement, (b) represented and warranted that the Holder has all right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to enter into the Partnership Agreement and (c) made the waivers and given the consents and approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement.

 

This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it has been countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Marshall Islands.

 

Dated:

 

Countersigned and Registered by:   GASLOG PARTNERS LP
         
    By:   
as Transfer Agent and Registrar     Title:
         
By:      By:  
  Authorized Signature     Secretary

A- 82

[Reverse of Certificate]
ABBREVIATIONS

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM as tenants in common UNIF GIFT/TRANSFERS MIN ACT
                           Custodian                           
(Cust) (Minor)
       
TEN ENT as tenants by the entireties  
       
JT TEN as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common under Uniform Gifts /Transfers to CD Minors Act (State)

 

Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.

A- 83

ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON UNITS
in
GASLOG PARTNERS LP

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                      hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto

 

     
(Please print or typewrite name and address of Assignee)   (Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of Assignee)

 

Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                           as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer the same on the books of GasLog Partners LP.

 

Date: NOTE:  The signature to any endorsement hereon must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or change.
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY    
AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS,   (Signature)
STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN    
ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH    
MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE    
GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT    
TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15   (Signature)

 

No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing the Common Units to be transferred is surrendered for registration or transfer.

A- 84

GasLog Partners LP

 

Common Units

  Representing Limited Partner Interests

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

, 2014

 

 

 

Citigroup

 

Until        , 2014 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common units, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

The section of the prospectus entitled “The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification” discloses that we will generally indemnify our directors, officers and the affiliates of our general partner to the fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims, damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by this reference. Reference is also made to the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement in which GasLog Partners LP and certain of its affiliates will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to contribute to payments that may be required to be made in respect of these liabilities.

 

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

On January 23, 2014, in connection with the formation of GasLog Partners LP, GasLog Partners LP issued to (a) GasLog Partners GP LLC the 2.0% general partner interest in the partnership for $20 and (b) GasLog Ltd. the 98.0% limited partner interest in the partnership for $980. These issuances were exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

There have been no other sales of unregistered securities within the past three years.

 

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits

 

  Exhibit
Number
  Description
         
  1.1 *   Form of Underwriting Agreement
         
  3.1     Certificate of Limited Partnership of GasLog Partners LP
         
  3.2     Form of First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of GasLog Partners LP (included as Appendix A to the Prospectus)
         
  3.3     Certificate of Formation of GasLog Partners GP LLC
         
  3.4     Limited Liability Company Agreement of GasLog Partners GP LLC
       
     
         
  5.1     Opinion of Cozen O’Connor, with respect to the legality of the securities being registered
         
  8.1     Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, with respect to certain tax matters
         
  8.2     Opinion of Cozen O’Connor, with respect to certain tax matters
         
  10.1     Form of Contribution Agreement
         
  10.2     Form of Omnibus Agreement
         
  10.3     Form of Administrative Services Agreement
         
  10.4     Form of Commercial Management Agreement
         
  10.5     Amended and Restated Ship Management Agreement for the GasLog Shanghai, dated    , 2014, between GAS-three Ltd. and GasLog LNG Services Ltd.
         
  10.6     Amended and Restated Ship Management Agreement for the GasLog Santiago, dated    , 2014, between GAS-four Ltd. and GasLog LNG Services Ltd.
         
  10.7     Amended and Restated Ship Management Agreement for the GasLog Sydney, dated    , 2014, between GAS-five Ltd. and GasLog LNG Services Ltd.
         
       
  10.8 **   Master Time Charter Party among GAS-one Ltd., GAS-two Ltd., GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd., GAS-six Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated May 9, 2011
       
  10.9 **   Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-three Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated May 9, 2011
       
  10.10 **   Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-four Ltd. and MethaneServices Limited, dated May 9, 2011
       
  10.11 **   Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-five Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated May 9, 2011
         
  10.12 **   Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-three Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated June 17, 2013
         
  10.13 **   Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-four Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated June 17, 2013
         
  10.14 **   Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-five Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated June 17, 2013
       
         
  10.15 **   Facilities Agreement dated March 14, 2012 relating to $272,500,000 loan facilities among GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. as borrowers, DnB Bank ASA and the Export-Import Bank of Korea as mandated lead arrangers, the financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders and DnB bank ASA as hedging provider, bookrunner, agent and security agent
       
     
  10.16 *   Form of $30.0 Million Revolving Credit Agreement by and between GasLog Partners LP and GasLog Ltd.
         
  16.1 *   Letter from Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A. to the Securities and Exchange Commission, dated April         , 2014.
       
         
  21.1     List of Subsidiaries of GasLog Partners LP
         
  23.1     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm relating to (i) the combined carve-out financial statements of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor, and (ii) the statement of financial position as of January 23, 2014 of GasLog Partners LP
         
  23.2     Consent of Cozen O’Connor (included in Exhibit 5.1 and Exhibit 8.2)
         
  23.3     Consent of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)
         
  23.4     Consent of Clarkson Research Services Limited
         
       
  23.5   Consent of Donald J. Kintzer, Director Nominee
         
  23.6   Consent of Pamela Gibson, Director Nomineee
         
  23.7   Consent of Daniel Bradshaw, Director Nominee
         
  23.8   Consent of Peter G. Livanos, Director Nominee
       
         
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)

 

 
* To be provided by amendment.
** Certain portions have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. Omitted information has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
  Previously filed.
II- 1

 

 

Item 9. Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

The registrant undertakes to send to each limited partner at least on an annual basis a detailed statement of any transactions with the general partner or its affiliates and of fees, commissions, compensation and other benefits paid, or accrued to the general partner or its affiliates for the fiscal year completed, showing the amount paid or accrued to each recipient and the services performed.

 

The registrant undertakes to provide to the limited partners the financial statements required by Form 20-F for the first full fiscal year of operations of the partnership.

II- 2

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Principality of Monaco, on the day of April 21, 2014.

 

  GASLOG PARTNERS LP
 
  By: /s/ Curtis V. Anastasio
  Name: Curtis V. Anastasio
  Title: Chairman of the Board

 

 

II- 3

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the day of April 21, 2014.

 

Signature   Title
   
*    
Paul Wogan   Chief Executive Officer and Director
    (Principal Executive Officer)
*    
Simon Crowe   Chief Financial Officer and Director
  (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ Curtis V. Anastasio    
Curtis V. Anastasio   Chairman of the Board
     

     
*By:   /s/ Curtis V. Anastasio
   

Curtis V. Anastasio

Attorney-in-Fact

 

II- 4

signature of authorized representative in the united states

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant’s duly authorized representative in the United States has signed this Registration Statement in the City of Newark, State of Delaware, on April 21, 2014.

 

  PUGLISI & ASSOCIATES
   
  By:   /s/ Donald J. Puglisi
  Name:   Donald J. Puglisi
  Title:   Managing Director
II- 5

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Set forth below is a list of exhibits that are being or will be filed with this Registration Statement on Form F-1.

 

  Exhibit
Number
  Description
         
  1.1 *   Form of Underwriting Agreement
         
  3.1     Certificate of Limited Partnership of GasLog Partners LP
         
  3.2     Form of First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of GasLog Partners LP (included as Appendix A to the Prospectus)
         
  3.3     Certificate of Formation of GasLog Partners GP LLC
         
  3.4     Limited Liability Company Agreement of GasLog Partners GP LLC
       
  5.1     Opinion of Cozen O’Connor, with respect to the legality of the securities being registered
         
  8.1     Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, with respect to certain tax matters
         
  8.2     Opinion of Cozen O’Connor, with respect to certain tax matters
         
  10.1     Form of Contribution Agreement
         
  10.2     Form of Omnibus Agreement
         
  10.3     Form of Administrative Services Agreement
         
  10.4     Form of Commercial Management Agreement
         
  10.5     Amended and Restated Ship Management Agreement for the GasLog Shanghai, dated    , 2014, between GAS-three Ltd. and GasLog LNG Services Ltd.
         
  10.6     Amended and Restated Ship Management Agreement for the GasLog Santiago, dated    , 2014, between GAS-four Ltd. and GasLog LNG Services Ltd.
         
  10.7     Amended and Restated Ship Management Agreement for the GasLog Sydney, dated    , 2014, between GAS-five Ltd. and GasLog LNG Services Ltd.
       
  10.8 **   Master Time Charter Party among GAS-one Ltd., GAS-two Ltd., GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd., GAS-six Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated May 9, 2011
       
  10.9 **   Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-three Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated May 9, 2011
       
  10.10 **   Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-four Ltd. and MethaneServices Limited, dated May 9, 2011
       
  10.11 **   Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-five Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated May 9, 2011
         
  10.12 **   Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-three Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated June 17, 2013
         
  10.13 **   Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-four Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated June 17, 2013
         
  10.14 **   Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-five Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated June 17, 2013
       
  10.15 **   Facilities Agreement dated March 14, 2012 relating to $272,500,000 loan facilities among GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. as borrowers, DnB Bank ASA and the Export-Import Bank of Korea as mandated lead arrangers, the financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders and DnB bank ASA as hedging provider, bookrunner, agent and security agent
       
  10.16 *   Form of $30.0 Million Revolving Credit Agreement by and between GasLog Partners LP and GasLog Ltd.
         
  16.1 *   Letter from Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A. to the Securities and Exchange Commission, dated April         , 2014.
       
  21.1     List of Subsidiaries of GasLog Partners LP
         
  23.1     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm relating to (i) the combined carve-out financial statements of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor, and (ii) the statement of financial position as of January 23, 2014 of GasLog Partners LP
         
  23.2     Consent of Cozen O’Connor (included in Exhibit 5.1 and Exhibit 8.2)
         
  23.3     Consent of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)
         
  23.4     Consent of Clarkson Research Services Limited
       
  23.5   Consent of Donald J. Kintzer, Director Nominee
         
  23.6   Consent of Pamela Gibson, Director Nomineee
         
  23.7   Consent of Daniel Bradshaw, Director Nominee
         
  23.8   Consent of Peter G. Livanos, Director Nominee
       
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)
       
 
 
* To be provided by amendment.
** Certain portions have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. Omitted information has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
  Previously filed.

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

PURSUANT TO SECTION 10 OF THE MARSHALL ISLANDS

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP ACT

 

Pursuant to the provisions of the Marshall Islands Limited Partnership Act, the undersigned desires to form a limited partnership and certifies the following:

 

1. The name of the limited partnership is GasLog Partners LP (the “ Limited Partnership ”).

 

2. The registered address of the Limited Partnership in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Limited Partnership’s registered agent in the Marshall Islands upon whom process may be served at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc.

 

3. The name and the business, residence or mailing address of the sole general partner is:

 

    Name   Address
    GasLog Partners GP LLC  

c/o GasLog Monaco S.A.M.

        Gildo Pastor Center
        7 Rue du Gabian
        MC 98000
        Monaco

 

4. The name and title of the person authorized to sign this Certificate of Limited Partnership for the general partner is:

 

  Geoffrey D. Ferrer
  Attorney-in-Fact
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Limited Partnership on this 23rd day of January, 2014, and the undersigned hereby affirms and acknowledges, under penalty of perjury, that this Certificate of Limited Partnership is the act and deed of GasLog Partners GP LLC and that the facts stated herein are true.

 

GasLog Partners GP LLC  
     
By:  /s/ Geoffrey D. Ferrer  
  Geoffrey D. Ferrer  
  Attorney-in-Fact  

 

Exhibit 3.3

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

OF

 

GASLOG PARTNERS GP LLC

 

Under Section 9 of The Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act

 

The undersigned, Geoffrey D. Ferrer, authorized person of GasLog Partners GP LLC, for the purpose of forming a Marshall Islands limited liability company, hereby certifies:

 

  1. The name of the limited liability company is: GasLog Partners GP LLC (the “ Company ”).
     
  2. The registered address of the Company in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Company’s registered agent in the Marshall Islands upon whom process may be served at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc.
     
  3. The formation date of the Company is the date of the filing of this Certificate of Formation with the Registrar of Corporations.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on the 23rd day of January, 2014.

 

  /s/ Geoffrey D. Ferrer
  Geoffrey D. Ferrer
  Authorized Person
 

Exhibit 3.4

 

Execution Version

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

GASLOG PARTNERS GP LLC

 

A Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company

 

Dated as of January 23, 2014

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I   DEFINITIONS   1
         
  Section 1.1.   Defined Terms   1
  Section 1.2.   Number and Gender   1
         
ARTICLE II   ORGANIZATION   2
         
  Section 2.1.   Formation   2
  Section 2.2.   Name   2
  Section 2.3.   Purposes   2
  Section 2.4.   Registered Office; Registered Agent   2
  Section 2.5.   Principal Office   2
  Section 2.6.   Term   2
  Section 2.7.   Liability to Third Parties   2
  Section 2.8.   LLC Certificate; Transfer of Ownership Interest; Pledge of Ownership Interest   2
         
ARTICLE III   CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS   3
         
  Section 3.1.   Initial Capital Contributions   3
  Section 3.2.   Additional Capital Contributions   3
  Section 3.3.   Liability Limited to Capital Contributions   3
  Section 3.4.   No Interest on Capital Contributions   3
         
ARTICLE IV   MANAGEMENT   3
         
  Section 4.1.   Management By Member(s)   3
  Section 4.2.   Delegation of Authority and Duties   3
  Section 4.3.   Execution of Documents   4
  Section 4.4.   Indemnification   4
  Section 4.5.   Liability of Officers   4
         
ARTICLE V   DISTRIBUTIONS   4
         
  Section 5.1.   Distributions/Available Cash   4
         
ARTICLE VI   BOOKS AND RECORDS; FISCAL YEAR; BANK ACCOUNTS   4
         
  Section 6.1.   Books and Records   4
  Section 6.2.   Fiscal Year   5
  Section 6.3.   Bank Accounts   5
         
ARTICLE VII   MISCELLANEOUS   5
         
  Section 7.1.   Complete Agreement   5
  Section 7.2.   Governing Law   5
  Section 7.3.   Headings   5
  Section 7.4.   Severability   5
  Section 7.5.   No Third Party Beneficiary   5
  Section 7.6.   Amendment   5
           
Exhibit 1:   Form of Certificate of Formation    
Exhibit 2:   Form of LLC Certificate    
i

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

This Limited Liability Company Agreement of GasLog Partners GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is made and entered into effective as of the 23rd day of January, 2014, by GasLog Ltd., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (“ GasLog ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , GasLog desires to form the Company pursuant to the Act; and

 

WHEREAS , subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, it is intended that that Company may engage in any lawful activity permitted by the Act.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1. Defined Terms. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

(a) “ Act ” means the Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act of 1996 (of the Republic of the Marshall Islands Associations Law), as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

(b) “ Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from to time in accordance with its terms.

 

(c) “ Capital Contributions ” means the total amount of cash and/or assets which a Member contributes to the Company as capital pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(d) “ Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto to be filed pursuant to the Act with the Republic of the Marshall Islands Registrar of Corporations pursuant to which the Company shall be formed as a Marshall Islands limited liability company.

 

(e) “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.

 

(f) “ LLC Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a) of this Agreement.

 

(g) “ Member ” means GasLog and any Person who, at the time of reference thereto, has been admitted to the Company as a Member in accordance with this Agreement, including any Transferee, and shall have the same meaning as the term “Member” under the Act, but shall not include any Person who has ceased to be a Member of the Company.

 

(h) “ Officers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a) of this Agreement.

 

(i) “ Person ” means a natural person, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, estate, unincorporated association, limited liability company, or any other juridical entity.

 

(j) “ Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(b) of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.2. Number and Gender. As the context requires, all words used herein in the singular number shall extend to and include the plural, all words used in the plural number shall extend to and include the singular, and all words used in any gender shall extend to and include the other gender or be neutral.

 

ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION

 

Section 2.1. Formation. By its execution of this Agreement, each of the Members authorizes each of Geoffrey D. Ferrer, Christopher Raleigh and Anne Mickey, each acting singularly, of Cozen O’Connor to execute and file the Certificate of Formation pursuant to the Act with the Republic of the Marshall Islands Registrar of Corporations and, upon such filing, the Company will be formed as a Marshall Islands limited liability company.

 

Section 2.2. Name. The name of the Company shall be “GasLog Partners GP LLC” and all Company business shall be conducted in that name or such other names that comply with applicable law as the Member(s) may from time to time designate.

 

Section 2.3. Purposes. The purposes for which the Company is established is to engage in any lawful activity permitted by the Act.

 

Section 2.4. Registered Office; Registered Agent. The registered office of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the Republic of the Marshall Islands shall be the office of the initial registered agent named in the Certificate of Formation or such other office as the Member(s) may designate from time to time in the manner provided by law. The registered agent of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the Republic of the Marshall Islands shall be the initial registered agent named in the Certificate of Formation or such other person or persons as the Member(s) may designate from time to time in the manner provided by law.

 

Section 2.5. Principal Office. The principal office of the Company shall be GasLog Partners GP LLC, c/o GasLog Monaco S.A.M., Gildo Pastor Center, 7 Rue du Gabian, MC 98000, Monaco, except as may otherwise be determined by the Member(s).

 

Section 2.6. Term. The Company shall commence on the date the Certificate of Formation is accepted for filing by the Republic of the Marshall Islands Registrar of Corporations and shall have perpetual existence, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with the Act.

 

Section 2.7. Liability to Third Parties. No Member shall be liable for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company, including, without limitation, under a judgment, decree or order of a court.

 

Section 2.8. LLC Certificate; Transfer of Ownership Interest; Pledge of Ownership Interest

 

(a) A Member’s ownership of its limited liability company interest in the Company shall be evidenced by a certificate of limited liability company interest (“ LLC Certificate ”) substantially in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto.

 

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.8(c) herein, upon the endorsement by a Member on its LLC Certificate (or on a separate transfer power) in favor of a third party (a “ Transferee ”) and the delivery of such LLC Certificate (and such separate power, if applicable) to the Company for registration and issuance of a new LLC Certificate to such Transferee, such Member shall be deemed to have assigned and transferred all its right, title and interest in the Company and in this Agreement to such Transferee and all references in this Agreement to such Member shall be deemed to refer to such Transferee, in each case effective as of the date of such LLC Certificate delivery to the Company. A Member’s right, title and interest in the Company shall not be transferred other than as provided in this Section 2.8(b).

 

(c) The pledge of, or granting of a security interest, lien or other encumbrance in or against, any or all of the limited liability company interest of a Member in the Company shall not cause such Member to cease to be a Member until the secured party shall have lawfully exercised its remedies under the security agreement and completed the endorsement in favor of a Transferee. Until the exercise of such remedies, the secured party shall not have the power to exercise any rights or powers of a Member.

2

ARTICLE III
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 3.1. Initial Capital Contributions. GasLog shall make an initial capital contribution of U.S. $1,000 to the Company, and upon the Company’s receipt and in consideration thereof, an LLC Certificate shall be issued in favor of GasLog as provided for in Section 2.8 above.

 

Section 3.2. Additional Capital Contributions. A Member may contribute such additional sums and/or assets, if any, as it shall determine in its sole discretion.

 

Section 3.3. Liability Limited to Capital Contributions. No Member shall have any obligation to contribute money to the Company or any personal liability with respect to any liability or obligation of the Company.

 

Section 3.4. No Interest on Capital Contributions. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Member shall not receive any interest on its Capital Contributions to the Company.

 

ARTICLE IV
MANAGEMENT

 

Section 4.1. Management By Member(s) . The management of the Company shall be vested exclusively in its Member(s). The Member(s) may make all decisions and take all actions for the Company as they deem necessary or appropriate in their sole discretion to enable the Company to carry out the purposes for which the Company was formed including, without limitation, the following:

 

(a) adopting, by written consent or otherwise, resolutions in the name and on behalf of the Company authorizing any decisions or actions taken pursuant to this Section 4.1;

 

(b) entering into, making and performing such contracts, agreements, undertakings and financial guarantees in the name and on behalf of the Company;

 

(c) setting aside reserves, opening and maintaining bank and investment accounts and arrangements, drawing checks and other orders for the payment of money, and designating individuals with authority to sign or give instructions with respect to those accounts and arrangements;

 

(d) collecting sums due to the Company;

 

(e) selecting, removing, and changing the authority and responsibility of lawyers, auditors and other advisers and consultants; and

 

(f) granting signatory authority to and issuing Powers of Attorney in favor of such persons as they may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out and implement any decisions or actions taken pursuant to this Section 4.1.

 

All decisions to be made and actions to be taken by the Member(s) shall be determined by the affirmative vote of the Member(s) holding more than 50% of the limited liability company interest in the Company.

 

Section 4.2. Delegation of Authority and Duties .

 

(a) The Member(s) may, from time to time as they deem advisable, appoint and elect (as well as remove or replace at any time with or without cause for any reason) a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officer positions assigned to individuals (collectively, the “ Officers ”). Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The Officers shall serve with or without compensation for their services to the Company as the Member(s) shall determine. If so appointed by the Member(s), the Officers shall have the authority and duties as may from time to time be assigned to them.

3

(b) Unless the Member(s) decide otherwise, if the title of any person authorized to act on behalf of the Company under this Section 4.2 is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such person of the authority and duties that are normally associated with that office, subject to any specific delegation of, or restriction on, authority and duties made pursuant to this Section 4.2. Any delegation or restriction pursuant to this Section 4.2(b) may be revoked at any time by the Member(s), with or without cause for any reason.

 

(c) Any person dealing with the Company may rely upon the authority of the Member(s) or any Officer designated in writing as such by the Member(s) in accordance with this Section 4.2 in taking any action in the name of the Company without inquiry into the provisions of this Agreement or compliance herewith, regardless of whether that action actually is taken in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(d) Unless authorized to do so by this Agreement or the Member(s), no Officer, agent or employee of the Company shall have any power or authority to bind the Company in any way, to pledge its credit, or to render it liable pecuniarily for any purpose.

 

Section 4.3. Execution of Documents. Any agreements, contracts or other documents or correspondence executed by the Company, including an LLC Certificate, shall be signed by the individual executing the same as follows:

 

  GASLOG PARTNERS GP LLC
  By:  
  Name:    
  Title:  

 

Section 4.4. Indemnification . Subject to Section 4.5 below, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Member and each Officer, employee or duly appointed attorney-in-fact of the Company (individually, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against all costs, losses, liabilities, and damages paid or incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the affairs of the Company.

 

Section 4.5. Liability of Officers .

 

(a) No Officer shall be personally liable for the debts and obligations of the Company.

 

(b) No Officer shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Company or any Member for any action taken or any failure to act (even if such action or failure to act constituted the simple negligence of that Officer) on behalf of the Company within the scope of the authority conferred on such Officer by this Agreement or by law, unless such act or failure to act constituted gross negligence or was performed or omitted willfully or intentionally or in bad faith.

 

ARTICLE V
DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 5.1. Distributions/Available Cash. The Member(s), shall, in their sole discretion, determine from time to time to what extent (if any) the Company’s cash on hand exceeds the current and anticipated needs of the Company. To the extent any such excess exists, the Member(s) may make distributions to themselves as Member(s), subject to any limitations or restrictions provided for in the Act.

 

4

ARTICLE VI
BOOKS AND RECORDS; FISCAL YEAR; BANK ACCOUNTS

 

Section 6.1. Books and Records. The books and records of the Company shall, at the cost and expense of the Company, be kept at the principal office of the Company or at such other location as the Member(s) may from time to time determine.

 

Section 6.2. Fiscal Year. Unless otherwise determined by the Member(s), the Company’s books and records shall be kept on a December 31 calendar year basis and shall reflect all Company transactions and be appropriate and adequate for conducting the Company’s affairs.

 

Section 6.3. Bank Accounts. All funds of the Company will be deposited in its name in an account or accounts maintained with such bank or banks selected by the Member(s). Checks shall be drawn upon the Company account or accounts only for the purposes of the Company and may be signed by such persons as may be designated by the Member(s).

 

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.1. Complete Agreement. This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement regarding the operation of the Company and replace and supersede all prior agreements regarding the operation of the Company.

 

Section 7.2. Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, without giving regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

Section 7.3. Headings. All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.4. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

 

Section 7.5. No Third Party Beneficiary. This Agreement is made solely and specifically for the benefit of the Member(s) and their successors and Transferees and no other Persons shall have any rights, interest or claims hereunder or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

Section 7.6. Amendment. All amendments to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by all of the Member(s).

 

[Signature Page Follows]

5

WHEREFORE, this Agreement has been executed by a duly authorized representative of GasLog as of the date first set forth above.

 

  SOLE MEMBER:
  GasLog Ltd.
     
  By: /s/ Paul Wogan
  Name:  Paul Wogan
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to
Limited Liability Company Agreement
of
GasLog Partners GP LLC

 

Exhibit 1

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

OF

 

GASLOG PARTNERS GP LLC

 

Under Section 9 of The Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act

 

The undersigned, [●], authorized person of GasLog Partners GP LLC, for the purpose of forming a Marshall Islands limited liability company, hereby certifies:

 

  1. The name of the limited liability company is: GasLog Partners GP LLC (the “ Company ”).
     
  2. The registered address of the Company in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Company’s registered agent in the Marshall Islands upon whom process may be served at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc.
     
  3. The formation date of the Company is the date of the filing of this Certificate of Formation with the Registrar of Corporations.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on the    day of  January, 2014.

     
   
  [●]  
  Authorized Person
 

Exhibit 2

 

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTEREST

 

OF

 

GASLOG PARTNERS GP LLC

 

ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE
REPUBLIC OF THE MARSHALL ISLANDS

 

This Certificate evidences the ownership by __________________ of [●]% of the limited liability company interests in GasLog Partners GP LLC (the “ Company ”), which interests are subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Formation and the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, as each may be amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time.

 

Witness, the signature of the Company.

         
Date:         
        Name:
        Title:
 

For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                             [●]% of its limited liability company ownership interests in GasLog Partners GP LLC represented by this Certificate.

 

Date:        [   ]
             
        By:     
        Name:   
        Title:  

 

In presence of ______________________________

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

 

April 21, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

GasLog Partners LP
Gildo Pastor Center
7Rue du Gabian
MC 98000
Monaco
 
     

 

Re: GasLog Partners LP

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Gaslog Partners LP, a limited partnership organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Partnership ”) in connection with the registration of its common units, including common units to be sold by the Partnership pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option (together, the “ Units ”), representing limited partner interests in the Partnership, pursuant to the Partnership’s registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-195109) (such registration statement as amended or supplemented from time to time) (the “ Registration Statement ”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). The Units are being offered in the Partnership’s initial public offering pursuant to an underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) to be entered into among the Partnership, GasLog Ltd., GasLog Partners GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company and the general partner (the “General Partner”) of the Partnership, GasLog Partners Holding LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and the representatives of the underwriters named therein.

We have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of:

(i) the Registration Statement and the prospectus contained therein (the “ Prospectus ”);

 
 

45 Broadway       16th Floor New York, NY 10006

212.509.9400       800.437.7040       212.509.9492 Fax       cozen.com

 
 

(ii) the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed as an appendix to the Prospectus filed with the Commission on April 21, 2014;
(iii) the form of Underwriting Agreement; and
(iv) such other papers, documents, agreements, and records of the Partnership and the General Partner and such other instruments, certificates and documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed.

In such examinations, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies or drafts of documents to be executed, the genuineness of all signatures and the legal competence or capacity of persons or entities to complete the execution of documents. As to matters of fact material to this opinion that have not been independently established, we have relied upon representations, statements, and certificates of public officials, directors or officers of the Partnership and the General Partner, and others, in each case as we have deemed relevant and appropriate, and upon the representations and warranties of each of the Partnership and the General Partner to be made in the Underwriting Agreement. We have not independently verified the facts so relied on.

In rendering this opinion, we have also assumed that:

(i) the issuance and sale of the Units complies in all respects with the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in the Prospectus and all of the instruments and other documents relating thereto or executed or to be executed in connection therewith;
(ii) the Underwriting Agreement will be duly and validly authorized by all parties thereto, and executed and delivered by such parties prior to the issuance and delivery of the Units; and
(iii) the validity and enforceability of the Underwriting Agreement against the parties thereto.

This opinion letter is limited to Marshall Islands Law as of the date hereof.

Based on the foregoing, and having regard to legal considerations which we deem relevant, and subject to the qualifications, limitations and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, when the Units are

 
 

issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Units will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Our opinion is as of the date hereof and we have no responsibility to update this opinion for events and circumstances occurring after the date hereof or as to facts relating to prior events that are subsequently brought to our attention. We disavow any undertaking to advise you of any changes in law.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to our name in the Prospectus. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder with respect to any part of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Cozen O’Connor

 


 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

April 21, 2014

 

GasLog Partners LP

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as United States counsel to GasLog Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership (the “Partnership”), in connection with the registration by the Partnership of its common units under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) on a Registration Statement on Form F−1 filed on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and all amendments thereto (such registration statement, as so amended, being hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”).

For purposes of our opinion set forth below, we have reviewed and relied upon the Registration Statement, including the prospectus contained therein (the “Prospectus”), and such other documents, records and instruments as we have deemed necessary and appropriate. In such review, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicate copies and the authenticity of the originals of such documents. We have not undertaken any independent investigation of any factual matter set forth in any of the foregoing. In addition, we have relied upon certain statements of factual matters made by the Partnership, which we have neither investigated nor verified. Any inaccuracy in any of the aforementioned documents or statements could adversely affect our opinion.

In rendering our opinion, we have considered the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), regulations promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Department of Treasury (the “Regulations”), pertinent judicial authorities, rulings of the Internal Revenue Service, and such other authorities as we have considered relevant, in each case as in effect on the date hereof. It should be noted that the Code, Regulations, judicial decisions, administrative interpretations and other authorities are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect. A material

 
 

change in any of the materials or authorities upon which our opinion is based could affect the conclusions set forth herein. There can be no assurance, moreover, that any opinion expressed herein will be accepted by the Internal Revenue Service, or if challenged, by a court.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, although the discussion in the Registration Statement, and the Prospectus contained therein, under the headings “Business—Taxation of the Partnership—United States” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” does not purport to discuss all possible United States federal income tax consequences of the matters discussed therein, we hereby confirm that the statements of law (including the qualifications thereto) under such headings represent our opinion of the material United States federal income tax consequences of the matters discussed therein as of the date hereof.

Our opinion does not relate to any factual or accounting matters, determinations or conclusions, and we have not expressed an opinion as to any matter not specifically described in the foregoing sentence. We disclaim any undertaking to advise you of any subsequent changes in the facts stated or assumed herein or subsequent changes in applicable law. Any changes in the facts set forth or assumed herein may affect the conclusions stated herein.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus. The giving of this consent does not constitute an admission that we are “experts” within the meaning of the Securities Act or included in the categories of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC.

This opinion is rendered to you for the purpose of being included as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

/s/ Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

 

 

GasLog Partners LP

Gildo Pastor Center

7 Rue du Gabian

MC 98000, Monaco

 


 

Exhibit 8.2

 

 

 

 

April 21, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

GasLog Partners LP
Gildo Pastor Center
7Rue du Gabian
MC 98000
Monaco
 
     

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form F-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special counsel as to matters of the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (“ Marshall Islands Law ”) for GasLog Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), in connection with the proposed initial public offering by the Partnership of its common units, each representing limited partnership interests in the Partnership, pursuant to the Partnership’s registration statement on Form F-1 (such registration statement, any amendments or supplements thereto, including any post-effective amendments, the “ Registration Statement ”).

As counsel, we have examined originals or copies (certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction) of the following documents:

(i) the Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein (the “ Prospectus ”); and
(ii) such other papers, documents, agreements, certificates of public officials and certificates of representatives of the Partnership, and subsidiaries and affiliates of the Partnership as we have deemed relevant and necessary as the basis for the opinion hereafter expressed.

 

 
 

45 Broadway      16th Floor New York, NY 10006

212.509.9400       800.437.7040        212.509.9492 Fax       cozen.com

 
 

In such examination, we have assumed (a) the legal capacity of each natural person, (b) the genuineness of all signatures and the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, (c) the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as conformed or photostatic copies, (d) that the documents reviewed by us in connection with the rendering of the opinion set forth herein are true, correct and complete and (e) the truthfulness of each statement as to all factual matters contained in any document or certificate encompassed within the due diligence review undertaken by us. As to any questions of fact material to our opinion, we have, when relevant facts were not independently established, relied upon the aforesaid certificates.

This opinion letter is limited to Marshall Islands Law and rendered as of the date hereof. We expressly disclaim any responsibility to advise of any development or circumstance of any kind, including any change of law or fact that may occur after the date of this opinion letter that might affect the opinion expressed herein.

Based on the facts as set forth in this Prospectus and having regard to legal considerations which we deem relevant, and subject to the qualifications, limitations and assumptions set forth herein, we hereby confirm that we have reviewed the discussion set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “ Non-United States Tax Considerations—Marshall Islands Tax Consequences ” and we confirm that the statements in such discussion to the extent they constitute summaries of law or legal conclusions, unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Cozen O’Connor with respect to Marshall Islands tax consequences as of the effective date of the Registration Statement (except for the representations and statements of fact of the Partnership included under such captions, as to which we express no opinion).

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm in the Prospectus. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, nor do we admit that we are experts with respect to any part of the Registration Statement within the meaning of the term “ expert ” as used in the Securities Act.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Cozen O’Connor

 

 


 

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

FORM OF

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

Dated as of [•], 2014

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I
     
DEFINITIONS
 
Section 1.1 Definitions   2
ARTICLE II
     
THE CONTRIBUTIONS
     
Section 2.1 Contribution of Vessel Owners to the Partnership   4
Section 2.2 Contribution of Vessel Owners to the Partnership   4
Section 2.3 Retained Right to Insurance Proceeds   4
       
ARTICLE III
 
THE OFFERING AND CONCURRENT TRANSACTIONS
 
Section 3.1 The Offering   4
Section 3.2 Use of the IPO Proceeds   4
ARTICLE IV
 
DEFERRED ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
Section 4.1 Deferred Issuance and Distribution   4
       
ARTICLE V
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF Gaslog; DISCLAIMER
 
Section 5.1 Representations and Warranties   5
Section 5.2 Disclaimer of Warranties   6
       
ARTICLE VI
 
FURTHER ASSURANCES
 
Section 6.1 Further Assurances   7
Section 6.2 Power of Attorney   7
       
ARTICLE VII
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 7.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties   8
Section 7.2 Taxes   8
Section 7.3 Headings; References, Interpretation   8
Section 7.4 Successors and Assigns   8
Section 7.5 No Third Party Rights   8
Section 7.6 Counterparts   8
Section 7.7 Governing Law   8
Section 7.8 Severability   8
i
Section 7.9 Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment   9
Section 7.10 Amendment or Modification   9
Section 7.11 Integration   9
ii

FORM OF CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [•], 2014 is made by and among GASLOG LTD., an exempted company organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (“ GasLog ”), GASLOG CARRIERS LTD., an exempted company organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (“ Carriers ”), GASLOG PARTNERS LP, a limited partnership duly organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Partnership ”), GASLOG PARTNERS GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “ General Partner ”) and GASLOG PARTNERS HOLDINGS LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company ( New Holdings ). The above-named entities are sometimes referred to in this Agreement each as a “ Party and collectively as the “ Parties .”

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Partnership was formed pursuant to the Limited Partnership Act of The Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Marshall Islands LP Act ”) for the purposes set forth in the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of January 23, 2014 (the “ Original LP Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Partnership formed New Holdings pursuant to the Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act of 1996 for the purposes set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement of New Holdings;

 

WHEREAS, GasLog formed the General Partner pursuant to the Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act of 1996 for the purposes set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the General Partner;

 

WHEREAS, on the date hereof:

 

1. The General Partner is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GasLog.

 

2. GasLog owns a 98% limited partner interest in the Partnership and the General Partner owns a 2% general partner interest in the Partnership.

 

3. New Holdings is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Partnership.

 

4. Carriers is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GasLog.

 

5. Carriers owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of GAS-three Ltd., an exempted company organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (“ GAS-three ”), and the owner of the GasLog Shanghai .

 

6. Carriers owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of GAS-four Ltd., an exempted company organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (“ GAS-four ”), and the owner of the GasLog Santiago .

 

7. Carriers owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of GAS-five Ltd., an exempted company organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (“ GAS-five ”, and together with GAS-three and GAS-four, the “ Vessel Owners ”), and the owner of the GasLog Sydney .

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to this Agreement, each of the following will occur on the closing date of the Offering (the “ Effective Time ”):

 

1. GasLog will cause Carriers to contribute all of the shares of the Vessel Owners to the Partnership in exchange for [•] Common Units, [•] Subordinated Units, the IDRs and the
 

  right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution (as defined herein) and a payment of approximately $[•] to GasLog.

 

2. The Partnership will contribute all of the shares of the Vessel Owners to New Holdings in exchange for all of the equity interests in New Holdings.

 

3. The General Partner will continue to hold a 2% general partner interest in the Partnership.

 

4. The Partnership will issue [•] Common Units to the public in an underwritten initial public offering (the “ Offering ”) in exchange for $[•] (the “ IPO Proceeds ”).

 

5. The Partnership will use a portion of the IPO Proceeds to (a) pay underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees of $[•], (b) pay other transaction expenses incurred in connection with the Offering of approximately $[•] and (c) make a payment to GasLog of approximately $[•].

 

6. The Partnership will contribute $[•] of the IPO Proceeds to New Holdings, to be further contributed to GAS-five, to repay a portion of its debt obligations related to the GasLog Sydney .

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1 Definitions . The following defined terms will have the meanings given below:

 

Agreement ” means this Contribution Agreement.

 

Attorney-in-Fact ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 .

 

Carriers ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Charter ” means the time charter party or the bareboat charter related to the applicable Vessel.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Common Unit ” means a common unit representing a limited partner interest in the Partnership having the rights set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

 

Conveying Party ” or “ Conveying Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 .

 

Deferred Issuance and Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

 

Effective Time ” means [•] a.m. prevailing Eastern Time on the date that is the closing date of the Offering.

 

Firm Units ” means the Common Units to be sold to the Underwriters pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, but does not include any Option Units.

2

GasLog ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

 

GAS-three ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

GAS-four ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

GAS-five ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

General Partner ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

 

IDRs ” means the incentive distribution rights of the Partnership having the rights set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

 

Interests ” means all of the outstanding shares of the Vessel Owners.

 

IPO Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(c) .

 

Marshall Islands LP Act ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

New Holdings ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Offering ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Option Units ” means the Common Units that the Partnership will agree to issue upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

 

Original LP Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Over-Allotment Option ” means a number of Common Units equal to up to 15% of the Firm Units, which the Partnership will agree to sell to the Underwriters, at their option, to cover over-allotments in connection with the Offering.

 

Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, to be dated as of [•], 2014.

 

Party ” or “ Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Commission (Registration No. 333-195109), as amended.

 

Subordinated Unit ” means a subordinated unit representing a member interest in the Partnership having the rights set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

 

Underwriters ” means the underwriting syndicate listed in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

Underwriting Agreement ” means the underwriting agreement dated as of [•], 2014 among GasLog, the General Partner, the Partnership, New Holdings and the Underwriters.

 

Vessels ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(d)

 

Vessel Financing Agreements ” means the vessel financing agreements of the Vessel Owners, as described in the Registrtion Statement.

 

Vessel Owners ” means collectively GAS-three, GAS-four and GAS-five.

3

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Partnership Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

THE CONTRIBUTIONS

 

As of the Effective Time, the following transactions shall be completed in the order set forth below.

 

Section 2.1 Contribution of Vessel Owners to the Partnership . GasLog hereby causes Carriers to contribute, assign and transfer as a capital contribution 100% of the shares of the Vessel Owners to the Partnership. Immediately following the forgoing contributions, assignments and transfers, the Partnership will own 100% of the shares of the Vessel Owners. In consideration for the capital contributions to the Partnership, (a) the Partnership will issue to GasLog [•] Common Units, [•] Subordinated Units, the Incentive Distribution Rights and the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution and make a payment of approximately $[•] to GasLog and (b) the General Partner will maintain its 2% general partner interest in the Partnership.

 

Section 2.2 Contribution of Vessel Owners to New Holdings. Issuance of equity interests to the Partnership. The Partnership hereby contributes, assigns and transfers as a capital contribution 100% of the shares of the Vessel Owners to New Holdings. In consideration for the capital contribution by the Partnership to New Holdings described in the preceding sentence, New Holdings will issue all of its equity interests to the Partnership.

 

Section 2.3 Retained Right to Insurance Proceeds . Notwithstanding the foregoing contributions, the Parties hereby agree that any insurance proceeds received by the Partnership after the Effective Time shall belong to GasLog and be promptly distributed to GasLog to the extent that such insurance proceeds (a) related to damage or periods of off-hire incurred by the Vessels prior to the Effective Time and (b) exceeded any costs incurred by the Partnership or any of its subsidiaries to repair any such damage to the Vessels.

 

ARTICLE III

THE OFFERING AND CONCURRENT TRANSACTIONS

 

After the consummation of the transactions as described in ARTICLE II , the following transactions shall be completed in the order set forth below:

 

Section 3.1 The Offering. The Partnership will issue [•] Common Units to the public in the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement in exchange for the IPO Proceeds.

 

Section 3.2 Use of the IPO Proceeds .

 

(a) The Partnership will use a portion of the IPO Proceeds to (i) pay underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees of $[•], (ii) pay other transaction expenses incurred in connection with the Offering of approximately $[•] and (iii) make a payment to GasLog of approximately $[•].

 

(b) The Partnership will contribute $[•] of the IPO Proceeds to New Holdings, to be further contributed to GAS-five, to repay a portion of the debt obligations related to the GasLog Sydney .

 

ARTICLE IV

DEFERRED ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

 

Section 4.1 Deferred Issuance and Distribution. Upon the earlier to occur of the expiration of the Over-Allotment Option period or the exercise in full of the Over-Allotment Option, the Partnership shall

4

issue to GasLog a number of additional Common Units that is equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the total number of Option Units over (b) the aggregate number of Common Units, if any, actually purchased by and issued to the Underwriters pursuant to the exercise(s) of the Over-Allotment Option. Upon each exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, the Partnership shall distribute to GasLog an amount of cash equal to the proceeds therefrom net of the Underwriters’ Discount of each such exercise.

 

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF Gaslog; DISCLAIMER

 

Section 5.1 Representations and Warranties. GasLog hereby represents and warrants that:

 

(a) Each of the Vessel Owners has been duly formed or incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of formation or incorporation and has all requisite power and authority to operate its assets and conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement;

 

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and all documents, instruments and agreements required to be executed and delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement in connection with the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, have been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part, and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of it enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, reconstruction and other similar laws of general application affecting the enforceability of remedies and rights of creditors and except that equitable remedies such as specific performance and injunction are in the discretion of a court;

 

(c) The execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement will not conflict with or result in any violation of or constitute a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or result in the acceleration of any obligation under, or constitute a default under any provision of: (i) its or any Vessel Owner’s articles of association, articles of incorporation or bylaws or limited liability company agreement or other organizational documents; (ii) any lien, encumbrance, security interest, pledge, mortgage, charge, other claim, bond, indenture, agreement, contract, franchise license, permit or other instrument or obligation to which it or any Vessel Owner is a party or is subject or by which any of its or any Vessel Owner’s assets or properties may be bound; (iii) any applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, rules or regulations promulgated by a governmental authority, orders of a governmental authority, judicial decisions, decisions of arbitrators or determinations of any governmental authority or court (“ Laws ”); or (iv) any Charter to which any Vessel Owner is a party or any material provision of any material contract to which it or any Vessel Owner is a party or by which its or any Vessel Owner’s assets are bound;

 

(d) Except as have already been obtained or that will be obtained in the ordinary course of business, no consent, permit, approval or authorization of, notice or declaration to or filing with any governmental authority or any other person, including those related to any environmental laws or regulations, is required in connection with the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement or the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereunder, and any consents required for the transfer or assignment of the Charter related to the GasLog Shanghai, the GasLog Santiago and the GasLog Sydney (the “ Vessels ”) have been duly obtained;

 

(e) All of the issued and outstanding shares of each Vessel Owner are duly authorized and are validly issued in accordance with the articles of association, articles of incorporation or bylaws or limited liability company agreement or other organizational documents of such Vessel Owner and are fully paid and non-assessable;

 

(f) GasLog owns, directly or indirectly, all of the outstanding shares of each Vessel Owner and has good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, pledges, mortgages, charges or other claims, other than those arising under the Vessel Financing Agreements;

5

(g) Each of Carriers and the Vessel Owners has made an election under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(c) to be classified as a disregarded entity for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, and such election is in effect as of the date hereof.

 

(h) There is no outstanding agreement, contract, option, commitment or other right or understanding in favor of, or held by, any person other than the Partnership to acquire the Vessel Owners or the assets of the Vessel Owners, including the Vessels, that has not been waived;

 

(i) Correct and complete copies of the organizational documents of each Vessel Owner (as amended to the date of this Agreement) and each Charter to which any Vessel Owner is a party have been made available to the Partnership;

 

(j) Each such Charter is a valid and binding agreement of each contracting Vessel Owner enforceable in accordance with its terms and, to the knowledge of GasLog, of all other parties thereto enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

(k) As applicable, each Vessel Owner has fulfilled all material obligations required pursuant to its respective Charter to have been performed by it prior to the date of this Agreement and has not waived any material rights thereunder; and no material default or breach exists in respect thereof on its or any Vessel Owner’s part or, to its knowledge, any of the other parties thereto and, to its knowledge, no event has occurred which, after giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute such a material default or breach;

 

(l) Except for such liabilities, debts, obligations, encumbrances, defects, restrictions or claims of a general nature and magnitude that would arise in connection with the operation of shuttle tankers of the same type as the Vessels in the ordinary course of business, there are no liabilities, debts or obligations of, encumbrances, defects or restrictions with respect to, or claims against the Vessel Owners or any of the assets owned by the Vessel Owners, including the Vessels, other than those arising under or in connection with Vessel Financing Agreements; and

 

(m) Each Vessel is (i) adequate and suitable for use by the applicable Vessel Owner in such Vessel Owner’s business as presently conducted by it in all material respects as described in the Registration Statement, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (ii) in good running order and repair; (iii) insured against all risks, and in amounts, consistent with common industry practices; (iv) in compliance with applicable laws and regulations; (v) duly registered under the flag set forth opposite such Vessel’s name on Schedule A hereto; and (vi) in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of its present class and classification society; and all class certificates of each Vessel are clean and valid and free of recommendations affecting class.

 

Section 5.2 Disclaimer of Warranties. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT NONE OF THE PARTIES HAS MADE, DOES NOT MAKE, AND EACH SUCH PARTY SPECIFICALLY NEGATES AND DISCLAIMS, ANY REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, PROMISES, COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS OR GUARANTIES OF ANY KIND OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, ORAL OR WRITTEN, PAST OR PRESENT, REGARDING (A) THE VALUE, NATURE, QUALITY OR CONDITION OF THE ASSETS OWNED BY THE VESSEL OWNERS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION OF THE ASSETS GENERALLY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE PRESENCE OR LACK OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OR OTHER MATTERS ON SUCH ASSETS, (B) THE INCOME TO BE DERIVED FROM SUCH ASSETS, (C) THE SUITABILITY OF SUCH ASSETS FOR ANY AND ALL ACTIVITIES AND USES THAT MAY BE CONDUCTED THEREON OR THEREWITH, (D) THE COMPLIANCE OF OR BY SUCH ASSETS OR THEIR OPERATION WITH ANY LAWS (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY ZONING, ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, POLLUTION OR LAND USE LAWS, RULES, REGULATIONS, ORDERS OR REQUIREMENTS), OR (E) THE HABITABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY, MARKETABILITY, PROFITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF SUCH ASSETS. EXCEPT TO

6

THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT SUCH PARTY HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO INSPECT THE ASSETS OF THE VESSEL OWNERS, AND SUCH PARTY IS RELYING SOLELY ON ITS OWN INVESTIGATION OF THE ASSETS OF THE VESSEL OWNERS AND NOT ON ANY INFORMATION PROVIDED OR TO BE PROVIDED BY ANY OF THE OTHER PARTIES. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, NONE OF THE PARTIES IS LIABLE OR BOUND IN ANY MANNER BY ANY VERBAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS OR INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE ASSETS OF THE VESSEL OWNERS FURNISHED BY ANY AGENT, EMPLOYEE, SERVANT OR THIRD PARTY. THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE THE CONTRIBUTION AND CONVEYANCE OF THE INTERESTS OR THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION HAVE BEEN NEGOTIATED BY THE PARTIES AFTER DUE CONSIDERATION AND ARE INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE EXCLUSION AND NEGATION OF ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, WITH RESPECT TO THE ASSETS OF THE VESSEL OWNERS THAT MAY ARISE PURSUANT TO ANY LAW NOW OR HEREAFTER IN EFFECT, OR OTHERWISE, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

 

ARTICLE VI

FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

Section 6.1 Further Assurances. From time to time on or after the date of this Agreement, and without any further consideration, the Parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional deeds, assignments, bills of sale, conveyances, instruments, notices, releases, acquittances and other documents, and will do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable Law, as may be necessary or appropriate (a) more fully to assure that the applicable Parties own all of the properties, rights, titles, interests, estates, remedies, powers and privileges granted by this Agreement, or which are intended to be so granted, (b) more fully and effectively to vest in the applicable Parties and their respective successors and assigns beneficial and record title to the interests contributed and assigned by this Agreement or intended so to be and (c) to more fully and effectively carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.2 Power of Attorney. Each Party that has conveyed any Interests as reflected by this Agreement (collectively, the “ Conveying Parties ”) hereby constitutes and appoints each of Simon Crowe, Paul Wogan and Graham Westgarth (each, the “ Attorney-in-Fact ”) its true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact with full power of substitution for it and in its name, place and stead or otherwise on behalf of the applicable Conveying Party and its successors and assigns, and for the benefit of the Attorney-in-Fact to demand and receive from time to time the Interests contributed and conveyed by this Agreement (or intended so to be) and to execute in the name of the applicable Conveying Party and its successors and assigns instruments of conveyance, instruments of further assurance and to give receipts and releases in respect of the same, and from time to time to institute and prosecute in the name of the applicable Conveying Party for the benefit of the Attorney-in-Fact, any and all proceedings at law, in equity or otherwise which the Attorney-in-Fact may deem proper in order to (a) collect, assert or enforce any claims, rights or titles of any kind in and to the Interests, (b) defend and compromise any and all actions, suits or proceedings in respect of any of the Interests, and (c) do any and all such acts and things in furtherance of this Agreement as the Attorney-in-Fact shall deem advisable. Each Conveying Party hereby declares that the appointment hereby made and the powers hereby granted are coupled with an interest and are and shall be irrevocable and perpetual and shall not be terminated by any act of any Conveying Party or its successors or assigns or by operation of law.

7

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of GasLog in this Agreement and in or under any documents, instruments and agreements delivered pursuant to this Agreement, will survive the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby regardless of any independent investigations that the Partnership may make or cause to be made, or knowledge it may have, prior to the date of this Agreement and will continue in full force and effect for a period of one year from the date of this Agreement. At the end of such period, such representations and warranties will terminate, and no claim may be brought by the Partnership against GasLog thereafter in respect of such representations and warranties, except for claims that have been asserted by the Partnership prior such date.

 

Section 7.2 Taxes . The Partnership shall pay any and all sales, use and similar taxes arising out of the contributions, conveyances and deliveries to be made hereunder, and shall pay all documentary, filing, recording, transfer, deed, and conveyance taxes and fees required in connection therewith.

 

Section 7.3 Headings; References, Interpretation. All Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole, including, without limitation, all Schedules attached hereto, and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All references herein to Articles, Sections and Schedules shall, unless the context requires a different construction, be deemed to be references to the Articles and Sections of this Agreement and the Schedules attached hereto, and all such Schedules attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof for all purposes. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders, and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. The use herein of the word “including” following any general statement, term or matter shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation,” “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that could reasonably fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.

 

Section 7.4 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

Section 7.5 No Third Party Rights. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to bind the Parties as to each other and are not intended to and do not create rights in any other person or confer upon any other person any benefits, rights or remedies, and no person is or is intended to be a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory Parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument. The delivery of an executed counterpart copy of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission in PDF format shall be deemed to be the equivalent of delivery of the originally executed copy thereof.

 

Section 7.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the state of New York, United States of America, applicable to contracts made and to be performed wholly within such jurisdiction without giving effect to conflict of law principles thereof other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law, except to the extent that it is mandatory that the law of some other jurisdiction, wherein the Interests are located, shall apply.

 

Section 7.8 Severability. If any of the provisions of this Agreement are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to contravene, or to be invalid under, the laws of any governmental body having jurisdiction over the subject matter hereof, such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire

8

Agreement. Instead, this Agreement shall be construed as if it did not contain the particular provision or provisions held to be invalid and an equitable adjustment shall be made and necessary provision added so as to give effect, as nearly as possible, to the intention of the Parties as expressed in this Agreement at the time of execution of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.9 Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment. To the extent required and permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall also constitute a “deed,” “bill of sale” or “assignment” of the interests referenced herein.

 

Section 7.10 Amendment or Modification. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

Section 7.11 Integration. This Agreement and the instruments referenced herein supersede all previous understandings or agreements among the Parties, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and such instruments. This Agreement and such instruments contain the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. No understanding, representation, promise or agreement, whether oral or written, is intended to be or shall be included in or form part of this Agreement unless it is contained in a written amendment hereto executed by the Parties after the date of this Agreement.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement have caused it to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  GASLOG PARTNERS HOLDINGS LLC
     
  Sole Member: Gaslog Partners LP
     
  By:   
  Name:
  Title:
   
  GASLOG PARTNERS GP LLC
     
  Sole Member: Gaslog Ltd.
     
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  GASLOG PARTNERS LP
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  GASLOG LTD.
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  GASLOG CARRIERS LTD.
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:  

 

Signature Page
To
Contribution Agreement

 

SCHEDULE A

VESSEL OWNERS AND VESSELS

 

Vessel Owners Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Registration   Vessel   Flag
GAS-three Ltd.   Bermuda   GasLog Shanghai   Bermuda
             
GAS-four Ltd.   Bermuda   GasLog Santiago   Bermuda
             
GAS-five Ltd.   Bermuda   GasLog Sydney   Bermuda

 

Schedule A
To
Contribution Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

 

FORM OF OMNIBUS AGREEMENT

 

AMONG

 

GASLOG LTD.

 

GASLOG PARTNERS LP

 

GASLOG PARTNERS GP LLC

 

AND

 

GASLOG PARTNERS HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
 
Section 1.1. Definitions   1
       
ARTICLE II
FIVE-YEAR VESSEL RESTRICTED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES
 
Section 2.1. Five-Year Vessel Restricted Businesses   6
Section 2.2. Permitted Exceptions   6
       
ARTICLE III
NON-FIVE-YEAR VESSEL RESTRICTED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES
 
Section 3.1. Non-Five-Year Vessel Restricted Businesses   7
Section 3.2. Permitted Exceptions   7
       
ARTICLE IV
BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES PROCEDURES
 
Section 4.1. Procedures   7
Section 4.2. Scope of Prohibition   9
Section 4.3. Enforcement   9
       
ARTICLE V
RIGHTS OF FIRST OFFER
 
Section 5.1. Rights of First Offer   9
Section 5.2. Procedures for Rights of First Offer   10
       
ARTICLE VI
EXISTING VESSEL INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION
 
Section 6.1. Option to Purchase the Gas 7 Interests, Steam 1 Interests, Steam 2 Interests, Steam 3 Interests, Steam 4 Interests, Steam 5 Interests and Steam 6 Interests   10
Section 6.2. Procedures   11
       
ARTICLE VII
NEW BUILD INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION
 
Section 7.1. Option to Purchase the Gas 8 Interests, Gas 11 Interests, Gas 12 Interests, Gas 13 Interests and Gas 14 Interests   12
Section 7.2. Procedures   12
       
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
 
Section 8.1. GLOG Indemnification   14
Section 8.2. Limitation Regarding Indemnification   14
Section 8.3. Indemnification Procedures   14
       
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 9.1. Choice of Law; Submission To Jurisdiction   15
Section 9.2. Notice   15
i
Section 9.3. Entire Agreement   15
Section 9.4. Termination   15
Section 9.5. Waiver; Effect of Waiver or Consent   16
Section 9.6. Amendment or Modification   16
Section 9.7. Assignment   16
Section 9.8. Counterparts   16
Section 9.9. Severability   16
Section 9.10. Gender, Parts, Articles and Sections   16
Section 9.11. Further Assurances   16
Section 9.12. Withholding or Granting of Consent   16
Section 9.13. Laws and Regulations   16
Section 9.14. Negotiation of Rights of GLOG, Limited Partners, Assignees and Third Parties   16
ii

FORM OF OMNIBUS AGREEMENT

 

THIS OMNIBUS AGREEMENT is entered into on, and effective as of, the Closing Date (as defined herein), among GASLOG LTD., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (“ GLOG ”), GASLOG PARTNERS LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership (the “ MLP ”), GASLOG PARTNERS GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company (including any permitted successors and assigns under the MLP Agreement (as defined herein)) (the “ General Partner ”), and GASLOG PARTNERS HOLDINGS LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability corporation.

 

RECITALS:

 

1. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Articles II and IV , with respect to (a) those business opportunities that the GLOG Entities (as defined herein) will not pursue during the term of this Agreement and (b) the procedures whereby such business opportunities are to be offered to the Partnership Group (as defined herein) and accepted or declined.

 

2. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Articles III and IV , with respect to (a) those business opportunities that the Partnership Group (as defined herein) will not pursue during the term of this Agreement and (b) the procedures whereby such business opportunities are to be offered to GLOG and accepted or declined.

 

3. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article V , with respect to (a) GLOG’s right of first offer relating to Five-Year Vessels (as defined herein) or Non-Five-Year Vessels (as defined herein) owned by the MLP and (b) the MLP’s right of first offer relating to Five-Year Vessels that GLOG might own.

 

4. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Articles VI and VII , with respect to the rights of the MLP to purchase the Gas 7 Interests, Gas 8 Interests, Gas 11 Interests, Gas 12 Interests, Gas 13 Interests, Gas 14 Interests, Steam 1 Interests, Steam 2 Interests, Steam 3 Interests, Steam 4 Interests, Steam 5 Interests and Steam 6 Interests (in each case, as defined herein) from GLOG.

 

5. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Section 6.2(b)(ii) and Section 7.2(c)(ii) and Article XIII , with respect to certain indemnification obligations of GLOG.

 

In consideration of the premises and the covenants, conditions, and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

Acquiring Party ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 .

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement ” means this Omnibus Agreement, as it may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with Section 10.6 hereof.

 

BG ” means the BG Group plc and each of its subsidiaries, which is the charterer of Gas 11, Gas 12, Gas 13, Gas 14, Steam 1, Steam 2, Steam 3, Steam 4 Interests, Steam 5 Interests and Steam 6 Interests.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the MLP.

 

Break-up Costs ” means the aggregate amount of any and all additional taxes, flag administration, financing, legal and other similar costs (except with respect to Section 2.2(b) where Break-up Costs shall be deemed to include only administrative costs associated with transfer and re-flagging, including related legal costs) to (a) the GLOG Entities that would be required to transfer Five-Year Vessels acquired by the GLOG Entities as part of a larger transaction to a Partnership Group Member pursuant to Sections 2.2(b) or 2.2(d)(i) , or (b) the Partnership Group that would be required to transfer Non-Five-Year Vessels acquired by the Partnership Group as part of a larger transaction to a GLOG Entity pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(i) .

 

Change of Control ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ Applicable Person ”), any of the following events: (a) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the Applicable Person’s assets to any other Person, unless immediately following such sale, lease, exchange or other transfer such assets are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Applicable Person; (b) the consolidation or merger of the Applicable Person with or into another Person pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Securities of the Applicable Person are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (i) the outstanding Voting Securities of the Applicable Person are changed into or exchanged for Voting Securities of the surviving Person or its parent and (ii) the holders of the Voting Securities of the Applicable Person immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the outstanding Voting Securities of the surviving Person or its parent immediately after such transaction; and (c) a “ person ” or “ group ” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision), other than GLOG or its Affiliates with respect to the General Partner or a Permitted Holder with respect to GLOG, being or becoming the “ beneficial owner ” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Applicable Person, except in a merger or consolidation which would not constitute a Change of Control under clause (b) above.

 

Closing Date ” means               , 2014, the date of the closing of the initial public offering of common units representing limited partner interests in the MLP.

 

Conflicts Committee ” means the Conflicts Committee of the Board.

 

Contribution Assets ” has the meaning given such term in Section 9.1 .

 

Covered Environmental Losses ” means all Losses suffered or incurred by the Partnership Group by reason of, arising out of or resulting from:

 

(a) any violation or correction of violation of Environmental Laws; or

 

(b) any event or condition relating to environmental or human health and safety matters, in each case, associated with the ownership or operation by the Partnership Group or the GLOG Entities of the Contribution Assets (including, without limitation, the presence of Hazardous Substances on, under, about or migrating to or from the Contribution Assets or the disposal or release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Substances generated by or otherwise related to operation of the Contribution Assets), including, without limitation, the reasonable and documented cost and expense of (i) any investigation, assessment, evaluation, monitoring, containment, cleanup, repair, restoration, remediation or other corrective action required or necessary under Environmental Laws, (ii) the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial, corrective action or other plans required or necessary under Environmental Laws and (iii) any environmental or toxic tort (including, without limitation, personal injury or property damage claims) pre-trial, trial or appellate legal or litigation support work;

 

but only to the extent that such violation complained of under clause (a) , or such events or conditions included in clause (b) , occurred before the Closing Date; and, provided, that in no event shall Losses to the extent arising from a change in any Environmental Law after the Closing Date be deemed “ Covered Environmental Losses .”

2

Environmental Laws ” means all international, federal, state, foreign and local laws, statutes, rules, regulations, treaties, conventions, orders, judgments and ordinances having the force and effect of law and relating to protection of natural resources, health and safety and the environment, each in effect and as amended through the Closing Date.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

First Offer Negotiation Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(c) .

 

Five-Year Vessel ” means any LNG carrier with a cargo capacity greater than 75,000 cbm engaged in oceangoing LNG transportation under a charter for five full years or more, together with the related charter.

 

Gas 7 ” means the LNG carrier designated Hull 2041 built by Samsung that was delivered on December 10, 2013 and renamed the GasLog Seattle .

 

Gas 7 Interests ” means all of GLOG’s rights, title and interests in Gas 7, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any GLOG Entity holding interests in Gas 7 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of Gas 7 then in effect.

 

Gas 8 ” means the LNG carrier designated Hull 2042 being built by Samsung that is scheduled for delivery in 2014.

 

Gas 8 Interests ” means all of GLOG’s rights, title and interests in Gas 8, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any GLOG Entity holding interests in Gas 8 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of Gas 8 then in effect.

 

Gas 11 ” means the LNG carrier designated Hull 2072 being built by Samsung that is scheduled for delivery in 2016.

 

Gas 11 Interests ” means all of GLOG’s rights, title and interests in Gas 11, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any GLOG Entity holding interests in Gas 11 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of Gas 11 then in effect.

 

Gas 12 ” means the LNG carrier designated Hull 2073 being built by Samsung that is scheduled for delivery in 2016.

 

Gas 12 Interests ” means all of GLOG’s rights, title and interests in Gas 12, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any GLOG Entity holding interests in Gas 12 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of Gas 12 then in effect.

 

Gas 13 ” means the LNG carrier designated Hull 2102 being built by Samsung that is scheduled for delivery in 2016.

 

Gas 13 Interests ” means all of GLOG’s rights, title and interests in Gas 13, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any GLOG Entity holding interests in Gas 13 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of Gas 13 then in effect.

 

Gas 14 ” means the LNG carrier designated Hull 2103 being built by Samsung that is scheduled for delivery in 2016.

 

Gas 14 Interests ” means all of GLOG’s rights, title and interests in Gas 14, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any GLOG

3

Entity holding interests in Gas 14 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of Gas 14 then in effect.

 

General Partner ” is defined in the introduction to this Agreement.

 

GLOG ” is defined in the introduction to this Agreement.

 

GLOG Entities ” means GLOG and any Person controlled, directly or indirectly, by GLOG, other than the Partnership Entities.

 

GLOG Potential Transferee ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

 

GLOG Sale Assets ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

 

GLOG Transfer Notice ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

 

GLOG Transferring Party ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

 

Hazardous Substances ” means (a) each substance defined, designated or classified as a hazardous waste, hazardous substance, hazardous material, solid waste, contaminant or toxic substance under Environmental Laws; (b) petroleum and petroleum products, including crude oil and any fractions thereof; (c) natural gas, synthetic gas and any mixtures thereof; (d) any radioactive material; and (e) any asbestos-containing materials in a friable condition.

 

Losses ” means losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees) of any and every kind or character; provided , however , that such term shall not include any special, indirect, incidental or consequential damages.

 

MLP ” is defined in the introduction to this Agreement.

 

MLP Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the MLP, dated as of the Closing Date, to which reference is hereby made for all purposes of this Agreement. No amendment or modification to the MLP Agreement subsequent to the Closing Date shall be given effect for purposes of this Agreement unless consented to by each of the Parties to this Agreement.

 

Non-Five-Year Vessel ” means any LNG carrier that is not a Five-Year Vessel.

 

Offer ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 .

 

Offered Assets ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 .

 

Offeree ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 .

 

Offer Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1(b)(i) .

 

Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement and their successors and permitted assigns.

 

Partnership Entities ” means the General Partner, the MLP and any Person controlled by the General Partner or the MLP.

 

Partnership Group ” means the MLP and any Person controlled by the MLP.

 

Partnership Group Member ” means any Person in the Partnership Group.

 

Partnership Potential Transferee ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(a) .

 

Partnership Sale Assets ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(a) .

4

Partnership Transfer Notice ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(a) .

 

Partnership Transferring Party ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(a) .

 

Permitted Holder ” means (i) Peter G. Livanos, his descendants and his Affiliates and (ii) any group (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members.

 

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated organization or any other entity.

 

Potential Transferee ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

 

Sale Assets ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

 

Samsung ” means Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd., which is building the newbuilds Gas 7, Gas 8, Gas 11, Gas 12, Gas 13 and Gas 14.

 

Shell ” means Royal Dutch Shell plc and its subsidiaries, which is the charterer of Gas 7 and Gas 8.

 

Steam 1 ” means the Methane Rita Andrea , a 145,000 cbm steam-powered LNG carrier purchased by GLOG from BG on April 10, 2014.

 

Steam 1 Interests ” means all of GLOG’s rights, title and interests in Steam 1, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any GLOG Entity holding interests in Steam 1 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of Steam 1 then in effect.

 

Steam 2 ” means the Methane Jane Elizabeth , a 145,000 cbm steam-powered LNG carrier purchased by GLOG from BG on April 10, 2014.

 

Steam 2 Interests ” means all of GLOG’s rights, title and interests in Steam 2, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any GLOG Entity holding interests in Steam 2 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of Steam 2 then in effect.

 

Steam 3 ” means the Methane Lydon Volney , a 145,000 cbm steam-powered LNG carrier purchased by GLOG from BG on April 10, 2014.

 

Steam 3 Interests ” means all of GLOG’s rights, title and interests in Steam 3, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any GLOG Entity holding interests in Steam 3 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of Steam 3 then in effect.

 

Steam 4 ” means the Methane Shirley Elisabeth , the first of the three 145,000 cbm steam-powered LNG carriers under contract to be purchased by GLOG from BG.

 

Steam 4 Interests ” means all of GLOG’s rights, title and interests in Steam 4, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any GLOG Entity holding interests in Steam 4 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of Steam 4 then in effect.

 

Steam 5 ” means, the Methane Heather Sally , the second of the three 145,000 cbm steam-powered LNG carriers under contract to be purchased by GLOG from BG.

 

Steam 5 Interests ” means all of GLOG’s rights, title and interests in Steam 5, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any GLOG Entity holding interests in Steam 5 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of Steam 5 then in effect.

 

Steam 6 ” means the Methane Allison Victoria , the third of the three 145,000 cbm steam-powered LNG carriers under contract to be purchased by GLOG from BG.

 

Steam 6 Interests ” means all of GLOG’s rights, title and interests in Steam 6, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any GLOG Entity holding interests in Steam 6 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of Steam 6 then in effect.

 

Transfer ” means any transfer, assignment, sale or other disposition of any Five-Year Vessel by a GLOG Entity or of any Five-Year Vessel or Non-Five-Year Vessel by a Partnership Group Member; provided , however , that such term shall not include: (a) transfers, assignments, sales or other dispositions from a GLOG Entity to another GLOG Entity, or from a Partnership Group Member to another Partnership Group Member; (b) transfers, assignments, sales or other dispositions pursuant to the terms of any related charter or other agreement with a charter party; (c) transfers, assignments, sales or other dispositions pursuant to Articles II or III of this Agreement; or (d) grants of security interests in or mortgages or liens on such Five-Year Vessels or Non-Five-Year Vessels in favor of a bona fide third party lender (but not the foreclosing of any such security interest, mortgage or lien).

 

Transfer Notice ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

 

Transferring Party ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

5

Voting Securities ” means securities of any class of a Person entitling the holders thereof to vote in the election of members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of such Person.

 

ARTICLE II

FIVE-YEAR VESSEL RESTRICTED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

 

Section 2.1. Five-Year Vessel Restricted Businesses . Subject to Section 10.4 and except as permitted by Section 2.2 , each of the GLOG Entities shall be prohibited from acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Five-Year Vessels.

 

Section 2.2. Permitted Exceptions . Notwithstanding any provision of Section 2.1 to the contrary, the restrictions in this Agreement shall not prevent any GLOG Entity from:

 

(a) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessel;

 

(b) acquiring one or more Five-Year Vessels if such GLOG Entity offers to sell the vessel to the MLP for the acquisition price plus any Break-up Costs in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.1 ;

 

(c) putting a Non-Five-Year Vessel under charter for five full years or more if such GLOG Entity offers to sell the vessel to the MLP for fair market value (x) after the time it becomes a Five-Year Vessel and (y) at each renewal or extension of that charter for five or more years, in each case in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.1 ;

 

(d) acquiring one or more Five-Year Vessels as part of the acquisition of a controlling interest in a business or package of assets and owning, operating or chartering such Five-Year Vessel(s); provided , however , that:

 

(i) if less than a majority of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by GLOG’s board of directors, the GLOG Entity must offer to sell such Five-Year Vessel(s) to the MLP for their fair market value plus any Break-up Costs in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.1 ; and

 

(ii) if a majority or more of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by GLOG’s board of directors, GLOG shall notify the MLP of the proposed acquisition in writing. The MLP shall, not later than the 30th calendar day following receipt of such notice, notify GLOG if it or any other Partnership Group Member wishes to acquire any Five-Year Vessel forming part of that business or package of assets in cooperation and simultaneously with the GLOG Entity acquiring the Non-Five-Year Vessels forming part of that business or package of assets. If the MLP does not notify GLOG of its intent to pursue the acquisition within such 30 calendar days, the GLOG Entity may proceed with the acquisition and then offer to sell such vessels to the MLP as provided in subsection (i) above;

 

(e) acquiring up to a non-controlling equity ownership, voting or profit participation interest in any company, business or pool of assets;

 

(f) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Five-Year Vessel if the MLP does not fulfill its obligation to purchase such Five-Year Vessel in accordance with the terms of any existing or future agreement;

 

(g) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Five-Year Vessel that is subject to an offer to purchase by a Partnership Group Member as described in paragraphs (b) , (c) and (d) above, in each case pending the offer of such Five-Year Vessel to the MLP and the MLP’s determination pursuant to Section 4.1 whether to purchase the Five-Year Vessel and, if the MLP has determined to purchase or to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase such Five-Year Vessel, pending the closing of such purchase;

 

(h) providing ship management services relating to any vessel;

6

(i) owning or operating any Five-Year Vessel that GLOG owns or is under contract to purchase on the Closing Date and that is not part of the Partnership Group’s initial fleet on the Closing Date; or

 

(j) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Five-Year Vessel if the MLP has previously advised GLOG that it consents to such acquisition, ownership, operation or charter.

 

ARTICLE III

NON-FIVE-YEAR VESSEL RESTRICTED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

 

Section 3.1. Non-Five-Year Vessel Restricted Businesses . Subject to Section 10.4 and except as permitted by Section 3.2 , each Partnership Group Member shall be prohibited from acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Non-Five-Year Vessels.

 

Section 3.2. Permitted Exceptions . Notwithstanding any provision of Section 3.1 to the contrary, the restrictions in this Agreement shall not prevent any Partnership Group Member from:

 

(a) owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessel that was previously a Five-Year Vessel while owned by any Partnership Group Member;

 

(b) acquiring one or more Non-Five-Year Vessels as part of the acquisition of a controlling interest in a business or package of assets and owning, operating or chartering those Non-Five-Year Vessels; provided , however , that:

 

(i) if less than a majority of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Non-Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by the Board, such Partnership Group Member must offer to sell such Non-Five-Year Vessels to GLOG for their fair market value plus any applicable Break-up Costs in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.1 ; and

 

(ii) if a majority or more of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Non-Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by the Board, the MLP shall notify GLOG of the proposed acquisition in writing. GLOG shall, not later than the 30th calendar day following receipt of such notice, notify the MLP if it or any other GLOG Entity wishes to acquire any Non-Five-Year Vessel forming part of that business or package of assets in cooperation and simultaneously with the Partnership Group Member acquiring the Five-Year Vessels forming part of that business or package of assets. If GLOG does not notify the MLP of its intent to pursue the acquisition within such 30 calendar days, the Partnership Group Member may proceed with the acquisition and then offer to sell such Non-Five-Year Vessels to GLOG as provided in subsection (i) above;

 

(c) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessel that is subject to an offer to purchase by a GLOG Entity as described in paragraph (b) above pending the offer of such Non-Five-Year Vessel to GLOG and GLOG’s determination pursuant to Section 4.1 whether to purchase the Five-Year Vessel and, if GLOG has determined to purchase or cause any GLOG Entity to purchase such Five-Year Vessel, pending the closing of such purchase; or

 

(d) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Non-Five-Year Vessels if GLOG has previously advised the MLP that it consents to such acquisition, ownership, operation or charter.

 

ARTICLE IV

BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES PROCEDURES

 

Section 4.1. Procedures . In the event that (a) a Partnership Group Member acquires, operates or puts under charter Non-Five-Year Vessels in accordance with Section 3.2(b)(i) , or (b) a GLOG Entity acquires, operates or puts under charter Five-Year Vessels in accordance with Section 2.2(b) , (c) or (d)(i) , then simultaneously or in any event not later than 30 calendar days after the consummation of the acquisition or the commencement of

7

operations or charter, such acquiring Party (the “ Acquiring Party ”) shall notify (i) GLOG, in the case of an acquisition by a Partnership Group Member or (ii) the Board, in the case of an acquisition by a GLOG Entity, and offer such party to be notified (each an “ Offeree ”) the opportunity for any GLOG Entity or Partnership Group Member, as applicable, to purchase such Non-Five-Year Vessels or Five-Year Vessels, as applicable (the “ Offered Assets ”), for their fair market value (or, in the case of an acquisition in accordance with Section 2.2(b) , the acquisition price) plus, in the case of an acquisition in accordance with Sections 2.2(b) , 2.2(d)(i) or 3.2(b)(i) , any applicable Break-up Costs, in each case on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with this Section 4.1 (the “ Offer ”). The Offer shall set forth the Acquiring Party’s proposed terms relating to the purchase of the Offered Assets by the applicable GLOG Entity or Partnership Group Member, including any liabilities to be assumed by the applicable GLOG Entity or Partnership Group Member as part of the Offer. As soon as practicable after the Offer is made, the Acquiring Party will deliver to the Offeree all information prepared by or on behalf of or in the possession of such Acquiring Party relating to the Offered Assets and reasonably requested by the Offeree. As soon as practicable, but in any event, within 30 calendar days after receipt of the Offer, the Offeree shall notify the Acquiring Party in writing that either:

 

(a) GLOG has elected not to purchase (or not to cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase) or the Board has elected not to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase, as applicable, such Offered Assets, in which event the Acquiring Party and its Affiliates shall, subject to the other terms of this Agreement (including Section 2.2(b) ), be forever free, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to continue to own, operate and charter such Offered Assets; or

 

(b) GLOG has elected to purchase (or to cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase) or the Board has elected to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase, as applicable, such Offered Assets, in which event the following procedures shall be followed:

 

(i) After the receipt of the Offer by the Offeree, the Acquiring Party and the Offeree shall negotiate in good faith regarding the fair market value (and any applicable Break-up Costs) of the Offered Assets that are subject to the Offer and the other terms of the Offer on which the Offered Assets will be sold to the applicable GLOG Entity or Partnership Group Member. If the Acquiring Party and the Offeree agree on the fair market value (and any applicable Break-up Costs) of the Offered Assets that are subject to the Offer and the other terms of the Offer during the 30-day period (the “ Offer Period ”) after receipt by the Acquiring Party of GLOG’s election to purchase (or election to cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase) or of the Board’s election to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase, as applicable, the Offered Assets, GLOG shall purchase (or cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase) or the Board shall cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase, as applicable, the Offered Assets on such terms as soon as commercially practicable after such agreement has been reached.

 

(ii) If the Acquiring Party and the Offeree are unable to agree on the fair market value (and any applicable Break-up Costs) of the Offered Assets that are subject to the Offer or on any other terms of the Offer during the Offer Period, the Acquiring Party and the Offeree will engage a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor prior to the end of the Offer Period to determine the fair market value of the Offered Assets and/or the other terms on which the Acquiring Party and the Offeree are unable to agree. In determining the fair market value of the Offered Assets and other terms on which the Offered Assets are to be sold, the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will have access to the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the Offer submitted by the Acquiring Party and the Offeree, respectively, and to all information prepared by or on behalf of the Acquiring Party relating to the Offered Assets and reasonably requested by such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor.

 

Such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will determine the fair market value (and any applicable Break-up Costs) of the Offered Assets and/or the other terms on which the Acquiring Party and the Offeree are unable to agree within 30 calendar days of its engagement and furnish the Acquiring Party and the Offeree its determination. The fees and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally

8

between the Acquiring Party and the Offeree. Upon receipt of such determination, the Offeree will have the option, but not the obligation:

 

(A) in the case that the Offeree is GLOG, to purchase or cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase, or in the case that the Offeree is the Board, to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase the Offered Assets for the fair market value (and any applicable Break-up Costs), and on the other terms determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as soon as commercially practicable after determinations have been made; or

 

(B) in the case that the Offeree is GLOG, to elect not to purchase or to cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase, or in the case that the Offeree is the Board, to elect not to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase such Offered Assets, in which event the Acquiring Party and its Affiliates shall, subject to the other terms of this Agreement, be forever free to continue to own and operate such Offered Assets.

 

Section 4.2. Scope of Prohibition . If any Party or its Affiliates engages in the ownership or operation of Five-Year Vessels in the case of a GLOG Entity, or Non-Five-Year Vessels in the case of a Partnership Group Member, pursuant to any of the exceptions described in Sections 2.2 or 3.2 , as applicable, the Party and its Affiliates may not subsequently expand that portion of their business other than pursuant to the exceptions contained in such Sections 2.2 or 3.2 . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the MLP Agreement, each Party and its Affiliates shall be free to engage in any business activity whatsoever, including those that may be in direct competition with the GLOG Entities or the Partnership Group Members.

 

Section 4.3. Enforcement . Each Party agrees and acknowledges that the other Parties do not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach by any such Party of its covenants and agreements set forth in this Article IV , and that any breach by any such Party of its covenants and agreements set forth in this Article IV would result in irreparable injury to such other Parties. Each Party further agrees and acknowledges that any other Party may, in addition to the other remedies which may be available to such other Party, file a suit in equity to enjoin such Party from such breach, and consent to the issuance of injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this Article IV . The Parties acknowledge that the business opportunity procedures set forth in this Article IV are subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all agreements existing in respect of the Offered Assets. Each Party hereby covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents required to be obtained by it in connection with giving effect to the business opportunity procedures set forth in this Article IV .

 

ARTICLE V

RIGHTS OF FIRST OFFER

 

Section 5.1. Rights of First Offer .

 

(a) The Partnership Group hereby grants GLOG a right of first offer on any proposed Transfer by any Partnership Group Member of any Five-Year Vessels or any Non-Five-Year Vessels owned or acquired by any Partnership Group Member.

 

(b) The GLOG Entities hereby grant the MLP a right of first offer on any proposed Transfer of any Five-Year Vessels owned or acquired by any GLOG Entity.

 

(c) The Parties acknowledge that all potential Transfers of Five-Year Vessels or Non-Five-Year Vessels pursuant to this Article V are subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other non-affiliated third parties and to the terms of all existing agreements in respect of such Five-Year Vessels or Non-Five-Year Vessels, as applicable. Each Party hereby covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents required to be obtained by it in connection with giving effect to the procedures set forth in this Article V .

 

Section 5.2. Procedures for Rights of First Offer .

9

(a) In the event that a Partnership Group Member (a “ Partnership Transferring Party ”) proposes to Transfer any Five-Year Vessels or Non-Five-Year Vessels (the “ Partnership Sale Assets ”), prior to engaging in any negotiation for such Transfer with any non-affiliated third party or otherwise offering to Transfer the Partnership Sale Assets to any non-affiliated third party, such Partnership Transferring Party shall give GLOG (a “ Partnership Potential Transferee ”), written notice setting forth all material terms and conditions (including, without limitation, the purchase price or the terms of the charter agreement and a description of the Partnership Sale Asset(s)) on which such Partnership Transferring Party desires to Transfer the Partnership Sale Assets (a “ Partnership Transfer Notice ”).

 

(b) In the event that a GLOG Entity (a “ GLOG Transferring Party ” and, together with a Partnership Transferring Party, a “ Transferring Party ”) proposes to Transfer any Five-Year Vessels (the “ GLOG Sale Assets ” and, together with the Partnership Sale Assets, the “ Sale Assets ”), prior to engaging in any negotiation for such Transfer with any non-affiliated third party or otherwise offering to Transfer the GLOG Sale Assets to any non-affiliated third party, such GLOG Transferring Party shall give the MLP (a “ GLOG Potential Transferee ” and, together with a Partnership Potential Transferee, a “ Potential Transferee ”), written notice setting forth all material terms and conditions (including, without limitation, the purchase price or the terms of the charter agreement and a description of the GLOG Sale Asset(s)) on which such GLOG Transferring Party desires to Transfer the GLOG Sale Assets (a “ GLOG Transfer Notice ” and, together with a Partnership Transfer Notice, each a “ Transfer Notice ”).

 

(c) After delivery of a Transfer Notice, the Transferring Party then shall be obligated to negotiate in good faith for a 30-day period following the delivery by the Transferring Party of the Transfer Notice (the “ First Offer Negotiation Period ”) to reach an agreement for the Transfer of such Sale Assets to the Potential Transferee or any of its Affiliates on the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice. If no such agreement with respect to the Sale Assets is reached during the First Offer Negotiation Period, the Transferring Party will be permitted to Transfer, or agree in writing to Transfer, such Sale Assets to a third party within 180 calendar days after the end of the First Offer Negotiation Period, provided that the terms of such Transfer are generally no less favorable to the Transferring Party than those included in the Transfer Notice. If no such agreement with respect to the Sale Assets is reached during the First Offer Negotiation Period, and the Transferring Party has not Transferred, or agreed in writing to Transfer, such Sale Assets to a third party within 180 calendar days after the end of the First Offer Negotiation Period on terms generally no less favorable to the Transferring Party than those included in the Transfer Notice, then the Transferring Party shall not thereafter Transfer any of the Sale Assets without first offering such assets to the applicable Potential Transferee in the manner provided above.

 

ARTICLE VI

EXISTING VESSEL INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION

 

Section 6.1. Option to Purchase the Gas 7 Interests, Steam 1 Interests, Steam 2 Interests, Steam 3 Interests, Steam 4 Interests, Steam 5 Interests and Steam 6 Interests .

 

(a) GLOG hereby grants to the Partnership Group the unconditional right and option to purchase for fair market value at any time and from time to time within 36 months after the Closing Date, all of the Gas 7 Interests, Steam 1 Interests, Steam 2 Interests, Steam 3 Interests, Steam 4 Interests, Steam 5 Interests and Steam 6 Interests.

 

(b) The Parties acknowledge that the potential transfer of the Gas 7 Interests, Steam 1 Interests, Steam 2 Interests, Steam 3 Interests, Steam 4 Interests, Steam 5 Interests or Steam 6 Interests, as applicable, pursuant to this Article VI is subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all agreements existing as of the date hereof in respect of the Gas 7 Interests, Steam 1 Interests, Steam 2 Interests, Steam 3 Interests, Steam 4 Interests, Steam 5 Interests and Steam 6 Interests, as applicable, including, without limitation, any rights of first refusal of the parties to such agreements to purchase the Gas 7 Interests, Steam 1 Interests, Steam 2 Interests, Steam 3 Interests, Steam 4 Interests, Steam 5 Interests and Steam 6 Interests and the consummation of the acquisition of such vessels, as applicable. GLOG hereby covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents required to be obtained by it in connection with the transfer of the Gas 7 Interests, Steam 1 Interests, Steam 2 Interests, Steam 3 Interests, Steam 4 Interests, Steam 5 Interests and Steam 6 Interests, as applicable, pursuant to this Article VI .

 

10

 

Section 6.2. Procedures .

 

(a) If a Partnership Group Member decides to exercise the option to purchase the Gas 7 Interests, Steam 1 Interests, Steam 2 Interests, Steam 3 Interests, Steam 4 Interests, Steam 5 Interests or Steam 6 Interests, as applicable (the “ Applicable Existing Interests ” and the applicable vessel, the “ Applicable Existing Vessel ”), it will provide, within 36 months of the Closing Date, written notice to GLOG of such exercise, the fair market value it proposes to pay for the Applicable Existing Interests, and the other material terms of the purchase. The decision to purchase the Applicable Existing Interests, the fair market value to be paid for the Applicable Existing Interests, and the other terms of the purchase shall be approved by the Conflicts Committee. If the Partnership Group Member and GLOG are unable to agree on the fair market value of the Applicable Existing Interests and/or the other material terms, the Partnership Group Member and GLOG shall engage a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor to determine the fair market value of the Applicable Existing Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Partnership Group Member and GLOG are unable to agree. In determining the fair market value of the Applicable Existing Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Applicable Existing Interests are to be sold, the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will have access to the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the offer submitted by the Partnership Group Member and GLOG, respectively, and to all information prepared by or on behalf of the Partnership Group Member and GLOG with respect to the Applicable Existing Interests and reasonably requested by such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor. Such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will determine the fair market value of the Applicable Existing Interests and/or the other terms on which the Partnership Group Member and GLOG are unable to agree within 30 calendar days of its engagement and furnish the Partnership Group Member and GLOG its determination. The fees and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Partnership Group Member and GLOG. Upon receipt of such determination, the Partnership Group Member will have the option, but not the obligation in to purchase the Applicable Existing Interests for the fair market value and on the other terms determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as soon as commercially practicable after such determinations have been made.

 

(b) If a Partnership Group Member chooses to exercise its option to purchase the Applicable Existing Interests, the applicable parties shall enter into a purchase and sale agreement for the purchase and sale of the Applicable Existing Interests pursuant to which GLOG shall be obligated to sell the Applicable Existing Interests to the Partnership Group Member and the Partnership Group Member shall be obligated to purchase the Applicable Existing Interests from GLOG. The terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

 

(i) the Partnership Group Member will deliver a cash purchase price (unless the Partnership Group Member and GLOG agree that the consideration will be paid by means of equity of the MLP, an interest-bearing promissory note, other form of consideration or combination thereof);

 

(ii) the Partnership Group will be entitled to the benefit of the indemnification contained in Article XIII of this Agreement for the remaining term of such indemnification with respect to events or conditions associated with the operation of the Applicable Existing Vessel and occurring before the date of acquisition of the Applicable Existing Interests by the Partnership Group Member; provided , however , that the remaining term of any such indemnification with respect to the Applicable Existing Vessel shall be deemed to be not less than three years from the closing date of the acquisition of the Applicable Existing Interests by the Partnership Group Member;

 

(iii) GLOG will provide customary representations and warranties with respect to title to the Applicable Existing Interests and any other such matters as the Partnership Group Member may reasonably request;

 

(iv) GLOG will grant to the Partnership Group Member the right, exercisable at the Partnership Group Member’s risk and expense, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the Applicable Existing Vessel as the Partnership Group Member may deem desirable, so long as such

11

surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the Applicable Existing Vessel or interfere with the activities of the GLOG Entities or any charterer thereon and so long as the Partnership Group Member has furnished GLOG with evidence that adequate liability insurance is in full force and effect;

 

(v) the Partnership Group Member will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the Applicable Existing Vessel under this Article VI and the related purchase and sale agreement if the results of any searches, surveys, tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph (iv) above are, in the reasonable opinion of the Partnership Group, unsatisfactory; and

 

(vi) neither GLOG nor the applicable Partnership Group Member shall have any obligation to sell or buy the Applicable Existing Vessel if any of the consents referred to in Section 6.1(b) above have not been obtained.

 

(c) If a Partnership Group Member chooses or is deemed to have chosen not to exercise its option to purchase the Applicable Existing Interests at the price determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor under Section 6.2 (a) , all future rights to purchase the Applicable Existing Interests by the Partnership Group will be extinguished.

 

ARTICLE VII

NEW BUILD INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION

 

Section 7.1. Option to Purchase the Gas 8 Interests, Gas 11 Interests, Gas 12 Interests, Gas 13 Interests and Gas 14 Interests .

 

(a) GLOG hereby grants to the Partnership Group the unconditional right and option to purchase for fair market value all of the Gas 8 Interests, Gas 11 Interests, Gas 12 Interests, Gas 13 Interests and Gas 14 Interests at any time within 36 months after GLOG notifies the Board pursuant to Section 7.2(a) that Gas 8, Gas 11, Gas 12 Gas 13 or Gas 14, as applicable, has been accepted by BG (in the case of Gas 11, Gas 12, Gas 13 or Gas 14) or Shell (in the case of Gas 8).

 

(b) The Parties acknowledge that the potential transfer of the Gas 8 Interests, Gas 11 Interests, Gas 12 Interests, Gas 13 Interests or Gas 14 Interests, as applicable, pursuant to this Article VII is subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all agreements existing as of the date hereof in respect of the Gas 8 Interests, Gas 11 Interests, Gas 12 Interests, Gas 13 Interests or Gas 14 Interests, as applicable, including, without limitation, any rights of first refusal of the parties to such agreements to purchase the Gas 8 Interests, Gas 11 Interests, Gas 12 Interests, Gas 13 Interests or Gas 14 Interests, as applicable. GLOG hereby covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents required to be obtained by it in connection with the transfer of the Gas 8 Interests, Gas 11 Interests, Gas 12 Interests, Gas 13 Interests or Gas 14 Interests, as applicable, pursuant to this Article VII .

 

Section 7.2. Procedures .

 

(a) Not later than 30 calendar days after the date of acceptance by BG (in the case of Gas 11, Gas 12, Gas 13 or Gas 14) or Shell (in the case of Gas 8), GLOG shall notify the Board and offer the Board the opportunity to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase the Gas 8 Interests, Gas 11 Interests, Gas 12 Interests, Gas 13 Interests or Gas 14 Interests, as applicable (the “ Applicable New Build Interests ” and the applicable vessel, the “ Applicable New Build Vessel ”) for fair market value pursuant to Section 7.1(a).

 

(b) If a Partnership Group Member decides to exercise the option to purchase the Applicable New Build Interests, it will provide, within 36 months of receipt of notice pursuant to Section 7.2(a), written notice to GLOG of such exercise, the fair market value it proposes to pay for the Applicable New Build Interests, and the other material terms of the purchase. The decision to purchase the Applicable New Build Interests, the fair market

 

12

value to be paid for the Applicable New Build Interests, and the other terms of the purchase shall be approved by the Conflicts Committee. If the Partnership Group Member and GLOG are unable to agree on the fair market value of the Applicable New Build Interests and/or the other material terms, the Partnership Group Member and GLOG shall engage a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor to determine the fair market value of the Applicable New Build Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Partnership Group Member and GLOG are unable to agree. In determining the fair market value of the Applicable New Build Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Applicable New Build Interests are to be sold, the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will have access to the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the offer submitted by the Partnership Group Member and GLOG, respectively, and to all information prepared by or on behalf of the Partnership Group Member and GLOG with respect to the Applicable New Build Interests and reasonably requested by such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor. Such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will determine the fair market value of the Applicable New Build Interests and/or the other terms on which the Partnership Group Member and GLOG are unable to agree within 30 calendar days of its engagement and furnish the Partnership Group Member and GLOG its determination. The fees and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Partnership Group Member and GLOG. Upon receipt of such determination, the Partnership Group Member will have the option, but not the obligation to purchase the Applicable New Build Interests for the fair market value and on the other terms determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as soon as commercially practicable after such determinations have been made.

 

(c) If a Partnership Group Member chooses to exercise its option to purchase the Applicable New Build Interests under Section 7.2(b), the applicable parties shall enter into a purchase and sale agreement for the purchase and sale of the Applicable New Build Interests pursuant to which GLOG shall be obligated to sell the Applicable New Build Interests to the Partnership Group Member and the Partnership Group Member shall be obligated to purchase the Applicable New Build Interests from GLOG. The terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

 

(i) the Partnership Group Member will deliver a cash purchase price (unless the Partnership Group Member and GLOG agree that the consideration will be paid by means of equity of the MLP, an interest-bearing promissory note, other form of consideration or combination thereof);

 

(ii) the Partnership Group will be entitled to the benefit of the indemnification contained in Article XIII of this Agreement for the remaining term of such indemnification with respect to events or conditions associated with the operation of the Applicable New Build Vessel and occurring before the date of acquisition of the Applicable New Build Interests by the Partnership Group Member; provided , however , that the remaining term of any such indemnification with respect to the Applicable New Build Vessel shall be deemed to be not less than three years from the closing date of the acquisition of the Applicable New Build Interests by the Partnership Group Member;

 

(iii) GLOG will provide customary representations and warranties with respect to title to the Applicable New Build Interests and any other such matters as the Partnership Group Member may reasonably request;

 

(iv) GLOG will grant to the Partnership Group Member the right, exercisable at the Partnership Group Member’s risk and expense, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the Applicable New Build Vessel as the Partnership Group Member may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the Applicable New Build Vessel or interfere with the activities of the GLOG Entities or BG or Shell, as applicable, thereon and so long as the Partnership Group Member has furnished GLOG with evidence that adequate liability insurance is in full force and effect;

 

(v) the Partnership Group Member will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the Applicable New Build Vessel under this Article VII and the related purchase and sale

13

agreement if the results of any searches, surveys, tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph (iii) above are, in the reasonable opinion of the Partnership Group, unsatisfactory; and

 

(vi) neither GLOG nor the applicable Partnership Group Member shall have any obligation to sell or buy the Applicable New Build Vessel if any of the consents referred to in Section 7.1(b) above have not been obtained.

 

(d) If a Partnership Group Member chooses or is deemed to have chosen not to exercise its option to purchase the Applicable New Build Interests at the price determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor under Section 7.1(b), all future rights to purchase the Applicable New Build Interests by the Partnership Group will be extinguished.

 

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 8.1. GLOG Indemnification . Subject to the provisions of Section 8.2 and Section 8.3 , GLOG shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership Group from and against: (a) any Covered Environmental Losses relating to the assets contributed by the GLOG Entities to the Partnership Group prior to or on the Closing Date (the “ Contribution Assets ”) to the extent that GLOG is notified by the MLP of any such Covered Environmental Losses within five years after the Closing Date; (b) Losses to the Partnership Group arising from (i) the failure of the Partnership Group, immediately after the Closing Date, to be the owner of such valid leasehold interests or fee ownership interests in and to the Contribution Assets as are necessary to enable the Partnership Entities to own and operate the Contribution Assets in substantially the same manner that the Contribution Assets were owned and operated by the GLOG Entities immediately prior to the respective dates on which each such Contribution Asset was acquired by the Partnership Entities or (ii) the failure of the Partnership Entities to have by the Closing Date any consent or governmental permit necessary to allow the Partnership Entities to own or operate the Contribution Assets in substantially the same manner that the Contribution Assets were owned and operated by the GLOG Entities immediately prior to the respective dates on which each such Contribution Asset was acquired by the Partnership Entities, in each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, to the extent that GLOG is notified by the MLP of such Losses within three years after the Closing Date; and (c) all federal, state, foreign and local income tax liabilities attributable to the operation of the Contribution Assets prior to the Closing Date, including any such income tax liabilities of the GLOG Entities that may result from the consummation of the formation transactions for the Partnership Group and the MLP, but excluding any federal, state, foreign and local income taxes reserved on the books of the Partnership Group on the Closing Date.

 

Section 8.2. Limitation Regarding Indemnification . The aggregate liability of GLOG under Section 8.1(a ) above shall not exceed $5,000,000. Furthermore, no claim may be made against GLOG for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.1(a ), unless the aggregate dollar amount of all claims for indemnification pursuant to such section shall exceed $500,000, in which case GLOG shall be liable for claims for indemnification only to the extent such aggregate amount exceeds $500,000.

 

Section 8.3. Indemnification Procedures .

 

(a) The Partnership Group Members agree that within a reasonable period of time after they become aware of facts giving rise to a claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.1 , they will provide notice thereof in writing to GLOG specifying the nature of and specific basis for such claim.

 

(b) GLOG shall have the right to control all aspects of the defense of (and any counterclaims with respect to) any claims brought against the Partnership Group that are covered by the indemnification set forth in Section 8.1 , including, without limitation, the selection of counsel, determination of whether to appeal any decision of any court and the settling of any such matter or any issues relating thereto; provided , however , that no such settlement shall be entered into without the consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) of the Partnership Group unless it includes (i) a full release of the Partnership Group from such matter or issues, as the case may be and (ii) no admission of fault or wrong doing on the part of any member of the Partnership Group.

14

(c) The Partnership Group Members agree to cooperate fully with GLOG with respect to all aspects of the defense of any claims covered by the indemnification set forth in Section 8.1 , including, without limitation, the prompt furnishing to GLOG of any correspondence or other notice relating thereto that the Partnership Group may receive, permitting the names of the members of the Partnership Group to be utilized in connection with such defense, the making available to GLOG of any files, records or other information of the Partnership Group that GLOG considers relevant to such defense and the making available to GLOG of any employees of the Partnership Group; provided , however , that in connection therewith GLOG agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize the impact thereof on the operations of the Partnership Group and further agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all files, records and other information furnished by a Partnership Group Member pursuant to this Section 8.3 (except as the Partnership Group may consent). In no event shall the obligation of the Partnership Group to cooperate with GLOG as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence be construed as imposing upon the Partnership Group an obligation to hire and pay for counsel in connection with the defense of any claims covered by the indemnification set forth in this Article XIII ; provided , however , that the Partnership Group Members may, at their own option, cost and expense, hire and pay for counsel in connection with any such defense. GLOG agrees to keep any such counsel hired by the Partnership Group reasonably informed as to the status of any such defense (including providing such counsel with such information related to any such defense as such counsel may reasonably request) but GLOG shall have the right to retain sole control over such defense.

 

(d) In determining the amount of any Loss for which any of the members of the Partnership Group is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the gross amount of the indemnification will be reduced by (i) any insurance proceeds realized by the Partnership Group, and such correlative insurance benefit shall be net of any incremental insurance premium that becomes due and payable by the Partnership Group as a result of such claim, and (ii) all amounts recovered by the Partnership Group under contractual indemnities from third Persons. The Partnership Group hereby agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to realize any applicable insurance proceeds or amounts recoverable under such contractual indemnities; provided , however , that the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) of the Partnership Group in connection with such efforts shall be promptly reimbursed by GLOG in advance of any determination of whether such insurance proceeds or other amounts will be recoverable.

 

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.1. Choice of Law; Submission To Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of New York. Each party hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York and to venue in New York, New York.

 

Section 9.2. Notice . All notices, requests or consents provided for or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement must be in writing and must be given by depositing the same in the mail, addressed to the Person to be notified, postpaid, and registered or certified with return receipt requested or by delivering such notice in person or by private-courier, prepaid, or by telecopier to such party. Notice given by personal delivery or mail shall be effective upon actual receipt. Couriered notices shall be deemed delivered on the date the courier represents that delivery will occur. Notice given by telecopier shall be effective upon actual receipt if received during the recipient’s normal business hours, or at the beginning of the recipient’s next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient’s normal business hours. All notices to be sent to a party pursuant to this Agreement shall be sent to or made at the address set forth below such party’s signature to this Agreement, or at such other address as such party may stipulate to the other parties in the manner provided in this Section 9.2 .

 

Section 9.3. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties relating to the matters contained herein, superseding all prior contracts or agreements, whether oral or written, relating to the matters contained herein.

 

Section 9.4. Termination . Upon a Change of Control of the General Partner or of the MLP, the provisions of Articles II, III , IV and V of this Agreement shall terminate immediately. Upon a Change of Control of GLOG, the provisions of Articles II , III , IV and V of this Agreement applicable to GLOG shall terminate at the time that is the later of (a) the date on which all of the MLP’s outstanding subordinated units have converted to common units of the MLP and (b) the date of the Change of Control of GLOG. On the date on which a majority of the

15

members of the Board ceases to consist of members of the Board that were (i) appointed by the General Partner prior to the first annual meeting of unitholders and (ii) recommended for election to the Board by a majority of the Appointed Directors (as defined in the MLP Agreement), the provisions of Articles II , VI , VII , and, to the extent applicable to any GLOG Entity, Sections 5.1(b) and 5.2(b) of this Agreement shall terminate immediately.

 

Section 9.5. Waiver; Effect of Waiver or Consent . Any party hereto may (a) extend the time for the performance of any obligation or other act of any other party hereto or (b) waive compliance with any agreement or condition contained herein. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument duly executed by the party or parties to be bound thereby; provided , however , that the MLP may not, without the prior approval of the Conflicts Committee, agree to any extension or waiver of this Agreement that, in the reasonable determination of the Board, will adversely affect the holders of common units of the MLP. No waiver or consent, express or implied, by any party of or to any breach or default by any Person in the performance by such Person of its obligations hereunder shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver or consent of or to any other breach or default in the performance by such Person of the same or any other obligations of such Person hereunder. Failure on the part of a party to complain of any act of any Person or to declare any Person in default, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such party of its rights.

 

Section 9.6. Amendment or Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the parties hereto; provided , however , that the MLP may not, without the prior approval of the Conflicts Committee, agree to any amendment or modification of this Agreement that, in the reasonable determination of the Board, will adversely affect the holders of common units of the MLP.

 

Section 9.7. Assignment . No party shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other parties hereto.

 

Section 9.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 9.9. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall be held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

 

Section 9.10. Gender, Parts, Articles and Sections . Whenever the context requires, the gender of all words used in this Agreement shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter, and the number of all words shall include the singular and plural. All references to Article numbers and Section numbers refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.11. Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each signatory party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and all such transactions.

 

Section 9.12. Withholding or Granting of Consent . Each party may, with respect to any consent or approval that it is entitled to grant pursuant to this Agreement, grant or withhold such consent or approval in its sole discretion, with or without cause, and subject to such conditions as it shall deem appropriate.

 

Section 9.13. Laws and Regulations . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no party to this Agreement shall be required to take any act, or fail to take any act, under this Agreement if the effect thereof would be to cause such party to be in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation.

 

Section 9.14. Negotiation of Rights of GLOG, Limited Partners, Assignees and Third Parties . The provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the parties to this Agreement, and no shareholder of GLOG and no limited partner, member, assignee or other Person of the MLP shall have the right, separate and apart from

16

GLOG or the MLP, as applicable, to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any party to this Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

 

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

17

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on, and effective as of, the Closing Date.

 

  GASLOG LTD. ,
     
  By:   
    Name:
    Title:   

 

  Address for Notice:
   
  GasLog Ltd.
  c/o GasLog Monaco S.A.M.
  Gildo Pastor Center
  7 Rue du Gabian
  MC 98000, Monaco
  Telephone:  + (377) 9797-5115
  Fax:   + (377) 9797-5124
  Attention: Line Køhler Ljungdahl (Head of Legal)

 

  GASLOG PARTNERS LP
     
  By:   
    Name:
    Title:   

 

  Address for Notice:
   
  GasLog Partners LP
  c/o GasLog Monaco S.A.M.
  Gildo Pastor Center
  7 Rue du Gabian
  MC 98000, Monaco
  Telephone:  + (377) 9797- 5264
  Fax:   + (377) 9797-5124
  Attention: Paul Wogan (Chief Executive Officer)

 

 

Signature Page to
Omnibus Agreement

 
  GASLOG PARTNERS GP LLC
     
    SOLE MEMBER: GASLOG LTD.
     
  By:   
    Name:
    Title:   

 

  Address for Notice:
   
  GasLog Partners GP LLC
  c/o GasLog Monaco S.A.M.
  Gildo Pastor Center
  7 Rue du Gabian
  MC 98000, Monaco
  Telephone:  + (377) 9797-5115
  Fax:   + (377) 9797-5124
  Attention: Line Køhler Ljungdahl (Head of Legal)

 

  GASLOG PARTNERS HOLDINGS LLC
     
    SOLE MEMBER: GASLOG PARTNERS LP
     
  By:   
    Name:
    Title:   

 

  Address for Notice:
   
  GasLog Partners Holdings LLC
  c/o GasLog Monaco S.A.M.
  Gildo Pastor Center
  7 Rue du Gabian
  MC 98000, Monaco
  Telephone:  + (377) 9797- 5264
  Fax:   + (377) 9797-5124
  Attention: Paul Wogan

 

Signature Page to
Omnibus Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

Form of

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT made effective the ____ day of ____________ 2014 (this “ Agreement ”), by and between GASLOG PARTNERS LP, a limited partnership duly organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Partnership ”), and GASLOG LTD., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (“ GasLog ”), each a “ Party ” and collectively, the “ Parties ”.

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. The Partnership, a limited partnership whose common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership will be listed and will trade on the New York Stock Exchange, owns interests in LNG carriers and requires certain management and administrative support services in connection with the operation of such vessels; and

 

B. The Partnership wishes to engage GasLog to provide, or procure the provision of, management and administrative support services to the Partnership on the terms set out herein.

 

IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

SECTION 1. Definitions. In this Agreement, the term:

 

Administrative Services ” means the services described in Schedule A to this Agreement;

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement;

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Partnership;

 

Change of Control ” means with respect to any entity, an event in which securities of any class entitling the holders thereof to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of the entity are acquired, directly or indirectly, by a “ person ” or “ group ” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), who did not immediately before such acquisition own securities of the entity entitling such person or group to elect such majority (and for the purpose of this definition, any such securities held by another person who is related to such person shall be deemed to be owned by such person);

 

Closing Date ” means the closing date of the initial public offering of the Partnership;

 

Contract Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement;

 

Costs and Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(c) of this Agreement;

 

Costs and Expenses Due Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(c) of this Agreement;

 

Due Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(c) of this Agreement;

 

General Partner ” means GasLog Partners GP LLC, a limited liability company duly organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and the general partner of the Partnership;

 

GasLog ” has the meaning in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement;

 

“IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board;

 

“LIBOR” means the London Interbank Offered Rate;

 

Limited Partnership Agreement ” means the first amended and restated agreement of limited partnership of the Partnership, dated as of the Closing Date, as from time to time amended;

 

Management Services ” means the performance by the Managers of certain executive officer functions for and on behalf of the Partnership and the oversight by the Managers of the day-to-day management of the Partnership;

 

Managers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement;

 

Officers ” has the meaning given to such term in the Limited Partnership Agreement;

 

Partnership ” has the meaning in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement;

 

Partnership Group ” means the Partnership, General Partner and subsidiaries of the Partnership;

 

Party ” or “ Parties ” has the meaning in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement;

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or governmental authority;

 

Service Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) of this Agreement;

 

Service Fee Due Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b) of this Agreement;

 

Services ” means the Administrative Services and the Management Services;

2

Unitholders ” means holders of common units representing limited partnership interests in the Partnership; and

 

“VAT ” means value added, goods, sales or any similar tax.

 

SECTION 2. General. GasLog shall provide, or procure the provision of, the Services as directed by the Partnership (acting reasonably) and subject to the supervision of the Board. GasLog may subcontract all or part of the Administrative Services as it deems advisable or appropriate in accordance with Section 20 hereof. Notwithstanding any such subcontracting, GasLog shall remain responsible and primarily liable for the provision of the Services. For the avoidance of doubt, GasLog shall not take any decisions relating to the business strategy of the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 3. Covenants. During the term of this Agreement, GasLog shall:

 

(a) cause those of its officers set forth on Schedule B to this Agreement and any other of its officers or employees as the Board may from time to time reasonably request (collectively, the “ Managers ”) to perform the Management Services;

 

(b) procure that the Managers shall perform the Management Services to the same level of skill and care as would be required of them by applicable law and the terms of the Limited Partnership Agreement if they were Officers (as such term is defined in the Limited Partnership Agreement) of the Partnership;

 

(c) perform, or procure the performance of, the Administrative Services in a diligent manner;

 

(d) retain, or procure at all times the retention by any person to whom performance of the Services is subcontracted from time to time of, sufficiently qualified staff to provide the Services;

 

(e) keep, and procure the keeping by any person to whom performance of the Services is subcontracted of, full and proper books, records and accounts showing clearly all transactions relating to the provision of the Services in accordance with established general commercial practices and in accordance with IFRS, and provide or procure access to the Partnership and its representatives to audit and examine such books, records and accounts at any time during customary business hours; and

 

(f) comply, and procure the compliance by any person to whom performance of the Services is subcontracted, with all laws and regulations applicable to the Parties, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and any other applicable anti-corruption legislation.

 

SECTION 4. Non-Exclusivity. GasLog and its employees may provide services of a nature similar to the Services to any other Person. There is no obligation for GasLog to provide the Services to the Partnership on an exclusive basis.

3

SECTION 5. Confidential Information. GasLog shall, and shall procure that any person to whom performance of any of the Services is subcontracted shall, keep confidential, all information it has acquired or developed in the course of providing the Services.

 

SECTION 6. Compensation of GasLog. With effect on and from the date of this Agreement and through the term of this Agreement (the “ Contract Term ”) it is agreed that:

 

(a) in consideration of the Services hereunder throughout the Contract Term, GasLog shall receive shall receive a fee of US$ 588,000 per year (the “ Service Fee ”) per each vessel for which GasLog provides Services;

 

(b) the Service Fee is payable each calendar month in advance by the 1st working day of each applicable month (the “ Service Fee Due Date ”), provided that where a payment is due in respect of any part of a month, that payment shall be paid on a pro-rata basis (for the purposes of this paragraph, “ working day ” means a day when most banks are open for business in London, New York, Athens, and the country of location of relevant bank accounts of the Partnership); and

 

(c) in addition to the Service Fee, all other out-of-pocket costs, expenses, disbursements and charges incurred by GasLog and specifically attributed to the Vessel in pursuance of the Services hereunder throughout the Contract Term (the “ Costs and Expenses ”), shall be promptly and in any event no later than 30 days from receipt of the invoice (the “ Cost and Expenses Due Date ” and, together with the Service Fee Due Date, the “ Due Date ”) reimbursed by the Partnership to GasLog upon presentation to the Partnership of invoices for the amounts claimed. The Service Fee received by the Managers shall cover GasLog’s costs of its own offices, accommodation, equipment, office staff, stationary and supplies. Costs and Expenses shall include the amount of any director fees payable in respect of any director of the Partnership that is an appointed director of GasLog and is also a member of the board of directors of GasLog.

 

All invoices for Management Services and Administrative Services shall be submitted and paid in U.S. Dollars. All amounts not paid within 10 days after the applicable Due Date shall bear interest at the rate of 2.00% per annum above the six month US$ LIBOR rate as at the applicable Due Date from such Due Date until the date payment is received in full by GasLog.

 

SECTION 7. VAT.

 

(a) All amounts payable under this Agreement are deemed to be exclusive of VAT, which shall be payable upon receipt of a valid VAT invoice.

 

(b) Where this Agreement requires one party to reimburse another for any costs or expenses, the payer shall, at the same time, pay the payee all VAT incurred by the payee in respect of those costs or expenses. The amount payable shall be the amount that the payee reasonably determines is the amount that neither it, nor any other member of any group of which it is a member for VAT purposes, is entitled to recover from the relevant tax authority in respect of the VAT.

 

SECTION 8. General Relationship Between the Parties. GasLog, and any subcontractors, shall perform the Services as independent contractors and the Parties to this Agreement do not intend, and nothing herein shall be interpreted so as, to create a partnership or

4

joint venture relationship or agency relationship between GasLog and any one or more of the Partnership, General Partner or any other member of the Partnership Group. Nothing in this Agreement shall create any employment relationship between the Partnership, on the one hand, and the Managers or any other person performing the Services, on the other.

 

SECTION 9. Indemnity. The Partnership shall indemnify and hold harmless any person to whom provision of the Services is subcontracted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and their officers, employees and agents against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities that may be brought against them due to the performance of the Services, including, without limitation, all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities brought under the environmental laws of any jurisdiction, and against and in respect of all costs and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) they may suffer or incur due to defending or settling same; provided, however , that such indemnity shall exclude any or all losses, actions, proceedings, claims, demands, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities whatsoever to the extent that they are caused by or due to the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of such subcontractor or its officers, employees or agents. Any such subcontractor and each of its officers, employees and agents may enforce the provisions of this Section 9 in accordance with the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

SECTION 10. NO CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES . NEITHER GASLOG NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES SHALL BE LIABLE FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SUFFERED BY THE PARTNERSHIP, OR FOR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, WITH RESPECT TO ANY TERM OR THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF IN ADVANCE. THIS LIMITATION APPLIES TO ALL CAUSES OF ACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, BREACH OF CONTRACT, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, FRAUD, MISREPRESENTATION AND OTHER TORTS.

 

SECTION 11. Term and Termination. This Agreement is entered into on the date of signing and shall continue until terminated:

 

(a) by the Board upon 90 days’ written notice for any reason in its sole discretion; or

 

(b) by GasLog upon 90 days’ written notice if:

 

(i) there is a Change of Control of the Partnership or General Partner;

 

(ii) a receiver is appointed for all or substantially all of the property of the Partnership;

 

(iii) an order is made to wind up the Partnership;

 

(iv) a final judgment, order or decree that materially and adversely affects the ability of the Partnership to perform under this Agreement shall have been obtained or entered against the Partnership, and such judgment, order or decree shall not have been vacated, discharged or stayed; or

5

(v) The Partnership makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, files a petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation, is adjudged insolvent or bankrupt, commences any proceeding for a reorganization or arrangement of debts, dissolution or liquidation under any law or statute or of any jurisdiction applicable thereto or if any such proceeding shall be commenced.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the arrangement with respect to the provision of the Management Services by any or all of the Managers may be terminated at any time with respect to any or all of such Managers by the Board in its sole discretion. Such Management Services shall terminate immediately upon delivery by the Board of written notice to GasLog. The termination of the Management Services with respect to any or all of the Managers shall not constitute a termination of the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

Any termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any accrued rights and liabilities of any Party subsisting as at the date of termination. Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 5 , Section 9 , Section 10 , Section 11 , Section 12 , Section 13 , Section 14 , Section 15 , Section 16 , Section 18 , Section 19 and Section 20 shall remain in force and binding on the Parties.

 

SECTION 12. Costs and Expenses Upon Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement and/or the Management Services in accordance with Section 11 hereof, the Partnership shall be obligated to pay any and all amounts payable pursuant to Section 6 hereof for the applicable Services provided prior to the time of termination.

 

SECTION 13. Surrender of Books and Records. Upon termination of this Agreement, GasLog shall forthwith surrender to the Partnership, or procure the surrender to the Partnership of, any and all books, records, documents and other property relating to this Agreement and to the business, finance, technology, trademarks or affairs of the Partnership and any member of the Partnership Group and, except as required by law, shall not retain any copies of same.

 

SECTION 14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement forms the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces all previous agreements, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

SECTION 15. Severability. If any provision herein is held to be void or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions herein shall remain unaffected and enforceable.

 

SECTION 16. Law and Arbitration. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Section 16 .

 

The arbitration shall be construed and conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration

6

proceedings are commenced. The language used for such arbitration shall be English and the arbitration shall be conducted in London.

 

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

 

Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

 

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. The language used for such arbitration shall be English and the arbitration shall be conducted in London.

 

SECTION 17. Notice. Notice under this Agreement shall be given (via hand delivery or facsimile) as follows:

 

If to the Partnership :

 

c/o GasLog Monaco S.A.M.
Gildo Pastor Center
7 Rue du Gabian
MC 98000, Monaco
Attn:
Fax:

 

If to GasLog :

 

c/o GasLog Monaco S.A.M.
Gildo Pastor Center
7 Rue du Gabian
MC 98000, Monaco
Attn:
Fax: +377 97 97 51 24

 

SECTION 18. Variation. Any variation to this Agreement shall not be effective unless it is made in signed writing.

 

SECTION 19. Waiver. The failure of either Party to enforce any term of this Agreement shall not act as a waiver. Any waiver must be specifically stated as such in writing.

7

SECTION 20. Successors and Assigns; Subcontracting. No Party shall be permitted to assign or otherwise dispose of the benefit of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties’ successors and assigns. GasLog may freely subcontract or sublicense this Agreement, so long as GasLog remains liable for performance of the Services and its obligations under this Agreement.

 

SECTION 21. Third Parties. Save as expressly provided by this Agreement, a person who is not a party to this Agreement may not enforce, or otherwise have the benefit of, any provision of this Agreement under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, but this provision does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties may terminate, rescind or agree any variation, waiver or settlement under this Agreement without the consent of any other person.

 

SECTION 22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which is an original and which shall together form one and the same instrument.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized signatories with effect on the date first above written.

 

  GASLOG PARTNERS LP
     
  By    
    Name:
    Title:   

 

  GASLOG LTD.
     
  By    
    Name:
    Title:   

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

SCHEDULE A
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

 

GasLog shall provide, or subcontract for the provision of, such of the following administrative support services (the “ Administrative Services ”) to the Partnership, as the Board may from time to time request and direct GasLog to provide pursuant to this Agreement:

 

(a) Assist with the commercial management of the Partnership and the execution of the Partnership’s business strategies; provided that nothing herein shall permit or authorize GasLog to make any strategic decisions for or on behalf of the Partnership; provided further that the commercial management of the Partnership’s vessels are not included within the scope of the Administrative Services

 

(b) Keep and maintain at all times books, records and accounts that shall contain particulars of receipts and disbursements relating to the assets and liabilities of the Partnership and such books, records and accounts shall be kept pursuant to normal commercial practices that will permit the Partnership to prepare or cause to be prepared financial statements in accordance with IFRS and in each case shall also be in accordance with those financial statements required to be kept by the Partnership under applicable federal securities laws and regulations in the United States and as the Partnership is required to keep and file under applicable foreign taxing regulations and the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations applicable with respect thereto, all as amended from time to time;

 

(c) Prepare all such returns, filings and documents, for review and approval by the Partnership as may be required under the Limited Partnership Agreement, as well as such other returns, filings, documents and instruments as may from time to time be requested or instructed by the Partnership; and file such documents, as applicable, as directed by the Partnership with the relevant authority;

 

(d) Provide, or arrange for the provision of, advisory services to the Partnership with respect to the Partnership’s obligations under applicable securities laws and regulations in the United States and assist the Partnership in arranging for compliance with continuous disclosure obligations under applicable securities laws and regulations and the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange and any other securities exchange upon which the Partnership’s securities are listed, including the preparation for review, approval and filing by the Partnership of reports and other documents with all applicable regulatory authorities; provided that nothing herein shall permit or authorize GasLog to act for or on behalf of the Partnership in its relationship with regulatory authorities, except to the extent that specific authorization may from time to time be given by the Partnership;

 

(e) Provide, or arrange for the provision of, advisory, clerical and investor relations services to assist and support the Partnership in its communications with its Unitholders, including in connection with disclosures that may be required for regulatory compliance to its Unitholders and the wider financial markets, as the Partnership may from time to time request or direct; provided that nothing herein shall permit or authorize GasLog to determine the content of any such communications by the Partnership to its Unitholders and the wider financial markets;

A- 1

(f) At the request and under the direction of the Partnership, handle, or arrange for the handling of, all administrative and clerical matters in respect of (i) the call and arrangement of all meetings of the Unitholders pursuant to the Limited Partnership Agreement, (ii) the preparation of all materials (including notices of meetings and information circulars) in respect thereof and (iii) the submission of all such materials to the Partnership in sufficient time prior to the dates upon which they must be mailed, filed or otherwise relied upon so that the Partnership has full opportunity to review, approve, execute and return them to GasLog for filing or mailing or other disposition as the Partnership may require or direct;

 

(g) Provide, or arrange for the provision of, or secure sufficient and necessary office space, equipment and personnel including all accounting, clerical, secretarial, corporate, administrative and information technology services as may be reasonably necessary for the performance of the Partnership’s business;

 

(h) Arrange for the provision of such audit, accounting, legal, insurance and other professional services as are reasonably required by the Partnership from time to time in connection with the discharge of its responsibilities under the Limited Partnership Agreement, to the extent such advice and analysis can be reasonably provided or arranged by GasLog; provided that nothing herein shall permit GasLog to select the auditor of the Partnership, which shall be selected in accordance with the provisions for the appointment of the auditor pursuant to the Limited Partnership Agreement or as otherwise be required by law governing the Partnership, or to communicate with the auditor other than in the ordinary course of making such books and records available for review as the auditors may require and to respond to queries from the auditors with respect to the accounts and statements prepared by, or arranged by, GasLog, and in particular GasLog will not have any of the authorities, rights or responsibilities of the audit committee of the Board, but shall provide, or arrange for the provision of, information to such committee as may from time to time be required or requested; provided further that nothing herein shall entitle GasLog to retain legal counsel for the Partnership unless such selection is specifically approved by the Board;

 

(i) Provide, or arrange for the provision of, such assistance and support as the Partnership may from time to time request in connection with any new or existing financing for the Partnership, such assistance and support to be provided in accordance with the direction, and under the supervision, of the Board;

 

(j) Provide, or arrange for the provision of, such administrative and clerical services as may be required by the Partnership to support and assist the Partnership in considering any future acquisitions or divestments of assets of the Partnership and for the integration of any businesses or assets acquired by the Partnership, all in accordance with the direction and under the supervision of the Board;

 

(k) Provide, or arrange for the provision of, such support and assistance to the Partnership as the Partnership may from time to time request in connection with any future offerings of equity or debt securities that the Partnership may at any time determine is desirable for the Partnership, all under the direction and supervision of the Board;

A- 2

(l) Provide, or arrange for the provision of, at the request and under the direction of the Board, such communications to the transfer agent for the Partnership as may be necessary or desirable;

 

(m) Prepare and provide, or arrange for the preparation and provision of, regular cash reports and other accounting information for review by the Partnership, so as to permit and enable the Board to make all determinations of financial matters required to be made pursuant to the Limited Partnership Agreement, including the determination of amounts available for distribution by the Partnership to its Unitholders, and to assist the Partnership in making arrangements with the transfer agent for the Partnership for the payment of distributions to the Unitholders in accordance with the Limited Partnership Agreement;

 

(n) Provide, or arrange for the provision of, such assistance to the Partnership as the Board may request or direct with respect to the performance of the obligations to the Unitholders under the Limited Partnership Agreement and to provide monitoring of various obligations and rights under agreements entered into by the Partnership and provide advance reports on a timely basis to the Partnership advising of steps, procedures and compliance issues under such agreements, so as to enable the Partnership to make all such decisions as would be necessary or desirable thereunder;

 

(o) Provide, or arrange for the provision of, such additional administrative and clerical services pertaining to the Partnership, the assets and liabilities of the Partnership and the Unitholders and matters incidental thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Board from time to time;

 

(p) Negotiate and arrange, at the request and under the direction of the Board, for interest rate swap agreements, foreign currency contracts, forward exchange contracts and any other hedging arrangements;

 

(q) Provide, or arrange for the provision of, IT services;

 

(r) Maintain, or arrange for the maintenance of, the Partnership’s and the Partnership’s subsidiaries’ existence and good standing in necessary jurisdictions;

 

(s) Monitor and maintain compliance with loan and credit terms with lenders and negotiate, at the request and under the direction of the Board, loan and credit terms with lenders;

 

(t) Provide, or arrange for the provision of, at the request and under the direction of the Board, cash management and services, including assistance with preparation of budgets, overseeing banking services and bank accounts and arranging for the deposit of funds; and

 

(u) Monitor the performance of investment managers.

A- 3

SCHEDULE B
INITIAL MANAGERS PROVIDING MANAGEMENT SERVICES

 

Name   Position With GasLog   Services to be Provided to the
Partnership
Peter Livanos   Chairman of the Board of Directors   Director
Curtis Anastasio   N/A   Chairman of the Board of Directors
Daniel Bradshaw   N/A   Director
Simon Crowe   Chief Financial Officer   Chief Financial Officer
Pamela Gibson   N/A   Director
Andrew Orekar   N/A   Chief Executive Officer
Graham Westgarth   Chief Operating Officer   Chief Operating Officer
Paul Wogan   Chief Executive Officer   N/A
Donald J. Kintzer   N/A   Director
B- 1

Exhibit 10.4

 

Form of

Commercial Management Agreement

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into on this _____day of _______ 2014 between GAS-[●] Ltd., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (hereinafter called the “ Owners ”) and Gaslog Ltd., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (hereinafter called the “ Commercial Managers ”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A) Owners have chosen to engage the Commercial Managers to carry out commercial management in respect of the vessel listed in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Vessel ”).

 

(B) The Commercial Managers are willing to undertake the commercial management and operation of the Vessel.

 

(C) The Commercial Managers and the Owners wish to enter into this Agreement in order to regulate the terms and conditions under which the Commercial Managers will provide the Services (as defined below) to the Owners.

 

THEREFORE IT IS MUTUALLY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

A. Appointment of Managers

 

With effect on and from the date hereof, unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Commercial Managers and the Commercial Managers accept their appointment as commercial managers to undertake the commercial management and operation of the Vessel to the Owners, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, during the period of this Agreement, the Commercial Managers shall carry out the commercial management and operation services (as more particularly described in clause B, the “Services ”) as sole agents for and on behalf of the Owners.

 

B. Services

 

The Commercial Managers shall provide the following Services and shall be responsible for:

 

I. The commercial management and operation of the Vessel

 

The commercial management and operation of the Vessel includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

(a) Providing chartering services (in accordance with the Owners’ instructions) which include, but are not limited to, seeking and negotiating employment
 

for the Vessel, preparing estimates for all potential business suiting the Vessel, concluding and executing charter parties, contracts of affreightment or other contracts in relation to the employment of the Vessel (herein as the case may be, the “Charter ”), provided always that, in the event that the Charter or a series of Charters which either singly or together exceed thirty six (36) months in duration or a material variation or amendment to such Charter is required, the prior written consent of the Owners shall have been obtained;

 

(b) Arranging (but without any guarantee of collection of) the proper payment to Owners or their nominees of all hire and/or freight revenues or other moneys of whatsoever nature to which Owners may be entitled arising out of the employment of or otherwise in connection with the Vessel;

 

(c) Providing voyage estimates and accounts and calculating of hire, freight, demurrage and/or dispatch moneys due from or due to the charterers of the Vessel under the Charter;

 

(d) Issuing voyage instructions to the master of the Vessel;

 

(e) Appointing agents, surveyors and consultants in relation to cargo operations;

 

(f) Arranging bunkers for the Vessel;

 

(g) Arranging surveys associated with the commercial operation of the Vessel;

 

(h) Exercising and performing for and on behalf of the Owners any and all rights and obligations under the Charter for the Vessel;

 

(i) Administration on Owners’ behalf and in their name the invoicing and collection of hire payable under the Charter;

 

(j) taking all other steps or actions as may reasonably be required to procure the safe and efficient operation, performance and service of the Vessel, including but not limited to the negotiation of the terms of all relevant contracts;

 

(k) on behalf and in the name of Owners or their charterers issue or cause to be issued documents, which may be required under the Charter;

 

(l) administering the Owners’ affairs and matters under and pursuant to the terms and conditions of a ship management agreement in respect of the technical management of the Vessel to be entered into between (1) the
2

Owners and (2) [GasLog LNG Services Ltd., of Hamilton Bermuda, having a branch office established in Greece at 69, Akti Miaouli, 185 37 Piraeus] 1 ;

 

(m) paying all brokerage, commissions, port and canal charges and expenses, bunkers and any other expenses properly incurred in relation to the employment of, and the provision of Services in relation to, the Vessel;

 

(n) advising the Owners regularly of the trading of the Vessel and of the dry-docking and/or repairs;

 

(o) taking all such further steps and actions as shall be incidental to the matters referred to above and/or as shall, in the Commercial Managers’ view, further the Services and the operations of the Vessel.

 

II. Research and assessment of market conditions

 

Conducting a thorough assessment of the market on specific issues, seeking the possible employment of the Vessel based on constant contacts of the Commercial Managers with their brokering and chartering connections and generally, carrying out worldwide market research and providing consultancy services as the Owners may from time to time specifically require.

 

III. Accounting

 

Commercial Managers will keep proper and detailed accounts for the Vessel, in order to ensure proper analysis of the results.

 

Subject to any requirements of the financiers under any facility agreement relating to the Vessel, any and all freight and time hire payments may be remitted to the Commercial Managers in their capacity as agents on behalf of the Owners and to this effect, the parties shall use their reasonable endeavours in order for the Charter to include remittance instructions accordingly. The Commercial Managers undertake, should hire payments and other income under the Charter be credited to their account as above, to remit every month to Owners any and all hire and other income received under the Charter by the Commercial Managers on behalf of Owners, less any and all expenses incurred by the Commercial Managers which relate to the performance of the Services hereunder and are for the Owners’ account.

 

Commercial Managers will keep supporting documentation on the expenditure incurred within the context of the performance of the Services hereunder and shall make them available to the Owners as may reasonably be requested from time to time.

 

 

1 Note to Draft: Revise if GasLog LNG Services does not serve as the ship manager for the applicable vessel (e.g., GAS-eight Ltd.)

3

Commercial Managers shall review and approve invoices for payment under the Charter on behalf of Owners and provide Owners with routine accounting statements or other similar reports.

 

It is understood that the Commercial Managers shall be authorized and empowered on behalf of Owners to settle and agree all expenses, claims and/or other matters, including, but not limited to, pre-delivery costs, hire, OPEX, performance claims, financing fees, interest and other costs.

 

IV. Handling and settlement of claims under Charter

 

The Commercial Managers shall keep the Owners informed regarding any incident of which the Commercial Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes involving charterers or other third parties under the Charter.

 

The Commercial Managers are hereby authorized and empowered on behalf of the Owners to initiate, handle and defend all actions and other legal proceedings and demands arising in connection with the employment of, and the provision of services relating to, the Vessel and arising under the Charter.

 

The Commercial Managers undertake to keep Owners promptly advised on any claim which may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect to the financial condition of the Owners and/or to entail the repudiation, cancellation or termination by the charterer, of the Charter.

 

The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security in connection with any such claims.

 

Within the context and for the purposes of the authority granted under this clause B. IV, Commercial Managers shall obtain legal or technical or other outside expert advice on such terms as may be required by the Vessel’s protection and indemnity association club and shall appoint any and all solicitors, counsels, surveyors and/or other professional advisors or agents to this effect. Any external costs reasonably incurred by the Commercial Managers in carrying out their obligations in accordance with this clause shall be paid by or for the account of the Owners.

 

C. Obligations of Commercial Managers

 

The Commercial Managers undertake to use their reasonable endeavors to provide the Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in a timely and efficient manner in accordance with sound industry practice and to protect and promote the interests of the Owners and in full compliance with the laws and regulations of any government or competent authority applicable to the Vessel in all matters relating to the provision of the Services hereunder; provided , however , that the Commercial Managers shall perform their responsibilities under this Agreement towards the Owners and shall market and commit the Vessel in accordance with the same principles as any and all other vessels comprising the managed fleet, and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Commercial Managers shall be entitled to allocate available resources to the Owners

4

and the Vessel in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Commercial Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and reasonable.

 

Commercial Managers shall be entitled to exercise and discharge such privileges and duties hereunder as are normally consistent with proper commercial management of the Vessel. Commercial Managers shall, and it is hereby undertaken that they, enter into — on behalf of Owners — all contacts with brokers/charterers/customers/agents/suppliers.

 

Commercial Managers shall provide and maintain their offices, necessary personnel, administrative procedures and other resources such as the following requirements are accomplished:

 

(a) Commercial Managers shall maintain at all times during the term of this Agreement a qualified staff and personnel to procure the performance of the duties and obligations required to be performed as set forth herein. Notwithstanding the above, the Commercial Managers may freely sub-contract any of their duties to affiliated companies, provided always that, notwithstanding any sub-contract, the Commercial Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement and the Commercial Managers shall procure that each sub-contractor engaged pursuant to this clause shall comply with the requirements of clauses B and C.

 

(b) Commercial Managers shall have facsimile and fleet e-mail capabilities at their offices facilities to provide direct communication between relevant parties.

 

The Commercial Managers shall via a monthly report keep the Owners informed of all relevant information regarding the Vessel and the performance of the Services which the Owners may, acting reasonably, specify from time to time.

 

D. Obligations of Owners

 

The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Commercial Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

E. Fees

 

I. Management Fee

 

With effect on and from the date of this Agreement and throughout the term of this Agreement (the “ Contract Term ”), it is agreed that:

 

(a) In consideration of the Services hereunder throughout the Contract Term, the Commercial Managers shall receive a management fee of USD 360,000 per year (the “Management Fee ”).
5
(b) The Management Fee is payable each calendar month in advance by the 1st working day of each applicable month, provided that where a payment is due in respect of any part of a month, that payment shall be paid on a pro-rata basis. For the purposes of this paragraph, “ working day ” means a day when most banks are open for business in London, New York, Athens, and the country of location of relevant bank accounts of Owners.

 

(c) Without prejudice to clause B.III above, all costs, expenses, disbursements and charges incurred by Commercial Managers and specifically attributed to the Vessel in pursuance of the Services hereunder throughout the Contract Term, shall be promptly reimbursed by Owners to Commercial Managers upon presentation to the Owners of invoices for the amounts claimed. The Management Fee received by the Commercial Managers shall cover the Commercial Managers’ costs of their own offices, accommodation, equipment, office staff, stationary and supplies.

 

(d) The Management Fee shall not be deemed to include any costs, remuneration or other fees payable to any third party agent, broker or the like contracted by Commercial Managers on behalf of Owners hereunder.

 

F. Liability and Indemnity

 

The Commercial Managers shall not be liable for any loss, damage or delay resulting from an event of force majeure, including but not limited to an act of God, perils of the sea, hostilities, war, acts of terror or piracy, epidemics, quarantines, embargo, restraint of any government, rulers of people, or from deviation resulting from saving or attempting to save life at sea, which (event) may have not been detected by Commercial Managers using reasonable care, however, all reasonable diligence shall be exercised by the parties to overcome the consequences.

 

The Commercial Managers nor their employees, agents or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, will use due diligence in performing the Services hereunder, but neither the Commercial Managers nor their employees, agents or sub-contractors shall be responsible to the Owners for any loss, cost, damage, expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, and howsoever arising in the course of the performance of the Services hereunder, unless same has been caused from the breach of this Agreement, the gross negligence or wilful default of the Commercial Managers or their employees or agents or sub-contractors employed by them in the course of the performance of the Services hereunder; provided, however, under no circumstances shall Commercial Managers be liable (by reason of negligence, breach of contract or otherwise) for loss of business opportunity, earnings, income or profit whether directly or indirectly arising out of or in any way connected to the performance of this Agreement.

 

Owners hereby ratify and confirm and undertake at all times to allow, ratify and confirm all and ,whatsoever the Commercial Managers shall do or cause to be done within the context of the proper performance of their duties under this Agreement and Owners further undertake at all times hereafter to keep the Commercial Managers indemnified

6

against all actions, proceedings, claims and demands or liabilities whatsoever which may be brought, commenced or prosecuted against or incurred by the Commercial Managers as a result of any of its acts or omissions hereunder, unless insofar as any such actions, proceedings, claims and demands or liabilities resulted from the gross negligence or wilful default of the Commercial Managers and/or their employees, agents or sub-contractors within the context of the performance of the Services hereunder.

 

Owners will keep Commercial Managers indemnified and hold Commercial Managers harmless against all losses, costs, damages and expenses the Commercial Managers may incur as a consequence of or in connection with the Services of the Commercial Managers hereunder, unless insofar as any such losses, costs, damages and expenses resulted from the gross negligence or wilful default of the Commercial Managers and/or their employees, agents or sub-contractors within the context of the performance of the Services hereunder.

 

It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Commercial Managers (including every sub-contractor from time to time employed by the Commercial Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment, unless insofar as such loss, damage or delay is proved to have resulted from his personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with the knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result, and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this clause F, every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Commercial Managers or to which the Commercial Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Commercial Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions of this clause the Commercial Managers are or shall be deemed to be acting as agents or trustees on behalf of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.

 

G. Default

 

If either party by any act or omission is in breach of any of its respective obligations under this Agreement and such breach shall continue and either the default is not capable of being remedied or is not remedied for any reason whatsoever for a period of fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof has been given by the other party, the latter shall have the right to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

 

H. Duration and Termination

 

Without prejudice to the above provided under clause G, either party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time and for any reason by giving the other party not less than ninety (90) days’ written notice of its intention to terminate this Agreement.

7

This Agreement shall be deemed to be immediately terminated:

 

(i) in the case of the sale of the Vessel; or

 

(ii) in the case of the Vessel becoming a total loss or being declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or being requisitioned for hire.

 

Termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued between the parties prior to the date of termination hereof.

 

I. Miscellaneous

 

(a) Amendment. This Agreement shall not be amended, modified or terminated except by written instrument executed by duly authorized representatives of the parties thereto.

 

(b) Waiver. No failure to enforce and insist upon any provisions of this Agreement and no waiver by any party of any one or more defaults by other party in the performance of any provisions of this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver of such provision or of any further default or defaults, whether of a like or a different character, nor require or imply a similar indulgence in any other application.

 

(c) Partial Invalidity. If any term of provision of this Agreement shall be rendered invalid, illegal or unenforceable then the remaining terms of provisions shall be unaffected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement is being executed in separate counterparts, each of which when delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(e) Confidentiality. Save as may be required by law each of the parties hereto shall not, without the prior written consent of the other party, at any time divulge any confidential information in relation to the other party’s affairs or business or methods of carrying on business which may from time to time come into such party’s possession. This obligation shall survive the termination of this Agreement howsoever and whenever occurring.

 

(f) No partnership. This Agreement and transactions contemplated hereby shall not constitute or be construed as constituting a partnership between Owners and Commercial Managers.

 

(g) Interpretation. In this Agreement:

 

(i) Clause and schedule headings do not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
8
(ii) Words in the singular include the plural and in the plural include the singular.

 

(iii) A reference to one gender includes a reference to the other gender.

 

(iv) Writing or written includes faxes and e-mail.

 

(v) References to this Agreement include this Agreement as amended or varied in accordance with its terms.

 

J. Law and Jurisdiction

 

This Agreement shall be interpreted and governed by English law. Should any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement arise, the parties will endeavour through negotiations to settle the dispute between them. Should it not be possible, within thirty days from the date a notice to negotiate has been issued by either party pursuant to this clause J, to settle such dispute through negotiations, the dispute may by either party be referred to arbitration in London under English law and in accordance with the Arbitration Act of 1996 and any statutory modification thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this section.

 

The arbitration shall be construed and conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. The language used for such arbitration shall be English and the arbitration shall be conducted in London.

 

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

 

Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

 

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. The language used for such arbitration shall be English and the arbitration shall be conducted in London.

9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the respective parties have executed this Agreement on this ____ day of _________ 2014.

 

GAS-[●] Ltd.   GasLog Ltd.
     
     
By:   By:
Title:   Title:
10

EXHIBIT A

 

LNG Carrier   Quarter and
Year of
Delivery
  Cargo
Capacity (cbm)
  Propulsion
[●]   [●]   [●]   [●]
             
             
A- 1

Exhibit 10.5

 

Dated          , 2014

  

GAS-three LTD.

and

GASLOG LNG SERVICES LTD.

  

SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

in respect of the Vessel, “ GasLog Shanghai ” 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
CLAUSE NO.     PAGE
         
1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION   1  
2. APPOINTMENT OF MANAGERS   6  
3. MANAGEMENT SERVICES   6  
4. MANAGERS’ OBLIGATIONS   17  
5. OWNERS’ OBLIGATIONS   18  
6. INSURANCE POLICIES   18  
7. MANAGEMENT FEE   19  
8. VESSEL EXPENSES   20  
9. MANAGERS’ RIGHT TO SUB-CONTRACT   21  
10. RESPONSIBILITIES   21  
11. DOCUMENTATION   23  
12. DEPLOYMENT OF THE VESSEL   24  
13. AUDITING   24  
14. INSPECTION OF VESSEL   25  
15. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS ETC.   25  
16. DURATION OF THE AGREEMENT   25  
17. TERMINATION   25  
18. MISCELLANEOUS   27  
19. LAW AND ARBITRATION   27  
20. NOTICES AND BANK ACCOUNTS   28  

 

 

ANNEX “A”
DETAILS OF VESSEL

 

ANNEX “B”
DETAILS OF CREW / OFFICERS RATINGS

 

ANNEX “C”
INITIAL BUDGET

 

ANNEX “D”

OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE PROTOCOL 

i

ANNEX “E”
PERMANENT INSTRUCTIONS

 

ANNEX “F”
FORM OF ACCOUNTING SYSTEM

 

ANNEX “G”
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

ANNEX “H”
INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

ANNEX “I”
PRIMARY TERMINALS 

ii

THIS SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT is made the _____ day of _______, 2014 

BETWEEN:

(1) GAS-three Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and having its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda (the “Owners ”);
(2) GasLog LNG Services Ltd., a company incorporated in Bermuda and having a branch office at 69 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus GR 18537, Greece (the “Managers ”).

 

WHEREAS:

(A) The Owners, as of the Effective Date, are the registered owners of the 155,000 m 3 Liquefied Natural Gas Carrier “ GasLog Shanghai ” (the “Vessel ”) as more particularly described in Annex “A” hereto and wish to engage the Managers to manage and operate the Vessel;
(B) The Managers, being fully experienced, qualified and able vessel managers, wish to manage and operate the Vessel subject to and in accordance with the terms set out in this Agreement.

 

IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1. Definitions

In this Agreement save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

“Affiliate” means any entity which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with that party;

“Agreement” means this ship management agreement including the Annexes attached hereto as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof;

“Annual Budget” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 3.3.2 below;

“Charter” means any future charter entered into between the Owners and any future charterer of the Vessel notified to the Managers pursuant to Clause 5.3;

“Charterers” means any future charterers of the Vessel notified to the Managers pursuant to Clause 5.3; 

 

“Communication Expenses” means the costs incurred by the Managers in performing the Management Services and for the account of the Owners in respect of all communications between the shore and the Vessel as detailed in the Annual Budget;

“Control” and “Controlled” mean the holding of power to direct or cause the direction of management, policies and decisions of a company, corporation, partnership or other entity including, without limitation, through control by direct or indirect means of not less than fifty per cent (50%) of the voting rights in such company, corporation, partnership or other entity;

“Crew” means the Officers and Ratings and any other individual who has signed Articles on the Vessel and is employed from time to time by the Managers under Managers’ obligation to provide the Management Services;

“Crew Insurances” means insurances against crew risks which shall include, but not be limited to, death, sickness, repatriation, injury, shipwreck and loss of personal effects;

“Crew Support Costs” means all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and which are incurred by the Managers for the purpose of providing efficient and economic Management Services and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet training schemes, sick pay, study pay, recruitment and interviews;

“Dollar” or “ US$ ” means the currency of the United States of America;

“EDP Expenses” means the costs of any new computer software or hardware (including licensing, maintenance, installation and training costs) that may be installed or developed, in relation to the Vessel;

“Effective Date” means the date of this Agreement;

“Emergency Situation” means an emergency situation that:

(i) involves a threat to human life;
(ii) involves a risk of loss of the Vessel or its cargo or of serious damage to the Vessel;
(iii) involves a risk of the Vessel causing serious environmental damage;
(iv) involves a risk of the Vessel being stolen, impounded or seized; or
(v) involves a security or safety risk to the Vessel, such as but not limited to terrorism, piracy, etc.
2

“Flag Administration / State” shall mean such state or registry as the Owners shall from time to time specify;

“HSSE Report” means a report on the health, safety, security and environmental status of the Vessel (together with relevant statistics) and including details of any specific health, safety and/or environmental incidents prepared in accordance with Clause 3.4.9;

“Incentive Bonus” means the bonus payable by the Owners to the Managers in accordance with Clause 7.7;

“ISM Code” means the International Ship Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation (IMO) by resolution A.741(18) as amended from time to time;

“ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code adopted by the International Maritime Organization Assembly as the same may have been or may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

“Maintenance Schedule” means a schedule referred to in Clause 3.2.1(iii) detailing the maintenance required for the Vessel for the period from delivery to the next dry-docking of the Vessel thereafter for each subsequent 30 month period to coincide with Classification Society Intermediate Survey;

“Managed Fleet” means all vessels owned, leased, or chartered by Owners or Owners’ Affiliates and managed by Managers pursuant to a ship management agreement or similar arrangement;

“Management Fee” means the fee payable by the Owners to the Managers in consideration of the Management Services, as specified in Clauses 7.1 to 7.3 and as adjusted pursuant to Clause 7.4;

“Management Services” means the services specified in Clause 3;

“Managers’ Account” means the bank account in the name of the Managers as specified in Clause 20.3, or such other bank account of the Managers as may be notified to the Owners from time to time;

“MTSA Code” means the Maritime Transportation Security Act as enacted by the United States of America as the same may have been amended or supplemented from time to time;

“Officers” means the Master and the officers (including, but not limited to, the Senior Officers) of the Vessel, whose numbers, rank and nationality are currently specified in Annex “B” attached hereto, as updated from time to time;

“OPA 90” means the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 as enacted by the United States of America as the same may have been amended or supplemented from time to time; 

3

“Operational and Maintenance Protocol” means the protocol set forth on Annex “D” attached hereto;

“Operational Costs” means costs and expenses incurred by the Managers on behalf of the Owners to operate and maintain the Vessel including Communication Expenses and EDP Expenses;

“Owners’ Insurances” means the insurance policies to be procured by the Owners in respect of the Vessel and as described in Clause 6.1(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv);

“Permanent Instructions” means the instructions relating to the operational procedures for communications between the Owners, Charterers and the Crew as currently specified in Annex “E” attached hereto which may be amended pursuant to Clause 12.2;

“Ratings” means the ratings of the Vessel, whose numbers, rank and nationality are currently specified in Annex “B” as updated from time to time;

“Review Date” means January 1;

“Senior Officer” means the following positions or roles on the Vessel:

(i) the Master;
(ii) the Chief Engineer;
(iii) the Chief Officer;
(iv) the Second Engineer; or
(v) any other person whose rank or role on the vessel is required and designated as Senior Officer by the Flag Administration

“Severance Costs” means the costs which the Managers as employers of the Crew are legally obliged to pay, and actually do pay, to or in respect of the Crew as a result of the early termination of any employment contract for service on the Vessel;

SMS ” means a safety management system which complies with all laws, rules and regulations, and with all the codes, guidelines and standards recommended by the International Maritime Organization (including without limitation, the ISM Code), any relevant flag state and the classification society and approved by Owners, which may from time to time be applicable to the Vessel and/or the Owners and/or the Managers, and which is otherwise appropriate having regard to the Managers’ obligations under this Agreement;

“SOPEP” means the shipboard oil pollution emergency plan in the form approved by the Marine Environment Protection Committee of the International Maritime Organization pursuant to the requirements of Regulations 25 of Annex H of the 

4

International Convention of the Protection of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1989 relating thereto, as amended (MARPOL 73/78);

“STCW 95” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watch-keeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 or any subsequent amendment thereto;

“Supplementary Budget” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 3.3.4 below;

“Training Matrix” means the most updated Training Matrix as mutually agreed between the parties, as amended, supplemented or updated from time to time;

“Vessel Account” means a bank account in the name of the Managers opened and operated in accordance with Clause 8.4, the details of which shall be notified to the Owners from time to time;

“Vessel Condition Report” means a report detailing the physical condition, the progress of the Maintenance Schedule and the performance of the Vessel;

Vessel Data” means all records, invoices, logs, certificates and performance and maintenance data relating to the Vessel and all correspondence and documentation generated, collected or compiled during the provision of the Management Services by either former managers of the Vessel and given to the Managers, or by the Managers, to enable the Owners to effectively operate, manage or sell the Vessel, but excluding the Managers’ internal correspondence and any correspondence (other than invoices) between the Managers and their suppliers;

“Working Day” means a day when most banks are open for business in London, New York, Athens, and country of location of relevant bank accounts of Owners.

1.2. Interpretation
1.2.1. “Owners”, “Managers” and “Charterers” include their respective successors and assigns.
1.2.2. Clause headings are inserted for convenience and shall be ignored in construing this Agreement.
1.2.3. Unless the context otherwise requires, words denoting the singular number include the plural number and vice versa.
1.2.4. References to clauses and annexes are to Clauses and Annexes of this Agreement except where otherwise expressly stated.
1.2.5. Reference to any document includes the same as varied, supplemented or replaced from time to time.
5
1.2.6. References to any enactment include any re-enactments, amendments and extensions thereof.
2. APPOINTMENT OF MANAGERS
2.1. From the Effective Date and continuing, unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers and the Managers hereby agree to act as managers of the Vessel.
2.2. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, during the period of this Agreement, the Managers shall carry out the Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Managers shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time consider necessary to enable them to perform their duties and obligations as set out in this Agreement in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice within the limits of authority delegated to them hereunder.
3. MANAGEMENT SERVICES
3.1. Crew Management
3.1.1. The Managers shall provide suitably and adequately qualified Crew for the Vessel in accordance with any requirements of the Owners, as described in the Operational and Maintenance Protocol set forth on Annex “D”, and the provisions of the STCW 95 and the requirements of this Agreement.
3.1.2. The Managers shall be responsible for:
(i) Selecting, with Owners’ approval, which may be expressed from time to time in the form of standing instructions to the Managers for specific experience and qualification criteria pertaining to the Crew, including but not limited to the Training Matrix, and engaging the Crew (subject to the provisions of Clause 3.1.6 below) for the Vessel including payroll arrangements, pension administration, and insurances for the Crew other than those mentioned in Clause 6;
(ii) ensuring at all times the availability and supply of an adequate complement of Crew (including Master, Officers and Ratings complying with Annex“B”) relative to the particular operational status and size of the Vessel;
(iii) ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied in respect of manning levels, rank, qualification and certification of the Crew and employment regulations (including those standards set forth by the International Transport Workers’ Federation (ITF)) pertaining to Crew’s tax, payroll, social insurance, welfare, discipline and other applicable requirements;
(iv) ensuring that all members of the Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they
6
  are fit for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in accordance with appropriate flag state requirements. In the absence of applicable flag state requirements the medical certificate shall be dated not more than three months prior to the respective Crew member leaving their country of domicile and maintained for the duration of his service on board the Vessel;
(v) ensuring that the Crew shall have a command of the English language of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties safely;
(vi) arranging transportation of the Crew, including repatriation, at Owners’ cost, unless otherwise arranged by Owners;
(vii) providing continuing training of the Crew and supervising their efficiency and competence, consistent with Owners’ requirements but in any event never less than the applicable international or Flag State standard for LNG vessels;
(viii) whenever the Vessel is operational, issuing instructions to the Master in accordance with the requirements of the Owners or Charterers, to trade along the most geographically direct, economical and safe route (except for any justifiable deviation allowed under English common law or the Hague Visby Rules and including all deviations that may be necessary in an Emergency Situation) and ensuring the Vessel is worked at a fuel-efficient speed consistent both with port arrival instructions given by the Owners and/or Charterers and with sea conditions;
(ix) issuing instructions to the Master to keep full and correct log books and furnishing the Owners with true and accurate copies of such log books when required;
(x) conducting union negotiations (if applicable);
(xi) operating a drug and alcohol policy, prepared by the Managers and approved by the Owners (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), which includes, as a minimum, the principles set forth in the “Guidelines for the Control of Drugs and Alcohol Aboard Ship” of the Oil Companies International Marine Forum dated June 1995 (and in an amendments or successors thereto);
(xii) ensuring that the Crew and any other person on board the Vessel proceeding to sea shall be insured for the Crew Insurances with a first class insurance company, underwriter or protection and indemnity association (the “Crew Insurances”);
(xiii) ensuring that all premiums or calls in respect of the Crew Insurances are paid promptly by their due date; and
7
(xiv) ensuring that the Crew Insurances shall name the Owners as co-assured (unless advised by the Owners to the contrary).

 

3.1.3. The Managers shall appoint a superintendent (ship manager) to be responsible for the day to day operation, maintenance and repair of the Vessel, the cost of which shall, subject to Clause 7.4, be included in the Management Fee. Should the Owners have reason to be dissatisfied with the superintendent so appointed, they shall raise their complaint with the Managers. The Managers shall investigate any such complaint promptly and, should the complaint prove to be well founded, the Managers shall replace such superintendent at no extra cost to the Owners.
   
3.1.4. The Managers shall institute onboard and shall ensure onboard compliance with a uniform standard of dress amongst the crew and officers, and uniform credentialing or identification of all crew and officers.
   
3.1.5. Should the Owners have any reason to be dissatisfied with any of the Crew, they shall raise their complaint with the Managers. The Managers shall investigate the complaint promptly and, should the complaint be well founded, the Managers shall replace the Crew member in question and undertake changes in the appointment of the Crew as the Owners may reasonably require.
   
3.1.6. The Managers shall employ the Crew in their name and for their own account and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Managers do not have authority to conclude or enter into contracts of employment with the Crew for and on behalf of the Owners and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owners against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever and howsoever arising from the Managers’ breach of this Clause 3.1.6 or in relation to any disputes relating to Crew contracts of employment.
   
3.1.7. Except as allowed in clause 3.1.2(i), the Managers may not appoint any Senior Officers without the prior approval of the Owners (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), except that in the event that a shortage of crew would be likely to result under the terms of the Charter:

 

(i) in the Vessel going off hire under its Charter; or
     
(ii) an Emergency Situation;

 

and in such circumstances it is not practical for the Managers to wait for Owners’ approval, the Managers may make such temporary appointments as they deem necessary; however, the Vessel’s manning shall always remain in compliance with the regulations of the Flag State’s minimum manning requirements.

 

Officers CV and accomplished training matrix should be provided to the Owners for reviewing prior promotion or assignment to a Senior Officer position.

 

The Owners reserve the right to interview and approve all senior officers candidates.

8

3.2. Operational and Technical Management

 

3.2.1. The Managers shall provide operational and technical management of the Vessel which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

(i) provision of competent personnel with suitable experience of the LNG industry to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel in line with the Training Matrix and the requirements of the Charter;

 

(ii) all maintenance and work for the Vessel so as to ensure that the Vessel complies with all applicable laws including but not limited to IMO, MARPOL and SOLAS (and including, for the avoidance of doubt, all the provisions of the ISM Code), regulations and/or other requirements of the flag of the Vessel and of the Primary Terminals and other places where she trades, all applicable international conventions, all applicable regulations and/or requirements of any terminals or facilities in such port(s) or place(s) where the Vessel may load or discharge, and all requirements and recommendations of the Vessel’s classification society applicable to a Vessel carrying LNG worldwide within the limits of the Charter;

 

(iii) preparing the Maintenance Schedule and regular updates on request (such updates to commence at delivery of the Vessel from the shipyard, and then each year on or around the anniversary upon which the Vessel was classified by its classification society) for approval by the Owners (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

(iv) arrangement and supervision of dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the upkeep of the Vessel in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice provided that the Owners shall allocate sufficient funds and approve the relevant Annual Budgets and Supplementary Budgets to ensure that Managers can incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with the law of the flag of the Vessel and of the places where she trades, and all requirements and recommendations of the classification society;

 

(v) investigating and reporting to Owners any technical faults or problems material to the performance of the Vessel and arranging for their repair in consultation with the Owners;

 

(vi) arrange for the victualing and storing of the Vessel appropriate to the declared operational status of the Vessel and place and effect payment for contracts for lubricating oil, paints and all consumable materials where they are not for the Charterers’ account, together with any other contracts that may be agreed with the Owners from time to time in accordance with Clause 3.2.2;

 

(vii) appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time be necessary;
9
(viii) development, implementation of and maintenance of a SMS and obtaining and maintaining valid certificates evidencing compliance with this Clause, including without limitation, a valid document of compliance in relation to itself and valid safety management certificates in respect of the Vessel as required by the ISM and ISPS Codes;

 

(ix) provide the Owners with copies of any and all documents of compliance and safety management certificates as described in Clause 3.2.1(viii) upon issuance;

 

(x) keep or procure that there is kept on board the Vessel at all times:

 

(a) all certificates and documents required from time to time by any applicable law or regulations to enable her to perform the Charter between the Primary Terminals without delay,

 

(b) valid certificates in force as required by the Flag State,

 

(c) any further certificates and documents required from time to time by any applicable law or regulations to enable her to perform the Charter without delay,

 

(d) an ITF certificate or equivalent allowing Vessel’s calls and operations in all ports to which the Vessel is ordered under the Charter where an ITF certificate or equivalent is required, and

 

(e) a copy of all documents of compliance and the original of any safety management certificates as described in Clause 3.2.1(viii);

 

(xi) arrangement of periodic analysis by third parties of the bunker fuel and reporting the results of such analysis to the Owners (the costs being included in the Vessel’s running costs):

 

(xii) noting requirements resulting from safety and any external ship inspections and implementing these insofar as they affect the operation or safety of the Vessel (such implementation to be at the Owners’ expense);

 

(xiii) implementing safety recommendations issued in terms of all international conventions (at the Owners’ expense);

 

(xiv) arrange, where necessary for the superintendent or other staff of the Managers to visit the Vessel. If the superintendent or other staff of the Managers have reason to spend more than twenty-five (25) days in aggregate in any calendar year (or pro rata for part of a calendar year) visiting the Vessel, their services will be charged out at the rate specified in Clause 7.4 below;
10
(xv) ensure that maritime, safety and cargo custody standards are in accordance with first class international LNG shipping practice and are maintained by the Crew whenever such personnel are serving on board the Vessel;

 

(xvi) arrange and effect payment on behalf of the Owners for the towage of the Vessel when appropriate;

 

(xvii) arrange, maintain, and effect preparation and payment on behalf of the Owners for suitable moorings for the Vessel for lay-up at such locations as may from time to time be mutually agreed relative to the Vessel’s positioning requirements of the Owners;

 

(xviii) handle port disbursement accounts where these are not for the Charterers’ account;

 

(xix) navigate the Vessel, handle all necessary communications, manage all cargo operations on behalf of Owners, and provide for the security and safety of the Vessel, cargo and Crew, all in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice;

 

(xx) ensure that the Vessel is compatible with existing LNG liquefaction terminals, regasification terminals and ship/shore interfaces, at the Primary Terminals and to maintain such compatibility and all necessary certificates and documentation;

 

(xxi) undertake vessel-terminal compatibility studies as requested by Owners and at Owners’ expense; and

 

(xxii) manage and operate the Vessel on behalf of the Owners in any part of the world to first class industry standards for an LNG carrier, provided that the Vessel shall be employed in lawful trades, as the Owners may direct, between good and safe ports and places where she can always be safely afloat, and further provided that the Vessel shall not trade to ports or areas where, at the time in question, there are expected to be hostilities, wars, warlike operations, civil commotions or revolutions, unless the Owners are able to obtain war risks insurance against such eventuality.

 

Managers shall at all times have the right to refuse to carry out any instructions from the Owners or the Charterers to trade or lay up the Vessel if Managers can clearly demonstrate that by doing so, it would contravene any applicable laws and regulations of the Vessel’s flag, the classification society or of the places she trades.

 

Furthermore, Managers shall not be held to be in breach of this Agreement, should at any time the Vessel fail to conform to its class standards or fail to conform to statutory or international standards, except to the extent that such failures result from the negligence or breach of this Agreement by the Managers.

11
3.2.2. Procurement

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Managers shall have discretion to procure all stores, spares, equipment, provisions, oils, fuels and any other goods, materials or services to be supplied to the Vessel by the Managers in performance of their Management Services from whatever source or supplier they may deem appropriate provided that:

 

(i) the Managers use all reasonable efforts to achieve the lowest prices available for the appropriate quality of goods or services;

 

(ii) the Managers shall provide Owners with the benefit of all discounts, rebates or other financial incentives provided by any suppliers, and all amounts billed to Owners in connection with all stores, spares, equipment, provisions, oils, fuels and any other goods, materials or services to be supplied to the Vessel shall reflect any such discounts, rebates or financial incentives; and

 

(iii) the Owners reserve the right to require the Managers to procure such goods, materials and services from sources or suppliers they may notify to the Managers from time to time provided that:

 

(a) the Owners shall not unreasonably interfere with the aforementioned Managers’ procurement processes;

 

(b) the Owners may not force the Managers to breach the terms of any existing procurement contract to the extent such contract is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and standard industry practices; and

 

(c) the Owners have due regard to the interests of the Managers in fostering good long-term relationships with suppliers;

 

and where the Owners utilize their rights under this Clause 3.2.2, the Managers shall in no circumstances be liable for the quality or pricing of the goods, materials and services so provided.

 

3.3. Accounting, Budgeting, and Reporting

 

3.3.1. The Managers shall:

 

(i) provide an accounting system in respect of the Vessel which meets the reasonable requirements of the Owners, and provide regular accounting services and supply regular accounting reports and records; and

 

(ii) maintain a record of all costs and expenditure incurred as well as data necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the parties.

 

3.3.2.

The Managers shall present to the Owners annually a budget in respect of the estimated costs of operating the Vessel for the following twelve months in the current

12
    reporting form of the Managers, which is acceptable to the Owners (the “ Annual Budget ”). The initial Annual Budget is attached hereto at Annex “C,” and shall be for the period from the Effective Date until 31 December 2014, with a full twelve (12) month Annual Budget submitted yearly thereafter, ending on the day immediately preceding the Review Date. Subsequent Annual Budgets shall be prepared by the Managers for approval by the Owners at least two (2) months before each Review Date.

 

3.3.3. The Owners shall indicate to the Managers their acceptance and approval of the Annual Budget within one month of presentation and in the absence of any such indication the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted the Annual Budget as provided.

 

3.3.4. If after the approval of the Annual Budget pursuant to Clauses 3.3.2 and 3.3.3, the Owners or Managers anticipate material changes in the Operational Costs (or in respect of the initial Annual Budget set out in Annex “C”, if the Managers believe such initial Annual Budget is inaccurate or unworkable), then the Managers shall prepare a supplementary budget reflecting such changes (the “ Supplementary Budget ”) for approval by the Owners and the Owners shall indicate their approval or non-approval of a Supplementary Budget within one month of it being presented to them (and in the absence of any such indication, the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted a Supplementary Budget). Upon approval by the Owners, a Supplementary Budget shall be treated as the Annual Budget for the year in question or the remainder thereof.

 

3.3.5. For the avoidance of doubt, the Managers shall not incur expenditure in respect of the Vessel in excess of the Annual Budget (with due consideration to the fact that expenditure may be phased over varying periods or may fluctuate from month to month, notwithstanding that such expenditure was budgeted for on an annual basis) or incur expenditure that has not been accounted for in any Annual Budget without the prior consent of the Owners (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

3.3.6. Notwithstanding Clause 3.3.5, the Managers may in each Annual Budget period, as specified in Clause 3.3.2, incur expenditure on behalf of the Owners in respect of items that are not budgeted for in the Annual Budget, or for amounts in excess of the Annual Budget amounts, without the approval of the Owners provided that:

 

(i) such expenditure is used only for the proper performance of the Management Services; and

 

(ii) such total expenditure does not exceed five (5) per cent of the total budgeted amount for that Annual Budget period or such other amount that may be agreed by the parties from time to time.

 

3.3.7. The Managers shall:
13
(i) by the fifteenth (15 th ) Working Day of the month provide the Owners with a Vessel Condition Report in respect of the previous month in such form as the Owners (acting reasonably) may require;

 

(ii) by the fifteenth (15 th ) Working Day of each month provide the Owners with a comparison between the budgeted Operational Costs as set out in the Annual Budget and actual Operational Costs in respect of the previous month (in accordance with the form set out in Annex “F”);

 

(iii) by the fifteenth (15 th ) Working Day of each month provide the Owners with a request for funds based upon an estimate of the funding requirements of the Vessel that are required in respect of the next month together with any requests for approval of expenditure pursuant to Clause 3.3.5 and any proposed amendments to the Annual Budget pursuant to Clause 3.3.4; and

 

(iv) by the fifteenth (15th) Working Day of each month provide the Owners with a consolidated report on actual Operational Costs and if requested by the Owners, capital costs, including all expenses in relation to financing of the Vessel, in respect of the previous month.

 

3.3.8. If requested and in such manner as may be required by the Owners, the Managers shall provide the necessary personnel, hardware and software, and other resources necessary to administer on Owners’ behalf and in its name the invoicing and collection of hire payable under the Charter.

 

3.4. Health, Safety, Security, and Environmental Protection

 

3.4.1. The Managers shall operate a management system which shall be approved by the Owners (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and comply and ensure that the Vessel and the Crew comply with all applicable health, safety, security and environmental laws and regulations, and nothing in this Clause 3.4 shall derogate from the obligations of Managers to comply with its statutory responsibilities insofar as they relate to the other Management Services.

 

3.4.2. The Managers shall, in relation to all persons engaged or likely to be engaged in the execution of the Management Services, take such steps as are reasonably practicable to ensure their health and safety.

 

3.4.3. The Managers shall make available for inspection by the Owners at all times all registers, records and other documentation concerning health, safety, security (where appropriate) and environmental matters relating to the Management Services.

 

3.4.4. The Managers shall send to the Owners a copy of every notice or other communication received from or sent to any person or body concerning health, safety, security and/or environmental matters relating to the Management Services and shall co-operate with the Owners in respect of all such health, security, safety and/or environmental matters, as may from time to time be requested by the Owners
14
3.4.5. The Managers shall use all reasonable endeavors to ensure that no oil, or harmful or hazardous substances, of any description, shall be discharged or escape accidentally or otherwise, from the Vessel; and that the Vessel, its Officers and Crew comply with all international, national, and state oil and air pollution laws, conventions or regulations applying in, or to, international waters and the territorial waters of the countries into which the Vessel may trade under the Charter including the provisions of OPA 90 that apply to tank ships. This shall also include adhering to the standards promulgated under OPA 90 as those regulations apply to non-tankships operating within the jurisdiction of the United States whether or not the same strictly apply to the Vessel.

 

3.4.6. The Managers shall not treat, keep or dispose of any waste produced and/or carried by the Managers as a result of the Management Services in a manner likely to cause harm to the health and safety of any person or harm to the environment (as far as the same may be reasonably practical) and shall comply with every statutory duty which is relevant.

 

3.4.7. During the execution of the Management Services, the Managers shall take such steps as are reasonably practicable to avoid (or where avoidance is not possible, to minimize) harm to the environment.

 

3.4.8. The Managers will prepare and obtain all necessary approvals for a SOPEP. The SOPEP will be written in the English language and will be reviewed and updated as required and be maintained with the correct list of coastal state contacts. If required, the Managers will arrange for the translation of the SOPEP into another language. The Managers will also undertake regular training of the Crew in the use of SOPEP including drills to ensure that the SOPEP functions as expected and that contact and information details specified are accurate.

 

3.4.9. The Managers shall prepare a HSSE Report in such form and detail as the Owners (acting reasonably) require, to be submitted to the Owners on the 5th day of the following month.

 

3.5. Insurance Arrangements

 

3.5.1. The Owners shall arrange insurances in accordance with Clause 6.1.

 

3.5.2. The Managers shall immediately inform and keep the Owners informed of any incident which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes relating to the insurances effected in accordance with Clause 6.

 

3.5.3. The Owners shall or, in their sole discretion instruct the Managers on a case-by-case basis and in consultation with the Owners to, handle insurance, average and salvage claims in connection with the Vessel. Any costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in handling claims in accordance with this Clause shall be paid by or for the account of the Owners. Until notified to the contrary, the Managers shall process all insurance claims relating to the Crew, in consultation with Owners.
15
3.6. Sale or Purchase of the Vessel

 

The Managers shall, if requested, provide Owners with technical assistance in connection with any sale of the Vessel. Any costs or out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Managers in providing such technical assistance shall be paid by or for the account of the Owners. The Owners will, however, be solely responsible for agreeing the terms of any agreement regulating any sale.

 

3.7. General Administration

 

3.7.1. The Owners may, in their sole discretion and upon such terms and conditions as the Owners shall specify, instruct the Managers on a case-by-case basis to handle and/or settle all claims relating to the Vessel including but without limitation any claims involving the Charterers.

 

3.7.2. The Managers shall keep the Owners informed regarding any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes involving the Charterers or other third parties.

 

3.7.3. The Owners shall, or in their sole discretion instruct the Managers on a case-by-case basis to, bring or defend actions, suits or proceedings in connection with matters entrusted to the Managers pursuant to this Agreement.

 

3.7.4. Where the Managers are retained to handle and/or settle claims relating to the Vessel pursuant to Clause 3.7.1, the Managers shall be entitled to obtain legal or technical or other outside expert advice in relation to the handling and settlement of such claims and disputes.

 

3.7.5. The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security in connection with any such claims.

 

3.7.6. Any external costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations in accordance with this Clause 3.7 shall be paid by or for the account of the Owners provided that the Owners have instructed the Managers in accordance with Clause 3.7.1.

 

3.8. Quality Assurance

 

3.8.1. The Managers shall have and maintain a quality assurance/quality management system (the “ Quality Assurance & Quality Management System ”). This system shall include on board and on shore operation/ management and shall at the time of delivery, or as reasonably soon thereafter, meet the requirements of ISO-9001-2008 and ISO-14001-2004 or any subsequent addition or substitution approved by the Owners. The Quality Assurance & Quality Management System shall be documented and available to the Owners for approval within three (3) months of execution of this Agreement. The Managers shall supply documentation to the Owners on request confirming the continued maintenance and operation of the Quality Assurance &
16
    Quality Management System in good standing throughout the period of this Agreement.

 

3.9. [Reserved]

 

4. MANAGERS’ OBLIGATIONS

 

4.1. The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the agreed Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in a timely and efficient manner in accordance with first class international LNG ship management practice and the Operational and Maintenance Protocol set forth on Annex “D” and to protect and promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of the Management Services hereunder provided, however, that the Managers in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to the Managed Fleet, and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and reasonable.

 

4.2. The Managers shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and the Managers shall in particular be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM and ISPS Codes, thereby assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by these Codes when applicable. The Managers shall comply at all times with the requirements of the ISM, ISPS, and MTSA Codes, and the Managers shall immediately inform Owners if there is any threatened or actual withdrawal of Managers document of compliance or the Vessel’s safety management certificate or ISS (Security Certificate).

 

4.3. In addition to the specific obligations to keep the Owners informed hereunder, the Managers shall keep the Owners informed of all relevant information regarding the Vessel and the performance of the Management Services which the Owners may, acting reasonably, specify from time to time.

 

4.4. When the Managers become aware of an Emergency Situation, they shall immediately contact the Owners and keep the Owners informed in respect of such Emergency Situation.

 

4.5. If, in an Emergency Situation, the Managers (or the Master) are required pursuant to this Agreement to solicit an approval from the Owners, but in such circumstances it is not practical to wait for such approval, then notwithstanding any other term in this Agreement, the Managers (or the Master) may take whatever action they may deem necessary to deal with such Emergency Situation.
17
5. OWNERS’ OBLIGATIONS

 

5.1. The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

5.2. The Owners shall provide prompt responses to any requests made by the Managers pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.3. The Owners shall (subject to any confidentiality restrictions) provide the Managers with any relevant information relating to the Charters or Charterers and shall notify the Managers upon a change of Charterers or upon any new Charter in respect of the Vessel.

 

5.4. The Owners shall use reasonable endeavours (and subject to any confidentiality restrictions) to ensure that the Charterers shall keep the Managers informed of the relevant terms of any gas supply contract, charter party, contract of affreightment, contract of insurance and any other document relating to the Vessel and its cargo that the Managers may reasonably require in order to perform their obligations hereunder.

 

6. INSURANCE POLICIES

 

6.1. The Owners shall procure throughout the period of this Agreement that:

 

(i) at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured for usual hull and machinery marine risks (including crew negligence) and war risks in accordance with the first class practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type to the Vessel;

 

(ii) at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured against Protection and Indemnity risks (including pollution risks) based upon the Standard Rules of a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs and have arranged for the Managers to be included as named co-assured, and provide the Managers with Certificates of Entry to evidence that such insurances have been effected and confirm renewal within fifteen (15) Working Days of the same;

 

(iii) where the Vessel is directed to call at any port within the United States of America and at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel carries a Certificate of Financial Responsibility as required by the United States Offshore Pollution Act 1990;

 

(iv) the Vessel is insured against such other risks (including Freight, Demurrage and Defense) that are appropriate to the Vessel’s trade;

 

(v) the Owners’ Insurances name the Owners and the Managers as co-assureds, with full cover, with the Owners obtaining cover in respect of each of the insurances specified in Clause 6.1 on terms whereby the Owners are liable in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; and
18
(vi) written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, of compliance by the Owners with their obligations under Clause 6 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement, and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the Owners’ Insurances.

 

6.2. Insofar as it affects the superintendent and other shore staff employed by the Managers in connection with this Agreement, the Managers shall procure and maintain at their own expense appropriate insurance cover with first class insurers in respect of death or injury to such superintendents or shore staff, and such insurance shall comply with all applicable law.

 

6.3. Managers shall name Owners as co-assureds on this insurance cover, and Managers agree to waive all subrogation rights against Owners that might arise under this entire Clause 6.

 

7. MANAGEMENT FEE

 

7.1. Subject to any adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Clause 7.2 the Owners shall pay to the Managers for the provision of Management Services, a monthly management fee of Fourty-Six Thousand Dollars (US$46,000) (the “Management Fee”) which shall be paid each calendar month in advance by the first Working Day of each applicable month provided that where a payment is due in respect of any part of a month that payment shall be paid on a pro-rata basis, such sums to be paid into the Managers’ Account. All invoices for the Management Fee shall be submitted by the Managers to the Owners in advance on a monthly basis.

 

7.2. If, during any calendar month, the Vessel is in:

 

(i) “deep” lay-up (that is with sea chests sealed off and all system drained down) the Management Fee shall be Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars (US$3,500) per month and pro rata in respect of any part month; or

 

(ii) a partially manned stand-by condition, during a period of lay-up (other than deep lay-up) or during reactivation periods or during any period where the Managers are preparing to take over management of the Vessel from a third party the Management Fee shall be Ten Thousand Dollars (US$10,000) per month and pro rata in respect of any part month.

 

7.3. The Management Fee is exclusive of value added tax and any other existing sales or services tax that may be applicable. The Managers warrant that at the Effective Date, no such taxes are payable in respect of the Management Fee under Greek Law.

 

The Management Fee payable to the Managers will be adjusted annually on the first Review Date after the Effective Date and on each Review Date thereafter. The adjustment will be agreed between the Parties in good faith on the basis of general inflation and proof of increases in actual costs incurred by the Managers.

19
7.4. In addition to the Management Fee, if the Managers’ superintendent or other staff are reasonably required to spend more than twenty-five (25) days in aggregate visiting the Vessel in any calendar year (or pro-rata for part of a calendar year), the cost of visits in excess of twenty-five (25) days shall be paid by the Owners, into the Managers’ Account, at a rate of One Thousand Dollars (US$1,000.00) per day (or pro rata in respect of any part day on board the Vessel). Notwithstanding the foregoing, all reasonable travelling expenses in connection with reasonably required visits to the Vessel by Managers’ superintendent or other staff (excluding visits in connection with drydocking) shall be part of the Management Fee, irrespective of the duration of such visits.

 

7.5. In the event of this Agreement being terminated by the Owners or the Managers in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.3 or 17.4, the Management Fee payable to the Managers according to the provisions of Clauses 7.1 and 7.2, shall continue to be payable for a further period of three calendar months as from the termination date. In addition, provided that the Managers provide Crew for the Vessel in accordance with Clause 3.1:

 

(i) the Owners shall continue to pay Crew Support Costs during the said further period of three calendar months; and

 

(ii) the Owners shall pay any reasonable Severance Costs which may materialise provided the Managers have used reasonable endeavours to mitigate such obligations to the Crew.

 

7.6. Unless otherwise agreed in writing all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers in the course of the management of the Vessel shall be credited to the Owners.

 

7.7. The Owners shall, in respect of each year of this Agreement, on or around the Review Date, decide whether or not to pay an Incentive Bonus to the Managers for remittance to the Crew of an amount and in the manner described in Annex “H” attached hereto.

 

Any Incentive Bonus that the Owners decide to pay shall be paid into the Managers’ Account with fifteen (15) Working Days of the Review Date and the Managers shall remit any such bonus to the Crew. In addition the Owners shall within fifteen (15) Working Days of the Review Date provide a written explanation to the Managers of their decision which sets out in reasonable detail the rationale for making such a decision.

 

8. VESSEL EXPENSES

 

8.1. Upon receipt of a request for funds for the Vessel pursuant to Clause 3.3.7 (iii) the Owners shall pay such funds into the Vessel Account, provided that such request is made in respect of items and amounts accounted for the Annual Budget or made in respect of items or amounts for which the Managers do not require the approval of the Owners pursuant to Clause 3.3.6.
20
8.2. In the event that the Managers request funds from the Owners pursuant to Clause 3.3.7(iii), but the Owners are not obliged to pay such funds pursuant to Clause 8.1, then the Owners may refuse to provide such funds provided that, in such circumstances, the Managers shall not be liable for any losses or damages incurred by the Owners as a result of such refusal and in any event, the Owners shall not unreasonably refuse to pay or delay the payment of such sums.

 

8.3. All sums payable by the Owners in respect of requests made by the Managers pursuant to Clauses 8.1 and 8.2 shall be paid into the Vessel Account by the first Working Day of the month following that month in which such request was made.

 

8.4. The Managers shall open the Vessel Account and communicate the details of the Vessel Account to the Owners prior to the Effective Date. The Vessel Account shall be an account that only contains monies payable into such Vessel Account pursuant to this Agreement. All monies paid into the Vessel Account (including interest, if payable) shall be held on trust for and to the credit of the Owners and the Managers may only utilise funds in the Vessel Account for the proper performance of the Management Services hereunder. The Managers shall provide full details of all transactions in relation to the Vessel Account and shall procure that monthly Vessel Account bank statements are provided to the Owners for each month of this Agreement.

 

8.5. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services.

 

9. MANAGERS’ RIGHT TO SUB-CONTRACT

 

9.1. The Managers shall have the right to sub-contract any of their obligations in this Agreement, subject to Clause 9.2 below.

 

9.2. The Managers shall obtain the prior written consent of the Owners if they wish to sub-contract any of their obligations under this Agreement for amounts exceeding Fifty Thousand United States Dollars over and beyond the approved Annual Budget.

 

9.3. Notwithstanding any sub-contract the Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement, the Managers shall procure that each sub-contractor engaged pursuant to this Clause 9 shall comply with the requirements of Clause 3.4.

 

10. RESPONSIBILITIES

 

10.1. Force Majeure

 

10.1.1. Neither the Owners, nor the Managers shall be liable for any loss or damage or total or partial failure to perform this Agreement (other than a failure to perform an obligation to pay money) caused wholly or partly by any circumstances or things beyond the reasonable control of the Owners or the Managers, as the case may be,
21
including (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) acts of God, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, wars, terrorism, insurrections, riots, violent demonstrations, criminal offences, acts and omissions of civil or military authority or of usurped power, requisition or hire by any governmental or other competent authority, embargoes.

 

10.1.2. The party invoking force majeure will advise the other party of the force majeure event at the earliest opportunity and also advise same party of the likely duration of such force majeure situation.

 

10.2. Liability to Owners

 

The Managers shall be under no liability to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services, unless the same is proved to have resulted from the breach of this Agreement, fraud, gross negligence, or wilful misconduct of the Managers or their employees, or agents or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers’ personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result) the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall not exceed a total of twelve (12) times the monthly Management Fee of Forty-Six Thousand Dollars (US$46,000) as adjusted annually pursuant to Clause 7.3 above.
   
Notwithstanding anything herein contained in the contrary, the Managers shall not be liable for any of the actions of the Crew, even if such actions are negligent or wilful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under Clauses 3.1 or 3.4, in which case their liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 10.2.

 

10.3. Indemnity

 

Except to the extent and solely for the amount that the Managers would be liable under Clause 10.2, the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Agreement, and against and in respect of all costs, losses, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement.

22
10.4. “Himalaya”

 

It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including sub-contractors from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this Clause 10, every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions of this Clause 10 the Managers are or shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.

 

11. DOCUMENTATION

 

11.1. The Managers shall also maintain and cause their agents to maintain and retain in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices, applicable tax requirements and good international shipping practices, all books, accounts and records pertaining to this Agreement, and all records, documents and other materials related to the Managers’ implementation of and compliance with the Quality Assurance & Quality Control System, including vouchers, invoices, receipts, correspondence, copies of original documents and such other documentation as is necessary in order to verify the compensation payable hereunder.

 

11.2. The Managers shall make available, upon Owners’ request, all documentation and records relating to the performance of the Management Services, the SMS and/or the Crew which the Owners require in order to demonstrate compliance with the ISM Code, ISPS Code, and STCW 95, or to defend or prosecute a claim against a third party or otherwise.

 

11.3. All Vessel Data is and shall remain the property of the Owners and shall be made available to the Owners by the Managers on the Owners’ request. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Managers shall promptly provide the Owners with all the Vessel Data, whether onboard the Vessel or otherwise.

 

11.4. The Managers shall retain and properly store all Vessel Data in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice. If, in the Managers’ opinion, certain Vessel Data should be destroyed, then the Managers shall first offer to return that Vessel Data (at the Owners’ expense) to the Owners, and in the event that the Owners decline such offer, the Managers may destroy such Vessel Data.
23
12. DEPLOYMENT OF THE VESSEL

 

12.1. The Managers shall ensure that the Crew of the Vessel shall comply with any Permanent Instructions.

 

12.2. The Owners may change the terms of the Permanent Instructions, or upon the execution of a new Charter replace the existing Permanent Instructions with new Permanent Instructions with the consent of the Managers which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

12.3. In the event that the Managers or the Crew receive instructions from the Charterers, that in the opinion of the Managers, conflict with instructions provided by the Owners or which go beyond the scope of authority of the Charterers (to the extent such scope of authority has been disclosed by the Owners to the Managers), the Managers shall use best endeavours to immediately notify the Owners and the Charterers of the same. In such circumstances, subject to Clause 3.1.2(viii), the Owners’ instructions shall take precedence over the Charterers’ instructions.

 

12.4. Except for the purposes of saving life, the Vessel shall not, unless expressly authorised by the Owners, undertake attempts of salvage.

 

12.5. If:

 

(i) the Vessel undertakes attempts at salvage pursuant to Clause 12.4, or

 

(ii) the Vessel requests that a third party attempts salvage of the Vessel,

 

then without prejudice to the Master of the Vessel’s overriding right to take whatever action he may deem necessary to preserve life or prevent the loss of the Vessel, all salvage shall be under the terms of the current “Lloyds Open Form No Cure — No Pay” agreement.

 

12.6. Any proceeds arising from salvage of third party property shall be for the benefit of the Owners.

 

12.7. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Managers shall not (and shall procure that the Crew shall not), without the written consent of the Owners, sign any bill of lading on behalf of the Owners.

 

13. AUDITING

 

13.1. The Managers shall prepare the Annual Budget and accounts (as referred to in Clause 3.3.1 above) and shall make the same available for inspection and auditing by the Owners at such times as may be mutually agreed.

 

13.2. The Owners shall have the right to audit the Managers’ records and documentation as set out in Clause 11 above for the purpose of verifying their correctness and completeness at all times on reasonable notice to the Managers. Where staff or
24

auditors of the Owners visit the premises of the Managers for the purpose of carrying out an audit, the Managers shall provide office space and facilities to such staff or auditors at no extra cost to the Owners.

 

14. INSPECTION OF VESSEL

 

14.1. The Owners shall have the right at any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers to inspect the Vessel for any reason they consider necessary.

 

15. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS ETC.

 

15.1. The Managers will not do or permit to be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement or the laws and regulations of the Vessel’s flag, the classification society or of the Primary Terminals and other places where she trades.

 

16. DURATION OF THE AGREEMENT

 

16.1. This Agreement is entered into on the date of signing and shall continue until terminated in accordance with Clause 17.

 

17. TERMINATION

 

17.1. If the Managers:

 

(i) fail to meet any material obligation under this Agreement; or

 

(ii) fail to meet any obligation under this Agreement that has a material adverse effect upon the Owners or the Vessel;

 

then the Owners may give notice to the Managers of the default, requiring them to remedy it (if such default is capable of being remedied) as soon as practically possible. In the event that the default is not capable of being remedied or the Managers fail to remedy the default within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Owners, the Owners shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by giving the Managers ninety (90) days’ written notice.

 

17.2. The Owners may also terminate this Agreement by giving the Managers ninety (90) days’ written notice in the event that the Managers, in the reasonable opinion of the Owners, fail to manage the Vessel in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice and such failure has not been remedied within a reasonable time after written notice of such failure.

 

17.3. The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement by notice in writing if:

 

(i) any moneys payable by the Owners to the Managers have not been received into the Managers’ Account within thirty (30) days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays) of payment having been requested in writing by the Managers; or
25
(ii) this Agreement or any of the Owners’ rights and/or obligations are assigned to any person or entity without the Managers’ prior written agreement or approval.

 

17.4. This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated:

 

(i) in the case of the sale of the Vessel (other than a sale or transfer to an Affiliate of the Owners);

 

(ii) if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned for hire; or

 

(iii) in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than of the purpose of a solvent reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver or similar officer is appointed of the whole or a material part of its assets or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

 

17.5. If the Owners elect to provide Officers and, for any reason within their control, the Owners fail to:

 

(i) procure Officers and Ratings supplied by them or on their behalf, complying with the requirements of STCW 95; or

 

(ii) instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers’ SMS;

 

then the Managers may give notice to the Owners of the default, requiring them to remedy it (if such default is capable of being remedied) as soon as practicably possible. In the event that the default is not capable of being remedied or if the Owners fail to remedy the default within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate this agreement.

 

17.6. [Reserved]

 

17.7. Notwithstanding Clauses 17.1 and 17.2, the Owners shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time and for any reason by giving the other party not less than three (3) months’ written notice of their intention to terminate this Agreement.

 

17.8. If the Owners proceed with the employment of, or continue to employ the Vessel in blockade running or in an unlawful trade or on a voyage, which in the reasonable opinion of the Managers, is unduly hazardous, the Managers may give notice to the Owners requiring them to cease to employ the Vessel in such manner as soon as possible. If the Owners fail to comply with such notice within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.
26
17.9. The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination.

 

18. MISCELLANEOUS

 

18.1. The confidentiality obligations of the parties are set out in a separate Confidentiality Agreement that is attached for reference in Annex “G”.

 

18.2. A person who is not a party to this Agreement may not enforce, or otherwise have the benefit of, any provision of this Agreement under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, but this provision does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

 

18.3. At the expiry or earlier termination of any existing ship management agreement(s) in relation to the Vessel, Managers shall co-operate in the transfer arrangements to be notified to the Managers by the Owners and shall facilitate the smooth transition of all operations and duties to Managers with the minimum of disruption.

 

18.4. Either party may at any time assign or transfer to an Affiliate its respective rights and obligations under this Agreement provided that they first obtain the written consent of the other party. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and the parties agree to promptly execute any reasonable novation or transfer documentation to give effect to such an assignment or transfer.

 

19. LAW AND ARBITRATION

 

19.1. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

 

19.2. The arbitration shall be construed and conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. The language used for such arbitration shall be English and the arbitration shall be conducted in London.

 

19.3. The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.
27
19.4. Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

 

19.5. In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. The language used for such arbitration shall be English and the arbitration shall be conducted in London.

 

20. NOTICES AND BANK ACCOUNTS

 

20.1. Any notice to be given by either party to the other party pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective upon delivery pursuant to Clause 20.2 and shall be sent by fax, registered mail or by personal service to the following addresses:

 

for the Owners:

 

Gas-three Ltd.

Claredon House

2 Church Street

Hamilton HM11

Bermuda

Fax. No.:

Attn:

 

for the Managers:

 

GasLog LNG Services Ltd.
Piraeus Branch Office
69, Akti Miaouli,
185 37 Piraeus, Greece
Fax No: +30 210 4591247

 

Attention: Theodoros Katemidis, General Manager

 

20.2. A notice is deemed to have been received:

 

(i) if delivered personally, at the time of delivery;

 

(ii) in the case of fax, at the time of transmission;

 

(iii) in the case of delivery of courier, on the date of receipt by the courier of written acknowledgement of such delivery;

 

(iv) in the case of pre-paid first class post, recorded delivery or registered post, on receipt; and
28
(v) if deemed receipt under the previous paragraphs of this sub-clause is not within business hours (meaning 9:00 am to 5:30 pm Monday to Friday (or Sunday to Thursday if the place of receipt is in Egypt) on a day that is not a public holiday in the place of receipt), when business next starts in the place of receipt.

 

20.3. For the purposes of this Agreement, the Managers’ Account currently has the following details:

 

  Account Holder : GasLog LNG Services Ltd.
       
  Bank :

CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc 

      (47-49, Akti Miaouli, 185 36 Piraeus, Greece)
       
  IBAN : GR35 0840 00200 000 00 44 4031026
       
  Account Number : 044 4031026
       
  Currency : Dollars

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties have duly signed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf
of GAS-three
by

 

in the presence of

 

SIGNED for and on behalf 

of GASLOG LNG SERVICES LTD.  

by

 

in the presence of

29

ANNEX “A”

 

DETAILS OF VESSEL

 

[OWNERS TO PROVIDE ON OR BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE]

 

ANNEX “B”
DETAILS OF CREW / OFFICERS
RATINGS

 

[MANAGERS TO PROVIDE AT LEAST 30 DAYS PRIOR TO EFFECTIVE DATE]

 

ANNEX “C”
INITIAL BUDGET

 

To be provided in accordance with Clause 3.3.2 prior to the Effective Date and once approved by Owners to be inserted

 

ANNEX “D”
OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE PROTOCOL

 

The provisions of this Operational and Maintenance Protocol (“Protocol”) are integral with the provisions of the Agreement. The owner of the vessel agrees to provide the manager with the necessary financial resources to comply with the requirements of this Operational and Maintenance Protocol.

 

The Vessel shall always be operated and maintained in accordance with the first class international standards for LNG vessels. These standards shall include, without limitation, that:

 

· The Vessel is always manned, operated and maintained in a safe and prudent manner to minimise the risk of accidents;
     
· the maintenance and operation of the Vessel shall be thorough and proactive and not based merely on the minimum standards required by the Vessel’s flag state and classification society but to the highest standards applicable in the shipping and LNG industry;
     
· the Manager agrees to maintain membership in the Society of International Gas Tankers and Terminal Operators Association (SIGTTO) and to abide by all guidelines, recommendations, and training schedules that are applicable to the safe and reliable operation of LNG vessels made by this industry association;
     
· the Manager agrees to observe and abide by all guidelines, recommendations, and training standards that are promulgated by the Oil Companies’ International Marine Forum (OCIMF) and are applicable to the safe and reliable operation of LNG vessels made by this industry association;
     
· the Vessel shall be maintained and refurbished and where necessary restored to ensure the safe, reliable, and efficient transportation of LNG for a minimum 40 year trading life.

 

Other than for Manager-scheduled maintenance periods of seventy two (72) hours every six (6) months (days which shall be agreed by Owner), Owners expect the Vessel to be available for the safe and efficient transportation of LNG for 100% of the year. The Manager shall put in place a robust and comprehensive vessel management system designed to meet this availability objective.

 

The Managers shall take the necessary steps to promote a culture of safety awareness, compliance with established procedures, and non-conformance reporting to facilitate continuous improvement throughout the organization including all crewmembers onboard the Vessel.

 

CREWING

 

The Managers agree that having a well-trained and qualified vessel crew and shoreside support staff, well versed in LNG vessel operations and management, is the foundation of a safe, reliable, and efficient LNG vessel operation.

 

· The Managers agree to adhere to the Training Matrix, and also agree that if the Training Matrix conflicts with less stringent standards contained in this Agreement, the Training Matrix will control.
     
· Managers shall arrange for all Deck Officers, including the Master, to attend Bridge Team Management Training at one of the recognized training centers. This training shall be repeated every five (5) calendar years.
     
· Managers are required to ensure that all Masters have attended a ship handling simulator-training course applicable for the type of vessel in use for LNG transportation. The training shall be repeated at a minimum of every five (5) calendar years.
     
· In addition to the requirements of the Management Agreement, all senior operational positions (Master, Chief Engineer, Chief Mate, and Second Engineers, Cargo Engineer) on board must have a minimum of three (3) years of sea time (time onboard) experience onboard LNG Carriers in any position in the position directly below the senior operational position they will assume. All senior operational positions must receive a minimum of two (2) weeks vessel familiarization and specific operational training, with a training scope appropriate to their position, prior to embarking onboard the Vessel for the first time. Any deviation from this section’s experience requirement must be approved by Owner.
     
· All officers and unlicensed crew on board require, as a minimum, specific training on the hazards and unique operational aspects associated with LNG carriers that meet the requirements of Section A-V/l paragraphs 1-7 of the STCW 1995 convention. All licensed officers that form part of the cargo transfer watch or carry out operational or maintenance duties and responsibilities directly related to the vessel’s cargo system shall also receive specific training meeting the requirements of Section A-V/l paragraphs 22-34 of the STCW 1995 convention. The Managers are to document what special LNG ship operations training is provided to licensed and unlicensed crewmembers prior to their employment on the LNG carrier.
     
· All crew are required to be properly qualified and certificated in accordance with the IMO Standards of Training, Certification and Watch keeping for Seafarers (STCW), 1995, as amended, and in compliance with the Training Matrix.
 
· Managers shall provide to Owners copies of all newly appointed senior officers’ certification and details of experience prior to their embarkation onboard the Vessel. Owners have the right to review and verify the qualifications of all LNG vessel senior officers prior to their embarkation onboard the Vessel. Owners shall be given the opportunity to approve the certificates and experience of all senior officers a reasonable period prior to their initial embarkation onboard the Vessel), and shall have the discretion to reject any such officer if they do not meet the qualification and training requirements agreed between the Manager and Owners. Owners’ approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
     
· Procedures shall be put in place in the ship’s Safety Management System clearly documenting who is responsible for the ship’s LNG Cargo System including cargo transfer operations. The responsibilities and interface between the Chief Mate and Cargo Engineer shall be clearly defined. The Managers shall identify and document the qualifications of a Person In Charge (PIC) of the Cargo Transfer Watch that exceed the requirements of Regulation V/l of the STCW 95 requirements. These qualifications shall be made available to Owners upon request. A training program shall be established and documented for junior officers to allow them to meet the qualifications of the PIC of the Cargo Transfer Watch during periods of steady state operation to allow the Chief Officer and Cargo Engineer to take rest periods if required to meet work hour restrictions. This program shall include some mechanism for competency assessment either on a cargo simulator or under supervised conditions during an actual cargo transfer onboard the Vessel.
     
· The Manager shall establish, as a minimum, the following policies and should ensure that all officers and crew are fully conversant and comply with these policies:

 

· Safety Policy
· Health Policy
· Environmental Policy
· Quality of Service Policy
· Operations Policy
· Navigation Policy
· Maintenance Policy
· Drug and Alcohol Policy

 

· The Manager shall ensure that all seafarers undergo a medical examination, which shall include a drug and alcohol test annually. On completion of a satisfactory medical examination a certificate shall be issued which shall remain valid for the period that the seafarer is onboard the Vessel. An OCIMF-compliant drug and alcohol policy, which includes random drug testing, shall be implemented, and tests conducted directly onboard the Vessel or by an outside contractor to deter the use of illegal drugs and controlled substances by crewmembers while onboard the Vessel.
 
· The organization employed by the Manager to provide manning to the Vessel shall be engaged through a contract, which shall stipulate the Manager’s minimum competency and experience requirements.
     
· At intervals not exceeding two years the Manager shall ensure that the organization providing the manning of the Vessel is audited by a qualified auditor for compliance with the Manager’s minimum requirements. Copies of the audit report, non-compliances and corrective actions shall be provided to Owners, upon request.
     
· Manager shall implement a system that interrogates and confirms officer’s qualifications and fitness for duty prior to joining the Vessel.
     
· The Manager shall keep a minimum number of officers employed onboard the Vessel during dry-dock overhaul periods for inspection and quality assurance purposes. As a minimum, these people shall include all Licensed Engineering Officers , the Chief Officer and the Captain.

 

MAINTENANCE

 

· A Master Maintenance Plan shall be developed for the Vessel and approved by Owners’, provided that Owners’ approval does not conflict with the Vessel’s Class or Flag requirements. The objective of this plan shall be to maintain the safe, reliable, and efficient operation of the Vessel over its projected 40 year life. This plan shall cover the following areas associated with efficient operation and Vessel maintenance and repair:

 

1. Dry-docking interval
     
2. Procedures associated with pre-qualification of repair shipyards
     
3. Hull Roughness measurement and maintenance to an acceptable level
     
4. Anticipated schedule of maintenance, major overhaul, and refurbishment of all vessel critical equipment
     
5. A description of the Preventive Maintenance System covering scheduled maintenance of all vessel equipment
     
6. Inventory Control Procedures and stock of critical spare parts both onboard and ashore
     
7. Procedures associated with pre-qualification of equipment and spare parts vendors
     
8. Propulsion plant efficiency performance monitoring procedures and corrective action steps
 
9. Condition Monitoring Systems and Condition Monitoring based maintenance
     
10. Means of collecting the necessary date in a structured format to monitor and benchmark equipment reliability performance
     
11. Performing Root Cause Analysis of equipment failures and equipment/systems reliability improvement
     
12. Procedures associated with Equipment Obsolescence

 

· The Preventive Maintenance system shall incorporate the equipment suppliers or makers’ instructions and maintenance recommendations.
     
· All maintenance work carried out on vessel equipment, other than normal routine operational work, shall be carried out using a permit to work system.
     
· Where equipment isolation is required for operational and/or personnel safety or where hot work is involved all work must be carried out under a written procedure under the guidelines of the Safety Management System’s Lockout/Tag out/Isolation or Hot work permit procedures.

 

The following is the proposed maintenance cycle that shall be followed with the Vessel. It is based on a 60 month period coinciding with the Vessel’s 5 year special survey requirements. This cycle may be adjusted through mutual agreement between Manager and Owners. The Manager shall notify Owners in writing at least 30 days in advance of the proposed dates for each 2 day Scheduled Maintenance Window and at least 6 months in advance of the proposed dates for dry-docking the Vessel. The Owners are primarily responsible for coordinating the communication and discussion of the scheduling of maintenance cycle events with the vessel’s charterer.

 

Month   Maintenance Event  
6   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window  
12   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window  
18   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window  
24   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window  
30   Minor Drydocking – Intermediate Survey  
36   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window  
42   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window  
48   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window  
54   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window  
60   Major Drydocking – 5 Year Special Survey  

 

OPERATIONS

 

· The Manager shall establish detailed procedures for all critical operations performed onboard the Vessel as part of the Vessel’s Safety Management System. These procedures shall be developed and tailored specifically to the Vessel. Steps
 

    shall be taken to familiarize Vessel personnel with these procedures and a robust internal audit program shall be carried out to verify crew compliance with these established procedures. Checklists should be used where appropriate to assist personnel in following procedures and to provide documented evidence of adherence to procedures. Copies of all work instructions and procedures in force shall be on file in the head office facilities of the Manager. The complete Safety Management System shall be made available in hard or electronic copy to the Owners.
     
· Changes to operating procedures must be reviewed by a senior officer onboard and approved by shore based management before the changes are implemented.
     
· The Vessel and crew at all times shall be capable of operating with no venting of cargo boil-off gases to the atmosphere. Any such venting shall immediately be reported to the Owners with a full explanation as to why the venting operation was required and an estimate of venting duration and quantity vented. It is recognized that under rare extreme conditions the cargo tank pressure may approach the P.V. valve release settings. This condition is to be avoided through proper management of cargo during laden voyages and of the heel and spray cooling during ballast voyages, and if necessary to prevent P/V valves from lifting, the Vessel will, when possible, reduce cargo tank pressure below this setting by intentional venting in a controlled manner.
     
· Whenever the vessel is transiting restricted waters the following operating profile shall normally be adhered to unless specific equipment breakdown prevents this:

 

· The Throttle shall be in Bridge Control
· The Steering Gear systems shall be fully tested (including all standby pumps) prior to entry into restricted waters
· Boilers shall be operated in the Dual Fuel Mode
· Two ship service generators shall be on line for redundancy
· The main engine shall be placed in “Standby” and the engine room shall be manned if there is a high probability of the vessel maneuvering

 

· All inhibits on any trip (safety shutdown) and alarm system must be approved by the Master or Chief Engineer before being applied. A written procedure is necessary to document the operational conditions that must exist before any trip or alarm may be inhibited and what additional safety measures must be put in place when trips or alarms are inhibited. A daily log of all inhibited trips and alarms shall be displayed on the bridge and in the engine room.

 

INSPECTIONS

 

· The Manager shall arrange on a bi annual basis for a fully accredited OCIMF SIRE inspection of the ship. A copy of the report issued by the independent accredited inspector is to be made immediately available to Owners. Within one week of the inspection report being issued the Manager is required to provide a
 

programme to the charterer to indicate how and when any of the agreed comments are going to be corrected.

 

· The Manager shall arrange for an OCIMF/SIGTTO compliant self assessment inspection and audit to be carried out onboard the Vessel on an annual basis. This may be carried out as part of the Manager’s internal audit program. Copies of completed annual assessments are to be kept on board available for inspection by Owners upon request. Where the Managers are unable to obtain copies of the OCIMF/SIGTTO inspection guidelines, Managers shall apply their own internal audit/inspection procedures providing that the Manager’s inspection guidelines are subject to review and approval by Owners.

 

· The Manager shall arrange for Owners’ representative to carry out a detailed assessment and operational audit of the Manager’s head office facilities a minimum of once every two (2) years. The inspection will include but not be limited to Company Profile, Management Review, Document Control, Fleet Management, ISM Safety Management System, Corrective Action, Recruitment and Training, Health, Safety and Environmental Protection, Technical Support, Navigation, Safe Mooring, and Emergency Response.

 

· The Managers shall ensure that a Vessel inspection report in accordance with Owners’ format is completed annually. This inspection report is to be completed by attending manager’s superintendents during a twelve month period, ensuring that all items are addressed during that period. Copies of completed reports are to be submitted to Owners annually. The Managers may utilize their own internal inspection format and checklist if Owners’ can review and approve inspection guidelines prior to their use.

 

· Owners, or their designated representatives, will arrange for qualified auditors to carry out annual audits of the Vessel to confirm that the Vessels safety, quality and environmental protection system is functioning effectively. The Managers are to provide corrective actions to any non-conformities identified during the audits within thirty days of receiving the audit report. Confirmation of implementation is to be carried out at the next audit. Items that would normally be considered non-conformities would include, but not be limited to; crew members not properly qualified or certified, deteriorated physical conditions on the Vessel or equipment malfunctions with no documented schedule for repair, lack of documentation control, insufficient spare parts for normal maintenance, poor accuracy of onboard spare parts inventory, and lack of procedures for work being performed.

 

· Owners, or their designated representatives, shall arrange for qualified surveyors to carry out inspections and a condition assessment of the Vessel while undergoing a drydock overhaul as necessary to verify proper planning and adherence to the approved Master Maintenance Plan.

 

The Managers will implement contingency planning to be activated in the event of any emergency occurring on or to the Vessel and shall ensure that the contingency plan is 

 

exercised annually with the participation of Owners. A copy of the Manager’s contingency plan is to be provided to Owners who shall be included in the Emergency Contact Chart and the nominated recipients for amendments. 

 

ANNEX “E”
PERMANENT INSTRUCTIONS

 

The Permanent Instructions shall be provided by the Charterers to the Managers on or prior to the Effective Date and shall be a protocol of communication among Charterers, the Vessel Owners and/or the Managers. The protocol of communication will set out, inter alia, who has authority to issue instructions and provide information to the Vessel and its master and who has authority to receive communications and information from the Vessel. 

 

ANNEX “F”
FORM OF ACCOUNTING SYSTEM

 

[MANAGERS TO PROVIDE] 

 

ANNEX “G”
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

This Confidentiality Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the _____ day of ________, 2014, by and between GAS-three LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and having its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda (the “Owners”), and GasLog LNG Services Ltd., a company incorporated in Bermuda and having a branch office at 69 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus GR 18537, Greece (the “Managers”).

 

Owners and Managers entered into that certain Ship Management Agreement of even date herewith (the “Management Agreement”). In connection with the Management Agreement, it has been necessary and may continue to be necessary for Owners and Managers to exchange or provide access to certain proprietary and/or confidential information. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Management Agreement.

 

1. Confidential Information. At all times during the term of the Management Agreement and for two years thereafter, Owners and Managers shall keep confidential and shall not, without the prior written consent of the other party, issue any press release in relation to the transactions evidenced by the Management Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereunder, or disclose to any other person, the terms of the Management Agreement, any information provided to party pursuant to or in connection with the Management Agreement, any information connected with the Vessel (both technical or operational) or any other information identified as confidential or which may be protected by copyright, trademark or intellectual property law, or release copies of any such document which discloses any such information. Any and all such information described herein, together with all notes, analyses, compilations, studies, interpretations or other documents or records prepared by a party receiving such information or its Representatives (defined below), or copies thereof, which contain or otherwise reflect such information made available by are hereinafter referred to as the “Confidential Information.” In addition, Confidential Information shall mean any discussions between the parties concerning the Management Agreement or in connection with the Management Agreement, any and all written, printed or other materials, regardless of form, provided by a party concerning the Management Agreement or in connection with the Management Agreement, whether provided prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, and the substance and content thereof, and all information ascertained through the discussions between employees or representatives of the parties concerning the Management Agreement.

 

2. Exclusions. The term Confidential Information does not include any information which:

 

(a) at the time of disclosure is in the public domain or thereafter becomes generally available other than as a result of a disclosure by the receiving party or its Representatives; 

 

(b) is available to such party or its Representatives on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the disclosing party, provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the disclosing party; or,

 

(c) has been independently acquired or developed by receiving party or its Representatives without violating any of its obligations under this Agreement or the Management Agreement.

 

3. Permitted Disclosures. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1 above, either party shall be entitled to disclose Confidential Information without the consent of the other:

 

(a) pursuant to applicable law or order of a court of competent jurisdiction or a regulatory agency with jurisdiction, provided such party agrees prior to any such disclosure to provide the other party with prompt written notice of such requirements;

 

(b) to its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, advisors and consultants (“Representatives”), whose assistance in evaluating the Confidential Information is necessary and who are legally obligated to maintain the Confidential Information in confidence; and

 

(c) to any charterer or subcharterer of the Vessel.

 

4. CHOICE OF LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or reenactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause. Any dispute arising under this Agreement shall be resolved pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in Article 19 of the Management Agreement.

 

5. Term. As to the Confidential Information, the obligations of confidentiality and non-disclosure under this Agreement shall terminate two (2) years after the date on which the Management Agreement is terminated. Upon termination of this Agreement, each party shall return all Confidential Information furnished to it hereunder in written or other tangible form, and copies thereof, and destroy all copies of Confidential Information consisting of notes, analyses, compilations, studies, interpretations or documents or records prepared by it, or its Representatives. 

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties have duly signed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf 

of GAS-three LTD.  

by

 

in the presence of 

 

 

SIGNED for and on behalf 

of GASLOG LNG SERVICES LTD.  

by

 

in the presence of 

 
 

ANNEX “H”
INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

The Incentive Bonus shall be based on an annual assessment of the Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) listed below, as divided in three sections: HSSE, Vessel Performance, and Financial Performance.

 

There will be an annual assessment of the KPIs in each section, and a total Incentive Bonus of $72,000 may be awarded. The total Incentive Bonus shall be allocated across the three sections in three equal awards of $24,000 per section. Exceeding the noted maximum acceptable KPI in any section will mean that the $24,000 section award will not be paid for that year.

 

Where the Bonus Target is met for every KPI within a section then the full section award will be made for that section.

 

Where the KPIs in a section fall between the Maximum acceptable and the Bonus Target, then the level of award will be assessed by mutual agreement.

 

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)

 

The KPIs below are agreed to be reviewed on an annual basis. These are the initial KPIs and may be adjusted and changed as agreed mutually on review.

 

KPI   Maximum acceptable   Bonus

 

HSSE  

Fatality   0   0
         
Total Recordable Cases   1   0
         
Near miss reports   To be agreed annually   To be agreed annually
         
Oil Spills to water   0   0
         
Venting cargo vapor to atmosphere - unless approved or emergency   0   0
         
Major Incidents (collisions, groundings, flooding, fire explosion etc.)   0   0
         
TMSA   To be agreed annually based on no improvement from the previous year   To be agreed annually based on stretched improvement from the previous year
 
Vessel Performance        
         
Off hire   12 hours (assuming 4 days per annum total maintenance window (2 days every 6 months) or any other instances with permission)   No off hire
         
Vetting   Total deficiencies per inspection 12 low risk – 1 high risk   5 low risk
         
Port State Control   No requirements for rectification prior to departure   Maximum 2 observations (recorded on Equasis) per vessel inspection
         
Fuel consumption (using conversion )   Fuel consumption (as measured during quarterly Kyma Performance Trials) equal to that which is indicated in the Gas form C   5% or more less than that which is indicated in the Gas Form C
         
Heel management   Requires two hours cool down alongside   Fully in compliance with voyage orders (e.g. 1 day heel on arrival and at temperature to load or as instructed by voyage)
         
Dry dock control - delivery after repair (discounting yard delays)   2 days delay from initial planned delivery date   Delivery on time
         
         
Financial Performance        
         
Compliance with annual budget, against declared expenditure, allowing for exchange rate fluctuations $ to € and approved extra items   0% above approved budget   Below the approved budget (excluding approved extra items) at an amount to be mutually agreed annually
 
Dry docking budget   0% above approved budget   Below the approved budget (excluding approved extra items) at an amount to be mutually agreed at the award of the drydock contract
 

ANNEX “I”

 

PRIMARY TERMINALS

 

  Load   Country   Status  
Gladstone   Australia   * 2  
Withnell Bay   Australia   1  
Pluto   Australia   1  
Idku   Egypt   1  
Damietta   Egypt   1  
Punta Europa   Equatorial Guinea   1  
Discharge   Country   Status  
Bahia Blanca FSRU   Argentina   1  
Zeebrugge   Belgium   1  
Pecem   Brazil   1  
Guanabara Bay   Brazil   1  
Canaport   Canada   1  
Mejillones   Chile   1  
Quintero   Chile   1  
Dalian   China   1  
Fujian   China   1  
Guangdong   China   1  
Jiangsu   China   1  
Shanghai   China   1  
Zhejiang   China   1  
Zhuhai   China   *2  
Montoir   France   1  
Revithoussa   Greece   1  
Dahej   India   1  
Hazira   India   1  
Chita   Japan   1  
Futtsu   Japan   1  
Himeji   Japan   1  
Senboku II   Japan   1  
Kawagoe   Japan   1  
Sodeshi   Japan   1  
Niigata   Japan   1  
Tobata   Japan   1  
Hitachi   Japan   *2  
Joetsu Thermal Power   Japan   1  
INPEX Naoetsu   Japan   1A  
Negishi   Japan   1  
Yanai   Japan   1  
Sodegaura   Japan   1  
Ohgishima   Japan   1  
Oita   Japan   1  
Sakai   Japan   1  

 

  Load   Country   Status  
Bonny Island (Jetty 1,2)   Nigeria   1  
Snohvit   Norway   *4  
Point Fortin   Trinidad   1  
Das Island   UAE   1  
Lake Charles   USA   1  
Sabine Pass (Cheniere)*   USA   1  
Discharge   Country   Status  
Incheon   Korea   1  
Pyeongtaek   Korea   1  
Tongyeong   Korea   1  
Gwang Yang   Korea   1  
Mina Al Ahmadi   Kuwait   1  
Bintulu   Malaysia   1  
Altamira   Mexico   1  
Costa Azul   Mexico   1  
Sines   Portugal   1  
Ras Laffan   Qatar   1  
Singapore   Singapore   1  
Barcelona   Spain   1  
Bilbao   Spain   1  
Cartagena   Spain   1  
Huelva   Spain   1  
Sagunto   Spain   1  
Map Ta Phut   Thailand   1  
Rotterdam   The Netherlands   1  
Yung-An   Taiwan   1  
Taichung   Taiwan   1  
Aliaga   Turkey   1  
Marmara Ereglisi   Turkey   *3  
Jebel Ali FSRU   UAE   1  
Elba Island   USA   1  
Cameron   USA   1  
Pascagoula   USA   1  
Freeport   USA   1  
Isle of Grain   UK   1  
Dragon   UK   1  
 

* 1 A - Primary Terminals ~ Pending  

Signifies terminals where some terminal data is not complete, but which will be treated as Primary Terminals so long as, in order for the Vessel to be accepted by the terminal, no changes are required to the principal dimensions of the Vessel, including: length, breadth, draft, displacement, location of cargo manifolds and lay-out of cargo manifolds (pipe size, layout of liquid and vapour lines, manifold dimensions, etc). Owners and Charterers to cooperate to complete any missing terminal data and to achieve Terminal acceptance and any minor changes to the Vessel (gangway landing areas/rails, etc.) will be the responsibility of the Owners.

 

*2 Terminals Under Construction  

Signifies terminals that are under construction at the date of signing the Charter party and are not Primary Terminals (“Terminals Under Construction”). Owners and Charterers agree to work together in good faith in order to obtain: (i) the necessary relevant information to enable Owners to reasonably assess whether each of the Terminals Under Construction are in all material respects compatible with the Vessel; and (ii) acceptance of the Vessel by the Terminal Under Construction. Once Owners are reasonably satisfied that a Terminal Under Construction is in all material respects compatible with the Vessel so as to allow safe navigation, loading and/or discharge, and the Terminal Under Construction has confirmed to Owners that they are prepared to accept the vessel to call and carry out cargo operations at their terminal (once completed), Owners agree to add such Terminal Under Construction to the list of Primary Terminals.

 

*3 Terminals With Compatibility Issues

Signifies terminals which have identified compatibility issues and are not Primary Terminals. However, Owners agree to allow the Vessel to call at such terminals provided: (i) they are reasonably satisfied that there is sufficient compatibility to allow safe navigation, loading and/or discharge; and (ii) the terminal have confirmed to Owners their acceptance of the Vessel to call, and carry out cargo operations at their terminal.

 

*4 Terminals Pending Further Data  

Signifies terminals in respect of which, at the date hereof, there is insufficient information available in order to allow Owners to assess whether the terminal is in all material respects compatible with the Vessel so as to allow safe navigation, loading and/or discharge (“Pending Terminals”). Owners and Charterers agree to work together in good faith in order to obtain: (i) the necessary relevant information to enable Owners to reasonably assess whether each of the Pending Terminals are in all material respects compatible with the Vessel; and (ii) acceptance of the Vessel by the Pending Terminals. Once Owners are reasonably satisfied that an Pending Terminal is in all material respects compatible with the Vessel so as to allow safe navigation, loading and/or discharge, and the Pending Terminal has confirmed to Owners that they are prepared to accept the vessel to call and carry out cargo operations at their terminal (once completed), Owners agree to add such Pending Terminals to the list of Primary Terminals. 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

Dated            , 2014

 

GAS-four LTD.

and

GASLOG LNG SERVICES LTD.

   

SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

in respect of the Vessel, “ GasLog Santiago

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE NO.   PAGE
           
1 .   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION   1  
2.   APPOINTMENT OF MANAGERS   6  
3 .   MANAGEMENT SERVICES   6  
4 .   MANAGERS’ OBLIGATIONS   17  
5 .   OWNERS’ OBLIGATIONS   18  
6 .   INSURANCE POLICIES   18  
7 .   MANAGEMENT FEE   19  
8 .   VESSEL EXPENSES   20  
9 .   MANAGERS’ RIGHT TO SUB-CONTRACT   21  
10.   RESPONSIBILITIES   21  
11.   DOCUMENTATION   23  
12.   DEPLOYMENT OF THE VESSEL   24  
13.   AUDITING   24  
14.   INSPECTION OF VESSEL   25  
15.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS ETC.   25  
16.   DURATION OF THE AGREEMENT   25  
17.   TERMINATION   25  
18.   MISCELLANEOUS   27  
19.   LAW AND ARBITRATION   27  
20.   NOTICES AND BANK ACCOUNTS   28  

 

ANNEX “A”
DETAILS OF VESSEL

 

ANNEX “B”
DETAILS OF CREW / OFFICERS RATINGS

 

ANNEX “C”
INITIAL BUDGET

 

ANNEX “D”

OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE PROTOCOL

i

ANNEX “E”
PERMANENT INSTRUCTIONS

 

ANNEX “F”
FORM OF ACCOUNTING SYSTEM

 

ANNEX “G”
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

ANNEX “H”
INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

ANNEX “I”
PRIMARY TERMINALS

ii

THIS SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT is made the _____ day of _______, 2014

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1) GAS-four Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and having its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda (the “Owners” );

 

(2) GasLog LNG Services Ltd., a company incorporated in Bermuda and having a branch office at 69 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus GR 18537, Greece (the “Managers” ).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A) The Owners, as of the Effective Date, are the registered owners of the 155,000 m 3 Liquefied Natural Gas Carrier “ GasLog Santiago ” (the “Vessel” ) as more particularly described in Annex “A” hereto and wish to engage the Managers to manage and operate the Vessel;

 

(B) The Managers, being fully experienced, qualified and able vessel managers, wish to manage and operate the Vessel subject to and in accordance with the terms set out in this Agreement.

 

IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1. Definitions

 

In this Agreement save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

 

“Affiliate” means any entity which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with that party;

 

“Agreement” means this ship management agreement including the Annexes attached hereto as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

“Annual Budget” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 3.3.2 below;

 

“Charter” means any future charter entered into between the Owners and any future charterer of the Vessel notified to the Managers pursuant to Clause 5.3;

 

“Charterers” means any future charterers of the Vessel notified to the Managers pursuant to Clause 5.3;

 

“Communication Expenses” means the costs incurred by the Managers in performing the Management Services and for the account of the Owners in respect of all communications between the shore and the Vessel as detailed in the Annual Budget;

 

“Control” and “Controlled” mean the holding of power to direct or cause the direction of management, policies and decisions of a company, corporation, partnership or other entity including, without limitation, through control by direct or indirect means of not less than fifty per cent (50%) of the voting rights in such company, corporation, partnership or other entity;

 

“Crew” means the Officers and Ratings and any other individual who has signed Articles on the Vessel and is employed from time to time by the Managers under Managers’ obligation to provide the Management Services;

 

“Crew Insurances” means insurances against crew risks which shall include, but not be limited to, death, sickness, repatriation, injury, shipwreck and loss of personal effects;

 

“Crew Support Costs” means all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and which are incurred by the Managers for the purpose of providing efficient and economic Management Services and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet training schemes, sick pay, study pay, recruitment and interviews;

 

“Dollar” or “ US$ ” means the currency of the United States of America;

 

“EDP Expenses” means the costs of any new computer software or hardware (including licensing, maintenance, installation and training costs) that may be installed or developed, in relation to the Vessel;

 

“Effective Date” means the date of this Agreement;

 

“Emergency Situation” means an emergency situation that:

 

(i) involves a threat to human life;

 

(ii) involves a risk of loss of the Vessel or its cargo or of serious damage to the Vessel;

 

(iii) involves a risk of the Vessel causing serious environmental damage;

 

(iv) involves a risk of the Vessel being stolen, impounded or seized; or

 

(v) involves a security or safety risk to the Vessel, such as but not limited to terrorism, piracy, etc.
2

“Flag Administration / State” shall mean such state or registry as the Owners shall from time to time specify;

 

“HSSE Report” means a report on the health, safety, security and environmental status of the Vessel (together with relevant statistics) and including details of any specific health, safety and/or environmental incidents prepared in accordance with Clause 3.4.9;

 

“Incentive Bonus” means the bonus payable by the Owners to the Managers in accordance with Clause 7.7;

 

“ISM Code” means the International Ship Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation (IMO) by resolution A.741(18) as amended from time to time;

 

“ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code adopted by the International Maritime Organization Assembly as the same may have been or may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

“Maintenance Schedule” means a schedule referred to in Clause 3.2.1(iii) detailing the maintenance required for the Vessel for the period from delivery to the next dry-docking of the Vessel thereafter for each subsequent 30 month period to coincide with Classification Society Intermediate Survey;

 

“Managed Fleet” means all vessels owned, leased, or chartered by Owners or Owners’ Affiliates and managed by Managers pursuant to a ship management agreement or similar arrangement;

 

“Management Fee” means the fee payable by the Owners to the Managers in consideration of the Management Services, as specified in Clauses 7.1 to 7.3 and as adjusted pursuant to Clause 7.4;

 

“Management Services” means the services specified in Clause 3;

 

“Managers’ Account” means the bank account in the name of the Managers as specified in Clause 20.3, or such other bank account of the Managers as may be notified to the Owners from time to time;

 

“MTSA Code” means the Maritime Transportation Security Act as enacted by the United States of America as the same may have been amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

“Officers” means the Master and the officers (including, but not limited to, the Senior Officers) of the Vessel, whose numbers, rank and nationality are currently specified in Annex “B” attached hereto, as updated from time to time;

 

“OPA 90” means the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 as enacted by the United States of America as the same may have been amended or supplemented from time to time;

3

“Operational and Maintenance Protocol” means the protocol set forth on Annex “D” attached hereto;

 

“Operational Costs” means costs and expenses incurred by the Managers on behalf of the Owners to operate and maintain the Vessel including Communication Expenses and EDP Expenses;

 

“Owners’ Insurances” means the insurance policies to be procured by the Owners in respect of the Vessel and as described in Clause 6.1(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv);

 

“Permanent Instructions” means the instructions relating to the operational procedures for communications between the Owners, Charterers and the Crew as currently specified in Annex “E” attached hereto which may be amended pursuant to Clause 12.2;

 

“Ratings” means the ratings of the Vessel, whose numbers, rank and nationality are currently specified in Annex “B” as updated from time to time;

 

“Review Date” means January 1;

 

“Senior Officer” means the following positions or roles on the Vessel:

 

(i) the Master;

 

(ii) the Chief Engineer;

 

(iii) the Chief Officer;

 

(iv) the Second Engineer; or

 

(v) any other person whose rank or role on the vessel is required and designated as Senior Officer by the Flag Administration

 

“Severance Costs” means the costs which the Managers as employers of the Crew are legally obliged to pay, and actually do pay, to or in respect of the Crew as a result of the early termination of any employment contract for service on the Vessel;

 

SMS ” means a safety management system which complies with all laws, rules and regulations, and with all the codes, guidelines and standards recommended by the International Maritime Organization (including without limitation, the ISM Code), any relevant flag state and the classification society and approved by Owners, which may from time to time be applicable to the Vessel and/or the Owners and/or the Managers, and which is otherwise appropriate having regard to the Managers’ obligations under this Agreement;

 

“SOPEP” means the shipboard oil pollution emergency plan in the form approved by the Marine Environment Protection Committee of the International Maritime Organization pursuant to the requirements of Regulations 25 of Annex H of the

4

International Convention of the Protection of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1989 relating thereto, as amended (MARPOL 73/78);

 

“STCW 95” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watch-keeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 or any subsequent amendment thereto;

 

“Supplementary Budget” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 3.3.4 below;

 

“Training Matrix” means the most updated Training Matrix as mutually agreed between the parties, as amended, supplemented or updated from time to time;

 

“Vessel Account” means a bank account in the name of the Managers opened and operated in accordance with Clause 8.4, the details of which shall be notified to the Owners from time to time;

 

“Vessel Condition Report” means a report detailing the physical condition, the progress of the Maintenance Schedule and the performance of the Vessel;

 

“Vessel Data” means all records, invoices, logs, certificates and performance and maintenance data relating to the Vessel and all correspondence and documentation generated, collected or compiled during the provision of the Management Services by either former managers of the Vessel and given to the Managers, or by the Managers, to enable the Owners to effectively operate, manage or sell the Vessel, but excluding the Managers’ internal correspondence and any correspondence (other than invoices) between the Managers and their suppliers;

 

“Working Day” means a day when most banks are open for business in London, New York, Athens, and country of location of relevant bank accounts of Owners.

 

1.2. Interpretation

 

1.2.1. “Owners”, “Managers” and “Charterers” include their respective successors and assigns.

 

1.2.2. Clause headings are inserted for convenience and shall be ignored in construing this Agreement.

 

1.2.3. Unless the context otherwise requires, words denoting the singular number include the plural number and vice versa.

 

1.2.4. References to clauses and annexes are to Clauses and Annexes of this Agreement except where otherwise expressly stated.

 

1.2.5. Reference to any document includes the same as varied, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

5

1.2.6. References to any enactment include any re-enactments, amendments and extensions thereof.

 

2. APPOINTMENT OF MANAGERS

 

2.1. From the Effective Date and continuing, unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers and the Managers hereby agree to act as managers of the Vessel.

 

2.2. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, during the period of this Agreement, the Managers shall carry out the Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Managers shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time consider necessary to enable them to perform their duties and obligations as set out in this Agreement in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice within the limits of authority delegated to them hereunder.

 

3. MANAGEMENT SERVICES

 

3.1. Crew Management

 

3.1.1. The Managers shall provide suitably and adequately qualified Crew for the Vessel in accordance with any requirements of the Owners, as described in the Operational and Maintenance Protocol set forth on Annex “D”, and the provisions of the STCW 95 and the requirements of this Agreement.

 

3.1.2. The Managers shall be responsible for:

 

(i) Selecting, with Owners’ approval, which may be expressed from time to time in the form of standing instructions to the Managers for specific experience and qualification criteria pertaining to the Crew, including but not limited to the Training Matrix, and engaging the Crew (subject to the provisions of Clause 3.1.6 below) for the Vessel including payroll arrangements, pension administration, and insurances for the Crew other than those mentioned in Clause 6;

 

(ii) ensuring at all times the availability and supply of an adequate complement of Crew (including Master, Officers and Ratings complying with Annex “B”) relative to the particular operational status and size of the Vessel;

 

(iii) ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied in respect of manning levels, rank, qualification and certification of the Crew and employment regulations (including those standards set forth by the International Transport Workers’ Federation (ITF)) pertaining to Crew’s tax, payroll, social insurance, welfare, discipline and other applicable requirements;

 

(iv) ensuring that all members of the Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are fit for the duties for which they

6

    are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in accordance with appropriate flag state requirements. In the absence of applicable flag state requirements the medical certificate shall be dated not more than three months prior to the respective Crew member leaving their country of domicile and maintained for the duration of his service on board the Vessel;

 

(v) ensuring that the Crew shall have a command of the English language of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties safely;

 

(vi) arranging transportation of the Crew, including repatriation, at Owners’ cost, unless otherwise arranged by Owners;

 

(vii) providing continuing training of the Crew and supervising their efficiency and competence, consistent with Owners’ requirements but in any event never less than the applicable international or Flag State standard for LNG vessels;

 

(viii) whenever the Vessel is operational, issuing instructions to the Master in accordance with the requirements of the Owners or Charterers, to trade along the most geographically direct, economical and safe route (except for any justifiable deviation allowed under English common law or the Hague Visby Rules and including all deviations that may be necessary in an Emergency Situation) and ensuring the Vessel is worked at a fuel-efficient speed consistent both with port arrival instructions given by the Owners and/or Charterers and with sea conditions;

 

(ix) issuing instructions to the Master to keep full and correct log books and furnishing the Owners with true and accurate copies of such log books when required;

 

(x) conducting union negotiations (if applicable);

 

(xi) operating a drug and alcohol policy, prepared by the Managers and approved by the Owners (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), which includes, as a minimum, the principles set forth in the “Guidelines for the Control of Drugs and Alcohol Aboard Ship” of the Oil Companies International Marine Forum dated June 1995 (and in an amendments or successors thereto);

 

(xii) ensuring that the Crew and any other person on board the Vessel proceeding to sea shall be insured for the Crew Insurances with a first class insurance company, underwriter or protection and indemnity association (the “Crew Insurances”);

 

(xiii) ensuring that all premiums or calls in respect of the Crew Insurances are paid promptly by their due date; and

7

(xiv) ensuring that the Crew Insurances shall name the Owners as co-assured (unless advised by the Owners to the contrary).

 

3.1.3. The Managers shall appoint a superintendent (ship manager) to be responsible for the day to day operation, maintenance and repair of the Vessel, the cost of which shall, subject to Clause 7.4, be included in the Management Fee. Should the Owners have reason to be dissatisfied with the superintendent so appointed, they shall raise their complaint with the Managers. The Managers shall investigate any such complaint promptly and, should the complaint prove to be well founded, the Managers shall replace such superintendent at no extra cost to the Owners.

 

3.1.4. The Managers shall institute onboard and shall ensure onboard compliance with a uniform standard of dress amongst the crew and officers, and uniform credentialing or identification of all crew and officers.

 

3.1.5. Should the Owners have any reason to be dissatisfied with any of the Crew, they shall raise their complaint with the Managers. The Managers shall investigate the complaint promptly and, should the complaint be well founded, the Managers shall replace the Crew member in question and undertake changes in the appointment of the Crew as the Owners may reasonably require.

 

3.1.6. The Managers shall employ the Crew in their name and for their own account and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Managers do not have authority to conclude or enter into contracts of employment with the Crew for and on behalf of the Owners and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owners against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever and howsoever arising from the Managers’ breach of this Clause 3.1.6 or in relation to any disputes relating to Crew contracts of employment.

 

3.1.7. Except as allowed in clause 3.1.2(i), the Managers may not appoint any Senior Officers without the prior approval of the Owners (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), except that in the event that a shortage of crew would be likely to result under the terms of the Charter:

 

(i) in the Vessel going off hire under its Charter; or

 

(ii) an Emergency Situation;

 

and in such circumstances it is not practical for the Managers to wait for Owners’ approval, the Managers may make such temporary appointments as they deem necessary; however, the Vessel’s manning shall always remain in compliance with the regulations of the Flag State’s minimum manning requirements.

 

Officers CV and accomplished training matrix should be provided to the Owners for reviewing prior promotion or assignment to a Senior Officer position.

 

The Owners reserve the right to interview and approve all senior officers candidates.

8

3.2. Operational and Technical Management

 

3.2.1. The Managers shall provide operational and technical management of the Vessel which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

(i) provision of competent personnel with suitable experience of the LNG industry to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel in line with the Training Matrix and the requirements of the Charter;

 

(ii) all maintenance and work for the Vessel so as to ensure that the Vessel complies with all applicable laws including but not limited to IMO, MARPOL and SOLAS (and including, for the avoidance of doubt, all the provisions of the ISM Code), regulations and/or other requirements of the flag of the Vessel and of the Primary Terminals and other places where she trades, all applicable international conventions, all applicable regulations and/or requirements of any terminals or facilities in such port(s) or place(s) where the Vessel may load or discharge, and all requirements and recommendations of the Vessel’s classification society applicable to a Vessel carrying LNG worldwide within the limits of the Charter;

 

(iii) preparing the Maintenance Schedule and regular updates on request (such updates to commence at delivery of the Vessel from the shipyard, and then each year on or around the anniversary upon which the Vessel was classified by its classification society) for approval by the Owners (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

(iv) arrangement and supervision of dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the upkeep of the Vessel in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice provided that the Owners shall allocate sufficient funds and approve the relevant Annual Budgets and Supplementary Budgets to ensure that Managers can incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with the law of the flag of the Vessel and of the places where she trades, and all requirements and recommendations of the classification society;

 

(v) investigating and reporting to Owners any technical faults or problems material to the performance of the Vessel and arranging for their repair in consultation with the Owners;

 

(vi) arrange for the victualing and storing of the Vessel appropriate to the declared operational status of the Vessel and place and effect payment for contracts for lubricating oil, paints and all consumable materials where they are not for the Charterers’ account, together with any other contracts that may be agreed with the Owners from time to time in accordance with Clause 3.2.2;

 

(vii) appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time be necessary;

9

(viii) development, implementation of and maintenance of a SMS and obtaining and maintaining valid certificates evidencing compliance with this Clause, including without limitation, a valid document of compliance in relation to itself and valid safety management certificates in respect of the Vessel as required by the ISM and ISPS Codes;

 

(ix) provide the Owners with copies of any and all documents of compliance and safety management certificates as described in Clause 3.2.1(viii) upon issuance;

 

(x) keep or procure that there is kept on board the Vessel at all times:

 

(a) all certificates and documents required from time to time by any applicable law or regulations to enable her to perform the Charter between the Primary Terminals without delay,

 

(b) valid certificates in force as required by the Flag State,

 

(c) any further certificates and documents required from time to time by any applicable law or regulations to enable her to perform the Charter without delay,

 

(d) an ITF certificate or equivalent allowing Vessel’s calls and operations in all ports to which the Vessel is ordered under the Charter where an ITF certificate or equivalent is required, and

 

(e) a copy of all documents of compliance and the original of any safety management certificates as described in Clause 3.2.1(viii);

 

(xi) arrangement of periodic analysis by third parties of the bunker fuel and reporting the results of such analysis to the Owners (the costs being included in the Vessel’s running costs):

 

(xii) noting requirements resulting from safety and any external ship inspections and implementing these insofar as they affect the operation or safety of the Vessel (such implementation to be at the Owners’ expense);

 

(xiii) implementing safety recommendations issued in terms of all international conventions (at the Owners’ expense);

 

(xiv) arrange, where necessary for the superintendent or other staff of the Managers to visit the Vessel. If the superintendent or other staff of the Managers have reason to spend more than twenty-five (25) days in aggregate in any calendar year (or pro rata for part of a calendar year) visiting the Vessel, their services will be charged out at the rate specified in Clause 7.4 below;

10

(xv) ensure that maritime, safety and cargo custody standards are in accordance with first class international LNG shipping practice and are maintained by the Crew whenever such personnel are serving on board the Vessel;

 

(xvi) arrange and effect payment on behalf of the Owners for the towage of the Vessel when appropriate;

 

(xvii) arrange, maintain, and effect preparation and payment on behalf of the Owners for suitable moorings for the Vessel for lay-up at such locations as may from time to time be mutually agreed relative to the Vessel’s positioning requirements of the Owners;

 

(xviii) handle port disbursement accounts where these are not for the Charterers’ account;

 

(xix) navigate the Vessel, handle all necessary communications, manage all cargo operations on behalf of Owners, and provide for the security and safety of the Vessel, cargo and Crew, all in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice;

 

(xx) ensure that the Vessel is compatible with existing LNG liquefaction terminals, regasification terminals and ship/shore interfaces, at the Primary Terminals and to maintain such compatibility and all necessary certificates and documentation;

 

(xxi) undertake vessel-terminal compatibility studies as requested by Owners and at Owners’ expense; and

 

(xxii) manage and operate the Vessel on behalf of the Owners in any part of the world to first class industry standards for an LNG carrier, provided that the Vessel shall be employed in lawful trades, as the Owners may direct, between good and safe ports and places where she can always be safely afloat, and further provided that the Vessel shall not trade to ports or areas where, at the time in question, there are expected to be hostilities, wars, warlike operations, civil commotions or revolutions, unless the Owners are able to obtain war risks insurance against such eventuality.

 

Managers shall at all times have the right to refuse to carry out any instructions from the Owners or the Charterers to trade or lay up the Vessel if Managers can clearly demonstrate that by doing so, it would contravene any applicable laws and regulations of the Vessel’s flag, the classification society or of the places she trades.

 

Furthermore, Managers shall not be held to be in breach of this Agreement, should at any time the Vessel fail to conform to its class standards or fail to conform to statutory or international standards, except to the extent that such failures result from the negligence or breach of this Agreement by the Managers.

11

3.2.2. Procurement

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Managers shall have discretion to procure all stores, spares, equipment, provisions, oils, fuels and any other goods, materials or services to be supplied to the Vessel by the Managers in performance of their Management Services from whatever source or supplier they may deem appropriate provided that:

 

(i) the Managers use all reasonable efforts to achieve the lowest prices available for the appropriate quality of goods or services;

 

(ii) the Managers shall provide Owners with the benefit of all discounts, rebates or other financial incentives provided by any suppliers, and all amounts billed to Owners in connection with all stores, spares, equipment, provisions, oils, fuels and any other goods, materials or services to be supplied to the Vessel shall reflect any such discounts, rebates or financial incentives; and

 

(iii) the Owners reserve the right to require the Managers to procure such goods, materials and services from sources or suppliers they may notify to the Managers from time to time provided that:

 

(a) the Owners shall not unreasonably interfere with the aforementioned Managers’ procurement processes;

 

(b) the Owners may not force the Managers to breach the terms of any existing procurement contract to the extent such contract is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and standard industry practices; and

 

(c) the Owners have due regard to the interests of the Managers in fostering good long-term relationships with suppliers;

 

and where the Owners utilize their rights under this Clause 3.2.2, the Managers shall in no circumstances be liable for the quality or pricing of the goods, materials and services so provided.

 

3.3. Accounting, Budgeting, and Reporting

 

3.3.1. The Managers shall:

 

(i) provide an accounting system in respect of the Vessel which meets the reasonable requirements of the Owners, and provide regular accounting services and supply regular accounting reports and records; and

 

(ii) maintain a record of all costs and expenditure incurred as well as data necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the parties.

 

3.3.2. The Managers shall present to the Owners annually a budget in respect of the estimated costs of operating the Vessel for the following twelve months in the current

12

  reporting form of the Managers, which is acceptable to the Owners (the “ Annual Budget ”). The initial Annual Budget is attached hereto at Annex “C,” and shall be for the period from the Effective Date until 31 December 2014, with a full twelve (12) month Annual Budget submitted yearly thereafter, ending on the day immediately preceding the Review Date. Subsequent Annual Budgets shall be prepared by the Managers for approval by the Owners at least two (2) months before each Review Date.

 

3.3.3. The Owners shall indicate to the Managers their acceptance and approval of the Annual Budget within one month of presentation and in the absence of any such indication the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted the Annual Budget as provided.

 

3.3.4. If after the approval of the Annual Budget pursuant to Clauses 3.3.2 and 3.3.3, the Owners or Managers anticipate material changes in the Operational Costs (or in respect of the initial Annual Budget set out in Annex “C”, if the Managers believe such initial Annual Budget is inaccurate or unworkable), then the Managers shall prepare a supplementary budget reflecting such changes (the “ Supplementary Budget ”) for approval by the Owners and the Owners shall indicate their approval or non-approval of a Supplementary Budget within one month of it being presented to them (and in the absence of any such indication, the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted a Supplementary Budget). Upon approval by the Owners, a Supplementary Budget shall be treated as the Annual Budget for the year in question or the remainder thereof.

 

3.3.5. For the avoidance of doubt, the Managers shall not incur expenditure in respect of the Vessel in excess of the Annual Budget (with due consideration to the fact that expenditure may be phased over varying periods or may fluctuate from month to month, notwithstanding that such expenditure was budgeted for on an annual basis) or incur expenditure that has not been accounted for in any Annual Budget without the prior consent of the Owners (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

3.3.6. Notwithstanding Clause 3.3.5, the Managers may in each Annual Budget period, as specified in Clause 3.3.2, incur expenditure on behalf of the Owners in respect of items that are not budgeted for in the Annual Budget, or for amounts in excess of the Annual Budget amounts, without the approval of the Owners provided that:

 

(i) such expenditure is used only for the proper performance of the Management Services; and

 

(ii) such total expenditure does not exceed five (5) per cent of the total budgeted amount for that Annual Budget period or such other amount that may be agreed by the parties from time to time.

 

3.3.7. The Managers shall:

13

(i) by the fifteenth (15 th ) Working Day of the month provide the Owners with a Vessel Condition Report in respect of the previous month in such form as the Owners (acting reasonably) may require;

 

(ii) by the fifteenth (15 th ) Working Day of each month provide the Owners with a comparison between the budgeted Operational Costs as set out in the Annual Budget and actual Operational Costs in respect of the previous month (in accordance with the form set out in Annex “F”);

 

(iii) by the fifteenth (15 th ) Working Day of each month provide the Owners with a request for funds based upon an estimate of the funding requirements of the Vessel that are required in respect of the next month together with any requests for approval of expenditure pursuant to Clause 3.3.5 and any proposed amendments to the Annual Budget pursuant to Clause 3.3.4; and

 

(iv) by the fifteenth (15th) Working Day of each month provide the Owners with a consolidated report on actual Operational Costs and if requested by the Owners, capital costs, including all expenses in relation to financing of the Vessel, in respect of the previous month.

 

3.3.8. If requested and in such manner as may be required by the Owners, the Managers shall provide the necessary personnel, hardware and software, and other resources necessary to administer on Owners’ behalf and in its name the invoicing and collection of hire payable under the Charter.

 

3.4. Health, Safety, Security, and Environmental Protection

 

3.4.1. The Managers shall operate a management system which shall be approved by the Owners (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and comply and ensure that the Vessel and the Crew comply with all applicable health, safety, security and environmental laws and regulations, and nothing in this Clause 3.4 shall derogate from the obligations of Managers to comply with its statutory responsibilities insofar as they relate to the other Management Services.

 

3.4.2. The Managers shall, in relation to all persons engaged or likely to be engaged in the execution of the Management Services, take such steps as are reasonably practicable to ensure their health and safety.

 

3.4.3. The Managers shall make available for inspection by the Owners at all times all registers, records and other documentation concerning health, safety, security (where appropriate) and environmental matters relating to the Management Services.

 

3.4.4. The Managers shall send to the Owners a copy of every notice or other communication received from or sent to any person or body concerning health, safety, security and/or environmental matters relating to the Management Services and shall co-operate with the Owners in respect of all such health, security, safety and/or environmental matters, as may from time to time be requested by the Owners

14

3.4.5. The Managers shall use all reasonable endeavors to ensure that no oil, or harmful or hazardous substances, of any description, shall be discharged or escape accidentally or otherwise, from the Vessel; and that the Vessel, its Officers and Crew comply with all international, national, and state oil and air pollution laws, conventions or regulations applying in, or to, international waters and the territorial waters of the countries into which the Vessel may trade under the Charter including the provisions of OPA 90 that apply to tank ships. This shall also include adhering to the standards promulgated under OPA 90 as those regulations apply to non-tankships operating within the jurisdiction of the United States whether or not the same strictly apply to the Vessel.

 

3.4.6. The Managers shall not treat, keep or dispose of any waste produced and/or carried by the Managers as a result of the Management Services in a manner likely to cause harm to the health and safety of any person or harm to the environment (as far as the same may be reasonably practical) and shall comply with every statutory duty which is relevant.

 

3.4.7. During the execution of the Management Services, the Managers shall take such steps as are reasonably practicable to avoid (or where avoidance is not possible, to minimize) harm to the environment.

 

3.4.8. The Managers will prepare and obtain all necessary approvals for a SOPEP. The SOPEP will be written in the English language and will be reviewed and updated as required and be maintained with the correct list of coastal state contacts. If required, the Managers will arrange for the translation of the SOPEP into another language. The Managers will also undertake regular training of the Crew in the use of SOPEP including drills to ensure that the SOPEP functions as expected and that contact and information details specified are accurate.

 

3.4.9. The Managers shall prepare a HSSE Report in such form and detail as the Owners (acting reasonably) require, to be submitted to the Owners on the 5th day of the following month.

 

3.5. Insurance Arrangements

 

3.5.1. The Owners shall arrange insurances in accordance with Clause 6.1.

 

3.5.2. The Managers shall immediately inform and keep the Owners informed of any incident which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes relating to the insurances effected in accordance with Clause 6.

 

3.5.3. The Owners shall or, in their sole discretion instruct the Managers on a case-by-case basis and in consultation with the Owners to, handle insurance, average and salvage claims in connection with the Vessel. Any costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in handling claims in accordance with this Clause shall be paid by or for the account of the Owners. Until notified to the contrary, the Managers shall process all insurance claims relating to the Crew, in consultation with Owners.

15

3.6. Sale or Purchase of the Vessel

 

The Managers shall, if requested, provide Owners with technical assistance in connection with any sale of the Vessel. Any costs or out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Managers in providing such technical assistance shall be paid by or for the account of the Owners. The Owners will, however, be solely responsible for agreeing the terms of any agreement regulating any sale.

 

3.7. General Administration

 

3.7.1. The Owners may, in their sole discretion and upon such terms and conditions as the Owners shall specify, instruct the Managers on a case-by-case basis to handle and/or settle all claims relating to the Vessel including but without limitation any claims involving the Charterers.

 

3.7.2. The Managers shall keep the Owners informed regarding any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes involving the Charterers or other third parties.

 

3.7.3. The Owners shall, or in their sole discretion instruct the Managers on a case-by-case basis to, bring or defend actions, suits or proceedings in connection with matters entrusted to the Managers pursuant to this Agreement.

 

3.7.4. Where the Managers are retained to handle and/or settle claims relating to the Vessel pursuant to Clause 3.7.1, the Managers shall be entitled to obtain legal or technical or other outside expert advice in relation to the handling and settlement of such claims and disputes.

 

3.7.5. The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security in connection with any such claims.

 

3.7.6. Any external costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations in accordance with this Clause 3.7 shall be paid by or for the account of the Owners provided that the Owners have instructed the Managers in accordance with Clause 3.7.1.

 

3.8. Quality Assurance

 

3.8.1. The Managers shall have and maintain a quality assurance/quality management system (the “ Quality Assurance & Quality Management System ”). This system shall include on board and on shore operation/ management and shall at the time of delivery, or as reasonably soon thereafter, meet the requirements of ISO-9001-2008 and ISO-14001-2004 or any subsequent addition or substitution approved by the Owners. The Quality Assurance & Quality Management System shall be documented and available to the Owners for approval within three (3) months of execution of this Agreement. The Managers shall supply documentation to the Owners on request confirming the continued maintenance and operation of the Quality Assurance &
16

  Quality Management System in good standing throughout the period of this Agreement.  

 

3.9. [Reserved]

 

4. MANAGERS’ OBLIGATIONS

 

4.1. The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the agreed Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in a timely and efficient manner in accordance with first class international LNG ship management practice and the Operational and Maintenance Protocol set forth on Annex “D” and to protect and promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of the Management Services hereunder provided, however, that the Managers in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to the Managed Fleet, and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and reasonable.

 

4.2. The Managers shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and the Managers shall in particular be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM and ISPS Codes, thereby assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by these Codes when applicable. The Managers shall comply at all times with the requirements of the ISM, ISPS, and MTSA Codes, and the Managers shall immediately inform Owners if there is any threatened or actual withdrawal of Managers document of compliance or the Vessel’s safety management certificate or ISS (Security Certificate).

 

4.3. In addition to the specific obligations to keep the Owners informed hereunder, the Managers shall keep the Owners informed of all relevant information regarding the Vessel and the performance of the Management Services which the Owners may, acting reasonably, specify from time to time.

 

4.4. When the Managers become aware of an Emergency Situation, they shall immediately contact the Owners and keep the Owners informed in respect of such Emergency Situation.

 

4.5. If, in an Emergency Situation, the Managers (or the Master) are required pursuant to this Agreement to solicit an approval from the Owners, but in such circumstances it is not practical to wait for such approval, then notwithstanding any other term in this Agreement, the Managers (or the Master) may take whatever action they may deem necessary to deal with such Emergency Situation.
17

5. OWNERS’ OBLIGATIONS

 

5.1. The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

5.2. The Owners shall provide prompt responses to any requests made by the Managers pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.3. The Owners shall (subject to any confidentiality restrictions) provide the Managers with any relevant information relating to the Charters or Charterers and shall notify the Managers upon a change of Charterers or upon any new Charter in respect of the Vessel.

 

5.4. The Owners shall use reasonable endeavours (and subject to any confidentiality restrictions) to ensure that the Charterers shall keep the Managers informed of the relevant terms of any gas supply contract, charter party, contract of affreightment, contract of insurance and any other document relating to the Vessel and its cargo that the Managers may reasonably require in order to perform their obligations hereunder.

 

6. INSURANCE POLICIES

 

6.1. The Owners shall procure throughout the period of this Agreement that:

 

(i) at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured for usual hull and machinery marine risks (including crew negligence) and war risks in accordance with the first class practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type to the Vessel;

 

(ii) at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured against Protection and Indemnity risks (including pollution risks) based upon the Standard Rules of a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs and have arranged for the Managers to be included as named co-assured, and provide the Managers with Certificates of Entry to evidence that such insurances have been effected and confirm renewal within fifteen (15) Working Days of the same;

 

(iii) where the Vessel is directed to call at any port within the United States of America and at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel carries a Certificate of Financial Responsibility as required by the United States Offshore Pollution Act 1990;

 

(iv) the Vessel is insured against such other risks (including Freight, Demurrage and Defense) that are appropriate to the Vessel’s trade;

 

(v) the Owners’ Insurances name the Owners and the Managers as co-assureds, with full cover, with the Owners obtaining cover in respect of each of the insurances specified in Clause 6.1 on terms whereby the Owners are liable in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; and
18

(vi) written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, of compliance by the Owners with their obligations under Clause 6 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement, and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the Owners’ Insurances.

 

6.2. Insofar as it affects the superintendent and other shore staff employed by the Managers in connection with this Agreement, the Managers shall procure and maintain at their own expense appropriate insurance cover with first class insurers in respect of death or injury to such superintendents or shore staff, and such insurance shall comply with all applicable law.

 

6.3. Managers shall name Owners as co-assureds on this insurance cover, and Managers agree to waive all subrogation rights against Owners that might arise under this entire Clause 6.

 

7. MANAGEMENT FEE

 

7.1. Subject to any adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Clause 7.2 the Owners shall pay to the Managers for the provision of Management Services, a monthly management fee of Fourty-Six Thousand Dollars (US$46,000) (the “Management Fee”) which shall be paid each calendar month in advance by the first Working Day of each applicable month provided that where a payment is due in respect of any part of a month that payment shall be paid on a pro-rata basis, such sums to be paid into the Managers’ Account. All invoices for the Management Fee shall be submitted by the Managers to the Owners in advance on a monthly basis.

 

7.2. If, during any calendar month, the Vessel is in:

 

(i) “deep” lay-up (that is with sea chests sealed off and all system drained down) the Management Fee shall be Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars (US$3,500) per month and pro rata in respect of any part month; or

 

(ii) a partially manned stand-by condition, during a period of lay-up (other than deep lay-up) or during reactivation periods or during any period where the Managers are preparing to take over management of the Vessel from a third party the Management Fee shall be Ten Thousand Dollars (US$10,000) per month and pro rata in respect of any part month.

 

7.3. The Management Fee is exclusive of value added tax and any other existing sales or services tax that may be applicable. The Managers warrant that at the Effective Date, no such taxes are payable in respect of the Management Fee under Greek Law.

 

The Management Fee payable to the Managers will be adjusted annually on the first Review Date after the Effective Date and on each Review Date thereafter. The adjustment will be agreed between the Parties in good faith on the basis of general inflation and proof of increases in actual costs incurred by the Managers.

19

7.4. In addition to the Management Fee, if the Managers’ superintendent or other staff are reasonably required to spend more than twenty-five (25) days in aggregate visiting the Vessel in any calendar year (or pro-rata for part of a calendar year), the cost of visits in excess of twenty-five (25) days shall be paid by the Owners, into the Managers’ Account, at a rate of One Thousand Dollars (US$1,000.00) per day (or pro rata in respect of any part day on board the Vessel). Notwithstanding the foregoing, all reasonable travelling expenses in connection with reasonably required visits to the Vessel by Managers’ superintendent or other staff (excluding visits in connection with drydocking) shall be part of the Management Fee, irrespective of the duration of such visits.

 

7.5. In the event of this Agreement being terminated by the Owners or the Managers in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.3 or 17.4, the Management Fee payable to the Managers according to the provisions of Clauses 7.1 and 7.2, shall continue to be payable for a further period of three calendar months as from the termination date. In addition, provided that the Managers provide Crew for the Vessel in accordance with Clause 3.1:

 

(i) the Owners shall continue to pay Crew Support Costs during the said further period of three calendar months; and

 

(ii) the Owners shall pay any reasonable Severance Costs which may materialise provided the Managers have used reasonable endeavours to mitigate such obligations to the Crew.

 

7.6. Unless otherwise agreed in writing all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers in the course of the management of the Vessel shall be credited to the Owners.

 

7.7. The Owners shall, in respect of each year of this Agreement, on or around the Review Date, decide whether or not to pay an Incentive Bonus to the Managers for remittance to the Crew of an amount and in the manner described in Annex “H” attached hereto.

 

Any Incentive Bonus that the Owners decide to pay shall be paid into the Managers’ Account with fifteen (15) Working Days of the Review Date and the Managers shall remit any such bonus to the Crew. In addition the Owners shall within fifteen (15) Working Days of the Review Date provide a written explanation to the Managers of their decision which sets out in reasonable detail the rationale for making such a decision.

 

8. VESSEL EXPENSES

 

8.1. Upon receipt of a request for funds for the Vessel pursuant to Clause 3.3.7 (iii) the Owners shall pay such funds into the Vessel Account, provided that such request is made in respect of items and amounts accounted for the Annual Budget or made in respect of items or amounts for which the Managers do not require the approval of the Owners pursuant to Clause 3.3.6.
20

8.2. In the event that the Managers request funds from the Owners pursuant to Clause 3.3.7(iii), but the Owners are not obliged to pay such funds pursuant to Clause 8.1, then the Owners may refuse to provide such funds provided that, in such circumstances, the Managers shall not be liable for any losses or damages incurred by the Owners as a result of such refusal and in any event, the Owners shall not unreasonably refuse to pay or delay the payment of such sums.

 

8.3. All sums payable by the Owners in respect of requests made by the Managers pursuant to Clauses 8.1 and 8.2 shall be paid into the Vessel Account by the first Working Day of the month following that month in which such request was made.

 

8.4. The Managers shall open the Vessel Account and communicate the details of the Vessel Account to the Owners prior to the Effective Date. The Vessel Account shall be an account that only contains monies payable into such Vessel Account pursuant to this Agreement. All monies paid into the Vessel Account (including interest, if payable) shall be held on trust for and to the credit of the Owners and the Managers may only utilise funds in the Vessel Account for the proper performance of the Management Services hereunder. The Managers shall provide full details of all transactions in relation to the Vessel Account and shall procure that monthly Vessel Account bank statements are provided to the Owners for each month of this Agreement.

 

8.5. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services.

 

9. MANAGERS’ RIGHT TO SUB-CONTRACT

 

9.1. The Managers shall have the right to sub-contract any of their obligations in this Agreement, subject to Clause 9.2 below.

 

9.2. The Managers shall obtain the prior written consent of the Owners if they wish to sub-contract any of their obligations under this Agreement for amounts exceeding Fifty Thousand United States Dollars over and beyond the approved Annual Budget.

 

9.3. Notwithstanding any sub-contract the Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement, the Managers shall procure that each sub-contractor engaged pursuant to this Clause 9 shall comply with the requirements of Clause 3.4.

 

10. RESPONSIBILITIES

 

10.1. Force Majeure

 

10.1.1. Neither the Owners, nor the Managers shall be liable for any loss or damage or total or partial failure to perform this Agreement (other than a failure to perform an obligation to pay money) caused wholly or partly by any circumstances or things beyond the reasonable control of the Owners or the Managers, as the case may be,
21

  including (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) acts of God, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, wars, terrorism, insurrections, riots, violent demonstrations, criminal offences, acts and omissions of civil or military authority or of usurped power, requisition or hire by any governmental or other competent authority, embargoes.  

 

10.1.2. The party invoking force majeure will advise the other party of the force majeure event at the earliest opportunity and also advise same party of the likely duration of such force majeure situation.

 

10.2. Liability to Owners

 

The Managers shall be under no liability to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services, unless the same is proved to have resulted from the breach of this Agreement, fraud, gross negligence, or wilful misconduct of the Managers or their employees, or agents or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers’ personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result) the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall not exceed a total of twelve (12) times the monthly Management Fee of Forty-Six Thousand Dollars (US$46,000) as adjusted annually pursuant to Clause 7.3 above.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein contained in the contrary, the Managers shall not be liable for any of the actions of the Crew, even if such actions are negligent or wilful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under Clauses 3.1 or 3.4, in which case their liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 10.2.

 

10.3. Indemnity

 

Except to the extent and solely for the amount that the Managers would be liable under Clause 10.2, the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Agreement, and against and in respect of all costs, losses, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement.

22
10.4. “Himalaya”

 

It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including sub-contractors from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this Clause 10, every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions of this Clause 10 the Managers are or shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.

 

11. DOCUMENTATION

 

11.1. The Managers shall also maintain and cause their agents to maintain and retain in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices, applicable tax requirements and good international shipping practices, all books, accounts and records pertaining to this Agreement, and all records, documents and other materials related to the Managers’ implementation of and compliance with the Quality Assurance & Quality Control System, including vouchers, invoices, receipts, correspondence, copies of original documents and such other documentation as is necessary in order to verify the compensation payable hereunder.

 

11.2. The Managers shall make available, upon Owners’ request, all documentation and records relating to the performance of the Management Services, the SMS and/or the Crew which the Owners require in order to demonstrate compliance with the ISM Code, ISPS Code, and STCW 95, or to defend or prosecute a claim against a third party or otherwise.

 

11.3. All Vessel Data is and shall remain the property of the Owners and shall be made available to the Owners by the Managers on the Owners’ request. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Managers shall promptly provide the Owners with all the Vessel Data, whether onboard the Vessel or otherwise.

 

11.4. The Managers shall retain and properly store all Vessel Data in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice. If, in the Managers’ opinion, certain Vessel Data should be destroyed, then the Managers shall first offer to return that Vessel Data (at the Owners’ expense) to the Owners, and in the event that the Owners decline such offer, the Managers may destroy such Vessel Data.
23

12. DEPLOYMENT OF THE VESSEL

 

12.1. The Managers shall ensure that the Crew of the Vessel shall comply with any Permanent Instructions.

 

12.2. The Owners may change the terms of the Permanent Instructions, or upon the execution of a new Charter replace the existing Permanent Instructions with new Permanent Instructions with the consent of the Managers which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

12.3. In the event that the Managers or the Crew receive instructions from the Charterers, that in the opinion of the Managers, conflict with instructions provided by the Owners or which go beyond the scope of authority of the Charterers (to the extent such scope of authority has been disclosed by the Owners to the Managers), the Managers shall use best endeavours to immediately notify the Owners and the Charterers of the same. In such circumstances, subject to Clause 3.1.2(viii), the Owners’ instructions shall take precedence over the Charterers’ instructions.

 

12.4. Except for the purposes of saving life, the Vessel shall not, unless expressly authorised by the Owners, undertake attempts of salvage.

 

12.5. If:

 

(i) the Vessel undertakes attempts at salvage pursuant to Clause 12.4, or

 

(ii) the Vessel requests that a third party attempts salvage of the Vessel,

 

then without prejudice to the Master of the Vessel’s overriding right to take whatever action he may deem necessary to preserve life or prevent the loss of the Vessel, all salvage shall be under the terms of the current “Lloyds Open Form No Cure — No Pay” agreement.

 

12.6. Any proceeds arising from salvage of third party property shall be for the benefit of the Owners.

 

12.7. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Managers shall not (and shall procure that the Crew shall not), without the written consent of the Owners, sign any bill of lading on behalf of the Owners.

 

13. AUDITING

 

13.1. The Managers shall prepare the Annual Budget and accounts (as referred to in Clause 3.3.1 above) and shall make the same available for inspection and auditing by the Owners at such times as may be mutually agreed.

 

13.2. The Owners shall have the right to audit the Managers’ records and documentation as set out in Clause 11 above for the purpose of verifying their correctness and completeness at all times on reasonable notice to the Managers. Where staff or
24

  auditors of the Owners visit the premises of the Managers for the purpose of carrying out an audit, the Managers shall provide office space and facilities to such staff or auditors at no extra cost to the Owners.

 

14. INSPECTION OF VESSEL

 

14.1. The Owners shall have the right at any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers to inspect the Vessel for any reason they consider necessary.

 

15. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS ETC.

 

15.1. The Managers will not do or permit to be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement or the laws and regulations of the Vessel’s flag, the classification society or of the Primary Terminals and other places where she trades.

 

16. DURATION OF THE AGREEMENT

 

16.1. This Agreement is entered into on the date of signing and shall continue until terminated in accordance with Clause 17.

 

17. TERMINATION

 

17.1. If the Managers:

 

(i) fail to meet any material obligation under this Agreement; or

 

(ii) fail to meet any obligation under this Agreement that has a material adverse effect upon the Owners or the Vessel;

 

then the Owners may give notice to the Managers of the default, requiring them to remedy it (if such default is capable of being remedied) as soon as practically possible. In the event that the default is not capable of being remedied or the Managers fail to remedy the default within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Owners, the Owners shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by giving the Managers ninety (90) days’ written notice.

 

17.2. The Owners may also terminate this Agreement by giving the Managers ninety (90) days’ written notice in the event that the Managers, in the reasonable opinion of the Owners, fail to manage the Vessel in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice and such failure has not been remedied within a reasonable time after written notice of such failure.

 

17.3. The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement by notice in writing if:

 

(i) any moneys payable by the Owners to the Managers have not been received into the Managers’ Account within thirty (30) days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays) of payment having been requested in writing by the Managers; or
25

(ii) this Agreement or any of the Owners’ rights and/or obligations are assigned to any person or entity without the Managers’ prior written agreement or approval.

 

17.4. This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated:

 

(i) in the case of the sale of the Vessel (other than a sale or transfer to an Affiliate of the Owners);

 

(ii) if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned for hire; or

 

(iii) in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than of the purpose of a solvent reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver or similar officer is appointed of the whole or a material part of its assets or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

 

17.5. If the Owners elect to provide Officers and, for any reason within their control, the Owners fail to:

 

(i) procure Officers and Ratings supplied by them or on their behalf, complying with the requirements of STCW 95; or

 

(ii) instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers’ SMS;

 

then the Managers may give notice to the Owners of the default, requiring them to remedy it (if such default is capable of being remedied) as soon as practicably possible. In the event that the default is not capable of being remedied or if the Owners fail to remedy the default within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate this agreement.

 

17.6. [Reserved]

 

17.7. Notwithstanding Clauses 17.1 and 17.2, the Owners shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time and for any reason by giving the other party not less than three (3) months’ written notice of their intention to terminate this Agreement.

 

17.8. If the Owners proceed with the employment of, or continue to employ the Vessel in blockade running or in an unlawful trade or on a voyage, which in the reasonable opinion of the Managers, is unduly hazardous, the Managers may give notice to the Owners requiring them to cease to employ the Vessel in such manner as soon as possible. If the Owners fail to comply with such notice within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.
26

17.9. The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination.

 

18. MISCELLANEOUS

 

18.1. The confidentiality obligations of the parties are set out in a separate Confidentiality Agreement that is attached for reference in Annex “G”.

 

18.2. A person who is not a party to this Agreement may not enforce, or otherwise have the benefit of, any provision of this Agreement under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, but this provision does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

 

18.3. At the expiry or earlier termination of any existing ship management agreement(s) in relation to the Vessel, Managers shall co-operate in the transfer arrangements to be notified to the Managers by the Owners and shall facilitate the smooth transition of all operations and duties to Managers with the minimum of disruption.

 

18.4. Either party may at any time assign or transfer to an Affiliate its respective rights and obligations under this Agreement provided that they first obtain the written consent of the other party. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and the parties agree to promptly execute any reasonable novation or transfer documentation to give effect to such an assignment or transfer.

 

19. LAW AND ARBITRATION

 

19.1. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

 

19.2. The arbitration shall be construed and conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. The language used for such arbitration shall be English and the arbitration shall be conducted in London.

 

19.3. The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.
27

19.4. Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

 

19.5. In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. The language used for such arbitration shall be English and the arbitration shall be conducted in London.

 

20. NOTICES AND BANK ACCOUNTS

 

20.1. Any notice to be given by either party to the other party pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective upon delivery pursuant to Clause 20.2 and shall be sent by fax, registered mail or by personal service to the following addresses:

 

for the Owners:

 

GAS-four Ltd.

Claredon House

2 Church Street

Hamilton HM11

Bermuda

Fax. No.:

Attn:

 

for the Managers:

 

GasLog LNG Services Ltd.
Piraeus Branch Office
69, Akti Miaouli,
185 37 Piraeus, Greece
Fax No: +30 210 4591247

 

Attention: Theodoros Katemidis, General Manager

 

20.2. A notice is deemed to have been received:

 

(i) if delivered personally, at the time of delivery;

 

(ii) in the case of fax, at the time of transmission;

 

(iii) in the case of delivery of courier, on the date of receipt by the courier of written acknowledgement of such delivery;

 

(iv) in the case of pre-paid first class post, recorded delivery or registered post, on receipt; and
28

(v) if deemed receipt under the previous paragraphs of this sub-clause is not within business hours (meaning 9:00 am to 5:30 pm Monday to Friday (or Sunday to Thursday if the place of receipt is in Egypt) on a day that is not a public holiday in the place of receipt), when business next starts in the place of receipt.

 

20.3. For the purposes of this Agreement, the Managers’ Account currently has the following details:

 

  Account Holder : GasLog LNG Services Ltd.
       
  Bank : CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc
      (47-49, Akti Miaouli, 185 36 Piraeus, Greece)
       
  IBAN : GR35 0840 00200 000 00 44 4031026
       
  Account Number : 044 4031026
       
  Currency : Dollars

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties have duly signed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf
of GAS-four
by
 
in the presence of

 

SIGNED for and on behalf
of GASLOG LNG SERVICES LTD.
by
 
in the presence of
29

ANNEX “A”

 

DETAILS OF VESSEL

 

[OWNERS TO PROVIDE ON OR BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE]

 

ANNEX “B”
DETAILS OF CREW / OFFICERS
RATINGS

 

[MANAGERS TO PROVIDE AT LEAST 30 DAYS PRIOR TO EFFECTIVE DATE]

 

ANNEX “C”
INITIAL BUDGET

 

To be provided in accordance with Clause 3.3.2 prior to the Effective Date and once approved by Owners to be inserted

 

ANNEX “D”
OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE PROTOCOL

 

The provisions of this Operational and Maintenance Protocol (“Protocol”) are integral with the provisions of the Agreement. The owner of the vessel agrees to provide the manager with the necessary financial resources to comply with the requirements of this Operational and Maintenance Protocol.

 

The Vessel shall always be operated and maintained in accordance with the first class international standards for LNG vessels. These standards shall include, without limitation, that:

 

· The Vessel is always manned, operated and maintained in a safe and prudent manner to minimise the risk of accidents;

 

· the maintenance and operation of the Vessel shall be thorough and proactive and not based merely on the minimum standards required by the Vessel’s flag state and classification society but to the highest standards applicable in the shipping and LNG industry;

 

· the Manager agrees to maintain membership in the Society of International Gas Tankers and Terminal Operators Association (SIGTTO) and to abide by all guidelines, recommendations, and training schedules that are applicable to the safe and reliable operation of LNG vessels made by this industry association;

 

· the Manager agrees to observe and abide by all guidelines, recommendations, and training standards that are promulgated by the Oil Companies’ International Marine Forum (OCIMF) and are applicable to the safe and reliable operation of LNG vessels made by this industry association;

 

· the Vessel shall be maintained and refurbished and where necessary restored to ensure the safe, reliable, and efficient transportation of LNG for a minimum 40 year trading life.

 

Other than for Manager-scheduled maintenance periods of seventy two (72) hours every six (6) months (days which shall be agreed by Owner), Owners expect the Vessel to be available for the safe and efficient transportation of LNG for 100% of the year. The Manager shall put in place a robust and comprehensive vessel management system designed to meet this availability objective.

 

The Managers shall take the necessary steps to promote a culture of safety awareness, compliance with established procedures, and non-conformance reporting to facilitate continuous improvement throughout the organization including all crewmembers onboard the Vessel.

 

CREWING

 

The Managers agree that having a well-trained and qualified vessel crew and shoreside support staff, well versed in LNG vessel operations and management, is the foundation of a safe, reliable, and efficient LNG vessel operation.

 

· The Managers agree to adhere to the Training Matrix, and also agree that if the Training Matrix conflicts with less stringent standards contained in this Agreement, the Training Matrix will control.

 

· Managers shall arrange for all Deck Officers, including the Master, to attend Bridge Team Management Training at one of the recognized training centers. This training shall be repeated every five (5) calendar years.

 

· Managers are required to ensure that all Masters have attended a ship handling simulator-training course applicable for the type of vessel in use for LNG transportation. The training shall be repeated at a minimum of every five (5) calendar years.

 

· In addition to the requirements of the Management Agreement, all senior operational positions (Master, Chief Engineer, Chief Mate, and Second Engineers, Cargo Engineer) on board must have a minimum of three (3) years of sea time (time onboard) experience onboard LNG Carriers in any position in the position directly below the senior operational position they will assume. All senior operational positions must receive a minimum of two (2) weeks vessel familiarization and specific operational training, with a training scope appropriate to their position, prior to embarking onboard the Vessel for the first time. Any deviation from this section’s experience requirement must be approved by Owner.

 

· All officers and unlicensed crew on board require, as a minimum, specific training on the hazards and unique operational aspects associated with LNG carriers that meet the requirements of Section A-V/l paragraphs 1-7 of the STCW 1995 convention. All licensed officers that form part of the cargo transfer watch or carry out operational or maintenance duties and responsibilities directly related to the vessel’s cargo system shall also receive specific training meeting the requirements of Section A-V/l paragraphs 22-34 of the STCW 1995 convention. The Managers are to document what special LNG ship operations training is provided to licensed and unlicensed crewmembers prior to their employment on the LNG carrier.

 

· All crew are required to be properly qualified and certificated in accordance with the IMO Standards of Training, Certification and Watch keeping for Seafarers (STCW), 1995, as amended, and in compliance with the Training Matrix.
 
· Managers shall provide to Owners copies of all newly appointed senior officers’ certification and details of experience prior to their embarkation onboard the Vessel. Owners have the right to review and verify the qualifications of all LNG vessel senior officers prior to their embarkation onboard the Vessel. Owners shall be given the opportunity to approve the certificates and experience of all senior officers a reasonable period prior to their initial embarkation onboard the Vessel), and shall have the discretion to reject any such officer if they do not meet the qualification and training requirements agreed between the Manager and Owners. Owners’ approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

· Procedures shall be put in place in the ship’s Safety Management System clearly documenting who is responsible for the ship’s LNG Cargo System including cargo transfer operations. The responsibilities and interface between the Chief Mate and Cargo Engineer shall be clearly defined. The Managers shall identify and document the qualifications of a Person In Charge (PIC) of the Cargo Transfer Watch that exceed the requirements of Regulation V/l of the STCW 95 requirements. These qualifications shall be made available to Owners upon request. A training program shall be established and documented for junior officers to allow them to meet the qualifications of the PIC of the Cargo Transfer Watch during periods of steady state operation to allow the Chief Officer and Cargo Engineer to take rest periods if required to meet work hour restrictions. This program shall include some mechanism for competency assessment either on a cargo simulator or under supervised conditions during an actual cargo transfer onboard the Vessel.

 

· The Manager shall establish, as a minimum, the following policies and should ensure that all officers and crew are fully conversant and comply with these policies:

 

· Safety Policy
· Health Policy
· Environmental Policy

· Quality of Service Policy

· Operations Policy

· Navigation Policy

· Maintenance Policy

· Drug and Alcohol Policy

 

· The Manager shall ensure that all seafarers undergo a medical examination, which shall include a drug and alcohol test annually. On completion of a satisfactory medical examination a certificate shall be issued which shall remain valid for the period that the seafarer is onboard the Vessel. An OCIMF-compliant drug and alcohol policy, which includes random drug testing, shall be implemented, and tests conducted directly onboard the Vessel or by an outside contractor to deter the use of illegal drugs and controlled substances by crewmembers while onboard the Vessel.
 
· The organization employed by the Manager to provide manning to the Vessel shall be engaged through a contract, which shall stipulate the Manager’s minimum competency and experience requirements.

 

· At intervals not exceeding two years the Manager shall ensure that the organization providing the manning of the Vessel is audited by a qualified auditor for compliance with the Manager’s minimum requirements. Copies of the audit report, non-compliances and corrective actions shall be provided to Owners, upon request.

 

· Manager shall implement a system that interrogates and confirms officer’s qualifications and fitness for duty prior to joining the Vessel.

 

· The Manager shall keep a minimum number of officers employed onboard the Vessel during dry-dock overhaul periods for inspection and quality assurance purposes. As a minimum, these people shall include all Licensed Engineering Officers , the Chief Officer and the Captain.

 

MAINTENANCE

 

· A Master Maintenance Plan shall be developed for the Vessel and approved by Owners’, provided that Owners’ approval does not conflict with the Vessel’s Class or Flag requirements. The objective of this plan shall be to maintain the safe, reliable, and efficient operation of the Vessel over its projected 40 year life. This plan shall cover the following areas associated with efficient operation and Vessel maintenance and repair:

 

  1. Dry-docking interval
     
  2. Procedures associated with pre-qualification of repair shipyards
     
  3. Hull Roughness measurement and maintenance to an acceptable level
     
  4. Anticipated schedule of maintenance, major overhaul, and refurbishment of all vessel critical equipment
     
  5. A description of the Preventive Maintenance System covering scheduled maintenance of all vessel equipment
     
  6. Inventory Control Procedures and stock of critical spare parts both onboard and ashore
     
  7. Procedures associated with pre-qualification of equipment and spare parts vendors
     
  8. Propulsion plant efficiency performance monitoring procedures and corrective action steps
 
  9. Condition Monitoring Systems and Condition Monitoring based maintenance
     
  10. Means of collecting the necessary date in a structured format to monitor and benchmark equipment reliability performance
     
  11. Performing Root Cause Analysis of equipment failures and equipment/systems reliability improvement
     
  12. Procedures associated with Equipment Obsolescence

 

· The Preventive Maintenance system shall incorporate the equipment suppliers or makers’ instructions and maintenance recommendations.

 

· All maintenance work carried out on vessel equipment, other than normal routine operational work, shall be carried out using a permit to work system.

 

· Where equipment isolation is required for operational and/or personnel safety or where hot work is involved all work must be carried out under a written procedure under the guidelines of the Safety Management System’s Lockout/Tag out/Isolation or Hot work permit procedures.

 

The following is the proposed maintenance cycle that shall be followed with the Vessel. It is based on a 60 month period coinciding with the Vessel’s 5 year special survey requirements. This cycle may be adjusted through mutual agreement between Manager and Owners. The Manager shall notify Owners in writing at least 30 days in advance of the proposed dates for each 2 day Scheduled Maintenance Window and at least 6 months in advance of the proposed dates for dry-docking the Vessel. The Owners are primarily responsible for coordinating the communication and discussion of the scheduling of maintenance cycle events with the vessel’s charterer.

 

Month   Maintenance Event  
6   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
12   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
18   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
24   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
30   Minor Drydocking – Intermediate Survey
36   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
42   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
48   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
54   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
60   Major Drydocking – 5 Year Special Survey

 

OPERATIONS

 

· The Manager shall establish detailed procedures for all critical operations performed onboard the Vessel as part of the Vessel’s Safety Management System. These procedures shall be developed and tailored specifically to the Vessel. Steps
 
  shall be taken to familiarize Vessel personnel with these procedures and a robust internal audit program shall be carried out to verify crew compliance with these established procedures. Checklists should be used where appropriate to assist personnel in following procedures and to provide documented evidence of adherence to procedures. Copies of all work instructions and procedures in force shall be on file in the head office facilities of the Manager. The complete Safety Management System shall be made available in hard or electronic copy to the Owners.
     
· Changes to operating procedures must be reviewed by a senior officer onboard and approved by shore based management before the changes are implemented.

 

· The Vessel and crew at all times shall be capable of operating with no venting of cargo boil-off gases to the atmosphere. Any such venting shall immediately be reported to the Owners with a full explanation as to why the venting operation was required and an estimate of venting duration and quantity vented. It is recognized that under rare extreme conditions the cargo tank pressure may approach the P.V. valve release settings. This condition is to be avoided through proper management of cargo during laden voyages and of the heel and spray cooling during ballast voyages, and if necessary to prevent P/V valves from lifting, the Vessel will, when possible, reduce cargo tank pressure below this setting by intentional venting in a controlled manner.

 

· Whenever the vessel is transiting restricted waters the following operating profile shall normally be adhered to unless specific equipment breakdown prevents this:

 

· The Throttle shall be in Bridge Control
· The Steering Gear systems shall be fully tested (including all standby pumps) prior to entry into restricted waters
· Boilers shall be operated in the Dual Fuel Mode
· Two ship service generators shall be on line for redundancy
· The main engine shall be placed in “Standby” and the engine room shall be manned if there is a high probability of the vessel maneuvering

 

· All inhibits on any trip (safety shutdown) and alarm system must be approved by the Master or Chief Engineer before being applied. A written procedure is necessary to document the operational conditions that must exist before any trip or alarm may be inhibited and what additional safety measures must be put in place when trips or alarms are inhibited. A daily log of all inhibited trips and alarms shall be displayed on the bridge and in the engine room.

 

INSPECTIONS

 

· The Manager shall arrange on a bi annual basis for a fully accredited OCIMF SIRE inspection of the ship. A copy of the report issued by the independent accredited inspector is to be made immediately available to Owners. Within one week of the inspection report being issued the Manager is required to provide a
 
    programme to the charterer to indicate how and when any of the agreed comments are going to be corrected.
     
· The Manager shall arrange for an OCIMF/SIGTTO compliant self assessment inspection and audit to be carried out onboard the Vessel on an annual basis. This may be carried out as part of the Manager’s internal audit program. Copies of completed annual assessments are to be kept on board available for inspection by Owners upon request. Where the Managers are unable to obtain copies of the OCIMF/SIGTTO inspection guidelines, Managers shall apply their own internal audit/inspection procedures providing that the Manager’s inspection guidelines are subject to review and approval by Owners.

 

· The Manager shall arrange for Owners’ representative to carry out a detailed assessment and operational audit of the Manager’s head office facilities a minimum of once every two (2) years. The inspection will include but not be limited to Company Profile, Management Review, Document Control, Fleet Management, ISM Safety Management System, Corrective Action, Recruitment and Training, Health, Safety and Environmental Protection, Technical Support, Navigation, Safe Mooring, and Emergency Response.

 

· The Managers shall ensure that a Vessel inspection report in accordance with Owners’ format is completed annually. This inspection report is to be completed by attending manager’s superintendents during a twelve month period, ensuring that all items are addressed during that period. Copies of completed reports are to be submitted to Owners annually. The Managers may utilize their own internal inspection format and checklist if Owners’ can review and approve inspection guidelines prior to their use.

 

· Owners, or their designated representatives, will arrange for qualified auditors to carry out annual audits of the Vessel to confirm that the Vessels safety, quality and environmental protection system is functioning effectively. The Managers are to provide corrective actions to any non-conformities identified during the audits within thirty days of receiving the audit report. Confirmation of implementation is to be carried out at the next audit. Items that would normally be considered non-conformities would include, but not be limited to; crew members not properly qualified or certified, deteriorated physical conditions on the Vessel or equipment malfunctions with no documented schedule for repair, lack of documentation control, insufficient spare parts for normal maintenance, poor accuracy of onboard spare parts inventory, and lack of procedures for work being performed.

 

· Owners, or their designated representatives, shall arrange for qualified surveyors to carry out inspections and a condition assessment of the Vessel while undergoing a drydock overhaul as necessary to verify proper planning and adherence to the approved Master Maintenance Plan.

 

The Managers will implement contingency planning to be activated in the event of any emergency occurring on or to the Vessel and shall ensure that the contingency plan is

 

exercised annually with the participation of Owners. A copy of the Manager’s contingency plan is to be provided to Owners who shall be included in the Emergency Contact Chart and the nominated recipients for amendments.

 

ANNEX “E”
PERMANENT INSTRUCTIONS

 

The Permanent Instructions shall be provided by the Charterers to the Managers on or prior to the Effective Date and shall be a protocol of communication among Charterers, the Vessel Owners and/or the Managers. The protocol of communication will set out, inter alia, who has authority to issue instructions and provide information to the Vessel and its master and who has authority to receive communications and information from the Vessel.

 

ANNEX “F”
FORM OF ACCOUNTING SYSTEM

 

[MANAGERS TO PROVIDE]

 

ANNEX “G”
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

This Confidentiality Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the _____ day of ________, 2014, by and between GAS-four LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and having its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda (the “Owners”), and GasLog LNG Services Ltd., a company incorporated in Bermuda and having a branch office at 69 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus GR 18537, Greece (the “Managers”).

 

Owners and Managers entered into that certain Ship Management Agreement of even date herewith (the “Management Agreement”). In connection with the Management Agreement, it has been necessary and may continue to be necessary for Owners and Managers to exchange or provide access to certain proprietary and/or confidential information. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Management Agreement.

 

1. Confidential Information. At all times during the term of the Management Agreement and for two years thereafter, Owners and Managers shall keep confidential and shall not, without the prior written consent of the other party, issue any press release in relation to the transactions evidenced by the Management Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereunder, or disclose to any other person, the terms of the Management Agreement, any information provided to party pursuant to or in connection with the Management Agreement, any information connected with the Vessel (both technical or operational) or any other information identified as confidential or which may be protected by copyright, trademark or intellectual property law, or release copies of any such document which discloses any such information. Any and all such information described herein, together with all notes, analyses, compilations, studies, interpretations or other documents or records prepared by a party receiving such information or its Representatives (defined below), or copies thereof, which contain or otherwise reflect such information made available by are hereinafter referred to as the “Confidential Information.” In addition, Confidential Information shall mean any discussions between the parties concerning the Management Agreement or in connection with the Management Agreement, any and all written, printed or other materials, regardless of form, provided by a party concerning the Management Agreement or in connection with the Management Agreement, whether provided prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, and the substance and content thereof, and all information ascertained through the discussions between employees or representatives of the parties concerning the Management Agreement.

 

2. Exclusions. The term Confidential Information does not include any information which:

 

(a) at the time of disclosure is in the public domain or thereafter becomes generally available other than as a result of a disclosure by the receiving party or its Representatives;

 

(b) is available to such party or its Representatives on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the disclosing party, provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the disclosing party; or,

 

(c) has been independently acquired or developed by receiving party or its Representatives without violating any of its obligations under this Agreement or the Management Agreement.

 

3. Permitted Disclosures. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1 above, either party shall be entitled to disclose Confidential Information without the consent of the other:

 

(a) pursuant to applicable law or order of a court of competent jurisdiction or a regulatory agency with jurisdiction, provided such party agrees prior to any such disclosure to provide the other party with prompt written notice of such requirements;

 

(b) to its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, advisors and consultants (“Representatives”), whose assistance in evaluating the Confidential Information is necessary and who are legally obligated to maintain the Confidential Information in confidence; and

 

(c) to any charterer or subcharterer of the Vessel.

 

4. CHOICE OF LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or reenactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause. Any dispute arising under this Agreement shall be resolved pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in Article 19 of the Management Agreement.

 

5. Term. As to the Confidential Information, the obligations of confidentiality and non-disclosure under this Agreement shall terminate two (2) years after the date on which the Management Agreement is terminated. Upon termination of this Agreement, each party shall return all Confidential Information furnished to it hereunder in written or other tangible form, and copies thereof, and destroy all copies of Confidential Information consisting of notes, analyses, compilations, studies, interpretations or documents or records prepared by it, or its Representatives.

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties have duly signed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf

of GAS-four LTD.

by

 

in the presence of

 

 

SIGNED for and on behalf

of GASLOG LNG SERVICES LTD.

by

 

in the presence of

 
 

ANNEX “H”
INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

The Incentive Bonus shall be based on an annual assessment of the Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) listed below, as divided in three sections: HSSE, Vessel Performance, and Financial Performance.

 

There will be an annual assessment of the KPIs in each section, and a total Incentive Bonus of $72,000 may be awarded. The total Incentive Bonus shall be allocated across the three sections in three equal awards of $24,000 per section. Exceeding the noted maximum acceptable KPI in any section will mean that the $24,000 section award will not be paid for that year.

 

Where the Bonus Target is met for every KPI within a section then the full section award will be made for that section.

 

Where the KPIs in a section fall between the Maximum acceptable and the Bonus Target, then the level of award will be assessed by mutual agreement.

 

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)

 

The KPIs below are agreed to be reviewed on an annual basis. These are the initial KPIs and may be adjusted and changed as agreed mutually on review.

 

KPI   Maximum acceptable   Bonus
         
HSSE        
Fatality   0   0
Total Recordable Cases   1   0
Near miss reports   To be agreed annually   To be agreed annually
Oil Spills to water   0   0
Venting cargo vapor to atmosphere - unless approved or emergency   0   0
Major Incidents (collisions, groundings, flooding, fire explosion etc.)   0   0
TMSA   To be agreed annually based on no improvement from the previous year   To be agreed annually based on stretched improvement from the previous year
 

Vessel Performance        
         
Off hire   12 hours (assuming 4 days per annum total maintenance window (2 days every 6 months) or any other instances with permission)   No off hire
Vetting   Total deficiencies per inspection 12 low risk – 1 high risk   5 low risk
Port State Control   No requirements for rectification prior to departure   Maximum 2 observations (recorded on Equasis) per vessel inspection
Fuel consumption (using conversion )   Fuel consumption (as measured during quarterly Kyma Performance Trials) equal to that which is indicated in the Gas form C   5% or more less than that which is indicated in the Gas Form C
Heel management   Requires two hours cool down alongside   Fully in compliance with voyage orders (e.g. 1 day heel on arrival and at temperature to load or as instructed by voyage)
Dry dock control -delivery after repair (discounting yard delays)   2 days delay from initial planned delivery date   Delivery on time
         
Financial Performance        

 

Compliance with annual budget, against declared expenditure, allowing for exchange rate fluctuations $ to € and approved extra items   0% above approved budget   Below the approved budget (excluding approved extra items) at an amount to be mutually agreed annually
 
Dry docking budget   0% above approved budget   Below the approved budget (excluding approved extra items) at an amount to be mutually agreed at the award of the drydock contract
 

ANNEX “I”

 

PRIMARY TERMINALS

 

Load   Country   Status
Gladstone   Australia   * 2
Withnell Bay   Australia   1
Pluto   Australia   1
Idku   Egypt   1
Damietta   Egypt   1
Punta Europa   Equatorial Guinea   1
         
Discharge   Country   Status
Bahia Blanca FSRU   Argentina   1
Zeebrugge   Belgium   1
Pecem   Brazil   1
Guanabara Bay   Brazil   1
Canaport   Canada   1
Mejillones   Chile   1
Quintero   Chile   1
Dalian   China   1
Fujian   China   1
Guangdong   China   1
Jiangsu   China   1
Santiago   China   1
Zhejiang   China   1
Zhuhai   China   *2
Montoir   France   1
Revithoussa   Greece   1
Dahej   India   1
Hazira   India   1
Chita   Japan   1
Futtsu   Japan   1
Himeji   Japan   1
Senboku II   Japan   1
Kawagoe   Japan   1
Sodeshi   Japan   1
Niigata   Japan   1
Tobata   Japan   1
Hitachi   Japan   *2
Joetsu Thermal Power   Japan   1
INPEX Naoetsu   Japan   1A
Negishi   Japan   1
Yanai   Japan   1
Sodegaura   Japan   1
Ohgishima   Japan   1
Oita   Japan   1
Sakai   Japan   1
         
Load   Country   Status
Bonny Island (Jetty 1,2)   Nigeria   1
Snohvit   Norway   *4
Point Fortin   Trinidad   1
Das Island   UAE   1
Lake Charles   USA   1
Sabine Pass (Cheniere)*   USA   1
         
Discharge   Country   Status
Incheon   Korea   1
Pyeongtaek   Korea   1
Tongyeong   Korea   1
Gwang Yang   Korea   1
Mina Al Ahmadi   Kuwait   1
Bintulu   Malaysia   1
Altamira   Mexico   1
Costa Azul   Mexico   1
Sines   Portugal   1
Ras Laffan   Qatar   1
Singapore   Singapore   1
Barcelona   Spain   1
Bilbao   Spain   1
Cartagena   Spain   1
Huelva   Spain   1
Sagunto   Spain   1
Map Ta Phut   Thailand   1
Rotterdam   The Netherlands   1
Yung-An   Taiwan   1
Taichung   Taiwan   1
Aliaga   Turkey   1
Marmara Ereglisi   Turkey   *3
Jebel Ali FSRU   UAE   1
Elba Island   USA   1
Cameron   USA   1
Pascagoula   USA   1
Freeport   USA   1
Isle of Grain   UK   1
Dragon   UK   1

 

* 1 A - Primary Terminals ~ Pending

 

Signifies terminals where some terminal data is not complete, but which will be treated as Primary Terminals so long as, in order for the Vessel to be accepted by the terminal, no changes are required to the principal dimensions of the Vessel, including: length, breadth, draft, displacement, location of cargo manifolds and lay-out of cargo manifolds (pipe size, layout of liquid and vapour lines, manifold dimensions, etc). Owners and Charterers to cooperate to complete any missing terminal data and to achieve Terminal acceptance and any minor changes to the Vessel (gangway landing areas/rails, etc.) will be the responsibility of the Owners.

 

*2 Terminals Under Construction

 

Signifies terminals that are under construction at the date of signing the Charter party and are not Primary Terminals (“Terminals Under Construction”). Owners and Charterers agree to work together in good faith in order to obtain: (i) the necessary relevant information to enable Owners to reasonably assess whether each of the Terminals Under Construction are in all material respects compatible with the Vessel; and (ii) acceptance of the Vessel by the Terminal Under Construction. Once Owners are reasonably satisfied that a Terminal Under Construction is in all material respects compatible with the Vessel so as to allow safe navigation, loading and/or discharge, and the Terminal Under Construction has confirmed to Owners that they are prepared to accept the vessel to call and carry out cargo operations at their terminal (once completed), Owners agree to add such Terminal Under Construction to the list of Primary Terminals.

 

*3 Terminals With Compatibility Issues

 

Signifies terminals which have identified compatibility issues and are not Primary Terminals. However, Owners agree to allow the Vessel to call at such terminals provided: (i) they are reasonably satisfied that there is sufficient compatibility to allow safe navigation, loading and/or discharge; and (ii) the terminal have confirmed to Owners their acceptance of the Vessel to call, and carry out cargo operations at their terminal.

 

*4 Terminals Pending Further Data

 

Signifies terminals in respect of which, at the date hereof, there is insufficient information available in order to allow Owners to assess whether the terminal is in all material respects compatible with the Vessel so as to allow safe navigation, loading and/or discharge (“Pending Terminals”). Owners and Charterers agree to work together in good faith in order to obtain: (i) the necessary relevant information to enable Owners to reasonably assess whether each of the Pending Terminals are in all material respects compatible with the Vessel; and (ii) acceptance of the Vessel by the Pending Terminals. Once Owners are reasonably satisfied that an Pending Terminal is in all material respects compatible with the Vessel so as to allow safe navigation, loading and/or discharge, and the Pending Terminal has confirmed to Owners that they are prepared to accept the vessel to call and carry out cargo operations at their terminal (once completed), Owners agree to add such Pending Terminals to the list of Primary Terminals.

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

Dated         , 2014

 

GAS-five LTD.

 

and

 

GASLOG LNG SERVICES LTD.

 

SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

in respect of the Vessel, “ GasLog Sydney

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE NO. PAGE
   
1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1  
       
2. APPOINTMENT OF MANAGERS 6  
       
3. MANAGEMENT SERVICES 6  
       
4. MANAGERS’ OBLIGATIONS 17  
       
5. OWNERS’ OBLIGATIONS 18  
       
6. INSURANCE POLICIES 18  
       
7. MANAGEMENT FEE 19  
       
8. VESSEL EXPENSES 20  
       
9. MANAGERS’ RIGHT TO SUB-CONTRACT 21  
       
10. RESPONSIBILITIES 21  
       
11. DOCUMENTATION 23  
       
12. DEPLOYMENT OF THE VESSEL 24  
       
13. AUDITING 24  
       
14. INSPECTION OF VESSEL 25  
       
15. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS ETC. 25  
       
16. DURATION OF THE AGREEMENT 25  
       
17. TERMINATION 25  
       
18. MISCELLANEOUS 27  
       
19. LAW AND ARBITRATION 27  
       
20. NOTICES AND BANK ACCOUNTS 28  

 

ANNEX “A”
DETAILS OF VESSEL

 

ANNEX “B”
DETAILS OF CREW / OFFICERS RATINGS

 

ANNEX “C”
INITIAL BUDGET

 

ANNEX “D”

OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE PROTOCOL

i

ANNEX “E”
PERMANENT INSTRUCTIONS

 

ANNEX “F”
FORM OF ACCOUNTING SYSTEM

 

ANNEX “G”
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

ANNEX “H”
INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

ANNEX “I”
PRIMARY TERMINALS

ii

THIS SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT is made the _____ day of _______, 2014

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1) GAS-five Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and having its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda (the “Owners ”);
   
(2) GasLog LNG Services Ltd., a company incorporated in Bermuda and having a branch office at 69 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus GR 18537, Greece (the “Managers ”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A) The Owners, as of the Effective Date, are the registered owners of the 155,000 m 3 Liquefied Natural Gas Carrier “ GasLog Sydney ” (the “Vessel ”) as more particularly described in Annex “A” hereto and wish to engage the Managers to manage and operate the Vessel;
   
(B) The Managers, being fully experienced, qualified and able vessel managers, wish to manage and operate the Vessel subject to and in accordance with the terms set out in this Agreement.

 

IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
   
1.1. Definitions
   
  In this Agreement save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:
   
  “Affiliate” means any entity which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with that party;
   
  “Agreement” means this ship management agreement including the Annexes attached hereto as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof;
   
  “Annual Budget” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 3.3.2 below;
   
  “Charter” means any future charter entered into between the Owners and any future charterer of the Vessel notified to the Managers pursuant to Clause 5.3;
   
  “Charterers” means any future charterers of the Vessel notified to the Managers pursuant to Clause 5.3;
 

“Communication Expenses” means the costs incurred by the Managers in performing the Management Services and for the account of the Owners in respect of all communications between the shore and the Vessel as detailed in the Annual Budget;

 

“Control” and “Controlled” mean the holding of power to direct or cause the direction of management, policies and decisions of a company, corporation, partnership or other entity including, without limitation, through control by direct or indirect means of not less than fifty per cent (50%) of the voting rights in such company, corporation, partnership or other entity;

 

“Crew” means the Officers and Ratings and any other individual who has signed Articles on the Vessel and is employed from time to time by the Managers under Managers’ obligation to provide the Management Services;

 

“Crew Insurances” means insurances against crew risks which shall include, but not be limited to, death, sickness, repatriation, injury, shipwreck and loss of personal effects;

 

“Crew Support Costs” means all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and which are incurred by the Managers for the purpose of providing efficient and economic Management Services and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet training schemes, sick pay, study pay, recruitment and interviews;

 

“Dollar” or “ US$ ” means the currency of the United States of America;

 

“EDP Expenses” means the costs of any new computer software or hardware (including licensing, maintenance, installation and training costs) that may be installed or developed, in relation to the Vessel;

 

“Effective Date” means the date of this Agreement;

 

“Emergency Situation” means an emergency situation that:

 

(i) involves a threat to human life;
   
(ii) involves a risk of loss of the Vessel or its cargo or of serious damage to the Vessel;
   
(iii) involves a risk of the Vessel causing serious environmental damage;
   
(iv) involves a risk of the Vessel being stolen, impounded or seized; or
   
(v) involves a security or safety risk to the Vessel, such as but not limited to terrorism, piracy, etc.
2

“Flag Administration / State” shall mean such state or registry as the Owners shall from time to time specify;

 

“HSSE Report” means a report on the health, safety, security and environmental status of the Vessel (together with relevant statistics) and including details of any specific health, safety and/or environmental incidents prepared in accordance with Clause 3.4.9;

 

“Incentive Bonus” means the bonus payable by the Owners to the Managers in accordance with Clause 7.7;

 

“ISM Code” means the International Ship Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation (IMO) by resolution A.741(18) as amended from time to time;

 

“ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code adopted by the International Maritime Organization Assembly as the same may have been or may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

“Maintenance Schedule” means a schedule referred to in Clause 3.2.1(iii) detailing the maintenance required for the Vessel for the period from delivery to the next dry-docking of the Vessel thereafter for each subsequent 30 month period to coincide with Classification Society Intermediate Survey;

 

“Managed Fleet” means all vessels owned, leased, or chartered by Owners or Owners’ Affiliates and managed by Managers pursuant to a ship management agreement or similar arrangement;

 

“Management Fee” means the fee payable by the Owners to the Managers in consideration of the Management Services, as specified in Clauses 7.1 to 7.3 and as adjusted pursuant to Clause 7.4;

 

“Management Services” means the services specified in Clause 3;

 

“Managers’ Account” means the bank account in the name of the Managers as specified in Clause 20.3, or such other bank account of the Managers as may be notified to the Owners from time to time;

 

“MTSA Code” means the Maritime Transportation Security Act as enacted by the United States of America as the same may have been amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

“Officers” means the Master and the officers (including, but not limited to, the Senior Officers) of the Vessel, whose numbers, rank and nationality are currently specified in Annex “B” attached hereto, as updated from time to time;

 

“OPA 90” means the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 as enacted by the United States of America as the same may have been amended or supplemented from time to time;

3

“Operational and Maintenance Protocol” means the protocol set forth on Annex “D” attached hereto;

 

“Operational Costs” means costs and expenses incurred by the Managers on behalf of the Owners to operate and maintain the Vessel including Communication Expenses and EDP Expenses;

 

“Owners’ Insurances” means the insurance policies to be procured by the Owners in respect of the Vessel and as described in Clause 6.1(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv);

 

“Permanent Instructions” means the instructions relating to the operational procedures for communications between the Owners, Charterers and the Crew as currently specified in Annex “E” attached hereto which may be amended pursuant to Clause 12.2;

 

“Ratings” means the ratings of the Vessel, whose numbers, rank and nationality are currently specified in Annex “B” as updated from time to time;

 

“Review Date” means January 1;

 

“Senior Officer” means the following positions or roles on the Vessel:

 

(i) the Master;
   
(ii) the Chief Engineer;
   
(iii) the Chief Officer;
   
(iv) the Second Engineer; or
   
(v) any other person whose rank or role on the vessel is required and designated as Senior Officer by the Flag Administration

 

“Severance Costs” means the costs which the Managers as employers of the Crew are legally obliged to pay, and actually do pay, to or in respect of the Crew as a result of the early termination of any employment contract for service on the Vessel;

 

SMS ” means a safety management system which complies with all laws, rules and regulations, and with all the codes, guidelines and standards recommended by the International Maritime Organization (including without limitation, the ISM Code), any relevant flag state and the classification society and approved by Owners, which may from time to time be applicable to the Vessel and/or the Owners and/or the Managers, and which is otherwise appropriate having regard to the Managers’ obligations under this Agreement;

 

“SOPEP” means the shipboard oil pollution emergency plan in the form approved by the Marine Environment Protection Committee of the International Maritime Organization pursuant to the requirements of Regulations 25 of Annex H of the

4

International Convention of the Protection of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1989 relating thereto, as amended (MARPOL 73/78);

 

“STCW 95” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watch-keeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 or any subsequent amendment thereto;

 

“Supplementary Budget” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 3.3.4 below;

 

“Training Matrix” means the most updated Training Matrix as mutually agreed between the parties, as amended, supplemented or updated from time to time;

 

“Vessel Account” means a bank account in the name of the Managers opened and operated in accordance with Clause 8.4, the details of which shall be notified to the Owners from time to time;

 

“Vessel Condition Report” means a report detailing the physical condition, the progress of the Maintenance Schedule and the performance of the Vessel;

 

Vessel Data” means all records, invoices, logs, certificates and performance and maintenance data relating to the Vessel and all correspondence and documentation generated, collected or compiled during the provision of the Management Services by either former managers of the Vessel and given to the Managers, or by the Managers, to enable the Owners to effectively operate, manage or sell the Vessel, but excluding the Managers’ internal correspondence and any correspondence (other than invoices) between the Managers and their suppliers;

 

“Working Day” means a day when most banks are open for business in London, New York, Athens, and country of location of relevant bank accounts of Owners.

 

1.2. Interpretation

 

1.2.1. “Owners”, “Managers” and “Charterers” include their respective successors and assigns.

 

1.2.2. Clause headings are inserted for convenience and shall be ignored in construing this Agreement.

 

1.2.3. Unless the context otherwise requires, words denoting the singular number include the plural number and vice versa.

 

1.2.4. References to clauses and annexes are to Clauses and Annexes of this Agreement except where otherwise expressly stated.

 

1.2.5. Reference to any document includes the same as varied, supplemented or replaced from time to time.
5
1.2.6. References to any enactment include any re-enactments, amendments and extensions thereof.

 

2. APPOINTMENT OF MANAGERS

 

2.1. From the Effective Date and continuing, unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers and the Managers hereby agree to act as managers of the Vessel.

 

2.2. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, during the period of this Agreement, the Managers shall carry out the Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Managers shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time consider necessary to enable them to perform their duties and obligations as set out in this Agreement in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice within the limits of authority delegated to them hereunder.

 

3. MANAGEMENT SERVICES

 

3.1. Crew Management

 

3.1.1. The Managers shall provide suitably and adequately qualified Crew for the Vessel in accordance with any requirements of the Owners, as described in the Operational and Maintenance Protocol set forth on Annex “D”, and the provisions of the STCW 95 and the requirements of this Agreement.

 

3.1.2. The Managers shall be responsible for:

 

(i) Selecting, with Owners’ approval, which may be expressed from time to time in the form of standing instructions to the Managers for specific experience and qualification criteria pertaining to the Crew, including but not limited to the Training Matrix, and engaging the Crew (subject to the provisions of Clause 3.1.6 below) for the Vessel including payroll arrangements, pension administration, and insurances for the Crew other than those mentioned in Clause 6;

 

(ii) ensuring at all times the availability and supply of an adequate complement of Crew (including Master, Officers and Ratings complying with Annex “B”) relative to the particular operational status and size of the Vessel;

 

(iii) ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied in respect of manning levels, rank, qualification and certification of the Crew and employment regulations (including those standards set forth by the International Transport Workers’ Federation (ITF)) pertaining to Crew’s tax, payroll, social insurance, welfare, discipline and other applicable requirements;

 

(iv) ensuring that all members of the Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are fit for the duties for which they
6
  are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in accordance with appropriate flag state requirements. In the absence of applicable flag state requirements the medical certificate shall be dated not more than three months prior to the respective Crew member leaving their country of domicile and maintained for the duration of his service on board the Vessel;

 

(v) ensuring that the Crew shall have a command of the English language of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties safely;

 

(vi) arranging transportation of the Crew, including repatriation, at Owners’ cost, unless otherwise arranged by Owners;

 

(vii) providing continuing training of the Crew and supervising their efficiency and competence, consistent with Owners’ requirements but in any event never less than the applicable international or Flag State standard for LNG vessels;

 

(viii) whenever the Vessel is operational, issuing instructions to the Master in accordance with the requirements of the Owners or Charterers, to trade along the most geographically direct, economical and safe route (except for any justifiable deviation allowed under English common law or the Hague Visby Rules and including all deviations that may be necessary in an Emergency Situation) and ensuring the Vessel is worked at a fuel-efficient speed consistent both with port arrival instructions given by the Owners and/or Charterers and with sea conditions;

 

(ix) issuing instructions to the Master to keep full and correct log books and furnishing the Owners with true and accurate copies of such log books when required;

 

(x) conducting union negotiations (if applicable);

 

(xi) operating a drug and alcohol policy, prepared by the Managers and approved by the Owners (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), which includes, as a minimum, the principles set forth in the “Guidelines for the Control of Drugs and Alcohol Aboard Ship” of the Oil Companies International Marine Forum dated June 1995 (and in an amendments or successors thereto);

 

(xii) ensuring that the Crew and any other person on board the Vessel proceeding to sea shall be insured for the Crew Insurances with a first class insurance company, underwriter or protection and indemnity association (the “Crew Insurances”);

 

(xiii) ensuring that all premiums or calls in respect of the Crew Insurances are paid promptly by their due date; and
7
(xiv) ensuring that the Crew Insurances shall name the Owners as co-assured (unless advised by the Owners to the contrary).

 

3.1.3. The Managers shall appoint a superintendent (ship manager) to be responsible for the day to day operation, maintenance and repair of the Vessel, the cost of which shall, subject to Clause 7.4, be included in the Management Fee. Should the Owners have reason to be dissatisfied with the superintendent so appointed, they shall raise their complaint with the Managers. The Managers shall investigate any such complaint promptly and, should the complaint prove to be well founded, the Managers shall replace such superintendent at no extra cost to the Owners.

 

3.1.4. The Managers shall institute onboard and shall ensure onboard compliance with a uniform standard of dress amongst the crew and officers, and uniform credentialing or identification of all crew and officers.

 

3.1.5. Should the Owners have any reason to be dissatisfied with any of the Crew, they shall raise their complaint with the Managers. The Managers shall investigate the complaint promptly and, should the complaint be well founded, the Managers shall replace the Crew member in question and undertake changes in the appointment of the Crew as the Owners may reasonably require.

 

3.1.6. The Managers shall employ the Crew in their name and for their own account and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Managers do not have authority to conclude or enter into contracts of employment with the Crew for and on behalf of the Owners and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owners against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever and howsoever arising from the Managers’ breach of this Clause 3.1.6 or in relation to any disputes relating to Crew contracts of employment.

 

3.1.7. Except as allowed in clause 3.1.2(i), the Managers may not appoint any Senior Officers without the prior approval of the Owners (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), except that in the event that a shortage of crew would be likely to result under the terms of the Charter:

 

(i) in the Vessel going off hire under its Charter; or

 

(ii) an Emergency Situation;

 

and in such circumstances it is not practical for the Managers to wait for Owners’ approval, the Managers may make such temporary appointments as they deem necessary; however, the Vessel’s manning shall always remain in compliance with the regulations of the Flag State’s minimum manning requirements.

 

Officers CV and accomplished training matrix should be provided to the Owners for reviewing prior promotion or assignment to a Senior Officer position.

 

The Owners reserve the right to interview and approve all senior officers candidates.

8
3.2. Operational and Technical Management

 

3.2.1. The Managers shall provide operational and technical management of the Vessel which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

(i) provision of competent personnel with suitable experience of the LNG industry to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel in line with the Training Matrix and the requirements of the Charter;

 

(ii) all maintenance and work for the Vessel so as to ensure that the Vessel complies with all applicable laws including but not limited to IMO, MARPOL and SOLAS (and including, for the avoidance of doubt, all the provisions of the ISM Code), regulations and/or other requirements of the flag of the Vessel and of the Primary Terminals and other places where she trades, all applicable international conventions, all applicable regulations and/or requirements of any terminals or facilities in such port(s) or place(s) where the Vessel may load or discharge, and all requirements and recommendations of the Vessel’s classification society applicable to a Vessel carrying LNG worldwide within the limits of the Charter;

 

(iii) preparing the Maintenance Schedule and regular updates on request (such updates to commence at delivery of the Vessel from the shipyard, and then each year on or around the anniversary upon which the Vessel was classified by its classification society) for approval by the Owners (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

(iv) arrangement and supervision of dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the upkeep of the Vessel in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice provided that the Owners shall allocate sufficient funds and approve the relevant Annual Budgets and Supplementary Budgets to ensure that Managers can incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with the law of the flag of the Vessel and of the places where she trades, and all requirements and recommendations of the classification society;

 

(v) investigating and reporting to Owners any technical faults or problems material to the performance of the Vessel and arranging for their repair in consultation with the Owners;

 

(vi) arrange for the victualing and storing of the Vessel appropriate to the declared operational status of the Vessel and place and effect payment for contracts for lubricating oil, paints and all consumable materials where they are not for the Charterers’ account, together with any other contracts that may be agreed with the Owners from time to time in accordance with Clause 3.2.2;

 

(vii) appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time be necessary;
9
(viii) development, implementation of and maintenance of a SMS and obtaining and maintaining valid certificates evidencing compliance with this Clause, including without limitation, a valid document of compliance in relation to itself and valid safety management certificates in respect of the Vessel as required by the ISM and ISPS Codes;

 

(ix) provide the Owners with copies of any and all documents of compliance and safety management certificates as described in Clause 3.2.1(viii) upon issuance;

 

(x) keep or procure that there is kept on board the Vessel at all times:

 

(a) all certificates and documents required from time to time by any applicable law or regulations to enable her to perform the Charter between the Primary Terminals without delay,

 

(b) valid certificates in force as required by the Flag State,

 

(c) any further certificates and documents required from time to time by any applicable law or regulations to enable her to perform the Charter without delay,

 

(d) an ITF certificate or equivalent allowing Vessel’s calls and operations in all ports to which the Vessel is ordered under the Charter where an ITF certificate or equivalent is required, and

 

(e) a copy of all documents of compliance and the original of any safety management certificates as described in Clause 3.2.1(viii);

 

(xi) arrangement of periodic analysis by third parties of the bunker fuel and reporting the results of such analysis to the Owners (the costs being included in the Vessel’s running costs):

 

(xii) noting requirements resulting from safety and any external ship inspections and implementing these insofar as they affect the operation or safety of the Vessel (such implementation to be at the Owners’ expense);

 

(xiii) implementing safety recommendations issued in terms of all international conventions (at the Owners’ expense);

 

(xiv) arrange, where necessary for the superintendent or other staff of the Managers to visit the Vessel. If the superintendent or other staff of the Managers have reason to spend more than twenty-five (25) days in aggregate in any calendar year (or pro rata for part of a calendar year) visiting the Vessel, their services will be charged out at the rate specified in Clause 7.4 below;
10
(xv) ensure that maritime, safety and cargo custody standards are in accordance with first class international LNG shipping practice and are maintained by the Crew whenever such personnel are serving on board the Vessel;

 

(xvi) arrange and effect payment on behalf of the Owners for the towage of the Vessel when appropriate;

 

(xvii) arrange, maintain, and effect preparation and payment on behalf of the Owners for suitable moorings for the Vessel for lay-up at such locations as may from time to time be mutually agreed relative to the Vessel’s positioning requirements of the Owners;

 

(xviii) handle port disbursement accounts where these are not for the Charterers’ account;

 

(xix) navigate the Vessel, handle all necessary communications, manage all cargo operations on behalf of Owners, and provide for the security and safety of the Vessel, cargo and Crew, all in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice;

 

(xx) ensure that the Vessel is compatible with existing LNG liquefaction terminals, regasification terminals and ship/shore interfaces, at the Primary Terminals and to maintain such compatibility and all necessary certificates and documentation;

 

(xxi) undertake vessel-terminal compatibility studies as requested by Owners and at Owners’ expense; and

 

(xxii) manage and operate the Vessel on behalf of the Owners in any part of the world to first class industry standards for an LNG carrier, provided that the Vessel shall be employed in lawful trades, as the Owners may direct, between good and safe ports and places where she can always be safely afloat, and further provided that the Vessel shall not trade to ports or areas where, at the time in question, there are expected to be hostilities, wars, warlike operations, civil commotions or revolutions, unless the Owners are able to obtain war risks insurance against such eventuality.

 

Managers shall at all times have the right to refuse to carry out any instructions from the Owners or the Charterers to trade or lay up the Vessel if Managers can clearly demonstrate that by doing so, it would contravene any applicable laws and regulations of the Vessel’s flag, the classification society or of the places she trades.

 

Furthermore, Managers shall not be held to be in breach of this Agreement, should at any time the Vessel fail to conform to its class standards or fail to conform to statutory or international standards, except to the extent that such failures result from the negligence or breach of this Agreement by the Managers.

11
3.2.2. Procurement

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Managers shall have discretion to procure all stores, spares, equipment, provisions, oils, fuels and any other goods, materials or services to be supplied to the Vessel by the Managers in performance of their Management Services from whatever source or supplier they may deem appropriate provided that:

 

(i) the Managers use all reasonable efforts to achieve the lowest prices available for the appropriate quality of goods or services;

 

(ii) the Managers shall provide Owners with the benefit of all discounts, rebates or other financial incentives provided by any suppliers, and all amounts billed to Owners in connection with all stores, spares, equipment, provisions, oils, fuels and any other goods, materials or services to be supplied to the Vessel shall reflect any such discounts, rebates or financial incentives; and

 

(iii) the Owners reserve the right to require the Managers to procure such goods, materials and services from sources or suppliers they may notify to the Managers from time to time provided that:

 

(a) the Owners shall not unreasonably interfere with the aforementioned Managers’ procurement processes;

 

(b) the Owners may not force the Managers to breach the terms of any existing procurement contract to the extent such contract is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and standard industry practices; and

 

(c) the Owners have due regard to the interests of the Managers in fostering good long-term relationships with suppliers;

 

and where the Owners utilize their rights under this Clause 3.2.2, the Managers shall in no circumstances be liable for the quality or pricing of the goods, materials and services so provided.

 

  3.3. Accounting, Budgeting, and Reporting

 

3.3.1. The Managers shall:

 

(i) provide an accounting system in respect of the Vessel which meets the reasonable requirements of the Owners, and provide regular accounting services and supply regular accounting reports and records; and

 

(ii) maintain a record of all costs and expenditure incurred as well as data necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the parties.

 

3.3.2. The Managers shall present to the Owners annually a budget in respect of the estimated costs of operating the Vessel for the following twelve months in the current
12

reporting form of the Managers, which is acceptable to the Owners (the “ Annual Budget ”). The initial Annual Budget is attached hereto at Annex “C,” and shall be for the period from the Effective Date until 31 December 2014, with a full twelve (12) month Annual Budget submitted yearly thereafter, ending on the day immediately preceding the Review Date. Subsequent Annual Budgets shall be prepared by the Managers for approval by the Owners at least two (2) months before each Review Date.

 

3.3.3. The Owners shall indicate to the Managers their acceptance and approval of the Annual Budget within one month of presentation and in the absence of any such indication the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted the Annual Budget as provided.

 

3.3.4. If after the approval of the Annual Budget pursuant to Clauses 3.3.2 and 3.3.3, the Owners or Managers anticipate material changes in the Operational Costs (or in respect of the initial Annual Budget set out in Annex “C”, if the Managers believe such initial Annual Budget is inaccurate or unworkable), then the Managers shall prepare a supplementary budget reflecting such changes (the “ Supplementary Budget ”) for approval by the Owners and the Owners shall indicate their approval or non-approval of a Supplementary Budget within one month of it being presented to them (and in the absence of any such indication, the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted a Supplementary Budget). Upon approval by the Owners, a Supplementary Budget shall be treated as the Annual Budget for the year in question or the remainder thereof.

 

3.3.5. For the avoidance of doubt, the Managers shall not incur expenditure in respect of the Vessel in excess of the Annual Budget (with due consideration to the fact that expenditure may be phased over varying periods or may fluctuate from month to month, notwithstanding that such expenditure was budgeted for on an annual basis) or incur expenditure that has not been accounted for in any Annual Budget without the prior consent of the Owners (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

3.3.6. Notwithstanding Clause 3.3.5, the Managers may in each Annual Budget period, as specified in Clause 3.3.2, incur expenditure on behalf of the Owners in respect of items that are not budgeted for in the Annual Budget, or for amounts in excess of the Annual Budget amounts, without the approval of the Owners provided that:

 

(i) such expenditure is used only for the proper performance of the Management Services; and

 

(ii) such total expenditure does not exceed five (5) per cent of the total budgeted amount for that Annual Budget period or such other amount that may be agreed by the parties from time to time.

 

3.3.7. The Managers shall:
13
(i) by the fifteenth (15 th ) Working Day of the month provide the Owners with a Vessel Condition Report in respect of the previous month in such form as the Owners (acting reasonably) may require;

 

(ii) by the fifteenth (15 th ) Working Day of each month provide the Owners with a comparison between the budgeted Operational Costs as set out in the Annual Budget and actual Operational Costs in respect of the previous month (in accordance with the form set out in Annex “F”);

 

(iii) by the fifteenth (15 th ) Working Day of each month provide the Owners with a request for funds based upon an estimate of the funding requirements of the Vessel that are required in respect of the next month together with any requests for approval of expenditure pursuant to Clause 3.3.5 and any proposed amendments to the Annual Budget pursuant to Clause 3.3.4; and

 

(iv) by the fifteenth (15th) Working Day of each month provide the Owners with a consolidated report on actual Operational Costs and if requested by the Owners, capital costs, including all expenses in relation to financing of the Vessel, in respect of the previous month.

 

3.3.8. If requested and in such manner as may be required by the Owners, the Managers shall provide the necessary personnel, hardware and software, and other resources necessary to administer on Owners’ behalf and in its name the invoicing and collection of hire payable under the Charter.

 

3.4. Health, Safety, Security, and Environmental Protection

 

3.4.1. The Managers shall operate a management system which shall be approved by the Owners (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and comply and ensure that the Vessel and the Crew comply with all applicable health, safety, security and environmental laws and regulations, and nothing in this Clause 3.4 shall derogate from the obligations of Managers to comply with its statutory responsibilities insofar as they relate to the other Management Services.

 

3.4.2. The Managers shall, in relation to all persons engaged or likely to be engaged in the execution of the Management Services, take such steps as are reasonably practicable to ensure their health and safety.

 

3.4.3. The Managers shall make available for inspection by the Owners at all times all registers, records and other documentation concerning health, safety, security (where appropriate) and environmental matters relating to the Management Services.

 

3.4.4. The Managers shall send to the Owners a copy of every notice or other communication received from or sent to any person or body concerning health, safety, security and/or environmental matters relating to the Management Services and shall co-operate with the Owners in respect of all such health, security, safety and/or environmental matters, as may from time to time be requested by the Owners
14
3.4.5. The Managers shall use all reasonable endeavors to ensure that no oil, or harmful or hazardous substances, of any description, shall be discharged or escape accidentally or otherwise, from the Vessel; and that the Vessel, its Officers and Crew comply with all international, national, and state oil and air pollution laws, conventions or regulations applying in, or to, international waters and the territorial waters of the countries into which the Vessel may trade under the Charter including the provisions of OPA 90 that apply to tank ships. This shall also include adhering to the standards promulgated under OPA 90 as those regulations apply to non-tankships operating within the jurisdiction of the United States whether or not the same strictly apply to the Vessel.

 

3.4.6. The Managers shall not treat, keep or dispose of any waste produced and/or carried by the Managers as a result of the Management Services in a manner likely to cause harm to the health and safety of any person or harm to the environment (as far as the same may be reasonably practical) and shall comply with every statutory duty which is relevant.

 

3.4.7. During the execution of the Management Services, the Managers shall take such steps as are reasonably practicable to avoid (or where avoidance is not possible, to minimize) harm to the environment.

 

3.4.8. The Managers will prepare and obtain all necessary approvals for a SOPEP. The SOPEP will be written in the English language and will be reviewed and updated as required and be maintained with the correct list of coastal state contacts. If required, the Managers will arrange for the translation of the SOPEP into another language. The Managers will also undertake regular training of the Crew in the use of SOPEP including drills to ensure that the SOPEP functions as expected and that contact and information details specified are accurate.

 

3.4.9. The Managers shall prepare a HSSE Report in such form and detail as the Owners (acting reasonably) require, to be submitted to the Owners on the 5th day of the following month.

 

3.5. Insurance Arrangements

 

3.5.1. The Owners shall arrange insurances in accordance with Clause 6.1.

 

3.5.2. The Managers shall immediately inform and keep the Owners informed of any incident which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes relating to the insurances effected in accordance with Clause 6.

 

3.5.3. The Owners shall or, in their sole discretion instruct the Managers on a case-by-case basis and in consultation with the Owners to, handle insurance, average and salvage claims in connection with the Vessel. Any costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in handling claims in accordance with this Clause shall be paid by or for the account of the Owners. Until notified to the contrary, the Managers shall process all insurance claims relating to the Crew, in consultation with Owners.
15
3.6. Sale or Purchase of the Vessel

 

The Managers shall, if requested, provide Owners with technical assistance in connection with any sale of the Vessel. Any costs or out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Managers in providing such technical assistance shall be paid by or for the account of the Owners. The Owners will, however, be solely responsible for agreeing the terms of any agreement regulating any sale.

 

3.7. General Administration

 

3.7.1. The Owners may, in their sole discretion and upon such terms and conditions as the Owners shall specify, instruct the Managers on a case-by-case basis to handle and/or settle all claims relating to the Vessel including but without limitation any claims involving the Charterers.

 

3.7.2. The Managers shall keep the Owners informed regarding any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes involving the Charterers or other third parties.

 

3.7.3. The Owners shall, or in their sole discretion instruct the Managers on a case-by-case basis to, bring or defend actions, suits or proceedings in connection with matters entrusted to the Managers pursuant to this Agreement.

 

3.7.4. Where the Managers are retained to handle and/or settle claims relating to the Vessel pursuant to Clause 3.7.1, the Managers shall be entitled to obtain legal or technical or other outside expert advice in relation to the handling and settlement of such claims and disputes.

 

3.7.5. The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security in connection with any such claims.

 

3.7.6. Any external costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations in accordance with this Clause 3.7 shall be paid by or for the account of the Owners provided that the Owners have instructed the Managers in accordance with Clause 3.7.1.

 

3.8. Quality Assurance

 

3.8.1. The Managers shall have and maintain a quality assurance/quality management system (the “ Quality Assurance & Quality Management System ”). This system shall include on board and on shore operation/ management and shall at the time of delivery, or as reasonably soon thereafter, meet the requirements of ISO-9001-2008 and ISO-14001-2004 or any subsequent addition or substitution approved by the Owners. The Quality Assurance & Quality Management System shall be documented and available to the Owners for approval within three (3) months of execution of this Agreement. The Managers shall supply documentation to the Owners on request confirming the continued maintenance and operation of the Quality Assurance &
16

Quality Management System in good standing throughout the period of this Agreement.

 

3.9. [Reserved]

 

4. MANAGERS’ OBLIGATIONS

 

4.1. The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the agreed Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in a timely and efficient manner in accordance with first class international LNG ship management practice and the Operational and Maintenance Protocol set forth on Annex “D” and to protect and promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of the Management Services hereunder provided, however, that the Managers in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to the Managed Fleet, and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and reasonable.

 

4.2. The Managers shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and the Managers shall in particular be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM and ISPS Codes, thereby assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by these Codes when applicable. The Managers shall comply at all times with the requirements of the ISM, ISPS, and MTSA Codes, and the Managers shall immediately inform Owners if there is any threatened or actual withdrawal of Managers document of compliance or the Vessel’s safety management certificate or ISS (Security Certificate).

 

4.3. In addition to the specific obligations to keep the Owners informed hereunder, the Managers shall keep the Owners informed of all relevant information regarding the Vessel and the performance of the Management Services which the Owners may, acting reasonably, specify from time to time.

 

4.4. When the Managers become aware of an Emergency Situation, they shall immediately contact the Owners and keep the Owners informed in respect of such Emergency Situation.

 

4.5. If, in an Emergency Situation, the Managers (or the Master) are required pursuant to this Agreement to solicit an approval from the Owners, but in such circumstances it is not practical to wait for such approval, then notwithstanding any other term in this Agreement, the Managers (or the Master) may take whatever action they may deem necessary to deal with such Emergency Situation.
17
5. OWNERS’ OBLIGATIONS

 

5.1. The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

5.2. The Owners shall provide prompt responses to any requests made by the Managers pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.3. The Owners shall (subject to any confidentiality restrictions) provide the Managers with any relevant information relating to the Charters or Charterers and shall notify the Managers upon a change of Charterers or upon any new Charter in respect of the Vessel.

 

5.4. The Owners shall use reasonable endeavours (and subject to any confidentiality restrictions) to ensure that the Charterers shall keep the Managers informed of the relevant terms of any gas supply contract, charter party, contract of affreightment, contract of insurance and any other document relating to the Vessel and its cargo that the Managers may reasonably require in order to perform their obligations hereunder.

 

6. INSURANCE POLICIES

 

6.1. The Owners shall procure throughout the period of this Agreement that:

 

(i) at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured for usual hull and machinery marine risks (including crew negligence) and war risks in accordance with the first class practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type to the Vessel;

 

(ii) at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured against Protection and Indemnity risks (including pollution risks) based upon the Standard Rules of a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs and have arranged for the Managers to be included as named co-assured, and provide the Managers with Certificates of Entry to evidence that such insurances have been effected and confirm renewal within fifteen (15) Working Days of the same;

 

(iii) where the Vessel is directed to call at any port within the United States of America and at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel carries a Certificate of Financial Responsibility as required by the United States Offshore Pollution Act 1990;

 

(iv) the Vessel is insured against such other risks (including Freight, Demurrage and Defense) that are appropriate to the Vessel’s trade;

 

(v) the Owners’ Insurances name the Owners and the Managers as co-assureds, with full cover, with the Owners obtaining cover in respect of each of the insurances specified in Clause 6.1 on terms whereby the Owners are liable in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; and
18
(vi) written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, of compliance by the Owners with their obligations under Clause 6 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement, and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the Owners’ Insurances.

 

6.2. Insofar as it affects the superintendent and other shore staff employed by the Managers in connection with this Agreement, the Managers shall procure and maintain at their own expense appropriate insurance cover with first class insurers in respect of death or injury to such superintendents or shore staff, and such insurance shall comply with all applicable law.

 

6.3. Managers shall name Owners as co-assureds on this insurance cover, and Managers agree to waive all subrogation rights against Owners that might arise under this entire Clause 6.

 

7. MANAGEMENT FEE

 

7.1. Subject to any adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Clause 7.2 the Owners shall pay to the Managers for the provision of Management Services, a monthly management fee of Fourty-Six Thousand Dollars (US$46,000) (the “Management Fee”) which shall be paid each calendar month in advance by the first Working Day of each applicable month provided that where a payment is due in respect of any part of a month that payment shall be paid on a pro-rata basis, such sums to be paid into the Managers’ Account. All invoices for the Management Fee shall be submitted by the Managers to the Owners in advance on a monthly basis.

 

7.2. If, during any calendar month, the Vessel is in:

 

(i) “deep” lay-up (that is with sea chests sealed off and all system drained down) the Management Fee shall be Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars (US$3,500) per month and pro rata in respect of any part month; or

 

(ii) a partially manned stand-by condition, during a period of lay-up (other than deep lay-up) or during reactivation periods or during any period where the Managers are preparing to take over management of the Vessel from a third party the Management Fee shall be Ten Thousand Dollars (US$10,000) per month and pro rata in respect of any part month.

 

7.3. The Management Fee is exclusive of value added tax and any other existing sales or services tax that may be applicable. The Managers warrant that at the Effective Date, no such taxes are payable in respect of the Management Fee under Greek Law.

 

The Management Fee payable to the Managers will be adjusted annually on the first Review Date after the Effective Date and on each Review Date thereafter. The adjustment will be agreed between the Parties in good faith on the basis of general inflation and proof of increases in actual costs incurred by the Managers.

19
7.4. In addition to the Management Fee, if the Managers’ superintendent or other staff are reasonably required to spend more than twenty-five (25) days in aggregate visiting the Vessel in any calendar year (or pro-rata for part of a calendar year), the cost of visits in excess of twenty-five (25) days shall be paid by the Owners, into the Managers’ Account, at a rate of One Thousand Dollars (US$1,000.00) per day (or pro rata in respect of any part day on board the Vessel). Notwithstanding the foregoing, all reasonable travelling expenses in connection with reasonably required visits to the Vessel by Managers’ superintendent or other staff (excluding visits in connection with drydocking) shall be part of the Management Fee, irrespective of the duration of such visits.

 

7.5. In the event of this Agreement being terminated by the Owners or the Managers in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.3 or 17.4, the Management Fee payable to the Managers according to the provisions of Clauses 7.1 and 7.2, shall continue to be payable for a further period of three calendar months as from the termination date. In addition, provided that the Managers provide Crew for the Vessel in accordance with Clause 3.1:

 

(i) the Owners shall continue to pay Crew Support Costs during the said further period of three calendar months; and

 

(ii) the Owners shall pay any reasonable Severance Costs which may materialise provided the Managers have used reasonable endeavours to mitigate such obligations to the Crew.

 

7.6. Unless otherwise agreed in writing all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers in the course of the management of the Vessel shall be credited to the Owners.

 

7.7. The Owners shall, in respect of each year of this Agreement, on or around the Review Date, decide whether or not to pay an Incentive Bonus to the Managers for remittance to the Crew of an amount and in the manner described in Annex “H” attached hereto.

 

Any Incentive Bonus that the Owners decide to pay shall be paid into the Managers’ Account with fifteen (15) Working Days of the Review Date and the Managers shall remit any such bonus to the Crew. In addition the Owners shall within fifteen (15) Working Days of the Review Date provide a written explanation to the Managers of their decision which sets out in reasonable detail the rationale for making such a decision.

 

8. VESSEL EXPENSES

 

8.1. Upon receipt of a request for funds for the Vessel pursuant to Clause 3.3.7 (iii) the Owners shall pay such funds into the Vessel Account, provided that such request is made in respect of items and amounts accounted for the Annual Budget or made in respect of items or amounts for which the Managers do not require the approval of the Owners pursuant to Clause 3.3.6.
20
8.2. In the event that the Managers request funds from the Owners pursuant to Clause 3.3.7(iii), but the Owners are not obliged to pay such funds pursuant to Clause 8.1, then the Owners may refuse to provide such funds provided that, in such circumstances, the Managers shall not be liable for any losses or damages incurred by the Owners as a result of such refusal and in any event, the Owners shall not unreasonably refuse to pay or delay the payment of such sums.

 

8.3. All sums payable by the Owners in respect of requests made by the Managers pursuant to Clauses 8.1 and 8.2 shall be paid into the Vessel Account by the first Working Day of the month following that month in which such request was made.

 

8.4. The Managers shall open the Vessel Account and communicate the details of the Vessel Account to the Owners prior to the Effective Date. The Vessel Account shall be an account that only contains monies payable into such Vessel Account pursuant to this Agreement. All monies paid into the Vessel Account (including interest, if payable) shall be held on trust for and to the credit of the Owners and the Managers may only utilise funds in the Vessel Account for the proper performance of the Management Services hereunder. The Managers shall provide full details of all transactions in relation to the Vessel Account and shall procure that monthly Vessel Account bank statements are provided to the Owners for each month of this Agreement.

 

8.5. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services.

 

9. MANAGERS’ RIGHT TO SUB-CONTRACT

 

9.1. The Managers shall have the right to sub-contract any of their obligations in this Agreement, subject to Clause 9.2 below.

 

9.2. The Managers shall obtain the prior written consent of the Owners if they wish to sub-contract any of their obligations under this Agreement for amounts exceeding Fifty Thousand United States Dollars over and beyond the approved Annual Budget.

 

9.3. Notwithstanding any sub-contract the Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement, the Managers shall procure that each sub-contractor engaged pursuant to this Clause 9 shall comply with the requirements of Clause 3.4.

 

10. RESPONSIBILITIES

 

10.1. Force Majeure

 

10.1.1. Neither the Owners, nor the Managers shall be liable for any loss or damage or total or partial failure to perform this Agreement (other than a failure to perform an obligation to pay money) caused wholly or partly by any circumstances or things beyond the reasonable control of the Owners or the Managers, as the case may be,
21

including (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) acts of God, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, wars, terrorism, insurrections, riots, violent demonstrations, criminal offences, acts and omissions of civil or military authority or of usurped power, requisition or hire by any governmental or other competent authority, embargoes.

 

10.1.2. The party invoking force majeure will advise the other party of the force majeure event at the earliest opportunity and also advise same party of the likely duration of such force majeure situation.

 

10.2. Liability to Owners

 

The Managers shall be under no liability to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services, unless the same is proved to have resulted from the breach of this Agreement, fraud, gross negligence, or wilful misconduct of the Managers or their employees, or agents or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers’ personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result) the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall not exceed a total of twelve (12) times the monthly Management Fee of Forty-Six Thousand Dollars (US$46,000) as adjusted annually pursuant to Clause 7.3 above.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein contained in the contrary, the Managers shall not be liable for any of the actions of the Crew, even if such actions are negligent or wilful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under Clauses 3.1 or 3.4, in which case their liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 10.2.

 

10.3. Indemnity

 

Except to the extent and solely for the amount that the Managers would be liable under Clause 10.2, the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Agreement, and against and in respect of all costs, losses, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement.

22

10.4. “Himalaya”

 

It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including sub-contractors from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this Clause 10, every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions of this Clause 10 the Managers are or shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.

 

11. DOCUMENTATION

 

11.1. The Managers shall also maintain and cause their agents to maintain and retain in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices, applicable tax requirements and good international shipping practices, all books, accounts and records pertaining to this Agreement, and all records, documents and other materials related to the Managers’ implementation of and compliance with the Quality Assurance & Quality Control System, including vouchers, invoices, receipts, correspondence, copies of original documents and such other documentation as is necessary in order to verify the compensation payable hereunder.

 

11.2. The Managers shall make available, upon Owners’ request, all documentation and records relating to the performance of the Management Services, the SMS and/or the Crew which the Owners require in order to demonstrate compliance with the ISM Code, ISPS Code, and STCW 95, or to defend or prosecute a claim against a third party or otherwise.

 

11.3. All Vessel Data is and shall remain the property of the Owners and shall be made available to the Owners by the Managers on the Owners’ request. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Managers shall promptly provide the Owners with all the Vessel Data, whether onboard the Vessel or otherwise.

 

11.4. The Managers shall retain and properly store all Vessel Data in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice. If, in the Managers’ opinion, certain Vessel Data should be destroyed, then the Managers shall first offer to return that Vessel Data (at the Owners’ expense) to the Owners, and in the event that the Owners decline such offer, the Managers may destroy such Vessel Data.

23

12. DEPLOYMENT OF THE VESSEL

 

12.1. The Managers shall ensure that the Crew of the Vessel shall comply with any Permanent Instructions.

 

12.2. The Owners may change the terms of the Permanent Instructions, or upon the execution of a new Charter replace the existing Permanent Instructions with new Permanent Instructions with the consent of the Managers which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

12.3. In the event that the Managers or the Crew receive instructions from the Charterers, that in the opinion of the Managers, conflict with instructions provided by the Owners or which go beyond the scope of authority of the Charterers (to the extent such scope of authority has been disclosed by the Owners to the Managers), the Managers shall use best endeavours to immediately notify the Owners and the Charterers of the same. In such circumstances, subject to Clause 3.1.2(viii), the Owners’ instructions shall take precedence over the Charterers’ instructions.

 

12.4. Except for the purposes of saving life, the Vessel shall not, unless expressly authorised by the Owners, undertake attempts of salvage.

 

12.5. If:

 

(i) the Vessel undertakes attempts at salvage pursuant to Clause 12.4, or

 

(ii) the Vessel requests that a third party attempts salvage of the Vessel,

 

then without prejudice to the Master of the Vessel’s overriding right to take whatever action he may deem necessary to preserve life or prevent the loss of the Vessel, all salvage shall be under the terms of the current “Lloyds Open Form No Cure — No Pay” agreement.

 

12.6. Any proceeds arising from salvage of third party property shall be for the benefit of the Owners.

 

12.7. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Managers shall not (and shall procure that the Crew shall not), without the written consent of the Owners, sign any bill of lading on behalf of the Owners.

 

13. AUDITING

 

13.1. The Managers shall prepare the Annual Budget and accounts (as referred to in Clause 3.3.1 above) and shall make the same available for inspection and auditing by the Owners at such times as may be mutually agreed.

 

13.2. The Owners shall have the right to audit the Managers’ records and documentation as set out in Clause 11 above for the purpose of verifying their correctness and completeness at all times on reasonable notice to the Managers. Where staff or
24
    auditors of the Owners visit the premises of the Managers for the purpose of carrying out an audit, the Managers shall provide office space and facilities to such staff or auditors at no extra cost to the Owners. 
     
14. INSPECTION OF VESSEL

 

14.1. The Owners shall have the right at any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers to inspect the Vessel for any reason they consider necessary.

 

15. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS ETC.

 

15.1. The Managers will not do or permit to be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement or the laws and regulations of the Vessel’s flag, the classification society or of the Primary Terminals and other places where she trades.

 

16. DURATION OF THE AGREEMENT

 

16.1. This Agreement is entered into on the date of signing and shall continue until terminated in accordance with Clause 17.

 

17. TERMINATION

 

17.1. If the Managers:

 

(i) fail to meet any material obligation under this Agreement; or

 

(ii) fail to meet any obligation under this Agreement that has a material adverse effect upon the Owners or the Vessel;

 

then the Owners may give notice to the Managers of the default, requiring them to remedy it (if such default is capable of being remedied) as soon as practically possible. In the event that the default is not capable of being remedied or the Managers fail to remedy the default within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Owners, the Owners shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by giving the Managers ninety (90) days’ written notice.

 

17.2. The Owners may also terminate this Agreement by giving the Managers ninety (90) days’ written notice in the event that the Managers, in the reasonable opinion of the Owners, fail to manage the Vessel in accordance with first class LNG ship management practice and such failure has not been remedied within a reasonable time after written notice of such failure.

 

17.3. The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement by notice in writing if:

 

(i) any moneys payable by the Owners to the Managers have not been received into the Managers’ Account within thirty (30) days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays) of payment having been requested in writing by the Managers; or
25

(ii) this Agreement or any of the Owners’ rights and/or obligations are assigned to any person or entity without the Managers’ prior written agreement or approval.

 

17.4. This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated:

 

(i) in the case of the sale of the Vessel (other than a sale or transfer to an Affiliate of the Owners);

 

(ii) if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned for hire; or

 

(iii) in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than of the purpose of a solvent reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver or similar officer is appointed of the whole or a material part of its assets or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

 

17.5. If the Owners elect to provide Officers and, for any reason within their control, the Owners fail to:

 

(i) procure Officers and Ratings supplied by them or on their behalf, complying with the requirements of STCW 95; or

 

(ii) instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers’ SMS;

 

then the Managers may give notice to the Owners of the default, requiring them to remedy it (if such default is capable of being remedied) as soon as practicably possible. In the event that the default is not capable of being remedied or if the Owners fail to remedy the default within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate this agreement.

 

17.6. [Reserved]

 

17.7. Notwithstanding Clauses 17.1 and 17.2, the Owners shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time and for any reason by giving the other party not less than three (3) months’ written notice of their intention to terminate this Agreement.

 

17.8. If the Owners proceed with the employment of, or continue to employ the Vessel in blockade running or in an unlawful trade or on a voyage, which in the reasonable opinion of the Managers, is unduly hazardous, the Managers may give notice to the Owners requiring them to cease to employ the Vessel in such manner as soon as possible. If the Owners fail to comply with such notice within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.
26
17.9. The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination.

 

18. MISCELLANEOUS

 

18.1. The confidentiality obligations of the parties are set out in a separate Confidentiality Agreement that is attached for reference in Annex “G”.

 

18.2. A person who is not a party to this Agreement may not enforce, or otherwise have the benefit of, any provision of this Agreement under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, but this provision does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

 

18.3. At the expiry or earlier termination of any existing ship management agreement(s) in relation to the Vessel, Managers shall co-operate in the transfer arrangements to be notified to the Managers by the Owners and shall facilitate the smooth transition of all operations and duties to Managers with the minimum of disruption.

 

18.4. Either party may at any time assign or transfer to an Affiliate its respective rights and obligations under this Agreement provided that they first obtain the written consent of the other party. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and the parties agree to promptly execute any reasonable novation or transfer documentation to give effect to such an assignment or transfer.

 

19. LAW AND ARBITRATION

 

19.1. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

 

19.2. The arbitration shall be construed and conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. The language used for such arbitration shall be English and the arbitration shall be conducted in London.

 

19.3. The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.
27
19.4. Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

 

19.5. In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. The language used for such arbitration shall be English and the arbitration shall be conducted in London.

 

20. NOTICES AND BANK ACCOUNTS

 

20.1. Any notice to be given by either party to the other party pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective upon delivery pursuant to Clause 20.2 and shall be sent by fax, registered mail or by personal service to the following addresses:

 

for the Owners:


GAS-five Ltd.

Claredon House

2 Church Street

Hamilton HM11

Bermuda

Fax. No.:

Attn:

 

for the Managers:

 

GasLog LNG Services Ltd.
Piraeus Branch Office
69, Akti Miaouli,
185 37 Piraeus, Greece
Fax No: +30 210 4591247

 

Attention: Theodoros Katemidis, General Manager

 

20.2. A notice is deemed to have been received:

 

(i) if delivered personally, at the time of delivery;

 

(ii) in the case of fax, at the time of transmission;

 

(iii) in the case of delivery of courier, on the date of receipt by the courier of written acknowledgement of such delivery;

 

(iv) in the case of pre-paid first class post, recorded delivery or registered post, on receipt; and
28
(v) if deemed receipt under the previous paragraphs of this sub-clause is not within business hours (meaning 9:00 am to 5:30 pm Monday to Friday (or Sunday to Thursday if the place of receipt is in Egypt) on a day that is not a public holiday in the place of receipt), when business next starts in the place of receipt.

 

20.3. For the purposes of this Agreement, the Managers’ Account currently has the following details:

 

Account Holder : GasLog LNG Services Ltd.
     
Bank : CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc
    (47-49, Akti Miaouli, 185 36 Piraeus, Greece)
     
IBAN : GR35 0840 00200 000 00 44 4031026
     
Account Number : 044 4031026
     
Currency : Dollars

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties have duly signed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf
of GAS-five
by

 

in the presence of  

 

SIGNED for and on behalf

of GASLOG LNG SERVICES LTD.

by

 

in the presence of  

29

ANNEX “A”

 

DETAILS OF VESSEL

 

[OWNERS TO PROVIDE ON OR BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE]

 

ANNEX “B”
DETAILS OF CREW / OFFICERS
RATINGS

 

[MANAGERS TO PROVIDE AT LEAST 30 DAYS PRIOR TO EFFECTIVE DATE]

 

ANNEX “C”
INITIAL BUDGET

 

To be provided in accordance with Clause 3.3.2 prior to the Effective Date and once approved by Owners to be inserted

 

ANNEX “D”
OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE PROTOCOL

 

The provisions of this Operational and Maintenance Protocol (“Protocol”) are integral with the provisions of the Agreement. The owner of the vessel agrees to provide the manager with the necessary financial resources to comply with the requirements of this Operational and Maintenance Protocol.

 

The Vessel shall always be operated and maintained in accordance with the first class international standards for LNG vessels. These standards shall include, without limitation, that:

 

· The Vessel is always manned, operated and maintained in a safe and prudent manner to minimise the risk of accidents;

 

· the maintenance and operation of the Vessel shall be thorough and proactive and not based merely on the minimum standards required by the Vessel’s flag state and classification society but to the highest standards applicable in the shipping and LNG industry;

 

· the Manager agrees to maintain membership in the Society of International Gas Tankers and Terminal Operators Association (SIGTTO) and to abide by all guidelines, recommendations, and training schedules that are applicable to the safe and reliable operation of LNG vessels made by this industry association;

 

· the Manager agrees to observe and abide by all guidelines, recommendations, and training standards that are promulgated by the Oil Companies’ International Marine Forum (OCIMF) and are applicable to the safe and reliable operation of LNG vessels made by this industry association;

 

· the Vessel shall be maintained and refurbished and where necessary restored to ensure the safe, reliable, and efficient transportation of LNG for a minimum 40 year trading life.

 

Other than for Manager-scheduled maintenance periods of seventy two (72) hours every six (6) months (days which shall be agreed by Owner), Owners expect the Vessel to be available for the safe and efficient transportation of LNG for 100% of the year. The Manager shall put in place a robust and comprehensive vessel management system designed to meet this availability objective.

 

The Managers shall take the necessary steps to promote a culture of safety awareness, compliance with established procedures, and non-conformance reporting to facilitate continuous improvement throughout the organization including all crewmembers onboard the Vessel.

 

CREWING

 

The Managers agree that having a well-trained and qualified vessel crew and shoreside support staff, well versed in LNG vessel operations and management, is the foundation of a safe, reliable, and efficient LNG vessel operation.

 

· The Managers agree to adhere to the Training Matrix, and also agree that if the Training Matrix conflicts with less stringent standards contained in this Agreement, the Training Matrix will control.

 

· Managers shall arrange for all Deck Officers, including the Master, to attend Bridge Team Management Training at one of the recognized training centers. This training shall be repeated every five (5) calendar years.

 

· Managers are required to ensure that all Masters have attended a ship handling simulator-training course applicable for the type of vessel in use for LNG transportation. The training shall be repeated at a minimum of every five (5) calendar years.

 

· In addition to the requirements of the Management Agreement, all senior operational positions (Master, Chief Engineer, Chief Mate, and Second Engineers, Cargo Engineer) on board must have a minimum of three (3) years of sea time (time onboard) experience onboard LNG Carriers in any position in the position directly below the senior operational position they will assume. All senior operational positions must receive a minimum of two (2) weeks vessel familiarization and specific operational training, with a training scope appropriate to their position, prior to embarking onboard the Vessel for the first time. Any deviation from this section’s experience requirement must be approved by Owner.

 

· All officers and unlicensed crew on board require, as a minimum, specific training on the hazards and unique operational aspects associated with LNG carriers that meet the requirements of Section A-V/l paragraphs 1-7 of the STCW 1995 convention. All licensed officers that form part of the cargo transfer watch or carry out operational or maintenance duties and responsibilities directly related to the vessel’s cargo system shall also receive specific training meeting the requirements of Section A-V/l paragraphs 22-34 of the STCW 1995 convention. The Managers are to document what special LNG ship operations training is provided to licensed and unlicensed crewmembers prior to their employment on the LNG carrier.

 

· All crew are required to be properly qualified and certificated in accordance with the IMO Standards of Training, Certification and Watch keeping for Seafarers (STCW), 1995, as amended, and in compliance with the Training Matrix.
 
· Managers shall provide to Owners copies of all newly appointed senior officers’ certification and details of experience prior to their embarkation onboard the Vessel. Owners have the right to review and verify the qualifications of all LNG vessel senior officers prior to their embarkation onboard the Vessel. Owners shall be given the opportunity to approve the certificates and experience of all senior officers a reasonable period prior to their initial embarkation onboard the Vessel), and shall have the discretion to reject any such officer if they do not meet the qualification and training requirements agreed between the Manager and Owners. Owners’ approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

· Procedures shall be put in place in the ship’s Safety Management System clearly documenting who is responsible for the ship’s LNG Cargo System including cargo transfer operations. The responsibilities and interface between the Chief Mate and Cargo Engineer shall be clearly defined. The Managers shall identify and document the qualifications of a Person In Charge (PIC) of the Cargo Transfer Watch that exceed the requirements of Regulation V/l of the STCW 95 requirements. These qualifications shall be made available to Owners upon request. A training program shall be established and documented for junior officers to allow them to meet the qualifications of the PIC of the Cargo Transfer Watch during periods of steady state operation to allow the Chief Officer and Cargo Engineer to take rest periods if required to meet work hour restrictions. This program shall include some mechanism for competency assessment either on a cargo simulator or under supervised conditions during an actual cargo transfer onboard the Vessel.

 

· The Manager shall establish, as a minimum, the following policies and should ensure that all officers and crew are fully conversant and comply with these policies:

 

· Safety Policy
· Health Policy
· Environmental Policy
· Quality of Service Policy
· Operations Policy
· Navigation Policy
· Maintenance Policy
· Drug and Alcohol Policy

 

· The Manager shall ensure that all seafarers undergo a medical examination, which shall include a drug and alcohol test annually. On completion of a satisfactory medical examination a certificate shall be issued which shall remain valid for the period that the seafarer is onboard the Vessel. An OCIMF-compliant drug and alcohol policy, which includes random drug testing, shall be implemented, and tests conducted directly onboard the Vessel or by an outside contractor to deter the use of illegal drugs and controlled substances by crewmembers while onboard the Vessel.
 
· The organization employed by the Manager to provide manning to the Vessel shall be engaged through a contract, which shall stipulate the Manager’s minimum competency and experience requirements.

 

· At intervals not exceeding two years the Manager shall ensure that the organization providing the manning of the Vessel is audited by a qualified auditor for compliance with the Manager’s minimum requirements. Copies of the audit report, non-compliances and corrective actions shall be provided to Owners, upon request.

 

· Manager shall implement a system that interrogates and confirms officer’s qualifications and fitness for duty prior to joining the Vessel.

 

· The Manager shall keep a minimum number of officers employed onboard the Vessel during dry-dock overhaul periods for inspection and quality assurance purposes. As a minimum, these people shall include all Licensed Engineering Officers , the Chief Officer and the Captain.

 

MAINTENANCE

 

· A Master Maintenance Plan shall be developed for the Vessel and approved by Owners’, provided that Owners’ approval does not conflict with the Vessel’s Class or Flag requirements. The objective of this plan shall be to maintain the safe, reliable, and efficient operation of the Vessel over its projected 40 year life. This plan shall cover the following areas associated with efficient operation and Vessel maintenance and repair:

 

1. Dry-docking interval

 

2. Procedures associated with pre-qualification of repair shipyards

 

3. Hull Roughness measurement and maintenance to an acceptable level

 

4. Anticipated schedule of maintenance, major overhaul, and refurbishment of all vessel critical equipment

 

5. A description of the Preventive Maintenance System covering scheduled maintenance of all vessel equipment

 

6. Inventory Control Procedures and stock of critical spare parts both onboard and ashore

 

7. Procedures associated with pre-qualification of equipment and spare parts vendors

 

8. Propulsion plant efficiency performance monitoring procedures and corrective action steps
 

 

9. Condition Monitoring Systems and Condition Monitoring based maintenance

 

10. Means of collecting the necessary date in a structured format to monitor and benchmark equipment reliability performance

 

11. Performing Root Cause Analysis of equipment failures and equipment/systems reliability improvement

 

12. Procedures associated with Equipment Obsolescence

 

· The Preventive Maintenance system shall incorporate the equipment suppliers or makers’ instructions and maintenance recommendations.

 

· All maintenance work carried out on vessel equipment, other than normal routine operational work, shall be carried out using a permit to work system.

 

· Where equipment isolation is required for operational and/or personnel safety or where hot work is involved all work must be carried out under a written procedure under the guidelines of the Safety Management System’s Lockout/Tag out/Isolation or Hot work permit procedures.

 

The following is the proposed maintenance cycle that shall be followed with the Vessel. It is based on a 60 month period coinciding with the Vessel’s 5 year special survey requirements. This cycle may be adjusted through mutual agreement between Manager and Owners. The Manager shall notify Owners in writing at least 30 days in advance of the proposed dates for each 2 day Scheduled Maintenance Window and at least 6 months in advance of the proposed dates for dry-docking the Vessel. The Owners are primarily responsible for coordinating the communication and discussion of the scheduling of maintenance cycle events with the vessel’s charterer.

 

  Month   Maintenance Event
  6   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
  12   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
  18   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
  24   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
  30   Minor Drydocking – Intermediate Survey
  36   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
  42   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
  48   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
  54   48 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Window
  60   Major Drydocking – 5 Year Special Survey

 

OPERATIONS

 

· The Manager shall establish detailed procedures for all critical operations performed onboard the Vessel as part of the Vessel’s Safety Management System. These procedures shall be developed and tailored specifically to the Vessel. Steps
 

shall be taken to familiarize Vessel personnel with these procedures and a robust internal audit program shall be carried out to verify crew compliance with these established procedures. Checklists should be used where appropriate to assist personnel in following procedures and to provide documented evidence of adherence to procedures. Copies of all work instructions and procedures in force shall be on file in the head office facilities of the Manager. The complete Safety Management System shall be made available in hard or electronic copy to the Owners.

 

· Changes to operating procedures must be reviewed by a senior officer onboard and approved by shore based management before the changes are implemented.

 

· The Vessel and crew at all times shall be capable of operating with no venting of cargo boil-off gases to the atmosphere. Any such venting shall immediately be reported to the Owners with a full explanation as to why the venting operation was required and an estimate of venting duration and quantity vented. It is recognized that under rare extreme conditions the cargo tank pressure may approach the P.V. valve release settings. This condition is to be avoided through proper management of cargo during laden voyages and of the heel and spray cooling during ballast voyages, and if necessary to prevent P/V valves from lifting, the Vessel will, when possible, reduce cargo tank pressure below this setting by intentional venting in a controlled manner.

 

· Whenever the vessel is transiting restricted waters the following operating profile shall normally be adhered to unless specific equipment breakdown prevents this:

 

· The Throttle shall be in Bridge Control
· The Steering Gear systems shall be fully tested (including all standby pumps) prior to entry into restricted waters
· Boilers shall be operated in the Dual Fuel Mode
· Two ship service generators shall be on line for redundancy
· The main engine shall be placed in “Standby” and the engine room shall be manned if there is a high probability of the vessel maneuvering

 

· All inhibits on any trip (safety shutdown) and alarm system must be approved by the Master or Chief Engineer before being applied. A written procedure is necessary to document the operational conditions that must exist before any trip or alarm may be inhibited and what additional safety measures must be put in place when trips or alarms are inhibited. A daily log of all inhibited trips and alarms shall be displayed on the bridge and in the engine room.

 

INSPECTIONS

 

· The Manager shall arrange on a bi annual basis for a fully accredited OCIMF SIRE inspection of the ship. A copy of the report issued by the independent accredited inspector is to be made immediately available to Owners. Within one week of the inspection report being issued the Manager is required to provide a
 

programme to the charterer to indicate how and when any of the agreed comments are going to be corrected.

 

· The Manager shall arrange for an OCIMF/SIGTTO compliant self assessment inspection and audit to be carried out onboard the Vessel on an annual basis. This may be carried out as part of the Manager’s internal audit program. Copies of completed annual assessments are to be kept on board available for inspection by Owners upon request. Where the Managers are unable to obtain copies of the OCIMF/SIGTTO inspection guidelines, Managers shall apply their own internal audit/inspection procedures providing that the Manager’s inspection guidelines are subject to review and approval by Owners.

 

· The Manager shall arrange for Owners’ representative to carry out a detailed assessment and operational audit of the Manager’s head office facilities a minimum of once every two (2) years. The inspection will include but not be limited to Company Profile, Management Review, Document Control, Fleet Management, ISM Safety Management System, Corrective Action, Recruitment and Training, Health, Safety and Environmental Protection, Technical Support, Navigation, Safe Mooring, and Emergency Response.

 

· The Managers shall ensure that a Vessel inspection report in accordance with Owners’ format is completed annually. This inspection report is to be completed by attending manager’s superintendents during a twelve month period, ensuring that all items are addressed during that period. Copies of completed reports are to be submitted to Owners annually. The Managers may utilize their own internal inspection format and checklist if Owners’ can review and approve inspection guidelines prior to their use.

 

· Owners, or their designated representatives, will arrange for qualified auditors to carry out annual audits of the Vessel to confirm that the Vessels safety, quality and environmental protection system is functioning effectively. The Managers are to provide corrective actions to any non-conformities identified during the audits within thirty days of receiving the audit report. Confirmation of implementation is to be carried out at the next audit. Items that would normally be considered non-conformities would include, but not be limited to; crew members not properly qualified or certified, deteriorated physical conditions on the Vessel or equipment malfunctions with no documented schedule for repair, lack of documentation control, insufficient spare parts for normal maintenance, poor accuracy of onboard spare parts inventory, and lack of procedures for work being performed.

 

· Owners, or their designated representatives, shall arrange for qualified surveyors to carry out inspections and a condition assessment of the Vessel while undergoing a drydock overhaul as necessary to verify proper planning and adherence to the approved Master Maintenance Plan.

 

The Managers will implement contingency planning to be activated in the event of any emergency occurring on or to the Vessel and shall ensure that the contingency plan is

 

exercised annually with the participation of Owners. A copy of the Manager’s contingency plan is to be provided to Owners who shall be included in the Emergency Contact Chart and the nominated recipients for amendments.

 

ANNEX “E”
PERMANENT INSTRUCTIONS

 

The Permanent Instructions shall be provided by the Charterers to the Managers on or prior to the Effective Date and shall be a protocol of communication among Charterers, the Vessel Owners and/or the Managers. The protocol of communication will set out, inter alia, who has authority to issue instructions and provide information to the Vessel and its master and who has authority to receive communications and information from the Vessel.

 

ANNEX “F”
FORM OF ACCOUNTING SYSTEM

 

[MANAGERS TO PROVIDE]

 

ANNEX “G”
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

This Confidentiality Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the _____ day of ________, 2014, by and between GAS-five LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and having its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda (the “Owners”), and GasLog LNG Services Ltd., a company incorporated in Bermuda and having a branch office at 69 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus GR 18537, Greece (the “Managers”).

 

Owners and Managers entered into that certain Ship Management Agreement of even date herewith (the “Management Agreement”). In connection with the Management Agreement, it has been necessary and may continue to be necessary for Owners and Managers to exchange or provide access to certain proprietary and/or confidential information. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Management Agreement.

 

1. Confidential Information. At all times during the term of the Management Agreement and for two years thereafter, Owners and Managers shall keep confidential and shall not, without the prior written consent of the other party, issue any press release in relation to the transactions evidenced by the Management Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereunder, or disclose to any other person, the terms of the Management Agreement, any information provided to party pursuant to or in connection with the Management Agreement, any information connected with the Vessel (both technical or operational) or any other information identified as confidential or which may be protected by copyright, trademark or intellectual property law, or release copies of any such document which discloses any such information. Any and all such information described herein, together with all notes, analyses, compilations, studies, interpretations or other documents or records prepared by a party receiving such information or its Representatives (defined below), or copies thereof, which contain or otherwise reflect such information made available by are hereinafter referred to as the “Confidential Information.” In addition, Confidential Information shall mean any discussions between the parties concerning the Management Agreement or in connection with the Management Agreement, any and all written, printed or other materials, regardless of form, provided by a party concerning the Management Agreement or in connection with the Management Agreement, whether provided prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, and the substance and content thereof, and all information ascertained through the discussions between employees or representatives of the parties concerning the Management Agreement.

 

2. Exclusions. The term Confidential Information does not include any information which:

 

(a) at the time of disclosure is in the public domain or thereafter becomes generally available other than as a result of a disclosure by the receiving party or its Representatives;

 

(b) is available to such party or its Representatives on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the disclosing party, provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the disclosing party; or,

 

(c) has been independently acquired or developed by receiving party or its Representatives without violating any of its obligations under this Agreement or the Management Agreement.

 

3. Permitted Disclosures. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1 above, either party shall be entitled to disclose Confidential Information without the consent of the other:

 

(a) pursuant to applicable law or order of a court of competent jurisdiction or a regulatory agency with jurisdiction, provided such party agrees prior to any such disclosure to provide the other party with prompt written notice of such requirements;

 

(b) to its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, advisors and consultants (“Representatives”), whose assistance in evaluating the Confidential Information is necessary and who are legally obligated to maintain the Confidential Information in confidence; and

 

(c) to any charterer or subcharterer of the Vessel.

 

4. CHOICE OF LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or reenactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause. Any dispute arising under this Agreement shall be resolved pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in Article 19 of the Management Agreement.

 

5. Term. As to the Confidential Information, the obligations of confidentiality and non-disclosure under this Agreement shall terminate two (2) years after the date on which the Management Agreement is terminated. Upon termination of this Agreement, each party shall return all Confidential Information furnished to it hereunder in written or other tangible form, and copies thereof, and destroy all copies of Confidential Information consisting of notes, analyses, compilations, studies, interpretations or documents or records prepared by it, or its Representatives.

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties have duly signed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf
of GAS-five LTD.

by

 

in the presence of

 

SIGNED for and on behalf

of GASLOG LNG SERVICES LTD.

by

 

in the presence of

 
 

 

ANNEX “H”
INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

The Incentive Bonus shall be based on an annual assessment of the Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) listed below, as divided in three sections: HSSE, Vessel Performance, and Financial Performance.

 

There will be an annual assessment of the KPIs in each section, and a total Incentive Bonus of $72,000 may be awarded. The total Incentive Bonus shall be allocated across the three sections in three equal awards of $24,000 per section. Exceeding the noted maximum acceptable KPI in any section will mean that the $24,000 section award will not be paid for that year.

 

Where the Bonus Target is met for every KPI within a section then the full section award will be made for that section.

 

Where the KPIs in a section fall between the Maximum acceptable and the Bonus Target, then the level of award will be assessed by mutual agreement.

 

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)

 

The KPIs below are agreed to be reviewed on an annual basis. These are the initial KPIs and may be adjusted and changed as agreed mutually on review.

 

KPI   Maximum acceptable   Bonus

 

HSSE

 

Fatality   0   0
         
Total Recordable Cases   1   0
         
Near miss reports   To be agreed annually   To be agreed annually
         
Oil Spills to water   0   0
         
Venting cargo vapor to atmosphere - unless approved or emergency   0   0
         
Major Incidents (collisions, groundings, flooding, fire explosion etc.)   0   0
         
TMSA   To be agreed annually based on no improvement from the previous year   To be agreed annually based on stretched improvement from the previous year
 

Vessel Performance

 

Off hire   12 hours (assuming 4 days per annum total maintenance window (2 days every 6 months) or any other instances with permission)   No off hire
         
Vetting   Total deficiencies per inspection 12 low risk – 1 high risk   5 low risk
         
Port State Control   No requirements for rectification prior to departure   Maximum 2 observations (recorded on Equasis) per vessel inspection
         
Fuel consumption (using conversion)   Fuel consumption (as measured during quarterly Kyma Performance Trials) equal to that which is indicated in the Gas form C   5% or more less than that which is indicated in the Gas Form C
         
Heel management   Requires two hours cool down alongside   Fully in compliance with voyage orders (e.g. 1 day heel on arrival and at temperature to load or as instructed by voyage)
         
Dry dock control - delivery after repair (discounting yard delays)   2 days delay from initial planned delivery date   Delivery on time

 

Financial Performance

 

Compliance with annual budget, against declared expenditure, allowing for exchange rate fluctuations $ to € and approved extra items   0% above approved budget   Below the approved budget (excluding approved extra items) at an amount to be mutually agreed annually
 
Dry docking budget   0% above approved budget   Below the approved budget (excluding approved extra items) at an amount to be mutually agreed at the award of the drydock contract
 

ANNEX “I”

 

PRIMARY TERMINALS

 

  Load   Country   Status
Gladstone   Australia   * 2
Withnell Bay   Australia   1
Pluto   Australia   1
Idku   Egypt   1
Damietta   Egypt   1
Punta Europa   Equatorial Guinea   1
         
Discharge   Country   Status
Bahia Blanca  FSRU   Argentina   1
Zeebrugge   Belgium   1
Pecem   Brazil   1
Guanabara Bay   Brazil   1
Canaport   Canada   1
Mejillones   Chile   1
Quintero   Chile   1
Dalian   China   1
Fujian   China   1
Guangdong   China   1
Jiangsu   China   1
Sydney   China   1
Zhejiang   China   1
Zhuhai   China   *2
Montoir   France   1
Revithoussa   Greece   1
Dahej   India   1
Hazira   India   1
Chita   Japan   1
Futtsu   Japan   1
Himeji   Japan   1
Senboku II   Japan   1
Kawagoe   Japan   1
Sodeshi   Japan   1
Niigata   Japan   1
Tobata   Japan   1
Hitachi   Japan   *2
Joetsu Thermal Power   Japan   1
INPEX Naoetsu   Japan   1A
Negishi   Japan   1
Yanai   Japan   1
Sodegaura   Japan   1
Ohgishima   Japan   1
Oita   Japan   1
Sakai   Japan   1

 

Load   Country   Status
Bonny Island (Jetty 1,2)   Nigeria   1
Snohvit   Norway   *4
Point Fortin   Trinidad   1
Das Island   UAE   1
Lake Charles   USA   1
Sabine Pass (Cheniere)*   USA   1
         
Discharge   Country   Status
Incheon   Korea   1
Pyeongtaek   Korea   1
Tongyeong   Korea   1
Gwang Yang   Korea   1
Mina Al Ahmadi   Kuwait   1
Bintulu   Malaysia   1
Altamira   Mexico   1
Costa Azul   Mexico   1
Sines   Portugal   1
Ras Laffan   Qatar   1
Singapore   Singapore   1
Barcelona   Spain   1
Bilbao   Spain   1
Cartagena   Spain   1
Huelva   Spain   1
Sagunto   Spain   1
Map Ta Phut   Thailand   1
Rotterdam   The Netherlands   1
Yung-An   Taiwan   1
Taichung   Taiwan   1
Aliaga   Turkey   1
Marmara Ereglisi   Turkey   *3
Jebel Ali FSRU   UAE   1
Elba Island   USA   1
Cameron   USA   1
Pascagoula   USA   1
Freeport   USA   1
Isle of Grain   UK   1
Dragon   UK   1
 

* 1 A - Primary Terminals ~ Pending

Signifies terminals where some terminal data is not complete, but which will be treated as Primary Terminals so long as, in order for the Vessel to be accepted by the terminal, no changes are required to the principal dimensions of the Vessel, including: length, breadth, draft, displacement, location of cargo manifolds and lay-out of cargo manifolds (pipe size, layout of liquid and vapour lines, manifold dimensions, etc). Owners and Charterers to cooperate to complete any missing terminal data and to achieve Terminal acceptance and any minor changes to the Vessel (gangway landing areas/rails, etc.) will be the responsibility of the Owners.

 

*2 Terminals Under Construction

Signifies terminals that are under construction at the date of signing the Charter party and are not Primary Terminals (“Terminals Under Construction”). Owners and Charterers agree to work together in good faith in order to obtain: (i) the necessary relevant information to enable Owners to reasonably assess whether each of the Terminals Under Construction are in all material respects compatible with the Vessel; and (ii) acceptance of the Vessel by the Terminal Under Construction. Once Owners are reasonably satisfied that a Terminal Under Construction is in all material respects compatible with the Vessel so as to allow safe navigation, loading and/or discharge, and the Terminal Under Construction has confirmed to Owners that they are prepared to accept the vessel to call and carry out cargo operations at their terminal (once completed), Owners agree to add such Terminal Under Construction to the list of Primary Terminals.

 

*3 Terminals With Compatibility Issues

Signifies terminals which have identified compatibility issues and are not Primary Terminals. However, Owners agree to allow the Vessel to call at such terminals provided: (i) they are reasonably satisfied that there is sufficient compatibility to allow safe navigation, loading and/or discharge; and (ii) the terminal have confirmed to Owners their acceptance of the Vessel to call, and carry out cargo operations at their terminal.

 

*4 Terminals Pending Further Data

Signifies terminals in respect of which, at the date hereof, there is insufficient information available in order to allow Owners to assess whether the terminal is in all material respects compatible with the Vessel so as to allow safe navigation, loading and/or discharge (“Pending Terminals”). Owners and Charterers agree to work together in good faith in order to obtain: (i) the necessary relevant information to enable Owners to reasonably assess whether each of the Pending Terminals are in all material respects compatible with the Vessel; and (ii) acceptance of the Vessel by the Pending Terminals. Once Owners are reasonably satisfied that an Pending Terminal is in all material respects compatible with the Vessel so as to allow safe navigation, loading and/or discharge, and the Pending Terminal has confirmed to Owners that they are prepared to accept the vessel to call and carry out cargo operations at their terminal (once completed), Owners agree to add such Pending Terminals to the list of Primary Terminals.

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

Private and Confidential

 

CONFIRMATION MEMORANDUM
SHI HN 2016 - [Actual name to be confirmed by Owners closer to delivery]

 

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH FIVE ASTERISKS (*****).

 

GAS-five Ltd (“ Owners ”) and Methane Services Limited (“ Charterers ”) agree upon this Charter on this 9 May 2011.

 

Owners and Charterers are parties to that certain Master Time Charter party dated 9 May 2011 (the “ Master Time Charter party ”). Owners and Charterers hereby agree that the terms and conditions contained in the Master Time Charter party (i) shall apply to the Charter of the Vessel identified in this Confirmation Memorandum and (ii) are incorporated herein by reference.

 

All capitalized terms used in this Confirmation Memorandum shall have the meaning set forth in the Master Time Charter party unless specifically defined herein.

 

1. OWNERS

 

The Owners shall be GAS-five Ltd , a corporation existing under the laws of Bermuda and having its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda.

 

2. VESSEL DETAILS

 

Vessel Name

SHI RN 2016

 

[Actual name to be confirmed by Owners closer to delivery]

 

IMO Number [To be confirmed by Owners closer to delivery]
Vessel Size 154,800 m 3 at 100% fill
Ship Management Ceres LNG Services Ltd
Flag Bermuda
Classification Society ABS
P&I Club UK P&I Club

 

3. DELIVERY

 

The Vessel shall be tendered for delivery by Owners to Charterers safely afloat in all respects ready to receive her first cargo, Dropping-Last-Outward-Pilot (DLOP) from the building yard. The anticipated delivery date of the Vessel as set out in the building contract dated March 30, 2011 made between Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. (“Builder”) and Owners (“Building Contract”), extracts of which are provided in Annex C of this Confirmation Memorandum, is 31 May 2013 and shall in this Charter be referred to as “the Anticipated Delivery Date” and the date of actual delivery of the Vessel to Charterer being the “Delivery Date”.

 

Page 1 of 17

 

Private and Confidential

 

The Delivery Date will occur after acceptance of delivery of the Vessel by Owners under the Building Contract.

 

The Vessel shall be delivered to Charterers immediately after delivery to Owners on the Anticipated Delivery Date. Such Anticipated Delivery Date may be extended in accordance with the Building Contract, by reason of:

 

(i) any of the events listed in Article V of the Building Contract,
(ii) statutory modifications to the Vessel under Article IV of the Building Contract, and
(iii) any other reason, provided Charterers provide their full consent.

 

Owners shall provide 30, 15, 10, 7, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 days notice of the Anticipated Delivery Date. Delays on account of such causes as provided above in this Clause shall be understood to be permissible delays (“Permissible Delay(s)”) for which revisions in the Anticipated Delivery Date shall be permitted and are to be distinguished from unauthorised delays for which no revisions in the Anticipated Delivery Date shall be allowed.

 

In the event of a delay in delivery of the Vessel to Charterer caused by a Permissible Delay, the Anticipated Delivery Date will be considered postponed and the Owners will not be liable for any damages neither indirect nor consequential caused by such delay in delivery.

 

If delivery is delayed beyond ***** from the Anticipated Delivery Date then Charterers shall receive as liquidated damages the amount of United States Dollars ***** for each day (or part thereof) by which delivery of the Vessel is delayed and if delayed subsequently beyond *****, Charterers shall have the option of cancelling this Charter by giving notice thereof to the Owners. Owners will provide to Charterers regular updates as to the expected delivery date from Builder.

 

Without prejudice to anything stated herein, particularly the preceding paragraph, in the event that the Building Contract is cancelled or terminated for any reason whatsoever (other than by reason of default of the Owners) this Charter shall be terminated with immediate effect releasing either party from their respective obligations and the Charterers shall not be entitled to any liquidated or other damages from the Owners.

 

Delivery of the Vessel by the Owners to Charterers shall be evidenced by the Protocol of Delivery in the form set out in Annex C, acknowledging delivery by Owners and acceptance thereof by Charterers, signed by authorised representatives of Charterers and Owners.

 

4. REDELIVERY

 

The Vessel shall be redelivered on ***** May 2019 plus or minus up to thirty (30) days at Charterers’ option. Charterers shall redeliver the Vessel to Owners at the pilot boarding station outbound at last discharge port unless otherwise mutually agreed. Charterers shall provide 30, 15, 10, 7, 3, 2, 1 days notice of redelivery.

 

Page 2 of 17

 

Private and Confidential

 

5. EXTENSION OPTIONS

 

Charterers shall have the option to extend the charter for two (2) consecutive periods of three (3) or four (4) years each (at Charterer’s option) plus or minus up to ***** at Charterers’ option.

 

Each charter extension period and the length of each charter extension period is to be nominated by Charterers at least ***** before the end of each current charter period and shall follow in direct continuation of the then preceding period.

 

The ‘plus or minus’ option must be declared no later than ***** before the notional expiration of the term and will only apply to the last term in question.

 

5. RATE OF HIRE

 

Charter Period: The ***** of the Vessel shall be fixed as United States Dollars ***** per day.

 

First Option Period: The ***** of the Vessel shall be fixed as United States Dollars ***** per day.

 

Second Option Period: The ***** of the Vessel shall be fixed as United States Dollars ***** per day.

 

The ***** for the Vessel shall be United States Dollars ***** per day and shall be *****; each anniversary year shall begin on 31 January 2010.

 

7. PAYMENT OF HIRE

 

[To be confirmed by Owners closer to delivery]

 

8. SHIP CONTACT DETAILS

 

The Vessel’s contact details are as follows:

Telephone : [To be confirmed by Owners closer to delivery]
Fax : [To be confirmed by Owners closer to delivery]
E-mail : [To be confirmed by Owners closer to delivery]

 

9. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES

 

(a) Laden Leg Fuel Consumption

 

Average Speed
(Knots)
Gas (tonnes) Fuel Oil (tonnes)
19.5 ***** *****
19.0    
18.5    
18.0    
17.5    

No more than two tonnes of MDO as pilot fuel will be consumed per day.

 

Page 3 of 17

 

Private and Confidential

 

(b) Ballast Leg Fuel Consumption

 

Average Speed
(Knots)
Gas (tonnes) Fuel Oil (tonnes)
19.5 ***** *****
19.0    
18.5    
18.0    
17.5    
17.0    
16.5    
16.0    
15.5    
15.0    
14.5    
14.0    
13.5    
13.0    

No more than two tonnes of MDO as pilot fuel will be consumed per day.

 

Consumption figures in the above sub-clauses 8(a) and 8(b) shall *****.

 

10. OUTSTANDING ITEMS

 

Owners and Charterers shall meet in good faith to complete any outstanding items annotated as “[To be confirmed by Owners closer to delivery]” in this Confirmation Memorandum at least one month prior to delivery of the Vessel.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed this Confirmation Memorandum on the date stated above.

 

Agreed and signed by Owners

 

/s/ J. Jensen

 

Agreed and signed by Charterers

 

/s/ Martin Houston

Name:  J. Jensen   Name: Martin Houston
Title: Chairman & Director   Title: Attorney-in-Fact
Date: 9 May 2011   Date: 9 May 2011

 

Page 4 of 17

 

Private and Confidential

 

ANNEX A — GAS FORM C

 

[To be confirmed by Owners closer to delivery]

 

Page 5 of 17

 

Private and Confidential

 

ANNEX B - LETTER OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

 

[ Letterhead of Mortgagee ]

 

[ To Charterers ]

 

[ ● ] 2011

 

Dear Sirs,

 

Re: [ ● ] (the “Vessel”)

 

We refer to:

 

a. the time charter dated [ ● ] (the “ Time Charter ”) made between [ ● ] as Owners and you (the “ Time Charterer ”) as charterer in respect of the Vessel;

 

b. a loan agreement dated [ ● ] (the “ Loan Agreement ”) made between [ ● ] (the “ Owners ”) as borrower, us as agent and as security trustee (the “ Security Trustee ”), and the financial institutions named on the signature pages therein as lenders and swap banks (the “ Finance Parties ”); and

 

c. [ ● ] the first priority mortgage executed by the Owners over the Vessel in our favour between the Owners and us (the “ Mortgage ”).

 

1. References in this Letter to the Time Charter or to the Loan Agreement and the Mortgage (together the “ Finance Documents ”) shall include such documents as amended, supplemented or varied from time to time so long as any such amendment, supplement or variation has been notified to, and agreed by, us. References to paragraphs are to paragraphs of this Letter.

 

2. The Security Trustee confirms that:

 

  d. it has received a copy of the Time Charter and is familiar with their terms; and

 

e. it consents to the Owners’s execution of the Time Charter.

 

3. In consideration of the sum of US$10.00 and for other good and valuable consideration (receipt and the sufficiency of which the Security Trustee acknowledges), the Security Trustee undertakes for itself and on behalf of the Finance Parties not without the Time Charterer’s prior written consent, but subject as provided below and subject to this undertaking expiring on the expiry of the charter period to:

 

(a) issue any arrest, detention or similar proceedings against the Vessel in any jurisdiction; or

 

(b) exercise any power of sale or other disposal of the Vessel or of foreclosure to which the Security Trustee may be entitled or make any application for the sale of the Vessel or any share therein in any part of the world whether by public auction or private treaty or otherwise (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any steps to be taken solely to protect, but not enforce, the Finance Parties’ rights in any arrest proceedings or applications for sale made against the Vessel

 

Page 6 of 17

 

Private and Confidential

 

by any third parties, but only insofar as any such proceedings or applications are continuing and not permanently stayed, and subject to the condition that the Security Trustee shall cease any such action upon the relevant proceedings or application being permanently stayed (and release any arrest, or caveat against release, upon the relevant third party arrest being released) and the Security Trustee shall notify the Time Charterer in writing promptly upon taking or ceasing any such action); or

 

(c) take possession of the Vessel; or

 

(d) appoint a receiver in respect of the Vessel; or

 

(e) exercise against the Vessel any right or remedy which would diminish, prejudice or interfere with the Time Charterer’s rights, options, benefits or privileges under the Time Charter or otherwise interfere with the quiet use and enjoyment of the Vessel by the Time Charterer under the Time Charter, or

 

(f) take any step to wind up, liquidate, or place in administration or receivership the Owners nor commence or continue any analogous proceedings in any jurisdiction (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, proving in a liquidation commenced by any third party, but only insofar as any such proceedings are continuing and not permanently stayed, and subject to the condition that the Security Trustee shall cease any such action upon the relevant proceedings being permanently stayed and the Security Trustee shall notify the Time Charterer in writing promptly upon taking or ceasing any such action);

 

SUBJECT ALWAYS:

 

(i) to there having occurred no event under the Time Charter (a “ Charterer’s Termination Event ”) in consequence of which the Owners, is entitled to terminate and has lawfully terminated the Time Charter in accordance with their terms including, without limitation, withdrawal of the Vessel from the Time Charter by the Owners for non-payment of hire;

 

(ii) to the Vessel not having become an actual, agreed, arranged or constructive total loss and being no longer available to the Owners;

 

4. The Security Trustee agrees that unless the Time Charterer is no longer entitled to the use and quiet enjoyment of the Vessel under paragraph 3 above, if the Security Trustee enforces or exercises its rights pursuant to the Finance Documents in accordance with the terms thereof, the Security Trustee may only sell or transfer the Vessel expressly subject to the terms of the Time Charter (a “ Permitted Transfer ”) and provided that:

 

(a) the rights of the Time Charterer under the Time Charter shall be fully preserved and protected following the Permitted Transfer; and

 

(b) before the Permitted Transfer, if the Owners’s rights as “Owners” under the Time Charter are to be assigned or transferred to a third party, such third party (the “ Substitute ”) has assumed the rights and obligations of the Owners under the Time Charter; and

 

(c) the Substitute is acceptable to the Time Charterer acting reasonably.

 

Page 7 of 17

 

Private and Confidential

 

The Time Charterer shall give its consent to the proposed Substitute if the Time Charterer is satisfied, acting reasonably, that the validity and enforceability of the Time Charter will not in any way be prejudiced, and if that Substitute (not being a competitor of the Time Charterer) has such (i) legal capacity (ii) technical competence and (iii) financial capability as are reasonably required to become a party and to perform the obligations of the Owners under the Time Charter, and, provided that (but without prejudice to such Substitute’s ability to meet the foregoing criteria in other circumstances):

 

(a) arrangements concluded with third parties by the proposed Substitute shall be taken into account in evaluating its technical competence and financial capability; and

 

(b) in the case of any proposed Substitute which is an affiliate of the Security Trustee, evidence that it is controlled by the Security Trustee shall be sufficient evidence of financial capability for the purposes of this paragraph 3(a);

 

The Owners undertakes not to make any claim against the Vessel and/or Substitute and/or the Time Charterer arising directly from a Permitted Transfer made under this Letter.

 

The Time Charterer shall use all reasonable endeavours to co-operate with the Security Trustee in order to effect a Permitted Transfer at the expense of the Security Trustee.

 

5. By countersigning this Letter, the Time Charterer hereby acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(a) subject to the provisions of paragraphs 3 and 4, the enforcement, in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, by the Security Trustee of any security interests granted in favour of the Security Trustee pursuant to the Finance Documents or the sale or transfer of the Vessel pursuant to the Finance Documents to any other person shall not constitute a disturbance of the Time Charter or the Time Charterer’s use and quiet enjoyment of the Vessel in accordance with the terms of the Time Charter;

 

(b) the covenant by the Security Trustee in this Letter is the sole covenant by the Security Trustee in respect of quiet enjoyment and is in substitution for, and to the exclusion of, any other covenant for quiet enjoyment which may have otherwise been given by any other party or implied at law or otherwise.

 

6. The Time Charterer agrees that:

 

(a) without prejudice to any other rights the Time Charterer may have in respect of any default by the Owners of any of its obligations under the Time Charter, the Time Charterer will not take any enforcement action in respect of or otherwise terminate the Time Charter without first notifying the Security Trustee in writing and giving the Security Trustee the opportunity to remedy (or procure the remedy of) any default by the Owners of any of its obligations under or in connection with the Time Charter within the relevant period referred to below. Unless the Security Trustee notifies the Time Charterer in writing that it does not wish to exercise any remedy rights, the Time Charterer will not terminate the Time Charter if the Security Trustee does so remedy (or procure the remedy of) the default within thirty (30) days of the Time Charterer giving

 

Page 8 of 17

 

Private and Confidential

 

notice to the Owners (copied to the Security Trustee) of the default by the Owners to perform its obligations under the Time Charter (which cure period shall he extended to sixty (60) days if it is demonstrated to the Time Charterer (acting reasonably) that the Security Trustee is continuing to diligently remedy (or procure the remedy of) the default;

 

(b) if the Security Trustee, pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, exercises the power of sale under the Mortgage and/or assigns or transfers the rights of the “Owners” under the Time Charter to the Substitute, the Time Charterer will not terminate the Time Charter by reason solely of such transfer (without prejudice to any accrued rights). In such circumstances, the Time Charterer agrees that the Substitute shall, with effect from the date of the Permitted Transfer and notwithstanding any other provisions thereof, become a party to the Time Charter in place of the Owners and shall he treated for all purposes as if the Substitute had originally been named a party in place of the Owners (without prejudice to any accrued rights).

 

7. The Security Trustee acknowledges that the Time Charterer is not a party to and is not bound by the provisions of any of the Finance Documents.

 

8. The Security Trustee acknowledges that the terms of this Letter shall (subject to such beneficiary similarly confirming and consenting to the terms of this Letter) enure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Time Charterer under the Time Charter,

 

9. The Security Trustee confirms that it has been duly authorised to issue this Letter on behalf of the Finance Parties and that its issuance conforms with the Loan Agreement and, without limitation, the agency provisions described therein.

 

10. The terms of this Letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the provisions of Clause 46 ( Law and litigation ) of the Time Charter shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to any dispute arising out of this Letter as if such provisions were set out in this Letter.

 

Please acknowledge your receipt of and your agreement to the terms of this Letter by signing the attached copy where indicated and returning it to us.

 

Page 9 of 17

 

Private and Confidential

 

Each of the parties signing this Letter intends that the agreement constituted by this Letter shall take effect as a deed notwithstanding the fact that a party may only sign this Letter under hand.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

 

 
for and on behalf of
[ ● ]
 

 

We, [ ● ] I hereby confirm our agreement to the provisions of this Letter.
Dated:

 

 

for and on behalf of
[ ● ]
 

 

We, [ ● ], for the consideration aforesaid, hereby confirm our agreement to the provisions of this Letter.

Dated:

 
   
for and on behalf of
[ ● ]
 

 

Page 10 of 17

 

Private and Confidential

 

ANNEX C - PROTOCOL OF DELIVERY AND
SHIP BUILDING CONTRACT EXTRACTS

 

ARTICLE IV CLASS AND REGULATIONS

 

(a) The Vessel, including its machinery, equipment, and ouffittings, shall be classed with the American Bureau of Shipping (hereinafter called the “Classification Society”), and shall be built to Class A1, ●, Liquefied gas carrier, ship type 2G (Membrane tank, Maximum pressure 25 kPaG and minimum temperature -163°C), SH, SH-DLA, SHCM, RES, AMS, ACCU, SFA(40), NIBS, APS, ENVIRO, PORT, POT, CRC, DFD, UWILD. The Vessel shall comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations. The Vessel shall also comply with recommendations and requirements set forth in the Specification recommendations and requirements set forth in the Specifications including those amendments which are being officially declared, published by the concerned authority and to be compulsory applied to the Vessel and which shall be brought into force within five (5) years after Contract (as defined in the ABS’s “Summary of SOLAS, MARPOL, Load Line, APS and BWM Requirements to be Complied with in 2007 and Beyond for All Ship Types - Oct 2009”).

 

(b) The Builder, at its expense, shall obtain certificates as provided in the Specifications and deliver such to the Buyer in triplicate (one (1) original and two (2) copies). If formal certificate(s) cannot be obtained upon the Vessel’s Delivery, the Builder may furnish provisional one(s) in substitution for the formal certificate(s). The Builder shall pay the charges for official inspection and certifications required by the Government of Registry specified in Specifications, and the registration of the Vessel shall be the responsibility of the Buyer.

 

(c) Any revisions to the drawings set forth in Article II which may be required by the Classification Society shall be implemented by the Builder without any cost to the Buyer; provided that this will only apply to revisions which are based upon standards of the Classification Society in effect on the date of this Contract. In the event that there should be any amendments or additions not identified in the Specifications, following the date of this Contact, to the laws,

 

Page 11 of 17

 

Private and Confidential

 

rules, or regulations of any governmental or regulatory body, or the Classification Society, which require any compulsory revision(s) of or to the Plans and Specifications or to this Contract, the Buyer shall authorize any such revision(s) to the Vessel that are necessary to comply with such amendments or additions unless the Buyer shall obtain from such governmental or regulatory body a written waiver of compliance therewith. In the event that Alterations (as defined in Article XV(a)) are required, they shall be handled in accordance with the provisions of Article XV.

 

Page 12 of 17

 

ARTICLE V DELIVERY

 

(a) The Vessel shall be delivered to the Buyer (hereinafter called the “Delivery”) fully complete, supplied (including lubricating oil and fresh water in the system but excluding ship’s stores such as food, utensils, miscellaneous consumables, etc.) and ready for immediate operation, after having passed the tests and met the standards set forth in the Specifications and Articles III, IV, and XVII hereof on or before May 31, 2013 (hereinafter called the “Delivery Date”). The Buyer may delay Delivery beyond the Delivery Date by giving written notice of the revised date (hereinafter called “Revised Delivery Date”) for Delivery not later than two (2) months before keel laying of the vessel. Buyer may give up to only one (1) notice for a delay of forty five (45) days. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event defects that could affect the Vessel’s seaworthiness or impair the operation of Vessel are discovered after the Vessel has passed the tests and met standards set forth in the Specifications and prior to Delivery of the Vessel, Buyer shall have the right to require the Builder to make the necessary correction(s) at the Builder’s expense prior to Delivery.

 

(b) The Builder shall use its hest efforts and all due diligence and dispatch, including, but not limited to, the ordering, expediting and inspection of all machinery, parts and materials, to complete and deliver the Vessel on or prior to the Delivery Date.

 

(c) The Builder shall assist the Buyer to bunker and store the Vessel (beyond the conditions set forth in Article V(a) above) at Buyer’s expense to be ready for departure. Delivery shall be made at the Shipyard at a wharf side where there shall be sufficient water for the Vessel always to be afloat and from which it can safely depart, or at such other safe and secure place as may be mutually agreed. Upon Delivery, the Vessel shall be free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, taxes and claims of any nature.

 

(d) If, at any time, either the commencement of construction, construction or Delivery of the Vessel or any performance required hereunder as a prerequisite to the Delivery thereof is delayed by any of the following events: namely war, acts of state or government, blockade, revolution, insurrections, riots, strikes, sabotage, lockouts or other labor disturbances (excluding disturbances within

 

Page 13 of 17

 

the control of the Builder), Acts of God, plague or other epidemics, quarantines, prolonged failure or restriction of electric current, freight embargoes, earthquakes, tidal waves, typhoons, hurricanes, unusually prolonged or unusually severe weather conditions, destruction of the premises of works of the Builder or its subcontractors, or of the Vessel, or any part thereof, by fire, landslides, flood, lightning, explosion, or other causes beyond the reasonable control of (and not caused by the actions of) the Builder or its subcontractors, as the case may be (collectively called “Force Majeure”), then, in the event of delays due to the happening of any of the aforementioned contingencies, the number of days by which Delivery is late under this Contract (i.e., after the scheduled Delivery Date of the Vessel) shall be reduced, subject to the provisions of this Article V(d), by a period of time which shall not exceed the total number of working days lost due to such delays. Notwithstanding the foregoing, acts of commission or omission (irrespective as to negligence and whether voluntary or compulsory) of employees, independent contractors or subcontractors, representatives, agents, or others engaged by the Builder, including their officers, employees, crews, inspectors, and pilots (whether voluntary or compulsory) shall not excuse the Builder for delay hereunder.

 

(e) The Builder shall notify the Buyer in writing within ten (10) days after the beginning of any period of claimed delay as to the facts establishing that the claimed delay is excusable pursuant to Article V(d) and the estimated period of delay. The Buyer shall have the right to verify the basis of the claimed delay and, if there is a disagreement, the issue shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Article XXV. An extension of the Delivery Date shall only be allowed if the event(s) above designated adversely affects the Delivery Date of the Vessel, as determined on the date that the Vessel is actually delivered. Should the Builder fail to timely give required notice under this Article V(e) demonstrating that the claimed event(s) directly affect the Delivery Date, it shall not be excused for any such delay.

 

(f) If, following any notice (oral or written) by Builder of a delay, Buyer determines in its reasonable discretion (taking into account the opinion of Builder), other than due to delays caused by the Buyer, that Delivery of the Vessel likely will be delayed for any reason whatsoever (including without

 

Page 14 of 17

 

limitation Force Majeure) for a period of more than two hundred (200) days beyond the Delivery Date, the Buyer shall have the following options:

 

i) to continue this Contract reserving Buyer’s right to liquidated damages for the time period that late Delivery is not excused by Force Majeure (if properly claimed) as provided in Article VIII(a); or

 

ii) to cancel this Contract, in which event the Buyer shall be entitled to a refund in accordance with Article VII(g) and no liquidated damages.

 

If Builder gives Buyer written notice of a delay under Article XXVI, Buyer shall have thirty (30) days to exercise the rights under this subarticle (f) with respect to such delay (though further delays still remain subject to Buyer’s rights under this subarticle (f)).

 

  (g) i) Should the Vessel be completed for Delivery before the Delivery Date and the Builder has so informed the Buyer at least four (4) months in advance of the early delivery date suggested by Builder, the Buyer may take Delivery at Buyer’s option, but not earlier than 90 days prior to the Delivery Date, provided that all the terms and conditions of this Contract have been fulfilled.

 

ii) If Buyer elects to exercise the option described in (g)(i) above, and if Delivery occurs more than 30 days prior to the Delivery Date, then Buyer agrees to pay Builder an early delivery charge of United States Dol           day for each day in excess of 30 days that the Vessel is delivered early, up to a maximum of 60 days (if the Vessel is delivered 90 or more days early). This charge, if applicable, shall be included with other adjustments due with the Final Installment. In no event shall there be any charge for early delivery if the Vessel is delivered less than 31 days early.

 

(h) In any case, the Builder shall notify the Buyer the expected approximate delivery date during construction in the following manner:

 

i.) Five (5) months prior to the expected delivery date notifying the expected delivery date.

 

Page 15 of 17

 
ii.) Three (3) months prior to the expected delivery date notifying the scheduled delivery date.

 

iii.) One (1) month prior to the expected delivery date notifying the scheduled delivery date.

 

iv.) Seven (7) days prior to the expected delivery date notifying the definite delivery date subject to the satisfactory completion of the sea trials, cryogenic trials and gas trials.

 

(i) Upon Delivery, the Builder shall furnish the Buyer with the following documents in a form satisfactory to Buyer:

 

i.) PROTOCOL recording all trials and tests of the Vessel made pursuant to this Contract and the Specifications.

 

ii.) PROTOCOL OF INVENTORY of the equipment of the. Vessel, including spare parts and the like, all as specified in the Specifications.

 

iii.) PROTOCOL OF CONSUMABLES identifying all fuels, lubricants, consumable stores, fresh water and liquefied gases supplied by Builder and Buyer remaining onboard at Delivery, including the original purchase price thereof.

 

iv.) PROTOCOL OF LNG supplied by Builder remaining onboard at Delivery, including the original purchase price thereof

 

v.) ALL CERTIFICATES and STATEMENTS OF FACT including the notarized and legalized BUILDER’s CERTIFICATE required to be furnished upon delivery of the Vessel pursuant to this Contract and the Specifications.

 

vi.) DECLARATION OF WARRANTY OF FREEDOM FROM LIENS AND CLAIMS of the Builder that the Vessel is delivered to the Buyer free and clear of any liens, charges, claims, mortgages, or other encumbrances upon the Buyer’s title thereto, and in particular, that the Vessel is absolutely free of all burdens in the nature of imposts, taxes or charges imposed by any governmental authorities (local as well as national) including any claim by the Guarantor by reason of its Letter

 

Page 16 of 17

 

of Guarantee under Article XI (as such terms are defined in such Article) as well as of all liabilities of the Builder to its subcontractors, employees and crew, and of all liabilities arising from the operation of the Vessel in trial runs, or otherwise, prior to delivery.

 

vii.) DRAWINGS AND PLANS pertaining to the Vessel as stipulated in the Specifications.

 

viii.) COMMERCIAL INVOICE

 

ix.) Notarized and legalized BILL OF SALE

 

x.) And such other certificates and documents as the Buyer may request evidencing transfer to the Buyer of a free and clear title in and to the Vessel.

 

(j) The Buyer shall remove the Vessel from the premises of the Shipyard within five (5) Business Days after Delivery. If the Buyer dues not remove the Vessel from the premises of the Shipyard within the aforesaid five (5) days, the Buyer shall pay to the Builder the direct and documented costs for anchoring the Vessel in a safe anchorage outside the Shipyard’s breakwater, such costs to include moving the Vessel to the anchorage, maintaining the Vessel and restoring the Vessel if necessary. However, the Builder shall take all reasonable steps to minimize such expenses. The maximum period at anchor shall not exceed 3 weeks from Delivery.

 

(k) Upon satisfactory completion of the trials as specified in Article XVII, and fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this Contract, the Buyer and the Builder shall execute a PROTOCOL OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE (hereinafter referred to as “Acceptance”). Upon execution of the Acceptance, title and risk of loss of the Vessel shall pass to the Buyer. As stated above, it being expressly understood that until such Delivery and Acceptance is effected, title to the Vessel and its equipment (except for the Buyer-furnished Equipment subject to the provisions of Article XII), are vested in the Builder and at its risk.

 

Page 17 of 17

 

Exhibit 10.15

Private & Confidential

 

 

 

 

Dated 14 March 2012

 

 

 

GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd.

(1)

 

 

arranged by

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

(2)

 

 

THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF KOREA

(3)

 

 

with

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA
as Agent

(4)

 

 

DNB BANK ASA
as Security Agent

(5)

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FACILITIES AGREEMENT
$272,500,000 Loan Facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

(NORTON ROSE LOGO)

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACES WITH FIVE ASTERISKS (*****).


Contents

 

 

 

 

Clause

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1

Definitions and interpretation

 

1

 

 

 

 

2

The Facilities

 

23

 

 

 

 

3

Purpose

 

25

 

 

 

 

4

Conditions of Utilisation

 

25

 

 

 

 

5

Utilisation

 

27

 

 

 

 

6

Repayment

 

28

 

 

 

 

7

Illegality, prepayment and cancellation

 

30

 

 

 

 

8

Interest

 

34

 

 

 

 

9

Interest Periods

 

34

 

 

 

 

10

Changes to the calculation of interest

 

35

 

 

 

 

11

Fees

 

36

 

 

 

 

12

Tax gross-up and indemnities

 

37

 

 

 

 

13

Increased Costs

 

39

 

 

 

 

14

Other indemnities

 

39

 

 

 

 

15

Mitigation by the Lenders

 

41

 

 

 

 

16

Costs and expenses

 

42

 

 

 

 

17

Representations

 

43

 

 

 

 

18

Information undertakings

 

49

 

 

 

 

19

General undertakings

 

51

 

 

 

 

20

Dealings with Ship

 

54

 

 

 

 

21

Condition and operation of Ship

 

56

 

 

 

 

22

Insurance

 

60

 

 

 

 

23

Minimum security value

 

63

 

 

 

 

24

Chartering undertakings

 

66

 

 

 

 

25

Bank accounts

 

66

 

 

 

 

26

Business restrictions

 

69

 

 

 

 

27

Hedging Contracts

 

71

 

 

 

 

28

Events of Default

 

72




 

 

 

 

29

Position of Hedging Provider

 

77

 

 

 

 

30

Changes to the Lenders

 

79

 

 

 

 

31

Changes to the Obligors

 

82

 

 

 

 

32

Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger

 

83

 

 

 

 

33

Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

 

94

 

 

 

 

34

Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

96

 

 

 

 

35

Payment mechanics

 

98

 

 

 

 

36

Set-off

 

100

 

 

 

 

37

Notices

 

100

 

 

 

 

38

Calculations and certificates

 

102

 

 

 

 

39

Partial invalidity

 

102

 

 

 

 

40

Remedies and waivers

 

103

 

 

 

 

41

Amendments and grant of waivers

 

103

 

 

 

 

42

Counterparts

 

103

 

 

 

 

43

Governing law

 

104

 

 

 

 

44

Enforcement

 

104

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1 The original parties

 

105

 

 

 

Schedule 2 Ship information

 

109

 

 

 

Schedule 3 Conditions precedent

 

111

 

 

 

Schedule 4 Utilisation Request

 

118

 

 

 

Schedule 5 Selection Notice

 

119

 

 

 

Schedule 6 Mandatory Cost Formulae

 

120

 

 

 

Schedule 7 Form of Commercial Facility Transfer Certificate

 

123



          THIS AGREEMENT is dated 14 March 2012 and made between:

 

 

 

 

(1)

THE ENTITIES listed in Schedule 1 as borrowers (the Borrowers and each a Borrower );

 

 

 

 

(2)

DNB BANK ASA and THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF KOREA as mandated lead arrangers (whether acting individually or together, the Arrangers and each an Arranger );

 

 

 

 

(3)

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTION listed in Schedule 1 as original commercial facility lender (the Original Commercial Facility Lender );

 

 

 

 

(4)

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTION listed in Schedule 1, as the original KEXIM facility lender (the Original KEXIM Facility Lender )

 

 

 

 

(5)

DNB BANK ASA as hedging provider (the Hedging Provider )

 

 

 

 

(6)

DNB BANK ASA as bookrunner (the Bookrunner );

 

 

 

 

(7)

DNB BANK ASA as agent for the other Finance Parties (the Agent ); and

 

 

 

 

(8)

DNB BANK ASA as security agent for the other Finance Parties (the Security Agent ).

 

 

 

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

 

 

SECTION 1 - INTERPRETATION


 

 

 

1

 

Definitions and interpretation

 

 

 

1.1

 

Definitions

 

 

 

 

 

In this Agreement and (unless otherwise defined in the relevant Finance Document) the other Finance Documents:

 

 

 

 

 

Account means any bank account, deposit or certificate of deposit opened, made or established in accordance with clause 25 ( Bank accounts ).

 

 

 

 

 

Account Bank means, in relation to any Account, the Account Bank described in Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ).

 

 

 

 

 

Account Holder(s) means in relation to any Account, the Borrower(s) in whose name(s) that Account is held.

 

 

 

 

 

Account Security means, in relation to an Account, a deed or other instrument by the relevant Account Holder in favour of the Security Agent in an agreed form conferring a Security Interest over that Account.

 

 

 

 

 

Accounting Reference Date means 31 December 2010 or such other date as may be approved by the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Cost Rate has the meaning given to it in Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).

 

 

 

 

 

Advance means each borrowing of a proportion of the Total Commitments by the Borrowers or (as the context may require) the outstanding principal amount of such borrowing.

 

 

 

 

 

Advance A means an Advance up to a maximum of $136,250,000 comprising the KEXIM Facility Advance A and the Commercial Facility Advance A relative to Ship A.

 

 

 

 

 

Advance B means an Advance up to a maximum of $136,250,000 comprising the KEXIM Facility Advance B and the Commercial Facility Advance B relative to Ship B.

1



 

 

 

 

Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

 

 

Agent includes any person who may be appointed as agent under this Agreement.:

 

 

 

Applicable Law means:

 

 

 

(a)

in relation to any jurisdiction, any law, regulation, treaty, directive, decision, rule, regulatory requirement, judgment, order, ordinance, request, guideline or direction or any other act of any Government Entity of such jurisdiction whether or not having the force of law and with which any Party is required to comply, or with which it would, in the normal course of its business, comply; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

in relation to any Lender, any Basel II Regulation applicable to that Lender.

 

 

 

 

Approved Exchange means NYSE, NASDAQ or any other reputable stock exchange agreed by GasLog and the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

Auditors means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG or Deloitte & Touche or another firm approved by the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

Available Facility means, at any relevant time, such part of the Total Commitments (drawn and undrawn) which is available for borrowing under this Agreement at such time in accordance with clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ).

 

 

 

Basel II Accord means the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 and updated prior to, and in the form existing on, the date of this Agreement, excluding any amendment thereto arising out of the Basel III Accord.

 

 

 

Basel II Approach means, in relation to any Lender, either the Standardised Approach or the relevant Internal Ratings Based Approach (each as defined in the Basel II Accord) adopted by that Lender (or any of its Affiliates) for the purposes of implementing or complying with the Basel II Accord.

 

 

 

Basel II Increased Cost means an Increased Cost which is attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with any Basel II Regulation in force as at the date hereof (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates).

 

 

 

Basel II Regulation means:

 

 

 

(a) any Applicable Law in force as at the date hereof implementing the Basel II Accord; or

 

 

 

(b) any Basel II Approach adopted by the Lender,

 

 

 

but excludes any Applicable Law implementing the Basel III Accord save and to the extent that it is a re-enactment of any Applicable Law referred to in paragraph (a) of this definition.

 

 

 

 

Basel III Accord means, together, “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems” and “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” both published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision on 16 December 2010.

 

 

 

Basel III Increased Cost means an Increased Cost which is attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with any Basel III Regulation (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates).

 

 

 

Basel III Regulation means any Applicable Law implementing the Basel III Accord save and to the extent that it re-enacts a Basel II Regulation.

2



 

 

 

 

Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:

 

 

 

(a)

the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of the Loan or Unpaid Sum had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

 

 

 

exceeds:

 

 

 

 

(b)

the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

 

 

 

Builder means, in relation to a Ship, the person specified as such in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

 

 

 

Building Contract means, in relation to a Ship, the shipbuilding contract specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) between the Builder and the relevant Owner relating to the construction of such Ship and as may further be supplemented, amended or varied in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

 

 

Building Contract Documents means, in relation to a Ship, the Building Contract and any other guarantee or security given to any person for the Builder’s obligations under the Building Contract for such Ship.

 

 

 

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Korea, Monaco and Piraeus and (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of dollars) New York City.

 

 

 

Change of Control occurs, at any time before an IPO is completed:

 

 

 

(a)

when the current beneficial owners of the Counter Guarantors cease to own legally and/or beneficially and, either directly or indirectly, at least 70% of the issued share capital of GasLog; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

when the Counter Guarantors cease to have the right or the ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or composition of the majority of the board of directors (or equivalent) of GasLog; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

if there is a change of 15% or more in the shareholding of, or in the voting rights relative to, Counter Guarantor A from that described to the Lenders on or before the date of this Agreement,

 

 

 

 

in any case, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

 

 

 

Charged Property means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed or intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

Charter means, in relation to a Ship, the Master Agreement as supplemented by the Confirmation Memorandum for that Ship.

 

 

 

Charter Assignment means a first charter assignment by the relevant Owner of its interest in the Charter Documents in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form.

 

 

 

Charter Documents means, in relation to a Ship, the Charter or a Replacement Charter for that Ship, any documents supplementing it and any guarantee or security given by any person for the relevant Charterer’s obligations under it.

3



 

 

 

 

Charterer means, in relation to a Ship, the charterer named in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) as charterer of that Ship, or such other charterer of that Ship under a Replacement Charter.

 

 

 

Classification means, in relation to a Ship, the classification specified in respect of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) with the relevant Classification Society or another classification approved by the Majority Lenders as its classification, at the request of the relevant Owner.

 

 

 

Classification Society means, in relation to a Ship, the classification society specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) or another classification society approved by the Majority Lenders as its Classification Society, at the request of the relevant Owner.

 

 

 

Commercial Facility means the term loan facility made available by the Commercial Facility Lender under this Agreement as described in clause 2 ( The Facilities ).

 

 

 

Commercial Facility Advance A means an advance of the Commercial Facility Commitments in respect of Ship A of up to the lesser of (a) $40,000,000 and (b) 21.391% of the Contract Price of Ship A.

 

 

 

Commercial Facility Advance B means an advance of the Commercial Facility Commitments in respect of Ship B of up to the lesser of (a) $40,000,000 and (b) 21.391% of the Contract Price of Ship B.

 

 

 

Commercial Facility Advances means the Commercial Facility Advance A and the Commercial Facility Advance B and Commercial Facility Advance means either of them.

 


Commercial Facility Commitment
means:

 

 

 

(a)

in relation to an Original Commercial Facility Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Commercial Facility Commitment” in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) and the amount of any other Commercial Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

in relation to any other Commercial Facility Lender, the amount of any Commercial Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

 

 

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Commercial Facility Lender means:

 

 

 

(a)

the Original Commercial Facility Lender; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

any bank, financial institution or other regulated investment company which has become a Party in accordance with clause 30 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

 

 

 

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Commercial Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Commercial Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

 

 

Commitments means, together, the KEXIM Facility Commitment and the Commercial Facility Commitment and Commitment means any of them.

 

 

 

Confirmation shall have, in relation to any Hedging Transaction, the meaning given to it in the Hedging Master Agreement.

 

 

 

Confirmation Memorandum means, in relation to a Ship, the confirmation memorandum for that ship details of which are provided in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

4



 

 

 

 

Constitutional Documents means, in respect of an Obligor, such Obligor’s memorandum and articles of association, bye-laws or other constitutional documents including as referred to in any certificate relating to an Obligor delivered pursuant to Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent ).

 

 

 

Contract Price means, in relation to a Ship, the price of the Ship payable under the Building Contract for such Ship.

 

 

 

 

Counter Guarantees means each of the counter guarantees, executed by a Counter Guarantor in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form and Counter Guarantee means any of them.

 

 

 

 

Counter Guarantor A means a person (other than Counter Guarantor B) acceptable to the Lenders at their discretion which may now or at any time throughout the Facility Period guarantee the obligations and liabilities of the Obligors to the Lenders and the Hedging Provider and which is designated to be the “Counter Guarantor A” in the Counter Guarantee executed by it.

 

 

 

 

Counter Guarantor B means a person (other than Counter Guarantor A) acceptable to the Lenders at their discretion which may now or at any time throughout the Facility Period guarantee the obligations and liabilities of the Obligors to the Lenders and the Hedging Provider and which is designated to be the “Counter Guarantor B” in the Counter Guarantee executed by it.

 

 

 

 

Counter Guarantors means together, the Counter Guarantor A and the Counter Guarantor B and Counter Guarantor means any of them.

 

 

 

 

Debt Service means, in relation to each Excess Cash Calculation Period, the sum (calculated by the Agent pursuant to clause 19.12 ( Excess Cash recapture )) to be the aggregate amount of principal, interest thereon and all other amounts which shall fall due and will be paid by the Borrowers to the Finance Parties under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents during that Excess Cash Calculation Period.

 

 

 

 

Deed of Covenant means, in relation to a Ship, a first deed of covenant by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form.

 

 

 

 

Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of them) be an Event of Default.

 

 

 

 

Defaulting Lender means any Lender:

 

 

 

 

(a)

which has failed to make its participation in an Advance available or has notified the Agent that it will not make its participation in an Advance available by the Utilisation Date of that Advance in accordance with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation );

 

 

 

 

(b)

which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

 


unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:


 

 

 

 

 

(i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

a Disruption Event; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

5


 

 

 

 

 

 

Delivery means, in relation to a Ship, the delivery and acceptance of the Ship by the relevant Owner under the relevant Building Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delivery Date means, in relation to a Ship, the date on which the relevant Ship is delivered to the relevant Owner pursuant to the relevant Building Contract.

 

 

 

Delivery Instalment means, in relation to a Ship, the instalment of the Contract Price for such Ship falling due on its Delivery.

 

 

 

Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

 

 

(a)

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facilities (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

 

 

 

 

(and which (in either such case)) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

 

 

Earnings means, in relation to a Ship and a person, all money at any time payable to that person for or in relation to the use or operation of such Ship including freight, hire and passage moneys, money payable to that person for the provision of services by or from such Ship or under any charter commitment, requisition for hire compensation, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach and payments for termination or variation of any charter commitment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Account means any Account designated as an “Earnings Account” under clause 25 ( Bank accounts ).

 

 

 

Enforcement Costs means any costs, expenses, liabilities or other amounts in respect of which any amount is payable under clauses 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ) or 16.3 ( Enforcement and preservation costs ) or under any other Finance Document to which those provisions apply and any remuneration payable to a Receiver in connection with any Security Documents.

 

 

 

Environmental Claims means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

enforcement, clean-up, removal or other governmental or regulatory action or orders or claims instituted or made pursuant to any Environmental Laws or resulting from a Spill; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

any claim made by any other person relating to a Spill.

 

 

 

Environmental Incident means any Spill from any Fleet Vessel in circumstances where:

 

 

 

(a)

any Fleet Vessel or its owner, operator or manager may be liable for Environmental Claims arising from the Spill (other than Environmental Claims arising and fully satisfied before the date of this Agreement); and/or

 

 

 

 

(b)

any Fleet Vessel may be arrested or attached in connection with any such Environmental Claim.

6



 

 

 

 

Environmental Laws means all laws, regulations and conventions concerning pollution or protection of human health or the environment.

 

 

 

Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in clause 28 ( Events of Default ).

 

 

 

Excess Cash means, in relation to each Excess Cash Calculation Period, the amount (calculated by the Agent pursuant to clause 19.12 (Excess Cash recapture )) which is equal to:

 

 

 

(a)

the Earnings paid to the Owners during such Excess Cash Calculation Period, minus;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Debt Service for such Excess Cash Calculation Period, minus;

 

 

 

 

(c)

the total voyage and operating expenses and costs (including, without limitation, maintenance costs, crew wages, insurance costs, and overhead expenses but excluding any extraordinary items) in relation to the Ships and the total cost of any intermediate or special survey for the Ships, paid by the Owners during such Excess Cash Calculation Period as may be requested by the Agent.

 

 

 

 

Excess Cash Calculation Period means, in respect of a Ship, each of the three month periods commencing on the first Repayment Date after the date falling 18 months before the expiry of that Ship’s Charter.

 

 

 

 

Facilities means, together, the Commercial Facility and the KEXIM Facility.

 

 

 

Facility Office means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

 

 

Facility Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date on which the Total Commitments have reduced to zero and all indebtedness of the Obligors under the Finance Documents has been fully paid and discharged.

 

 

 

Fee Letter means any letter dated on or before the date of this Agreement between the Agent and the Borrowers setting out any of the fees referred to in clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

 

 

Final Repayment Date means, subject to clause 35.7 ( Business Days ):

 

 

 

(a)

in respect of Advance A, the earlier of (i) 19 August 2025 and (ii) the date 144 months after the Delivery Date of Ship A; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

in respect of Advance B, the earlier of (i) 17 October 2025 and (ii) the date 144 months after the Delivery Date of Ship B..

 

 

 

 

Finance Documents means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, the Hedging Contracts, the Hedging Master Agreement, the Security Documents, any Transfer Certificate and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrowers and each a Finance Document.

 

 

 

Finance Parties means the Agent, the Security Agent, any Arranger, the Hedging Provider or a Lender and each a Finance Party.

 

 

 

Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

 

 

(a)

moneys borrowed;

 

 

 

 

(b)

any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

7



 

 

 

 

(c)

any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

 

 

 

(d)

the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

 

 

 

(e)

receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

 

 

 

(f)

any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);

 

 

 

 

(g)

any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

 

 

 

 

(h)

any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (a) one of the primary reasons behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or (b) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 180 days after the date of supply;

 

 

 

 

(i)

any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing; and

 

 

 

 

(j)

the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above.

 

 

 

 

First Repayment Date means, in respect of each Advance, subject to clause 35,7 ( Business Days ) the date falling three months after the Delivery Date of the Ship relative to such Advance.

 

 

 

 

Flag State means, in relation to a Ship, the country specified in respect of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ), or such other state or territory as may be approved by the Lenders, at the request of the relevant Owner, as being the “Flag State” of such Ship for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

Fleet Vessel means each Ship and any other vessel directly or indirectly owned by any Obligor.

 

 

 

 

GAAP means International Accounting Standards, International Financial Reporting Standards and related interpretations as amended, supplemented, issued or adopted from time to time by the International Accounting Standards Board to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

 

 

 

 

GasLog means the company described as such in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ).

GasLog Carriers means the company described as such in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ).

 

 

 

 

GasLog Guarantee means the guarantee, executed by GasLog in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form.

 

 

 

 

GasLog Carriers Guarantee means the guarantee, executed by GasLog Carriers in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form.

 

 

 

 

GasLog LNG means the company described as such in Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ).

 

 

 

 

Group means a Counter Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the time being and, for the purposes of clause 18,1 ( Financial statements ) or clause 5 of each of the Counter Guarantees ( Financial Covenants ), any other entity required to be treated as a subsidiary in its consolidated accounts in accordance with GAAP and/or any applicable law.

8



 

 

 

 

Guarantees means the GasLog Guarantee and the GasLog Carriers Guarantee and Guarantee means any of them.

 

 

 

Guarantors means persons acceptable to the Lenders at their discretion which may now or at any time throughout the Facility Period guarantee the obligations and liabilities of the Borrowers to the Lenders and the Hedging Provider (including, without limitation, GasLog and GasLog Carriers).

 

 

 

 

Hedging Contract means any Hedging Transaction between one or more of the Borrowers and the Hedging Provider pursuant to the Hedging Master Agreement and includes the Hedging Master Agreement and any Confirmations from time to time exchanged under it and governed by its terms relating to that Hedging Transaction and any contract in relation to such a Hedging Transaction constituted and/or evidenced by them and Hedging Contracts means all of them.

 

 

 

 

Hedging Contract Security means a deed or other instrument by the Borrowers in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form conferring a Security Interest over any Hedging Contracts.

 

 

 

 

Hedging Exposure means, as at any relevant date, the aggregate of the amount certified by the Hedging Provider to the Agent to be the net amount in dollars (a) in relation to all Hedging Contracts that have been closed out on or prior to the relevant date, that is due and owing by the Borrowers to the Hedging Provider in respect of such Hedging Contracts on the relevant date and (b) in relation to all Hedging Contracts that are continuing on the relevant date, that would be payable by the Borrowers to the Hedging Provider under (and calculated in accordance with) the early termination provisions of the Hedging Contracts as if an Early Termination Date (as defined in the Hedging Master Agreement) had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all such continuing Hedging Contracts.

 

 

 

 

Hedging Master Agreement means the agreement made or (as the context may require) to be made between the Borrowers and the Hedging Provider comprising an ISDA Master Agreement and Schedule thereto and any credit support agreement in the agreed form.

 

 

 

 

Hedging Transaction has, in relation to the Hedging Master Agreement, the meaning given to the term “Transaction” in the Hedging Master Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

 

 

 

Increased Costs has the meaning given to it in clause 13.1 ( Increased Costs ).

 

 

 

Indemnified Person means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

each Finance Party and each Receiver and any attorney, agent or other person appointed by them under the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

(b)

each Affiliate of those persons; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

any officers, employees or agents of any of the above persons.

 

 

 

 

Insolvency Event in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

 

 

 

 

(a)

is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

 

 

 

(b)

becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

 

 

 

(c)

makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

 

 

 

(d)

institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its

9



 

 

 

 

 

 

incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding up or liquidation; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act 2009 and/or has instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009;

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

has a resolution passed for its winding up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (i) above; or

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance Notice means, in relation to a Ship, a notice of assignment in the form scheduled to such Ship’s Deed of Covenant or in another approved form.

 

 

 

 

 

Insurances means, in relation to a Ship:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

all policies and contracts of insurance; and

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

all entries in a protection and indemnity or war risks or other mutual insurance association

 

 

 

 

 

in the name of such Ship’s owner or the joint names of its owner and any other person in respect of or in connection with such Ship and/or its owner’s Earnings from the Ship and includes all benefits thereof (including the right to receive claims and to return of premiums).

 

 

 

 

 

Interbank Market means the London interbank market.

10



 

 

 

 

 

Interest Period means, in relation to the Loan, each period determined in accordance with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).

 

 

 

 

 

IPO means the initial public offering of shares of common stock of GasLog on an Approved Exchange.

 

 

 

 

 

IPO Change of Control means if, at any time after an IPO has been completed:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the current beneficial owners of the Counter Guarantors fail to maintain, in aggregate, legally and/or beneficially, and either directly or indirectly, at least:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

from the date when the IPO is completed until the date falling 12 months thereafter (the First Anniversary ), 30%;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

from the First Anniversary until the date falling 12 months thereafter (the Second Anniversary ), 25%;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

from the Second Anniversary until the date falling 12 months thereafter (the Third Anniversary ), 20%; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

from the Third Anniversary and at all other times thereafter, 15%,

 

 

 

 

 

 

of the issued share capital of GasLog (or such other public vehicle owning the Borrowers); or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the current beneficial owners of the Counter Guarantors cease to be, in aggregate, the largest direct or indirect shareholders of the Guarantors (with the exception of any passive financial institution) or cease to have the right or the ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or composition of the majority of the board of directors (or equivalent) of GasLog (or such other public vehicle owning the Borrowers); or

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

there is a change of 15% or more in the shareholding of, or in the voting rights relative to, Counter Guarantor A from that described to the Lenders on or before the date of this Agreement,

 

 

 

 

 

in any case without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting with the authorisation of the Lenders).

 

 

 

 

 

Any reference to the Counter Guarantors or Counter Guarantor A in this definition shall continue to apply to such person(s) following the release of any Counter Guarantor from its obligations under the Counter Guarantee to which it is a party for any person.

 

 

 

 

 

KEXIM Facility means the term loan facility made available by the KEXIM Facility Lenders under this Agreement as described in clause 2 ( The Facilities ).

 

 

 

 

 

KEXIM Facility Advance A means an advance of the KEXIM Facility Commitment in respect of Ship A of up to the lesser of (a) $96,250,000 and (b) 51.471% of the Contract Price of Ship A.

 

 

 

 

 

KEXIM Facility Advance B means an advance of the KEXIM Facility Commitment in respect of Ship B of up to the lesser of (a) $96,250,000 and (b) 51.471% of the Contract Price of Ship B.

 

 

 

 

 

KEXIM Facility Advances means the KEXIM Facility Advance A and the KEXIM Facility Advance B and KEXIM Facility Advance means either of them.

 

 

 

 

 

KEXIM Facility Commitment means:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in relation to an Original KEXIM Facility Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “KEXIM Facility Commitment” in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) and the

11



 

 

 

 

 

amount of any other KEXIM Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

(b)

in relation to any other KEXIM Facility Lender, the amount of any KEXIM Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

 

 

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

KEXIM Facility Lender means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Original KEXIM Facility Lender; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

any bank, financial institution or other regulated investment company which has become a Party in accordance with clause 30 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

 

 

 

 

and in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

KEXIM Loan means the loan made or to be made under the KEXIM Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

 

 

 

Last Availability Date means, in respect of each Advance, 200 days after the Scheduled Delivery Date for the relevant Ship (as set out in Schedule 2 ( Ship information )) relating to that Advance under the Building Contract for that Ship (or such later date as may be approved by the Lenders).

 

 

 

 

Legal Reservations means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for, or indemnify a person against, non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

Lenders means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

any Commercial Facility Lender; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

any KEXIM Facility Lender,

 

 

 

 

and Lender means any of them.

 

 

 

 

LIBOR means, in relation to the Loan or any part of it or any Unpaid Sum:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

(if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Interbank Market,

 

 

 

 

as of 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in dollars for a period comparable to the Interest Period for the Loan or relevant part of it or Unpaid Sum and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

 

 

 

 

Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Facilities or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

12



 

 

 

 

Losses means any costs, expenses, payments, charges, losses, demands, liabilities, claims, actions, proceedings, penalties, fines, damages, judgments, orders or other sanctions.

 

 

 

 

Loss Payable Clauses means, in relation to a Ship, the provisions concerning payment of claims under the Ship’s Insurances in the form scheduled to such Ship’s Deed of Covenant or in another form approved by the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

Major Casualty means any casualty to a vessel for which the total insurance claim, inclusive of any deductible, exceeds or may exceed the Major Casualty Amount.

 

 

 

 

Major Casualty Amount means $3,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency).

 

 

 

 

Majority Lenders means at any time, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction), Provided that Majority Lenders shall always include (a) the Original KEXIM Facility Lender for so long as it remains a KEXIM Facility Lender and (b) DNB Bank ASA for so long as it remains a Commercial Facility Lender.

 

 

 

 

Manager means collectively, (a) GasLog LNG in its capacity as technical manager to be appointed by the relevant Owner of a Ship, (b) GasLog in its capacity as commercial manager to be appointed by the relevant Owner of a Ship or (c) any other manager appointed by the relevant Owner in accordance with clause 20.3 ( Manager ).

 

 

 

 

Management Agreement Assignment means, in relation to a Ship, a first assignment by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Agent of any management agreement made between the relevant Owner and a Manager in the agreed form.

 

 

 

 

Manager’s Undertaking means, in relation to a Ship, an undertaking by any manager of the Ship to the Security Agent in the agreed form pursuant to clause 20.3 ( Manager ).

 

 

 

 

Mandatory Cost means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).

 

 

 

 

Margin means 2.65% per annum.

 

 

 

 

Master Agreement means the master time charter party agreement dated 9 May 2011 entered into between GAS-one Ltd., GAS-two Ltd., GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd., and GAS-six Ltd. and Methane Services Limited.

 

 

 

 

Material Adverse Effect means, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, a material adverse effect on:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the business, operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Obligors or a Group taken as a whole, which prejudices the ability of an Obligor to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security Interest granted or purporting to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

Minimum Value means the amount in dollars which is at that time 120% of the aggregate of (a) the Loan and (b) the Hedging Exposure at that time.

 

 

 

 

Mortgage means, in relation to a Ship, a first mortgage of the Ship in the agreed form by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Agent.

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Period means, in relation to a Ship, the period from the date the Mortgage over such Ship is executed and registered until the date such Mortgage is released and discharged or the Total Loss Repayment Date.

13



 

 

 

 

Obligors means the parties to the Finance Documents (other than Finance Parties and the Manager) and Obligor means any one of them.

 

 

 

 

Original Financial Statements means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the audited consolidated financial statements of a Group for its financial year ended 31 December 2010; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

the audited financial statements of each of the Guarantors and each of the Counter Guarantors for their respective financial years ended 31 December 2010.

 

 

 

 

Original Lenders means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Original Commercial Facility Lender; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Original KEXIM Facility Lender,

 

 

 

 

and Original Lender means either of them.

 

 

 

 

Original Obligor means each party to this Agreement and the Original Security Documents (other than a Finance Party and the Manager).

 

 

 

 

Original Security Documents means:

 

 

 

(a)

the Counter Guarantees and the Guarantees;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Mortgage over each of the Ships;

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Deed of Covenant in relation to each of the Ships;

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Hedging Contract Security;

 

 

 

 

(e)

the Share Security in relation to each Borrower;

 

 

 

 

(f)

the Charter Assignment in relation to each Ship’s Charter Documents;

 

 

 

 

(g)

the Account Security;

 

 

 

 

(h)

the Management Agreement Assignment;

 

 

 

 

(i)

any Manager’s Undertaking in relation to a Ship if required under clause 20.3 ( Manager ); and

 

 

 

 

(j)

the Quiet Enjoyment Agreement in relation to each of the Ships.

 

 

 

 

Owner means, in relation to a Ship, the Borrower specified against the name of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

 

 

 

Participating Member State means any member state of the European Community that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

 

 

 

Party means a party to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Permitted Maritime Liens means, in relation to a vessel:

 

 

 

 

(a)

unless a Default is continuing, any ship repairer’s or outfitter’s possessory lien in respect of such vessel for an amount not exceeding the Major Casualty Amount for such Ship;

14



 

 

 

 

(b)

any lien on such vessel for master’s, officer’s or crew’s wages outstanding in the ordinary course of its trading;

 

 

 

 

(c)

liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of business and any other lien arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of the business, repair or maintenance of such vessel, and

 

 

 

 

(d)

any lien on such vessel for salvage,

 

 

 

 

each securing obligations not more than 30 days overdue.

 

 

 

 

Permitted Security Interests means, in relation to any Ship, any Security Interest over it which is:

 

 

 

 

(a)

granted under the Finance Documents; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

a Permitted Maritime Lien; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

any Security Interest created in favour of a claimant or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses while a Borrower is actively pursuing a claim or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith; or

 

 

 

 

(d)

any Security Interest arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps; or

 

 

 

 

(e)

approved by the Majority Lenders,

 

 

 

 

PROVIDED that in the case of (c) and (d) above the relevant liens (or any claim relating thereto) are, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, covered by insurance or, as the case may be, appropriate reserves have been made.

 

 

 

 

Pollutant means and includes crude oil and its products, any other polluting, toxic or hazardous substance and any other substance whose release into the environment is regulated or penalised by Environmental Laws.

 

 

 

 

Prepayment Option Date means the date falling five years after the earlier to occur of (a) the Delivery Date in relation to Ship A and (b) the Delivery Date in relation to Ship B.

 

 

 

 

Quiet Enjoyment Agreement means, in respect of a Ship, a letter by the Security Agent addressed to, and acknowledged by, the relevant Charterer of the Ship in an agreed form.

 

 

 

 

Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency shall be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

 

 

 

Receiver means a receiver or a receiver and manager or an administrative receiver appointed in relation to the whole or any part of any Charged Property under any relevant Security Document.

 

 

 

 

Reference Banks means the principal offices in London of DNB Bank ASA, Barclays Bank plc and HSBC Bank plc or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent with the consent of the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

Registry means, in relation to each Ship, such registrar, commissioner or representative of the relevant Flag State who is duly authorised and empowered to register the relevant Ship, the relevant Owner’s title to such Ship and the relevant Mortgage under the laws of its Flag State.

15



 

 

 

 

Relevant Jurisdiction means, in relation to an Obligor:

 

 

 

 

(a)

its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

 

 

 

(b)

any jurisdiction where any Charged Property owned by it is situated;

 

 

 

 

(c)

any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

any jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

 

 

 

 

Repayment Date means, in respect of each Advance:

 

 

 

(a)

the First Repayment Date for such Advance;

 

 

 

 

(b)

each of the dates falling at three monthly intervals thereafter up to but not including the Final Repayment Date for such Advance; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Final Repayment Date for such Advance.

 

 

 

 

Replacement Charter means, in relation to a Ship, a charter commitment in respect of that Ship (other than the Charter for that Ship) which:

 

 

 

 

(a)

is approved;

 

 

 

 

(b)

is for an approved period and at approved charter rates;

 

 

 

 

(c)

is in full force and effect;

 

 

 

 

(d)

is entered into with a Charterer whose credit standing is approved;

 

 

 

 

(e)

is subject to a Security Interest which is granted in favour of the Security Agent;

 

 

 

 

(f)

is subject to a Quiet Enjoyment Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

(g)

satisfies such other terms as may be required by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

 

 

 

 

Repeating Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clauses 17.1 ( Status ) to 17.10 ( Ranking and effectiveness of Security Documents ), 17.16.2 ( No breach of laws ), 17.18.1 ( Taxation ), 17.20 ( Legal and beneficial ownership ), 17.21 ( Shares ), 17.23 ( No adverse consequences ), 17.24 ( Copies of documents ), 17.25 (No breach of any Charter Document or Building Contract Document ), 17.26 ( No immunity ), 17,30 ( Other Finance Documents ) and 17.31 ( No money laundering ).

 

 

 

 

Requisition Compensation means, in relation to a Ship, any compensation paid or payable by a government entity for the requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition of such Ship.

 

 

 

 

Reserve Account means any Account designated as a “ Reserve Account ” under clause 25 ( Bank accounts ).

 

 

 

 

Retention Account means any Account designated as a “Retention Account” under clause 25 ( Bank accounts ).

 

 

 

 

Screen Rate means the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for dollars and the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrowers and the Lenders.

16



 

 

 

 

Security Agent includes any person as may be appointed security agent and trustee for the Lenders under this Agreement,

 

 

 

Security Documents means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Original Security Documents; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

any other document as may after the date of this Agreement be executed to guarantee and/or secure any amounts owing to the Finance Parties under this Agreement, any Hedging Contract or any other Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

Security Interest means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, trust, hypothecation or other security interest of any kind securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

 

 

 

 

Security Value means, at any time, the amount in dollars which, at that time, is the aggregate of (a) the value of all the delivered Ships which have not then become a Total Loss and (b) the value of any additional security then held by the Security Agent provided under clause 23 ( Minimum security value ), in each case as most recently determined in accordance with this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Selection Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Selection Notice ) given in accordance with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

 

 

 

 

Share Security means, in relation to each Borrower, the document constituting a first Security Interest by its Holding Company in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form in respect of all of the shares in such Borrower.

 

 

 

 

Ship A means the ship described as such in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

 

 

 

 

Ship B means the ship described as such in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

 

 

 

 

Ship Commitment means, in relation to a Ship, the amount specified against the name of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ), as cancelled or reduced pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Ship Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clauses 17.27 ( Ship status ) and 17.28 ( Ship’s employment ).

 

 

 

 

Ships means Ship A and Ship B and Ship means any of them.

 

 

 

 

Spill means any spill, release or discharge of a Pollutant into the environment.

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary of a person means any other person:

 

 

 

 

(a)

directly or indirectly controlled by such person; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

of whose dividends or distributions on ordinary voting share capital such person is entitled to receive more than 50%.

 

 

 

 

Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same) and Taxation shall be construed accordingly.

 

 

 

 

Total Commercial Facility Commitments means the aggregate of the Commercial Facility Commitments, being $80,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Total Commercial Facility Commitments and the Total KEXIM Facility Commitments, being $272,500,000 at the date of this Agreement.

17



 

 

 

 

 

Total KEXIM Facility Commitments means the aggregate of the KEXIM Facility Commitments, being $192,500,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loss means, in relation to a vessel, its:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss; or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

requisition for title, confiscation or other compulsory acquisition by a government entity;

 

 

 

 

(c)

condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention for more than 30 days; or

 

 

 

 

(d)

hijacking or theft for more than 60 days.

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loss Date means, in relation to the Total Loss of a vessel:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the case of an actual total loss, the date it happened or, if such date is not known, the date on which the vessel was last reported;

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss, the earliest of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the date notice of abandonment of the vessel is given to its insurers; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

if the insurers do not admit such a claim, the date later determined by a competent court of law to have been the date on which the total loss happened; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

the date upon which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the vessel’s insurers;

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in the case of a requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition, the date it happened;

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

in the case of condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention, the date 30 days after the date upon which it happened; and

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

in the case of hijacking or theft, the date 60 days after the date upon which it happened.

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loss Repayment Date means where a Ship has become a Total Loss after its Delivery the earlier of:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the date falling 180 days after its Total Loss Date; and

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the date upon which insurance proceeds or Requisition Compensation for such Total Loss are paid by insurers or the relevant government entity.

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in either Schedule 7 ( Form of Commercial Facility Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrowers or at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, in any other form required by the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer Date means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury Transaction means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Property means, collectively:

18



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

all moneys duly received by the Security Agent under or in respect of the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any portion of the balance on any Account held by or charged to the Security Agent at any time;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Security Interests, guarantees, security, powers and rights given to the Security Agent under and pursuant to the Finance Documents including, without limitation, the covenants given to the Security Agent in respect of all obligations of any Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

all assets paid or transferred to or vested in the Security Agent or its agent or received or recovered by the Security Agent or its agent in connection with any of the Finance Documents whether from any Obligor or any other person; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

all or any part of any rights, benefits, interests and other assets at any time representing or deriving from any of the above, including all income and other sums at any time received or receivable by the Security Agent or its agent in respect of the same (or any part thereof).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

Utilisation means the making of an Advance pursuant to clause 5 ( Utilisation ).

 

 

 

 

 

Utilisation Date means the date on which a Utilisation is made.

 

 

 

 

 

Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Utilisation Request ).

 

 

 

 

 

VAT means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any other tax of a similar nature and the analogous taxes in any other relevant jurisdictions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

Construction

 

 

 

1.2.1

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in any of the Finance Documents to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Sections, clauses and Schedules are to be construed as references to the Sections and clauses of, and the Schedules to, the relevant Finance Document and references to a Finance Document include its Schedules;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as it may from time to time be amended, restated, novated or replaced, however fundamentally;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

a time of day are to London time;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

any person includes its successors in title, permitted assignees or transferees;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

the knowledge, awareness and/or beliefs (and similar expressions) of any Obligor shall be construed so as to mean the knowledge, awareness and beliefs of the director and officers of such Obligor, having made due and careful enquiry;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

agreed form means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

where a Finance Document has already been executed by the Agent or the Security Agent, such Finance Document in its executed form;

19



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

prior to the execution of a Finance Document, the form of such Finance Document separately agreed in writing between the Agent and the Borrowers, whether before or after the date of this Agreement, as the form in which that Finance Document is to be executed or another form approved at the request of the Borrowers;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

approved by the Majority Lenders means approved in writing by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (on such conditions as they may respectively impose) and otherwise approved or approved by the Lenders means approved in writing by the Agent acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders (on such conditions as the Agent may impose) and approval and approve shall be construed accordingly;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

an authorisation means any authorisation, consent, concession, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

charter commitment means, in relation to a vessel, any charter or contract for the use, employment or operation of that vessel or the carriage of people and/or cargo or the provision of services by or from it and includes any agreement for pooling or sharing income derived from any such charter or contract;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(I)

control of an entity means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

cast, or control the casting of, more than 50% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of that entity; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(C)

give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that entity with which the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity are obliged to comply; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the holding beneficially of more than 50% of the issued share capital of that entity (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and controlled shall be construed accordingly;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(m)

the term disposal or dispose means a sale, transfer or other disposal (including by way of lease or loan but not including by way of loan of money) by a person of all or part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a series of transactions and whether at the same time or over a period of time, but not the creation of a Security Interest;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(n)

dollar/$ means the lawful currency of the United States of America;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(o)

the equivalent of an amount specified in a particular currency (the specified currency amount ) shall be construed as a reference to the amount of the other relevant currency which can be purchased with the specified currency amount in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on the date the calculation falls to be made for spot delivery, as conclusively determined by the Agent (with the relevant exchange rate of any such purchase being the Agent’s spot rate of exchange );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(p)

a government entity means any government, state or agency of a state;

20



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(q)

a guarantee means any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(r)

indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(s)

month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month or the calendar month in which it is to end, except that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that month (if there is one) or on the immediately preceding Business Day (if there is not); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

if there is no numerically corresponding day in that month, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that month,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and the above rules in paragraphs (i) to (ii) will only apply to the last month of any period;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(t)

an obligation means any duty, obligation or liability of any kind;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(u)

something being in the ordinary course of business of a person means something that is in the ordinary course of that person’s current day-to-day operational business (and not merely anything which that person is entitled to do under its Constitutional Documents);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

pay, prepay or repay in clause 26 ( Business restrictions ) includes by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(w)

a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government entity or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(x)

a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation and includes (without limitation) any Basel II Regulation and the Basel III Regulation;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(y)

right means any right, privilege, power or remedy, any proprietary interest in any asset and any other interest or remedy of any kind, whether actual or contingent, present or future, arising under contract or law, or in equity;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(z)

trustee, fiduciary and fiduciary duty has in each case the meaning given to such term under applicable law;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(aa)

(i) the winding up, dissolution, or administration of person or (ii) a receiver or administrative receiver or administrator in the context of insolvency proceedings or security enforcement actions in respect of a person shall be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings or any equivalent and analogous person or appointee (respectively) under the law of the jurisdiction in which such person is established or incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such person carries on business including (in respect of proceedings) the seeking or occurrences of liquidation, winding-up, reorganisation, dissolution, administration, arrangement, adjustment, protection or relief of debtors;

21



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(bb)

wholly-owned subsidiary has the meaning given to that term in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(cc)

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted.

 

 

 

 

 

1.2.2

 

Where in this Agreement a provision includes a monetary reference level in one currency, unless a contrary indication appears, such reference level is intended to apply equally to its equivalent in other currencies as of the relevant time for the purposes of applying such reference level to any other currencies.

 

 

 

 

 

1.2.3

 

Section, clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

 

 

 

 

1.2.4

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

1.2.5

 

A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived.

 

 

 

 

 

1.2.6

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other Finance Document when dealing with the same or similar subject matter, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

Third party rights

 

 

 

 

 

1.3.1

 

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document for the benefit of a Finance Party or another Indemnified Person, a person who is not a party to a Finance Document has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the Third Parties Act ) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of the relevant Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

1.3.2

 

Any Finance Document may be rescinded or varied by the parties to it without the consent of any person who is not a party to it (unless otherwise provided by this Agreement).

 

 

 

 

 

1.3.3

 

An Indemnified Person who is not a party to a Finance Document may only enforce its rights under that Finance Document through a Finance Party and if and to the extent and in such manner as the Finance Party may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

1.4

 

Finance Documents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Where any other Finance Document provides that this clause 1.4 shall apply to that Finance Document, any other provision of this Agreement which, by its terms, purports to apply to all or any of the Finance Documents and/or any Obligor shall apply to that Finance Document as if set out in it but with all necessary changes.

 

 

 

 

 

1.5

 

Conflict of documents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The terms of the Finance Documents (other than as relates to the creation and/or perfection of security) are subject to the terms of this Agreement and, in the event of any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of any Finance Document (other than in relation to the creation and/or perfection of security) the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

22


SECTION 2 - THE FACILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

The Facilities

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

The Facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

2.1.1

 

the Commercial Facility Lenders agree to make available to the Borrowers a term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commercial Facility Commitments; and

 

 

 

 

 

2.1.2

 

the KEXIM Facility Lenders agree to make available to the Borrowers a term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total KEXIM Facility Commitments.

 

 

 

 

 

2.2

 

Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

 

 

 

 

2.2.1

 

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

2.2.2

 

The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

 

 

 

 

2.2.3

 

A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents (including clauses 32.24 ( All enforcement action through the Security Agent )) and 33.2 ( Finance Parties acting together ), separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

2.3

 

Borrowers’ rights and obligations

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.1

 

The obligations of each Borrower under this Agreement are joint and several. Failure by a Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall constitute a failure by all of the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.2

 

Each Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally with each other Borrower:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

agrees that it is responsible for the performance of the obligations of each other Borrower under this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

acknowledges and agrees that it is a principal and original debtor in respect of all amounts due from the Borrowers under this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

agrees with each Finance Party that, if any obligation of another Borrower under this Agreement is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal for any reason it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any and all Losses it incurs as a result of another Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by that other Borrower under this Agreement. The amount payable under this indemnity shall be equal to the amount which that Finance Party would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.3

 

The obligations of each Borrower under the Finance Documents shall continue until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged in full, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

 

 

2.3.4

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of a Borrower or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on

23



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Borrowers under this Agreement will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

 

 

2.3.5

 

The obligations of each Borrower under the Finance Documents shall not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this clause (whether or not known to it or any Finance Party), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under the Finance Documents including:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any other Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.6

 

Each Borrower waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Borrower under any Finance Document. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.7

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Borrower will be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any money received from any Borrower or on account of any Borrower’s liability under any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.8

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs (on such terms as it may require), no Borrower shall exercise any rights (including rights of set-off) which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to be indemnified by another Obligor;

24



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to claim any contribution from any other Obligor or any guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents other than as may be permitted under section subject to the provisions of clause 22; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party.

 

 

 

 

 

2.4

 

Adjustment for liquidated damages

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If an Owner becomes entitled to receive liquidated damages under a Building Contract or to have liquidated damages deducted from the Delivery Instalment for the relevant Ship, the Advance for the relevant Ship and the Total Commitments shall each be reduced by an amount equal to 72.862% of such liquidated damages (save to the extent that any such liquidated damages are to be paid by the relevant Owner or the Builder of the relevant Ship to the Charterer of that Ship, but for the avoidance of doubt, not by way of set-off or reduction in charterhire or any other means other than direct payment) and such reduction shall be applied against the Commercial Facility Commitments and the KEXIM Facility Commitments on a pro rata basis.

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Purpose

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Purpose

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall apply all amounts borrowed under the Facilities in accordance with this clause 3.

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Use

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship Commitment for each Ship shall be made available solely for the purpose of assisting the relevant Owner to finance the Contract Price for such Ship.

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

 

Monitoring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Conditions of Utilisation

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Initial conditions precedent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers may not execute this Agreement unless the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received all of the documents and the evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent to executing this Agreement ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

Conditions precedent on delivery of Utilisation Request

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent to any Utilisation ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

Conditions precedent on Delivery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship Commitment in respect of a Ship shall only become available for borrowing under this Agreement if the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received all of the documents and evidence listed in Part 3 of Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent on Delivery ) in relation to such Ship in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

25



 

 

 

 

 

4.4

 

Notice to Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders promptly upon receiving and being satisfied with all of the documents and evidence delivered to it under this clause 4.

 

 

 

 

 

4.5

 

Further conditions precedent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Repeating Representations and, in relation to the first Utilisation, all of the other representations set out in clause 17 ( Representations ) (except the Ship Representations), are true; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in relation to the Utilisation of the Ship Commitment for a Ship, the Ship Representations are true so far as they relate to that Ship.

 

 

 

 

 

4.6

 

Waiver of conditions precedent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The conditions in this clause 4 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Finance Parties and may be waived on their behalf in whole or in part and with or without conditions by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

4.7

 

Conditions subsequent

 

 

 

 

 

4.7.1

 

The condition precedent with respect to the provision of the duly executed GasLog Guarantee specified at paragraph 8 of part 1 of Schedule 3 must be satisfied as soon as practicable after the date of this Agreement and, in any event, no later than 15 Business Days after the date hereof or such later date as the Lenders in their absolute discretion shall determine.

 

 

 

 

 

4.7.2

 

The condition precedent with respect to the provision of evidence that the relevant Ship has been delivered and accepted for service under the relevant Charter or the relevant Replacement Charter specified at paragraph 3(a)(v) of part 3 of Schedule 3, must be satisfied as soon as practicable after the relevant Utilisation Date and, in any event no later than three Business Days after the relevant Utilisation Date.

26


SECTION 3 - UTILISATION

 

 

 

 

5

 

Utilisation

 

 

 

5.1

 

Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

 

 

 

 

A Borrower may utilise the Facilities by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than 11:00 a.m. five Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

 

 

5.2

 

Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

 

 

5.2.1

 

A Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the proposed Utilisation Date, in respect of an Advance, is a Business Day falling not later than the Last Availability Date;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount );

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the proposed Interest Period complies with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

it identifies the purpose for the Utilisation and that purpose complies with clause 3 ( Purpose ),

 

 

 

 

5.2.2

 

Only one Advance may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

 

 

5.3

 

Currency and amount

 

 

 

 

 

The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be in dollars and the amount of the proposed Advance must, in relation to a Ship:

 

 

 

5.3.1

 

be the Ship Commitment for such Ship or, if less, the amount of the Available Facility less the amount of the outstanding Loan; and

 

 

 

5.3.2

 

comprise a KEXIM Facility Advance and a Commercial Facility Advance, PROVIDED THAT the Security Value of the Ships shall always equal or exceed the Minimum Value.

 

 

 

5.4

 

Lenders’ participation

 

 

 

5.4.1

 

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Advance available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

 

 

5.4.2

 

The amount of each Lender’s participation in the Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Commitment to the Total Commitments immediately prior to making the Advance.

 

 

 

5.4.3

 

If any Commercial Facility Lender or KEXIM Facility Lender fails to make available its participation in an Advance to the Agent, no amount of that Advance shall be made available to the Borrowers.

 

 

 

5.4.4

 

The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of the Advance and the amount of its participation in the Advance.

 

 

 

5.4.5

 

The Agent shall pay all amounts received by it in respect of each Advance (and its own participation in it, if any) to the Borrowers or for the account of any of them in accordance with the instructions contained in the Utilisation Request.

27


SECTION 4 - REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

 

 

6

 

Repayment

 

 

 

6.1

 

Repayment

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall on each Repayment Date repay such part of the KEXIM Loan for the account of the KEXIM Facility Lenders and such part of the Commercial Loan for the account of the Commercial Facility Lenders as is required to be repaid by clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Advances ).

 

 

 

6.2

 

Scheduled repayment of Advances

 

 

 

6.2.1

 

The Borrowers shall repay each KEXIM Facility Advance by 48 instalments, one such instalment to be repaid on each of the Repayment Dates relative to such KEXIM Facility Advance and in the amounts specified in clause 6.2.3.

 

 

 

6.2.2

 

To the extent not previously reduced, the Borrowers shall repay each Commercial Facility Advance on the Final Repayment Date relative to such Commercial Facility Advance.

 

 

 

6.2.3

 

To the extent not previously reduced, each Advance shall be repaid by instalments on each Repayment Date by the amount specified below (as revised by clause 6.3):


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment
Date

 

KEXIM Facility
Advance A
amount ($)

 

Commercial
Facility
Advance A
amount ($)

 

KEXIM Facility
Advance B
amount ($)

 

Commercial
Facility
Advance B
amount ($)










 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First

 

2,005,224

 

0

 

2,005,224

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Second

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Third

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fifth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sixth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seventh

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eighth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ninth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eleventh

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twelfth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirteenth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourteenth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fifteen

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sixteen

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seventeen

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

28



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment
Date

 

KEXIM Facility
Advance A
amount ($)

 

Commercial
Facility
Advance A
amount ($)

 

KEXIM Facility
Advance B
amount ($)

 

Commercial
Facility
Advance B
amount ($)










 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eighteen

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nineteen

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty one

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty two

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty three

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty four

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty five

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty six

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty seven

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty eight

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty nine

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty one

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty two

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty three

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty four

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty five

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty six

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty seven

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty eight

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty nine

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty one

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty two

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty three

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty four

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty five

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty six

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty seven

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

29



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment
Date

 

KEXIM Facility
Advance A
amount ($)

 

Commercial
Facility
Advance A
amount ($)

 

KEXIM Facility
Advance B
amount ($)

 

Commercial
Facility
Advance B
amount ($)










 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty eight

 

2,005,208

 

40,000,000

 

2,005,208

 

40,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

96,250,000

 

40,000,000

 

96,250,000

 

40,000,000


 

 

 

 

 

 

On the Final Repayment Date relative to an Advance (without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement), the relevant Advance shall be repaid in full.

 

 

 

6.3

 

Adjustment of scheduled repayments

 

 

 

 

 

If the KEXIM Facility Commitment has been partially reduced under this Agreement and/or any part of any Advance is prepaid (other than under clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Advances )) before any Repayment Date, the amount of the instalment by which such KEXIM Facility Advance shall be repaid under clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Advances ) on any such Repayment Date (as reduced by any earlier operation of this clause 6.3) shall be reduced pro rata to such reduction in the KEXIM Facility Commitment.

 

 

 

7

 

Illegality, prepayment and cancellation

 

 

 

7.1

 

Illegality

 

 

 

 

 

 

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loan:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

upon the Agent notifying the Borrowers, the Total Commitments will be immediately cancelled; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Borrowers shall repay the Loan in full on the last day of the Interest Period occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by that Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

 

 

 

7.2

 

Prepayment option

 

 

 

7.2.1

 

Any Commercial Facility Lender shall have the right to require the Borrowers to prepay the Commercial Loan in full on the Prepayment Option Date and the Total Commercial Facility Commitments will immediately be cancelled, PROVIDED THAT (a) the Agent (acting on the instructions of that Commercial Facility Lender) has notified the Borrowers not less than 90 days prior to the Prepayment Option Date (the Option Notification Date ) of the intention of the Commercial Facility Lenders to exercise such option and (b) the Agent (acting on the instructions of that Commercial Facility Lender) has notified the other Lenders of the intention to exercise the right to require the Borrowers to repay the Commercial Loan pursuant to this clause 7.2.1 at least 30 days prior to the Option Notification Date.

 

 

 

7.2.2

 

Any KEXIM Facility Lender shall have the right to require the Borrowers to prepay the KEXIM Loan in full on the Prepayment Option Date and the KEXIM Facility Commitments will immediately be cancelled, PROVIDED THAT (a) the Agent (acting on the instructions of that KEXIM Facility Lender) has notified the Borrowers no later than the Option Notification Date of the intention of the KEXIM Facility Lenders to exercise such option and (b) the Agent (acting on the instructions of that KEXIM Facility Lender) has notified the other Lenders of the intention to exercise the right to require the Borrowers to repay the KEXIM Loan pursuant to this clause 7.2.2 at least 30 days prior to the Option Notification Date.

30



 

 

 

 

7.2.3

 

If a Lender notifies the Agent of its intention to exercise its option pursuant to clause 7.2.1 or 7.2.2 above, the Agent shall notify each other Lender of such intention at the same time as the Agent notifies the Borrowers pursuant to clause 7.2.1 or 7.2.2 above.

 

 

 

7.3

 

Voluntary cancellation

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers may, if they give the Agent not less than 90 days prior written notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and a multiple of $5,000,000) of any part of the Available Facility which is undrawn at the proposed date of cancellation.

 

 

 

7.4

 

Voluntary prepayment

 

 

 

7.4.1

 

The Borrowers may, if they give the Agent not less than 90 days prior written notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and which is a multiple of $5,000,000) on the last day of an Interest Period in respect of the amount to be prepaid.

 

 

 

7.4.2

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for distribution among the Lenders) a prepayment fee of 0.5% of any amount prepaid pursuant to clause 7.4.1 ( Voluntary prepayment ). This prepayment fee shall not apply if the prepayment is made following an IPO for the purpose of complying with any financial covenants provided by any Guarantor.

 

 

 

7.5

 

Right of cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender

 

 

 

7.5.1

 

If:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrowers under clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity ) or clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ),

 

 

 

 

 

 

the Borrowers may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and their intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

 

 

7.5.2

 

On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in clause 7.5.1 above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

 

 

7.5.3

 

On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrowers have given notice of cancellation under clause 7.5.1 above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrowers in that notice), the Borrowers shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

 

 

 

7.5.4

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Borrowers may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent three Business Days’ notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, the Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

 

 

 

7.6

 

Total Loss

 

 

 

 

 

On the Total Loss Repayment Date, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loan relative to such Ship which has become a Total Loss and shall ensure that the Minimum Value is maintained. The Ship Commitment for such Ship shall be reduced to zero.

31



 

 

 

 

7.7

 

Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

if an Owner sells the relevant Ship, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loan relative to such Ship immediately on or before the sale of such Ship and shall ensure that the Minimum Value is maintained. The Ship Commitment for such Ship shall be reduced to zero.

 

 

 

7.8

 

Change of Control

 

 

 

 

 

If there is a Change of Control or an IPO Change of Control, the Agent shall cancel the Total Commitments and the Borrowers shall prepay the Loan in full.

 

 

 

7.9

 

Mandatory pre-delivery cancellation

 

 

 

 

 

If prior to Delivery:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any Building Contract is for any reason and by any method cancelled, terminated or rescinded; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a competent court or arbitration panel decides that any Building Contract has been validly cancelled, terminated or rescinded; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any Building Contract is varied in a way prohibited by any Finance Document; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

(if applicable) any Building Contract Document other than the Building Contract is repudiated, cancelled, rescinded or otherwise terminated (and is not replaced or reinstated (in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders)) or is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of a guarantor or it is or becomes unlawful for any guarantor to perform its obligations under it; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Delivery, in respect of a Ship, has not occurred by the Last Availability Date,

 

 

 

 

 

 

then, the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers with effect from the date 10 Business Days after the giving of such notice (or such later date as may be approved in advance by the Majority Lenders) cancel the Ship Commitment relevant to such Building Contract.

 

 

 

7.10

 

Fees and mandatory prepayment

 

 

 

 

7.10.1

 

The prepayment of any Ship Commitment pursuant to clause 7.7 ( Sale ), shall be subject to the payment by the Borrowers to the Agent (for distribution among the Lenders) of a prepayment fee of:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

1% of the amount prepaid, if the relevant Ship is sold within 48 months from its Delivery Date;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

0.75% of the amount prepaid, if the relevant Ship is sold after 48 months from its Delivery Date but within 96 months from its Delivery Date; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

0.5% of the amount prepaid, if the relevant Ship is sold at any time after 96 months from its Delivery Date,

 

 

 

 

7.10.2

 

If the Borrowers prepay the Total Commitments pursuant to clause 7.8 ( Change of Control ), they shall also pay a prepayment fee of 0.5% of the amount required to be prepaid pursuant to clause 7.8 ( Change of Control ).

 

 

 

7.11

 

Automatic cancellation

 

 

 

 

 

Any part of the Total Commitments which has not been utilised by the Last Availability Date shall be automatically cancelled at close of business in London on the Last Availability Date.

32



 

 

 

7.12

 

Restrictions

 

 

 

7.12.1

 

Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

 

 

7.12.2

 

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs or prepayment fee under clause 7.10 ( Fees and mandatory prepayment ), without premium or penalty.

 

 

 

7.12.3

 

The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of the Facilities which is repaid or prepaid.

 

 

 

7.12.4

 

The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

 

 

7.12.5

 

No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

 

 

7.12.6

 

If the Agent receives a notice under this clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrowers or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

 

 

7.12.7

 

Any partial amount of the Loan prepaid or cancelled under this Agreement shall be applied in reduction of the Facilities on a pro rata basis. Any partial amount of a KEXIM Facility Advance prepaid or cancelled under this Agreement shall be applied on a pro rata basis in reduction of the repayment instalments under clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Facilities ) in accordance with clauses 6.3 ( Adjustment of scheduled repayments.

 

 

 

7.12.8

 

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with payment to the Hedging Provider of any amount falling due to the Hedging Provider under a Hedging Contract as a result of the termination or close out of that Hedging Contract or any Hedging Transaction under it in accordance with clause 27.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ) in relation to that repayment.

33


SECTION 5 - COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

8.1

 

Calculation of interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The rate of interest on the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Margin;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

LIBOR; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Mandatory Cost, if any.

 

 

 

 

 

8.2

 

Payment of interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall pay accrued interest (a) on the Commercial Loan for the account of the Commercial Facility Lenders and (b) on the KEXIM Loan for the account of the KEXIM Facility Lenders, on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than three months, on the dates falling at three monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

 

 

 

 

8.3

 

Default interest

 

 

 

 

 

8.3.1

 

If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document (other than the Hedging Contract) on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to clause 8.3.2 below, is 2% higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Loan for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing in accordance with this clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

8.3.2

 

If any overdue amount consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan or the relevant part of it:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be 2% higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

 

 

 

 

8.3.3

 

Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

 

 

 

 

8.4

 

Notification of rates of interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Interest Periods

 

 

 

 

 

9.1

 

Interest Periods for Commercial Facility Advance

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.1

 

The Borrowers may select an Interest Period for each Commercial Facility Advance in the Utilisation Request for that Advance or (if that Advance has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice.

34



 

 

 

 

 

9.1.2

 

Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrowers not later than 11:00 a.m. five Business Days before the last day of the then current Interest Period.

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.3

 

If the Borrowers fail to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with clause 9.1.2, the relevant Interest Period will be three months.

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.4

 

Subject to this clause 9, the Borrowers may select an Interest Period of three, six, nine or 12 months or any other period agreed between the Borrowers and the Agent (on the instructions of all the Lenders).

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.5

 

No Interest Period shall extend beyond the Final Repayment Date.

 

 

 

 

 

9.2

 

Interest Periods for KEXIM Facility Advance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The first Interest Period for each KEXIM Facility Advance shall commence on the Utilisation Date relative to such Advance and shall expire on the first Repayment Date for such Advance. Each subsequent Interest Period for each KEXIM Facility Advance shall be three months.

 

 

 

 

 

9.3

 

Non-Business Days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Changes to the calculation of interest

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Absence of quotations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Market disruption

 

 

 

 

 

10.2.1

 

If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of the Loan for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Margin;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

 

 

 

 

10.2.2

 

In this Agreement “ Market Disruption Event ” means that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

no Screen Rate is quoted and two or more of the Reference Banks do not, before 1.00pm (London time) on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, provide quotations to the Agent in order to determine LIBOR; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

at least one Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, a Lender or Lenders whose total participations in the Loan amount to 20% or more of the Loan (or, if an Advance has not yet been made, Commitments together amounting to 20% or more of the Total Commitments) notify the Agent that LIBOR fixed by the Agent would not accurately reflect the cost to that Lender or those Lenders of funding their respective

35



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

participations in the Loan or their respective Commitments (or any part of them) during the Interest Period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11.00 am (London time) on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

at least one Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Agent is notified by a Lender or Lenders that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars in the London Interbank Market in order to fund its participation in the Loan (or any part of it) during the Interest Period.

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

 

 

 

 

10.3.1

 

If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or Borrowers so require, the Agent and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest. If no alternative rate of interest is agreed between the Borrowers and the Agent, the rate specified under clause 10.2.1 ( Market Disruption ) shall be applicable.

 

 

 

 

 

10.3.2

 

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to clause 10.3.1 above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders be binding on all Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

 

Break Costs

 

 

 

 

 

10.4.1

 

The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrowers on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan or Unpaid Sum or relevant part of it.

 

 

 

 

 

10.4.2

 

Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Fees

 

 

 

 

 

11.1

 

Commitment commission

 

 

 

 

 

11.1.1

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in dollars computed at the rate of 0.8% per annum on the daily undrawn portion of that Lender’s Commitment calculated from 8 December 2011 (the “ start date ”).

 

 

 

 

 

11.1.2

 

The Borrowers shall pay the accrued commitment commission on the last day of the period of three months commencing on the start date, on the last day of each successive period of three months thereafter until and on the earlier of (a) the Last Availability Date and (b) the final Utilisation Date and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

 

 

 

 

11.2

 

Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for the distribution to the relevant Finance Parties) non-refundable fees in the amounts and at the times agreed in the Fee Letters.

36


SECTION 6 - ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

 

 

12

 

Tax gross-up and indemnities

 

 

 

12.1

 

Definitions

 

 

 

12.1.1

 

In this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

Protected Party means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document (other than a Hedging Contract).

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Payment means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under clause 12,2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

 

 

12.1.2

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, in this clause 12 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

 

 

12.2

 

Tax gross-up

 

 

 

12.2.1

 

Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it under any Finance Document without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

 

 

12.2.2

 

The Borrowers shall, promptly upon any of them becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction), notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrowers and that Obligor.

 

 

 

12.2.3

 

If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor under the relevant Finance Document shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

 

 

12.2.4

 

If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

 

 

12.2.5

 

Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

 

 

12.2.6

 

This clause 12.2 shall not apply in respect of any payments under any Hedging Contract, where the gross up provisions of the Hedging Master Agreement itself shall apply.

 

 

 

12.3

 

Tax indemnity

 

 

 

12.3.1

 

The Borrowers shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

 

 

12.3.2

 

Clause 12.3.1 above shall not apply:

37



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the overall net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ).

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.3.3

 

A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under clause 12.3.1 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.3.4

 

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this clause 12.3, notify the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.4

 

Stamp taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.5

 

Value added tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.5.1

 

All amounts set out, or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply, and accordingly, subject to clause 12.5.3 below, if VAT is charged on any supply made by any Finance Party to any party under a Finance Document, that party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such party).

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.5.2

 

If VAT is charged on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier ) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient ) under a Finance Document, and any party to a Finance Document (the Relevant Party ) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), the Relevant Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority which it reasonably determines relates to the VAT charged on that supply.

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.5.3

 

Where a Finance Document requires any party to it to reimburse a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that party shall also at the same time pay and indemnify the Finance Party against all VAT incurred by the Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses to the extent that the Finance Party reasonably determines that neither it nor any other member of any group of which it is a member for VAT purposes is entitled to credit or repayment of the VAT.

38



 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Increased Costs

 

 

 

 

 

13.1

 

Increased Costs

 

 

 

 

 

13.1.1

 

Subject to clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates (a) as a result of the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (b) as a result of compliance with any law or regulation in either case made after the date of this Agreement and/or (c) which is a Basel III Increased Cost.

 

 

 

 

 

13.1.2

 

In this Agreement Increased Costs means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

a reduction in the rate of return from the Commercial Facility or the KEXIM Facility, as applicable, or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

an additional or increased cost; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commercial Facility Commitment or its KEXIM Facility Commitment funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

13.2

 

Increased Cost claims

 

 

 

 

 

13.2.1

 

A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

 

13.2.2

 

Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

 

 

 

 

13.3

 

Exceptions

 

 

 

 

 

13.3.1

 

Clause 13.1 ( Increased Costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

compensated for by clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in clause 12.3.2 applied);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

 

 

 

 

13.3.2

 

In this clause 13.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

Other indemnities

 

 

 

 

 

14.1

 

Currency indemnity

 

 

 

 

 

14.1.1

 

If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum ), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency ) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency ) for the purpose of:

39



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (i) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

 

 

 

 

14.1.2

 

Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

 

 

 

 

14.2

 

Other indemnities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of clause 34 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in the Loan requested by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party) alone; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

 

14.3

 

Indemnity to the Agent and the Security Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify the Agent and the Security Agent and any other Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in the case of the Agent and the Security Agent, any action taken by the Agent or any of its representatives, agents or contractors in connection with any powers conferred by any Security Document to remedy any breach of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

14.4

 

Indemnity concerning security

 

 

 

 

 

14.4.1

 

The Borrowers shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will) promptly indemnify each Indemnified Person against any cost, expense, loss or liability incurred by it in connection with:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Security Documents;

40



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the exercise or purported exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver by the Finance Documents or by law unless and to the extent that it was caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any claim (whether relating to the environment or otherwise) made or asserted against the Indemnified Person which would not have arisen but for the execution or enforcement of one or more Finance Documents (unless and to the extent it is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any breach by any Obligor of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

14.4.2

 

The Security Agent may, in priority to any payment to the other Finance Parties, indemnify itself out of the Trust Property in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this clause 14.4 and shall have a lien on the Security Documents and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Security Documents for all monies payable to it.

 

 

 

 

 

14.5

 

Exclusion of liability

 

 

 

 

 

No Indemnified Person will be in any way liable or responsible to any Obligor (whether as mortgagee in possession or otherwise) who is a Party or is a party to a Finance Document to which this clause applies for any loss or liability arising from any act, default, omission or misconduct of that Indemnified Person, except to the extent caused by its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. Any Indemnified Person may rely on this clause 14.5 subject to clause 1.3 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of Third Parties Act.

 

 

 

 

 

14.6

 

Fax and email indemnity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, claim, loss, expense or liability together with any VAT thereon which any of the Finance Parties may sustain or incur as a consequence of any fax or email communication purporting to originate from the Borrowers to the Agent, the Security Agent or any other Finance Parties being made or delivered fraudulently or without proper authorisation (unless such cost, claim, loss, expense or liability is the direct result of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the relevant Finance Party or the Agent or the Security Agent).

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

Mitigation by the Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

15.1

 

Mitigation

 

 

 

 

 

15.1.1

 

Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), clause 12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ), clause 13 ( Increased costs ) or paragraphs 3 of Schedules 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

 

 

 

 

15.1.2

 

Clause 15.1.1 does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

15.2

 

Limitation of liability

 

 

 

 

 

15.2.1

 

The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

 

 

 

 

15.2.2

 

A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

41



 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

16.1

 

Transaction expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall promptly within five Business Days of demand pay the Agent and the Arrangers and the Security Agent and the Lenders the amount of all costs and expenses (including reasonable fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and, subject to clause 22.17, insurance and other consultants and advisers and, in relation to the KEXIM Facility Lenders, any travel costs and expenses) incurred by any of them (and by any Receiver) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication, registration and perfection and any release, discharge or reassignment of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

this Agreement, the Hedging Master Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement, the Hedging Master Agreement and the Original Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any other Finance Documents executed or proposed to be executed after the date of this Agreement including any executed to provide additional security under clause 23 ( Minimum security value ); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any Security Interest expressed or intended to be granted by a Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

16.2

 

Amendment costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent, the Borrowers shall, within five Business Days of demand by the Agent, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including reasonable fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants and advisers) incurred by the Agent and the Security Agent (and by any Receiver) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

 

 

 

 

16.3

 

Enforcement and preservation costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall within five Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants and advisers) properly incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document and any proceedings initiated by or against any Indemnified Person and as a consequence of holding the Charged Property or enforcing those rights.

42


SECTION 7 - REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF
DEFAULT

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

Representations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Borrowers makes and repeats the representations and warranties set out in this clause 17 to each Finance Party at the times specified in clause 17.32 ( Times when representations are made ).

 

 

 

 

 

17.1

 

Status

 

 

 

 

 

17.1.1

 

Each Obligor and the Manager is duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation as a limited liability company or corporation and has no centre of main interests, permanent establishment or place of business outside the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated (save as notified to the Agent) and is in compliance with its Constitutional Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

17.1.2

 

Each Obligor and the Manager has power and authority to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own its property and other assets.

 

 

 

 

 

17.2

 

Binding obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by each Obligor in each Finance Document, Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is, or is to be, a party are or, when entered into by it, will be legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations and each Security Document to which an Obligor is, or will be, a party, creates or will create the Security Interests which that Security Document purports to create and those Security Interests are or will be valid and effective.

 

 

 

 

 

17.3

 

Power and authority

 

 

 

 

 

17.3.1

 

Each Obligor has, or will have when entered into by it, power to enter into, perform and deliver and comply with its obligations under, and has taken, or will take when entered into by it, all necessary action to authorise its entry into, each Finance Document, Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is or will be a party.

 

 

 

 

 

17.3.2

 

No limitation on any Obligor’s powers to borrow, create security or give guarantees will be exceeded as a result of any transaction under, or the entry into of, any Finance Document, Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which such Obligor is, or is to be, a party, with effect on and from the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

17.4

 

Non-conflict

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The entry into and performance by each Obligor and the Manager of, and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, the Charter Documents and the Building Contract Documents and the granting of the Security Interests purported to be created by the Security Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any law or regulation applicable to any Obligor or the Manager;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Constitutional Documents of any Obligor or the Manager; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any agreement or other instrument binding upon any Obligor or the Manager or its assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument, or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

result in the creation of any Security Interest (save for a Permitted Maritime Lien or under a Security Document) on such Obligor’s (or the Manager’s) assets, rights or revenues.

43



 

 

 

 

 

17.5

 

Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

 

 

 

 

17.5.1

 

All authorisations required or desirable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to enable each Obligor lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under each Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is a party;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to make each Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

to ensure that each of the Security Interests created under the Security Documents has the priority and ranking contemplated by them,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

have been obtained or effected or, as the case may be, will be obtained or effected when entered into, and are or, as the case may be, will be when entered into, in full force and effect except any authorisation or filing referred to in clause 17.12 ( No filing or stamp taxes ), which authorisation or filing will be promptly obtained or effected within any applicable period.

 

 

 

 

 

17.5.2

 

All authorisations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities of each Obligor and the Manager have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect if failure to obtain or effect those authorisations might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

 

 

17.6

 

Governing law and enforcement

 

 

 

 

 

17.6.1

 

The choice of governing law as provided in any Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document will be recognised and enforced in each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

17.6.2

 

Any judgment obtained in England in relation to an Obligor will be recognised and enforced in each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

 

 

 

 

17.7

 

Information

 

 

 

 

 

17.7.1

 

Any Information is true and accurate in all material respects at the time it was given or made.

 

 

 

 

 

17.7.2

 

Any Information provided to the Agent or any other Finance Party is true and accurate in all material aspects at the time that the Repeating Representations are repeated.

 

 

 

 

 

17.7.3

 

There are no facts or circumstances or any other information which could make the Information incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

 

 

 

 

17.7.4

 

The Information does not omit anything which could make the Information incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

 

 

 

 

17.7.5

 

All opinions, projections, forecasts or expressions of intention contained in the Information and the assumptions on which they are based have been arrived at after due and careful enquiry and consideration and were believed to be reasonable by the person who provided that Information as at the date it was given or made.

 

 

 

 

 

17.7.6

 

For the purposes of this clause 17.7, “ Information ” means: any information provided by any Obligor to any of the Finance Parties in connection with the Finance Documents, Charter Documents or Building Contract Documents or the transactions referred to in them.

 

 

 

 

 

17.8

 

Original Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

17.8.1

 

The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

44



 

 

 

17.8.2

 

The audited Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the financial condition and results of operations of the relevant Obligors and the relevant Group (consolidated in the case of such Group) during the relevant financial year.

 

 

 

17.8.3

 

There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of any of the Obligors or any Group) since the date of the Original Financial Statements.

 

 

 

17.9

 

Pari passu ranking

 

 

 

 

 

Each Obligor’s payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

 

 

17.10

 

Ranking and effectiveness of security

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations and any filing, registration or notice requirements which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Conditions precedent ), the security created by the Security Documents has (or will have when the Security Documents have been executed) the priority which it is expressed to have in the Security Documents, the Charged Property is not subject to any Security Interest other than Permitted Security Interests and such security will constitute perfected security on the assets described in the Security Documents.

 

 

 

17.11

 

No insolvency

 

 

 

 

 

No corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in clause 28.10 ( Insolvency proceedings ) or creditors’ process described in clause 28.11 ( Creditors’ process ) has been taken or, to the knowledge of any Obligor or the Manager, threatened in relation to an Obligor or the Manager or a Subsidiary of an Obligor and none of the circumstances described in clause 28.9 ( Insolvency ) applies to an Obligor or the Manager or a Subsidiary of an Obligor or any Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is, or is to be, party.

 

 

 

17.12

 

No filing or stamp taxes

 

 

 

 

 

Under the laws of each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that any Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is, or is to be, party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to any such Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents except any filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable in relation to any Finance Document which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Conditions precedent ) and which will be made or paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

 

 

17.13

 

Deduction of Tax

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor is required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is, or is to be, a party and no other party is required to make any such deduction from any payment it may make under any Charter Document or Building Contract Document.

 

 

 

17.14

 

No Default

 

 

 

17.14.1

 

No Default is continuing or is reasonably likely to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document and no breach has occurred by the Borrowers of any Charter Documents or Building Contract Documents.

45



 

 

 

17.14.2

 

No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or, with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on any Obligor or the Manager or to which any Obligor’s or the Manager’s assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.15

 

No proceedings pending or threatened

 

 

 

 

 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of any Obligor’s or the Manager’s knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against any Obligor or the Manager or any Subsidiary of an Obligor.

 

 

 

17.16

 

No breach of laws

 

 

 

17.16.1

 

No Obligor nor the Manager or Subsidiary of an Obligor or the Manager has breached any law or regulation which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.16.2

 

No labour dispute is current or, to the best of any Obligor’s or the Manager’s knowledge and belief, threatened against any Obligor or the Manager or any Subsidiary of an Obligor which may have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.17

 

Environmental matters

 

 

 

17.17.1

 

No Environmental Law applicable to any Fleet Vessel and/or any Obligor or the Manager or any Subsidiary of an Obligor has been violated in a manner or circumstances which might have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.17.2

 

All consents, licences and approvals required under such Environmental Laws have been obtained and are currently in force.

 

 

 

17.17.3

 

No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened or is pending against any Obligor or any Subsidiary of an Obligor or any Fleet Vessel where that claim might have a Material Adverse Effect and there has been no Environmental Incident which has given, or might give, rise to such a claim.

 

 

 

17.18

 

Taxation

 

 

 

17.18.1

 

No Obligor or Subsidiary of an Obligor nor the Manager is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns or overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

 

 

 

17.18.2

 

No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against any Obligor or the Manager or any Subsidiary of an Obligor with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, any Obligor or the Manager or any Subsidiary of an Obligor is reasonably likely to arise for an amount for which adequate reserves have not been provided in the Original Financial Statements and which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.18.3

 

Except as advised to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement, each Obligor and the Manager is resident for Tax purposes only in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

 

 

17.19

 

Security and Financial Indebtedness

 

 

 

17.19.1

 

No Security Interest exists over all or any of the present or future assets of the Borrowers in breach of this Agreement, other than the Permitted Security Interests.

 

 

 

17.19.2

 

None of the Borrowers has any other Financial Indebtedness outstanding in breach of this Agreement.

46



 

 

 

 

 

17.20

 

Legal and beneficial ownership

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Borrowers and GasLog Carriers is, or will be, when granted, the sole legal and beneficial owner of the respective assets over which it purports to grant a Security Interest under the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

17.21

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The shares of each Borrower are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights. The Constitutional Documents of each Borrower do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those shares on creation or enforcement of the Security Documents. There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any share or loan capital of each Borrower (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

 

 

 

 

 

17.22

 

Accounting Reference Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accounting reference date of each Obligor is the Accounting Reference Date.

 

 

 

 

 

17.23

 

No adverse consequences

 

 

 

 

 

17.23.1

 

It is not necessary under the laws of the Relevant Jurisdictions of any Obligor:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by any Obligor of its obligations under any Finance Document,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of such Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

 

 

 

 

17.23.2

 

No Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any Relevant Jurisdiction by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

17.24

 

Copies of documents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The copies of the Charter Documents, the Building Contract Documents and the Constitutional Documents of the Obligors delivered to the Agent under clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) will be true, complete and accurate copies of such documents and include all amendments and supplements to them as at the time of such delivery and no other agreements or arrangements exist between any of the parties to any Charter Document or Building Contract Document which would materially affect the transactions or arrangements contemplated by any Charter Document or Building Contract Document or modify or release the obligations of any party under that Charter Document or Building Contract Document.

 

 

 

 

 

17.25

 

No breach of any Charter Document or Building Contract Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Owner (so far as the Borrowers are aware) nor any other person is in breach of any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is a party nor has anything occurred which entitles or may entitle any party to any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to rescind or terminate it or decline to perform their obligations under it.

 

 

 

 

 

17.26

 

No immunity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor or any of its assets is immune to any legal action or proceeding.

47



 

 

 

 

 

17.27

 

Ship status

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Ship will on the first day of the relevant Mortgage Period be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

registered provisionally in the name of the relevant Owner through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

17.28

 

Ship’s employment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Ship shall on the first day of the relevant Mortgage Period, or such other approved time:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

have been delivered, and accepted for service, under the relevant Charter; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

be free of any charter commitment other than the relevant Charter.

 

 

 

 

 

17.29

 

Address commission

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

There are no rebates, commissions or other payments in connection with any Building Contract, any Charter or any Replacement Charter other than those referred to in it and as disclosed by the Borrowers to and approved by the Agent on the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

17.30

 

Other Finance Arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor (acting in any capacity whatsoever) has agreed to cross-default provisions as part of another loan or credit agreement entered into with a financier which are more beneficial to that financier than those provisions set out in clause 28.6 ( Cross-Default ) other than those disclosed to, and approved by, the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

17.31

 

No money laundering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In relation to the borrowing by the Borrowers of the Loan, the performance and discharge of their obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents and the transactions and other arrangements effected or contemplated by this Agreement, each of the Borrowers is acting for its own account and the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure which has been implemented by any relevant regulatory authority or otherwise to combat money laundering (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (2005/60/EC) of the European Parliament and of the Council).

 

 

 

 

 

17.32

 

Times when representations are made

 

 

 

 

 

17.32.1

 

All of the representations and warranties set out in this clause 17 (other than Ship Representations) are deemed to be repeated on the dates of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the first Utilisation Request; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the first Utilisation.

 

 

 

 

 

17.32.2

 

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be repeated on the dates of each subsequent Utilisation Request, the date of each Utilisation and the first day of each Interest Period.

48



 

 

 

 

 

17.32.3

 

All of the Ship Representations are deemed to be made and repeated on the first day of the Mortgage Period for the relevant Ship.

 

 

 

 

 

17.32.4

 

Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing at the date the representation or warranty is deemed to be made.

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

Information undertakings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 18 will remain in force during the Facility Period. In this clause 18:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Financial Statements ” means the financial statements for a financial year of each Group, the Borrowers, each of the Guarantors and each of the Counter Guarantors delivered pursuant to clause 18.1.1.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Half-Yearly Financial Statements ” means the financial statements for a financial half year to 30 June of the relevant year of a Group, the Borrowers, each of the Guarantors and each of the Counter Guarantors delivered pursuant to clause 18.1.2.

 

 

 

 

 

18.1

 

Financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

18.1.1

 

The Borrowers shall supply to the Agent and the Arrangers or, as the case may be, shall procure that the Agent and the Arrangers are supplied with as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 150 days after the end of the relevant financial year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the audited consolidated financial statements of each Group for that financial year (the first of such statements being for the financial year ending 31 December 2011); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the audited financial statements (consolidated if appropriate) of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors for that financial year (the first of such statements being for the financial year ending 31 December 2011).

 

 

 

 

 

18.1.2

 

Each Borrower shall supply to the Agent and the Arrangers or, as the case may be, shall procure that the Agent and the Arrangers are supplied with as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each half year of the relevant financial year the unaudited financial statements (consolidated if appropriate) of each Group, the Borrowers, the Guarantors and the Counter Guarantors for that financial half year (the first such financial statements in respect of the Counter Guarantor being for the half year ended as of 30 June 2012) for that financial half-year.

 

 

 

 

 

18.2

 

Requirements as to financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

18.2.1

 

The Borrowers shall procure that each set of Annual Financial Statements and Half-Yearly Financial Statements includes a profit and loss account, a balance sheet and a cashflow statement and that, in addition each set of Annual Financial Statements shall be audited by the Auditors.

 

 

 

 

 

18.2.2

 

Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

be prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

give a true and fair view of (in the case of Annual Financial Statements for any financial year), or fairly represent (in other cases), the financial condition and operations of the relevant Group or (as the case may be) the relevant Obligor as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and

49



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in the case of Annual Financial Statements, not be the subject of any qualification in the Auditors’ opinion.

 

 

 

 

 

18.2.3

 

The Borrowers shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) shall be prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements, unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, the Borrowers notify the Agent that there has been a change in GAAP or the accounting practices and the Auditors deliver to the Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP or accounting practices and reference periods upon which corresponding Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether clause 5 of each of the Counter Guarantees ( Financial covenants ) and clause 5 ( Financial covenants ) of the GasLog Guarantee has been complied with and to make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any reference in this Agreement to any financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

 

 

 

 

18.3

 

Year-end

 

 

 

 

 

18.3.1

 

The Borrowers shall procure that each financial year-end for each Obligor falls on the Accounting Reference Date.

 

 

 

 

 

18.3.2

 

The Borrowers shall procure that each accounting period ends on an accounting date.

 

 

 

 

 

18.4

 

Information: miscellaneous

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall supply to the Agent and the Arrangers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all material documents dispatched by any Obligor to its creditors (or any class of them);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any Obligor or the Manager (subject always to any written confidentiality undertakings granted by the Manager to third parties from time to time) and which, if adversely determined, might have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

promptly, such information as the Agent may reasonably require about the Charged Property and compliance of the Obligors with the terms of any Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

promptly on request, such further information regarding the financial condition, commitments, assets and operations of the Borrowers, the Guarantors and the Manager as any Finance Party may reasonably request; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

promptly, any request made by the Charterer under clause 19 of the Master Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

18.5

 

Notification of Default

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall notify the Agent and the Arrangers of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon the Borrowers (or any of them) becoming aware of its occurrence (unless it is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

50



 

 

 

 

 

18.6

 

Sufficient copies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers, if so requested by the Agent, shall supply sufficient copies of each document to be supplied under the Finance Documents to the Agent to distribute to each of the Lenders and the Hedging Provider.

 

 

 

 

 

18.7

 

“Know your customer” checks

 

 

 

 

 

18.7.1

 

If:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender or the Hedging Provider of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement or any Hedging Contract to a party that is not a Lender or a Hedging Provider prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

obliges the Agent, the Hedging Provider, or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender or Hedging Provider) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender or the Hedging Provider supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender or the Hedging Provider) or any Lender or the Hedging Provider (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or Hedging Provider or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender or Hedging Provider to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

18.7.2

 

Each Finance Party shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Security Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent or the Security Agent (for itself) in order for it to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

General undertakings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes or, as the case may be, shall procure that this clause 19 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

 

 

 

 

19.1

 

Use of proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The proceeds of Utilisations will be used exclusively for the purposes specified in clause 3 ( Purpose ).

 

 

 

 

 

19.2

 

Authorisations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Obligor will promptly (and in connection with any Finance Document, as soon as such Finance Document is entered into):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

supply certified copies to the Agent of,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

51



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and the Charter Documents or Building Contract Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document or Charter Document or Building Contract Document; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

carry on its business where failure to do so has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.3

 

Compliance with laws

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Obligor and the Manager will comply in all respects with all laws and regulations (including Environmental Laws) to which it may be subject.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.4

 

Taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.4.1

 

Each Obligor and the Manager shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within such time period as may be allowed by law without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Agent under clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

such payment can be lawfully withheld.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.4.2

 

Except if there is an IPO or as otherwise approved by the Lenders, each Obligor shall maintain its residence for Tax purposes in the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and ensure that it is not resident for Tax purposes in any other jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.5

 

Change of business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except as approved, no substantial change will be made to the general nature of the business of the Obligors and the Manager from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.6

 

Merger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except if there is an IPO or as otherwise approved, no Obligor or Manager will enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.7

 

Other Finance Arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor or Manager (acting in any capacity whatsoever) will agree to cross-default provisions as part of another loan or credit agreement entered into with a financier which are more beneficial to that financier than those provisions set out in clause 28.6 ( Cross-Default ) other than as notified to, and approved by, the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.8

 

Further assurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.8.1

 

Each Obligor shall promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Agent may reasonably require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)) as provided under each Finance Document, as applicable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to perfect the Security interests created or intended to be created by that Obligor under or evidenced by the Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other security over all or any of the assets which are,

52



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents, excluding registration of the Guarantees and Counter Guarantees with the respective Companies Registry) or to protect or ensure the priority of such Security interests or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Security Agent or the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to confer on the Security Agent or on the Finance Parties Security Interests over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security Interest intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Security Documents; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

19.8.2

 

Each Obligor shall take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations, excluding registration of the Guarantees and the Counter Guarantees with the respective Companies Registry) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security Interest (or the priority of any Security Interest) conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Finance Parties by or pursuant to the relevant Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

19.9

 

Negative pledge in respect of Charged Property

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except as approved and for Permitted Maritime Liens, no Borrower or Guarantor will grant or allow to exist any Security Interest over any Charged Property.

 

 

 

 

 

19.10

 

Environmental matters

 

 

 

 

 

19.10.1

 

Without prejudice to clause 18.5(b), the Agent will be notified as soon as reasonably practicable of any Environmental Claim being made against any Fleet Vessel or the owner of any Fleet Vessel or the Manager which, if successful to any extent, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and of any Environmental Incident which may give rise to such a claim and will be kept regularly and promptly informed in reasonable detail of the nature of, and response to, any such Environmental Incident and the defence to any such claim.

 

 

 

 

 

19.10.2

 

Environmental Laws (and any consents, licences or approvals obtained under them) applicable to Fleet Vessels will not be violated in a way which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

 

 

19.11

 

Pari passu

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Obligor and the Manager will ensure that its obligations under the Finance Documents shall, without prejudice to the security intended to be created by the Security Documents, at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Financial Indebtedness with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract.

 

 

 

 

 

19.12

 

Excess Cash recapture

 

 

 

 

 

19.12.1

 

In the event that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Charterer of a Ship at any time advises an Owner under a Charter or a Replacement Charter that it will not exercise its option to extend the Charter or, as the case may be, the Replacement Charter of that Ship for the First Option Period (as defined in the relevant Charter or, as the case may be, relevant Replacement Charter); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Charterer has not, on or before the date falling 18 months prior to the expiry of the Charter or the Replacement Charter of that Ship by effluxion of time, exercised its option to extend the relevant Charter or the relevant Replacement Charter for the First Option Period (as defined in that Charter or, as the case may be, Replacement Charter),

53



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

then, on or shortly after each Excess Cash Calculation Period, the Agent shall calculate the Excess Cash for that Excess Cash Calculation Period. The Agent shall make such calculation by reference to any information, documents, facts or data available to the Agent at that time, whether pursuant to the provisions of the Finance Documents or otherwise. If the Agent determines that the Excess Cash for an Excess Cash Calculation Period is a positive figure it will notify the Lenders and the Borrowers thereof and of the amount of such Excess Cash.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.12.2

 

Forthwith after the Agent’s notification of positive excess cash in respect of an Excess Cash Calculation Period, the relevant Owner will pay to the Reserve Account (whether by transferring funds from the Earnings Account or otherwise) an amount equal to 90% of the Excess Cash for that Excess Cash Calculation Period and each of the Borrowers hereby authorises the Agent to instruct the Account Bank to effect any such transfer from the Earnings Account if that Owner fails to make such payment or transfer from the Earnings Account on the due date, it being understood and agreed that the Agent, the Lenders and the Account Bank shall be entitled (but not obliged) to effect any such transfer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.13

 

IPO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.13.1

 

The Borrowers undertake that (a) no Default has occurred at the time when the IPO commences and when such IPO is completed and (b) following completion of an IPO, no IPO Change of Control will occur.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.13.2

 

If an IPO has been completed, then:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Finance Parties hereby agree that, within 90 days after the Borrowers have notified the Agent that such IPO has been completed, they will promptly instruct the Security Agent to, and the Security Agent will, release each of the Counter Guarantors from its obligations under its respective Counter Guarantees; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Finance Parties will agree to enter into amendments to the Finance Documents (including a supplemental agreement to this Agreement and the Guarantees amending such terms as may be required, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the definition of Group in clause 1.1), in such form and substance as may be required by the Agent and at the cost and expense of the Borrowers, which will effect and implement (inter alia) the following changes to the Finance Documents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Maximum Leverage (as defined in the GasLog Guarantee) required under the GasLog Guarantee shall be reduced to 65%;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Market Adjusted Net Worth (as defined in the GasLog Guarantee) required under the GasLog Guarantee shall be increased to $350,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

the restrictions on the payment of dividends by GasLog will be amended such that GasLog will be entitled to declare or pay dividends to its shareholders in respect of a financial year, at any time if:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

it holds Cash and Cash Equivalents of at least 4% of Total Indebtedness (each such term as defined in the GasLog Guarantee); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

no Default shall have occurred at the time of declaration or payment of such dividends nor would occur as a result of the declaration or payment of such dividends.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

Dealings with Ship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 20 will be complied with in relation to each Ship throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

54



 

 

 

 

 

20.1

 

Ship’s name and registration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Ship’s name shall only be changed after prior notice to the Agent,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

The Ship shall be permanently registered with the relevant Registry within 90 days of the date of the Mortgage of the Ship and registered with the relevant Registry under the laws of its Flag State. Except with approval, the Ship shall not be registered under any other flag or at any other port or fly any other flag (other than that of its Flag State). If that registration is for a limited period, it shall be renewed at least 45 days before the date it is due to expire and the Agent shall be notified of that renewal at least 30 days before that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Nothing will be done and no action will be omitted if that might result in such registration being forfeited or imperilled or the Ship being required to be registered under the laws of another state of registry.

 

 

 

 

 

20.2

 

Sale or other disposal of Ship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, the relevant Owner will not sell, or agree to, transfer, abandon or otherwise dispose of the Ship or any share or interest in it.

 

 

 

 

 

20.3

 

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A manager of the Ship shall not be appointed unless that manager and the terms of its appointment are approved (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and it has delivered a duly executed Manager’s Undertaking to the Security Agent. Once approved, no material variations may be agreed to the terms of appointment of the manager without approval (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any assignment or novation of the terms of appointment without approval shall constitute a material variation).

 

 

 

 

 

20.4

 

Copy of Mortgage on board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A properly certified copy of the Ship’s Mortgage shall be kept on board the Ship with its papers and shown to anyone having business with the Ship which might create or imply any commitment or Security Interest over or in respect of the Ship (other than a lien for crew’s wages and salvage) and to any representative of the Agent or the Security Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

20.5

 

Notice of Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A framed printed notice of the relevant Mortgage shall be prominently displayed in the navigation room and in the Master’s cabin of the Ship. The notice must be in plain type and read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

“NOTICE OF MORTGAGE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This Ship is subject to a first mortgage in favour of [ here insert name of mortgagee] of [ here insert address of mortgagee ]. Under the said mortgage and related documents, neither the Owner nor any charterer nor the Master of this Ship has any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon this Ship any commitments or encumbrances whatsoever other than for crew’s wages and salvage”.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No-one will have any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon the Ship any lien whatsoever other than for crew’s wages and salvage.

 

 

 

 

 

20.6

 

Conveyance on default

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Where the Ship is (or is to be) sold in exercise of any power conferred by the Security Documents, the relevant Owner shall, upon the Agent’s request, immediately execute such form of transfer of title to the Ship as the Agent may require.

55



 

 

 

 

 

20.7

 

Chartering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the relevant Owner shall not enter into any charter commitment for the Ship (except for the Ship’s Charter or Replacement Charter), which is:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

a bareboat or demise charter or passes possession and operational control of the Ship to another person;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

capable of lasting more than 12 calendar months;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

on terms as to payment or amount of hire which are materially less beneficial to it than the terms which at that time could reasonably be expected to be obtained on the open market for vessels of the same age and type as the Ship under charter commitments of a similar type and period; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

to an Affiliate.

 

 

 

 

 

20.8

 

Sharing of Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the relevant Owner shall not enter into any arrangement under which its Earnings from the Ship may be shared with anyone else.

 

 

 

 

 

20.9

 

Payment of Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The relevant Owner’s Earnings from the Ship shall be paid in the way required by the Ship’s Deed of Covenant and the Ship’s Charter Assignment. If any Earnings are held by brokers or other agents, they shall be paid to the Security Agent, if it requires this after the Earnings have become payable to it under the Ship’s Deed of Covenant and the Ship’s Charter Assignment.

 

 

 

 

 

20.10

 

Variations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Building Contract shall not be varied and the specification of the Ship shall not be materially varied (and, for the avoidance of doubt, variations requiring approval shall include, but shall not be limited to, any assignment or novation of the Building Contract, any variation which might reasonably be expected to delay the delivery of the Ship beyond the Last Availability Date or put at risk the delivery of the Ship to the Charterer or any variation to alter the circumstances in which the Building Contract may be cancelled, terminated or suspended); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the specification of the Ship will not be changed in a substantial way (and for the avoidance of doubt, substantial changes requiring approval shall include, but shall not be limited to, any variation which alters the intended type, commercial use, purpose or trading capacity of the Ship or materially reduces the Ship’s anticipated value when completed or impairs the intended use under the Charter or, as the case may be, the Replacement Charter).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For this purpose, ordering any extras, additions or alterations will be a substantial change and a material variation if their cost (or if the aggregate cost of the proposed work together with the cost of any additional work already ordered or change of specification already agreed) will alter the Contract Price by a cumulative amount greater than 5% of the Contract Price.

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Condition and operation of Ship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 21 will be complied with in relation to each Ship throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

56



 

 

 

21.1

 

Repair

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall be kept in a good, safe and efficient state of repair. The quality of workmanship and materials used to repair the Ship or replace any damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment shall be sufficient to ensure that the Ship’s value is not reduced.

 

 

 

21.2

 

Modification

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship shall not be modified in a way which could or might materially alter the Ship or materially reduce its value.

 

 

 

21.3

 

Removal of parts

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, no material part of the Ship or any equipment shall be removed from the Ship if to do so would materially reduce its value (unless at the same time it is replaced with equivalent parts or equipment owned by the relevant Owner free of any Security Interest except under the Security Documents).

 

 

 

21.4

 

Third party owned equipment

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, equipment owned by a third party shall not be installed on the Ship, unless it can be removed without risk of causing damage to the structure or fabric of the Ship or without incurring significant expense.

 

 

 

21.5

 

Maintenance of class; compliance with laws

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship’s class shall be the relevant Classification with the relevant Classification Society and neither its Classification nor its Classification Society shall be changed without approval of the Majority Lenders and there must be no material overdue recommendations. The Ship and every person who owns, operates or manages the Ship shall comply with all laws applicable to vessels registered in its Flag State or which for any other reason apply to the Ship or to its condition or operation.

 

 

 

21.6

 

Surveys

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall be submitted to continuous surveys and any other surveys which are required for it to maintain its Classification as its class. Copies of reports of those surveys shall be provided promptly to the Agent if it so requests.

 

 

 

21.7

 

Inspection and notice of drydockings

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent and/or surveyors or other persons appointed by it for such purpose shall be allowed to board the Ship at all reasonable times, subject to prior notice to relevant Owner and without hindering the Ship’s operations or its employment, to inspect it and given all proper facilities needed for that purpose. The Agent shall be given reasonable advance notice of any intended drydocking of the Ship (whatever the purpose of that drydocking). The relevant Owner shall bear and reimburse to the Agent where incurred by the Agent, the costs and expenses of one inspection per year provided no Default is continuing whereupon the relevant Owner shall bear and reimburse to the Agent, where incurred by the Agent, all costs and expenses of all such inspections.

 

 

 

21.8

 

Prevention of arrest

 

 

 

 

 

All debts, damages, liabilities and outgoings (due and payable and not contested by relevant Owner in good faith) which have given, or may reasonably give, rise to maritime, statutory or possessory liens on, or claims enforceable against, the Ship, its Earnings or Insurances shall be promptly paid and discharged.

57



 

 

 

 

 

21.9

 

Release from arrest

 

 

 

 

 

The relevant Owner shall use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Ship, its Earnings and Insurances shall promptly within 15 days (or such longer period as may be approved by the Majority Lenders) be released from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy, and that any legal process against the Ship shall be promptly within 15 days (or such longer period as may be approved by the Majority Lenders) discharged, by whatever action is required to achieve that release or discharge.

 

 

 

21.10

 

Information about Ship

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall promptly be given any information which it may reasonably require about the Ship or its employment, position, use or operation, including details of towages and salvages, and copies of all its charter commitments entered into by or on behalf of any Borrower, GasLog or any Manager, provided that any information so requested and supplied which pertains to the relevant Charter or the relevant Replacement Charter shall be held by the Agent and the other Finance Parties on a confidential basis.

 

 

 

21.11

 

Notification of certain events

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall promptly be notified of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any damage to the Ship where the cost of the resulting repairs may exceed the Major Casualty Amount for such Ship;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any occurrence which may result in the Ship becoming a Total Loss;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any requisition of the Ship for hire;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any Environmental Incident involving the Ship and Environmental Claim being made in relation to such an incident;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

any requirement or recommendation made in relation to the Ship by any insurer or the Ship’s Classification Society or by any competent authority which is not, or cannot be, complied with in the manner or time required or recommended; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

any arrest or detention of the Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of a lien or other claim on the Ship or its Earnings or Insurances.

 

 

 

 

 

21.12

 

Payment of outgoings

 

 

 

 

 

All tolls, dues and other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship and its Earnings and Insurances shall be paid promptly. Proper accounting records shall be kept of the Ship and its Earnings.

 

 

 

21.13

 

Evidence of payments

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall be allowed proper and reasonable access, subject to prior written notice and provided that the operations of the relevant Owner are not in any way hindered, to those accounting records when it reasonably requests it and, when it reasonably requires it, shall be given satisfactory evidence that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the wages and allotments and the insurance and pension contributions of the Ship’s crew are being promptly and regularly paid;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

all deductions from its crew’s wages in respect of any applicable Tax liability are being properly accounted for; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Ship’s master has no claim for disbursements other than those incurred by him in the ordinary course of trading on the voyage then in progress.

58



 

 

 

 

 

21.14

 

Repairers’ liens

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the Ship shall not be put into any other person’s possession for work to be done on the Ship if the cost of that work will exceed or is likely to exceed the Major Casualty Amount for such Ship unless the relevant Owner has established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent that it has sufficient reserves to pay for the cost of such work.

 

 

 

21.15

 

Codes

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship and the persons responsible for its operation shall at all times comply with the requirements of any applicable code or prescribed procedures required to be observed by the Ship or in relation to its operation under any applicable law or regulation (including but not limited to those currently known as the ISM Code and the ISPS Code). The Agent shall promptly be informed of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any threatened or actual withdrawal of any certificate issued in accordance with any such code which is or may be applicable to the Ship or its operation; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the issue of any such certificate or the receipt of notification that any application for such a certificate has been refused.

 

 

 

 

 

21.16

 

Survey report

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As soon as reasonably practicable after the Agent requests it, the Agent shall be given a report on the seaworthiness and/or safe operation of the Ship, from approved surveyors or inspectors. If any recommendations are made in such a report they shall be complied with in the way and by the time recommended in the report.

 

 

 

21.17

 

Lawful use

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall not be employed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in any way or in any activity which is unlawful under international law or the domestic laws of any relevant country;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

in carrying illicit or prohibited goods;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in a way which may make it liable to be condemned by a prize court or destroyed, seized or confiscated; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

if there are hostilities in any part of the world (whether war has been declared or not), in carrying contraband goods,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and the persons responsible for the operation of the Ship shall take all necessary and proper precautions to ensure that this does not happen including participation in industry or other voluntary schemes available to the Ship and in which leading operators of ships operating under the same flag or engaged in similar trades generally participate at the relevant time.

 

 

 

21.18

 

War zones

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship may enter or remain in any zone which has been declared a war zone by any government entity or the Ship’s war risk insurers, subject to any requirements of the Ship’s insurers necessary to ensure that the Ship remains properly insured and complies with any requirements (including any requirement for the payment of extra insurance premiums) which the insurers specify.

59



 

 

 

 

 

22

 

Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 22 shall be complied with in relation to each Ship and its Insurances throughout the Mortgage Period.

 

 

 

22.1

 

Insurance terms

 

 

 

 

 

In this clause 22:

 

 

 

 

 

excess risks ” means the proportion (if any) of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery insurances of a vessel in consequence of the value at which the vessel is assessed for the purpose of such claims exceeding its insured value.

 

 

 

 

 

excess war risk P&l cover ” means cover for claims only in excess of amounts recoverable under the usual war risk cover including (but not limited to) hull and machinery, crew and protection and indemnity risks.

 

 

 

 

 

hull cover ” means insurance cover against the risks identified in clause 22.2(a).

 

 

 

 

 

minimum hull cover ” means, in relation to a Ship, an amount, which when aggregated with the insured amounts of each of the other Ships that have been delivered, is equal at the relevant time to the higher of (a) the aggregate Security Value of the Ships as most recently determined in accordance with clause 23 ( Minimum Security Value ) and (b) 120% of the aggregate of the Loan and the Hedging Exposure at such time.

 

 

 

 

 

P&l risks ” means the usual risks (including liability for oil pollution, excess war risk P&l cover) covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of protection and indemnity associations (or, if the International Group ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover).

 

 

 

22.2

 

Coverage required

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall at all times be insured:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

against fire and usual marine risks (including excess risks) and war risks (including war protection and indemnity risks and terrorism risks) on an agreed value basis, for at least its minimum hull cover and no less than 80% of the agreed insurable value;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

against P&l risks for the highest amount then available in the insurance market for vessels of similar age, size and type as the Ship (but, in relation to liability for oil pollution, for an amount of not less than $1,000,000,000) and a freight, demurrage and defence cover;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

against such other risks and matters which the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) notifies it that it considers reasonable for a prudent shipowner or operator to insure against at the time of that notice; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

on terms which comply with the other provisions of this clause 22.

 

 

 

 

 

22.3

 

Placing of cover

 

 

 

 

 

The insurance coverage required by clause 22.2 ( Coverage required ) shall be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the name of the Ship’s Owner and (in the case of the Ship’s hull cover) no other person (other than the Security Agent if required by it) (unless such other person is approved and, if so required by the Agent, has duly executed and delivered a first

60



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

priority assignment of its interest in the Ship’s Insurances to the Security Agent in an approved form and provided such supporting documents and opinions in relation to that assignment as the Agent requires);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if the Agent so requests, in the joint names of the Ship’s Owner and Security Agent (and, to the extent reasonably practicable in the insurance market, without liability on the part of the Security Agent for premiums or calls);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in dollars or another approved currency;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

arranged through brokers approved by the Majority Lenders or direct with insurers approved by the Majority Lenders or protection and indemnity or war risks associations; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

on approved terms and with insurers or associations approved by the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

22.4

 

Deductibles

 

 

 

 

 

The aggregate amount of any excess or deductible under the Ship’s hull cover shall not exceed $1,000,000 without the Agent’s approval.

 

 

 

22.5

 

Mortgagee’s insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Borrower shall promptly reimburse to the Agent the cost (as conclusively certified by the Agent) of taking out and keeping in force in respect of the Ship and the other Ships on approved terms, or in considering or making claims under a mortgagee’s interest insurance and a mortgagee’s additional perils (ail P&l risks) cover for the benefit of the Finance Parties for an amount of 120% of the Loan; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any other insurance cover which the Agent reasonably requires in respect of any Finance Party’s interests and potential liabilities (but not with respect to loss of hire of the Ship) (whether as mortgagee of the Ship or beneficiary of the Security Documents).

 

 

 

 

 

22.6

 

Fleet liens, set off and cancellations

 

 

 

 

 

If the Ship’s hull cover also insures other vessels, the Security Agent shall either be given an undertaking in approved terms by the brokers or (if such cover is not placed through brokers or the brokers do not, under any applicable laws or insurance terms, have such rights of set off and cancellation) the relevant insurers that the brokers or (if relevant) the insurers will not:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

set off against any claims in respect of the Ship any premiums due in respect of any of such other vessels insured (other than the other Borrower’s Ship); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

cancel that cover because of non-payment of premiums in respect of such other vessels,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or the Borrower shall ensure that hull cover for the Ship and any other Ship is provided under a separate policy from any other vessels.

 

 

 

22.7

 

Payment of premiums

 

 

 

 

 

All premiums, calls, contributions or other sums payable in respect of the Insurances shall be paid punctually and the Agent shall be provided with all relevant receipts or other evidence of payment upon request.

 

 

 

22.8

 

Details of proposed renewal of Insurances

 

 

 

 

 

At least 14 days before any of the Ship’s Insurances are due to expire, the Agent shall be told the names of the brokers, insurers and associations proposed to be used for the renewal of such Insurances and the amounts, risks and terms in, against and on which the Ship’s Insurances are proposed to be renewed.

61



 

 

 

22.9

 

Instructions for renewal

 

 

 

 

 

At least seven days before any of the Ship’s Insurances are due to expire, instructions shall be given to brokers, insurers and associations for them to be renewed or replaced on or before their expiry.

 

 

 

22.10

 

Confirmation of renewal

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship’s Insurances shall be renewed upon their expiry in a manner and on terms which comply with this clause 22 and confirmation of such renewal given by brokers or insurers approved by the Majority Lenders to the Agent at least seven days (or such shorter period as may be approved) before such expiry.

 

 

 

22.11

 

P&l guarantees

 

 

 

 

 

Any guarantee or undertaking required by any protection and indemnity or war risks association in relation to the Ship shall be provided when required by the association.

 

 

 

22.12

 

Insurance documents

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall be provided with pro forma copies of all insurance policies and other documentation issued by brokers, insurers and associations in connection with the Ship’s Insurances as soon as they are available after they have been placed or renewed and all insurance policies and other documents relating to the Ship’s Insurances shall be deposited with any brokers approved by the Majority Lenders or (if not deposited with approved brokers) the Agent or some other person approved by the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

22.13

 

Letters of undertaking

 

 

 

 

 

Unless otherwise approved where the Agent is satisfied that equivalent protection is afforded by the terms of the relevant Insurances and/or any applicable law and/or a letter of undertaking provided by another person, on each placing or renewal of the Insurances, the Agent shall be provided promptly with letters of undertaking in an approved form (having regard to general insurance market practice and law at the time of issue of such letter of undertaking) from the relevant brokers, insurers and associations.

 

 

 

22.14

 

Insurance Notices and Loss Payable Clauses

 

 

 

 

 

The interest of the Security Agent as assignee of the Insurances shall be endorsed on all insurance policies and other documents by the incorporation of a Loss Payable Clause and an Insurance Notice in respect of the Ship and its Insurances signed by its Owner and, unless otherwise approved by the Majority Lenders, each other person assured under the relevant cover (other than the Security Agent if it is itself an assured).

 

 

 

22.15

 

Insurance correspondence

 

 

If so required by the Agent, the Agent shall promptly be provided with copies of all written communications between the assureds and brokers, insurers and associations relating to any of the Ship’s Insurances as soon as they are available.

 

 

 

22.16

 

Qualifications and exclusions

 

 

 

 

 

All requirements applicable to the Ship’s Insurances shall be complied with and the Ship’s Insurances shall only be subject to approved exclusions or qualifications.

 

 

 

22.17

 

Independent report

 

 

 

 

 

If the Agent asks the Borrowers for a detailed report from an approved independent firm of marine insurance brokers approved by the Majority Lenders giving their opinion on the adequacy of the Ship’s Insurances then the Agent shall be provided promptly with such a report

62



 

 

 

 

 

at no cost to the Agent or (if the Agent obtains such a report itself) the Borrowers shall reimburse the Agent for the cost of obtaining that report.

 

 

 

22.18

 

Collection of claims

 

 

 

 

 

All documents and other information and all assistance required by the Agent to assist it and/or the Security Agent in trying to collect or recover any claims under the Ship’s Insurances shall be provided promptly.

 

 

 

22.19

 

Employment of Ship

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall only be employed or operated in conformity with the terms of the Ship’s Insurances (including any express or implied warranties) and not in any other way, unless the insurers have consented and any additional requirements of the insurers have been satisfied.

 

 

 

22.20

 

Declarations and returns

 

 

 

 

 

If any of the Ship’s Insurances are on terms that require a declaration, certificate or other document to be made or filed before the Ship sails to, or operates within, an area, those terms shall be complied with within the time and in the manner required by those Insurances.

 

 

 

22.21

 

Application of recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

All sums paid under the Ship’s Insurances to anyone other than the Security Agent shall be applied in repairing the damage and/or in discharging the liability in respect of which they have been paid except to the extent that the repairs have already been paid for and/or the liability already discharged.

 

 

 

22.22

 

Settlement of claims

 

 


Any claim under the Ship’s Insurances for a Total Loss or Major Casualty shall only be settled, compromised or abandoned with prior approval.

 

 

 

23

 

Minimum security value

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 23 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

 

 

23.1

 

Valuation of assets

 

 

 

 

 

For the purpose of the Finance Documents, the value at any time of any Ship or any other asset over which additional security is provided under this clause 23 will be its value as most recently determined in accordance with this clause 23.

 

 

 

23.2

 

Valuation frequency

 

 

 

 

 

Valuations of each Ship and each such other asset shall be addressed to the Agent (and for the benefit of the other Finance Parties) and in accordance with this clause 23 shall be obtained by the Agent on or prior to making available the Advance for that Ship, and thereafter at any time, not less frequently than once per annum.

 

 

 

23.3

 

Expenses of valuation

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall bear, and reimburse to the Agent where incurred by the Agent, all costs and expenses of providing one valuation per annum unless and until a Default which is continuing shall occur, whereupon all costs and expenses of all valuations shall be payable by the relevant Owner.

63



 

 

 

 

 

23.4

 

Valuations procedure

 

 

 

 

 

The value of any Ship shall be determined in accordance with, and by valuers approved and appointed in accordance with, this clause 23. Additional security provided under this clause 23 shall be valued in such a way, on such a basis and by such persons (including the Agent itself) as may be approved.

 

 

 

23.5

 

Currency of valuation

 

 

 

 

 

Valuations shall be provided by valuers in dollars or, if a valuer is of the view that the relevant type of vessel is generally bought and sold in another currency, in that other currency. If a valuation is provided in another currency, for the purposes of this Agreement it shall be converted into dollars at the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of dollars with that other currency as at the date to which the valuation relates.

 

 

 

23.6

 

Basis of valuation

 

 

 

 

 

Each valuation will be made:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

without physical inspection (unless required by the Agent);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for a price payable in full in cash on delivery at arm’s length on normal commercial terms between a willing buyer and a willing seller; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

without taking into account the benefit or the burden of any charter commitment.

 

 

 

 

 

23.7

 

Information required for valuation

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall promptly provide to the Agent and any such valuer any information which they reasonably require for the purposes of providing such a valuation.

 

 

 

23.8

 

Approval of valuers

 

 

 

 

 

All valuers must have been approved (the approved valuers as at the date of this Agreement are E. A. Gibson Shipbrokers Limited, Lorentzen & Stemoco A.S., Barry Rogliano Salles & Cie, Clarkson plc, Poten & Partners Inc., Fearnleys AS, Simpson, Spence & Young Limited and Braemar Seascope Limited). The Agent may from time to time notify the Borrowers of approval of one or more independent ship brokers as valuers for the purposes of this clause 23. The Agent shall respond promptly to any request by the Borrowers for approval of a broker nominated by the Borrowers. The Agent may at any time by notice to the Borrowers withdraw any previous approval of a valuer for the purposes of future valuations. That valuer may not then be appointed to provide valuations unless it is once more approved. If the Agent has not approved at least three brokers as valuers at a time when a valuation is required under this clause 23, the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers of the names of at least three valuers which are approved.

 

 

 

23.9

 

Appointment of valuers

 

 

 

 

 

When a valuation is required for the purposes of this clause 23, the Agent or, if so approved at that time, the Borrowers shall promptly appoint approved valuers to provide such a valuation. If the Borrowers are approved to appoint valuers but fail to do so promptly, the Agent may appoint approved valuers to provide that valuation.

 

 

 

23.10

 

Number of valuers

 

 

 

 

 

Each valuation shall be carried out by two approved valuers of whom one shall be nominated by the Agent and the other by the Borrowers. If the Borrowers fail promptly to nominate a second valuer then the Agent may nominate the second valuer.

64



 

 

 

 

 

23.11

 

Differences in valuations

 

 

 

 

 

If valuations provided by the approved valuer nominated by the Borrowers and the Agent differ, the value of the relevant Ship for the purposes of the Finance Documents will be the mean average of those valuations. If valuations provided by the approved valuers nominated by the Borrowers and the Agent differ by 15% or more a third approved valuer shall be appointed by the Agent at the cost and expense of the Borrowers, and the value of the Ship will be the mean average of those three valuations.

 

 

 

23.12

 

Security shortfall

 

 

 

 

 

If at any time the Security Value is less than the Minimum Value, the Agent may, and shall, if so directed by the Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers require such deficiency be remedied. The Borrowers shall then within 14 days of receipt of such notice ensure that the Security Value equals or exceeds the Minimum Value. For this purpose, the Borrowers may:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

provide additional security over other approved assets by the Lenders in accordance with this clause 23; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

cancel part of the Total Commitments under clause 7.3 ( Voluntary cancellation ) but on five Business Days’ notice instead of the period required by such clause; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

prepay part of the Loan under clause 7.4 ( Voluntary prepayment ) but on five Business Days’ notice instead of the period required by such clause, Provided that no prepayment fee shall be payable pursuant to clause 7.4.2 ( Voluntary prepayment ) in these circumstances.

 

 

 

 

 

23.13

 

Creation of additional security

 

 

 

 

 

The value of any additional security which the Borrowers offer to provide to remedy all or part of a shortfall in the amount of the Security Value will only be taken into account for the purposes of determining the Security Value if and when:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

that additional security, its value and the method of its valuation have been approved by the Lenders;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a Security Interest over that security has been constituted in favour of the Security Agent in an approved form and manner;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

this Agreement has been unconditionally amended in such manner as the Agent requires in consequence of that additional security being provided; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received such documents and evidence it may require in relation to that additional security including documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 3 in relation to that additional security and its execution and (if applicable) registration.

 

 

 

 

 

23.14

 

Security release

 

 

 

 

 

If the Security Value shall at any time exceed the Minimum Value, and the Borrowers shall previously have provided further security to the Security Agent pursuant to clause 23.12 ( Security Shortfall ), the Security Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice from the Borrowers to do so and subject to being indemnified to its satisfaction against the cost of doing so, release any such further security specified by the Borrowers provided that the Agent is satisfied that, immediately following such release, the Security Value will equal or exceed the Minimum Value and no other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

65



 

 

 

24

 

Chartering undertakings

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 24 will be complied with in relation to each Ship and its Charter Documents throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

 

 

 

24.1

 

Variations

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Charter Documents shall not be varied (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any assignment or novation of a Charter Document without approval shall constitute a variation).

 

 

 

24.2

 

Releases and waivers

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, there shall be no release by the relevant Owner of any obligation of any other person under the Charter Documents (including by way of novation), no waiver of any breach of any such obligation and no consent to anything which would otherwise be such a breach.

 

 

 

24.3

 

Termination by Owner

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the relevant Owner shall not terminate or rescind any Charter Document or withdraw the relevant Ship from service under its Charter or Replacement Charter or take any similar action.

 

 

 

24.4

 

Charter performance

 

 

 

 

 

The relevant Owner shall perform its obligations under the relevant Charter Documents and use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that each other party to them performs their obligations under the relevant Charter Documents.

 

 

 

24.5

 

Payment of Charter Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

All Earnings which the relevant Owner is entitled to receive under the Charter Documents shall be paid in the manner required by the Security Documents.

 

 

 

25

 

Bank accounts

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

 

 

25.1

 

Earnings Account

 

 

 

25.1.1

 

Each Borrower shall be the holder of one or more Accounts with an Account Bank which is designated as an “ Earnings Account ” for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

25.1.2

 

The Earnings of the Ships and all moneys payable to the Owner of a Ship under the Ship’s Insurances and any net amount payable to the Borrowers under any Hedging Contract shall be paid by the persons from whom they are due to the relevant Earnings Account for that Borrower unless required to be paid to the Security Agent under the relevant Finance Documents.

 

 

 

25.1.3

 

No Borrower shall withdraw amounts standing to the credit of an Earnings Account except as permitted by clause 25.1.4.

 

 

 

25.1.4

 

If there is no Event of Default which is continuing and subject to the further condition set out at the end of this clause 25.1.4, the relevant Account Holder(s) may withdraw the following amounts from an Earnings Account in the following order of priority during each monthly period in an approved manner:

66



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

payments of the proper costs and expenses of insuring, drydocking, repairing, operating and maintaining the Ship (provided that such costs and expenses shall not exceed the Opex Hire (as defined in the relevant Charter) in respect of such monthly period;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

in accordance with the provisions of clause 35.5.1 ( Partial payments ), payments then due to Finance Parties under the Finance Documents (other than payments due in respect of a prepayment) or payments under Hedging Contracts attributable to the partial unwinding of any Hedging Contracts pursuant to clause 27.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ) and any payments into the Reserve Account as and when they may be required under this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

payments to a Retention Account required to comply with clause 25.2 ( Retention Account );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

payments then due under Hedging Contracts or other Treasury Transactions entered into to protect against fluctuations in the rate of interest payable under the relevant Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

payments to another Earnings Account;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

payments to the Reserve Account; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

any payments by the Borrowers which are not prohibited under, and always subject to, the terms of this Agreement or other Security Documents,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT the Account Holder(s) shall ensure that, in respect of each Ship, there is at all times after the relevant Delivery Date, a minimum of $1,500,000 maintained in each of the relevant Earnings Accounts relating to such Ships.

 

 

 

25.2

 

Retention Account

 

 

 

25.2.1

 

The Borrowers shall jointly be the holders of an Account denominated in dollars with an Account Bank which is designated as the “ Retention Account ” for the purposes of the Finance Documents by the Borrowers and the Lenders.

 

 

 

25.2.2

 

There shall be paid into the Retention Account such amounts as will ensure that, on each date (a retention date ) falling 10 days after the date ( start date ) three months before the First Repayment Date and at monthly intervals after that, the amount credited to the Retention Account is at least:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the relevant fraction of the net amount of interest payable under clause 8 ( Interest ) during or at the end of the Interest Period current on that retention date; plus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the relevant fraction of the instalment of the KEXIM Loan due to be repaid under clause 6.1 ( Repayment ) on the next Repayment Date after that retention date.

 

 

 

 

 

25.2.3

 

The relevant fraction of such an amount of interest or instalment of the KEXIM Loan as at a retention date will be the fraction whose numerator is the number of retention dates up to and including the relevant retention date from the beginning of that Interest Period (in the case of interest) or since the start date or, if later, the previous Repayment Date (in the case of such instalment) and whose denominator is the number of retentions dates falling during or at the end of the relevant Interest Period or, as the case may be, the period beginning on the previous Repayment Date (or the start date in the case of retention dates before the First Repayment Date) and ending on the relevant Repayment Date.

 

 

 

25.2.4

 

The relevant Account Holder(s) shall not withdraw amounts standing to the credit of the Retention Account except as permitted by clause 25.2.5.

 

 

 

25.2.5

 

If there is no continuing Event of Default and if (unless the payment is to a new Retention Account), after the withdrawal, the balance on the Retention Account will be at least the minimum

67



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

amount required by clause 25.2.2 at that time, the relevant Account Holder(s) may withdraw the following amounts from the Retention Account:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

payments of interest due under clause 8 ( Interest ) and repayments of the KEXIM Loan due under clause 6.1 ( Repayment ); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

payment to a Reserve Account of any amount by which the balance on the Retention Account exceeds that minimum amount.

 

 

 

 

 

25.3

 

Reserve Account

 

 

 

25.3.1

 

A Borrower or some or all of the Borrowers jointly shall be the holder of one or more Accounts with an Account Bank which is designated as a “ Reserve Account ” for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

25.3.2

 

Unless and until an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing, the relevant Account Holder(s) shall be entitled to withdraw any or all amounts standing to the credit of a Reserve Account:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

if approved; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if the relevant Charter or Replacement Charter is extended for a period of not less than 3 years in accordance with clause 5 of the relevant Confirmation Memorandum or the relevant clause of that Replacement Charter, as the case may be, and subject always to clause 28.22 ( Charter termination ); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in or towards repayment of the Loan on the Final Repayment Date.

 

 

 

 

 

25.4

 

Other provisions

 

 

 

25.4.1

 

An Account may only be designated for the purposes described in this clause 25 if:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

such designation is made in writing by the Agent and acknowledged by the Borrowers and specifies the names and addresses of the Account Bank, the Account Holder(s) and the number and any designation or other reference attributed to the Account;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

an Account Security has been duly executed and delivered by the relevant Account Holder(s) in favour of the Security Agent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any notice required by the Account Security to be given to an Account Bank has been given to, and acknowledged by, the Account Bank in the form required by the relevant Account Security; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received such documents and evidence it may require in relation to the Account and the Account Security including documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 3 in relation to the Account and the relevant Account Security.

 

 

 

 

 

25.4.2

 

The rates of payment of interest and other terms regulating any Account will be a matter of separate agreement between the relevant Account Holder(s) and an Account Bank. If an Account is a fixed term deposit account, the relevant Account Holder(s) may select the terms of deposits until the relevant Account Security has become enforceable and the Security Agent directs otherwise.

 

 

 

25.4.3

 

The relevant Account Holder(s) shall not close any Account or alter the terms of any Account from those in force at the time it is designated for the purposes of this clause 25 or waive any of its rights in relation to an Account except with approval.

 

 

 

25.4.4

 

The relevant Account Holder(s) shall deposit with the Security Agent all certificates of deposit, receipts or other instruments or securities relating to any Account, notify the Security Agent of

68



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any claim or notice relating to an Account from any other party and provide the Agent with any other information it may request concerning any Account.

 

 

 

25.4.5

 

Each of the Agent and the Security Agent agrees that if it is an Account Bank in respect of an Account then there will be no restrictions on charging that Account as contemplated by this Agreement and it shall not (except with the approval of the Lenders) exercise any right of combination, consolidation or set-off which it may have in respect of that Account in a manner adverse to the rights of the other Finance Parties.

 

 

 

26

 

Business restrictions

 

 

 

 

 

Except as otherwise approved, each Borrower undertakes that this clause 26 will be complied with by and in respect of each Obligor and their Affiliates (to the extent applicable) throughout the Facility Period.

 

 

 

26.1

 

General negative pledge

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not permit any Security Interest to exist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of its assets except for Permitted Security Interests,

 

 

 

26.2

 

Transactions similar to security

 

 

 

 

 

(Without prejudice to clauses 26.3 ( Financial Indebtedness ) and 26.6 ( Disposals )), the Borrower shall not:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby that asset is or may be leased to, or re-acquired by, any Affiliate other than pursuant to disposals permitted under clause 26.6 ( Disposals );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

sell, transfer, factor or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect.

 

 

 

 

 

26.3

 

Financial Indebtedness

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not incur or permit to exist, any Financial Indebtedness owed by it to anyone else except:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents and Hedging Contracts for Hedging Transactions entered into pursuant to clause 27.1 ( Hedging );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Financial Indebtedness owed to another Obligor which is subordinated in a manner approved by the Majority Lenders; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 26.4 ( Guarantees ).

 

 

 

 

 

26.4

 

Guarantees

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not give or permit to exist, any guarantee by it in respect of indebtedness of any person or allow any of its indebtedness to be guaranteed by anyone else except:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

guarantees of obligations of Affiliates that are not Financial Indebtedness or obligations prohibited by any Finance Document;

69



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

guarantees in favour of trade creditors of any Borrower given in the ordinary course of its business or in order to avoid the creation of, or to release, a Permitted Maritime Lien; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

guarantees which are Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 26.3 ( Financial Indebtedness ).

 

 

 

 

 

26.5

 

Bank accounts and other financial transactions

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

maintain any bank accounts with a bank or financial institution except for the Accounts;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

hold cash in any account (other than in an Account); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

be party to any banking or financial transaction, whether on or off balance sheet, that is not expressly permitted under this clause 26 ( Business restrictions ).

 

 

 

 

 

26.6

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions, whether related or not and whether voluntarily or involuntarily, to dispose of any asset except for any of the following disposals so long as they are not prohibited by any other provision of the Finance Documents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

disposals of assets made in (and on terms reflecting) the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

disposals of obsolete assets, or assets which are no longer required for the purpose of the business of any Borrower, in each case for cash on normal commercial terms and on an arm’s length basis; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the application of cash or cash equivalents in the acquisition of assets or services in the ordinary course of its business.

 

 

 

 

 

26.7

 

Contracts and arrangements with Affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor shall be a party to any arrangement or contract with any of its Affiliates unless such arrangement or contract is on an arm’s length basis.

 

 

 

26.8

 

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not establish or acquire a company or other entity.

 

 

 

26.9

 

Acquisitions and investments

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not, without approval of the Majority Lenders, acquire any person, business, assets or liabilities or make any investment in any person or business or enter into any joint-venture arrangement except:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

acquisitions of assets in the ordinary course of business (not being new businesses or vessels);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the incurrence of liabilities in the ordinary course of its business;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any loan or credit not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

pursuant to any Finance Documents or Charter Documents to which it is party.

70



 

 

 

 

 

26.10

 

Reduction of capital

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not redeem or purchase or otherwise reduce any of its equity or any other share capital or any warrants or any uncalled or unpaid liability in respect of any of them or reduce the amount (if any) for the time being standing to the credit of its share premium account or capital redemption or other undistributable reserve in any manner unless as permitted pursuant to clause 26.11 ( Distributions and other payments ).

 

 

 

26.11

 

Distributions and other payments

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

declare or pay (including by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise) any dividend or redeem or make any other distribution or payment (whether in cash or in specie), including any interest and/or unpaid dividends, in respect of its equity or any other share capital or any warrants for the time being in issue; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

make any payment (including by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise) by way of interest, or repayment, redemption, purchase or other payment, in respect of any shareholder loan, loan stock or similar instrument;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

except to its Holding Company and provided no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of the declaration or payment.

 

 

 

27

 

Hedging Contracts

 

 

 

27.1

 

Hedging

 

 

 

27.1.1

 

The Borrowers may enter into and maintain at all times Hedging Transactions which provide for protection against adverse movements in interest rates for an aggregate notional principal amount that does not exceed the Loan as then scheduled to be repaid pursuant to clause 6.2.

 

 

 

27.1.2

 

The interest rate swaps contemplated by clause 27.1.1 shall collectively:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

provide for the Borrowers to pay a fixed or capped rate of interest in respect of the relevant notional principal amount; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

match the repayment profile of the Loan.

 

 

 

 

 

27.1.3

 

The Borrowers shall ensure that each due date for value in respect of each Hedging Transaction shall coincide with the last day of an Interest Period and that interest continues to be paid on the last day of each Interest Period.

 

 

 

27.1.4

 

The Borrowers shall, promptly upon entry into of any Confirmation under a Hedging Contract, deliver to the Agent an original or certified copy of such Confirmation.

 

 

 

27.1.5

 

Other than Hedging Transactions which meet the requirements of this clause 27.1, the Borrowers shall not enter into Treasury Transactions, except with approval of the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

27.1.6

 

If, at any time during the Facility Period, the Borrowers wish to enter into any Treasury Transaction so as to hedge all or any part of their exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations, it shall advise the Agent in writing.

 

 

 

27.1.7

 

Any such Treasury Transaction shall be concluded with the Hedging Provider on the terms of the Hedging Master Agreement but (except with the approval of the Majority Lenders) no such Treasury Transaction shall be concluded unless:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

its purpose is to hedge the Borrowers’ interest rate risk in relation to borrowings under this Agreement for a period expiring no later than the Final Repayment Date; and

71



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

its notional principal amount, when aggregated with the notional principal amount of any other continuing Hedging Contracts, does not and will not exceed the Loan as then scheduled to be repaid pursuant to clause 6.2.

 

 

 

 

 

27.1.8

 

If and when any such Treasury Transaction has been concluded, it shall constitute a Hedging Contract for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

27.2

 

Unwinding of Hedging Contracts

 

 

 

 

 

If, at any time, and whether as a result of any prepayment (in whole or in part) of the Loan or any cancellation (in whole or in part) of any Commitment or otherwise, the aggregate notional principal amount under all Hedging Transactions in respect of the Loan entered into by the Borrowers exceeds or will exceed the amount of the Loan after such prepayment or cancellation, then (unless otherwise approved by the Majority Lenders) the Borrowers shall immediately close out and terminate sufficient Hedging Transactions as are necessary to ensure that the aggregate notional principal amount under the remaining continuing Hedging Transactions is not greater than and will in the future not be greater than, the amount of the Loan at that time and as scheduled to be repaid from time to time thereafter pursuant to clause 6.2.

 

 

 

27.3

 

Assignment of Hedging Contracts by Borrowers

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval or pursuant to the Hedging Contract Security, the Borrowers shall not assign or otherwise dispose of, or create Security Interests over or in relation to, its rights under any Hedging Contract.

 

 

 

27.4

 

Termination of Hedging Contracts by Borrowers

 

 

 

 

 

Following the occurrence of an Event of Default, except with approval, the Borrowers shall not terminate or rescind any Hedging Contract or close out or unwind any Hedging Transaction for any reason whatsoever except in accordance with clause 27,2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ).

 

 

 

27.5

 

Definition of Loan

 

 

 

 

 

For the purposes of this clause 27 only, the definition of Loan shall mean:

 

 

 

27.5.1

 

prior to first Utilisation, the aggregate principal amount of the Ship Commitments for the Ships;

 

 

 

27.5.2

 

after first Utilisation but prior to delivery of all the Ships, the aggregate principal amount of (a) the Ship Commitments for any Ships not yet delivered and (b) the Loan; and

 

 

 

27.5.3

 

after final Utilisation, the principal amount of the Loan.

 

 

 

28

 

Events of Default

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in clauses 28.1 to 28.23 is an Event of Default.

 

 

 

28.1

 

Non-payment

 

 

 

 

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable provided however that no Event of Default shall occur if a Disruption Event has occurred and such payment is made within three Business Days of the due date.

 

 

 

28.2

 

Hedging Contracts

 

 

 

28.2.1

 

An Event of Default or Potential Event of Default (in each case as defined in the Hedging Master Agreement) has occurred and is continuing under any Hedging Contract.

72



 

 

 

 

 

28.2.2

 

An Early Termination Date (as defined in the Hedging Master Agreements) has occurred or been or become capable of being effectively designated under any Hedging Contract.

 

 

 

28.2.3

 

A person entitled to do so gives notice of such an Early Termination Date under any Hedging Contract except with approval or as may be required by clause 27.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ).

 

 

 

28.2.4

 

Following the occurrence of an Event of Default, any Hedging Contract is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with approval or as may be required by clause 27.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ).

 

 

 

28.3

 

Value of security

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers do not comply with clause 23 ( Minimum security value ).

 

 

 

28.4

 

Insurance

 

 

 

28.4.1

 

The Insurances of any Ship are not placed and kept in force in the manner required by clause 22 ( Insurance ).

 

 

 

28.4.2

 

Any insurer either:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

cancels any such Insurances and such Insurances are not immediately replaced by the Borrowers to the full satisfaction of the Lenders; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

disclaims liability under them by reason of any mis-statement or failure or default by any person.

 

 

 

 

 

28.5

 

Other obligations

 

 

 

28.5.1

 

An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in clauses 28.1 ( Non-payment ), 28.2 ( Hedging Contracts ), 28.3 ( Value of security ) and 28.4 ( Insurance )).

 

 

 

28.5.2

 

No Event of Default under clause 28.5.1 above will occur if the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) considers that the failure to comply is capable of remedy (including by way of the excess cash capture provisions pursuant to clause 19.12 ( Excess Cash recapture )) and the failure is remedied within ten Business Days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrowers.

 

 

 

28.6

 

Financial Covenants

 

 

 

 

 

A Guarantor or a Counter Guarantor does not comply with any financial covenant pursuant to clause 5 of the GasLog Guarantee ( Financial covenants ) or, as the case may be, clause 5 of a Counter Guarantee ( Financial covenants ) or makes or is deemed to have made a representation or statement pursuant to clause 5 of the GasLog Guarantee ( Financial covenants ) or, as the case may be, clause 5 of a Counter Guarantee ( Financial covenants ), which is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

 

 

 

28.7

 

Misrepresentation

 

 

 

 

 

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

73



 

 

 

 

 

28.8

 

Cross default

 

 

 

28.8.1

 

Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

 

 

28.8.2

 

Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

 

 

28.8.3

 

The counterparty to a Treasury Transaction entered into by any Obligor becomes entitled to terminate that Treasury Transaction early by reason of an event of default (however described).

 

 

 

28.8.4

 

Any creditor of any Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of that Obligor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

 

 

28.8.5

 

No Event of Default will occur under this clause 28.8 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness falling within clauses 28.8.1 to 28.8.4 above is less than $5,000,000 in respect of each of the Counter Guarantors and the Guarantors and/or less than $1,000,000 in respect of any other Obligor.

 

 

 

28.9

 

Insolvency

 

 

 

28.9.1

 

An Obligor is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

 

 

28.9.2

 

The value of the assets of any Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

 

 

28.9.3

 

A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

 

 

28.10

 

Insolvency proceedings

 

 

 

28.10.1

 

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Obligor or any of its assets (including the directors of any Obligor requesting a person to appoint any such officer in relation to it or any of its assets); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

enforcement of any Security Interest over any assets of any Obligor,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

28.10.2

 

Clause 28.10.1 shall not apply to any winding-up petition (or analogous procedure or step) which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within seven days of commencement or, if earlier, the date on which it is advertised.

 

 

 

28.11

 

Creditors’ process

 

 

 

28.11.1

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress, execution or analogous process affects any asset or assets of any Obligor (having an aggregate value equal to or in excess of

74



 

 

 

 

 

$5,000,000 in respect of the Counter Guarantors and the Guarantors and $1,000,000 in respect of any other Obligor) and is not discharged within seven days.

 

 

 

28.11.2

 

Any judgment or order (for an amount in excess of $5,000,000 in respect of the Counter Guarantors and the Guarantors and $1,000,000 in respect of any other Obligor) is made against any Obligor and is not stayed or complied with within thirty days.

 

 

 

28.12

 

Unlawfulness and invalidity

 

 

 

28.12.1

 

It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any Security Interest created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be effective.

 

 

 

28.12.2

 

Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents are not (subject to the Legal Reservations) or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

28.12.3

 

Any Finance Document or any Security Interest created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect or is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective for any reason.

 

 

 

28.12.4

 

Any Security Document does not create legal, valid, binding and enforceable security over the assets charged under that Security Document or the ranking or priority of such security is adversely affected.

 

 

 

28.13

 

Cessation of business

 

 

 

 

 

Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

 

 

 

28.14

 

Expropriation

 

 

 

 

 

The authority or ability of any Obligor to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Obligor or any of its assets.

 

 

 

28.15

 

Repudiation and rescission of Finance Documents

 

 

 

 

 

An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to rescind a Finance Document.

 

 

 

28.16

 

Litigation

 

 

 

 

 

Any litigation, alternative dispute resolution, arbitration or administrative proceeding is taking place against any Obligor or any of its assets, rights or revenues, and which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

28.17

 

Material Adverse Effect

 

 

 

 

 

Any Environmental Incident or other event or circumstance or series of events (including any change of law) occurs which the Majority Lenders reasonably believe has, or is reasonably expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

28.18

 

Security enforceable

 

 


Any Security Interest (other than a Permitted Maritime Lien) in respect of Charged Property becomes enforceable.

75



 

 

 

 

 

28.19

 

Arrest of Ship

 

 

 

 

 

Either Ship is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution, impounded, forfeited, detained in exercise or purported exercise of any possessory lien or other claim and the relevant Owner fails to procure the release of such Ship within a period of 15 days thereafter (or such longer period as may be approved).

 

 

 

28.20

 

Ship registration

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the registration of either Ship under the laws and flag of its Flag State is cancelled or terminated or, where applicable, not renewed or, if such Ship is only provisionally registered on the date of its Mortgage, such Ship is not permanently registered under such laws within 90 days of such date.

 

 

 

28.21

 

Political risk

 

 

 

 

 

The Flag State of either Ship or any Relevant Jurisdiction of an Obligor becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in the Flag State or any such Relevant Jurisdiction by unconstitutional means if, in any such case, such event, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders), has or is reasonably to have, a Material Adverse Effect and, within 15 days of notice from Agent to do so (or such longer period as may be approved), such action as the Agent may require to ensure that such circumstances will not have such an effect has not been taken by the Borrowers.

 

 

 

28.22

 

Charter termination

 

 

 

28.22.1

 

Except with approval, the Charter or Replacement Charter of a Ship is cancelled or rescinded or (except as a result of the Ship being a Total Loss) frustrated or a Ship is withdrawn from service under the Charter or, as the case may be, the Replacement Charter, before the time the relevant Charter or relevant Replacement Charter was scheduled to expire, provided however that no Event of Default shall occur under this clause 28.22.1 if within 30 days of such cancellation, rescission, frustration or withdrawal the Borrowers shall have paid the sum of $20,000,000 to the Reserve Account which sum may, notwithstanding clause 25.3 ( Reserve Account ), only be released if approved or if:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

at any time after such cancellation, rescission, frustration or withdrawal, the relevant Owner shall have entered into a Replacement Charter; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the relevant Owner has executed a Security Interest in respect of such Replacement Charter in an approved form and delivered to the Agent any conditions precedent of the nature described in Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent ) as required by the Agent.

 

 

 

 

28.22.2

 

Except with approval, a Ship is not delivered and accepted for service under the relevant Charter within three Business Days after the relevant Utilisation Date.

 

 

 

28.23

 

Change of Control

 

 

 

28.23.1

 

Before an IPO has been completed, a Change of Control occurs.

 

 

 

28.23.2

 

After an IPO has been completed, an IPO Change of Control occurs and the Borrowers fail to prepay the Loan in full and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

28.23.3

 

At any time:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any Borrower ceases to be a wholly-owned subsidiary of GasLog Carriers; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

GasLog Carriers ceases to be a wholly-owned subsidiary of GasLog.

76



 

 

 

 

 

28.24

 

Acceleration

 

 

 

 

 

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

cancel the Total Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, at which time it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Lenders; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

declare that no withdrawals be made from any Account; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

exercise or direct the Security Agent and/or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

29

 

Position of Hedging Provider

 

 

 

 

29.1

 

Rights of Hedging Provider

 

 

 

 

29.1.1

 

The Hedging Provider is a Finance Party and as such, will be entitled to share in the security constituted by the Security Documents in respect of any liabilities of the Borrowers under the Hedging Contracts with the Hedging Provider which shall be fully subordinated in priority and ranking to the share in the security constituted by the Security Documents in respect of any liabilities of the Borrowers with respect to the Facilities owing to the Lenders in the manner and to the extent contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

29.1.2

 

If a Borrower wishes to enter into a Treasury Transaction, the Hedging Provider shall have the right to participate in any proposed Treasury Transaction.

 

 

 

 

29.2

 

No voting rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Hedging Provider shall not be entitled to vote on any matter where a decision of the Lenders alone is required under this Agreement, whether before or after the termination or close out of the Hedging Contracts with the Hedging Provider, provided that the Hedging Provider shall be entitled to vote on any matter where a decision of all the Finance Parties is expressly required.

 

 

 

 

29.3

 

Acceleration and enforcement of security

 

 

 

 

 

 

Neither the Agent nor the Security Agent nor any other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to clause 28 ( Events of Default ) or pursuant to the other Finance Documents, to have any regard to the requirements of the Hedging Provider except to the extent that the Hedging Provider is also a Lender.

 

 

 

 

29.4

 

Close out of Hedging Contracts

 

 

 

 

29.4.1

 

The Parties agree that at any time on and after any Event of Default the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall be entitled, by notice in writing to the Hedging Provider, to instruct the Hedging Provider to terminate and close out any Hedging Transactions (or part thereof) with the Hedging Provider. The Hedging Provider will terminate and close out the

77



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

relevant Hedging Transactions (or parts thereof) and/or the relevant Hedging Contracts in accordance with such notice immediately upon receipt of such notice.

 

 

 

29.4.2

 

The Hedging Provider shall not be entitled to terminate or close out any Hedging Contract or any Hedging Transaction under it prior to its stated maturity except:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in accordance with a notice served by the Agent under clause 29.4.1; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if the Borrowers have not paid amounts due under the Hedging Contract and such amounts remain unpaid for a period of 30 days after the due date for payment and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) consents to such termination or close out; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

if the Agent takes any action under clause 28.24 (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

if the Loan and other amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents (other than amounts outstanding under the Hedging Contracts) have been repaid by the Borrowers in full.

 

 

 

 

29.4.3

 

If there is a net amount payable to any Borrower under a Hedging Transaction or a Hedging Contract upon its termination and close out, the Hedging Provider shall forthwith pay that net amount (together with interest earned on such amount) to the Security Agent for application in accordance with clause 32.21 ( Order of application ).

 

 

 

 

29.4.4

 

The Hedging Provider (in any capacity) shall not set-off any such net amount against or exercise any right of combination in respect of any other claim it has against a Borrower.

78


SECTION 8 - CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

Changes to the Lenders

 

 

 

 

30.1

 

Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to this clause 30, a Lender (the “ Existing Lender ”) may assign any of its rights to another bank or financial institution or other regulated investment company (the “ New Lender ”).

 

 

 

 

30.2

 

Conditions of assignment

 

 

 

 

30.2.1

 

The consent of the Borrowers is required for an assignment by a Commercial Facility Lender or KEXIM Facility Lender, unless the assignment is to another Commercial Facility Lender or Affiliate of a Commercial Facility Lender or, as the case may be, another KEXIM Facility Lender or an Affiliate of a KEXIM Facility Lender or an Event of Default is continuing. The Agent will immediately advise the Borrowers of the assignment.

 

 

 

 

30.2.2

 

The Borrowers’ consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and will be deemed to have been given five Business Days after the Lender has requested consent unless consent is expressly refused within that time. The Borrowers shall not be entitled to refuse or withhold consent solely because an assignment may result in an increase to the Mandatory Cost.

 

 

 

 

30.2.3

 

An assignment will only be effective:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

on receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Existing Lender;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

on the New Lender entering into any documentation required for it to accede as a party to any Security Document to which the Original Commercial Facility Lender or, as the case may be, the Original KEXIM Facility Lender is a party in its capacity as a Commercial Facility Lender or KEXIM Facility Lender;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

if at the time when an assignment takes effect more than one Utilisation is outstanding, the assignment of an Existing Lender’s participation in the Utilisations (if any) under the respective Facility, as applicable, shall take effect in respect of the same fraction of each such Utilisation;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

on the performance by the Agent of all “know your customer” or other checks relating to any person that it is required to carry out in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

if that Existing Lender assigns equal fractions of its Commitment and participation in the Utilisations (if any) under the respective Facility, as applicable.

 

 

 

 

30.2.4

 

Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

 

 

 

30.3

 

Fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,000.

79



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.4

 

Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

 

 

 

30.4.1

 

Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other person of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the application of any Basel II Regulation and the Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

 

 

 

 

 

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

 

 

 

30.4.2

 

Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the financial condition and affairs of the Obligors and their related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the application of any Basel II Regulation and the Basel III Regulation, to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the application of any Basel II Regulation and the Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

 

 

 

30.4.3

 

Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

accept a re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights assigned under this clause 30 ( Changes to the Lenders ); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of the application of any Basel II Regulation or the Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

 

 

 

30.5

 

Procedure for transfer

 

 

 

 

30.5.1

 

Subject to the conditions set out in clause 30.2 ( Conditions of assignment ) an assignment is effected in accordance with clause 30.5.2 below when (a) the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate and (b) the Agent executes any document required under clause 30.2.3 which it may be necessary for it to execute in each case delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender duly executed by them and, in the case of any such other document,

80



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any other relevant person. The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a Transfer Certificate and any such other document each duly completed, appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate and such other document. The Obligors and the other Finance Parties irrevocably authorise the Agent to execute any Transfer Certificate on their behalf without any consultations with them.

 

 

 

30.5.2

 

On the Transfer Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to be released from its obligations under the Finance Documents, the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards the Obligors and the other Finance Parties under the Finance Documents and rights of the Obligors and the other Finance Parties against the Existing Lender under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the Discharged Obligations ) (but the obligations owed by the Obligors under the Finance Documents shall not be released);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the New Lender shall assume obligations towards each of the Obligors who are a Party and/or the Obligors and the other Finance Parties shall acquire rights against the New Lender which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as the New Lender has assumed and/or the Obligors and the other Finance Parties acquired the same in place of the Existing Lender;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the other Finance Parties and the New Lender shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Security Agent, Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the New Lender shall become a Party to the Finance Documents as a “Lender” for the purposes of all the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

30.6

 

Copy of Transfer Certificate to Borrowers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate and any other document required under clause 30.2.3, send a copy of that Transfer Certificate and such documents to the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

 

30.7

 

Disclosure of information

 

 

 

 

 

30.7.1

 

Any Lender may disclose to any of its Affiliates and, in relation to (a) and (b) below, with the consent of the Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to any other person:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to (or through) whom that Lender assigns (or may potentially assign) all or any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

with (or through) whom that Lender enters into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to, the Finance Documents or any Obligor; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

to whom, and to the extent that, information is required to be disclosed by any applicable law, regulation or request of any regulatory or governmental authority or central bank,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any information about any Obligor, any Group and the Finance Documents as Lender shall consider appropriate.

81



 

 

 

30.7.2

 

Any Finance Party may disclose to a rating agency or its professional advisers or (with the consent of the Borrowers) any other person, any information about any Obligor, any Group and the Finance Documents as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate.

 

 

 

31

 

Changes to the Obligors

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

82


SECTION 9 - THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger

 

 

 

32.1

 

Appointment of the Agent

 

 

 

32.1.1

 

Each other Finance Party (other than the Security Agent) appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

32.1.2

 

Each such other Finance Party authorises the Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to execute each of the Security Documents and all other documents that may be approved by the Lenders for execution by it.

 

 

 

 

 

32.2

 

Duties of the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

32.2.1

 

The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

 

 

 

 

32.2.2

 

Without prejudice to clause 30.6 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate to Borrowers ), clause 32.2.1 shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

 

 

32.2.3

 

Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

 

 

 

 

32.2.4

 

If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

32.2.5

 

If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or an Arranger or the Security Agent for their own account) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

32.2.6

 

The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

 

 

 

 

32.3

 

Role of the Arrangers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.4

 

No fiduciary duties

 

 

 

 

 

32.4.1

 

Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or an Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

 

 

 

 

32.4.2

 

None of the Agent, the Security Agent or any Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender or the Hedging Provider for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account or have any obligations to the other Finance Parties beyond those expressly stated in the Finance Documents.

83



 

 

 

 

 

32.5

 

Business with the Group

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent, the Security Agent and any Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Obligor or their Affiliates.

 

 

 

 

 

32.6

 

Rights and discretions of the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.1

 

The Agent may rely on:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his or her knowledge or within his or her power to verify.

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.2

 

The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the other Finance Parties) that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under clause 28.1 ( Non-payment ));

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any notice or request made by a Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.3

 

The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts in the conduct of its obligations and responsibilities under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.4

 

The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.5

 

The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.6

 

The Agent is not obliged to disclose to any Finance Party any details of the rate notified to the Agent by any Lender or the identity of any such Lender for the purposes of clause 10.2.1(b) ( Market Disruption ).

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.7

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor any Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. The Agent and any Arranger may do anything which in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation of any jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.8

 

Without prejudice to the generality of clause 32.6.7, the Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) to disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

 

32.7

 

Lenders’ instructions

 

 

 

 

 

32.7.1

 

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent (including giving instructions to the Security Agent) in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent); and

84



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

32.7.2

 

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Lenders to the Agent (in relation to any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) shall be binding on all the Finance Parties (other than the Security Agent).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.7,3

 

The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (if applicable in accordance with the Finance Documents) or, if appropriate, the Lenders until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

 

 

 

 

32.7.4

 

In the absence of, or while awaiting, instructions from the Majority Lenders (if applicable in accordance with the Finance Documents) or, if appropriate, the Lenders, the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

32.7.5

 

The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender or the Hedging Provider (without first obtaining that Lender’s or the Hedging Provider’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This clause 32.7.5 shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.7.6

 

Neither the Agent nor any Arranger shall be obliged to request any certificate, opinion or other information under clause 18 ( Information undertakings ) unless so required in writing by a Lender or the Hedging Provider, in which case the Agent shall promptly make the appropriate request of the Borrowers if such request would be in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

32.8

 

Responsibility for documentation and other matters

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Neither the Agent nor any Arranger:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, any Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or of any representations in any Finance Document or of any copy of any document delivered under any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any Charter Document or Building Contract Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any Charter Document or Building Contract Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

is responsible for the application of any Basel II Regulation or the Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

is responsible for any loss to the Trust Property arising in consequence of the failure, depreciation or loss of any Charged Property or any investments made or retained in good faith or by reason of any other matter or thing;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

is obliged to account to any person for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account;

85



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

is responsible for the failure of any Obligor or any other party to perform its obligations under any Finance Document or any Charter Document or Building Contract Document or the financial condition of any such person;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

is responsible to ascertain whether all deeds and documents which should have been deposited with it (or the Security Agent) under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents have been so deposited;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

is responsible to investigate or make any enquiry into the title of any Obligor to any of the Charged Property or any of its other property or assets;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

is responsible for the failure to register any of the Security Documents with the Registrar of Companies or any other public office;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

is responsible for the failure to register any of the Security Documents in accordance with the provisions of the documents of title of any Obligor to any of the Charged Property;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(I)

is responsible for the failure to take or require any Obligor to take any steps to render any of the Security Documents effective as regards property or assets outside England or Wales or to secure the creation of any ancillary charge under the laws of the jurisdiction concerned; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(m)

is (unless it is the same entity as the Security Agent) responsible on account of the failure of the Security Agent to perform or discharge any of its duties or obligations under the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.9

 

Exclusion of liability

 

 

 

 

 

32.9.1

 

Without limiting clause 32.9.2 (and without prejudice to the provisions of clause 35,9 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. )), the Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.9.2

 

No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent (except in relation to wilful misconduct) or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this clause subject to clause 1.3 and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

 

 

 

 

32.9.3

 

The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

 

 

 

 

32.9.4

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or any Arranger to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender or the Hedging Provider and each Lender and the Hedging Provider confirms to the Agent and the Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or any Arranger.

 

 

 

 

 

32.10

 

Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within ten Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) including the costs of any person engaged in accordance with clause 32.6.3 ( Rights and discretions of the Agent ) and any Receiver in acting as its agent under the

86



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document or out of the Trust Property).

 

 

 

 

 

32.11

 

Resignation of the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

32.11.1

 

The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the Lenders, the Hedging Provider, the Security Agent and the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

 

32.11.2

 

Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrowers) may appoint a successor Agent acting through an office in the United Kingdom.

 

 

 

 

 

32.11.3

 

If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with clause 32.11.2 above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

32.11.4

 

The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.11.5

 

The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

 

 

 

 

32.11.6

 

Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this clause 32. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

 

 

 

 

32.11.7

 

After consultation with the Borrowers, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with clause 32.11.2. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with clause 32.11.2 Provided always that the Agent acting in its capacity as lender shall not be included in the calculation of the Majority Lenders if the Agent is being required to resign due to its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

 

 

 

 

32.12

 

Confidentiality

 

 

 

 

 

32.12.1

 

In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its department, division or team directly responsible for the management of the Finance Documents which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions, departments or teams.

 

 

 

 

 

32.12.2

 

If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

 

 

 

 

32.12.3

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent, nor any Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (a) any confidential information or (b) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

 

 

 

 

32.13

 

Relationship with the Lenders and Hedging Provider

 

 

 

 

 

32.13.1

 

The Agent may treat the persons shown in its records as Lenders or as Hedging Provider at the opening of business (in the place of its principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as each Lender or (as the case may be) the Hedging Provider, acting through its Facility Office:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

87



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from that Lender or (as the case may be) the Hedging Provider to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

 

32.13.2

 

Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).

 

 

 

32.13.3

 

Each Lender and the Hedging Provider shall supply the Agent with any information that the Agent may reasonably specify as being necessary or desirable to enable the Agent or the Security Agent to perform its functions as Agent or Security Agent. Each Lender and the Hedging Provider shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

32.14

 

Credit appraisal by the Lenders and the Hedging Provider

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender and the Hedging Provider confirms to each other Finance Party that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the financial condition, status and nature of each Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or Charter Document or Building Contract Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or Charter Document or Building Contract Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the application of any Basel II Regulation and the Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

whether any Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, Charter Document or Building Contract Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document, Charter Document or Building Contract Document; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

the right of title of any person to, or the value or sufficiency of, any part of the Charged Property, the priority of the Security Documents or the existence of any Security Interest affecting the Charged Property.

 

 

 

 

 

32.15

 

Agent’s management time

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any amount payable to the Agent under clause 14.3 ( Indemnity to the Agent and the Security Agent ), clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) and clause 32.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrowers and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under clause 11 ( Fees ).

88



 

 

 

 

 

32.16

 

Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

 

 

 

 

32.17

 

Common parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Although the Agent and the Security Agent may from time to time be the same entity, that entity will have entered into the Finance Documents (to which it is party) in its separate capacities as agent for the Finance Parties and (as appropriate) security agent and trustee for the Finance Parties. Where any Finance Document provides for the Agent or Security Agent to communicate with or provide instructions to the other, while they are the same entity, such communication or instructions will not be necessary.

 

 

 

 

 

32.18

 

Security Agent

 

 

 

 

 

32.18.1

 

Each other Finance Party appoints the Security Agent to act as its trustee under and in connection with the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.18.2

 

Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to execute each of the Security Documents and all other documents that may be approved by the Agent and/or the Majority Lenders for execution by it.

 

 

 

 

 

32.18.3

 

The Security Agent accepts its appointment under clause 32.18 ( Security Agent ) as trustee of the Trust Property with effect from the date of this Agreement and declares that it holds the Trust Property on trust for itself and the other Finance Parties (for so long as they are Finance Parties) on and subject to the terms set out in clauses 32.18 - 32.26 (inclusive) and the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

 

 

 

 

32.19

 

Application of certain clauses to Security Agent

 

 

 

 

 

32.19.1

 

Clauses 32.6 ( Rights and discretions of the Agent ), 32.8 ( Responsibility for documentation and other matters ), 32.9 ( Exclusion of liability ), 32.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ), 32.11 ( Resignation of the Agent ), 32.12 ( Confidentiality ), 32.13 ( Relationship with the Lenders and the Hedging Provider ), 32.14 ( Credit appraisal by the Lenders and the Hedging Provider ) and 32.16 ( Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent ) shall each extend so as to apply to the Security Agent in its capacity as such and for that purpose each reference to the “Agent” in these clauses shall extend to include in addition a reference to the “Security Agent” in its capacity as such.

 

 

 

 

 

32.19.2

 

In addition, clause 32,11 ( Resignation of the Agent ) shall, for the purposes of its application to the Security Agent pursuant to clause 32.19.1, have the following additional sub-clause:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At any time after the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall do and execute all acts, deeds and documents reasonably required by its successor to transfer to it (or its nominee, as it may direct) any property, assets and rights previously vested in the retiring Security Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and which shall not have vested in its successor by operation of law. All such acts, deeds and documents shall be done or, as the case may be, executed at the cost of the retiring Security Agent (except where the Security Agent is retiring under clause 32.11.7 as extended to it by clause 32.19.1, in which case such costs shall be borne by the

89



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lenders (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero).

 

 

 

32.20

 

Instructions to Security Agent

 

 

 

32.20.1

 

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Security Agent shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Agent (or, if so instructed by the Agent, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with such an instruction of the Agent (the Agent in each case acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (if applicable in accordance with the Finance Documents) or the Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

32.20.2

 

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Agent to the Security Agent in accordance with clause 32.20.1 will be binding on the Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

32.20.3

 

The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Agent until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

 

 

 

 

32.20.4

 

In the absence of, or while awaiting, instructions from the Agent, (including in exceptional circumstances where time does not permit the Agent obtaining instructions from the Lenders and urgent action is required) the Security Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

32.20.5

 

The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of another Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document but this is without prejudice to clauses 32.20.1 and 32.20.4, including the right to enforce the Security Documents in accordance with these clauses.

 

 

 

 

 

32.21

 

Order of application

 

 

 

 

 

32.21.1

 

The Security Agent agrees to apply the Trust Property in accordance with the following respective claims:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

first , as to a sum equivalent to the amounts payable to the Security Agent under the Finance Documents (excluding any amounts received by the Security Agent pursuant to clause 32.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) as extended to the Security Agent pursuant to clause 32.19 ( Application of certain clauses to Security Agent )), for the Security Agent absolutely;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

secondly , in accordance with the provisions of clause 35.5.1 ( Partial payments ), as to a sum equivalent to the aggregate amount then due and owing to the other Finance Parties under the Finance Documents, for those Finance Parties absolutely, and pro- rata to the amounts owing to them under the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

thirdly , until such time as the Security Agent is satisfied that all obligations owed to the Finance Parties have been irrevocably and unconditionally discharged in full, held by the Security Agent on a suspense account for payment of any further amounts owing to the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents and further application in accordance with this clause 32.21.1 as and when any such amounts later fall due;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

fourthly , to such other persons (if any) as are legally entitled thereto in priority to the Obligors; and

90



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

fifthly , as to the balance (if any), for the Obligors by or from whom or from whose assets the relevant amounts were paid, received or recovered or other person entitled to them.

 

 

 

 

 

32.21.2

 

The Security Agent shall make each application as soon as is practicable after the relevant moneys are received by, or otherwise become available to, it save that (without prejudice to any other provision contained in any of the Security Documents) the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Agent) or any receiver or administrator may credit any moneys received by it to a suspense account for so long and in such manner as the Security Agent or such receiver or administrator may from time to time determine with a view to preserving the rights of the Finance Parties or any of them to prove for the whole of their respective claims against the Borrowers or any other person liable.

 

 

 

 

 

32.21.3

 

The Security Agent shall obtain a good discharge in respect of the amounts expressed to be due to the other Finance Parties as referred to in this clause 32.21 by paying such amounts to the Agent for distribution in accordance with clause 35 ( Payment mechanics ).

 

 

 

 

 

32.22

 

Perpetuities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The perpetuity period to the extent applicable to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be 80 years from the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

32.23

 

Powers and duties of the Security Agent as trustee of the security

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In its capacity as trustee in relation to the Trust Property and the Security Documents, the Security Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

shall, without prejudice to any of the powers, discretions and immunities conferred upon trustees by law (and to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents), have all the same powers and discretions as a natural person acting as the beneficial owner of such property and/or as are conferred upon the Security Agent by this Agreement and/or any Security Document but so that the Security Agent may only exercise such powers and discretions to the extent that it is authorised to do so by the provisions of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

shall (subject to clause 32.21 ( Order of application )) be entitled (in its own name or in the names of nominees) to invest moneys from time to time forming part of the Trust Property or otherwise held by it as a consequence of any enforcement of the security constituted by any Finance Document which, in the reasonable opinion of the Security Agent, it would not be practicable to distribute immediately, by placing the same on deposit in the name or under the control of the Security Agent as the Security Agent may think fit without being under any duty to diversify the same and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss due to interest rate or exchange rate fluctuations except for any loss arising from the Security Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

may, in the conduct of its obligations under and in respect of the Security Documents (otherwise than in relation to its right to make any declaration, determination or decision), instead of acting personally, employ and pay any agent (whether being a lawyer or any other person) to transact or concur in transacting any business and to do or concur in doing any acts required to be done by the Security Agent (including the receipt and payment of money) and on the basis that (i) any such agent engaged in any profession or business shall be entitled to be paid all usual professional and other charges for business transacted and acts done by him or any partner or employee of his or her in connection with such employment and (ii) the Security Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such agent if the Security Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such agent; and

91



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

may place all deeds and other documents relating to the Trust Property which are from time to time deposited with it pursuant to the Security Documents in any safe deposit, safe or receptacle selected by the Security Agent exercising reasonable care or with any firm of solicitors or company whose business includes undertaking the safe custody of documents selected by the Security Agent exercising reasonable care and may make any such arrangements as it thinks fit for allowing Obligors access to, or its solicitors or auditors possession of, such documents when necessary or convenient and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss incurred in connection with any such deposit, access or possession if it has exercised reasonable care in the selection of a safe deposit, safe, receptacle or firm of solicitors or company (save that it shall take reasonable steps to pursue any person who may be liable to it in connection with such loss).

 

 

 

 

 

32.24

 

All enforcement action through the Security Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

None of the other Finance Parties shall have any independent power to enforce any of the Security Documents or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by any of the Security Documents except through the Security Agent. If any Lender is a party to any Security Document it shall promptly upon being requested by the Agent to do so grant power of attorney or other sufficient authority to the Security Agent to enable the Security Agent to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under such Security Document.

 

 

 

 

 

32.25

 

Co-operation to achieve agreed priorities of application

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The other Finance Parties shall co-operate with each other and with the Security Agent and any receiver or administrator under the Security Documents in realising the property and assets subject to the Security Documents and in ensuring that the net proceeds realised under the Security Documents after deduction of the expenses of realisation are applied in accordance with clause 32.21 ( Order of application ).

 

 

 

 

 

32.26

 

Indemnity from Trust Property

 

 

 

 

 

32.26.1

 

In respect of all liabilities, costs or expenses for which the Obligors are liable under this Agreement, the Security Agent and each Affiliate of the Security Agent and each officer or employee of the Security Agent or its Affiliate (each an “ Indemnified Person ”) shall be entitled to be indemnified out of the Trust Property in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses whatsoever properly incurred or suffered by such Indemnified Person:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the execution or exercise or bona fide purported execution or exercise of the trusts, rights, powers, authorities, discretions and duties created or conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

as a result of any breach by an Obligor of any of its obligations under any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in respect of any Environmental Claim made or asserted against an Indemnified Person which would not have arisen if the Finance Documents had not been executed; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted in any way in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents relating to the Trust Property or the provisions of any of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.26.2

 

The rights conferred by this clause 32.26 are without prejudice to any right to indemnity by law given to trustees generally and to any provision of the Finance Documents entitling the Security Agent or any other person to an indemnity in respect of, and/or reimbursement of, any liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or suffered by it in connection with any of the Finance Documents or the performance of any duties under any of the Finance Documents. Nothing contained in this clause 32.26 shall entitle the Security Agent or any other person to be indemnified in respect of

92


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses to the extent that the same arise from such person’s own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

 

 

32.27

 

Finance Parties to provide information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The other Finance Parties shall provide the Security Agent with such written information as it may reasonably require for the purposes of carrying out its duties and obligations under the Security Documents and, in particular, with such necessary directions in writing so as to enable the Security Agent to make the calculations and applications contemplated by clause 32.21 ( Order of application ) above and to apply amounts received under, and the proceeds of realisation of, the Security Documents as contemplated by the Security Documents, clause 35.5 ( Partial payments ) and clause 32.21 ( Order of application ).

 

 

 

 

 

32.28

 

Release to facilitate enforcement and realisation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Finance Party acknowledges that pursuant to any enforcement action by the Security Agent (or a Receiver) carried out on the instructions of the Agent it may be desirable for the purpose of such enforcement and/or maximising the realisation of the Charged Property being enforced against, that any rights or claims of or by the Security Agent (for the benefit of the Finance Parties) and/or any Finance Parties against any Obligor and/or any Security Interest over any assets of any Obligor (in each case) as contained in or created by any Finance Document, other than such rights or claims or security being enforced, be released in order to facilitate such enforcement action and/or realisation and, notwithstanding any other provision of the Finance Documents, each Finance Party hereby irrevocably authorises the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Agent) to grant any such releases to the extent necessary to fully effect such enforcement action and realisation including, without limitation, to the extent necessary for such purposes to execute release documents in the name of and on behalf of the Finance Parties. Where the relevant enforcement is by way of disposal of shares in a Borrower, the requisite release shall include releases of all claims (including under guarantees) of the Finance Parties and/or the Security Agent against such Borrower and of all Security Interests over the assets of such Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

32.29

 

Undertaking to pay

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Obligor which is a Party undertakes with the Security Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties that it will, on demand by the Security Agent, pay to the Security Agent all money from time to time owing, and discharge all other obligations from time to time incurred, by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.30

 

Additional trustees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Security Agent shall have power by notice in writing to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers to appoint any person approved by the Majority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) either to act as separate trustee or as co-trustee jointly with the Security Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

if the Security Agent reasonably considers such appointment to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

for the purpose of conforming with any legal requirement, restriction or condition in any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

for the purpose of obtaining a judgment in any jurisdiction or the enforcement in any jurisdiction against any person of a judgment already obtained,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and any person so appointed shall (subject to the provisions of this Agreement) have such rights (including as to reasonable remuneration), powers, duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment. The Security Agent shall have power to remove any person so appointed. At the request of the Security Agent, the other parties to this Agreement shall forthwith execute all such documents and do all such things as may be

93



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

required to perfect such appointment or removal and each such party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent in its name and on its behalf to do the same. Such a person shall accede to this Agreement as a Security Agent to the extent necessary to carry out their role on terms satisfactory to the Security Agent and (subject always to the provisions of this Agreement) have such trusts, powers, authorities, liabilities and discretions (not exceeding those conferred on the Security Agent by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents) and such duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment (being no less onerous than would have applied to the Security Agent but for the appointment). The Security Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such person if the Security Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such person.

 

 

 

32.31

 

Non-recognition of trust

 

 

 

 

 

It is agreed by all the parties to this Agreement that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in relation to any jurisdiction the courts of which would not recognise or give effect to the trusts expressed to be constituted by this clause 32, the relationship of the Security Agent and the other Finance Parties shall be construed as one of principal and agent, but to the extent permissible under the laws of such jurisdiction, all the other provisions of this Agreement shall have full force and effect between the parties to this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the provisions of this clause 32 insofar as they relate to the Security Agent in its capacity as trustee for the Finance Parties and the relationship between themselves and the Security Agent as their trustee may be amended by agreement between the other Finance Parties and the Security Agent. The Security Agent may amend all documents necessary to effect the alteration of the relationship between the Security Agent and the other Finance Parties and each such other party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent in its name and on its behalf to execute all documents necessary to effect such amendments.

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

 

 

 

 

 

33.1

 

Finance Parties tax affairs

 

 

 

 

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

 

 

 

 

33.2

 

Finance Parties acting together

 

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding clause 2.2 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ), if the Agent makes a declaration under clause 28.24 ( Acceleration ) the Agent shall, in the names of all the Finance Parties, take such action on behalf of the Finance Parties and conduct such negotiations with the Borrowers, any Obligors or any Subsidiaries of an Obligor and generally administer the Facilities in accordance with the wishes of the Majority Lenders. All the Finance Parties shall be bound by the provisions of this clause and no Finance Party shall be entitled to take action independently against any Obligor or any of its assets without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This clause shall not override clause 32 ( Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger ) as it applies to the Security Agent.

94



 

 

 

 

 

33.3

 

Majority Lenders

 

 

 

33.3.1

 

Where any Finance Document provides for any matter to be determined by reference to the opinion of, or to be subject to the consent, approval or request of, the Majority Lenders or for any action to be taken on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (a “ majority decision ”), such majority decision shall (as between the Lenders) only be regarded as having been validly given or issued by the Majority Lenders if all the Lenders shall have received prior notice of the matter on which such majority decision is required and the relevant majority of Lenders shall have given or issued such majority decision. However (as between any Obligor and the Finance Parties) the relevant Obligor shall be entitled (and bound) to assume that such notice shall have been duly received by each Lender and that the relevant majority shall have been obtained to constitute Majority Lenders when notified to this effect by the Agent whether or not this is the case.

 

 

 

33.3.2

 

If, within ten Business Days of the Agent despatching to each Lender a notice requesting instructions (or confirmation of instructions) from the Lenders or the agreement of the Lenders to any amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance for the purposes of, or in relation to, any of the Finance Documents, the Agent has not received a reply specifically giving or confirming or refusing to give or confirm the relevant instructions or, as the case may be, approving or refusing to approve the proposed amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance, then (irrespective of whether such Lender responds at a later date) the Agent shall treat any Lender which has not so responded as having indicated a desire to be bound by the wishes of 66⅔% of those Lenders (measured in terms of the Total Commitments of those Lenders) which have so responded, provided that such Lenders include (a) the Original KEXIM Facility Lender for so long as it remains a KEXIM Facility Lender and (b) DNB Bank ASA for so long as it remains a Commercial Facility Lender.

 

 

 

33.3.3

 

For the purposes of clause 33.3.2, any Lender which notifies the Agent of a wish or intention to abstain on any particular issue shall be treated as if it had not responded.

 

 

 

33.4

 

Conflicts

 

 

 

33.4.1

 

Each Borrower acknowledges that any Arranger and its parent undertaking, subsidiary undertakings and fellow subsidiary undertakings (together an Arranger Group ) may be providing debt finance, equity capital or other services (including financial advisory services) to other persons with which the Borrowers may have conflicting interests in respect of the Facilities or otherwise.

 

 

 

33.4.2

 

No member of an Arranger Group shall use confidential information gained from any Obligor by virtue of the Facilities or its relationships with any Obligor in connection with their performance of services for other persons. This shall not, however, affect any obligations that any member of an Arranger Group has as Agent in respect of the Finance Documents. The Borrowers also acknowledge that no member of an Arranger Group has any obligation to use or furnish to any Obligor information obtained from other persons for their benefit.

 

 

 

33.4.3

 

The terms parent undertaking , subsidiary undertaking and fellow subsidiary undertaking when used in this clause have the meaning given to them in sections 1161 and 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

33.5

 

Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

 

 

33.5.1

 

The Borrowers may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 20 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to clause 30 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to clause 30 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of the Lender,

95



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

to a Lender or other bank, financial institution or other regulated investment company (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrowers, and which is acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably) and (in the case of any transfer of any undrawn Commitments), which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

33.5.2

 

Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Borrowers shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrowers to find a Replacement Lender;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the transfer must take place no later than 20 days after the notice referred to in clause 33.5.1; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

 

 

34.1

 

Payments to Finance Parties

 

 

 

 

 

If a Finance Party (a Recovering Finance Party ) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with clause 35 ( Payment mechanics ) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with clause 35 ( Payment mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the Sharing Payment ) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with clause 35.5 ( Partial payments ).

 

 

 

 

 

34.2

 

Redistribution of payments

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) in accordance with clause 35.5 ( Partial payments ).

 

 

 

34.3

 

Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

 

 

34.3.1

 

On a distribution by the Agent under clause 34.2 ( Redistribution of payments ), the Recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of the Finance Parties which have shared in the redistribution.

96



 

 

 

 

 

34.3.2

 

If and to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights under clause 34.3.1 above, the relevant Obligor shall be liable to the Recovering Finance Party for a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately due and payable.

 

 

 

34.4

 

Reversal of redistribution

 

 

 

 

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

each Finance Party which has received a share of the relevant Sharing Payment pursuant to clause 34.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

that Recovering Finance Party’s rights of subrogation in respect of any reimbursement shall be cancelled and the relevant Obligor will be liable to the reimbursing Lender for the amount so reimbursed.

 

 

 

 

 

34.5

 

Exceptions

 

 

 

34.5.1

 

This clause 34 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

 

 

34.5.2

 

A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, if:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

97


SECTION 10 -ADMINISTRATION

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

Payment mechanics

 

 

 

 

 

35.1

 

Payments to the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

35.1.1

 

On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document (other than a Hedging Contract), that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

 

 

 

 

35.1.2

 

Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in a Participating Member State or London) with such bank as the Agent specifies.

 

 

 

 

 

35.2

 

Distributions by the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to clause 35.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and clause 35.4 ( Clawback ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London).

 

 

 

 

 

35.3

 

Distributions to an Obligor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with clause 36 ( Set-off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

 

 

 

 

35.4

 

Clawback

 

 

 

 

 

35.4.1

 

Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

 

 

 

 

35.4.2

 

If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

 

 

 

 

35.5

 

Partial payments

 

 

 

 

 

35.5.1

 

If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due under the Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses (ignoring any fees payable under clause 11 ( Fees )) of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arrangers under those Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

secondly, in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any amount owing to the Lenders under clause 32.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) including any amount

98



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

resulting from the indemnity to the Security Agent under clause 32.19.1 ( Application of certain clauses to Security Agent );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

thirdly, in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under those Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

fourthly, in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any principal which is due but unpaid under those Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

fifthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under (a) the Hedging Contracts and (b) any other Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

35.5.2

 

The Agent shall, if so directed by all the Lenders and the Hedging Provider, vary the order set out in paragraphs (b) to (e) of clause 35.5.1.

 

 

 

 

 

35.5.3

 

Clauses 35.5.1 and 35.5.2 above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

 

 

 

 

35.6

 

No set-off by Obligors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

 

 

 

 

35.7

 

Business Days

 

 

 

 

 

35.7.1

 

Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

 

 

 

 

35.7.2

 

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

 

 

 

 

35.8

 

Currency of account

 

 

 

 

 

35.8.1

 

Subject to clauses 35.8.2 to 35.8.3, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

35.8.2

 

A repayment of all or part of the Loan or an Unpaid Sum and each payment of interest shall be made in dollars on its due date.

 

 

 

 

 

35.8.3

 

Each payment in respect of the amount of any costs, expenses or Taxes or other losses shall be made in dollars and, if they were incurred in a currency other than dollars, the amount payable under the Finance Documents shall be the equivalent in dollars of the relevant amount in such other currency on the date on which it was incurred.

 

 

 

 

 

35.8.4

 

All moneys received or held by the Security Agent or by a Receiver under a Security Document in a currency other than dollars may be sold for dollars and the Obligor which executed that Security Document shall indemnify the Security Agent against the full cost in relation to the sale. Neither the Security Agent nor such Receiver will have any liability to that Obligor in respect of any loss resulting from any fluctuation in exchange rates after the sale.

 

 

 

 

 

35.9

 

Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Borrowers that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Agent may, and shall, upon instructions from the Majority Lenders, consult with the Borrowers with a view to agreeing with the Borrowers such changes to the operation or administration of the Facilities as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

99



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Agent shall promptly notify the Finance Parties of any such determination or notice from either Borrower but in any event no later than five Business Days after the date on which such determination was made or notice of such determination was received;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Agent shall, upon instructions from the Majority Lenders, consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be entitled to take any action to implement any changes to the operation or administration of the Facilities without the instructions of the Lenders and clause 32.7.4 shall not apply in such circumstances pending receipt by the Agent of the Lenders’ instructions;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any such changes agreed upon by the Agent, acting upon instructions from the Majority Lenders, and the Borrowers shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

Set-off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

Notices

 

 

 

 

 

37.1

 

Communications in writing

 

 

 

 

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

 

 

 

 

37.2

 

Addresses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The address, and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Obligor or Finance Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the case of any Obligor which is a Party, that identified with its name in Schedule 1 ( The original parties );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

in the case of any Obligor which is not a Party, that identified in any Finance Document to which it is a party;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in the case of any Original Lender, the Security Agent, the Agent and any other original Finance Party that identified with its name in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

in the case of each other Lender or Finance Party, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party in the relevant capacity,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or, in each case, any substitute address, fax number, or department or officer as an Obligor or Finance Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

100



 

 

 

 

 

37.3

 

Delivery

 

 

 

 

 

37.3.1

 

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) , if addressed to that department or officer.

 

 

 

 

 

37.3.2

 

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or the Security Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent or the Security Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

 

 

 

 

37.3.3

 

All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

37.3.4

 

Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrowers in accordance with this clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

 

 

 

 

37.4

 

Notification of address and fax number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

37.5

 

Electronic communication (Finance Parties)

 

 

 

 

 

37.5.1

 

Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender, the Hedging Provider, or the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender or the Hedging Provider or the Security Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Finance Parties hereby confirm that unless and until notified to the contrary, communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is an accepted form of communication.

 

 

 

 

 

37.5.2

 

Any electronic communication made between the Agent, the Hedging Provider and a Lender or the Security Agent will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender, the Hedging Provider or the Security Agent to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

 

 

 

 

37.6

 

Electronic Communications (Obligors)

 

 

 

 

 

37.6.1

 

Any general communication made between any Finance Party and any Obligor, may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (irrespective of any associated risks) if the parties:

101



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Finance Parties and each Obligor hereby confirm that unless and until notified to the contrary, communication by electronic mail is an acceptable form of general communication.

 

 

 

 

 

37.6.2

 

Each of the Finance Parties and each Obligor agrees and confirms that any communications which involves the giving or receiving of notice (of any nature) under this Agreement or relates to the making of requests or demands under this Agreement may only be made in accordance with clause 37.3 ( Delivery ).

 

 

 

 

 

37.6.3

 

Any electronic communication made between any Obligor and any Finance Party will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by an Obligor to any Finance Party only if it is addressed in such a manner as that Finance Party shall specify for this purpose.

 

 

 

 

 

37.7

 

English language

 

 

 

 

 

37.7.1

 

Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be in English.

 

 

 

 

 

37.7.2

 

All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in English; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

Calculations and certificates

 

 

 

 

 

38.1

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

 

 

 

 

38.2

 

Certificates and determinations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any certification or determination by the Agent of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

 

 

 

 

38.3

 

Day count convention

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

Partial invalidity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or

102



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

Remedies and waivers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in the Finance Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

Amendments and grant of waivers

 

 

 

 

 

41.1

 

Required consents

 

 

 

 

 

41.1.1

 

Any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived, or a consent given by the Agent in respect of such term or the Agent may provide its opinion with respect to such term, with the consent of the Agent acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders unless such Finance Documents provides that such amendment or waiver may be made with the consent of the Majority Lenders and, if it affects the rights and obligations of the Security Agent or the Agent, the consent of the Agent or the Security Agent and any such amendment or waiver agreed or given by the Agent will be binding on the other Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

41.1.2

 

The Agent may (or, in the case of the Security Documents, instruct the Security Agent to) effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this clause.

 

 

 

 

 

41.1.3

 

Amendments to or waivers in respect of the Hedging Contracts may only be agreed by the Hedging Provider.

 

 

 

 

 

41.1.4

 

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arrangers in their respective capacities as such (and not just as a Lender) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, Security Agent or the Arrangers (as the case may be).

 

 

 

 

 

41.1.5

 

Notwithstanding clauses 41.1.1 to 41.1.4 (inclusive), the Agent may make technical amendments to the Finance Documents arising out of manifest errors on the face of the Finance Documents, where such amendments would not prejudice or otherwise be adverse to the interests of any Finance Party without any reference or consent of the Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

41.2

 

Releases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with the approval of the Lenders or as is expressly permitted or required by the Finance Documents, the Agent shall not have authority to authorise the Security Agent to release:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any Charged Property from the security constituted by any Security Document; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any Obligor from any of its guarantee or other obligations under any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

Counterparts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

103


SECTION 11 - GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

 

 

 

43

 

Governing law

 

 

 

 

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.

 

 

 

44

 

Enforcement

 

 

 

44.1

 

Jurisdiction of English courts

 

 

 

44.1.1

 

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any non-contractual obligations connected with it (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a Dispute ).

 

 

 

44.1.2

 

The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

 

 

44.1.3

 

This clause 44.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

 

 

44.2

 

Service of process

 

 

 

 

 

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor which is a Party:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

irrevocably appoints the person named in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) as that Obligor’s English process agent as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

if any person appointed as process agent for an Obligor is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, that Obligor must immediately (and in any event within ten days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent. Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

          This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

104


Schedule 1
The original parties

 

 

 

Borrowers

Name

 

GAS-three Ltd.


 


Jurisdiction of incorporation

 

Bermuda

Registration number (or
equivalent, if any)

 

 

English process agent (if
not incorporated in
England)

 

Unisea Maritime Ltd.

Registered office

 

Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda

Address for service of
notices

 

Mr. Henrik Bjerregaard, c/o Gaslog Monaco SAM, Gildo Pastor
Center, 7, rue du Gabian, MC98000, Monaco

 

 

 

Name

 

GAS-four Ltd.


 


Jurisdiction of incorporation

 

Bermuda

Registration number (or
equivalent, if any)

 

 

English process agent (if
not incorporated in
England)

 

Unisea Maritime Ltd.

Registered office

 

Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda

Address for service of
notices

 

Mr. Henrik Bjerregaard, c/o Gaslog Monaco SAM, Gildo Pastor
Center, 7, rue du Gabian, MC98000, Monaco

 

 

 

GasLog (as Guarantor)

Name of GasLog

 

GasLog Ltd.


 


Jurisdiction of incorporation

 

Bermuda

Registration number (or
equivalent, if any)

 

33928

English process agent (if not
incorporated in England)

 

Unisea Maritime Ltd.

Registered office

 

Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda

Address for service of
notices

 

Mr. Henrik Bjerregaard, c/o Gaslog Monaco SAM, Gildo Pastor

 

 

Center, 7, rue du Gabian, MC98000, Monaco

 

 

 

GasLog Carriers (as Guarantor)

Name of GasLog Carriers

 

GasLog Carriers Ltd.


 


Jurisdiction of incorporation

 

Bermuda

Registration number (or
equivalent, if any)

 

41493

English process agent (if not
incorporated in England)

 

Unisea Maritime Ltd.

Registered office

 

Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda

Address for service of
notices

 

Mr. Henrik Bjerregaard, c/o Gaslog Monaco SAM, Gildo Pastor
Center, 7, rue du Gabian, MC98000, Monaco

105



 

 

 

GasLog LNG (as Manager)

Name of GasLog LNG

 

GasLog LNG Services Ltd.


 


Jurisdiction of incorporation

 

Bermuda

Registration number (or
equivalent, if any)

 

35655

English process agent (if not
incorporated in England)

 

Unisea Maritime Ltd.

Registered office

 

Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda

Address for service of
notices

 

Mr. Theodoros Katemidis, 69 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus GR 18546, Greece.


106



 

 

 

The Original Commercial Facility Lender

Name

 

DNB Bank ASA


 


Facility Office, address, fax number

 

20 St. Dunstan’s Hill

and attention details for notices and

 

London EC3R 8SY

account details for payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For credit matters:

 

 

Attn: Shipping Department

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7626 5956

 

 

 

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

 

Mr Mike Rufian

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7283 4430

Commercial Facility Commitment ($)

 

80,000,000

 

 

 

The Original KEXIM Facility Lender

Name

 

The Export-Import Bank of Korea


 


Facility Office, address, fax number

 

Lending Office

and attention details for notices and

 

 

account details for payments

 

The Export-Import Bank of Korea

 

 

16-1, Yoido-dong, Youngdeungpo-gu

 

 

Seoul, 150-996

 

 

Republic of Korea

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices

 

 

 

 

 

The Export-Import Bank of Korea

 

 

16-1, Yoido-dong, Youngdeungpo-gu

 

 

Seoul, 150-996

 

 

Republic of Korea

 

 

 

 

 

Fax: +822 3779 6745

 

 

Attn: Ship Finance Department

KEXIM Facility Commitment ($)

 

192,500,000

 

 

 

Total Commitments

 

$272,500,000

 

 

 

The Hedging Provider

Name

 

DNB Bank ASA, London Branch


 


Facility Office, address, fax number

 

20 St. Dunstan’s Hill

and attention details for notices and

 

London EC3R 8SY

account details for payments

 

 

 

 

For credit matters:

 

 

Attn: Shipping Department

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7626 5956

 

 

 

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

 

Mr Mike Rufian

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7283 4430

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent

Name

 

DNB Bank ASA, London Branch


 


Facility Office, address, fax number

 

20 St. Dunstan’s Hill

and attention details for notices and

 

London EC3R 8HY

account details for payments

 

 

 

 

For credit matters:

 

 

Attn: Shipping Department

107



 

 

 

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7626 5956

 

 

 

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

 

Mr Mike Rufian

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7283 4430

 

 

 

The Security Agent

Name

 

DNB Bank ASA, London Branch


 


Facility Office, address, fax number

 

20 St. Dunstan’s Hill

and attention details for notices and

 

London EC3R 8HY

account details for payments

 

 

 

 

For credit matters:

 

 

Attn: Shipping Department

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7626 5956

 

 

 

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

 

Mr Mike Rufian

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7283 4430

 

 

 

The Account Bank

Name

 

DNB Bank ASA, London Branch


 


Facility Office, address, fax number

 

20 St. Dunstan’s Hill

and attention details for notices and

 

London EC3R 8HY

account details for payments

 

 

 

 

For credit matters:

 

 

Attn: Shipping Department

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7626 5956

 

 

 

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

 

Mr Mike Rufian

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7283 4430

 

 

 

The Bookrunner

Name

 

DNB Bank ASA


 


Facility Office, address, fax number

 

20 St. Dunstan’s Hill

and attention details for notices and

 

London EC3R 8HY

account details for payments

 

 

 

 

For credit matters:

 

 

Attn: Shipping Department

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7626 5956

 

 

 

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

 

Mr Mike Rufian

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7283 4430

108



 

 

Schedule 2
Ship information

 

 

Ship A


Owner:

GAS-three Ltd..

Builder:

Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd..

Builder’s registered office:

11 th Floor, KIPS Center, 647-9 Yeoksam-Dong, Kangnam-Gu, Seoul, Korea.

Hull Number:

1946.

Scheduled Delivery Date:

31 January 2013.

 

 

Date and description of Building Contract:

Shipbuilding Contract dated 11 May 2010 as amended by
amendment no.1 dated 4 May 2011 and as may be further
amended, supplemented or varied in accordance with the terms
hereof.

Contract Price:

*****

Ship Commitment:

$136,250,000.

Flag State:

Bermuda.

Confirmation Memorandum description:

Confirmation Memorandum SHI HN 1946 dated 9 May 2011.

Charter Rates:

*****

Charter Term:

Minimum five years  *****

Charterer:

Methane Services Limited, currently a wholly-owned subsidiary
of BG Energy Holding Limited or such other entity as the
Lenders may approve in their absolute discretion.

Classification:

Class *A1, *, Liquefied gas carrier, ship type 2G (Membrane
tank, Maximum pressure 25 kPaG and minimum temperature
-163°C), SH, SH-DLA, SHCM, RES, *AMS, *ACCU, SFA(40),
NIBS, *APS, ENVIRO, PORT, POT, CRC, DFD, UWILD.

Classification Society:

American Bureau of Shipping.

 

 

Ship B


Owner:

GAS-four Ltd..

Builder:

Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd..

Builder’s registered office:

11 th Floor, KIPS Center, 647-9 Yeoksam-Dong, Kangnam-Gu, Seoul, Korea.

Hull Number:

1947.

Scheduled Delivery Date:

31 March 2013

Date and description of Building Contract:

Shipbuilding Contract dated 11 May 2010 as amended by
amendment no.1 dated 4 May 2011 and as may be further
amended, supplemented or varied in accordance with the terms
hereof.

Contract Price:

*****

Ship Commitment:

$136,250,000.

Flag State:

Bermuda.

109



 

 

Confirmation Memorandum description:

Confirmation Memorandum SHI HN 1947 dated 9 May 2011.

Charter Term

Minimum five years *****

Charter Rates:

*****

Charterer:

Methane Services Limited, currently a wholly-owned subsidiary
of BG Energy Holdings or such other entity as the Lenders may
approve in their absolute discretion or such other terms and
conditions as may be approved.

Classification:

Class *A1, *, Liquefied gas carrier, ship type 2G (Membrane
tank, Maximum pressure 25 kPaG and minimum temperature
-163°C), SH, SH-DLA, SHCM, RES, *AMS, *ACCU, SFA(40),
NIBS, *APS, ENVIRO, PORT, POT, CRC, DFD, UWILD.

Classification Society:

American Bureau of Shipping.

110


Schedule 3
Conditions precedent

Part 1
Conditions precedent to executing this Agreement

 

 

 

 

1

Original Obligors’ corporate documents

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

A copy of the Constitutional Documents of each Original Obligor,

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor (or any committee of such board empowered to approve and authorise the following matters):

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents, any Building Contract and the Charter Documents (Relevant Documents) to which it is a party and resolving that it executes the Relevant Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Relevant Documents on its behalf; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the relevant company, establishing any committee referred to in paragraph (b) above and conferring authority on that committee.

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

(if a requirement under the Constitutional Documents of each Original Obligor or Bermudian law) a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Original Obligor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which such Obligor is a party.

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

(if a requirement under the Constitutional Documents of each Original Obligor or Bermudian law) a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Original Obligor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph (e) above.

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

A certificate of each of the Counter Guarantors (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any other Original Obligor to be exceeded.

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

A copy of any power of attorney under which any person is to execute any of the Relevant Documents on behalf of any Original Obligor.

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part of this Schedule is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement and that any such resolutions or power of attorney have not been revoked.

111



 

 

 

2

Legal opinions

 

 

 

 

(a)

A legal opinion of Norton Rose LLP, London addressed to the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent and for the benefit of all the Finance Parties on matters of English law, substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

(b)

(If required by the Agent or the Original KEXIM Facility Lender) a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent and the Original KEXIM Facility Lender in Korea.

 

 

 

 

(c)

A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent in England and also each jurisdiction in which an Obligor is incorporated and/or which is or is to be the Flag State of a Ship, or in which an Account opened at Utilisation is established or which governs any assets which are to be the subject of a Security Interest for the benefit of all the Finance Parties substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

 

 

3

Other documents and evidence

 

 

 

 

(a)

Evidence that any process agent referred to in clause 44.2 ( Service of process ) or any equivalent provision of any other Finance Document entered into on or before the first Utilisation Date, if not an Original Obligor, has accepted its appointment.

 

 

 

 

(b)

A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document which is executed on and dated the date of the Agreement or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

(c)

The Original Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

(d)

Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to clause 11 ( Fees ) and clause 16 ( Costs and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

 

 

 

4

Underlying documents

 

 

 

 

A copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy of each of the Charter Documents.

 

 

 

5

Bank Accounts

 

 

 

 

Evidence that any Account required to be established under clause 25 ( Bank accounts ) has been opened and established, that any Account Security in respect of each such Account has been executed and delivered by the relevant Account Holder(s) in favour of the Security Agent and that any notice required to be given to an Account Bank under that Account Security has been given to it and acknowledged by it in the manner required by that Account Security and that an amount has been credited to it.

 

 

 

6

Hedging Master Agreement and Hedging Contract Security

 

 

 

Evidence that:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Hedging Master Agreement has been executed by the Borrowers and the Hedging Provider;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Borrowers have executed the Hedging Contract Security in favour of the Security Agent; and

112



 

 

 

 

(c)

any notice required to be given to the Hedging Provider under the Hedging Contract Security has been given to them and acknowledged by them in the manner required by the Hedging Contract Security.

 

 

 

7

“Know your customer” information

 

 

 

 

Such documentation and information as any Finance Party may reasonably request through the Agent to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures under all laws and regulations applicable to that Finance Party.

 

 

 

8

Guarantees and other Finance Documents

 

 

 

 

The Counter Guarantees and the Guarantees duly executed.

 

 

 

9

Share security

 

 

 

 

The Share Security in respect of the each of the Owners duly executed by its Holding Company together with all letters, transfers, certificates and other documents required to be delivered under the Share Security.

 

 

 

10

Beneficial Ownership

 

 

 

 

Evidence satisfactory to the Agent of the legal and beneficial ownership of the Obligors.

 

 

 

11

Anti-Bribery Declaration

 

 

 

 

An anti-bribery declaration addressed to the Original KEXIM Facility Lender in form and substance acceptable to the Original KEXIM Facility Lender.

113


Part 2
Conditions precedent to any Utilisation Request

 

 

 

1

Utilisation Request

 

 

 

 

A duly completed Utilisation Request in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Utilisation Request ).

 

 

 

2

Subordination

 

 

 

 

Evidence that any amounts of the Contract Price funded or to be funded by an Affiliate to the Borrowers have been or will be subordinated to the amounts owing under the Finance Documents in an approved manner.

 

 

 

3

Value of Security

 

 

 

 

Valuations obtained (not more than 30 days before the first Utilisation Date) in accordance with clause 23 (Minimum security value) showing that the Security Value of the Ships will not be less than the Minimum Value upon the Utilisation Date.

 

 

 

4

Material Adverse Effect

 

 

 

 

There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of any of the Obligors or any Group).

 

 

 

5

Contract Price

 

 

 

 

Evidence of the final Contract Price in a form acceptable to the Agent.

 

 

 

6

Charter security

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Charter Assignments duly executed by the relevant Owners;

 

 

 

 

(b)

duly executed notices of assignment and acknowledgements of those notices as required by the above Charter Assignments; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Quiet Enjoyment Agreements.

114


Part 3
Conditions precedent on Delivery

 

 

 

 

1

Corporate documents

 

 

 

(a)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Owner certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in Parts 1 and 2 of this Schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in Parts 1 and 2 of this Schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.

 

 

 

 

(b)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of each other Obligor which is party to any of the Original Security Documents required to be executed at or before Delivery of the Ship certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in Parts 1 and 2 of this Schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in Parts 1 and 2 of this Schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.

 

 

 

2

Security

 

 

 

(a)

The Mortgage and the Deed of Covenant duly executed by the relevant Owner,

 

 

 

 

(b)

Any Manager’s Undertaking required at Delivery pursuant to the Finance Documents duly executed by the relevant manager.

 

 

 

 

(c)

Duly executed notices of assignment and acknowledgements of those notices as required by any of the above Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

3

Delivery and registration of Ship

 

 

 

(a)

Evidence that the relevant Ship:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

is legally and beneficially owned by the relevant Owner and registered provisionally in the name of the relevant Owner through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

is operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

is classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

is insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

has been delivered, and accepted for service, under the Charter;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

is free of any other charter commitment which would require approval under the Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vii)

any prior registration (other than through the relevant Registry in the relevant Flag State) of the relevant Ship has been or will (within such period as may be approved) cancelled.

 

 

 

 

4

Mortgage Registration

 

 

 

Evidence that the relevant Mortgage has been registered with first priority against the Ship through its Registry under the laws and flag of its Flag State.

115



 

 

 

 

5

Insurance

 

 

 

In relation to the relevant Ship’s Insurances:

 

 

 

(a)

an opinion from insurance consultants appointed by the Agent on such Insurances;

 

 

 

 

(b)

evidence that such Insurances have been placed in accordance with clause 22 ( Insurance ); and

 

 

 

 

(c)

evidence that approved brokers, insurers and/or associations have issued or will issue letters of undertaking in favour of the Security Agent in an approved form in relation to the Insurances.

 

 

 

6

ISM and ISPS Code

 

 

 

Copies of:

 

 

 

(a)

the document of compliance issued in accordance with the ISM Code to the person who is the operator of the relevant Ship for the purposes of that code;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the safety management certificate in respect of such Ship issued in accordance with the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

(c)

the international ship security certificate in respect of such Ship issued under the ISPS Code;

 

 

 

 

(d)

If so requested by the Agent, any other certificates issued under any applicable code required to be observed by such Ship or in relation to its operation under any applicable law.

 

 

 

7

Value of security

 

 

 

Valuations obtained (not more than 30 days before the relevant Utilisation Date) in accordance with clause 23 (Minimum security value) showing that the Security Value of the Ships will be not less than the Minimum Value upon execution of the Security Documents specified in paragraph 2 (Security) of Part 3 of this Schedule.

 

 

 

 

8

Construction matters

 

 

 

(a)

Evidence that any authorisations required from any government entity for the export of the Ship by the relevant Builder have been obtained or that no such authorisations are required.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Evidence that the Contract Price of the relevant Ship (as adjusted in accordance with its Building Contract) will have been paid upon the relevant Utilisation being made (with the relevant Owner having provided its equity to the Agent prior to the Utilisation Date) and that the Builder will not have any lien or other right to detain the ship on its Delivery.

 

 

 

 

(c)

The original or a copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of the builder’s certificate and any bill of sale conveying title to the relevant Ship to the relevant Owner and the protocol of delivery and acceptance, commercial invoice and any other delivery documentation required under the relevant Building Contract.

 

 

 

 

9

Fees and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses that are due from the Borrowers pursuant to clause 11 ( Fees ) and clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the relevant Utilisation Date.

116



 

 

 

10

Survey report

 

 

 

(if required by the Agent) a survey report from approved surveyors obtained not more than 10 days before the relevant Utilisation Date evidencing that the relevant Ship is seaworthy and capable of safe operation.

 

 

11

Environmental matters

 

 

 

(Promptly as of Delivery) Copies of the relevant Ship’s certificate of financial responsibility and vessel response plan required under United States law and evidence of their approval by the appropriate United States government entity and (if requested by the Agent) an environmental report in respect of the relevant Ship from an approved person.

 

 

 

12

Consents

 

 

 

Evidence that any consents required in connection with the delivery of the relevant Ship, the registration of title to the relevant Ship, the registration of the Mortgage over the relevant Ship and the assignment of the Ship’s Charter have been obtained.

 

 

13

Management Agreement

 

 

 

Where a manager has been approved in accordance with clause 20.3 ( Manager ), a copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of the agreement between the relevant Owner and such Manager, relating to the appointment of each Manager and the management services to be provided by it to the relevant Owner in respect of the relevant Ship,

 

 

14

Legal opinions

 

 

 

(a)

A legal opinion of Norton Rose LLP, London addressed to the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent and for the benefit of all the Finance Parties on matters of English law, substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to Delivery.

 

 

 

 

(b)

(If required by the Agent) a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent in Korea and also each jurisdiction in which an Obligor is incorporated and/or which is or is to be the Flag State of the Ship, or which governs any assets which are to be the subject of a Security Interest for the benefit of all the Finance Parties substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to Delivery.

117


Schedule 4
Utilisation Request

 

 

From:

GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd.

To:

DNB Bank ASA

Dated:

[●]

Dear Sirs

$272,500,000
Facilities Agreement dated [●] 2012 (the “Agreement”)

 

 

 

1

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

 

 

2

We wish to borrow an Advance on the following terms:

 

 

 

 

Proposed Utilisation Date:

Commercial Facility Advance:

KEXIM Facility Advance:

Total Amount:

[●] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business
Day)
$[40,000,000] [Note: the maximum amount to be advanced under the Commercial Facility Advance is 21.391% of the Contract Price]
$[96,250,000] [Note: the maximum amount to be advanced under the KEXIM Facility Advance is 51.471% of the Contract Price]
$[136,250,000] [ Note: the maximum amount to be advanced is 72.861% of the Contract Price ]


 

 

3

We confirm that each condition specified in clause 4.5 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

 

4

The purpose of this Advance is [ specify purpose complying with clause 3 of the Agreement ] and its proceeds should be credited to [●] [ specify account ].

 

 

5

We request that the first Interest Period for the Commercial Loan [be [●] months][shall expire on [●]].

 

 

6

This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.


 

 

 

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

authorised signatory for

 

 

GAS-three Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

authorised signatory for

 

 

GAS-four Ltd.

 

118


Schedule 5
Selection Notice

 

 

From:

GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd.

To:

DNB Bank ASA

Dated:

[●]

Dear Sirs

$272,500,000

Facilities Agreement dated [ ●] 2012 (the “Agreement”)

 

 

1

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

 

2

We request that the next Interest Period for the Commerćial Loan be [● ] months.

 

 

3

This Selection Notice is irrevocable.


 

 

 

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

authorised signatory for

 

 

GAS-three Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

authorised signatory for

 

 

GAS-four Ltd.

 

119


Schedule 6
Mandatory Cost Formulae

 

 

 

 

 

1

The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

 

 

2

On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “ Additional Cost Rate ”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

 

 

3

The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office.

 

 

4

The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

 

 

 

(a)

in relation to a sterling Loan:

 

 

AB + C ( B–D ) + E x 0.0.1

 per cent. per annum

 

 


 

 

100– ( A + C )

 

 

 

 

(b)

in relation to a Loan in any currency other than sterling:ex0.01

 

 

E x 0.01

 percent, per annum.

 

 


 

 

300

 

 

 

 

Where:

 

 

A.

is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.

 

 

B.

is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Margin and the Mandatory Cost) and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the additional rate of interest specified in clause 8.3.1 ( Default interest ) payable for the relevant Interest Period on the Loan.

 

 

C.

is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.

 

 

D.

is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.

 

 

E.

is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

 

 

5

For the purposes of this Schedule:

120



 

 

 

 

(a)

Eligible Liabilities ” and “ Special Deposits ” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Fees Rules ” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

 

 

 

 

(c)

Fee Tariffs ” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and

 

 

 

 

(d)

Tariff Base ” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

 

 

 

6

In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e., five per cent, will be included in the formula as five and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.

 

 

7

If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.

 

 

8

Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

 

 

 

(a)

the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

 

 

 

 

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

 

 

9

The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office.

 

 

10

The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.

 

 

11

The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.

 

 

12

Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

121



 

 

13

The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrowers and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

122


Schedule 7
Form of Commercial Facility Transfer Certificate

 

 

To:

[●] as Agent

From: [ The Existing Commercial Facility Lender ] (the Existing Commercial Facility Lender ) and [ The New Commercial Facility Lender] (the New Commercial Facility Lender )

Dated:

$272,500,000 Facilities Agreement dated [●] 2012 ( the “Agreement” )

 

 

 

1

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

2

We refer to clause 30.5 ( Procedure for transfer ):

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Existing Commercial Facility Lender and the New Commercial Facility Lender agree to the Existing Commercial Facility Lender assigning to the New Commercial Facility Lender all or part of the Existing Commercial Facility Lender’s Commercial Facility Commitment rights and assuming the Existing Commercial Facility Lender’s obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with clause 30.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) and the Existing Commercial Facility Lender assigns and agrees to assign such rights to the New Commercial Facility Lender with effect from the Transfer Date]

 

 

 

 

(b)

The proposed Transfer Date is [●].

 

 

 

 

(c)

The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Commercial Facility Lender for the purposes of clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

 

 

3

The New Commercial Facility Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Commercial Facility Lender’s obligations set out in clause 30.4.3.

 

 

 

4

This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

5

This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.

123


The Schedule
Commitment/rights to be assigned and obligations to be assumed
[ insert relevant details ]
Facility Office address, fax number
and attention details for notices and account details for payments

[ insert relevant details ]

 

 

[ Existing Commercial Facility Lender ]

[ New Commercial Facility Lender ]

By:

By:

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed to be as stated
above.
[ Agent ]
By:

124


SIGNATURES

 

 

 

THE BORROWERS

 

 

 

GAS-three Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

Henrik Bjerregaard

/s/ Henrik Bjerregaard

 

GAS-four Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

Henrik Bjerregaard

/s/ Henrik Bjerregaard

 

THE ARRANGERS

 

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ 

 

 

 

 

THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF KOREA

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Heung-Sik Min 

 

 

 

THE AGENT

 

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ 

 

 

 

 

THE SECURITY AGENT

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 

By:

/s/  

 

125



 

THE ORIGINAL COMMERCIAL FACILITY LENDER

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

By: /s/

 

THE ORIGINAL KEXIM FACILITY LENDER

 

THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF KOREA

 

By: /s/ Heung-Sik Min

 

HEDGING PROVIDER

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

By: /s/

 

THE BOOKRUNNER

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

By: /s/

126


Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF GASLOG PARTNERS LP

 

Name of Subsidiary Jurisdiction of Incorporation
GasLog Partners Holdings LLC Marshall Islands
GAS-three Ltd.* Bermuda
GAS-four Ltd.* Bermuda
GAS-five Ltd. * Bermuda

__________________

* Reflects organizational structure following the close of this offering.

 

 


 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Amendment No.1 to Registration Statement No 333-195109 on Form F-1 of our report dated March 13, 2014, relating to the combined carve-out financial statements of GasLog Partners LP Predecessor, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

 

 /s/ Deloitte Hadjipavlou Sofianos & Cambanis S.A.

 

Athens, Greece

April 17, 2014

 

 

 


 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Amendment No.1 to Registration Statement No 333-195109 on Form F-1 of our report dated February 3, 2014, relating to the statement of financial position as of January 23, 2014 (date of incorporation) of GasLog Partners LP, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

 

 /s/ Deloitte Hadjipavlou Sofianos & Cambanis S.A.

 

Athens, Greece

April 17, 2014

 

 


Exhibit 23.4

 

CLARKSON RESEARCH SERVICES LIMITED

St. Magnus House 3 Lower Thames Street London EC3R 6HE

Tele: +(0)20 7334 3134
Web: www.crsl.com
 

 

GasLog Partners LP

c/o GasLog Monaco SAM

Gildo Pastor Center

7 Rue du Gabian

MC 98000, Monaco

 

April 18, 2014

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Form F-1 registration statement, as the same may be amended from time to time (collectively, the “Registration Statement”), of GasLog Partners LP (the “Company”), to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to the public offering of the Company’s common units.

 

We have reviewed the section in the Registration Statement entitled “The LNG Shipping Industry” and confirm that it accurately describes the international LNG shipping market. We further advise the Company that our role has been limited to the review of the section referenced above and the provision of the information set forth in the section of the Registration Statement entitled “The LNG Shipping Industry,” including, but not limited to, the statistical data, graphs and tables that appear in that section (collectively, the Shipping Information”). With respect to the Shipping Information supplied by us, we advise you that:

 

  some industry data included in this discussion is derived from estimates or subjective judgments;
     
  the published information of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from this data; and
     
  while we have taken reasonable care in the compilation of the Shipping Information and believe it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

 

We hereby consent to (i) the use of the graphical and statistical information supplied by us as set forth in Registration Statement, including, without limitation, such information contained under the section of the Registration Statement entitled “The LNG Shipping Industry”, (ii) the references to our company in the Registration Statement, (iii) the naming of our company as an expert in the Registration Statement, and (iv) the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act.

 

   
  For and on behalf of   For and on behalf of
  Clarkson Research Services Limited   Clarkson Research Services Limited
  Name: Trevor John Crowe   Name: Stephen Ian Willcox
  Designation: Director   Designation: Director

 

Clarkson Research Services Limited England No 1944749: Registered Office as above

 

Exhibit 23.5

 

Consent of Nominee for Director

of GasLog Partners LP

 

I hereby consent to the reference to me in the prospectus included in the registration statement on Form F-1, as shall be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and any and all amendments thereto.

 

/s/ Donald J. Kintzer  
Name: Donald J. Kintzer  
Date: April 18, 2014